}3H«4w^v^Mw' 


fl  i 

B  r 

B 
1 1  ■   I 


BBMBmBBflH  ? 

BaliBilll^ilBiiliiH 

HBHB^B  BH 

B^^HBIH 


H 


B 


■ 

B 


EH  I 

■c'<  r-' 


HHm 


1  r 

■I 

BB 

■  1 


R     WA 

HBh 


^B 


■9HUEB0HH 


■ 


i,\\ 

9 

K 

9 

rk 

;;i» 
BB 

f« 

1-1 


■ 

B| 

rife 


■H 


■ilfc 


tff 


*  1 1  ■  *>■ 


*  -*,Kfc\?4*V 


-30 


LIBRARY 


UNIVERSITY   OF  CALIFORNIA. 

Received  ..  K&ff ,         rSSJTT 

Accessions  No.  2-7'J~&  Shell 


<Af- 


•SO 


With  the  permission  of  the  Pitt  Press  Syndicate,  I  propose  to  add  an  Appendix 
to  St  Matthew's  Gospel,  as  edited  by  Kemble  and  Hardwick.  The  Appendix  will 
contain  a  collation  of  the  Latin  text  of  the  Rushworth  MS.  with  that  of  the 
Lindisfarne  MS.,  together  with  various  Critical  Notes  and  comments  upon  the 
Anglo-Saxon  and  Northumbrian  versions  of  the  same  Gospel. 

The  Appendix  will  be  issued  in  a  separate  form,  for  the  convenience  of  readers 
who  already  possess  the  edition.      It  will  be  paged  from  p.   233  onwards. 

w.  w.  s. 


THE    GOSPEL 


ACCORDING    TO 


SAINT     MARK 


IN    ANGLO-SAXON    AND    NORTHUMBRIAN    VERSIONS 

SYNOPTICALLY    ARRANGED, 

WITH  COLLATIONS  EXHIBITING  ALL  THE  READINGS   OF  ALL  THE  MSS. 


(Sbittis   for   tfje  &gn&ics  of  tfje  SRmberst'tg   $ress, 


BY    THE 


REV.    WALTER  W.   SKEAT,  M.A. 

ASSISTANT  TUTOR   AND   LATE   FELLOW   OP   CHRIST'S   COLLEGE, 
AND   AUTHOR   OF   A    MCESO-GOTHIC   GLOSSARY. 


CAMBRIDGE: 

AT    THE     UNIVERSITY   PRESS. 


CAMBRIDGE:    DEIGHTON,    BELL,    AND    CO. 
CAMBRIDGE  WAREHOUSE,  17  PATERNOSTER  ROW,   LONDON. 

1871. 


M3 


©ambtfoge: 

PRINTED     BY    C.     J.     CLAY,    M.A. 

AT  THE   UNIVERSITY   PRESS. 


Y 


CONTENTS. 


PAGK 

Argumentum 

EuANGELIUM :     CAP. 

I.     .         .         .         .         

Cap. 

II 

Cap. 

Ill 

20 

,              Cap. 

IV 

,             Cap. 

V. 

Cap. 

VI.          .         .       _.,....      ....... 

42 

Cap. 

VII.        .                           

52 

Cap. 

VIII 

58 

Cap. 

IX 

66 

Cap. 

X 

76 

Cap. 

XI 

86 

Cap. 

XII 

Cap. 

XIII 

102 

Cap. 

108 

Cap. 

122 

Cap. 

XVI 

130 

Appendix:  Collation  of  the  Latin  texts  of  the  Lindisfavne  and  Rushworth  MSS. 

137 

Critical  Notes 

141 

Corrk 

144 

PBEFACE. 


The  present  volume  forms  a  second  portion  of  the  exhaustive  edition  of  the 
Anglo-Saxon  Gospels,  as  planned  by  Mr  Kemble.  The  first  portion  was  published 
in  1858,  with  the  title,  "The  Gospel  according  to  St  Matthew,  in  Anglo-Saxon 
and  Northumbrian  Versions,  synoptically  arranged :  with  collations  of  the  best 
Manuscripts.  Edited  for  the  Syndics  of  the  University  Press.  Cambridge :  at  the 
University  Press.  1858."  Unfortunately  Mr  Kemble  did  not  live  to  complete  the 
volume,  and  the  task  of  finishing  it  devolved  upon  Mr  Hardwick,  whose  preface 
commences  with  the  following  paragraph : 

"An  edition  of  the  Gospels,  as  transmitted  to  us  in  the  leading  dialects  of 
ancient  England,  was  designed  and  partly  executed  several  years  ago  by  one  of 
our  accomplished  Anglo-Saxon  scholars,  John  M.  Kemble,  Esq.  M.  A ,  of  Trinity 
College,  Cambridge.  The  undertaking  was,  however,  soon  suspended  for  various 
causes ;  and  at  the  time  of  Mr  Kemble's  death,  in  the  spring  of  1857,  the  portion 
of  it  actually  completed  did  not  reach  beyond  the  opening  verses  of  the  twenty- 
fifth  chapter  of  St  Matthew.  Under  these  circumstances  the  Syndics  of  the  Uni- 
versity Press,  instead  of  suffering  so  good  a  project  to  fall  entirely  to  the  ground, 
resolved  to  carry  on  the  printing  of  the  work  as  far  at  least  as  the  conclusion 
of  the  first  Gospel." 

The  remainder  of  Mr  Hardwick's  very  brief  preface  merely  indicates  the  titles 
of  the  MSS.  on  which  the  text  and  notes  were  founded.  This  is  perhaps  the 
fitting  place  to  add  that  the  expression  "collations  of  the  best  manuscripts"  in 
the  title-page  above  quoted  is  calculated  to  mislead.  Not  merely  the  best,  but  all 
the  existing  manuscripts  were  consulted,  and  all  their  various  readings  recorded. 
From  the  omission  of  the  marginal  numbers  having  reference  to  the  Eusebian 
Canons  in  the  latter  part  of  the  work,  it  appears  that  the  first  192  pages  were 
prepared  by  Mr  Kemble,  and  the  last  39  by  Mr  Hardwick. 

By  the  kindness  of  the  Syndics  of  the  University  Press,  I  have  been  per- 
mitted to  undertake  this  second  portion  of  the  work  ;  and,  as  the  circumstances 
attending  the  publication  of  St  Matthew's  Gospel  did  not  afford  a  favourable 
opportunity  for  discussing  the  peculiarities  of  the  MSS.,  or  even  for  explaining  the 
general  design  by  which  their  readings  are  synoptically  exhibited,  I  now  endeavour 
to  supply  the  necessary  information. 


u 

As  to  the  general  account  of  our  early  versions  of  the  Scriptures,  and  the 
MSS.  in  which  they  are  contained,  the  reader  cannot  do  better  than  consult  the 
Preface  to  "The  Gothic  and  Anglo-Saxon  Gospels,"  &c,  edited  by  the  Rev.  Joseph 
Bosworth,  D.D.,  and  G.  "Waring  Esq.,  published  in  1865.  In  the  Preface  also  to 
the  Wycliffite  Versions  of  the  Holy  Bible,  edited  by  the  Rev.  J.  Forshall  and 
Sir  F.  Madden,  K.H.  in  1850,  there  is  a  passage  which  exhibits  the  whole  matter 
so  clearly  and  briefly  that  it  is  advisable  to  quote  it  at  length,  together  with 
the  valuable  footnotes  appended  to  it. 

"The  poem  which  bears  the  name  of  Csedmon,  gives  several  passages  of  Scrip- 
ture with  tolerable  fidelity,  and  it  might  require  extended  notice,  if  the  epic  and 
legendary  character  of  the  composition  suffered  it  to  be  ranked  among  the  versions 
of  holy  writ1.  Aldhelm,  bishop  of  Sherborn,  who  died  in  709,  is  reported  to  have 
rendered  the  Psalter  into  his  native  language8,  and  the  Anglo-Saxon  version,  dis- 
covered in  the  Royal  Library  at  Paris  about  the  beginning  of  the  present  century, 
has  been  supposed  to  be  at  least  in  part  his  production.  The  first  fifty  psalms 
are  in  prose,  the  others  in  verse3. 

"  Bede  wrote  chiefly  for  the  learned  ;  yet  that  the  common  people  might  more 
easily  be  taught  the  elements  of  their  religion,  he  turned  the  Apostles'  Creed  and 
the  Lord's  Prayer  into  Anglo-Saxon,  and  frequently  presented  copies  of  these  for- 
mularies to  such  illiterate  priests  as  came  under  his  notice4.  He  died  in  735, 
and  one  of  his  last  efforts  was  a  translation  of  the  Gospel  of  St  John,  which  he 
seems  to  have  completed,  just  as  death  put  an  end  to  his  labours'. 

"Alfred,  in  his  zeal  for  the  improvement  of  his  country,  did  not  overlook 
the  importance  of  vernacular  Scripture.  At  the  head  of  his  laws  he  set  in  Anglo- 
Saxon  the  ten  commandments,  with  such  of  the  Mosaic  injunctions  in  the  three 
following  chapters  of  Exodus,  as  were  most  to  his  purpose.  What  other  parts  of 
the  Bible  he  translated,  it  is  difficult  to  determine.  A  remarkable  passage  in  his 
preface  to  the  Pastoral  of  Pope  Gregory6,  leaves  no  room  for  doubt,  that  if  the 
more  necessary  portions  of  holy  writ  were  not  made  accessible  to  his  subjects  in 
their  own  tongue,  it  was  only  because  this  wise  and  pious  prince  failed  of  the 
opportunity  to  accomplish  his  wishes. 

"  Whatever  might  be  the  extent  of  Alfred's  biblical  labours,  it  is  beyond 
question  that  soon  after  his  days  the  Anglo-Saxon  Church  had  her  own  interpre- 
tations of  those   parts  of  Scripture  which  were  in   most  frequent  use.     The  Psalter 

1  "Csedmon  was  a  monk  of  Whitby,  in  the  seventh  versity  Press  by  Mr.  Benjamin  Thorpe,  under  the  title, 
century.  The  poem  as  it  now  exists  has,  probably,  been  Liber  Psalmorum,  versio  antiqua  Latina,  cum  Para- 
materially  altered  by  the  reciters  and  transcribers  of  a     phrasi  Anglo-Saxonica,  etc.  8vo.  Oxon.  1835." 

later  period.    It  has  been  twice  published,  first  by  Francis  4  Bedee  ep.  ad  Bgbertum  ;  see  Hist.  Eccl.  ed.  Smith, 

Junius  in  1655,  and  next  by  Mr.  Benjamin  Thorpe  in  1832."  Cantab.  1722,  p.  306." 

Also  by  C.  W.  M.  Grein  in  1857.  6  "  Cuthberti  Vita  Bedse  ;  see  Eccl.  Hist.  p.  793." 

2  "  Bale,  Scriptorum  illustr.  catalogus,  ed.  1557,  p.  84."  8  "  See  Annates  JElfredi,  auct.  Asserio,  ed.  Wise,  p.  84." 
'  "  It  was  edited  for  the  delegates  of  the  Oxford  Uni- 


•  •• 

111 


ascribed  to  Aldhelm,  if  it  be  not  the  work  of  that  prelate,  certainly  cannot  be 
later  than  the  ninth  century.  To  the  same  period  may  be  safely  attributed  the 
Anglo-Saxon  translation  of  the  Gospels1.  Several  MSS.  of  it  are  preserved;  but 
none  of  them  appear  to  give  the  version  in  its  original  purity.  Successive  tran- 
scribers adapted  the  language  to  the  idioms  and  inflexions  of  their  own  times  and 
provinces.  Some  however  of  the  copies  are  earlier  and  less  degenerate  than 
others.  The  latest  seems  to  be  considerably  subsequent  to  the  conquest,  the  most 
ancient  may  have  been  written  more  than  a  hundred  years  before  it2. 

"But  it  was  not  solely  to  this  version  that  the  unlettered  Anglo-Saxon  was 
indebted  for  a  knowledge  of  what  the  Evangelists  record.  Access  was  also  afforded 
to  their  narratives  by  means  of  verbal  glosses  made  in  copies  of  the  Latin  Gospels. 
These  glosses  were  written  between  the  lines  of  the  text,  rendering  it  in  the  same 
order  word  by  word.  Of  the  two  glosses  which  are  now  exstant,  one  is  found 
in  the  famous  book  of  Durham3,  and  was  made  by  the  priest  Aldred,  probably 
in  the  tenth  century ;  the  other  of  the  same  age  is  contained  in  a  MS.  of  the 
Bodleian  Library4,  and  had  for  its  authors  Owun  and  Farman,  the  latter  a  priest 
at  Harewood. 

"  Similar  glosses  had  been  made  on  the  Psalter.  A  gloss  of  this  kind,  pro- 
bably of  the  ninth  century,  was  published  in  1640  from  a  MS.8  belonging  to  sir 
Henry  Spelman,  by  his  son,  afterwards  sir  John6.  Another  gloss  of  the  same  period 
was  published  by  the  Surtees  Society  in  18437.  Variations  from  these  glosses  are 
found  in  several  other  MSS.8  Glosses  also  occur  on  the  canticles  of  the  church, 
and  the  Lord's  prayer ;  on  portions  of  Scripture  in  the  ritual  of  Durham9,  and  on 
the  more  difficult  words  of  the  book  of  Proverbs10. 

"Towards  the  close  of  the  tenth  century  iElfric  translated,  omitting  some  parts 
and  greatly  abridging  others,  the  Pentateuch,  Joshua,  Judges,  a  portion  of  the 
books  of  Kings,   Esther,   Job,    Judith,    and   the   Maccabees11.     He  also  drew   up   in 

1  "Published  three  times;  l.by  abp.  Parker  in  1571 ;  Saxon  gloss  Is  taken  from  the  Cotton  MS.  Vespasian  A.  1, 

2.  by  Dr  Marshall,  rector  of  Lincoln  college,  in  1665 ;  and  and  besides  the  Psalter,  comprises  Ps.  cli.,  nine  of  the 

3.  by  Mr  Benjamin  Thorpe,  in  1842."  Also  by  Dr.  Bos-  Canticles,  and  hymns  for  matins,  the  evening,  and  the 
worth,  1865.  Lord's  day." 

8  "The  MSS.  still  remaining  are,    1.  Corp.  Ch.  Coll.  8  "Of  three  MSS.  partial  collations  are  given  by  Spel- 

Camb.  S.4;   2.  Brit.  Mus.  Cotton.  Otho  0. 1 ;    3.  Bodl.  441 ;  man;  namely,    1.  Univ.  Lib.  Camb.  256;    2.  Trin.  Coll. 

4.  Univ.  Lib.  Camb.  Ii.  2.  11  ;  5.  Brit.  Mus.  Old  R.  Libr.  Camb.  35;  and  3.  Brit.  Mus.  Arundel  60.  A  gloss  also 
1  A.  14 ;  and  6.  Bodl.  Hatton  65.  The  first  two  are  the  occurs  in  Brit.  Mus.  Old  R.  Libr.  2  B.  5  ;  Cotton.  Vitellius 
earliest."  E.  18  and  Tiberius  C.  6 ;  in  Bodl.  Junius  27  ;  in  the  Lam- 

3  "Brit  Mus.  Cotton.  Nero  D.  4."  beth  MS.  427,  and  in  that  of  Salisbury  Cathedral  marked 

4  "Bodl.  Rushworth  3946."  141." 

8  "  Afterwards  in  the  Stowe  collection  No.  xxviii.  and  9  "  Edited  for  the  Surtees  Society  by  the  Rev.  J.  Ste- 

now  in  the  possession  of  the  Earl  of  Ashburnham."  venson,  8vo.  London  1840." 

8  "  With  the  title  Psalterium  Davidis  Latino-Saxoni-  w  "  Brit.  Mus.  Cotton.  Vespasian  D.  6." 

cum  Vetus.    4to.  London,  1640."  u  "What  remains  of  this  translation  was  printed  in 

I  "Anglo-Saxon  and  Early  English  Psalter,  2  vols.  1698  by  Edw.  Thwaites,  from  the  Bodl.  MS.  Laud  E.  19. 

8vo.  1843,  edited  by  the  Rev.  J.  Stevenson.    The  Anglo-  under  the  title  Heptateuchus,  liber  Job  et  Evangelium 

a2 


IV 


Anglo-Saxon  a  brief  account  of  the  books  of  the  Old  and  New  Testament1 ;  and 
lastly,  by  the  texts  and  quotations  used  in  his  numerous  homilies,  he  added  greatly 
to  the  knowledge  of  the  sacred  volume8. 

"  The  writings  which  are  still  exstant  shew  that  the  Anglo-Saxon  church  must 
have  had  in  her  own  tongue  a  considerable  amount  of  scriptural  instruction.  But 
these  cannot  be  the  full  measure  of  what  our  forefathers  possessed.  Much,  it 
cannot  be  doubted,  perished  in  the  troubles  and  confusion  attending  the  incursions 
and  pillages  of  the  Danes ;  and  much,  subsequently,  through  the  disfavour  shewn  by 
the  Normans  to  the  Anglo-Saxon  language  and  literature3." 

The  arrangement  of  matter  in  the  present  edition  is  exactly  the  same  as  in 
Mr  Kemble's,  from  which  I  see  no  cause  to  deviate.  The  plan  of  it  is  best  under- 
stood   from  the  following   scheme  of  the  contents  of  any  two   opposite   pages. 


Left-hand  Page. 


First  Column. 
Text.    MS.  No.  I.  (Corpus). 

Various  Readings;  from  MS.  II. 
or  A.  (Cambridge);  MS.  III.  or  B. 
(Oxford) ;  and  MS.  IV.  or  C  (Cot- 
ton, Otho  C.  1). 


Second  Column. 
Text.    MS.  V.  (Hatton). 

Various  Readings, -froTnMS. 
VI.  or  Royal  (Brit.  Mus.). 


Right-hand  Page. 

Upper  Text.     MS.  VII.  (Lindisfarne) ;   Latin 
with  Northumbrian  gloss. 

Lowek  Text.     MS.  VIII.  (Rushworth) ;  gloss 
only. 


The  rubrics  in  the  left  margin  of  the  left-hand  pages  are  entirely  from  MS.  A. 
Some  of  them  occur  in  B.,  but  these  are  merely  copied  from  A.  in  a  late  hand, 
and   are  of  no  authority. 

The  rubrics  in  the  right  margin  of  the  same  pages  are  from  the  Hatton  MS.- 
but  they  occur  also  in  the  Royal  MS.  with  scarcely  a  single  variation. 

The  numbers  in  the  right  margin  of  the  right-hand  pages  are  from  the 
Lindisfarne  MS.,  and  will  presently  be  explained  in  full. 

The  Latin  text  of  the  Rush  worth  MS.,  which  differs  but  very  slightly  from 
that  of  the  Lindisfarne  MS.,  is  omitted  to  save  space.  But  the  results  of  a  colla- 
tion of  these  texts  will  be  found  in  an  Appendix  at  the  end  of  the  volume. 

The  object  of  this  arrangement  is  easily  perceived.  The  Corpus  MS.  represents 
the  text  nearly  in  its  earliest,  the  Hatton  MS.  in  its  latest  form.  These  are  put 
side  by  side.  The  Lindisfarne  and  Rushworth  glosses  are  in  the  Northumbrian 
dialect;  and  therefore  occupy  the  opposite  pages,  apart  from  the  rest.  Wherever 
the  book   is   opened,    all   the   readings  of  all  the   MSS.    are   exhibited   at   once. 


Nieodemi,  Anglo-Saxonice.  Historian  Judith  f ragmen- 
turn,  Dano-Saxonice.  4to.  Oxon.  1698.  Another  MS.  oc- 
curs in  the  Cotton  collection,  Nero  B.  4." 

1  "Edited  by  Will.  L'Isle,  with  the  Title,  A  Saxon 
Treatise  concerning  the  Old  and  New  Testament.  4to, 
Lond.  1623." 


!  "  His  homilies,  eighty  in  number,  have  been  edited 
for  the  jElfric  Society,  by  Mr  Benj.  Thorpe,  2  vols.  8vo. 
1843—1846." 

3  "  See  the  remarkable  verses  of  a  writer  of  the  12th 
century,  quoted  in  Wright's  Biogr.  Brit.  Lit.  (Anglo-Saxon 
Period),  p.  60." 


Description  of  the  MSS. 

The  following  description  of  the  MSS.  is  partly  compiled  from  the  accounts  by 
Wanley1  and  by  Dr  Bos  worth2,  and  partly  from  the  results  of  my  own  observation. 

I.     The  Corpus  MS.— MS.  No.  cxl.   (formerly  S.  4)  in   the   library  of  Corpus 
Christi  College,  Cambridge;   described  by  Wanley,  p.  116*.     Its  contents  are — 
(a)    The  four  Gospels  in  Anglo-Saxon. 

(&)  At  the  beginning  of  the  MS.  (but  added  afterwards)  are  certain  forms 
of  manumissions,  several  of  which  make  mention  of  ^Elfsige,  abbot  of  Bath4. 
These  are  enumerated  by  Wanley,  who  in  another  place  (p.  149)  calls  attention  to 
the  fact  that  a  leaf  has  been  here  extracted  from  the  MS.,  but  is  still  preserved 
by  being  placed  in  another  MS.,  so  as  now  to  be  found  at  p.  7  of  MS.,  Miscell.  G. 
(now  No.  Ill)  in  the  same  library.  The  forms  are  printed  in  Madox,  Formul. 
Angl.  p.  416  ;  Dugdale's  Monasticon,  ii.  265  ;  and  Thorpe,  Dipl.  Angl.  ^Evi  Saxon. 
pp.  640—642;  cf.  Kemble,  Cod.  Dipl.  ^Evi  Sax.  iv.  270,  and  vi.  209.  All  of  them 
are  connected  with  St  Peter's  Abbey-church  at  Bath.  Amongst  them  is  a  docu- 
ment which  is  printed  separately  (from  the  MS.  now  being  described)  in  Thorpe's 
Dipl.  Angl.  Mri  Sax.  p.  436,  with  the  title—"  The  Prior  and  Brotherhood  of  Bath. 
Agreement  with  Ssewi  and  Theodgyfu." 

(c)  At  the  end  of  the  Gospel  of  St  Mark  is  a  piece  entitled  "  Scriptum  de 
Ccelo  Delapsum,"  which  is  really  a  homily  concerning  the  observation  of  the  Lord's 
day.  Begins — Men  pa,  leofestan.  Her  onginS  pcet  halie  gewrit  pe  com  frawi  heofe- 
nan  into  hierusalem.  Ends — and  se  pe  underfehS  witigan  on  pees  witigan  naman 
he  underfelrS  pses  witigan  mede. 

(d)  At  the  end  of  the  Gospel  of  St  Luke  are  lists  of  popes  and  of  English 
archbishops  and  bishops.  The  last  pope  mentioned  is  Alexander  II.,  elected  a.d. 
1061 ;  many  of  the  lists  end  long  before  that  date.  At  the  end  of  the  Gospel  of 
St  John  are  two  Latin  documents  of  later  date,  both  referring  to  Bath ;  see 
Nasmith's  catalogue  of  the  Corpus  MSS.  It  deserves  to  be  mentioned  that  the 
scribe  iElfric  did  not  write  the  whole  of  the  Gospels  himself;  for  in  the  Gospel 
of  St  Mark,  from  the  word  gorst-beam  (xii.  26)  to  he  (xii.  38),  there  is  a  single 
page  written   in  a  different  and  inferior  hand. 

At  the  end  of  the  Gospel  of  St^Matthew  is  this  note — Ego  ^Elfricus  scripsi 
hunc  librum  in  Monasterio  BaSj?onio  et  dedi  Brihtwoldo  preposito — I,  ^Elfric,  wrote 
this  book  in  the   monastery  at  Bath,   and   gave   it   to   Brihtwold   the   prior.     It  is 

1  Antiquse  Literaturae  Septentrionalis  liber  alter,  seu  *  The  Gothic  and  Anglo-Saxon  Gospels,  pref.  p.  xiii. 

Humphredi    Wanleii    Librorum    Vett.    Septentrionalium  and  p.  574. 

Catalogus  ;  Oxonise,  1705.     It  forms  the  second  volume  of  3  This  MS.  forms  the  basis  of  Dr  Bosworth's  text. 

Hickes's  Thesaurus  Antiq.  Lit.  Septentrionalis.  *  Died  a.d.  1087  ;  Dugdale's  Monast.  ii.  257. 


VI 

some  satisfaction  to  know  the  original  locality  of  this  MS. :  it  would  be  a  still 
greater  satisfaction  if  more  could  be  ascertained  about  Brithwold.  If  we  suppose  him 
to  be  the  same  Brithwold  who  was  bishop  of  Sherborne  from  a.d.  1006  to  1046 ',  we 
might  conclude  that  the  MS.  was  written  before  a.d.  1006.  Wanley  dates  it  a 
little  before  the  conquest;  Dr  Bosworth  puts  it  about  a.d.  995,  or  between  a.d.  990 
and  1030.  We  may  very  safely  date  it,  in  round  numbers,  about  a.d.  1000. 
"Wanley  suggests  that  it  was  copied  from  one  a  little  older.  Whence  he  derived 
the  notion  is  not  apparent,  yet  it  is  almost  certain  that  the  Corpus,  Bodley,  and 
Cotton  MSS.  had  all  a  common  origin. 

II.  The  Cambridge  "MS. — MS.  Ii.  2.  11  in  the  Cambridge  University  Library, 
described  by  Wanley,  p.  152 2,  and  in  the  Catalogue  of  Cambridge  University  Li- 
brary MSS.  Vol.  in.  p.  384.  It  is  a  folio  volume,  on  vellum,  containing  402  pages 
of  about  23  lines  each.     Its  contents  are : — 

(a)  The  four  Gospels  in  Anglo-Saxon,  with  numerous  rubrics,  directing  when 
certain  portions  are  to  be  read. 

(b)  An  Anglo-Saxon  translation  of  the  Pseudo-Gospel  of  Nicodemus. 
Printed  by  Thwaites,  at  the  end  of  his  Heptateuchus,  published  in  16983.  There  is 
another  copy  of  this  in  MS.  Cotton  Vitellius  A.  XV.  horn.  III.  (Wanley,  p.  218) 
which  is  imperfect  at  the  beginning.  Junius  made  a  transcript  of  the  Cambridge 
copy,  and  collated  it  with  the  Cotton  MS.  The  results  of  the  collation  are  printed 
by  Thwaites,  on  the  last  page  of  his  volume.  Junius's  transcript  is  now  in  the 
Bodleian  Library,  marked  Jun.  74,  and  is  described  by  Wanley,  p.  96.  There  is 
also  an  abbreviated  copy  of  the  same  story  in  MS.  Cott.  Vespasian  D.  XIV.  horn. 
XXXIII.  (Wanley,  p.  204).  It  may  perhaps  here  be  worth  while  to  remark  a 
circumstance  which  seems  to  have  escaped  the  observation  of  the  editor,  viz.  that 
there  is  a  considerable  hiatus  in  the  story  in  the  MSS.  between  the  words  "  nan 
o^er  ne  dorste"  and  "  Da  wees  hym  'Sser  neh  sum  wer  standende,"  1.  5,  p.  6,  in 
Thwaites.  The  whole  account  of  Christ's  crucifixion  is  omitted.  A  note  to  this 
effect  has,  at  my  suggestion,  been  made  in  the  Cambridge  MS.  As  the  omission 
there  occurs  in  the  middle  of  a  page,  it  is  very  probable  that  the  narrative  was 
copied  from  an  older  MS.  which  had  lost  a  few  leaves. 

(c)  The  embassy  of  Nathan  the  Jew  to  Tiberius  Csesar,  together  with  the 
legend  of  St  Veronica ;  also  in  Anglo-Saxon.  Printed  among  the  Publications  of 
the  Cambridge  Antiquarian  Society;  edited  by  C.  W.  Goodwin,  MA.  Cambridge, 
1851 ;  entitled  "  Anglo-Saxon  legends  of  St  Andrew  and  St  Veronica."  A  frag- 
ment of  the   same   story  is  contained   in   six   leaves  at  the   end   of    MS.  C.  C.   C. 

i  Anglo-Saxon  Chronicle,  ed.  Thorpe,  ii.  253.     But  this  3  Or  early  in  1699.    The  date  is  printed  'An.  Dom. 

Brihtwold  is  said  to  have  been  a  monk  of  Glastonbury ;  mdcxctiiL'    I  have  a  copy  in  which  the  owner's  name  and 

Godwin,  de  Prsesul.  Ang.  Comment  p.  335.  the  date  1698  are  written  on  the  fly-leaf.    J)r.  Bosworth's 

2  This  MS.  forms  the  basis  of  the  text  edited  by  Thorpe,  copy  has-'Imprimatur,  Joh.  Meare,  Vice-Can.  Oxon.  Dec. 

whose  account  of  the  MSS.  is  inaccurate.  27,  1697.' 


Vll 


D.  5  (now  No.  196)  described  in  Wanley,  p.  109 ;  and  the  former  part  of  it, 
concerning  Nathan's  embassy,  is  also  found  in  MS.  Cott.  Vesp.  D.  14.  horn.  XXXV. ; 
Wanley,  p.  204. 

At  the  back  of  the  leaf  containing  the  last  few  words  of  this  text  is  the 
manumission  of  a  certain  Remold,  consisting  of  only  a  few  lines.  Wanley  prints 
the  whole  of  it.     See  also  Thorpe's  Diplom.  Angl.  JEvi  Sax.  p.  622. 

Various  notes  "in  the  MS. — printed  by  Wanley — tell  us  its  history.  It  once 
belonged  to  Bishop  Leofric,  and  was  given  by  him  to  the  Church  of  St  Peter  the 
Apostle  in  Exeter.  In  1566,  it  was  given  by  Gregory  Dodde,  dean  of  Exeter,  with 
the  consent  of  his  brethren,  to  Matthew  Parker,  archbishop  of  Canterbury,  who 
afterwards  gave  it  to  the  University  of  Cambridge  in  1574.  There  can  hardly  be 
a  doubt  that  this  is  the  identical  volume  which  is  mentioned  in  the  catalogue  of 
Leofric's  gifts  to  St  Peter's  church  in  the  terms :  "  I.  Englisc  Cristes  boc ; "  i.  e. 
one  copy  of  the  Gospels  in  English1.  Leofric  was  bishop  of  Devonshire  and 
Cornwall  from  about  1046  to  10731  Wanley  puts  the  date  of  the  MS.  at  about 
the  time  of  the  Norman  conquest,  but  it  is  probably  a  little  earlier;  and  we  safely 
assign  to  it  the  locality  Exeter,  and  the  date  about  a.d.  1050.  It  appears  to  be 
very  accurately  written  throughout.  In  the  footnotes  to  the  first  column  it  is 
denoted  by  the  letter  A. 

III.  The  Bodley  MS.— MS.  Bodley  NE.  F.  3.  15,  now  Bodley  441;  described 
by  Wanley,  p.  643.  It  is  a  folio  volume,  on  vellum,  containing  194  leaves.  But 
it  must  be  particularly  noted  that  some  of  these  must  have  been  supplied  from  the 
Corpus  MS.  by  Parker's  direction  in  imitation  of  the  old  writing,  and  are  valueless. 
I  may  mention  in  particular  leaves  57 — 62,  containing  Mark  i.  1  to  iv.  37 ;  leaf 
90,  containing  the  last  three  verses  of  St  Luke  ;  and  leaves  192 — 194,  John  xx.  9 
to  the  end.  Accordingly  it  will  be  found  that  the  various  readings  marked  B.  in 
the  footnotes  to  the  first  32  pages  of  this  volume  are  mostly  records  of  blunders. 
Nothing  seems  to  be  known  of  its  history  except  that  it  was  once  in  all  proba- 
bility in  the  possession  of  Matthew  Parker,  archbishop  of  Canterbury.  This  is  ren- 
dered probable  by  the  way  in  which  several  rubrics  have  been  copied  into  it  from 
the  Cambridge  MS.  But  internal  evidence  proves  its  extremely  close  connection 
with  the  Corpus  and  Cotton  MSS.,  and  renders  it  absolutely  certain  that  these  three 
MSS.  are  copies  from  a  common  original.  The  Bodley  MS.  e.g.  frequently  uses 
the  same  contractions  as  the  Corpus  MS.  in  the  same  places.  Throughout  page  112 
(ch.  xiv.  13 — 22)  it  only  has  one  different  reading,  viz.  pas  for  pa  in  v.  13.  The 
only  other  variations  of  any  kind  on  this  page  are,  that  it  has  "him"  for  the 
contracted  form  "hi"   four  times;    also   "sittendum"  and  "twelfum"  for  "sittendu" 

1  Wanley,  p.  80 ;  Thorpe,  Dipl.  Angl.  ^Evi  Saxon,  p.  430.  s  This  MS.  forms  the  basis  of  the  text  edited  by  Junius 

2  Anglo-Saxon  Chron.  ed.  Thorpe,  ii.  287 ;  Conybeare's      and  Marshall.    Parker's  edition  follows  it  closely  through- 
Illustrations  of  Anglo-Saxon  Poetry,  p.  198.  out 


Vlll 


and  "twelfu",  and,  conversely,  "su"  for  "sum";  also  "SoJ?lice",  "ge-sylj?",  "cwe<5an", 
"Da",  for  "SoSlice",  "gesylS",  "cwej?an",  and  "pa";  it  accents  "an"  in  v.  18, 
and  puts  a  stop  after  "braec"  in  v.  22. 

The  connection  between  the  Bodley  and  Cotton  MSS.  is  closer  still,  the  former 
being  a  mere  duplicate  of  the  latter ;  and  hence,  in  the  various  readings  towards 
the  end  of  the  volume,  the  letters  B.  and  C.  are  almost  always  found  together.  It 
follows  that  the  text  of  the  Bodley  MS.  is  as  good  as  that  of  the  Cotton  MS., 
and  the  remarks  of  Mr  Thorpe  in  his  short  preface  to  his  "  Anglo-Saxon  version 
of  the  Holy  Gospels"  are  made  at  random.  He  was  probably  misled  by  observing 
some  of  the  mistakes  which  are  to  be  found  in  those  pages  of  the  Bodley  MS. 
which  are  written  in  a  modern  hand.  For  example,  in  i.  43,  the  word  bead  (bade) 
is  written  bend  in  the  spurious  page  of  the  Bodley  MS.,  and  is  so  printed  in 
Parker's  edition.  Another  error,  mine  rnodor  for  min  modor,  occurs  in  iii.  34,  both 
in  the  spurious  page  of  the  MS.  and  in  Parker's  edition.  But  such  errors  must 
not  be  allowed  to  depreciate  overmuch  the  value  of  such  pages  of  the  MS.  as  are 
genuine. 

In  the  Bodley  MS.  the  words  are  commonly  written  very  closely  together,  and 
some  few  words  are  retained  which  the  Corpus  MS.  omits.  Yet  it  does  not  appear 
that  this  MS.  is  really  older  than  the  Corpus ;  on  the  contrary,  it  is  generally 
regarded  as  of  later  date.  The  handwriting  is  certainly  not  that  of  .iElfric,  the 
scribe  of  the  Corpus  MS.  In  the  footnotes  to  the  first  column  it  is  denoted  by 
the  letter  B. 

IV.  The  Cotton  MS. — MS.  Cotton  Otho  C.  1,  in  the  British  Museum;  described 
by  Wanley,  pp.  211,  212.  Very  little  use  seems  to  have  been  made  of  this  MS. : 
it  was  not  consulted  by  Marshall,  and  Dr  Bosworth  gives  only  one  or  two  read- 
ings from  it,  yet  it  might  be  of  service  for  the  correction  of  the  texts  of  St  Luke 
and   St  John.     I  quote  at  length  Dr  Bosworth's   excellent  description1. 

"A  minute  description  is  given  of  it  by  "Wanley  in  1704  [1705],  when  it  was  in  a 
perfect  state  from  Mat.  xxvii.  6.  It  was  so  much  injured  by  the  fire,  which  destroyed 
many  of  Sir  Robert  Cotton's  MSS.  on  the  23rd  of  Oct.  1731,  that  what  was  defec- 
tive only  as  far  as  Matt,  xxvii.  6  before  that  calamity,  afterwards  looked  like  a 
charred  mass.  Planta,  in  his  Catalogue  of  the  Cotton  MSS.,  describes  it  as  'once 
consisting  of  290  leaves,  but  now  (1802)  so  much  burnt  and  contracted  as  to 
render  the  binding  of  it  impracticable.'  It  was  fortunately  kept  in  a  case ;  and 
what  was  found  impracticable  by  Mr  Planta,  has  been  effected  under  the  careful 
superintendence  of  Sir  Frederic  Madden,  by  whose  judicious  arrangements  many  MSS. 
have  been  restored,  and  made  accessible  to  the  public.  The  smallest  part  of  this 
burnt  mass  has  been  carefully  mounted  on  thick  folio  paper,  which  is  cut   away  in 

1  The  Gothic  and  Anglo-Saxon  Gospels ;  pref.  p.  xiv. 


IX 


the  middle  to  fit  the  injured  vellum,  and  made  fast  by  transparent  paper,  gummed 
to  the  edges  of  the  paper  and  the  vellum ;  the  MS.  can,  therefore,  be  easily  read  on 
both  sides.  It  is  now  bound  in  two  large  folio  volumes.  Sir  Frederic  Madden  tells 
us  that  twenty-five  folios  are  lost  since  Wanley  described  it.  The  first  small  frag- 
ment of  this  MS.  now  remaining  is  from  folio  26,  which  Sir  F.  Madden  has  marked 
as  part  of  St  Mark  vii.  22.  Such  a  note  deserves  the  best  thanks  of  all  who  con- 
sult the  MS.,  as  it  saves  much  of  their  time.  The  fragments  increase  a  little  in 
size  from  folio  26  to  38.  St  Luke  is  nearly  complete,  and  occupies  fol.  39 — 93. 
St  John  fills  fol.  95 — 135,  and  is  nearly  perfect,  especially  in  the  latter  part.  There 
are  not  any  rubrical  directions,  and  only  a  few  badly  formed  capital  letters  of  a  dingy 
red  colour  in  this  MS."  It  is  unnecessary  to  describe  the  other  contents  of  this  MS., 
as  Wanley  explains  that  they  have  been  brought  together  by  a  bookbinder,  though 
written  by  different  hands  and  at  different  times.  But  it  may  be  observed  that 
between  the  Gospels  of  St  Luke  and  St  John  is  inserted  a  charter  relating  to  Aid- 
helm,  abbot  of  Malmesbury  in  Wiltshire,  who  was  afterwards  bishop  of  Sherborne, 
in  the  time  of  Ine  of  Wessex,  about  a.d.  705 '  This  hint  may  serve  to  connect 
the  MS.  with  the  locality  of  Malmesbury,  whilst  its  internal  evidence  connects  it 
with  the  Corpus  MS.  written  at  Bath,  and  even  still  more  closely  with  the  Bodley 
MS.  It  is  supposed  to  be  coeval  with  the  Corpus  MS.  In  connection  with  the 
present  work,  it  is  obviously  of  great  importance  to  explain  in  full  how  much  of 
St  Mark  is  left.  The  following  fragments  of  parts  of  verses  and  passages  can  be 
read  with  tolerable  ease. 

Fol.  32  6.    Fr.  of  C.  xii.  v.  10—16. 

Fol.  33.    Fr.  of  C.  xiv.  v.  17—25. 

[All  the  foregoing  are  mere  fragments,  with  hardly  a 
single  complete  line.] 

C.  xiv.  v.  27  and  28  complete,  but  hardly  legible  in  some 
places.    Two  words  of  v.  29  :  Da  ssede. 

Fol.  33  6.  Fr.  of  C.  xiv.  *>.  30—38,  whole  of  v.  39,  part 
of  v.  40. 

Fol.  34.  Fr.  of  C.  xiv.  v.  41 — 18,  whole  of  ft  49  and  50, 
part  of  v.  51. 

Fol.  34  6.  Fr.  of  C.  xiv.  v.  53—62,  whole  of  v.  63,  part 
of  v.  64. 

Fol.  35.  Fr.  of  C.  xiv.  v.  65 — 72  (the  last  verse  nearly 
whole) ;  C.  xv.  e.  1,  nearly  whole. 

Fol.  35  b.     Fr.  of  C.  xv.  v.  2—15. 

FoL  36.  Fr.  of  0.  xv.  v.  16—25  (verse  20  is  nearly 
whole) ;  v.  26—28  whole ;  part  of  v.  29. 

Fol.  36  6.  Fr.  of  C.  xv.  v.  30—32  ;  whole  of  v.  33 ;  fr.  of 
v.  34  and  35  ;  verses  36 — 39  nearly  whole ;  beginning  of 
v.  40. 

Fol.  37.    Fr.  of  C.  xv.  v.  40— xvi.  2. 

Fol.  37  6.    Fr.  of  C.  xvi.  v.  2—11. 

Fol.  38.     Fr.  of  C.  xvi.  ».  12—20. 


Fol.  26. 

Fragments  of  C.  vii.  ».  22—2' 
.    .        ssa .  ofer     .    .    . 
f;as  yfelu        .    .    . 
e  man  besmita(j ; 
.     f>a  endas  tiri  1  sid6ni  . 
.     .  he  nolde  f  hit  senig  . 
hit  benil)?an  ;  Sona     .    . 
rde  .    J>sere  dohtor  hsef 
o  ineode  3  to  his  fotu 
e  •£  wif  wses  hsef>en  .    . 

r. 

es  J  bsed  hine  -js  he  J>one 

er  adrife  .  Da  ssede        .    . 

FoL  26  6. 

Fr.  of  C.  vii.  v.  33—37. 

Fol.  27. 

Fr.  of  C.  viii.  v.  6—12. 

Fol.  27  b. 

Fr.  C.  viii.  v.  19—24. 

Fol.  28. 

Fr.  of  C.  ix.  v.  32—37. 

Fol.  2S  6. 

Fr.  of  C.  ix.  v.  42^-47. 

Fol.  29. 

Fr.  of  C.  x.  v.  2—11. 

Fol.  29  6 

Fr.  of  0.  x.  v.  15—21. 

Fol.  30. 

Fr.  of  C.  x.  v.  25—30. 

Fol.  306. 

Fr.  of  C.  x.  v.  34 — 40. 

Fol.  31. 

Fr.  of  C.  x.  v.  44—51. 

Fol.  31  6. 

Fr.  of  C.  xi.  v.  2—9. 

Fol.  32. 

Fr.  of  C.  xi.  v.  33— C.  xii.  v.  7 

1  Beda,  Eccl.  Hist.  lib.  v.  cap.  xviii. 


X 


Owing  to  the  very  fragmentary  character  of  these  passages,  and  its  very  close 
agreement  with  the  text,  the  various  readings  recorded  from  it  in  the  first  column 
(where  it  is  denoted  by  the  letter  C.)  are  very  few.  By  an  oversight,  none  were 
recorded  before  the  beginning  of  Chapter  XII.  Before  this  point  the  various  read- 
ings are  only  these,  viz.  P.  60.  viii.  6  hig  [for  last  hi]. — P.  62.  viii.  20.  seofan. 
21.  om.  ge.  22.  anne. — P.  72.  ix.  33.  smeada. — P.  76.  x.  2.  fandiende.  5.  heardnysse. 
6.  wsepned  1  wimman.— P.  78.  18.  hi  [for  hwi]. — P.  80.  27.  hig.  29.  us  [for  hus]. 
30.  ecce. — P.  86.  xi.  6.  hig  (twice).  Compare  the  table  of  Errata  at  the  end  of  this 
volume. 

V.  The  Hatton  MS. — This  MS.,  formerly  marked  Hatton  65,  is  now  marked 
Hatton  38;  it  is  now  in  the  Bodleian  Library,  at  Oxford,  and  is  described  by  Wan- 
ley,  p.  76.  It  is  a  neat  volume,  the  leaves  of  which  measure  9^  by  6  inches,  containing 
the  four  gospels,  written  in  an  exceeding  uniform,  upright,  and  clear  hand,  but  of 
rather  a  late  date,  about  the  time  of  Henry  II.  The  Gospels  are  arranged  in  the 
following  order : — Mark,  Luke,  Matthew,  and  John.  It  is  interesting  as  shewing 
how  the  language  began  to  lose  strength  in  its  inflectional  forms,  as  is  at  once 
apparent  by  comparing  it  with  the  older  text  here  printed  beside  it.  The  rubrics 
occurring  in  it  are  printed  in  the  right-hand  margin.  It  formerly  belonged  to  the 
Rev.  John  Parker,  son  to  Archbishop  Parker,  whose  name — Johes  parker — is  written 
on  the  back  of  a  fly-leaf.  One  leaf  having  been  lost,5- the  missing  portion  (Luke  xvi.) 
was  "restored"  by  Mr  Parker. 

VI.  The  Royal  MS.  This  MS.  is  now  in  the  Royal  Library  at  the  British 
Museum,  where  its  class-mark  is  Bibl.  Reg.  1  A.  xiv.  It  is  described  by  Wanley, 
p.  181.  It  is  somewhat  older  than  the  Hatton  MS.,  and  was  probably  written  in 
the  time  of  Stephen.  It  contains  175  leaves,  each  measuring  about  8^  by  5f  inches. 
Leaves  3 — 173  are  occupied  by  the  Gospels,  and  contain  about  25  lines  on  a  page. 
The  leaves  at  the  beginning  and  end  seem  to  have  formed  part  of  a  Latin  missal. 

The  handwriting  is  in  singular  contrast  to  that  of  the  Hatton  MS.,  being  bold, 
hasty,  and  rough.  It  may  seem  fanciful,  but  it  gives  the  impression  of  having 
been  written  in  troublous  times,  when  the  object  was  rather  to  have  a  copy  for 
ready  use  than  to  spend  time  in  elaborating  it.  The  general  agreement  of  it  with 
the  Hatton  MS.  is  very  close,  excepting  that  it  preserves  more  archaic  forms ;  and 
it  contains  nearly  the  same  rubrics  in  the  same  places.  It  appears  by  collation 
that  the  Hatton  MS.  was  actually  copied  from  it  by  a  scribe  who  had  plenty  of 
leisure.  All  doubt  on  the  subject  is  removed  by  observing  that  the  last  seven 
verses  of  St  Mark's  Gospel,  omitted  by  the  scribe  of  the  Royal  MS.,  are  sup- 
plied in  it  by  the  scribe  of  the  Hatton  MS.  in  his  usual  neat  hand  and  with  his 
peculiar  spelling.  This  interesting  fact  seems  never  to  have  been  hitherto  observed. 
It  proves,  moreover,  that  the  scribe  of  the  Hatton  MS.  had  access  to  some  other 
MS.  besides  the  Royal.     The  Gospels  are  in  the  order — Mark,  Matthew,  Luke,  and 


XI 

John.  Wanley  says  that  it  formerly  belonged  to  the  Abbey  of  St  Augustine's, 
Canterbury,  and  was  afterwards  in  the  possession  of  Archbishop  Cranmer,  whose 
name — Thomas  Cantuarien: — is  on  the  first  page.  This  would  seem  to  connect  it 
with  Canterbury  as  its  locality. 

VII.  The  Lindisfarne  MS.  This  MS.  is  also  known  as  the  Durham  Book ; 
it  is  now  one  of  the  Cotton  MSS.  in  the  British  Museum,  its  class-mark  being 
Nero  D.  4.  This  fine  MS.,  one  of  the  chief  treasures  in  our  national  collection,  has 
been  frequently  described  at  great  length ;  see  Wanley' s  Catalogue,  p.  250,  and 
especially  the  descriptions  in  Professor  Westwood's  "  Palseographia  Sacra  Pictoria" 
and  "Facsimiles  of  Miniatures  and  Ornaments  of  Anglo-Saxon  and  Irish  MSS.;" 
also  the  Prolegomena  to  Part  IV.  of  the  "  Lindisfarne  and  Rushworth  Gospels," 
edited  for  the  Surtees  Society  by  Stevenson  and  Waring.  It  consists  of  258  leaves 
of  thick  vellum,  each  measuring  13^  inches  by  9^,  and  contains  the  four  Gospels 
in  Latin,  written '  in  double  columns,  with  an  interlinear  Northumbrian  gloss ; 
together  with  St  Jerome's  Epistle  to  Pope  Damasus,  the  Eusebian  Canons,  two 
prefaces,  short  notices  of  the  four  Evangelists,  arguments  of  the  sections  into  which 
the  Gospels  are  divided,  and  tables  of  lessons  to  be  read  on  Sundays,  festivals,  &C1 
The  Latin  text  was  written  in  the  island  of  Lindisfarne  by  Eadfrith,  who  was 
bishop  of  Lindisfarne  a.d.  698 — 721 ;  so  that  if  he  wrote  it  before  his  election  we 
must  date  it  before  698.  "We  cannot  be  far  wrong  in  dating  it,  in  round  numbers, 
about  a.d.  700.  The  interlinear  gloss  is  two  and  a  half  centuries  later,  having  been 
made  by  Aldred,  a  priest,  about  a.d.  950,  at  a  time  when  the  MS.  was  probably 
kept  at  Chester-le-Street,  near  Durham,  whither  it  had  been  removed  for  fear  of 
the  Danes.  The  stains  made  upon  the  edges  of  the  leaves  by  sea-water,  probably 
during  its  transit  from  Lindisfarne  to  the  mainland,  are  still  plainly  visible.  The 
Durham  Ritual,  edited  for  the  Surtees  Society  by  Mr  Stevenson  in  1840,  is  glossed 
by  the  same  hand".  An  entry  at  the  end  of  St  John's  Gospel  gives  the  names 
of  Eadfrith  the  writer,  and  Aldred  the  glossator,  as  well  as  of  iEthilwald  and 
Bilfrith,  who  were  employed  upon  the  cover  of  it.  ^Ethilwald  succeeded  Eadfrith 
in  the  see  of  Lindisfarne,  a.d.  721,  and  died  about  the  year  737.  Another  and 
much  shorter  entry  occurs  at  the  bottom  of  leaf  88,  at  the  back,  and  is  printed  in 
this  volume,  p.  1 ;  see  also  the  Critical  Notes.  Immediately  above  this  note  is  written 
"  Incipiunt  capitulae  (sic)  secundum  marcum,"  and  on  the  next  leaf  is  a  short  life  of 
St  Mark  headed  "  Incipit  argumentum."  Next,  on  leaf  90,  "Incipiunt  capitula  lec- 
tionum ; "  and,  at  the  bottom  of  leaf  92,  a  very  imperfect  list  of  days  when  the 
lessons  are  to  be  read.     All  this  preliminary  matter   to  St  Mark's  Gospel  is  here 

1  See  Kemble's  edition  of  the  Gospel  of  St  Matthew,  dum  Mattheum,  p.  21.    The  table  of  lessons  from  St  Mat- 

which  contains — Prologus  decern  Canonum,  p.  1 ;  Canones,  thew  is  omitted  by  Kemble. 

p.  4  ;  Praefatio  ejusdem  (i.e.  Hieronymi),  p.  7  ;  Prsefatio  a  See  Wright's  Biographia  Britannica  (Anglo-Saxon  Pe- 

Busebii,  p.  10 ;  Argumentum  Matthei,  p.  12  ;  Capitula  Lee-  riod),  p.  426. 
tionum  secundum  Mattheum,  p.  13 ;  and  BTangelium  Secun- 


&2 


xn 


printed,  pp.  1 — 5.     The  Latin  text  of  the  Gospel,  with  the  Northern-English  gloss, 
occupies  the  upper  part  of  the  right-hand  pages,  beginning  at  p.  9. 

VIII.  The  Rushworth  MS.  This  MS.  is  in  the  Bodleian  Library  at  Oxford, 
and  is  marked  Auct.  D.  ii.  19 l.  It  now  consists  of  169  leaves  of  thick  vellum, 
measuring  14  by  10|  inches,  but  is  incomplete.  It  is  described  by  Wanley, 
p.  81;  by  Professor  Westwood  in  his  "  Palseographia  Sacra  Pictoria,"  and  his 
"  Facsimiles  of  the  Miniatures  and  Ornaments  of  Anglo-Saxon  and  Irish  Manu- 
scripts ;"  by  Mr  Waring,  in  his  Prolegomena  to  St  John's  Gospel,  p.  xlvii ;  and 
others.  The  Gospel  of  St  Luke  is  incomplete,  and  there  are  no  prefaces,  argu- 
ments or  tables,  as  in  the  Lindisfarne  MS.  In  other  points,  however,  it  strongly 
resembles  it,  excepting  that  the  Latin  text  is  written  all  across  the  page,  instead 
of  in  double  columns.  The  Latin  was  written  by  a  scribe  who  gives  his  name, 
at  the  end,  as  Macregol  and  Macreguil,  but  the  date  is  uncertain.  Wanley  sup- 
poses it  to  have  once  belonged  to  Beda,  who  died  a.d.  735  ;  whilst,  on  the  other 
hand,  the  Irish  Annals  of  the  year  820  record  the  death  of  a  scribe  named  Mac 
Biagoil.  We  may,  perhaps,  refer  it  to  the  eighth  century.  The  gloss  is  by  two 
hands,  those  of  Farman  and  Owun,  whose  names  are  given  at  the  end  of  St  John's 
Gospel ;  and  Farman  is  described  as  a  priest  of  Harewood,  which  is  in  the  West 
Riding  of  Yorkshire,  on  the  river  Wharfe.  The  portion  written  by  the  former  ends 
at  the  word  hleonadun  in  v.  15  of  the  second  chapter  of  St  Mark,  as  the  reader 
may  perceive  by  turning  to  p.  19,  and  observing  that  the  thorn-letter  (p)  seldom 
again  occurs  after  that  verse,  except  when  used  with  a  stroke  through  it,  to  denote 
the  word  "fset*."  In  v.  13  it  occurs  in  pa  preat,  in  v.  14  in  mi%\y,  and  cwep, 
and  in  v.  15  in  mi'&py,  for  the  last  time.  The  gloss  may  be  referred  to  the  latter 
half  of  the  tenth  century.  Nothing  more  is  known  of  the  history  of  the  MS.  till 
we  find  it  in  the  hands  of  John  Rushworth,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  barrister,  and  deputy- 
clerk  to  the  House  of  Commons  during  the  Long  Parliament ;  by  whom  it  was 
presented  to  the  Bodleian  Library. 

The  Latin  text  of  the  Rushworth  MS.  differs  but  slightly  from  that  of  the 
Lindisfarne  MS.,  and  hence  it  is  omitted  here,  as  in  Kemble's  edition  of  St  Mat- 
thew ;  but  I  have  thought  it  advisable  to  give,  in  the  Appendix,  every  variation 
of  spelling  and  of  readings  which  it  presents,  as  compared  with  the  text  of  the 
Durham  Book.  The  Northern-English  (Yorkshire)  gloss  is  given  at  the  bottom  of 
the  right-hand  pages,  beginning  at  p.  9.  Hitherto,  it  hardly  seems  to  have  been 
pointed  out  with  sufficient  distinctness  that  the  Rushworth  gloss  is  really  derived  from 
the  Lindisfarne  gloss  in  a  very  direct  manner.  I  have  no  doubt  that  Farman  and 
Owun   actually  consulted   the   identical  Lindisfarne  MS.  which   we   now  possess,    to 

1  The  number  3946,  assigned  to  it  in  note  3  on  p.  iv,  is  *  A  rude  figure,  apparently  of  a  flying  lion,  is  drawn 

its  number  in  the  Old  General  Catalogue  of  MSS.,  printed      in  the  margin  of  the  MS.  to  mark  where  the  handwriting 
at  Oxford  in  1697.  changes. 


Xlll 


assist  them  in  glossing  their  own  text,  which  occasionally  differs,  be  it  remembered, 
from  the  Latin  Lindisfarne  text.  Hence  it  is  that  even  the  marginal  notes  of  the 
one  are  reproduced  in  the  other.  In  i.  6,  we  find  a  note  on  wudu  hunig  (wood- 
honey),  viz.  -p  waxes  on  wudu  binde;  this  is  reproduced  in  the  Rush  worth  gloss  in 
the  form — -f  wcexep  on  wude  bendum.  In  v.  9,  legio  (legion)  is  explained  in  the 
Lindisfarne  MS. — \jSusend]1  1  xii  *&usend  -p  is  legio  [Sis]1  wees  diowla  legio.  This 
is  exactly  reproduced  in  the  margin  also  of  the  Rushworth  MS.  One  more  example 
may  suffice.  It  so  happens  that,  in  the  Lindisfarne  gloss,  wherein  capital  letters 
are  very  rare  indeed,  the  word  Ne  is  written  with  a  capital  in  xiii.  31.  Precisely 
the  same  phenomenon  occurs  in  the  Rushworth  gloss,  only  that  the  Ne  is  shifted 
into  the  preceding  verse  owing  to  confusion  of  transibit  with  transibunt.  This 
is  more  than  coincidence ;  it  is  proof.  It  is  clear  that  Farman  and  Owun  had  the 
pages  of  the  Lindisfarne  MS.  open  before  them  whilst  engaged  in  writing  their  own 
glosses.  At  the  same  time  they  exercised  an  independent  judgment.  At  times 
they  took  leave  to  alter,  or  to  omit  a  gloss  as  doubtful.  In  the  case  of  double 
glosses  they  generally  took  the  first.  Thus,  at  p.  Ill,  xiv.  4,  the  Lindisfarne  gloss 
for  est  is  woes  vel  is;  the  Rushworth  gloss  is  wees  simply.  In  xiv.  12,  the  gloss  to 
immolant  is  ascegcas  vel  ageafa?8  in  L.,  but  ascegas  only  in  R.  Sometimes,  both 
glosses  are  copied,  in  the  order  in  which  they  occur.  Thus,  in  xiv.  4,  we  find  hia 
bulgon  vel  unwyr*&e  scegdon  in  the  former,  and  hia  bulgun  vel  unwyr*Sne  scegdun  in 
the  latter.  The  fact  of  the  Rushworth  gloss  being,  to  a  considerable  extent,  a  mere 
copy  of  the  older  one,  does  not  seem  hitherto  to  have  been  fully  perceived;  but 
it  is  a  great  help  towards  the  right  understanding  of  the  later  gloss,  and  sometimes 
even  throws  light  upon  the  earlier  one.  It  is  not  going  far  enough  to  say,  as 
Mr  Waring  rightly  says,  that  "  both  glossists  drew  from  a  common  original ; "  we 
can  go  still  further,  because  we  know  what  this  original  was. 

In  some  cases,  for  example,  the  Rushworth  gloss  remains  a  mere  riddle  till  the 
Latin  of  the  Lindisfarne  MS.  has  been  consulted.  I  would  particularly  draw  at- 
tention to  such  instances  as  the  following.  In  iv.  36,  the  Rushworth  MS.  has  ita 
ut  erat,  i.  e.  as  he  was ;  but  erat  is  actually  glossed  by  hice  werun,  i.  e.  they  were. 
This  singular  mistranslation  is,  however,  at  once  accounted  for  when  we  observe 
that  the  Lindisfarne  MS.  has  erant,  with  the  gloss  hia  weron.  Once  more,  in  vi.  14, 
the  Rushworth  MS.  has  et  propterea  operantur  virtutes  [in]  illo,  where  operantur  is 
glossed  by  un-woene  sint,  i.  e.  are  unexpected ;  the  simple  clue  to  which  is  that  the 
Lindisfarne  MS.  has  not  operantur  at  all,  but  inopinantur,  by  which  the  gloss  there 
given,  viz.  un-woen  sint,  was  evidently  suggested.  The  result  may  be  briefly  ex- 
pressed by  saying  that,  whereas  the  gloss  in  the  Lindisfarne  MS.  depends  upon  the 
Latin  text  of  that  MS.  only,  the  gloss  in  the  Rushworth  MS.  depends  upon  the 
Latin  texts  in  both. 

1  The  words  %wend  and  Si*  are  supplied  from  conjecture ;  they  have  been  cut  away  by  the  binder  of  the  volume. 


XIV 


Description  of  the  Printed  Editions. 

I.  The  earliest  edition  of  the  Saxon  Gospels  is  that  printed  by  John  Day  in 
1571,  at  the  suggestion  of  Matthew  Parker,  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  with  a  dedi- 
cation to  Queen  Elizabeth  by  John  Foxe,  the  martyrologist,  who  probably  had  a 
considerable  share  in  the  work.  For  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  the  exact  critical 
value  of  the  various  editions,  it  will  be  convenient  to  analyse  Chapter  xi.  of  St 
Mark's  Gospel  in  them  all,  as  it  is  a  short  one,  and  occurs  in  the  middle  of  the 
text. 

Parker's  edition  is,  no  doubt,  as  Mr  Thorpe  says,  closely  copied  from  the  Bodley 
MS.     The  chief  variations  from  the  MS.  are  these. 

(a)  The  editor  ignores  the  accents.  These  occur,  in  the  MS.,  in  the  words 
bethania,  inc1,  dledon,  osannd,  com,  dne,  ete,  Idreow,  see,  ge,  agen,  us. 

(b)  He  prefers  S  as  a  final  letter,  printing  cwce'S  for  eweep,  ttvynaft  for  twynap, 
and  the  like ;  also  gewut'Se  for  gewurpe. 

(c)  He  prefers  y  to  i,  printing  hym,  hyne,  sy,  nys,  &c,  where  the  MS.  has 
him,  hine,  si,  nis. 

(d)  He  puts  capital  letters  to  proper  names,  according  to  the  usual  custom ; 
and  expands  all  the  contractions. 

(e)  The  following  seem  to  be  misprints,  viz.  Asson  for  assan,  v.  2 ;  Hcelend 
for  hcelende,  v.  7;  twelfe  for  twelf,  v.  11 ;  pcere  for  pcera,  v.  18;  Fulluhte  for  fidluht, 
v.  30. 

(/)  The  following  are  corrections.  He  inserts  ge  after  gelyfde  in  v.  31 ;  he 
prints  hcefdon  for  the  incorrect  MS.  reading  cefdon  in  v.  32 ;  and  in  v.  33,  alters 
pincg  into  ping.  The  final  eg,  however,  occurs  sufficiently  often  in  the  Bodley  and 
Cotton  MSS.,  and  might  have  been  retained.  The  corrections  shew  that  some  other 
MS.  was  occasionally  consulted,  and  the  fact  that  the  rubrics  are  inserted  throughout 
tells  us  which,  viz.  the  Cambridge  one. 

The  edition  may  therefore  be  regarded  as  a  tolerably  correct  print  of  MS. 
Bodley  441,  with  a  few  corrections  from  the  Cambridge  MS.  The  occasional  mis- 
prints render  it  not  quite  trustworthy,  but  it  often  affords  a  probable  clue  to  the 
peculiarities  of  the  MS.  which  it  follows.  Thus,  in  the  last  word  but  one  in  the 
Gospel,  we  find  in  this  edition  the  extraordinary  form  fyligendend  in  place  of  fyligen- 
dum.  This  is  the  actual  reading,  but  the  page  on  which  it  occurs  is  spurious ;  by 
which  I  merely  mean,  that  it  is  copied  out  in  a  modern  hand.  The  edition  is 
printed  in  the  (so-called)  Saxon  characters. 

II.  An  edition  of  the  Gothic  and  Anglo-Saxon  Gospels  in  parallel  columns 
was  printed  by  Junius  and  Marshall  in  1665. 

1  In  the  first  two  words  the  stroke  over  the  i  is  not,  however,  a  true  accent,  but  only  used  to  distinguish  ni  or  in 
from  m. 


XV 


This   edition   deserves   a   good    deal    of  attention,    and    is   executed    with    more 
critical   ability  than    Mr  Thorpe,  in  the  preface  to  his  own  edition,  seems  to    imply. 
It  would  have  been  still  better  had  it  been  founded  upon  one  of  the  MSS.  them-,, 
selves,  but  the  real  basis  of  it  is  Parker's  edition.      Marshall's  Observations  on  the!,: 
Anglo-Saxon    version,    pp.   487 — 565,    contain,    as    Wanley   remarks,     many    things 
worthy   of   note.      At    p.  490,    we    read    that    Junius,    taking    Parker's    edition   in 
hand,   collated   it  with   the   Bodley,    Cambridge,    and   Corpus  MSS.,    and   gave   the 
collations  to  Marshall  for  him  to  make  use  of  as  he  thought  fit.     The  Hatton  MS. 
and  the  Rushworth  gloss  were  also  consulted.     By  help  of  these  materials,  Marshall 
corrected  a  large  number  of  readings  in  Parker's  edition,  retaining  those  that  seemed 
to  be  sufficiently  correct.     Turning  to  Chapter  xi,  we  find  that  he  has  eliminated  all 
the    misprints   noticed  above   in   section    (e),    and   gives   the  correct  readings  assan, 
hcelende,    twelf,    pcera,   sacerdas,    and  fulluht.     In   the  following  instances  he   adopts 
readings  from  the  Cambridge  MS.  viz.  in  ongean  for  ongen,  v.  2;  hig  for  hi,  v.  4; 
tempel  for  tempi,  v.  11  ;  mynetera  for  mynetra,   v.  15  ;   sacerdas  for  sacerdos,  v.  27  ; 
and  in  the  addition  of  the  words  jfe  on  heofonum1  ys  at  the  end  of  v.  26.     In  v.  33, 
he  restores  'Sincg  as   the   reading  of  the    Bodley   MS.,   though   it  is   really  written 
pincg.     In   v.  8,  he  corrects  boceras  to  bogas,  a  correction   suggested  by  the  Hatton 
MS.      Throughout  he   adopted  the  general   rule  of  never  giving   any  reading  which 
may  not  be  found  in  one  or  other  of  the  MSS. ;   the  only  drawback  being  that  he 
does  not  always  say  which  of  the  MSS.  contains    the    reading  given.     It    is    clear, 
however,   that  the  Cambridge   MS.  was   the  one  first   consulted ;    then  the   Corpus, 
Hatton,  and  Rushworth  MSS.,  in  this  order.     In  other  respects  he  follows  Parker's 
peculiarities,  in  (a)  ignoring  the  accents ;    (b)  the  frequent  use  of  8  as  a  final  letter ; 
(c)   the   frequent  use  of  y   for  i ;    (d)   the   use    of  capital   letters  in  proper  names, 
and  the  expansion  of  contractions.      He   also    introduces    capitals  frequently  at   the 
beginning  of  verses,   but  these  occur  in  the  MSS.      The  volume   contains  also   the 
Mceso-Gothic  version ;    some   notes   on   the   differences  between   the  readings  of  the 
Anglo-Saxon   and  Vulgate   versions,    p.  495 ;   some   notes   on   the   rubrics,    and   the 
Anglo-Saxon  words  occurring   in  them,    p.  508 ;    some  particular   readings  from  the 
Bodley,   Cambridge,    Corpus,    and   Hatton  MSS.,   which   are  denoted  by  the  letters 
0.,  C,  B.  and  H.   respectively2,   p.  538 ;    and    notes    upon    passages    in   which    the 
A.  S.  version  seems  to  be  corrupt  or  badly  translated,  p.  555 ;  the  whole  displaying 
a  good  deal  of  care  and  painstaking. 

III.     An    edition   of    A.  S.    Gospels    was    printed    in    12mo.    at    London    by 
Mr  Thorpe  in  1842,  with  the  title — "Da  halgan  godspel  on  Englisc." 

This  edition  is  said  to  be  based  upon  the  Cambridge  MS.,  with  occasional  read- 
ings  from    the  Corpus   MS.     The    Bodley  and  Cotton  MSS.   were    also   consulted. 

1  MS.  A.  heofenum. 

2  "  O.  denotat  codiceiu  Oxoniensem  ;  C.  Cantdbrigiensem ;  B.  Benedictinum  ;    et  H.  Hattonianum,"  p.  538. 


XVI 

The  short  preface  is  very  misleading;  the  estimates  there  given  of  the  editions  of 
Parker  and  Marshall  cannot  be  allowed  to  be  correct.  Thus,  of  Parker's  edition  he 
says  that  "  it  may  be  regarded  as  a  faithful  impression  of  a  late  manuscript  (appa- 
rently Bodley  441),  showing  the  tongue  in  its  decline,  and  when  rapidly  verging 
towards  that  state  of  barbarism  into  which  it  sank  about  the  beginning  of  the 
twelfth  century."  To  this  it  may  be  objected  that  the  Bodley  MS.  is  a  duplicate 
of  the  Cotton  MS.,  which  has  some  pretensions  to  being  considered  the  earliest  in 
existence ;  that  some  of  the  pages  of  the  Bodley  MS.  are  supplied  incorrectly  in 
a  later  hand  ;  and  that  Parker's  edition  is  not  free  from  several  bad  mis- 
prints. Next  we  read  that  "  Marshall's  edition  exhibits  an  earlier,  though,  per- 
haps, not  a  purer  text,  which  the  singularly  unfortunate  idea  of  its  editor,  of 
supplying  the  omissions  of  the  Saxon  version,  sometimes  (and  not  always  gram- 
matically) by  his  own  words,  and  at  others,  from  the  old  Northumbrian  glosses,  has, 
moreover,  greatly  contributed  to  vitiate."  It  may,  however,  be  held  that  Marshall's 
text  is  not  an  earlier,  but  the  same  text,  that  it  is  very  much  purer  owing  to  the 
careful  way  in  which  Junius  made  the  collations,  and  that  the  words  supplied 
where  the  MSS.  are  defective  are  enclosed  within  square  brackets,  and  create  no 
difficulty.  But  my  chief  reason  for  noticing  these  points  is  that  Mr  Thorpe's  text 
is  practically  much  the  same  as  Marshall's  which  he  condemns.  It  was  clearly 
printed  from  a  copy  of  Marshall's  edition,  in  which  two  sets  of  alterations  had 
been  made.  Firstly,  the  spellings  of  many  unimportant  words  have  been  capriciously 
altered,  so  that,  where  Marshall  prints  his  in  Ch.  xi.  v.  1,  Thorpe  prints  hys ;  but 
where  Marshall  prints  hys  in  v.  14,  Thorpe  prints  his.  In  like  manner,  hine  hyngrode 
in  v.  12  is  put  for  hyne  hingrode,  and  many  other  changes  of  i  for  y  and  y  for  i  are 
made,  which  it  is  needless  to  recount1:  secondly,  several  readings  are  adopted  from 
the  Cambridge  MS.  which  Marshall  either  overlooked  or  did  not  regard  worthy  of 
attention.  Examples  are  ;  getigedne  for  getiggedne,  v.  4 ;  heora  for  hyra,  w.  7  and 
8  ;  heowon  for  heowun,  v.  8  ;  streowedon  for  streowodon,  v.  8  ;  \oer  for  the  second 
par  in  v.  13  ;  ongan  for  ongann,  v.  15  ;  cypton  for  ciptun,  v.  15 ;  ondredon,  v.  18  ; 
mcenigeo,  v.  18  ;  wyrt-ruman,  v.  20  ;  wyrigdest,  v.  21  ;  sig,  v.  23 ;  tweona'S,  v.  23 ; 
geweorfte,  v.  23 ;  gebiddanne,  v.  25 ;  heofenlica,  v.  25  ;  heofenum,  v.  25  (though  in 
v.  26  Marshall's  spelling  heqfonum  is  accidentally  retained);  acsige,  v.  29.  It  is  only 
in  this  sense  that  the  edition  can  be  considered  as  based  upon  the  Cambridge  MS.; 
for  otherwise  the  reader  who  actually  compares  it  with  the  MS.  will  find  several 
unimportant  differences'.  The  result  of  the  examination  is  that  Mr  Thorpe's  edition 
is  really  a  revised  edition  of  Marshall's,  and  should  have  been  so  described.  It  is 
a    valuable  and  useful  edition    because   it    is   free    from  mistakes,   and    because  the 

1  The  MS.  itself  has  hys  in  both  places,  w.  1  and  14;      heofene  twice;  not  having  observed  that  jthe  MS.,  in  the 
in  v.  12,  it  has  hyne  hyngrode;  in  v.  4,  getygedne.  second  instance,  has  'heofenum.' 

2  Thus,  in  xi.  30,  31,  Thorpe,  following  Marshall,  prints 


xvn 


readings  can    always   be  defended ;    but    it   is  uncritical   in    the  sense   that  the  MS. 
authorities  are  not  given. 

IV.  Dr  Bosworth  printed  an  edition  of  "The  Gothic  and  Anglo-Saxon  Gospels, 
in  parallel  columns  with  the  versions  of  "Wicliffe  and  Tyndale"  in  8vo. ;  London, 
1865.  In  this  edition,  the  text  was,  for  the  first  time,  based  upon  a  better  autho- 
rity, viz.  the  Corpus  MS.,  and  is  very  valuable  as  giving  the  text  of  that  MS.  with 
great  exactness.  The  only  variations  throughout  Chapter  xi.  are  that,  in  v.  26,  the 
word  heofonlica  has  been  accidentally  omitted ;  that  man  is  put  for  mann  in 
v.  14 ;  that  ongann  in  v.  15  has  been  replaced  by  the  more  usual  form  ongan ; 
and  that  the  evident  misreading  sacerdos  in  v.  27  has  been  corrected  into  sacer- 
das.  The  corrections  ongen  in  v.  2  and  bogas  in  v.  8  are  supplied  between  square 
brackets.  The  only  other  differences  are  those  purposely  introduced  by  the  editor, 
viz.  the  modern  system  of  the  use  of  capitals  and  of  punctuation,  a  uniform  system 
of  accentuation,  and  a  uniform  use  of  the  letters  p  and  8,  which  are  used  some- 
what confusedly  in  the  MS.  The  system  adopted  for  the  use  of  these  letters  is 
carefully  explained  at  p.  xxxii.  of  the  editor's  preface,  and  is  based  upon  the  modern 
English  sounds  of  the  words  employed,  p  being  put  for  the  sharp  sound  of  th  in 
thin,  and  3  for  the  flat  sound  of  th  in  thine.  The  practice  of  the  scribe  of  the  MS. 
is  nearly  the  contrary  of  this ;  yet  we  find  instances  in  which  the  letters  have  these 
theoretical   values   in  farap,  v.  2;    Da,  vv.  7,  13,  18,  22;    Be,  v.  9;    cwyp,  v.  23; 

forgifap,  v.  25  ;   and  ondrcedap,  v.  32. 

This  edition  has  proved  of  very  great  service  to  me ;  indeed,  it  is  the  only  one 
of  the  four  which  is  of  value  from  a  critical  point  of  view,  as  representing  a  defi- 
nite text.  I  have  collated  it  with  the  MS.  throughout  the  whole  gospel,  so  that, 
wherever  my  text  varies  from  it,  the  variation  has  the  authority  of  the  MS.  itself. 

V.  An  edition  of  the  Northumbrian  glosses  in  the  Lindisfarne  MS.  was 
printed  in  1857  with  the  title : — "  Die  Vier  Evangelien  in  Alt-Northumbrischer 
Sprache,...herausgegeben  von   Karl  Wilhelm  Bouterwek;  Giitersloh,  1857."      This  is 


a 


a  very  useful  book,  but  I  believe  it  to  be  founded  upon  a  mistake,  viz.  upon 
confusion  between  a  gloss  and  a  translation.  A  gloss,  as  may  be  seen  by  a  glance 
at  the  right-hand  pages  of  this  volume,  construes  a  text  word  for  word,  without 
much  regard  to  the  grammatical  arrangement  of  the  words  of  the  vernacular  tongue 
thus  substituted.  Its  sole  aim  is  to  supply  a  clue  to  the  meaning  of  the  words 
of  the  original  separately,  that  the  original  itself  may  be  more  easily  understood. 
But  a  translation  goes  a  great  deal  further ;  it  is  conformed  to  the  grammatical 
laws  of  the  vernacular  tongue,  and  is  intended  to  replace  the  original  so  completely, 
that  the  reader  may  be  rendered  quite  independent  of  it.  Here,  however,  the 
editor  has  endeavoured  to  treat  the  gloss  as  a  translation,  by  transposing  the 
words  so  as  to  bring  them  into  the  Anglo-Saxon  order,  and  supplying,  within 
square  brackets,  the   words  which   are   wanting  to   complete   the   sense.     The   result 


c 


XV111 


is  not  quite  satisfactory,  because  the  occasional  mistranslations  produce  passages 
in  which,  the  Latin  text  is  indispensable,  and  consequently  ought  not  to  have 
been  dispensed  with.  Besides  which,  to  a  reader  who  wishes  to  compare  the 
gloss  with  the  text,  the  transposition  of  the  words  is  a  source  of  great  inconve- 
nience. It  would  have  been  far  better  to  allow  the  words  of  the  gloss  to  stand  in 
the  same  order  as  in  the  MS.  In  other  respects,  the  edition  is  worthy  of  high 
praise,  and  is,  in  general,  exact  and  careful.  Whenever  the  editor  varies  from  the 
MS.  (which  his  scheme  sometimes  compels  him  to  do),  he  gives  the  MS.  reading 
in  a  note,  that  it  may  not  be  lost.  In  general,  the  MS.  is  very  closely  followed, 
but  the  contractions  are  sometimes  (not  always)  expanded,  and  capital  letters  are 
given  to  proper  names.  The  following  variations  from  the  MS.  occur  in  Chapter  xi., 
and  are,  in  fact,  errors.     The  readings  of  the  edition  are  marked  B. 

1.  bethanise  is  glossed  Bethania ;  no  gloss  in  MS.  B.  more ;  MS.  mor.  2. 
B.  gie  in;  MS.  omits.  B.  nsenig;  MS.  ne  eenig.  3.  B.  huse ;  MS.  hua.  4.  B. 
uta  (twice);  MS.  uta  (once).  6.  B.  hia  (both  in  text  and  note);  MS.  Sa  Be.  9.  B. 
usig ;  MS.  wttsig  (i.  e.  wsig,  with  small  u  above).  10.  B.  heahnissum ;  MS.  heanis- 
sum.  11.  B.  omits  allum.  12.  B.  gehyncerde ;  MS.  gewyncerde  (where  it  is  the 
MS.  which  is  wrong).  14.  B.  inserts  an  ]  and  -p.  15.  B.  bycendo ;  MS.  bycgendo. 
17.  B.  awritten ;  MS.  auritten.  B.  gebeddes ;  MS.  gebedd1.  18.  B.  aldermon- 
num ;  MS.  aldermonum.  23.  B.  (note)  gelefes ;  MS.  gelefe.  26.  B.  iuih  ^te  i 
gif;  MS.  ivkt-f  gif.  27.  B.  seldisto ;  MS.  jeldesto.  28.  B.  doest ;  MS.  does.  29. 
B.  ondeuarde ;  MS.  onduearde ;  (a  mere  printer's  error).  B.  frsegna;  MS.  fregna. 
B.  onduerdes ;  MS.  ondueardas.  B.  doa ;  MS.  doam.  30.  B.  ondueardes ;  MS.  on- 
dueardas.  31.  B.  omits  cuoeS  him  i.  B.  gesmeadun ;  MS.  ge-smeadon.  32.  B. 
omits  waes.     33.  B.  nutu;   MS.  neutu. 

It  deserves  to  be  particularly  remarked,  that  these  and  similar  errors  generally 
occur  in  the  case  of  small  and  unimportant  words,  and  some  are  due  to  the  difficulty 
of  carrying  out  the  system  of  forcing  a  gloss  into  the  guise  of  a  translation. 
Mistakes  in  the  more  important  words  are  very  rare.  It  must  be  added,  that  the 
volume  contains  an  excellent  glossary,  with  copious  references ;  also  a  preface  and 
introduction,  occupying  164  pages.  An  appendix  contains  the  marginal  notes,  &c. 
written  in  the  MS. ;  the  preface  of  St  Jerome,  both  text  and  gloss ;  the  life  of  St 
Matthew,  text  and  gloss ;  the  arguments  of  the  sections  of  St  Matthew,  text  and 
gloss ;  the  life  of  St  John,  text  and  gloss.  All  these  are  from  the  same  MS.,  but 
do  not  exhaust  its  contents,  as  it  also  has  lives  of  St  Mark  and  St  Luke,  with 
arguments,  and  an  argument  of  the  sections  of  St  John.  See  the  account  of  the 
next  edition. 


1  This  well  illustrates  the  difference  between  a  gloss  and     gebedd  (a  prayer),  but  B.  gives  the  translation  gebeddes  (of 
a  translation;  the  Latin  orationis  is  rightly  glossed  by      prayer). 


XIX 


VI.  The  same  editor,  Herr  Bouterwek,  printed  a  volume  entitled  "  Screadunga," 
i.e.  Fragments,  at  Elberfeld,  in  1858.  This  contains  the  lives  of  St  Mark  and  St 
Luke  and  the  arguments  to  St  Mark's,  St  Luke's,  and  St  John's  gospels,  omitted  in 
his  former  volume.  But  besides  this,  the  volume  contains  both  the  Latin  text  and 
gloss,  of  St  Mark's  gospel  only,  from  the  Rushworth  MS.  The  following  is  an 
analysis  of  Chapter  xi. 

Latin  text.  1.  B.  appropinquarent  Ierosolymae  et  Bethaniae;  MS.  adpropinquarent 
hierusolimae  &  bithaniae.  2.  B.  illuc;  MS.  illud.  B.  soluite;  MS.  solute  (wrongly). 
6.  B.  eis ;  MS.  illis.  7.  B.  imponunt ;  MS.  inpossuerunt.  9.  B.  praeibant ;  MS. 
praecedebant.  B.  Hosanna ;  MS.  ossanna.  (So  also  in  v.  10).  11.  B.  Ierosolymam; 
MS.  hirusolyma.  B.  exiit ;  MS.  exiuit.  12.  B.  a ;  MS.  de.  15.  B.  Ierosolymam ; 
MS.  hierusolymam.  B.  in  templum ;  MS.  templum.  B.  eiicere ;  MS.  eicere. 
B.  numulariorum ;  MS.  nummulariorum.  16.  B.  quisque ;  MS.  quisquam.  17.  B. 
speluncam;  MS.  speloncam.  18.  B.  doctrina;  MS.  doctrinam.  20.  B.  transirent; 
MS.  transierent.  21.  B.  recordatus;  MS.  recordatus  est.  23.  B.  quia  (twice);  MS. 
quia  (once).  B.  haesitauerit ;  MS.  essitauerit.  B.  net;  MS.  omits.  24.  B.  euenient; 
MS.  ueniet.  26.  B.  dimiseritis ;  MS.  demiseritis.  B.  dimittet ;  MS.  dimittat. 
27.  B.  Ierosolymam ;  MS.  hierusolimam.  B.  in  templo  accedunt ;  MS.  in  templum 
accesserant.  28.  B.  ista ;  MS.  haec.  29.  B.  respondete ;  MS.  respondite.  30.  B. 
Baptismus  Ioannis ;  MS.  baptismum  iohannis.  B.  respondete ;  MS.  respondite. 
32.  B.  Ioannem ;  MS.  iohannem.  33.  B.  dicunt ;  MS.  dixerunt.  B.  et  respon- 
dens ;    MS.  respondens. 

Northumbrian  gloss.  8.  B.  legdon ;  MS.  legdun.  17.  B.  wutudlice ;  MS. 
wutodlice.     25.   B.  hwoegn ;   MS.  hwoegu.     33.   B.  ne  ic  ic ;   MS.  ne  ec  ic. 

From  this  and  further  examination  of  the  edition  it  readily  appears  that  the 
Latin  text  and  Northumbrian  gloss  are  very  differently  represented  in  this  edition ; 
the  former  is  faulty,  but  the  latter  excellent.  In  fact,  the  Latin  must  really 
have  been  derived  originally  from  some  other  source ;  it  is  quite  impossible  that 
inpossuerunt  could  have  been  copied  imponunt  in .  v.  7,  and  praecedebant  read  as 
praeibant.  It  will  be  found,  in  fact,  that  Bouterwek's  text  is  much  more  free 
from  blunders  than  the  careless  text  in  the  MS.,  and  represents  the  text  of  the 
Lindisfarne  MS.  much  more  closely  than  that  of  the  Rushworth  MS.  In  short, 
this  edition  of  the  Latin  text  is  not  to  be  trusted  for  fidelity. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  Northumbrian  gloss  is  represented  with  great  exactitude ; 
the  editor  preserves  the  curls  and  marks  of  contraction  of  the  MS.,  so  as  to  produce 
almost  a  facsimile  of  it.  "Whatever  errors  occur  are  but  slight,  and  I  have  found  it 
well  worth  while  to  collate  my  own  text  with  Bouterwek's  throughout  the  entire 
gospel.  My  own  text  is,  in  fact,  the  same  as  his,  but  with  the  few  errors  corrected, 
and  the  contractions  expanded. 

VII.  Among  the  publications  of  the   Surtees   Society,   Nos.   28,   39,  43,  and 

c  2 


XX 


48,  a.d.  1854 — 1865,  is  an  edition  of  the  Lindisfarne  and  Kushworth  Gospels, 
exhibiting  both  the  Latin  texts  and  English  glosses.  The  first  volume  was 
edited  by  the  Rev.  J.  Stevenson,  the  last  three  by  Mr  G.  "Waring.  This  ela- 
borate edition,  the  work  of  some  years,  was  intended  to  shew  the  exact  contents 
of  both  MSS.,  with  the  exception  of  the  short  lives  of  the  Evangelists,  the 
prefaces  of  St  Jerome,  and  the  arguments  of  the  sections  of  the  Gospels.  It 
will  be  sufficient  to  speak  here  of  the  second  volume  only,  containing  St  Mark's 
Gospel.  The  only  intentional  variations  of  the  edition  from  the  MSS.  are  in  the 
use  of  capitals  for  proper  names  and  the  first  words  in  each  verse,  the  use  of 
v  for  u,  of  j  for  i  before  vowels,  of  ce  for  ae,  and  in  the  frequent  expansions 
of  contractions.  Unfortunately,  however,  either  on  account  of  some  faults  in  the 
original  transcript,  or  of  some  oversights  in  comparing  the  proofsheets  with  the 
MSS.  themselves,  the  result  is  hardly  satisfactory.  A  list  of  the  errors  in  chapter 
xi.  will   shew   their   nature. 

Latin  text  (Lindisfarne  MS.).  1.  adpropinquaret1  ;  Hierosolymse  ;  2.  ilium 
omitted.  4.  inveniunt.  5.  eis.  11.  Hierosolyma.  12.  exiret  ea.  14.  geternam.  24. 
omnia  omitted.     33.  et   omitted. 

Northumbrian  gloss  (Lindisfarne  MS).  1.  more.  2.  Se  (gloss  to  quod)  ;  ongeaogn  ; 
gie  inserted  before  ineodon  ;  Sone  fola  (for  f  fola) ;  naenig  ;  ftene  omitted.  3.  huse ; 
hia  unbinde.  6.  cuoedon.  7.  Sone  fola.  8.  hiora ;  woeg  ;  gebugon.  9.  usig ;  heah- 
nissum.  11.  ymbsceawde  ;  efrntid  wees;  bethania  omitted;  12.  bethania  omitted; 
gehyncerde.  13.  Seem  ilea  (twice) ;  leafa.  14:  Rune  for  monn  omitted  (corrected 
in  Addenda) ;  jJ  inserted  after  geherdon.  16.  fset.  17.  awritten ;  gebeddes. 
18.   Seem  omitted.      19.  wses.     20.  -p  omitted.      21.  wses   eftmyndig  ;    peter   omitted. 

23.  sende  ;  gelefeS.  24.  gie  omitted.  28.  to  inserted ;  doest.  29.  frsegna ;  iuh  ; 
doa.     30.  fulwiht;  monnum.     31.  \  soS   him  i.     33.  3   omitted;    neuto  we. 

Latin  text  (Rushworth  MS.).  The  Latin  text  is  exhibited  by  a  collation  at 
the  foot  of  the  page,  but  the  collation  is  vitiated  by  being  compared  with  a 
faulty  text  above.  Several  of  the  peculiarities  of  the  Rushworth  text  are  passed 
over;  this  I  denote  by  the  word  "missed."  The  following  are  misreadings.  1. 
adpropinquaret.  2.  adhuc  nemo  missed;  ilium  omitted.  4.  inueniunt.  5.  eis.  6. 
illis  for  first  eis  missed;  praeceperant  given  as  a  reading,  where  MS.  has  praeci- 
perat ;  dimisierunt  missed.  7.  impossuerunt  given  as  a  reading,  where  MS.  has 
inpossuerunt.       11.     hirusolyma    missed.       14.    seternum  ;    ex    te     fructum     missed. 

24.  omnia  omitted.  26.  dimittit  given,  where  MS.  has  dimittat.  28.  haec  for  ista 
missed.     31.   omission  of  nobis  missed.     33.  et  omitted. 

Northumbrian  gloss  (Rushworth  MS.).  The  following  are  wrong.  2.  onfindas. 
4.  Seem;   i  inserted.      8.   gibedgun  (printer's  erratum).     9.    ge  (for  se).     10.  user; 

1  I  give  only  the  forms  in  the  Surtees  Society's  edition ;  for  the  correct  forms,  see  p.  87  in  this  volume. 


XXI 


Davides;    hae-h     12.    beth.     13.    gimette  ;    ne   fand.     14.   nsenig.     17.    J>te    (printers 
erratum,    corrected   in   Addenda ;    so  in  vv.   23,  28) ;    wutudlice.      21.  cweSe. 
cweSo ;    gibiddas.     30.  \  inserted.     31.   soSlice ;    hise   omitted.     33.   wittan. 

A  large  number  of  these  errors  are  of  no  great  moment,  and  several  '.of 
them  appear  to  be  corrections  deliberately  adopted.  I  draw  attention  to  them 
because  otherwise  the  numerous  variations  between  my  own  text  and  that  of  the 
Surtees  Society  might  appear  remarkable.  My  own  plan  is  to  give  the  uncor- 
rected readings  of  the  MSS.  themselves,  from  a  conviction  that  in  many  in- 
stances students  not  only  prefer  to  correct  them  for  themselves,  but  may  be 
better  able  to  correct  them  than  I  am.  It  is  by  no  means  my  wish  to  depreciate 
the  value  and  worth  of  the  enormous  labour  involved  in  these  publications 
of  the  Surtees  Society ;  and  the  reader  must  be  cautioned  against  forming 
too  unfavourable  an  estimate  of  them  from  the  numerous  printer's  errors  in 
the  first  two  or  three  opening  chapters  of  this  Gospel,  wherein  the  letters  ]>, 
w,  and  p  are  confused,  and  n  and  u  not  always  distinguished.  In  practice, 
I  have  found  Mr  Waring's  volume  extremely  useful,  and  have  collated  it  through- 
out with  the  Lindisfarne  MS.  For  the  Rushworth  gloss  I  have  preferred  Bou- 
terwek's  edition,  as  being  more  uniformly  correct.  In  correcting  proofsheets,  I 
have  consulted  the  MSS.  themselves  only.  The  present  volume  no  doubt  also 
contains   a  few   errors,   but   they  can   hardly  be   numerous. 

VIII.  The  first  volume  of  the  present  work,  viz.,  the  Gospel  of  St 
Matthew  edited  by  Mr  Kemble,  has  been  already  spoken  of.  It  may  be  as  well 
to  add  that  it  does  not  follow  the  capitals  of  the  MSS.,  and  that  the  punctua- 
tion accords  with  the  modern  method.  The  letters  v  and  j  are  used  before  a 
vowel,  where  the  MS.  has  u  and  i,  the  other  usual  editorial  alterations  of  this 
"character  are  made  throughout.  The  larger  sections  are  not  numbered,  and  the 
reference-numbers  to  the  subsections  in  other  gospels  are  omitted.  These  are,  per- 
haps, but  small  matters.  It  is  of  more  importance  to  note  that  in  the  Canons 
printed  on  pages  4 — 7,  a  few  of  the  numbers  are  misprinted.  Thus,  in  the 
second  column  of  St  Luke  in  Canon  Secundus,  lines  18  and  19,  the  numbers 
35  and  36  have  been  reversed  by  the  printer  into  53  and  63.  In  col.  1,  line 
26  of  St  Mark  in  the  same  Canon,  141  is  printed  41,  by  the  dropping  out  of 
1  ;  and  in  col.  4,  1.  1  of  St  Mark,  146  is  printed  149  by  the  reversal  of  the 
last  figure. 


XX11 


Plan   of  the  Present  Volume. 

The  present  volume  begins  with  the  heading  "  Incipiunt  capitulae l  secundum 
Marcum,"  as  in  the  Lindisfarne  MS. ;  but  this  heading  really  refers  to  the  sec- 
tions enumerated  on  p.  2.  Next  follows  the  note  by  the  glossator  Aldred  already 
alluded  to  at  p.  xi.  At  fol.  89  is  a  short  life  of  St  Mark,  headed  "Ineipit 
Argumentum,"  concerning  which  see  the  note  at  p.  141.  The  Latin  text  being 
corrupt,  it  can  hardly  be  expected  that  the  gloss  should  make  very  good  sense. 
The  most  curious  circumstance  here  narrated  is  the  tradition  that  St  Mark  cut 
his  thumb  off,  concerning  which  see  a  note  by  Mr  J.  S.  Wood,  of  St  John's 
College,  Cambridge,  in  the  Journal  of  Philology,  vol.  ii.  p.  87,  and  pp.  vii — xi. 
of  the  preface  to  Tischendorf's  edition  of  the  Codex  Amiatinus.  It  is  noteworthy 
that  Aldred  seems  entirely  to  have  misunderstood  this,  as  he  glosses  amputasse 
by  to  tellanne  vel  to  clcensanne  (to  tell  or  to  cleanse),  and  pollicem  by  gehatne 
(promised).  In  the  latter  instance,  he  was  evidently  thinking  of  the  Latin 
pollicitus.  The  homily  numbered  XVI.  by  Wanley  (Catalogue,  p.  188)  in  MS. 
Cotton  Julius  E.  7,  is  on  the  Passion  of  St  Mark,  and  it  is  followed  by  a 
second  homily  on  the  Four  Evangelists2.  In  the  latter,  the  notice  of  St  Mark 
is  so  short  that  I  here  quote  it  entire,  from  the  copy  in  MS.  Camb.  Univ. 
Lib.  Ii.  1.  33,  p.  220.  It  is  written  in  a  rude  sort  of  rhythm,  with  not  very 
well-marked   alliteration. 

Se   o)?er  godspellere   Marcus,    se  wses  mid  J?am   aposde  petre 
ge-togen   on  lare.    and   to  ge-leafan   ge-biged. 
Petrus  wses  his   god-fseder       &   hine  gode   ge-strynde. 
&   he   swa  lange  folgode         his  fulluht-fseder  petre. 
o'S   •$   he   ge-sette     mid  sojmm  ge-leafan 
J?a   oSre   cristes  boc     on  italia  lande. 
Ne  ge-seah  he   crist  on  life,     ac  he  leornode  swa-J>eah 
of  petres  bodunge.     hu  he  Sa  boc  ge-sette. 
&   petrus  hi   sceawode.     &  sealde  to   rsedenne. 
« 
This  may  be  translated  as  follows  : — 

The  second  Evangelist  Mark,  who  was  by  the  apostle  Peter 
Instructed   in  lore,    and   to   belief  turned; 

1  So  in  the  MS.    At  p.  2,  it  is  rightly  spelt  capitula.  (now  198),  Camb.  Univ.  Lib.  IL  1.  33,  and  Cotton  Vitellius 

a  The  two  homilies  seem  to  form  but  one  in  reality.      D.  17. 
Other  copies  are  found  in  MSS.  Corp.  Chr.  Coll.  Cam.  S.  8 


XX111 


Peter  was   his   godfather,   and  begat   him  4ft  the   Lord. 
And   he   so   long   followed  his  baptismal   father   Peter, 
Until  he   instituted  with  true   belief 
The   second  Christ's   book   (gospel)    in    Italian   land. 
He   saw  not   Christ  alive,   but   he  learnt  nevertheless 
From  Peter's  preaching,   how  he   should   make   the   book ; 
And   Peter  considered   it,   and   delivered   it  for  reading. 

At  p.  2  are  printed  the  "  Capitula  Lectionum,"  or  short  summaries  of  the 
contents   of  the   various  portions   of  the  Gospel  read  at   various   times. 

The  whole  gospel  is  divided  into  46  such  portions,  as  indicated  by  the 
capital  Roman  numbers  in  the  margins  of  the  right-hand  pages.  Section  XL, 
for  example,  is  said  to  contain  the  parable  of  the  sower.  Compare  the  capital 
"  XI."  in   the  margin  at   the  beginning  of  chapter   iv.    p.   27. 

This  is,  perhaps,  the  most  convenient  place  in  which  to  add  that  the  Gospel 
is  further  divided  into  smaller  sections,  generally  known  as  the  "Ammonian 
sections1,"  which  correspond  to  sections  in  the  other  gospels,  according  to  the 
tables  printed  in  Mr  Kemble's  edition  of  St  Matthew,  already  mentioned  on  p.  xxi. 
Thus,  at  ch.  iv.  ver.  1,  the  36th  section  of  St  Mark,  as  shown  by  Canon 
Secundus,  corresponds  to  the  76th  section  of  St  Luke  and  the  131st  of  St  Matthew. 
I  have  throughout  taken  the  liberty  of  printing  the  number  of  each  subsection  in 
Arabic  numerals,  as  in  Mr  Kemble's  book,  though  the  MS.  has  Roman  numerals 
only. 

At  the   bottom   of  p.    5   is  printed   the  imperfect   table   of  lessons,  which   is  to 
be  read   in  five   separate   lines,   as   follows.     I    omit  the  gloss. 

Sabbato   sancto   mane. 

Post   penticosten   in   ieiunium   feria  .iiii. 

cottidiana. 

Die   dominica  de   indulgentia  passio   domini  nostri  iesu  christi. 

feria   .ui.   de   albas   (sic)   paschae. 

The  lessons  to  which  these  refer  are  left  obscure  owing  to  the  lack  of  pre- 
fixed numbers.  Probably  these  were  to  have  been  inserted  in  red  letters,  but 
were  omitted  by  the  rubricator.  The  tables  of  lessons  to  the  other  gospels  are 
similarly  obscure.  A  note  in  Marshall's  edition  (p.  513)  seems  to  indicate  a  con- 
nection between  the  first  line  and  the  rubric  in  Camb.  MS.  at  Chap.  vi.  45 — 
Dis   sceal   on  sseternes    daeg    ser   halgan    dsege — which    would    suggest   that    section 

1  Ammonius  of  Alexandria,  in  the  third  century,  en-  the  sections  of  the  Gospels  are  classed  accordingly  as  the 
deavoured  to  form  a  harmony  of  the  Gospels.  Busebius  fact  is  found  in  all  four  gospels,  in  three,  in  two,  or  in 
improved  upon  it  by  drawing  up  his  ten  Canons,  in  which      one  only. 


XXIV 

19  (XVII II.)  on  p.  51  is  the  one  referred  to  ;  but  this  requires  further  in- 
vestigation. The  entry  '•  cottidiana "  occurs  frequently,  sometimes  three  or  four 
times  in  succession,  in    the  tables  of  lessons  prefixed  to  the  other  gospels. 

All  this  preliminary  matter  occurs  in  the  Lindisfarne  MS.  only,  and  has 
been  printed  by  Bouterwek  in  his  "Screadunga"  or  Fragments,  printed  at  Elber- 
feld    in   quarto,    1858;    pp.    1 — 4\ 

The  manner  in  which  the  various  texts  and  the  results  of  collation  of  them 
with   other   MSS.  are   arranged  has   been   already  explained. 

In  the  method  of  printing  the  texts,  &c,  I  have  been  entirely  guided  by 
the  one  sole  object  of  presenting  to  the  reader,  as  nearly  as  possible,  the  exact 
peculiarities  of  the  MSS.  The  capital  letters,  accents,  and  points  are  closely  fol- 
lowed ;  and,  in  order  to  indicate  the  contractions  clearly,  I  have  adopted  the  very 
convenient  method  employed  in  works  issued  by  the  Early  English  Text  Society, 
of  representing  their  equivalents  by  the  use  of  italic  letters.  Thus,  in  i.  3,  col.  1, 
the  word  pam  is  written  pa  in  the  Corpus  MS.,  and  in  the  gloss  to  i.  7  in 
the  Lindisfarne  MS.  the  word  sefter  is  written  "  seft,"  with  an  upward  curl 
attached  to  the  t.  It  will  be  convenient  to  mention  here  a  few  peculiarities  of 
the   MSS. 

Left-hand  pages,  first  colafnn.  The  contractions  used  in  the  Corpus  MS.  are 
very  few,  the  commonest  being  a  stroke  over  a  vowel  to  denote  m,  as  in  pam, 
halgum,  him,  written  pa,  halgu,  hi.  We  also  find  poh  for  poune.  The  contrac- 
tions 1  for  and2,  ~p  for  pest,  and  cw.  for  cwceS  have  been  left  as  in  the  MSS. 
Similar  contractions  occur  in  MSS.  A.,  B.,  and  C,  quoted  in  the  Various  Read- 
ings. The  scribe  used  three  kinds  of  points  or  stops,  but  two  of  them  are 
altogether  equivalent  and  answer  nearly  to  the  modern  comma.  He*  expresses 
this  short  pause  either  by  a  single  dot,  or  by  a  stop  resembling  an  inverted 
semicolon  (!),  but  with  a  curl  to  the  left  instead  of  the  right.  These  I  here 
denote  by  an  ordinary  full  stop.  His  longer  pause  is  denoted  by  a  kind  of 
semicolon,  as  here  printed,  and  the  reader  will  soon  observe  that  it  is  almost 
invariably  followed  by  a  capital  letter.  Another  most  curious  result  (one  only 
to  be  discovered  when  a  MS.  is  exactly  followed)  is  the  ornamental  value  which 
the  scribe  of  the  MS.  assigns  to  the  initials  p  and  D.  As  these  were,  in  his 
eyes,  precisely  equivalent,  he  adorns  the  MS.  by  writing  them  boldly,  and,  in 
many  passages,  alternately.  Thus,  in  vi.  16,  p.  44,  we  have  initial  D ;  this  is 
followed  by  p  in  verse  18,  D  in  verse  19,  p  in  verse  21,  and  so  on  alter- 
nately at  the  beginnings  of  verses  24,  26,  29,  37,  and  38.  So  again  at  the  begin- 
nings  of   verses   24,   27,    28,   29,    33    in    chapter  vii ;    verses   5,    6,    12,   in   chapter 

1  Bouterwek's  edition  is  very  correct,  but  has  a  few      a  few  more  such  slips  might  be  pointed  out 
slight  errors     In  1.  4,  p.  1,  he  has  voce  for  uoce ;  in  the  noxt  2  This  contraction  sometimes  forms  part  of  a  word,  as 

line,  the  MS.  has praedistinatum,  not praedistinctum,  and      "Oswarode"  for  "  awrfswarode." 


XXV 


viii ;  verses  1,  2,  4,  5  in  chapter  ix ;  verses  27,  29,  30,  32,  33  in  ch.  ix ; 
vv.  2,  3,  4,  9,  11,  14,  16,  18,  20,  23,  24,  28,  29,  36,  38,  39  in  ch.  x; 
&c.  Of  course  there  are  numerous  examples  also  of  the  contrary ;  but,  in  the 
last  case  at  least,  the  intention  is  obvious,  and  is  far  more  striking  in  the  MS. 
than  in  the  print.  The  same  alternation  is  sometimes  found  in  the  large  capitals, 
which  were  painted  in  afterwards ;  see  x.  46  (p.  84),  xi.  1  (p.  86),  xi.  15  (p. 
88),  xi.  27  (p.  90)  ;  and  especially  note  xiii.  1  and  3  (p.  102).  The  supposed 
necessity  of  alternation  was  regulated  to  some  extent  by  the  position  of  the 
letters  on  the  page.  That  our  ancestors  really  looked  upon  such  an  alternation 
as  an  embellishment  is  proved  beyond  a  doubt  by  the  colours  of  the  painted 
letters  in  the  MSS.  Thus,  in  the  Cambridge  MS.,  the  large  capitals  are  painted 
alternately  blue,  red,  green,  red,  blue,  red,  green,  red,  &c,  throughout  the  whole 
of  the  gospels.  In  the  Hatton  MS.,  blue  and  red  letters  alternate;  in  the  Bodley 
MS.,  they  are  red  and  green.  When  not  employing  capitals,  the  scribe  has  a 
decided  preference  for  J?  at  the  beginning,  and  $  at  the  end  of  a  word,  though 
we   also   find   instances   of  a   contrary   usage. 

The  accents  in  the  Corpus  MS.  are  used  sparingly,  but,  in  general,  correctly. 
The  following  are  the  foreign  words  in  which  an  accent  is  used,  viz  : — abiathar, 
bethania,  corban,  decapoleos,  genesar,  herode  (dat.),  hierasenorum,  iairus,  iordane, 
(dot.),  isaaces,  osanna,  sidone,  sidonis,  tira,  tirum.  Of  Anglo-Saxon  words,  we  find 
the  following  cases  of  substantives :  adlum  (dat.  pi),  arfata,  belaf,  bocerum, 
bogas,  dom,  dune,  ear,  fyr,  gast,  gerynu,  hiwum,  hlaf,  hlisa,  hrof,  hus,  lafe,  lar, 
lareow,  lie,  man  (wickedness),  mode,  mysan,  non-tide  (xv.  34),  rice,  rices,  sse,  said, 
saedere,  scyp,  sicol,  stan,  strsete,  tid,  tima,  tun,  J?ecene,  J?6rnas,  wa,  westene,  wic, 
wif,  win,  wingeard,  wite,  yst ;  also  the  dative  bee,  and  the  plurals  seep,  swyn. 
Also  the  adjectives: — an,  ece,  god,  geunret,  hal,  laman,  mare,  manfullan,  nan, 
niwne,  niwan,  stuntan,  J>eeslic,  unclaene,  unrot,  weste,  wode ;  the  singular  word 
ece  in  ix.    45  is   written   for  ece.     The   numerals : — fif,   tyne. 

The  pronouns :  me,  min,  we,  us,  }m,  J>in,  j?e,  ge,  he,  hi,  se  (xii.  21).  The 
parts  of  verbs: — adrifS,  aris,  aras,  am,  set,  seton,  bigdon,  com,  comon,  cwiede,  do 
(donne,  ge-don,  dej?),  eode,  faemende,  foron,  on-fo,  ge-fon,  ga,  gan  (agan,  gegan, 
in-agan),  geomrode,  het,  a-hof,  hoh,  a-hoh,  eet-hrine,  aat-hran,  on-hran,  let,  for-let, 
for-laetan,  lseran,  lgesgende,  nseron,  namon,  nat,  saedon,  asende,  siwaf>,  be-smitan, 
set-soc,   stigan,  forg-stop,  ge-swac,    swor,    sy,  syn  (iv.  12),  urnon,    ge-wat,  waere,  ytt. 

The  adverbs: — agen,  aer,  furf»on,  gyt,  hwi,  hwon,  gelomlice,  ma,  na,  nu,  J?a 
(iii.  4;  generally  f>a),  up,  ut,  ute.  The  prepositions : — agen,  agen  (xiii.  8),  ongen 
(xiii.  8).  The  prefixes: — a-  in  a-fserede  (xvi.  8),  a-hangen  (xv.  15),  asceacaS,  awri- 
ten ;  ut-  in  ut-gan,  ut-gangende ;  and  (once  only)  tin-  in  un-Jjwogenum  (vii.  2). 
The  accents  are,  however,  very  frequently  omitted,  as  the  readers  were  supposed 
to  be  able  to  supply  the  pronunciation  for  themselves.     In  the   Bodley  MS.,  the 

d 


XXVI 

accents   are    written    much    in  the   same  places;    in  the   Cambridge  MS.,  they   are 
still  scarcer. 

The  component  parts  of  a  word  are  often  written  a  little  way  apart.  This 
I  denote  by  a  hyphen  ;  thus,  the  words  be-foran,  ge-fullod  are  be  foran,  ge  fullod 
in   the    MS. 

The  errors  of  the  Corpus  MS.  are  left  uncorrected ;  the  various  readings 
will  in  general  point  out  where  they  occur.  We  should,  however,  particularly 
note  the  error  boceras,  i.  e.  scribes,  for  bogas,  boughs,  in  xi.  8.  The  fact  of  its 
occurrence  in  MSS.  A.  B.  C.  as  well  as  in  the  Corpus  text  shews  quite  clearly 
that  all  are  really  from  the  same  source.  In  the  Royal  MSS.  boceras  was  first 
written,  but  altered  to  bogas,  and  hence  the  scribe  of  the  Hatton  MS.  was 
enabled   to   write   boges,   correctly. 

In  quoting  the  various  readings,  I  have  strictly  followed  Mr  Kemble's  plan, 
of  giving  every  variation  of  spelling,  with  the  sole  exception  of  S  for  J>,  and  y 
for  i,  which  are  used  interchangeably  in  all  the  MSS.  It  follows  that  all  the 
MSS.  are,  for  all  practical  purposes,  printed  in  extenso,  and  any  passage  in  any  of 
the  MSS.  (except  the  imperfect  Cotton  MS.)  can  be  easily  reproduced,  with  the 
exception  of  contractions,  and  the  uncertainty  about  p  or  S,  and  y  or  i.  Thus 
in  i.  3,  the  Cambridge  MS.  should  have  (judging  from  the  notes)  the  reading — 
clypigende  stefn  on  J?am  westene  ge-earwiaS  drihtnes  weg.  do$  rihte  his  srSas ; 
whilst  the  Royal  MS.  has — clepigende  stefen  on  j?am  westene.  ge-garwiaS  drihtnes 
weg.   doS  rihte  his   sy&s. 

Left-hand  pages,  column  2.  The  text  and  marginal  notes  (written  as  rubrics  in 
the  MS.)  are  from  the  Hatton  MS.;  the  various  readings  from  the  earlier  Royal 
MS.  The  chief  peculiarities  of  the  Hatton  MS.  are  the  introduction  of  k  for  c,  as  in 
kymd,  bokeres,  kydde,  for  the  earlier  cym^,  boceras,  cydde\  .and  a  frequent  confusion 
between  the  letters  d  and  S.  These  latter  are  written  exactly  alike,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  a  slight  stroke  through  the  upper  part  of  the  latter,  so  that  the  omission  of 
this  stroke  turns  it  into  a  d.  I  print  it  as  in  the  MS.;  and  hence  the  form  seed 
for  sec^,  i.  37.  In  i.  32,  we  find  the  reverse  change,  gewor'Sen  being  written  for 
geivorden,  and  ftridfte  for  'Sridde.  "When  the  double  letter  SS  occurs,  the  stroke  is 
sometimes  drawn  through  one  letter  only,  generally  the  latter ;  thus  odfee  is  written 
for  oftfSe  in  vii.  12.  The  letters  p  and  S  are  used  indiscriminately  at  the  beginning 
of  a  word,  but  in  the  middle  or  at  the  end  we  have,  almost  always,  S  only.  Only 
one  sort  of  stop,  a  single  point,  is  used ;  it  is  here  denoted  by  a  full  stop.  The 
accents   are   very  few,   as   they  also  are   in   the  Royal  MS. ;  we  may  note  them  in 


1  The  letter  k  appears  towards  the  end  of  some  of  the      Tib.  B.  4.    The  word  karissimum  occurs  in  the  Latin  text 
MSS.  of  the  A.S.  Chronicle,  as,  e.g.,  in  the  mysterious  word      of  the  Lindisfarne  MS.,  in  Mark  xii.  6. 
kenepas,  under  the  date  1056,  in  MSS.  Cotton  Tib.  B.  1  and 


XXVU 


the  foreign  words  iudeeisce,  galilee,  iudee,  and  in  the  native  words  ansiene,  agan, 
ahof,  apene,  see,  us,  ascaceS,  god,  ga,  pa.  There  are  a  few  downright  blunders,  such 
as  un  for  ut,  iii.  23 ;  witege  for  wite,  v.  29  ;  apfata  and  manslcege  for  drfata  and 
mcestlinga,  vii.  4  j  brithmen  for  britsenum,  viii.  8 ;  hyfode  for  lufode,  x.  21 ;  &c.  One 
change  of  spelling,  viz.  the  substitution  of  c&  for  c,  was  probably  due  to  Norman 
influence ;  examples  of  it  are  ich  for  ic,  and  eches  for  eces.  But  the  most  interest- 
ing point  about  this  text  is  the  exact  evidence  it  affords  of  the  manner  in  which 
the  older  inflexions  of  the  language  were  weakened,  thus  leading  the  way  to  their 
ultimate  total  or  partial  suppression.  By  comparing  it  with  the  older  text  beside 
it,  we  literally  see  the  process  of  this  change  going  on  before  our  eyes.  These 
weakenings  were  accomplished  by  the  frequent  substitution  of  the  slight  vowel  e  for 
the  more  distinct  a,  o,  and  u,  not  only  when  these  vowels  occur  at  the  end  of  a 
word,  but  when  they  occur  near  the  end.  Hence  we  find  -an,  -as,  -aft  replaced  by 
-en,  -es,  -e'S;  -od,  -oda,  -on  by  -ed,  -ede,  -en;  and  -um  weakened,  not  merely  into  -em, 
but  into  -en.  Thus,  the  suna,  lendenu  of  the  earlier  text  become  sune,  lendene ;  sprecan, 
dagos,  fulMS,  gecostnod,  gelufoda,  penedon,  dagum  become  likewise  sprecen,  doges, 
fulled,  gecostned,  gelufode,  peneden,  dagen.  We  even  find  e  for  y,  as  in  gelefe'8  for 
gelyfa'S.  The  adoption  of  en  for  an  was  but  the  prelude  to  dropping  this  final  con- 
sonant altogether ;  so  that,  whilst,  in  ii.  5,  laman  becomes  lamen,  two  verses  above 
it  is  written  lame;  whilst  in  ii.  4  we  find  asende  for  asendan  in  the  plural.  Nothing 
can  be  clearer  than  the  gradual  process  of  corruption  of  the  infinitive  moods  of  verbs. 
In  earlier  MSS.  we  find,  e.  g.  singan,  to  sing  ;  shortly  before  a.d.  1200,  it  is  singen ; 
soon  after  that  date  it  became  singe,  a  dissyllable.  About  a.d.  1400,  the  necessity 
of  sounding  the  final  -e  was  but  slight;  but  the  word  continued  to  be  often  writ- 
ten singe  for  some  time  after  the  final  -e  ceased  to  be  pronounced.  In  course  of 
time,  it  was  generally  rejected  as  useless,  and  hence  our  modern  sing.  This  change 
took  place  still  earlier  in  the  North,  where  the  common  ending  of  the  infinitive, 
even  in  early  times,  was  -a  rather  than  -an.  The  text  of  the  Hatton  MS.  shews  us 
the  first  step  towards  many  such  changes  very  clearly.  It  may  be  compared  with  the 
latter  part  of  the  A.  S.  Chronicle,  from  about  a.d.  1120  onwards.  The  rubrics  in 
the  Hatton  MS.  are  nearly  all  found  in  the  Royal  MS.  in  exactly  the  same  places 
without  variation  of  spelling.  The  spelling  of  the  Royal  MS.  is,  in  general,  of 
an  older  character,  though  here  also  we  sometimes  find  d  for  >6,  as  in  siwad  for 
siwa?&,  ii.  21. 

Right-hand  pages.  The  distinguishing  feature  of  the  texts  here  printed  (viz.  the 
Lindisfarne  text  with  its  gloss  above,  and  the  Rushworth  gloss  without  its  text 
below),  is  that  the  glosses  are  in  the  Northumbrian  dialect,  and  so  present  a  strik- 
ing contrast  to  the  West-Saxon  texts  opposite.  The  Latin  text  is  written  with  but 
few  contractions,  which  are  denoted  by  italics  wherever  they  occur,  so  that  apiritus, 
mnctus,   for  example,   are   expansions    of   sps,    scs.      We    have   frequently  the   very 

d  2 


xx  vm 

common  contraction  ihs  for  ihesus  or  iesus\  and  xps  for  christus,  where  the  x  is 
the  Greek  X  (eh)  and  the  p  the  Greek  P  (r).  There  are  a  few  bad  mistakes  in  the 
Latin,  such  as  eum  for  cum  in  ii.  4,  nubimus  for  nubibus  in  xiii.  26,  terner  for 
£e?ier  in  xiii.  28,  and  the  like ;  most  of  these  are  noticed  in  the  Appendix,  and 
are  not  to  be  regarded  as  misprints.  The  letter  u  (never  v)  is  used  through- 
out ;  the  diphthong  ce  is  generally  written  ae.  A  few  accents  occur,  the  words 
has,  die,  and  ne,  for  example,  being  written  has,  die,  and  ne;  p.  103.  There 
is  no  punctuation  in  the  Lindisfarne  MS.  The  full  stops  merely  denote  the 
end  of  a  verse,  and  should,  strictly  speaking,  have  been  omitted.  The  glossator 
generally  denotes  the  contraction  er  by  an  upward  curl,  and  m  by  a  straight  stroke ; 
but  nearly  all  the  contractions  are  alike  represented  by  a  short  wavy  stroke, 
evidently  intended  to  have  a  vague  meaning.  Thus  the  italicised  letters  in  the 
words  capharncwm,  mitedlice,  beforan,  hierusaZem,  fulwihteres,  are  all  denoted  by 
much  the  same  stroke,  and  the  italic  letters  are  intended  to  denote  this.  In  the 
last  case,  for  instance,  the  word  is  spelt  fulwih,  followed  by  a  curl ;  and  if  the 
reader  wishes  to  expand  such  a  word  in  any  other  manner,  he  is  of  course  at 
liberty  to  do  so\  Near  the  beginning  of  the  book,  I  have  left  the  word  hse^  as 
written  in  the  MS.,  but  I  have  found  it  better  to  expand  it  into  hselend,  haalende, 
or  hselendes,  as  required  by  grammar.  This  can  cause  no  difficulty.  Elsewhere  I 
have  left  the  contraction  i,  meaning  vel,  as  written,  because  it  conveniently  separates 
the  double  glosses.  Thus  in  i.  10,  in  ipso  is  interpreted  to  mean  either  in  'Seem  (in 
them)  or  on  him,  the  latter  only  being  correct.  Sometimes  i  is  written  without 
being  followed  by  a  second  gloss  (vii.  23).  In  some  words,  a  small  u  is  written 
above  the  line ;  this  is  denoted  by  an  italic  u.  The  contraction  ")  for  and  is  used 
throughout.  The  letter  p  never  occurs,  except  when  used  with  a  stroke  through  k 
(j5)  as  a  contraction  for  pcet.  In  a  few  cases,  a  d  is  converted  into  S  by  an  unne- 
cessary stroke  through  it,  as  in  zebe'&ies  for  zebsdies.  Several  accents  occur  over 
long  vowels ;  these  are  all  printed  as  in  the  MS.  Some  of  the  foreign  names  and 
hard  words  are  left  unglossed;  and  many  of  the  glosses  are  quite  wrong,  and  exhibit 
some  curious  errors.  For  examples  of  omissions,  see  vii.  4.  For  an  example  of 
error,  observe  the  word  bifgedon  (they  trembled)  as  a  translation  of  fremebant  in 
xiv.  5 ;  the  worthy  glossator  was  clearly  thinking  of  tremebant3.  In  iii.  19,  James 
the  son  of  Alpheus  is  called  'Jacob  the  white'  (albus).  Where  the  Latin  text 
is  wrong,  the  glossator  still  carefully  follows  it;  hence  the  misreading  eum  for  cum  in 
ii.  4  is  translated  by  hine  (him).  It  must  be  observed  also  that  the  gloss  being 
intended  to  give  the  sense  of  each  word  separately,  rather  in  order  that  the  reader 

1  The  latter  method  of  expansion  is  the  better  one,  for  •    tice  is  given  ;  neither  has  he  always  observed  the  capitals, 
the  h  really  stands  for  a  Greek  H  («) ;  I  have  sometimes      &c.  of  the  MS& 

inadvertently  printed  ih«*ws,  but  this  can  hardly  mislead  3  See  the  Lindisfarne  and  Rushworth  Gospels  (Surtees 

a  reader.  Society),  ed.  G.  Waring,  part  iv.  pp.  civ — cxviii,  where  the 

2  In  Mr.  Kemble's  edition  of  St.  Matthew,  no  such  no-      characteristics  of  the  MSS.  are  fully  described. 


XXIX 


might  understand  the  Latin  than  that  he  might  substitute  an  English  version  for 
it,  the  inflexions  are  not  always  adapted  to  the  laws  of  syntax'.  The  peculiarities 
of  orthography  and  inflexion  in  these  glosses  have  been  described  fully  by  Mr  Waring2, 
who  shews  what  are  the  West-Saxon  forms  corresponding  to  the  Northumbrian  ones. 
But  it  may,  nevertheless,  be  convenient  to  shew  here,  conversely,  what  are  the  North- 
umbrian forms  corresponding  to  the  West-Saxon  ones.  I  consider  only  the  Gospel 
of  St  Mark,  commencing  with  ii.  16,  where  Owun's  gloss  begins  in  the  Kushworth 
MS.  The  chief  variations  are  in  the  vowels  and  diphthongs ;  I  omit  some  of  rare 
occurrence,  and  take  the  Lindisfarne  MS.  (L.)  first. 

Orthography.  1.  The  West-Saxon  (Corpus  MS.)  a  becomes  a,  o,  ea  in  L. 
Ex.  butan,   L.   buta,   viii.    23 ;   man,  L.   mon,   v.  2 ;  gaful,  L.  geafel,  xii.  14. 

W.S.  d  becomes  L.   a,   ce.     Ex.  gaste,   L.  gast,  v.  2 ;  hwam,  L.  hwcem,  iv.  30. 

2.  W.S.   ce  becomes   L.    ce,   ae,  a,  e,    oe,  oce,   ece. 

Ex.   wees,   L.   wees ;    reste-dceges,    L.    to    rcest-daege,    ii.    28 ;    scew'S,    L.    saueS, 

iv.  14 ;  gcers,  L.  gers,  iv.  28 ;  dcege,  L.  doeg,  vi.  2 ;  cwce'S,  L.  cuoce'S,  x.  5 ; 
L.  forgecef,   x.   4. 

W.S.   ce  becomes   L.  ce,  e,  ae. 

Ex.    cerest,    L.   cerist,   iv.  28 ;   seed,    L.   sed,   iv.    27 ;  see,    L.  scee,  vi.  48. 

3.  W.  S.  e  becomes  L.  e,  a,  ce,  i.  Ex.  ofer,  L.  ofer ;  welene,  L.  walana, 
iv.  19 ;   heqfenes,    L.    heofnees,  iv.  32 ;  cerest,  L.  cerist,  iv.  28. 

W.S.  e  becomes  L.  e,  a,  ea,  oe.  Ex.  we;  welene,  L.  walana  (iv.  19);  etan, 
L.  eata,  vii.   2 ;   seca\>,  L.   soeca'S,  iii.  32. 

4.  W.S.  ea  becomes  L.  ea,   a,   ce,   e. 

Ex.  geleafan,  L.  geleafa,  iv.  40 ;  sealde,  L.  salde,  iv.  7,  8 ;  jpeaAtecfo/i,  L. 
'Scehtung  hia  dedon,  iii.   6 ;   eagan,   L.   egro,   viii.  23. 

5.  W.  S.  eo  becomes  L.  eo,  ea,  e,  io.  Ex.  eor'Se,  L.  eor'&o,  iv.  28 ;  L.  eade 
(for  eo^e)    v.  2 ;   leoht,    L.    Zefa,  iv.    21 ;  deqfol,  L.  diobles,  i.  39. 

6.  W.  S.    i  becomes  L.   i,  io.     Ex.    in;   L.   genioma  (for  niman)  iii.  27. 

W.  S.    «    becomes   L.   %    ce.     Ex.    ripes  tid,   iv.   29  ;  nihtes,  L.   o»  wafo,  iv.  27. 

7.  W.  S.  o  becomes  L.  o,  u-.  Ex.  L.  for'S-brohte,  L.  .scma,  iv.  29 ;  Li 
hlafurd   (for   hlaford)    ii.   28. 

8.  W.  S.  u  becomes  L.  ic,  e,  y,  oe.  Also  W.  S.  w  =  L.  u.  Ex.  L.  tmcwS, 
iii.  10 ;  gaful,  L.  geafel,  xii.  14 ;  ctsundron,  L.  syndrige,  iv.  34 ;  swustor,  L. 
siuoester,  iii.  35.     L.  smce  =  swa. 

9.  W.  S.  2/  becomes  L.  ?/,  i,  eo,  ea,  u.  Wi  S.  y  becomes  L.  y,  io,  e.  Ex. 
scyldig,  iii.  29 ;  mycel,  L.  miclo,  iv.  39 ;  *?/£/*,  L.  seolf,  iii.  25 ;  syllanne,  L. 
seallane,  xii.  14;  sy^/j  L.  swZ/*,  iii.  26.  Also  L.  fyr,  ix.  45;  ansyne,  \L.  ansione, 
xii.   14 ;  gehyrafc,  L.  hera*S,  iv.  3. 

1  See  above,  p.  xvii. 

2  Liiidisfunic  and  Rushworth  Gospels  (Surtees  Society),  part  iv.  pp.  cxix — exxv. 


XXX 

We  also  frequently  find  in  L.  the  double  vowels  aa,  ee,  ii,  uu,  &c. ;  as  in 
ingaa'S,  iii.  27 ;  feer-suigo,  v.  42 ;  gesiist,  v.  31 ;  huu,  iv.  13.  Observe  also  the 
curious  forms  innueeard,  vii.  21  ;  behceald,  xii.  41  ;  ongeaegn,  xi.  2 ;  necenig,  xii. 
34;  scee,  vi.  48. 

As   regards   the  consonants,   we   find   occasionally   the   following  changes. 

1.  W.  S.  g  sometimes  becomes  L.  c,  as  in  'Srounc,  L.  viii.  34,  for  W.  S. 
\rawung ;  cf.  onfence,  vi.  41.  Conversely,  we  sometimes  (but  rarely)  find  W.  S.  c 
becoming  L.  g,  as  in  licceterum,  L.  legerum,  vii.  6.  At  the  end  of  a  word,  we 
find  in   L.    both   eg  and  gc,  as  in   rowincg,   vi.  48 ;   gebrcegc,  vi.  41. 

2.  W.  S.  c  frequently  becomes  L.  h,  as  in  L.  ah  (passim)  for  oc.  Sometimes 
also   we  find  in  L.  ch,  as  in  carchem,  vi.  27 ;  michel,  iv.  5. 

3.  The  letters  d  and  S  are  frequently  interchanged  in  L. ;  possibly  from 
their  similarity  of  form,  as  in  the  Hatton  MS.  Ex.  dcere  for  Seere,  v.  41 ;  mP6 
for  mid,  v.  18. 

4.  The  letters  d  and  t  are  also  frequently  interchanged ;  as  in  sexdig  for 
sextig,  iv.  8 ;  gemoetat  for  gemoetad,  iv.  19.     Cf.  gebloedsade,  vi.  41. 

5.  Other  peculiarities  of  MS.  L.  are  the  prefixing  of  an  aspirate,  as  in 
hrceste,  iv.  39 ;  hlifige,  v.  23 ;  the  frequent  insertion  of  r,  as  in  efern  for  efen, 
iv.  35 ;  ondreardon  for  ondredon,  v.  15 ;  the  insertion  of  w,  as  in  cwom  for  com, 
iii.  20 ;  the  insertion  of  u  between  w  and  r,  as  in  wuraf&ia,  x.  41 ;  the  use  of 
wu  for  u  at  the  beginning  of  a  word,  as  in  wurnon,  vi.  55.  We  also  often 
find  a  consonant  doubled  at  the  end  of  a  word,  as  in  sibb,  v,  34 ;  sprmcc,  iv. 
34 ;  blann,  iv.  39 ;  upp,  iv.  6 ;  gescett,  iv.  1.  But  instead  of  gg  we  find  eg  or 
gc,  as  in  rowincg,  vi.  48 ;  gebrcegc,  vi.  41  (above  noted) ;  and  instead  of  tt  we 
find  td,  as  in  hwcetd  for  hwcett,  iv.  40. 

Inflexions.  The  noun-endings  in  L.  are  rather  anomalous  and  inconsistent. 
The  most  remarkable  point  is  the  frequent  occurrence  of  final  -o,  especially  in  the 
nom.  and  ace.  pi.,  as  in  suno,  iii.  17 ;  wu'Suuto,  iii.  22 ;  ilco,  iii.  23 ;  fato,  iii. 
27 ;  it  also  occurs  in  the  singular,  as  in  torce'So,  iii.  21 ;  eoi^6o,  iv.  1.  But  the 
fact  is,  that  the  terminating  vowel  must  have  been  indistinct,  so  that  we  not 
only  find  synno,  iii.  28,  but  synna,  iv.  12 ;  just  as  in  v.  12  we  find  the  pres. 
part.  pi.  ending  in  -endo  in  cwoe'Sendo,  but  in  -ende  in  fcerende  in  the  next 
verse.  Another  point  worthy  of  remark  is  that  the  termination  -an  (of  Bask's 
first  declension)  does  not  appear,  but  is  replaced  by  -es  or  -ces,  -e,  -a,  or  -ol. 
Ex.    tunga,   tungces,   earo,   vii.   33 — 35. 

The  pronouns  present  some  remarkable  forms,  such  as  mines  for  min,  x.  47 ; 
mec  and  meh  for  me,  xiv.   6,   7 ;   'Sines  for  *6in,  v.   19 ;    Sec  for  'Se,  v.   34 ;  woe 

1  Lind.  and  Rush.  Gospels  (Surtees  Soc.) ;  pt.  iv.  p.  exxii. 


XXXI 

for  we,   xi.    33 ;  usra  as  gen.   pi.   of  the  first  person,   xii.   7 ;  usio  for  us ;  gie  for 
ge;  iuih,   iuh  for    eow,   ix.    19.     In  the  third   person,   we  find   fern.    nom.    hiu,   vi.//-' 
24 ;   fern.    dat.    hir,   v.    33 ;   fem.   ace.   hia,   xiv.    6 ;   hea,   xiv.    5 ;   pi.   nom.   and  acci  \J  I 
hia,   gen.    Mora,   vi.    6 ;    dat.   him.     The    dual    form    is    avoided ;    see    x.     36    and\s»v 
xi.   2.     Of  possessive   pronouns,   we   may   specially   note   *&inra,  x.   37 ;  iwer,  x.   43 ; 
iuer,   xi.    25 ;   iueres,   x.    5 ;   and,   as   an   instance   of    irregularity,  iuerra  in   xi.   25, 
as   compared   with   mero   in  the   following   verse.     Of  demonstratives,    we  may  note 
fem.   nom.    ftitt,  v.   32 ;   fem.   gen.   Coerce,   vi.   22,   and  dative  dare  for  fteere,  v.  41 ; 
also   fem.    nom.    ftws,    xiii.    30 ;    fem.   ace.    ftius,  xii.    10 ;    and,  as   an   instance   of 
irregularity,   fem.    nom.    das   (for  Sets)   and   ftms  in  the   same   verse   (viii.    12),    and 
immediately  afterwards   the   false  concord  of  'Sisum,   dat.   masc.   with   cneoreso,  dat. 
fem.     Such  false  concords  are  by  no  means  uncommon. 

But  it  is  in  the  verbs  that  the  peculiarities  of  the  dialect  are  most  distinctly 
marked.  Thus,  the  infinitive  never  ends  in  -an,  but  in  -a,  and  less  frequently  in 
-e,  as  in  wyrce,  gedoa,  iii.  4 ;  cf.  ofslaa,  vi.  19 ;  losiga,  iii.  6 ;  bodiga,  hi.  14 ; 
gereqfage  (miswritten  gereofa  ge)  iii.  27.  In  the  present  tense,  the  first  person 
commonly  ends  in  -o  or  -a,  as  scego,  v.  41 ;  milsa,  viii.  2 ;  the  second  person 
in  -es,  -as,  or  ces,  as  styres,  v.  35 ;  gegiuas,  vi.  23 ;  doces,  xi.  28 ;  also  in  -is, 
as  htefis,  x.  21 ;  the  third  in  -es,  -as,  -eft  or  -aft,  its  irregularity  being  strikingly 
pointed  out  in  such  glosses  as  saues1  vel  saua%>,  iv.  16;  saue'S  vel  sauas,  iv.  18; 
slepiafo  vel  slepe'S 2,  iv.  27 ;  again,  Juefe'S  and  hcefes  occur  in  consecutive  verses, 
iii.  29,  30.  The  plural  is  commonly  in  -as  or  -es,  but  also  in  -aft  or  -eft ;  as 
in  gecunnas,  iv.  13 ;  stondes,  iii.  31  ;  soecaft,  iii.  32 ;  aoeft,  vii.  9.  In  the  second 
person,  the  pronoun  gie  is  often  attached  to  the  verb,  as  in  oncneawesgie,  vii. 
18 ;  this  is  commonest  in  the  case  of  arogie  (ye  are).  The  termination  -e  gene- 
rally indicates  the  subjunctive  mood,  in  all  persons;  as  in  ic  see,  xiv.  44;  ftw  hcebbe, 
x.  21;  he  gesege,  viii.  24;  we  byege,  vi.  37;  gie  geonge,  vi.  10;  hia  were,  iii.  14. 
In  the  past  tense  plural,  the  common  ending  is  -on,  sometimes  -un  (cwomun,  iii.  13) ; 
but  occasionally  the  striking  form  -es  or  -ces  appears,  as  in  cewades  vel  mersades, 
iii.  12 ;  mcehtces,  ii.  10.  Sometimes  the  ending  is  cut  down  to  -e,  as  in  mcehte 
woe,  ix.  28. 

In  the  imperative  singular,  verbs  are  reduced  to  their  stem,  as  in  arts,  v. 
41  ;  in  the  plural,  the  ending  is  commonly  -as  or  -es,  as  in  sceacas,  vi.  11  ; 
cymes,  vi.  31 ;  the  irregularity  being  well  shown  in  the  gloss  byeges  vel  ceapas, 
vi.  36 ;  but  observe  ivunaft,  vi.  10.  The  past  part,  of  weak  verbs  ends  in  -ad  or 
-ed,  which  are  sometimes  changed  into  -at  or  -et ;  as  in  geboetad,  iii.  5 ;  gecerred, 
iii.  21  ;  gesettet,  iv.  21.  "We  must  not  omit  to  remark  the  occasional  appearance 
of  -m  at  the   end  of  the    1st  p.  s.   pres.  in  geseom,  viii.  24 ;   doam,  xi.   33 ;   beom, 

1  Possibly  saues  may  be  meant  for  the  passive  voice  here,  just  as  -es  is  so  used  in  Danish. 

2  Miswritten  sleped  in  v.  39. 


XXXU 

ix.  19 ;  in  xi.  29  we  find  the  gloss  ic  doe  vel  doam.  This  is  a  relic  of  the 
old  personal  pronoun  which  appears  in  the  Sanskrit  dsmi,  Greek  ei/xi,  Latin  sum, 
and  English  am.  Of  the  verb  to  be,  the  commonest  forms  are  1  p.  s.  beom, 
3  p.  s.  bi%  (ix.  35),  pi.  bflSon  (xi.  25 ;  x.  8).  From  the  infin.  wosa  (ix.  35),  we 
have  2  p.  s.  arft,  iii.  11  ;  3  p.  s.  is;  pi.  sint  or  aron,  both  of  which  occur  in 
vii.  4;  in  the  2  p.  pi.  the  pronoun  is  almost  invariably  suffixed,  thus  forming 
arogie,  v.  39.  Pt.  tense  wees,  pi.  weron,  woeron;  subj.  pres.  se,  sie,  x.  38,  39; 
see,  xiv.  44.  Imp.  s.  wees,  as  in  the  famous  phrase  woes  hal  (v.  34),  the  original 
of  our  wassail. 

All  these  examples  are  from  the  Lindisfarne  gloss  only.  It  is  hardly  necessary 
to  say  more  of  the  Rushworth  gloss  than  that  it  represents  the  same  dialect  in 
a  slightly  later  form,  and  presents  similar  terminations.  Yet  it  has  some 
peculiarities  of  its  own,  amongst  which  we  must  not  omit  to  observe  the  very 
frequent  substitution  of  u  for  o  (especially  -un  for  -on),  and  the  use  of  gi-  as  a 
prefix  instead  of  ge-.  We  often  find  -a  and  -o  reduced  to  the  less  definite  -e,  as 
in  siofune  for  seofana,  viii.  20 ;  twelfe  for  twelfo,  iii.  14 ;  diphthongs  replaced  by 
simple  vowels,  as  in  ge  for  gie;  u  replaced  by  w,  as  in  cwafe  for  cuoe'S;  and 
the  general  system  of  terminations  simplified,  so  that  the  grammar  of  the  Rush- 
worth  gloss  becomes  much  more  regular  than  that  of  the  other,  the  common 
endings  of  the  present  and  past  tenses  plural  being  -as  and  -un  respectively. 

In  concluding  the  Preface,  I  wish  to  express  my  thanks  to  the  Syndics  of 
the  Pitt  Press  for  undertaking  the  publication  of  this  volume. 


HEAFUD-WEARDO 
•r  FOflE-CUIDO 
ON-GINNED      -rFOflE-MERCUNGO         AEFTER  MARCVS 

INCIPIUNT     CAPITULAE     SECUNDUM     MARCUM. 

Su  lifgiende  god  gemyne  Su  eadfriS   "i   seSil-wald  3   billfriS   3  aldred  peccatorwm  Sas 
feowero  miS   gode  ymb-woeson   Sas  b6c 

ONG1NNED 
[Fol.  89.]  INCIPIT    AEGUMENTUM* 

Marcus    Se  godspellere    godes     3     petres     in  fulwiht  sunu  3  in      god-cund        word 

Marcus    euangelista       dei     et     petri     ia     baptismate     filius     atqwe     in      diuino      sermone 

discipul  sacerda  in      israhel      doend  sifter  lichoma      leuita       gecserred       to     geleafa     cristes 

discipulus    sacerdotium    in    israhel    agens    secundum    camera    leuita    conuersus    ad    fidewi    christi 

god-spell        in      italia        awrSt        aed-eawde      in    Son       f        ec       cynn       his    rehtlic  were    3      criste      forSon 
euangelium    in    italia    scribsit    ostendens    in    eo    quod    et    generi    suo      deberet     et   christo    nam 

fruma     Sees  forueardes     in   stefne    wit-geonges    ceigendes-rclioppende    settendes-rgesette  ende  brednise     Sses  leui 
initium       principii       in   uoce   prophetiae        exclamationis  instituens  ordinem       leuiticae 

lar-t  redes     aed-eaude    -fte         bodade  fore-gessegd  sunu  zachariaps       in     stefne     engles 

lectionis     ostendit     ut     praedicans    praedistinatum    iohannem    filium     zacchariae    in    uoce    angeli 

scecgende        gesended      ne      f  ane       word     lichoma   geworden    ah    lichoma    drihtes   Serh      word      god-cundes 
enuntiantis    emissum    non   solum   uerbum    caro      factum    sed  corpus  domini   per   uerbum    diuinse 

stefn       ge-saweled      fruma     Sa?s  godspellesca  bodes  were  aed-eawed  -)5te    se  Se    Sas        redes     witte  he 

uocis     animatum     initio        euangelicae      praedicationis      ostendens      ut     qui    haec   legens     sciret 

to  hu«m      fruma     lichomas    in      drihtne       3     hselendes    to-cymende  4"  hus  reht  were    to  on-cnauanne 

cui       initium     carnis     in    dowu'no    et      ih&su       aduenientis    habitaculum     deberet       agnoscere 

end      in    him     word      stefnes     -fte      in      efnuwz  s6num       losad  were      onfunde     aefter  Son     3     endung-l'fylnise 
atque   in    s6   uerbum   uocis   quod    in    consonantibws    perdiderat   inueniret    deniqwe    et        perfectio 

godspelles     were      in  eode       3      miS  fulwiht    drihtnes         bodiga  god      ongann-tonginnende    ne  wann 

euangelii    opus    intrans     et     baptismo     domini    praedicare     deum  incoans  non    laborauit 

accennise        lichomais       Son         in  serrum        awoendat  were      cweoSa       ah  all         in   Seem   forSmestum 

natiuitatem      carnis     quam     in     prioribws         uicerat  dicere     sed     totum  inprimis 

S»t  tal  forletenes        fsestern  tales  cunnung  diables  ^  somnung  wildeora         3 

expositionem      deserti      ieiunium     numeri     temtationem     diaboli     congregationem     bestiarum     et 

hernise  brohte  engla         -)5te        sette         usih    to        on-cnawanne       siundrio    in    lytlum-Hn   sceortum 

ministerium   protulit  angelorum   ut   instituens   nos   ad   intelligendum   singula  in  breuia 

gemercade  ne  setnessa  woerces  alesde  3        Sees  geendedad     werces       Sone  fyllnisse 

compingens      nee      auctoritatem       facti      rei      demeret      et        perficiendi       operi       plenitudinem 

ne    on-s6ce -r  nalde  on-sacca       soSSa      to  tellanne-rto  clsensanne   him     after    lufu-tgeleafo     gehatne     acueSen  biS 
non  negaret  deniqwe  amputasse  sibi    post        fidem        pollicem      dicitur 

fte    miS  ssecerd-had      for-cySed       were  haefd       ah         -J5  ane        efne  geSohte     to  lufo        fore-wurdon  sette 

ut       sacerdotio        reprobus      haberetur      sed     tantum     consentiens      fidei      pradistinata     posuit 


gecoreniso  ne       sua     in       woerc     wordes     were    16sad      -pte       serest        earnade         in        cynn        forSon 

electio      lit     nee     sic     in     opere     uerbi       perderet      quod    prius     meruerat     in     genere      nam 

alexandrinisca;        biscob        wses     Saes-rhis     Serh    ana+syndrigo     woerc    wiste-tto  uutanne     godspelles     in     him 
alexandrije     episcopus     ftnt       cuius       per         singula         opus  scire  euangelii    in     s6 

gecuoedna      to-sceada       3      Sone  Seodscip     in  him     ses      -pte  on-cnewa-rwere  oncnauen   f>     god-cund 
dicta       disponere     et     disciplinam     in    ae"    legis  agnosceret  et   diuinam   in   carnem 

■pte  on-cnewe    Sset  gecynd    8a  5e     in      us         aerist        eft  gesoeca    setter  Son  4" soSSa    gesoht-tgefregna     we  wallaS 
intellegeret     naturam      quae     in    nos    primum       requiri  dehinc  inquisita  uoluraus 

oncnawa     habbas-Hiaebbende         meard         ftestnunges  i  trymnises        forSon        seSe      plontaS       "i      seSe    wyrSes 
agnosci  habentes  mercedem  exortationis  quoniam     qui      plantat     et     qui      rigat 

an        aron    se  Se    Sonrae      geSungennise     fore-gearuas      god       is 
unum    sunt     qui     autera    incrementum       prsestat       dews    est. 


ONGINNED       FOi?E-CUIDO      DARA    REDA 
INCIPIUNT    CAPITULA    LECTIONUM 

cySnise  engel         f        is      erenwreca    biS  genemned    3 

[Fol.  90.]        I.     Esaie     testimonium     iohannis     angelus     id     est     nuntius      appellator    et 

fore-bod  his  5  fulwiht  asaegd  is  crist  bodade         gefulwad  biS    Ser    Sses  Srinise 

praedicatio    eius    baptismusque     refertur.  II.     Christus    praedicans      baptizatur    ubi    trinitatis 

aed-eawad  biS  of        ceigeng       petres  Sara  flscera 

panditur      sacramenton.  ill.     De    uocatione    petri    andras    iacobi    et    iohannis    piscatorum. 

in      somnunga      of        menn  gaast  unclaene  frohtende        "i        ondetenda  for-drSf        his 

IIII.    In    synagoga    de    homine    s^iritum    immundum    metuentem    et    confitentem     expellens    sua 

from        monnum      mi*  maeht    hered  biS  from    swoer     petres    of  feber    miS  word    1  miS  ded    for-draf 

ab      hominibws    potestate    laudatur.  V.     A     socru     petri      febre       uefbo       factuqwe    depulsa 

behrto        alle       in  untrymnisse    gegemde  reof-tlicSrower    miS  word    miSSy    cuoeS   ic  willo  geclaensad  biS 

uaria   cunctos     infirmitate      curauit.  VI.      Leprosus         uerbo        quo       ait       uolo       mundatur 

1    miS  leicnung    Saen  eorS-cryple     mis     eft-forgefnise     gesald  is  synna  seSe     3 

et       curatio  paralytico       cum     remissione     tribuitur    peccatorwwi.  VII.    Leui   qui   et   mat- 

of  geceigd  wses    3     fore       baer-synnigra        gebear  i     fordrifnise 

tbeus    de    teloneo     uocatur     et    pro    publicanorum   conuiuio   quaerella   uel     obiectio     pharisaeorum 

fihles    *33s  aide    J    wines     *       bytta         miS  ceping        gessegd  biS  fore    Sara  ehera    in    sunnadaeg 

panni   ueteris   et   uini    uel   utriuvre   comparatione     refellitur.  VIII.    Pro    spicarum    in    sabbato 

miS  numenne        Ssem  telendum         geSreatnum      gefylged      setter  Son  honda     dryge      miS  eft-boeteng f  eft-boete 
uulsione        reprehensoribws       increpatis      sequitur  manus  aridae  restitutio. 

Ssentung  wis         hine       hia  doaS  ge-herdo         Ser         scipp  gehrinon       him 

vim.     Consilium     contra     eum      faciunt      pharisaei     deseruientes     ibi     nauicula     tangentes     eum 

ungelicum-tmonigfaldum       untrymnissum         unhale      gehaeled  biSon  tuoel  _  Segnas  to 

diuersis  intirmitatibws      aegroti        sanantur.  X.     Duodecim      discipulos     ad 


bodanne  miS  word    miS  gebrohtum    mashtum     sendeS    6n    beelzebub     hine "  msege     cueSende         on-s6c 

praedicandum     uerbo  conlatis       uirtutibws  mittet   in   belzebub   eum   posse    dicentes    redarguit 

werere     cuoeS       in  gaast  halig  ebolsong  3      Sa  moder      3       broSer      hia 

inremissibilem     esse     dicens     in     aipiritum     sanctum     blasphemiam     et     matrem     ac     fratres     eos 

ceigaS    se  Se    Sees  ftedores      doe*  willo  leerde       fore-sette         bispell        Sees  sawendes    3 

uocat     qui  patris        fecerit    uoluntatem.  XI.    Docens    proponit    parabolam    seminantis    et 

his    5a  ilea    syndrige      gessette      breht         aed-eawnise  Segnum  leht         under     mitto-Vfset 

suis     earn     seorsum    exponit    clara    manifestatione   discipulis.  xil.    Lucernam    sub       modio 

ne  is  to       settenna  t  slepende  menn  his        gewaexe       3        of        corn         senepis        cueS 

non       ponendam     uel     dormiente     homine     sata     eius     crescere     et     de     grano     sinapis     dicit. 

■Jf  un-smyltnise    mi?  word      adrysnede       3       diowles     fordraf  gegeonga-rto  geonganne     lefde       in    bergum 
XIII.  Tempestatem     uerbo     compescens   et   demones  eiciens  ire  concessit  in  porcos. 

foerende       $a  deada        gewaecca       dohter      iares        Saet  wif      from     blod-iorne      X  Modes   gytt      haelde 
Xllll.    Uadens     mortuam     suscitare     filiam     iairi     mulierem      a      profluuio        sanguinis     sanans 

wseccafc         sona         3     ■£  maeden  wundradon  hia-thia  wundrande         f  lar         3       maehto      Saes  wrihtes 

suscitat  protinus   et  puellam.  XV.  Mirantes  doctrinam   et   uirtutes       fabri 

sunu-tsmiSes  sunu    cuoeSaS        herdon        from    him      ne      were  witge  buta    worSung   nymSe   in     oeSel 

filium  dicunt     audientes     ab      eo     non    esse    prophetam    sine    honore     nisi     in   patria 

his  sende  twoelfe  boderes  mi$  bodum       laereS        gebroht      gefea      haelo  i  halra 

sua.  xvi.    Mittens    duodecim     praedicaturos     praeceptis    instruit    conlata    gratia     sanitatuw. 

haldend     Sone  iohoranem    daege      his       accennis        ofslog  3  heafud         his  pteges 

XVII.     Herodes     tenens        iohannem         die      sui      natalis      occidit      caputque      eius      saltationis 

meard  in      disc      Saer  doehter     salde  of  fif  hlafum       3        tuaem  flscum 

proemium    in     disco        filiae        tradit.  XVIII.    De     quinqwe    panibws    et    duobws     piscibws 

fif  waera        Susend      gefylde  fciu   feorSa       naeht        wacan       cuom      to         Segnum 

quinqwe    uirorum    milia    saturauit.  xvilli.       Quarta       noctis     uigilia     uenit     ad     discipulos 

geongende       ofer-tbufa  see  telaS  i  niSraS  Segnas  un-$uegnum      hondum 

ambulans         supra        mare.  xx.       Accusant      pharisaei     discipulos     non     lotis     manibws 

ettende  3      weron  geSreaten      from     him      of      strionendra  -T  aeldra       in  forletnisse        -f         of      oSrum 

manducantes     et       increpantur         ab       eo     de  parentum  inspretione      uel     de    ceteris 

mi«  Sy  gesette    Sa  Se     magon      gone  monno        widlega  Sees  wifes 

[Fol.  91.]     exponente      quae    possint      hominem     ihquinare.  xxi.    Mulieris     syrophoenissae 

docter    from      dioble  friaS  dumbe       3  deaf        stefne       eft-sette      cuoeS    untyn  of 

filiam     a"     daemonio   liberat         xxn.   Muto   surdoque   uocem   restituens   dicit   effeta.         xxiii.  De 

seofa        hlafum       3       hwon      lytle  fiscas  feor  monna       Susend      gefylde 

septem    panibws    et   paucis     pisciculis     quatuor    bominum    milia    saturauit.  xxmi.    Pharisaeis 

beeon-Hacon         soecendum        sealla     on-soc       3  lar  hiora  geheht       under       Saerstes  noma 

signum        quaerentibws     dari     negat     et    doctrinam     eorum     praecepit     sub     fermenti     nomine 

fore  to-behaldenne  Sone  blindo     heart-lice      gemeS      3        f,      naengum    cuoeSa-rcuoede    geheht-J-hast 

praecauendam.  xxv.     Caecum      paulatim     curat     et     ut     nemini         diceret  imperat. 

A2 


*Eem  fraignendum      buecl      hine      hia  cuede  godes      on-deta*         3       sona      for*on 

xxvi.    Interrogantibws     quem     eum     dicerent     petrus    christum     dei     confitetur     et     mox      quia 

drihtne        fcrowende      him    cuoe*ende       wi*-cuoe*      sie  ge*read-rbi*  geSreatad  seSe        losas 

domino     passurum      se"       dicenti      contradicit  arguitur.  xxvu.     Qui     perdit 

cuoe*         sawel  his  fore        mec      be-gaet        hia        ne      hia  -p  gebirigdon  $  gesupedon  weron     sume  o*er 

inquit     animaw    suam    propter    me    inuenit  *  earn     nee  gustaturos  quosdam 

Seme  dea*     wi*-to**     hia  gesea     hine     In      ric         his         3  sona       ofer-hiwade  waes     in-laeded      3       iohannis 
mortem         donee       uideant    eum   in  regno    eius   statimqwe    transfiguratus    inducitur  et  iohannem 

weron  *rowende     he       gelicra    Srowende    cuoe*  eghuselc  folc  gesaeh        drihten 

heliae       passuri  ipse    similia    passum    dicit.  XXVIII.     Omnis     populus    uidens    dornmum 

geriordade  3  ge-arn         haelo  bead    3      sunu  sume         un-geleaffullnise       his  biddende      from 

pauescens    occurrensque     salutat     et    filius    cuiusdam    incredulitatem    suam    iuuari    praecantis     a 

dioble  gefria*  bi*  sellende        hine       fore-ssegde  3       *a  *egnas     huset      on     wseg 

daemonio     liberatur.  xxviiii.    Tradendum     s6     prsenuntians     et     discipulos    quid     in     uia 

ge-trahtadon      fraignende     laere*    foruost-raldordom    ne       sie        to  soecanne  mseht        in      his 

tractassent    interrogans   docet       primatum      non    esse    quaerendum.  xxx.    Uirtutem   in   eius 

noma  doende         ne      gelefes      forbeades       3      of       ymb-cyrf  liomana        ondspyrendra-rondspurnendra 

nomine    facientes    non     sinit      prohiberi    et    de    abscisione    membrorum  scandalizantium 

gastlice  -r  megwlitlice    lsere*  of      wife        forgefnisa         soecenda      moises      cy*nese 

figuraliter  docet.  xxxi.    Pharisaeos    de    uxore    dimittenda    quaerentes    mosi   testimonio 

efne  gecerde    3      Sa  cild     from   him  forbeodend      bloedsa*  of    fin-ea*alice  t  un-maehtiglice 

conuincit    et  infantes      &      se    uetari  prohibens   benedicit.         xxxil.   De  difficultate 

wlonga        inngeonges        in  ric  godes     wundrandum         *egnum       cuoe*         ni*riendo  godra 

diuitum        intrandi        in       regnum       dei       mirantibws       discipulis      ait       contemtores      bonorum 

woruldra        hund-teantigsi*a  monigfallice      mi*  oehtnissum  eft  to  onfoenne  ec 

saecularium  centuplum  cum     persecutionibus       recepturus.  xxxiii.      Item 

fore-cue*      hine  slaende  sedlo     giuwende     *one  iacob    *rea*4"*reata*     3  of       aldor-dom 

praedicens     s6     occidendum    sedes    petentes     iacobum        increpat        et   iohannem    de    prmcipatu 

haedno      fore-headend    gelicad -r  gebis    hersumnise     mi*  bisene      sed-eawed  blind 

gentiles     prohibens       imitandos     humilitatis     exemplo    monstrato.  xxxilll.   Bartimaus   caecus 

giude  +  bsed      inlihte*  wees      3        fylgede  sende      to       Seem  *egne    to  asalde     to  *aer    sittende 

mendicans     inluminatur    et    sequitur.  xxxv.    Mittit    ad    discipulum     asinas         cui      sedens 

herde    from    *aem  menigum    la  hsel  usic  gefoerde        of       temple     to  fic-beame       yfle  cue* 

audit      a"  turbis  osanna.  xxxvi.     Egressus     de     templo      ficulneae      maledicit 

3  foerde  Ac-beam     wundrandum    cue*    biddendum    mi*  geleafa    to  onfoanne   *a  giuendo  of 

regressusque    ficulnea     mirantibws     ait       orantes      credendo  '    accipere    postulata.         xxxvil.   De 

mseht        Serh-fregnendum  he        of       fulwuiht  mi*  fraignung    ofercuom -r  gecerde     3 

potestate    percontantibws    iudaeos    ipse     de    baptismo     iohannis     interrogando  conuincit         et 

of    win-geard     3  *sem  yrrestum    buendum  bispell  sette  cunnende       of  gyld 

de      uinea  colonisqwe       pessimis     parobolam     ponit.  xxxvin.    Temtantes    de    reddendo 


8bs  ceeseres    geselenne       sefter-fylged       of        ofer-mercunc*        t    of  onlicnese    sceomiagaSf 

caesaris       tributo     consequenter    ex    suprascribtione    uel    imagine     confutauit.       xxxvilll.  Sad-    /^^ 

of  wife  seofa  broSra  lafe  cunnendum       fore    un-gehleaffullnisse  eristes 

ducaeis     de     muliere      septem     fratrum     uxore      temtantibws     ob      incredulitatem     resurrectionis\\     - 

for-cueS  t  tela*  Sa  boecere     of  bod  ses  fregnende  twufald  lufes  aed-eawde     3 

exprobrat.  XL.     Scribaa      de    mandato    legis    interroganti    geminum    dilectionis     ostendit    et 

huses     sie      sunu        crist  fregnende        lsereS      of       forueard    Sbbs  salmes    nigoSa  "i  hunteantiges 

cuius    sit    films   christua     [Fol.  92.]   interrogans    docet    ex    principio      psalmi       centensimi    noni 

groeteng  ec  hiora     in    spree    Sone  ymb-geong    cySaS  Sone-tSa  Sorfend 

salutationum   quoqwe   eorum   in   foro        ambitum       notat.       xli.  In   gazophilacium       pauperem 

widwa     tuege        lytla  senden  allum        geofa        licendum      fore-brohte  getimbro  temples 

uiduam    duo    minuta   mittentem   cunctis     dona     iactantibws    prefert.       xlii.  Aedificationes   templi 

eawendum  fore-ssegde      8a  gefaello     3      of       ungelTcum-rbrehtuw-t'fagungum      S»s  hlsetmesto        tides 

monstrantibzw    prsenuntiat     ruituras     et    de  diuersis  ultimi         temporis 

miS  cunnungum   to-waerdnum   on  longsum     to-sceade        merrunga  leereS      fore  tobehaldano  Sone  doege 

temtationibws       futuris        prolixius   disputans   seductiones   ammonet  praecauendas.       xliii.  Diem 

to  cyme         ane      Sone  faeder     wiste     cueSende     un-witendo      hia         Sea  wcecca  heht  1       gebidda 

aduentus    solum      patrem      scire      dicens      nescientes    earn    seruus    uigilare    praecipit    et     orare. 

of      stsene  fset      smirinise       •}-         behleing         iuSses     Sees  sellendes      3      miS-gearwing  i  foregearuung 
xliiii.     De     alabastro     ungenti    uel     proditione     iudae      traditoris      ac  praeparatione 

eastres         asaegd   is        ne       Son  tes       1        fserme        his        runlice  i  deoplice     sed-eawed  biS        •thaligdom-1' 
paschae       rei'ertur       nee       non         et      cense       eius  mistical  panditur        sacramentum. 

selenise  3     Srowunges      his       wundra     asaegd  biSon  erest  his      Serh  Sona 

XLV.    Traditionis    ac    passionis    eius      gesta       narrantur.         XLVi.    Eesurrectionis    eius     perinde 

sceortlice    miS  soSfsestnise    biSon  sed-eawed       hiora  suth       un-ge-leaffullnise     trumlice      geSreaS  biS    3     astignise 
breuiter  ueritate  monstrata       quorum-dam     incredulitas     clementer    arguitur     et   ascensio 

3  to     suiSrum     godes        ges»t         4"  Segnna  forebodung     becnum    seftfr  fylgendum    gessegd  is 

adqwe   ad   dextris      dei     consessio   uel   discipulorum    praedicatio    signis       sequentibws     indicatur. 

ASAEGD   IS  JEFTER  MARC 

EXPLICIT    SECUNDUM    MARCUM. 

Se  setemes  da?g         halig        arlig  sefter        flfteig-dseg  feestern        wodnes      doege      doeghwsemlice 

Sabbato  sawefo     mane.        Post     penticosten      in     ieiunium      feria        .iiii.       cottidiana. 

doeg     drihtenlica      of         forgefhise         Sroung      drihtnes      user        hEe-r      eristes      frige     doeg     of    Ssem  hwitum 
Die     dominica     de    indulgentia     passio     dommi    xiostri    ihesu  christi    feria     .ui.     de        albas 

eostres 
paschae  \. 

*  MS.  ufa-mercunc,  corrected  to  ofer-mercunc  in  the  margin.  t  Looks  like  sceosniagaS. 

X  On  the  reverse  side  of  the  leaf  is  a  coloured  picture  of  St.  Mark  writing,  with  the  name — "0  agius  marcus;"  above 
him  is  a  lion,  with  the  words — "imago  leonis."  One  side  of  leaf  93  (the  next  leaf)  is  blank;  on  the  other  is  a  beautifully 
coloured  geometrical  pattern,  without  any  inscription. 


THE    GOSPEL 


ACCORDING   TO 


St.    MAE  K. 


EVANGELIUM 


SECUNDUM 


M  A  B  C  U  M. 


THE    GOSPEL 


ACCORDING  TO 


St.    MAR  K. 


INCIPIT    EUANGELIUif 
SECUNDUM  MAECUM. 

CHAPTER    I. 

mitiumeuan-       1    [H]er  ys  godspellys  angyn  Haelyndes 

SMSdd  cristes  godes  suna. 

uiuisicm  scrip-      o    gwa  awriten  is   on    baes   witegan  bee 

turn  est  in  esaia         *     un™  •  ° 

propheta.  Ecce  •    ^  nu  jc  asende  minne  engel  be-foran 

mitto  angelum  "aaam.       *»•»  v,        . 

meumantefa.  pjnre   ansyne.     Se   ge-gearwaS   pinne  weg 
be  foran  'Se. 

3  clypiende  stefn  on  paw?  westene  ge-gear- 
wiaS  drihtnes  weg.     doS  rihte  his  siSas ; 

4  Iohannes  waes  on  westene  fulligende 
1  bodiende  daedbote  fulwiht  on  synna  for- 
gyfenesse. 

5  3  to  hi»?  ferde  eall  iudeisc  rice,  3  ealle 
hierosolima-ware.  3  waeron  fram  him  ge- 
fullode.  on  iordanes  flode  hyra  synna 
anddetenne ; 

6  And  iohannes  waes  gescryd  mid  oluen- 
des  haeruw?.  3  fellen  gyrdel  waes  ymbe  his 
lendenu.    3  gserstapan  3  wudu  hunig  he  aet. 

7  3  he  bodude  3  cwaeS.  strengra  cymS 
aefter  me.  paes  ne  eom  ic  wyrSe  f  ic  his 
sceona  pwanga  bugende  uncnytte. 

8  Ic  fullige  eow  on  waetere.  he  eow  ful- 
laft  on  halgum  gaste. 


Various  Readings. 

Title.    So  in  A  (Camb.  Univ.  Lib.  Ii.  2.  11)  and  B 

(Bodley  441). 

Ch.  i.  v.  1.  A  omits  the  whole  verse.  2.  A.  pyne.  3.  A. 
clypigende;  A.  ge-earwia*.  4.  A.  bodigende  dastbote  ful- 
luht;  A.  forgifennysse.  5.  A.  Sdetende;  B.  anddsettenne. 
6.  A.  gescrydd.     7.  A.  bodode.     8.  B.  wajstere  (sic). 


INITIUM    SANCTI    EUANGELII 
SECUNDUM.   MAECUM 

CHAPTER   I. 

1  "     Ter  ys   godspelles   angin   haelendes  Ecce  mitto 

I     I  .  ,  angelum  meum 

J — L    criSteS  godes   SUne.  antefaciem 

.  -         ,     tuam.  qui  pre- 

2  swa  awritan  ys  on  pas  witegen  baech  parabit  mam 
ysaiam.     Nu  ich  asaende  mirane  aengel  be- 
foran  pinre  ansiene.     Se  ge-gaerewed  pinne 

weig  be-foren  pe. 

3  clepiende  stefne  on  pam  westene.  ge- 
gaerewied  drihtnes  weig.  do^  rihte  his  sySas. 

4  Iohannes  waes  on  waestene  fulgende  3 
bodiende.  deadbote  fulluht  on  senne  for- 
gyfenysse. 

5  3  to  hym  ferde  eal  iudeeisce  rice.  3 
ealle  ierosolima-ware.  3  waeren  fram  him 
ge-fullode  on  Iordanes  flode.  heore  synna 
andettenne. 

6  And  Iohannes  waes  ge-scryd  mid  olfendes 
haere.  3  fellen  gyrdel  waes  embe  his  lendene. 
1  garstapen  3  wude  hunig  he  aet. 

7  1  he  bodede  3  cwaeS.  strengre  kymS 
aefter  me.  pas  ne  aem  ich  wurSe  ~p  ic  his 
scone  pwange  bugende  un-cnette. 

8  Ich  fullige  eow  on  waetere.  he  eow 
fulled  on  halgen  gaste. 

Various  Readings. 

Title.    So  in  MS.  Hatton  38  mid  MS.  Royal  1.  A.  14. 

Ch.  i.  v.  1.  halendes.  2.  awriten;  witeganbec;  ic  asende; 
mine;  ansyne;  ge-garewa5;  weg  beforan.  3.  clepigende 
stefen;  ge-garwia*;  weg.  4.  westene;  dsedbote  fulwyht; 
synna.  5.  eall  iudeisca;  waeron;  hyora.  6., was;  oluendes; 
lscndenne.  7.  strengra  cymfc;  pees;  ic;  scona  pwanga; 
un-cnytte.    8.  fulloS ;  halgura. 


V 


0NGINNE8  GODSPELL  METER  M.NRCUM 

INCIPIT    EUANGELIUM    SECUNDUM    MARCUM. 


MAECUS    LEO. 


CAP.  I. 

frfima         godspelles    haelendes    crist      sunu  godes         suae       awritten        is       in      esaia      Sone  witgo 
1    *Initium     euangelii     ihesu     christi    fili     dei     2   sicut    scriptum     est     in     esaia    propheta.  *  I>  J.J-1 » 

lu.  lxx. 
heonu  engel  min      befora  onsione      Sin     seSe    foregearuas     wege       Sin 

ecce  mitto   angelum   meum    ante   faciem   tuam   qui  praeparabit  uiam   tuam. 


stefn     cliopendes 
3  *Uox  clamantis  *  2.  i. 

lu.  vii.  io.  x. 


in     woestern   gearuas     woeg   drihtnes     rehta     doefc-twyrcas   stiga-l'geongas     his 
in    deserto    parate    uiam  domini    rectas        facite  semitas        eius. 


waes       iohannes       in 
*Fuit     iohannes     in  *  3.  vi. 


woestern    gefulwade      3        bodade 


fulwiht  hreownisses 


on       forgefnisse 


synna 


deserto    baptizans    et   praedicans    baptismuin    paenitentia?    in    remissionem    peccatorum 


3 
et 


foerende  waes-tfoerde    to      him         all        iudaea      16nd      3    Sa  hierusolomisco  waras       alle         3     weoron  gefulwad 
egrediebatur        ad  ilium   omnis    iudae    regio   et        hierosolimitae        uniuersi   et  baptizabantur 


from    him    in    Iordanenes    stream       ondetende        synno       hiora 
ab     illo    in     iordane    flumine    confitentes   peccata    sua. 


3      waes        iohannes       gegerelad  miS 
6     *Et   erat      iohannes         uestitus      *  *■  '• 


heruni   camelles    3    gyrdils    fellera      ymb         sido        his      3      lopestro    3      wudu  hunig    -J5  waexes  on  wudu  binde 
pilis    cameli   et    zona  pellicia  circa  lumbos  eius  et  lucustas  et  mel  siluestrae 

brGcende  waas-rgebrec  3  bodade  cuoefcende      cymes-reword    strongre      mec        a?fter    mec      his-r'Sses 

edebat.  7    et    praedicabat     dicens  uenit         fortior       me       post     me       cuius 


lu.  x.  io.  vi. 
nit.  xi. 


nam         ic         wyrSe    fore-hlutende       undoa         Suongas  sc6e  his 

non     sum    dignus  procumbens    soluere    corrigiam    calciamentorum    eius. 

mi?  waetre    he    autedlice     gefulwas        iwih    miS  gaast     halig 
aqua      ille      uero     baptizabit    uos      spt'n'to    sane  to. 


ic         fulwade      iwih 
8    ego    baptizaui    uos 


Cap.  I.  1.  on  fruma  godspelles  haelendes  cristes  sunu  godes  2.  swa  awriten  is  in  esaia  )>one  witgu  henu 
ic  sende  engel  min  beforan  onseone  )>ine  &e\>e  foregearwaS  weg  )jinre  3.  stemn  cliopande  in  westenne  gearwigaS 
weig  drihtnes  rehte  wyrcaJ>-tdoaS  stige+gongas  his  4.  waes  iohannes  in  westenne  gefulwade  3  bodade  fullwiht 
hreownisse  in  forgefnisse  synna  5.  3  faarende  wses-rfoerde  to  him  alle  Iudeas  londe  3  8a  hierosolimisca  alle 
3  gefullwade  from  him  in  iordanes  streame  ondetende  synna  heora  6.  3  waes  iohannes  gegerelad -tgewedad  miS  herum 
cameles  3  gyrdels  fellenne  ymb  lendenu  his  3  waldstapan  i  loppestra  3  wudu  huniges  f  wa;xe|>  on  wude  bendum  3  f> 
brucende  waes  7.  3  bodade  cwe]>ende  cyme);  dom  strongre  mec  aefter  me  Sees -this  nam  ic  wyrSe  fore-hlutende 
undon-Hoesan  );wongas  gescoas  his  8.  ic  fulwade  eowic  in  waetre  he  wiotudlice  gefulwaS  eowic  miS  gaste 
halgum 


B 


10 


Et  factum  est 
in  diebus  illis 
uenit  ihest/s  a 
nazareth.  A. 


Venit  ihesua 
in  galileam 
predicans 
euangeiium. 


Et  preteriens 
sccus  mare 
tallica'.   A. 


9  1  on  *6&m  dagum  com  se  haelend  fram 
nazareth  galilee  1  waes  ge-fullod  on  iordane 
frawa  iohanne. 

10  1  sona  of  'Sam  waetere  he  geseah 
opene  heofonas.  1  haligne  gast  swa  culfran 
astigende  1  on  him  wunigende. 

11  3  fca  waes  stefn  of  heofenura  geworden. 
pu  eart  min  ge-lufoda  sunu  on  pe  ic  ge- 
licode ; 

12  And  sona  gast  hiue  on  westen  ge- 
nydde. 

13  1  he  on  westene  waes  feowertig  daga 
1  feowertig  nihta.  ")  he  waes  fraw?  satane 
gecostnod.  1  he  mid  wilddeorum  waes  3  him 
englas  penodon ; 

14  QJySSan  iohannes  geseald  waes.  com 
rO  se  haelend  on  galileam  godes  rices. 

god  spell  bodigende 

15  1  pus  cweSende.  witodlice  tid  is  ge- 
fylled  1  heofena  rice  genealaecS.  doS  daed- 
bote  1  gelyfap  pam  godspelle. 

16  1  pa  he  ferde  wrS  pa  galileiscan  see. 
he  geseah  simone/rc  1  andreaw  his  broSor 
hyra  nett  on  pa  sae  laetende.  SoSlice  hi 
waeron  fisceras ; 

17  And  pa  cwaeS  se  haelend  cumaS  asiter 
me  1  ic  do  inc  ~p  gyt  beoS  sawla  onfonde. 

18  1  hi  pa  hraedlice  him  fyligdon.  1  for- 
leton  heora  net. 

19  3  San  on  hwon  agan  he  geseah  iacobura 
1  zebedei  1  iohannes  his  broSor.  1  hi  on 
heora  scype  heora  nett  logodon. 

20  1  he  hi  sona  clypode.  3  hi  heora 
fseder  zebedeo  on  scipe  forleton.  mid  hyr- 
linguw. 


Various  Readings. 

9.  A.  has  And  (with  illuminated  initial).  A.  galilese. 
10.  A.  heofenas.  11.  A.  gelufeda.  13.  A.  eostnod.  A.  bene- 
don.  14.  A.  godspel;  B.  3  godspell.  16.  A.  geseh.  A. 
broSer.  A.  heora.  A.  hyg  [for  hi].  17.  A.  ge-do.  18.  A. 
hig  [for  hi].  A.  nett.  19.  A.  banen.  (A.  omits  1  before 
zebedei).    A.  hig.     B.  net.    A.  logedon.     20.  A.  hig  (bis). 


9 


On  bam  dagen  com  se  haelend  fram  Uenit  ihesm 
'  .,.  -.-.*  nazareth 

nazareth  galilee 


1  W32S   ffe-fullod  galilCe  •}  bap- 
°  tizatus  est  a 

iohanne  in 
iordane. 

waetere.     he  ge-seah 


on  Iordane  fram  Iohanne 

10  1    sone   of  bam 
opene  heofenes  1  haligne  gast  swa  culfran 
astigende.     1  on  hym  wunede. 

11  1  pa  waes  stefen  ofheofene  puscweSende 
pu  ert  min  ge-lufede  sune.  on  Se  ic  ge- 
licode. 

12  And  sone  gast  hine  on  westen  ge- 
nedde. 

13  "i  he  on  westene  waes  feortig  dagen. 
}  feortig  nihte.  !!  he  waes  fram  sathanas 
ge-costned.  1  he  mid  wilde  deoren  waes.  1 
hym  aengles  beneden. 

14  OlydSe  iohannes  ge-seald  waes  com  Preteriens 


S> 


ih<?sws  sccus 

se  haelend  on  galileam  godes  rices,  mare  gaiiie<< 

godspell  bodiende  nem  0  andre- 

15  3  bus  cweSende.    Witodlice  tyd  is  ge-  ems  mittemes 
fylled.     1  heofene   rice   ge-neohlaecS.     doSre 
dead-bote  )  ge-lefeS  bam  godspelle. 

16  1  pa  he  ferde  wiS  pa  galileiscae  sae. 
He  ge-seah  symonera  ~i  andream  his  broker 
heore  nytt  on  pare  sae  laetende.  soSlice  hyo 
waeren  fissceras. 

17  1  pa  cwaeS  se  haelend  cumeS  aefter  me. 
1  ic  do  gunc  paet  gyt  beoS  sawla  on-fonde. 

18  1  hyo  pa  raedlice  hym  felgdon  1  for- 
leten  heore  nytt. 

19  "}  panen  hwon  agan.  he  ge-seah  iaco- 
bum  zebedei  1  iohannes  his  broker.  ")  hyo  on 
heore  scype  hyre  nyt  logeden. 

20  1  he  hyo  sona  clepede  1  hyo  heora  fader 
zebedeo  on  scype  for-leten  mid  hyrlingen. 


Various  Readings. 

9.  dagu?».  10.  sona:  watera.  11.  heofenum;  ge-worden 
[for  bus  cweSende];  eart.  12.  sona;  genydde.  13.  feo- 
wertig daga  3  feowertig  nihta ;  satanas  costod ;  wildeorum 
was;  englas  benedon.  14.  SySSe;  halend;  bodigende. 
15.  heofone  riche  ge-neahlacfc;  ded-bote;  ge-lyfaS.  16. 
galileisca;  broSor  hyra;  bara;  lsettende;  soSlic;  waren 
fisceras.  17.  inc  [for  gunc].  18.  hin  [so;  for  hyra]; 
fvligdun;  hyra  nyt.  19.  banan ;  brSor  [*ol;  heora;  hyora 
nytt  logoden.      20.  3  he  hi;  for-lajtenum;  hyrlingum. 


II.  6.  i. 
xiii.  io.  xv. 
mt.  xiiii. 


11 

3     aworden  wses  in   dagum  Ssem  cuom  se  hse-1'  from    nazareth  Seer  byrig  3       gefulwad    wses 

9   *Et  factum    est  in  diebws  illis  uenit  ihesus     a  nazareth  galilaeae   et  baptizatus  est  "uJ 

in     iordanen    from      iohanne  3  sona  astag  of     wsetre     ge-sseh     unlyndo      heofnas       3 

in     iordane     ab      iohanne.  10    et     statim      ascendens     de     aqua     uidit     apertos     caelos      et 

gaast         swelce  culfre  of-stigende         3       wunigende     in  Ssem-Ton  him  3       stefn   geworden 

spiritum  tamquam   columbam    descendentem    et    manentem  in    ipso  11     et     uox      facta 

waes    of  heofnum   Su    arS     sunu      min  leaf        on    Sec  _  ic  wel  licade  3     sona  Se       gast  draf 

est    de    caelis    tu    e"s    Alius   nieus  dilectus   in     te"     complacui.        12   *Et  statim  spiritus   expellit  *  6-  "• 

1  lu.  xv.  mt.  xv. 

hine     on       woestern  3       wses     in     woestern     feoertig    daga      3      feortig     nsehta         3     wa3s  acunnad 

eum    in    desertum.  13    et    erat    in    deserto        xl      diebws  et       xl      noctibws    et    temtabatur 

from  Ssem  wiSerwearde      3  wses      mi*   wilde  Aeorum  3     englas        geherdon       him  sifter  Son   Sonne-l'Sa 

a  satana    *Eratque  cum       bestiis      et  angeli   ministrabant  illi  14   tlJostquain    autern     *  7- vi. 

■  °  ^  mt.  xvu. 

t  8-  '▼• 
ge-sald     wees      iohannes    cuom   se  hse-P   in         galilea  bodade  godspell  rices     godes  3 

traditus    est     iohannes  uenit      ihs      in     galilaeam    *Praedicans    euangelium    regni     dei  15    et  •'g. 


IO.   XXVI. 

mt.  xviii. 

vi. 
mt.  xx. 


cuoeSende      forSon  gefylled        is  tid  3         to-geneolecde  ric        godes      hreowigas        3      gelefes 

dicens     quoniam    impletum    est    tempus    et    appropinquauit    regnum    dei     paenitemini   et    credite 

to  godspell  3  fserende  SBt  safe  galilses      ge-sseh  Sone  simon    3         andreas        broker 

euangelio.  16    *Et    praeteriens     secus     mare     galilaeae    uidit    simonem     et     andream     fratrem  *  III. 

his    hia  sendende  bnetta    in        sae       weron    forSon       flsceras  3     cuoeS  him  se  hfelend  cymaS  softer 

eius     mittentes     retia     in    mare    erant   enim    piscatores.         17    *Et    dixit  ei.s     ihesus    uenite   post  *  10.  ii. 

lu.  xxxii. 

mt.  xxi. 
mec   3     ic  ge-do  iuih    i*  ge  sie       flsceras  monna  3     hreconlice  miSSy  forleorton-l'forletnum  nettum 

me   et   faciam   uos       fieri        piscatores    hominum.         18  et        protinus  relictis   retibws 

fylgendo  weron    him  3  foerde         Sona    lytel  huon   gesseh       iacob     zebeSies  sunu    3  Sone  iohannem 

secuti     sunt   eum.       19   *Et   progressus   inde   pusillum   uidit   iacobum     zebedsei      et     iohannen     *  n.  vi. 

mt.  xxii. 

Sone  broSer    his       3     Sa  ilco-thia    in      scip  gesetton         Sa  netto  3        sona       geceigde      hia        3 

fratrem      ejus    et        ipsos        in     naui    componentes     retia.  20    et    statim     uocauit     illos     et 

miSSy  forleort   faeder    his      zebedeus     in     scip      mis     Sam    celmertmonnum    fylgedon-rfylgende    weron    hine -l' him 
relicto        patre  suo    zebedaeo   in    naui    cum         mercinnariis  secuti  sunt        eum. 


'.).  3  aworden  wees  in  dagum  Seem  cwom  \>e  hselend  from  nazareS  Jisere  byrig  to  galilea  3  gefulwad  waes  in 
iordanen  from  iohanne  10.  3  onstyde  astag  of  wsetre  geseh  ontynde  heofunas  3  gastes  halga  swilce  culfra  of 
dune  stigende  3  wuniende  in  him -r  in  Stem  11.  3  stsefn  geworden  wees  of  heofune  (>u  eart  sunu  min  leof  on 
Se  ic  wel  licade  12.  3  sona  Se  gast  draf  hine  on  westen  13.  3  wees  on  westen  feowertig  daga  3  feowertig 
ncehta  3  wees  acunnad  from  \>mm  wiSerwearda  wses  *miS  wilde  deorum  3  englas  gejiegnedon  4"  herdon  him. 
14.  Defter  J>on  wutudlice  gesald  wees  iohannes  com  se  hse-1'  in  galilea  bodade  godspelles  rice  godes  15.  3 
cwejjende  for(>on  gefylled  is  tide  3  to-genealacede  rice  godes  hreowsia}>  3  gelefa^  in  godspell  16.  3  fserende 
bi  see  galilea  gesaeh  simonem  -)5  is  petrus  3  andreas  broSer  his  hia  sendende  nett  on  sse  werun  forjjon  fisceres 
17.  3  cwsejj  heom  to  se  hse-t  cuma)?  softer  me  3  gedoa  eowic  f  ge  beo]?anl'ge  seon  fisceres  monnum  18.  3  ricenlice 
miS)3y  forleten  nett  fylgende  werun  him  19.  3  foerde  )?onan  lytel  hwon  geseeh  iacobus  zebedes  sunu  3  Iohannes 
broSer  his  3  )>a  ilea  J-  hia  in  scip  gesetton  f>  nett  20.  3  sona-tSariht  geceigde  hia  3  miS);y  forlet  fseder  his 
zebedeus  in  scipe  miS  ^sem  hyremonnum  fylgende  waerun  him 

B2 


12 


Erat  enint 
docens  eos 
quasi  potesta- 
temhabens.  A. 


E\  p minus 
egredientes  de 
sinagoga  uene- 
runt  in  domum 
aymonis  et  an 
drese.  A. 


21  1  ferdon  to  cafarnau/w  3  sona  reste- 
dagwn  he  laerde  hi  on  gesamnunge.  inganc- 
gende 

22  1  hi  wundredon  be  his  lare ; 

Soblice   he   waes   hi    laerende    swa   se    be 
anweald  haefS.  naes  swa  boceras. 

23  1  on  heora  gesamnunge  waes  sum  man. 
on  unclaenu/w  gaste  3  he  hrymde 

24  1  cwaeS  eala  nazarenisca  haelend  hwaet 
is  us  1  be.  com  Su  us  to  for-spillanne.  ic  wat 
bu  eart  godes  halga; 

25  Da  cidde  se  haelend  hivi  1  cwaeS  a- 
dumba.     1  ga  of  bisiww  men. 

26  1  se  unclaena  gast  hine  slitende  1  my- 
celre  stefne  clypiende  him  of  eode ; 

27  pa  wundredon  hi  ealle  swa  -p  hi  be- 
twux  him  cwaedon.  hwaet  ys  bis.  hwaet  is 
beos  niwe  lar.  -f  he  on  anwealde  unclaenujra 
gastum  bebyt.  1  hi  hyrsumiaB  him. 

28  7  sona  ferde  his  hllsa  to  galilea  rice ; 

29  TTraedlice  of  hyra  gesawmunge  hi 
JL_L  comon  on  simonis  1  andreas  hus. 

mid  iacobe  1  lohanne; 

30  SoSlice  ba  saet  simonis  swegr  hriSi- 
gende  3  hi  him  be  hyre  saedon. 

313  ge-nealaecende  he  hi  up  ahof  hyre 
handa  ge-gripenre.  1  hraedlice  se  fefor  hi 
forlet.    1  heo  ben  ode  him  ; 

32  SoSlice  ba  hit  wess  sefen  geworden  ba 
sunne  to  setle  eode.  hi  brohton  to  him  ealle 
ba  unhalan.   7  ba  Se  wode  waeron. 

33  1  eall  seo  burh-waru  waes  ge-gaderod  to 
baere  duran. 


gressus  syna- 
gogam  docebat 
eos. 


Various  Readings. 

21.  A.  capharnaum;  B.  Capernaum.  A.  hig.  A.  in- 
gangende.  22.  A.  hig  (bis).  23.  A.  gesomnunge.  25.  A. 
byssum.  26.  A.  clypigende.  27.  A.  hig  (bis).  A.  he-tweox. 
A.  hig.  29.  A.  ge-somnunge;  B.  gesamnuncge.  A.  hig. 
A.  symones.  30.  A.  symones.  A.  sweger;  B.  swegr  (altered 
to  sweger).  A.  hriSiende.  A.  hig.  31.  A.  hig.  A.  fefer 
hig.       32.  A.  sefen  wses.  A.  hig.     33.  A.  dura. 


21  3  ferden  to  capharnaum.     1  sone  reste-  ingredieme 

1  \neaui  caphar 

dagen  he  laerde  hyo  on  ge-samnunge  ingan-  °JJS£^" 
gende. 

22  1  hyo  wundreden  be  his  lare. 

SoSlice   he   waes  hyo  laerende  swa  se  be 
anweald  haefS.     naes  swa  bokeres. 

23  1  on  heore  samnunge  waes  sum  mann 
unclaenen  gaste.    3  he  rymde 

24  1  cwseS.  eala  nazarenisca  haelend  hwaet 
is  us  1  be.  come  bu  us  for-spillan.  Ich 
wat  bu  ert  godes  halge. 

25  Pa  kydde  se  haelend  hym  1  cwaeS.  a- 
dumbe  1  ga  of  bisen  menn. 

26  1  se  unclaene  gast  hine  slytende  1  my- 
celere  stefne  cleopiende  him  of-eode. 

27  Da  wundreden  hyo  ealle.  swa  ~p  hyo 
be-twexeo  heom  cwaeSen.  hwaet  is  bis.  hwaet 
is  beos  niewe  lar.  -f  he  on  anwealde  unclae- 
nen gasten  be-beott.    7  hyo  hersumieS  hym. 

28  1  sona  ferde  his  hlysa  to  galilea-riche. 

29  A  nd  raedlice  of  hyora  samnunge  he  Egredieme 

l\  *      _  °  lhesa  de  syna- 

XA.  com  en  on  symonis  "i  andreas  hus  g°sa  uenit  in 

•  domum  symo- 

mid  iacobe  1  iohanne.  ni»  j  andreas. 

30  SoSlice  ba  saet  symones  swerger  hresi- 
gende.     1  hyo  hym  be  hyre  saegden. 

31  D  ge-neahlacende  he  hyo  up  ahof  hire 
handa  ge-gripenre.  "i  hraedlice  se  feofer  hi 
for-let.     1  hyo  benode  him. 

32  SoSlice  ba  hit  waes  aefen  ge-worSen  ba 
sunne  to  settle  eode.  hy  brohten  to  hym 
ealle  ba  un-haelen.     1  ba  be  wode  waeren 

33  "J  eall  syo  burhware  waes  ge-gadered  to 
bare  dure 


Various  Readings. 

21.  sona;  dagum.  22.  laare;  lerende;  anweld;  boceras. 
23.  here;  was;  man  on  unctenum.  24.  nazareniscea ;  eart. 
25.  cedde;  bisummen.  27.  wundredon;  be-twuxeom;  nywe; 
anwalde  uncloenum  gastum  be-beot ;  hersumiafc.  28.  rice. 
29.  End  hrseddlice;  hyra;  hi  comon.  30.  simonis  swegr 
hriSigende;  soegdon.  31.  ge-neahlsecende ;  hyo  [for  hi]; 
heo  [for  hyo].  32.  afen  geworden;  hio [/or  hy];  un-halan. 
33.  seo  burhwara;  gegaderod;  dura. 


13 

3        infoerden       capharnaww  Sa  burug    3        sona  ineode-tfoerde  to  somnung      laerde      hia 

21  *Et  ingrediuntur        capharnaum         et   statim   sabbatis     ingressus    synagogawi  docebat  eos.  "  12.  yiii. 

3    swigdon-tstyldon    ofer  lar  his     wees  forSon  laerende    hia   swaelce  he        maoht      haebbende -thaefde 

22  *Et     stupebant     super   doctrina  eius  erat  enim   docens   eos     quasi     potestatem         habens        *  13.  ii. 

r  r  lu.  ini.  xxim. 

3      ne      suse      uSuta  3      wees    in      somnung       hiora      monn     in       gast         Unclsene       3       of-cliopade 

et  non  sicut  scribae       23  *Et    erat   in   synagoga   eorura    homo    in   spiritu   inmundo    et    exclamauit  *  1III.  14.  viii. 

In.  xxv. 

cuoeSjende-  huaet        us        3       Se  Su  haelend  Se  nazare  cwome  Su    losige-Ho  losane    fisig    ic   wat  hwaet  Su    arS 
24  dicens     quid    nobis    et  tibi      ihu       nazarene    uenisti  perdere  nos     scio       quis       6a 

haligwer   godes  3  bebead  him  se  haelend  cwoeSende    suiga  Su       3     gaa     of  Seem  menn  3 

sanctus    del       25  et  comminatus  est   ei      ihesws       dicens    obmutesce  et  exi   de    homine.       26  et 

bidtende-tbat    bine      se  gast         unclaenae         3      of-clioppende    stefne   micla-rTniS  micle  stefne    of-eode    from    him 
discerpens     eum    spiritus     inmundus     et     exclamans  uoce  magna        exiuit     ab      eo. 

3     wundrande  weron        alle       Sus     -pte   hia  gefregndon   bituih   him  cuoeSende    huaat  Saet       is       Sis    huaelc 

27  et     mirati      sunt     omnes    ita    ut     conquirerent    inter    se     dicentes    quidnam    est    hoc    quae 

lar        Sius-tSas   niua    forSon-t-pte    in         mseht  3  gastum        uncleenum        hatas         3     eSmodigaS   him 

doctrina     hsec     noua       quia       in    potestate    et    spiritibws    inmundis    imperat    et   oboediunt    ei. 

3     foerde-tgesprang  mersung-tmerSu    his      hraSe     in        all  16nd  galileae  3       recone 

28  et        processit  rumor  eius   statim   in   omnem  regionem  galilaeae.       29  *Et  protinus  •  V.  is.  ii. 

r  lu.  xxvi. 

ta    t   .      .  mt.  lxvi.  [i.] 

foerdon  of      somnunge        cuomon        in  hus  symones      3       andresB       miS       lacob        3 

egredientes    de    synagoga    uenerunt    in    domum     simonis    et    audreae    cum    iacobo    et     iohanne. 

gelegen  wses  8a  swer       symones    febrende  wees     3         sona     cuoeSaS-l'cuedon   him    of  Saer^of  Saem 

30  decumbebat    autem     socrus    simonis     i'ebricitans     et    statim         dicunt  ei         de   ilia. 

3     cwom-tgeneolecde      ahof       Sa  ilea      3     miSSy  ge-grippen  waBS    hond      his        3       reconlice      forleort      hia 

31  et        accedens        eleuauit     earn     et  praehensa  manu   eius     et    continuo   dimisit   earn 

hSl  from  februm  3     ge-emb-ehtade   him  efern       Sonne-tuuted/Jce-tSa  gewarS    miSSy    to  sett  eade    sunna 

febris         et     ministrabat    eis.  32   uespere  autem  lacto      cum     occidisset      sol 

geferedon-tgebrohton     to       him  alle  yfle        haebbende      3         diowbla        haebbende  3        waes 

afferebant  ad     eum     omnes     male     habentes     et     demonia     habentes.  33     et      erat 

all  ceastre-talle  burgwaras      gesomnad      to  duru-Ho  gait 
omnis   ciuitas  congregata     ad   ianuam. 


21.    3   infoerdun    caphamaurfKbBere  byrg    3    sona    reste-dagas    infoerde i ineode    to    somnu[n]gum    gelaerde   hia 

22.  3    swigadun -r  stylton    ofer   laere^iijs   wees   for(ion   laerende   hia   swilce-tswa  haemaehte   haefde  3    no    swa   uSwutu 

23.  3  waes  in  somnungum  heora  monn  in  gaste  unclaenum  3  oft  cleopade  24.  cwaefiende  hwaet  us  3  Se  \>v 
haelend  Sob  nazarenisca  come  )>u  to  losane -r  lorene  usic  ic  wat  hwaet  |>u  \)U  eart  halig  god  25.  3  bebeod-1' 
beboden  is  him  se  hsa-f  cwaBSende  swiga  Jju  3  gaa  of  Seem  menn  gast  unclaene  26.  3  bitende -r  bat  bine  gast 
Se  unclaene  3  of-cliopande  staefne  micelre  i  miccle  3  ofeode  from  him  27.  3  wundrende  wserun  alle  )>us  fte  hie 
frugno-rascadun  betwihe  heom  cwe}>ende  hwaet  f  is  J?is  hwile  lar  t>ios-tSas  niowa  is  for(>on  in  machte  3  gastum 
unclamum  hata(>  3  edmodaS  him  28.  3  sprang -t  foerde  mersung -r  merSo  his  sona  i  instyde  -r  raefie  in  eallum  hvem 
londe  galilaeae  29.  3  recene  foerde  of  somnunga  comon  in  hus  . .  .  f  is  petrus  3  andreas  mis  iacob  3  iohannes 
30.  gelegen  waes  wutudlice  swaegre  .  .  .  $  is  petrus  fefer  drifende  3  ied\>e  cweduh  to  him  of  J^aem-tof  f>8Bre  31.  > 
com  geneolacede  ahof  Sa  ilea  3  miS^y  gegripen  waes  hond  his  3  ricenlice  forlet  hio  hal  from  ridesolite+gedrif  3 
ge()aBignade  heom  32.  aefen  wutudlice  )?a  gewarS  miS)>y  to  sete  eode  sunne  gefoerdun  i  brohtun  to  him  alle  £a 
ytte  haebbende  3  deoful  hoebende       33.  3  waes  alle  caestre -r  burg  gesomnad  to  dore-tgeat. 


14 


34  "]  he  manega  gehaelde  pe  missenlicum 
adlum  gedrehte  waeron.  }  manega  deofol- 
seocnyssa  he  ut  adraf.  3  hi  sprecan  ne  let. 
forpara  hi  wiston  -p  he  crist  was; 

35  And  swiBe  £er  arisende  he  ferde.  on 
weste  stowe  1  hine  par  gebaed 

36  3  him  fyligde  simon.  1  pa  Be  mid 
him  waeron. 

37  1  pa.  hi  hine  gemetton  hi  saedon  hi///, 
eall  Jus  folc  Be  secB ; 

38  pa  cwaeB  he  fare  we  on  ge-hende  tunas 
1  ceastra.  -p  ic  Bar  bodige.  witodlice  to  'Sam 
ic  corn. 

39  1  he  waas  hodigende  on  heora  ge-sam- 
nungum  1  ealre  galilea.  1  deofol-seocnessa 
ut  adrifende  •, 

Dys  sceai  40      A  nd  to  hi///  com  sum  hreofla  hine 

on  wodnes-dfEg  / »  # 

on  pare  fifteo-  xl  biddende.     !!    gebigedww   cneo- 

Sanwucanofer  ••»•  i.   1* 

pem*Mc<«n      vfum  him  to  cwaep ;  Drihten.   gil  pu  wylt  ou 
Et  uenit  ad      nriht  ee-claensian  me ; 

eum  leprosus  D  i      -»        i  i  <•  -it 

deprecans  eum      41    SoBlice  se  haelend  him  ge-miltsode.    J 

et  genu  flexo  -  ,  5,  ,      ,    , 

Mxii  domine  si  his  hand  apenode  1  nine  aet-hnnende  J  pus 
mundare.  a.    cwaeB;  Ic  wylle.    beo  Bu  geclaensod. 

42  1  pa  he  Bus  cwaeB  sona  seo  hreofnys 
him  Warn  ge-wat.    1  he  wees  geclaensod. 

43  3  sona  he  bead  him 

44  1  cwaeB.  warna  -p  Bu  hit  nanum  men 
ne  secge.  ac  ga  3  aet-yw  Be  para  sacerda 
ealdre.  }  bring  forBinre  claensunga-p  moyses 
bebead  him  on  ge-witnesse. 

45  1  he  pa  ut-gangende  ongan  bodian  1 
widmaersian  pa  spraece;  Swa  -p  he  ne  mihte 
openlice  on  pa  ceastre  gan.  ac  beon  ute 
on  westu/w  stowu/w  1  hi  aeghwanon  to  him 
com  on. 


Various  Readings. 

34.   A.  mislicum.      A.  deofel-seocnyssa.      A.  hig  (bis). 
37.  A.  hig  (bis).      38.  B.  witolice.      39.  A.  gesomnungum. 

A.  ealle.  A.  deofel-seocnessa.  40.  In  the  rubric,  B  has 
pentecosten.  B.  biddend.  B.  cweowum  (altered  to  cneowum). 
41.  A.  apenede.  A.  om.  1  before  j>us.     42.  A.  hreofnes.     43. 

B.  bend  [for  bead].  44.  A.  ge-wytnysse.  45.  A.  agan 
[for  ongan].  A.  hig  [for  hi]. 


34  1  he  manega  ge-haelde ;  pe  mistlicen 
adle  ge-drehte  waeren.  1  manege  deofol- 
seocnysse  he  ut  a-draf.  3  hyo  sprecen  ne 
leten  for  pan  pe  hyo  wisten  paet  he  crist  wses. 

35  And  swiBe  aer  sunne  arisende  he  ferde 
on  weste  stowe.     1  hine  paer  ge-baed. 

36  1  hym  fylgede  symon  1  pa  pe  mid  hym 
waeren. 

37  7  pa  pe  hine  ge-metten  hyo  saigden 
hym.     eall  pis  folc  pe  seed. 

38  pa  cwaeB  he  fare  we  on  gehende  tunas 
"}  ceastres  -p  ic  paer  bodige.  Witodlice  to  pam 
ic  com. 

39  1  he  waes  bodiende  on  heore  samnenge 
1  ealre  galileas.  1  deofel-seocnyssa  ut-adri- 
fende. 


40    |jlnd  to  hym  com  sum  reofela  hine  Uenit  ad  iesum 

,.,,        ,      ,  ,     •     i  i  leprosus  depre- 

biddende  J  beigden  cneowen  hym  cans  eum  -y 
Drihten  gyf  pu  wilt  pu  miht  ge-  dixit,  nomine 

si  uis  potes  me 


E 


to  cwaeB 
claensien  me. 

41  SoBIice  se  haelend  hine  ge-miltsede  1 
his  hand  a-penode  1  hine  aet-hrinede  1  pus 
cwaeB.     Ic  wille.  byo  pu  ge-claensed. 

42  1  pa  he  pus  cwaeB ;  sona  syo  reoflyss 
him  fram  ge-wat.     1  he  waes  ge-claensed. 

43  1  sone  he  baed  hym 

44  7  cwaeB.  warne  paet  pu  hit  nanen  menn 
ne  segge.  ]  ga  ]  atewe  pe  pare  sacerda 
ealdre.  7  bring  for  pinre  claensunge  -p  moyses 
be-bead  on  ge-witnysse. 

45  1  he  pa  ut-gangende  on-gan  bodien  1 
wiB-maersian  pa  spraece.  swa  -p  he  ne  mihte 
openlice  on  pa  ceastre  gan.  ac  bye  ute  on 
westeu  stowen.  3  hyo  aighwanen  to  hym 
comen. 


Various  Headings. 

34.  mislicura  adlum;  wajron;  manega  deofol-seocnyssa ; 
let;  wiston.  35.  sunne  omitted.  36.  fylygde;  wseron. 
37.  1  )ja  hyo ;  gemetton ;  ssegden ;  seefc.  38.  ceastras.  39. 
hyra  samnuwge  1  ealra;  deofol-seocnyssa.  40.  reofola; 
gebigdum  cneowum.  41.  him  ge-miltsode;  apenede;  set- 
hrinende;  ge-claensod.  42  reofnyss;  ge-claensod.  43.  sona; 
bead  or  beod.  44.  warna  pset  pa  [sic];  nanum  men;  secge; 
ac  ga  3  setyw ;  ealdra ;  (jinra  clsensunga.  45.  bodian ;  beon 
ute;  westum  stowuw;  aeghwanon;  comon. 


15 

3     lecnade -i  gemde    raonigo    SaSe   geswoenced   woere-tweron   gesuoencde      missenlicum         adlum  3 

34    et  curauit         rnultos    qui  uexabantur  uariis       languoribus   et 

dioblas     menigo  he  fordraf  ut-tafirde    3    nalde  leta  spreca  biatne  lefde  hia  to  spreccanne    forSon       wiston      hine 
demonia  multa  eiciebat  *Et  non   sinebat  loqui  ea     quoniam  sciebant  eum  *  16.  viii. 

lu.  xxvii. 
3     on  sering  suiSe       aras      foerde -tfaerend  Sona  eode  on  woestigum  stouo-l'styd    3  Ser       gebsed  3 

35  *Et  diluculo  ualde  surgens      egressus         abiit      in  desertum     locum    ibique    orabat.  36   et  *  17.  viii. 

lu.  xxviii. 

fylgend    wses    him     simon      3     SaSe    miS     hine    woeron  3     miSSy     on-fundon       hine       cuedon     him 

secutus    est    eum    simon    et    qui    cum    illo    erant.  37   et    cum    inuenissent   eum   dixerunt   ei 

forSon-t  fte     alle  soecaS      See  3    cuoeS  to   him   gse  we-twutuwj  geonga    in      Sa  neesto        16nd       3 

quia       omnes  quaerunt   t&  38    et      ait       illis        eamus  in    proximos     uicos    et 

8a  ceastre     f    ec      8er  ic  hodiga       3    to  Sis   forSon  ic  cwom  3       wees        bodande        in    somnungum 

ciuitates    ut    et   ibi    praedicem    et   hoc      enim  ueni.  39   et     erat     prsedicans    in    sinagogys 


hiora        3        alle        galilese       3  diobles       fordraf-tworpend  3       cwom      to       him      licSrower 

] 

int.  lxiii. 


eorum    et    omni    galilaea    et     daemonia         eiciens.  40   *Et     uenit     ad     eum     leprosus  *  VI-  18-  »• 

lu.  xxxiii. 


baad    hine-tgiornede    hine     3   miS  cnew-beging  cuoeS  gif  Su    wilt    Su    moeht  meh    geclsensiga  se   hse-t 

deprsecans         eum    et    genu   flexo     dixit      si       uis      potes      me     mundare.  41    ihesws 

8a    waas    milsande   his      ge-rahte       hond         his      3    gehran-thrinande   him   cueS    to   him    ie   willo   geclsensiga 
autem     miseratus    eiu3   extendit  manum  suam  et        taugens         eum      ait  illi  uolo      mundare. 

3    mi88y    gecueS       s6na  foerde      frowj    him    Siu  riofol     3       geclaansad      webs  3  behead 

42  et    cum  dixisset  statim   discessit     ab     eo       lepra      et     mundatus     est.         43    et   comminatus 

him    sona      draf      hine  3    cuoeS  him  to    gesih    8u    f>   naanigum   menn   8u  coe8e    ah     gaa      sed-eaw 

ei   statim  eicit  ilium.  44   et       dicit      ei       uide  nemini  dixeris   sed  uade   ostende 

Sec  Ssem   aldor  sacerda        3      gef    fore      clsensunge       Sin   8a  Se       heht        moises    in         cySnisse        him 

t6    principi        sacerdotum  et  offer  pro  emundatione  tua  quae  praecipit  moses   in  .testimonium  illis. 

soS     he       foerde      ongann      bodiga        3       mersiga        -J5  word      Sus   fte    uutedlice     ne      maehte      ewunga 
45  •Et   ille  egressus  coepit  praedicare  et  diffamare  sermonem  ita  ut       iam      non    posset  manifeste  *  19.  x. 

in  8a      ceastra      iregeonga-tirccuma    ah      uta     in  woestiguw  stowm  wses   -js   were  3  gesomnadon-r'efne-gecwomon  to 
in     ciuitatem         introire  sed  foris   in   desertis    locis         esse        et  conueniebant  ad 

him    eghuona-rfrom  halfe  gehuelc 
eum  undique. 


34.  3  lecnade  monige  }>a  \pe  werun  geswsencte  missenlicum  adlum  3  deofles  monige  he  fordraf i  afirde  3  ne  let 
him  sprecan  forjion  he  wisten  hine  35.  3  on  scringe  swiSe  aras  3  foerde  Z  faarende  eode  in  westige  stowe  i  steyde 
3  Sser  gebaed  36.  3  fylgende  waas  him  simon  3  JjaSe  miS  him  wserun  37.  3  mi)>Sy  onfundun  hine  cwaedun 
to  him  forjion  alle  soecaji  Be  38.  3  cwse)>  to  heom  se  hse-l"  ga  we-twutu  gangan  in  \>a,  nehsto  lond  3  )>a  csestre 
fte  3  ec  Saar  ic  bodige  3  to  Sisse  for)>on  ic  com  39.  3  wses  bodande  in  somnungum  heora  3  alle  galile  3 
deoflas  fordraf  -t  forwarp  40.  3  com  to  him  licjjrowere  bed  i  bidende  him  3  mid  cneu  begende  4"  beginge  cwae)>  gif 
Su  wilt  Jm  maah  me  geclensige  41.  se  hselend  witudlice  (;a  waas  miltsende  him  gerahte  honda  his  3  hran  him 
cwse)>  to  him  ic  wille  geclaansie  42.  3  miSf>y  cwsej?  hrse[>e  foerde  from  him  ]?e  hriofal  3  geclensad  waas. 
43.  3  beboden  wses  him  hrsefie  3  draf  hine  44.  3  cwaa);  to  him  gesih  Sn  nsenegum  menn  ssecge -h  cwe(ie  ah  gaa 
aateaw  ]>e  Ssom  aldor  sacerd  3  agef  for  clsensunge  J;ine  )>a)je  heht  moyses  in  cyjmisse  Ssem  45.  soS  he  foerde 
ongan  bodige  3  msarsige  word  jius  f  wutudlice  ne  msehte  eawunga  in  8a  ceastre  ingangan-Hneode  ah  but  an 
in  westigum  stowum  wsere  3  gesomnadun  -t  efne-comon  to  him  seghwonan  from  seghwilcu?ra  halfe 


16 


CHAPTER   II. 

1  3  eft  setter  dagum  he  eode  into  cafar- 
nauwa.  3  hit  waes  ge-hyred  -p  he  waes  on  huse 

2  "i  manega  togaedere  comon.  "3  he  to 
heom  sprasc. 

3  I  hi  comon  anne  laman  to  him  herende. 
pone  feower  men  baeron. 

4  3  pa  hi  ne  mihton  hine  inbringan  for 
baere  maenigu.  hi  openodon  pone  hrof  bar 
se  haelend  waes.  3  hi  pa  in-asendan.  ~p  bed 
be  se  lama  on  laeg; 

5  SoSlice  Sa  se  haelend  geseah  heora 
geleafan.  he  cwaeS  to  bam  laman;  Sunu  be 
synt  pine  synna  for-gyfene. 

6  par  waeron  sume  of  Sam  bocerum  sit- 
tende.    1  on  heora  heortum  bencende 

7  hwi  spycS  pes  pus.  he  dysegaS.  hwa 
maeg  synna  for-gyfan  buton  god  ana ; 

8  Da  se  haelend  -p  on  his  gaste  oncneow. 
•p  hi  swa  betwux  him  pohton.  he  cwaeS  to 
him.  hwi  Sence  ge  pas  Sing  on  eowrum 
heortan. 

9  hwaeSer  is  eSre  to  secgenne  to  pam 
laman.  pe  synd  Sine  synna  forgyfene. 
hwaeSer  pe  cweSan  aris  nim  Sin  bed  1  ga. 

10  ~p  ge  soSlice  witon  -p  mannes  sunu 
haefS  anweald  on  eorSan ;  synna  to  for- 
gyfanne;  He  cwaeS  to  pam  laman 

11  pe  ic  secge  aris.  nim  pin  bed.  1  ga 
to  pinum  huse 

12  1  he  sona  aras.  1  be-foran  him  eallum 
eode;  Swa  ~p  ealle  wundredon  "i  bus  cwaedon. 
na?fre  we  aer  byllic  ne  ge-sawon. 


Various  Readings. 

Ch.  ii.  v.  1.  A.  capharnaum;  B.  Capernaum.  2.  A.hym. 
3.  A.  hig.  A.  serine.  4.  A.  hig  ne;  B.  hine  [for  hi  ne].  A. 
msenigeo;  B.  maenigum.  A.  hig  [for  hi;  bis].  A.  ope- 
nedon.  B.  }:are  [for  Jjar].  A.  in-asendon.  5.  A.  synd. 
B.  forgifen.  6.  A.  heortan.  7.  A.  hwig  sprycfc.  8.  A. 
hig.  A.  betweox.  A.  hwig.  A.  heortum.  9.  A.  ge8re  [for 
efcre].  A.  secganne.  A.  inserts  0  before  nim.  A.  bedd. 
1 1.  A.  bedd.       12.  A.  heom  [for  him]. 


CHAPTER  II. 

1  1  eft  aefter  dagen  he  eode  in-to  caphar- 
naum ]  hyt  waes  ge-hyred.   ■p  he  waes  on  huse 

2  1  manege  to-gadere  comen  "i  he  to  hem 
spraec. 

3  1  hyo  comen  aenne  lame  man  to  him 
berende.     f>ane  feower  men  baeren. 

4  1  pa  hyo  ne  mihten  hine  in-bringen  for 
J?are  manige  hyo  openedon  pane  rof  paer  se 
haelend  waes  D  hyo  j?a  in-asende  f  bed  be  se 
lame  on  laig. 

5  SoSlice  pa  se  haelend  ge-seah  heore 
ge-leafen  he  cwaeS.  to  pam  lamen.  Sune  pe 
synde  pine  senne  for-gefene. 

6  baer  waeren  sume  of  bam  bokeren  sit- 
tende  3  on  heore  heortan  bencende 

7  hwi  specS  J>es  pus.  he  desigeS.  hwa 
maig  senne  for-gefen  buton  god  ane. 

8  Da  se  haelend  paet  on  his  gaste  on-cneow. 
•p  hyo  swa  be-tweoxe  heom  f>ohten.  he  cwaeS 
to  heom  hwi  pence  ge  pas  j?ing  on  eowre 
heorten. 

9  hwaeSer  is  eSre  to  seggene  to  pam 
lamen.  Se  synde  bine  synne  for-gefene. 
hwaeSer  to  cwaeSen  aris  nem  bin  bed  1  ga. 

10  baet  ge  soSlice  witen  ■p  mannes  sune 
haefS  anweald  on  eorban  synnen  to  for- 
gefene.     He  cwaeS  to  pam  lamen. 

11  pe  ic  segge  aris.  nym  pin  bed  1  ga ; 
to  pinen  huse. 

12  1  he  sone  aras.  }  be-foren  heom  eallen 
eode.  swa  ■p  ealle  wundreden  1  pus  cwaeSen 
naefre  we  aer  pellic  bing  ne  ge-saegen. 


Various  Readings. 

Ch.  ii.  v.  1.  dagum.  2.  manega;  comon;  heom.  3. 
comon ;  )xinne ;  bseron.  4.  mihton ;  meniga ;  Jionne ;  f>ar ; 
halend ;  in-asenden  ;  lama ;  lseg.  5.  halend ;  heora  gelea- 
fan; laman;  synt;  sinne  for-gyfene.  6.  J>are  waron;  bo- 
ceran;  heora  heorta.  7.  desygafc;  mseg  synna  for-gyfen. 
8.  halend;  betwux;  Jjohton;  eowran  heortan.  9.  hweger 
his;  segganne;  laman;  sind;  synna  for-gyfene;  hweSer  Se 
cwefcen ;  nim.  10.  hafS  ;  synnan ;  forgyfena ;  laman. 
11.  fiinum.  12.  sona;  beforan;  eallum;  wundredon;  cwse- 
Son;  Jjillic ;  ]>ing  omitted;  ge-sawen. 


17 
CAP.   II. 

3     efWsona    infoerde  capharraaum  Sa  burg   aefter  dagum     3      gehered     wees     fte        in      hu 
1    *Et   iterum    intrauit      capharnaum  post     dies     et    auditum     est   quod    in   domo   efset.  *  2,^vii 

3      efne  cuomon    monigo  Sus  fte     ne    maehte  foa-J-moma      ne         to      _  duru 
2    et   conuenerunt     multi    ita    ut    non         caperet  neqwe    ad    ianuam    et  loquebatur 


,  ,  .      .         •     io.  xxxvm. 

sprecend  waes  him-rsprCBC  mt  iXXi 


him     word  3       cuomon     feredon-tbrengende    to    him  Sone  eorS-crypel  se  Se   from  feowrum  wees  geboren 

eis   uerbum.        3  et    uenerunt  ferentes  ad  eum    paraliticum      qui      a    quatuor   portabatur. 

3      hine      ne        msBhtun    gebrenga    hine    him     fore     menigo   ge-nacedon-runSehton     f  hus      Ser    wees        3 
4     et     eum    non    possent     offerre'   eum    illi    prae    turba         nudauerunt         tectum   ubi    erat      et 

ge-opnadon        adune  sendon  f  ber         on    «£em  se  eorS-cryppel  laeg-tlicgende  was       miSSy     gesaeh     Sonne 

patefacientes    summiserunt    grauatum    in    quo      paraliticus  iacebat.  5    cum    uidisset  autem 

se  hao-r   geleafo   hiora-rSara  cuoeS  Saem  eorS-crypple  suna  forgefen  bi«on    *e        synno  weron    xmiedlice    Ser 

ihesua    fidem     illorum       ait        paralitico        fill     dimittuntur   tibi  peccata.      6  erant     autem    illic 

sume        of   uSuutum     sittende       3    Sencendo-tsmeande  in     heartum    hiora  hwaet    Ses   swae  -t  «us   spreces 

quidam    de    scribis    sedentes    et        cogitantes        in  cordibus   suis.       7  quid  hie        sic        loquitur 

of<Son     sona  ongsett-rmiSfcy  f  oncneow 


ebolsas        hua    maeg    forgeafa-tforleta    synna     nymSe     an        god 
blasphemat  quis  potest      dimittere      peccata    nisi    solus  dews. 


quo  statim 


cognito 


se  haelend     gast       his      -pte      suae    smeadon-rSohton     bituih     him     cueS    to     him    huaet      8as      gie    smeaS     in 
ihesws    spmfti  suo    quia    sic         cogitarent         inter      se     dicit      illis      quid     ista      cogitatis     in 


hearto        hiurum 
cordibws    uestris. 


Hwaet      is       eaSur     to  coeSanne    Saem  eor$-eryple  forgefen  biSon     Se         synno        -r 
9    quid     est    facilius       dicere  paralitico       dimittantur    tibi     peccata     an 


cuoeSa      arls       3     nim-tber        bere  Sin      3         gaa 

dicere   surge   et      tolle     grauatum   tuum  et  ambula. 


fte  v/utedlice  wutaS  gie  Saette  he       maeht 
10    ut     autem      sciatis         quia     potestatem 


haefeS     sunu     monnes     on    eoriSo     forgefnise        synno    cwoeS  Saem  eorS-erypple 
liabet   filius   hominis   in  terra   dimittendi    peccata    ait         paralitico. 


Se    ic  cueSo    aris      nim 
11    tibi    dico     surge  tolle 


ber  Sin        3       gaa     in  hus  Sin 

grauatum    tuum   et   uade    in    domum    tuam. 


3       sona        he         aras       under-leat      f  ber       eode 
12   et   statim    ille   surrexit    sublato    grauato    abiit 


before        allum       suae    fte      of-wundredon  alle         3        hia  worSedun       god      cuoeSende     fte  naefra 

coram    omnibws    ita    ut    ammirarentur     omnes    et    honoriticarent    dewm     dicentes    quia    numquawi 

Sus-tsua    we  gesegon 
sic         uidimus. 


Cap.  II.     1.  3  aefter  sona-thraeSe  infoerde -rineode  capharnaum  \>e  byrig  aefter  dagum  3  gehered  waes  fte  in  huse 
waere      2.  3   efne  comon  monige  [jus  fte  ne  maehte   foan-tnioman  ne   to  dore-rto  geaete   3    sprecende  waes   heoml' 

e 

him    word  3.   3    comon    toferende-rbringende    to    him    )>one    eorS-crypel     seSe    from    feowrum     waes     geboren 

4.  3  mi<5);y  hi  ne  maehtun  gebringan  hine  him  for  mengo  genacadun-runwreogon  f  hus-f^a  bere  Jjaer  he  waes  3 
openedon  4"  opnende  dydon  adune  sendun k  settun  \>a.  bere  in  Saere  )?e  eorS-crypel  laeg-Hicgende  waes  5  miSl>v 
gesaeh  (>onne   se  haelend  geleafa  heora  cwae}>  to  j>aem  eorS-crypele  sunu  forgefen  beof>an  Se  synne  f;ine  6.   weron 

wutudlice  (jser  sume  of  u);wutum  sittende  3  Sencende-rsmeande  in  heortum  heortum  7.  hwaat  fies  Sus-rswa 
spreca|>  heo  folsa)>  hwa  maeg  forgeofanl'forletan  synne  nym[;e  ane  god  8.  of  )>on  sona  onget  se  haelend  gast  his  fte 
swa  fiohton-rsmeadon  betwih  heom  cwaef;  to  heom  hwaet  (>as  ge  );enca}>  in  heortum  eowrum  9.  hwaet  is  ejare-r 
eaSur  to  cwe[>anne   )>aem  eorS-cryple  forgefen  beofmn  \>e  synne  )>ine   o})Se    cwe[>an   aris  3  nim -r ber  bere   )>ine  3  gaa 

10.  )>aet  wutudfrce  witajj  ge  fte  he  maehte  haefe5  sunu  monnes  on  eor(;a  forgefnisse  synne  cwae);  to  (ssem  eort5-cryple 

11.  $e  ic  saegce  aris  3  nim  bere  (;ine  3  gaa  to  huse  )>inum  12.  3  instyde  he  aras  3  under-leat  bere  eode  beforan 
allum  swa  fte  ofwundradun  alle  3  ]>a.  wor^adun  god  cwejiende  fte  hia  naefre  Jius-rswilc  ne  gesegun. 


18 


13  eft  he  ut  eode  to  Saere  see.  3  eall  seo 
menigeo  him  to  com  3  he  hi  laerde. 

14  3  pa  he  forS  eode  he  ge-seah  leuin 
alphei.  sittende  aet  his  cep-setle.  3  he  cwaeS 
to  him  folga  me.    pa  aras  he  3  folgode  him. 

15  3  hit  gewearS  pa  he  saet  on  his  huse 
■f  manega  manfulle.  saeton  mid  pam  haelende 
3  his  leorning-cnihtum;  SoSlice  manega  pa 
'Se  him  fyligdon  wa?ron 

16  boceras  3  farisei.  3  cwsedon.  witodlice 
he  ytt  mid  manfullu/w  3  synfullum.  3  hi 
cwaedon  to  his  leorning-cnihtu/w.  hwi  ytt 
eower  lareow  3  drincS.  mid  manfullum  3 
synfullum ; 

17  pa  se  haelend  pis  ge-hyrde  he  sasde 
him.  ne  bepurfon  na  Sa  halan  laeces.  ac  8a 
pe  untrume  synt;  Ne  com  ic  na  -p  ic  clypode 
riht-wise  ac  synfulle. 

18  3  pa  waeron  lohannes  leorning-cnihtas 
3  pharisei  faestende.  3  pa  coraon  hi  3  saedon 
him\  Hwi  fsestaS  iohannes  leorning-cnihtas 
3  phariseoruTra.    3  pine  ne  faestaS; 

19  Da  .cw.  se  haelend.  cweSe  ge  sceolan 
paes  brydguman  cnihtas  faestan  swa  lange 
swa  se  brydguma  mid  him  is.  ne  magon  hi 
faestan  swa  lange  tide  swa  hi  Sone  brydgu- 
man mid  him  habbaS; 

20  SoSlice  fa  dagas  cumaS  ponne  se 
brydguma  him  biS  fram  acyrred.  3  ponne 
hi  faestaS;  On  pam  dagum 

21  nan  man  ne  siwap  niwne  scyp  to 
ealdum  reafe  elles  he  afyrS  pone  niwan  scyp. 
of  pam  ealdan  reafe.    3  bip  mare  slite. 

Various  Readings. 

13.  A.  msenigeo  ;  B.  minigeo.     A.  hig  [for  hi].      14.  A. 

ge-seh.    A.  lefin.       16.  pharisei.    A.  hig.    A.  hwyg  [for 

hwi].       17.   A.  Uecas.    A.  synd.      18.  A.  hig.    A.  hwig. 

19.  A.  sculon.    A  omits  from  swa  se  to  lange  before  tide, 
r 

A.  hig.     20.  A.  hig.      21.  A.  seep  [for  second  scyp]. 


13  And  eft  he  ut-eode  to  bare  sae.    3  eall  ,Vi4u  \h«™ .» 

•  leum  alpnej 

syo  manege  hym  to  com  3  he  hyo  laerde.         sedentem  ad 

J  °         »  »  theloneum. 

14  3  pa  he  forS-eode  he  ge-seah  leuin 
alphei.  sittende  aet  his  cep-setle.  3  he  cwaeS 
to  hym  folge  me.     pa  aras  he  3  felgede  hym. 

15  3  hit  ge-warS  pa  he  saet  on  his  huse  "p- 
manege  manfulle  saeten  mid  pam  haelende 
3  his  leorning-cnihten.  SoSlice  manege  pa 
pe  him  felgden  waren 

16  bokeres  3  pharisei.  3  cwaeften  witod- 
lice he  ett  mid  manfullen  3  synfullen.  3  hy 
cwaeSen  to  his  leorning-cnihten.  hwi  aet 
eower  lareow  3  drincd  mid  mannfullen  3  sen- 
fullen. 

17  pa  se  haelend  pis  ge-hyrde  he  saede 
heom.  Ne  be-purfen  na  pa  halen  laeces.  ac 
pa  pe  untrume  synden.  Ne  com  ic  na  paet 
ich  cleopede  riht-wise  ac  synfulle. 

18  3  pa  waeren  iohannes  leorningcnihtes  3 
farisej  faestende.  3  pa  comen  hyo  3  segden  him. 

wi  faested  Iohannes  leorning-cnihtes  3  Accessenmt  ad 

•       .  ,  .  i>  ss  ihesum  disci - 

phanseorum  3  pine  ne  faesteo.  p«i»  iohannis 

dicsntcs 

1 9  £>a  cwaeS  se  haelend  cweBe  ge.    sculen  Quare  nos p 
pas  bredgumen  cnihtes  faesten  swa  lange  swa  namus 

,        ,  -li  .  i  frequenter. 

se  bredgume  mid  heom  is ;  ne  magen  hyo 
faesten  swa  lange  tide  swa  hyo  pane  bredgu- 
men mid  heom  haebbeS. 

20  SoSlice  pa  dages  cumeS  pane  se  bred- 
gume heom  beoft  fram  acyrred  3  pawne  hyo 
faesteS.     On  pan  dagen 

2 1  nanman  ne  seweS  ny we  seep  to  ealden 
reafe.  elles  he  afyrS  pane  neowan  seep  of 
pam  ealden  reafe  3  byS  mare  slite 


Various  Readings. 

13.  End  (with  coloured  initial);  seo  menga.  14.  folga; 
folgede.  15.  ge-wearts ;  manega  manful  la  saeton ;  halende; 
cnihtum;  manega;  fyligdon.  16.  hoceras  3  farisei;  cwsb- 
$on;  ytt;  manfullum;  synfullum;  hyocwaeSon;  cnihtum ; 
ytt ;  drincS  ;  manfullum ;  synfullum.  17.  be-purfon ; 
halan;  synt;  ic.  18.  waron;  cnihtas;  pharisei;  comon; 
sajgden  heom;  Wwi  (so,  with  coloured  W  for  H) ;  cnihtas. 

19.  halend;  cwede;  sculon;  hridguman  cnihtas  fastan ; 
bridguma ;  magon ;  faston ;  porane  hridguman;  him  habbais. 

20.  dagas;  ponne ;  brydguma  hem  byS ;  ponrfe;  fsestaS. 
On  (>am  dagum.  21.  siwad;  ealdum;  pone  niwan  scyp; 
ealdon. 


H 


19 

3     faerende    wees   efter  sona  3  sae'tec  t6  sae  3  all  Sreat  cymende  wees    to     him     3      laerde      hia 

13  *Et  egressus  est     rursus         et  mare     omnis  quae    turba  ueniebat     ad   eum   et  docebat  eos.  *  VII.  21.  ii. 

lu.  xxxviii. 
mt.  lxxi. 
3    miSSy  Sona  foerde  gesseh  sittende       to  3    cuoeS  to  him  s6ec  mec-rTylg  me 

14  et    cum    praeteriret  uidit    leuin    alphei    sedentem    ad   teloneuwi    et     ait      illi         sequere      me 


3  aras         fylgende    webs     hine 

et    surgens    secutus    est    eum. 


3     geworden   waes  miSSy       gelionede        in       hus         Saes     monigo 
15  *Et    factum    est    cum    accumberet    in    domo    illius    multi  •  22.  ii. 

lu.  xxxviiii. 

clxxxvi. 
baersunigo    3       synnfullo     aetgeadre  geraeston-tlinigiendo  weron  mis  Sone  hae-r   3      Segnum       his      weron    forSon  mt.  Ixxii. 
publicani  et  peccatores     simul  discumbebant  cum     ihesu     et  discipulis   eius    erant   enim 


menigo  SaSe    3   fylgdon+fylgendo  weron  him i hine  3    wuSuto    3      *a  seldo      gesegon  forSon    i '£te  he  set-tett 

multi    qui   et         sequebantur             eum.  16  et  scribse  et  pharisaei  uidentes  quia     manducaret 

miS      synnfullum      3   bsersynnigum    hia  cuedon  Segnum       his     forhuon    miS    baersynnigum   3       synfullum 

cum  peccatoribws  et  publicanis      dicebant  discipulis   eius    quare   cum    puplicanis   et   peccatoribws 


ettes  3    drincaS       laruu  iuer 

manducat  et    bibit    magister    uester. 


miSSy  geherde  Sis  se  hae-l-  cueS  to  him    ne     ned-Sarf     habbaS 
17    *Hoc    audito       iliesws   ait     illis    non   necesse    habent  •  23.  ii. 

lu.  xl. 
mt.  lxxiii. 
halo        to  lece        ah   Sa  Se    yfle      habbaS      ne    forSon  cwom  ic  to  ceigenne   soSfaesto,  ah        synfullo  3 

sani    medicum   sed    qui    male   habent   non  enim      ueni       uocare     iustos    sed  peccatores.        18  et 


weron       Segnas         iohanrai*       3  fsestendo  3      cwomon        3      cwedon    him    forhwon    Segnas 

erant    discipuli    iohannes    et    pharisaei    ieiunantes      et    ueniunt    et     dicunt     illi     quare    discipuli 


iohannis      3  hia  faestaS      Sine    uutedlice     Segnas         ne      _  fsestaS 

iohannis     et   pharisaeorum    ieiunant       tui     autem    discipuli    non    ieiunant. 


3    cuoeS  to  him 
19  et     ait       illis 


se  hse-r      ah  ne  magon     suno  Sa  huile  Se   brydguma    miS     him     is       fsesta  sua  longe  tid-thuile 

iliesws  num  quid  possunt  filii  nubtiarum  quam  diu  sponsus    cum   illis   est   ieiunare  quanto  tempore 


habbaS        miS        brydgum      ne       magon         fsesta 
habent    secum    sponsum    non   possunt   ieiunare. 


cymeS       Sonne   dagas   miSSy  genumen  biS  from 
20  uenient   autem   dies     cum      auferetur     ab 


him  Se  brydguma    3        Sa        hia  faestas      in    Saem    doege  naenig                                 niwes     flyhtes      siuieS 

eis      sponsus     et    tunc    ieiunabunt  in    ilia     die.  21    nemo    assumentum    panni    rudis    assuit 

gegerelo       aldum  oSer  Sing  from  nimmeS          fyllnise  niwe     of     aide       3      mara      toslitnessa    biS 

uestimento   ueteri    alio  quin   auferet     supplementum  nouum   ai,  ueteri   et  maior    scissura    fit. 


13.  3  fserende  wees  sefter  sona  ec  to  saa  eall  );a  {>reat  cymende  to  him  3  laerde  hia  14.  3  miS|>y  [>onan 
foerde  gesaeh  .  . .  sittende  to  geafol-monunge  3  cwe^>  to  him  folgam-tfylge  me  3  aras  fylgende  waes  him  15.  3 
geworden  waes  mi5(iy  gehlionade  in  huse  Saes  monige  openlice  synnige-thehsunne  3  synnfulle  aetgaedre  gereston-t 
hleonadun  miS  Sone  hae^r  3  Segnum  his  weron  forSon  monigu  SaSe  3  fyligdun-l- fylgende  werun  him  16.  3 
uSwutu  3  Sa  aldu  gisegun  forSon  Sset  he  ett+etende  waes  miS  Saem  synfullum  3  baer-synnigum  hiae  cwedun 
Segnum  his  for  hwon  miS  baer-sunnigum  3  synfullum  etest  (sic)  3  drinces  larow  iower  17.  miSSy  giherde  Sis  Se 
hae-t  cwaaS  to  him  ne  ned-Sserfe  habbas  haelo  to  lece  ah  SaSe  yfel  habbas  ne  forSon  com  ic  to  ceganne  soS- 
faeste  ah  synfylle  18.  3  werun  Segnas  iohannes  3  Sa  aldu  faestende  3  comun  3  cwedun  him  forhwon  Segnas 
iohannes  3  Sa  aldu  faestende  Sine  wutudh'ce  Segnas  ne  faestas  19.  3  cwaeS  to  him  Se  hae-r  ahne  ne  magun  sunu 
.  . .  Se  hwile  Se  brydguma  miS  him  is  faestende  swa  longe  tide  habbas  miS  Sone  brydguma  ne  magun  fsesta 
20.  cumaS  Sonne  dagas  miSSy  ginumen  biS  from  him  Se  brydguma  3  Sa  hia  faestas  in  Saem  dagum  21.  naenig 
forSon  .  . .  niowes  flyhtes  siowes  giwedo-tgigerelu  aldu  oSeru  Sing  from-nimeS  fylnisse  niowe  from  aldun  3  mara 
to-slitnesse  biS 


C2 


20 


22  3  nan  man  ne  deS  niwe  win  on  ealde 
bytta.  elles  f  win  tobrycS  pa  bytta.  "1  j> 
win  bi<5  agoten.  3  pa  bytta  forwurSap;  Ac 
niwe  win  sceal  beon  gedon  on  niwe  bytta. 
ponne  beoS  butu  gehealden; 

23  lilft  waes  geworden  pa  he  reste-dagum 
-L^  purh  aeceras  eode.    his  leorning- 

cnihtas  ongunnon  pa  ear  pluccigean. 

24  pa  cwaedon  pharisei  to  hi»i.  loca  nn 
hwaet  tine  leorning-cnihtas  doS.  ^  him 
alyfed  naes.    on  reste-dagum; 

25  pa  saede  he  him  ne  raedde  ge  naefre. 
hwaet  dyde  dauid  pa  hine  hingrode.  1  pa  Se 
mid  him  wseron. 

26  hu  he  in  godes  huse  eode.  under  abia- 
thar  para  sacerda  ealdre.  1  he  set  pa  ofrung- 
hlafas.  pe  him  ne  alyfede  nseron  to  etanne. 
buton  sacerdon  anum.  ")  he  sealde  pam  Se 
mid  him  waeron. 

27  3  he  saede  him.  reste-daeg  waes  ge- 
worht  for  pa  men.  nass  se  man  for  'Sam 
reste-daege; 

28  Witodlice  drihten  is  mannes  sunu  eac 
swylce  reste-daeges ; 

CHAPTER  III. 

1  A  nd  eft  he  eode  on  ge-samnunge  1  par 
XA.  waes  an  man   for  scruncene  haud 

haebbende 

2  1  hi  gymdon  hwseper  he  on  reste-dagum 
gehaelde.    -f  hi  hine  gewregdon ; 

3  Da  cwaeS  he  to  'Sam  men  pe  for-scrun- 
cene  hand  haefde.  aris  gemang  him. 

Various  Readings. 

22.  A.  for-weorbaS.  23.  A.  pluccian  ba  ear.  25.  A. 
hingrede ;  B.  hungrode.  26.  A.  into  [for  in].  A.  of- 
frung-hlafas.  A.  naeron  alyfede  (omitting  ne) ;  B.  ne  alyfed 
nsoron.  B.  setanne.  A.  butan.  A.  sacerdujn.  27.  A.  bam. 
men ;  B.  ba  men  (as  in  the  text). 

Ch.  iii.  v.  1.  A.  omits  And  ;  with  a  large  initial  to  Eft. 
A.  ge  somuunge.      2.  A.  tug.    A.  wregdon. 


22  "i  nawman  ne  doS  nywe  win  on  ealde 
betta.  elles  f  win  to-brecS  pa  bytte.  "i  paet 
win  beoS  agoten  1  pa  bytta  for-wurSeS.  Ac 
neowe  win  scell  beon  ge-don  on  neowe  bytta 
panne  beoS  ba  twa  ge-healden. 

23  TT^ft   waes   ge-worSen    ba    he    reste-  Ib»'  ihes"J 


dagen   purh    aeceres    eode. 


sabbato  per 
Jjjg  sata.    discipuli 
eius  esurientes 

leorninff-cnihtes  on-gunnen  ba  ear  pluccin.     ceperum  euei- 

P  OJ.ii  lere  spicas. 

24  pa  cwaeSen  pa  pharisej  to  him.  Loce 
nu  hwaet  pine  leorning-cnihtes  doS.  ~f  heom 
alefeS  naes  on  reste-dagen. 

25  Da  saide  he  heom.  ne  raedde  ge  naefre 
hwaet  dyde  dauid.  pa  hym  hingrede.  1  pa 
pe  mid  hym  waeren. 

26  hu  he  inne  godes  huse  eode  under 
abiathar  pare  sacerde  ealdre.  1  he  aett  of  pa 
ofFrunge-hlafes.  be  hym  ne  alyfde  neren  to 
aetenne.  buten  sacerden  ane.  1  he  sealde 
bam  pe  mid  hym  waeren. 

27  "i  he  saigde  heom.  reste-daig  waes  ge- 
worht  for  pam  men.  nes  se  man  for  pam 
reste-daige. 

28  Witodlice  drihten  is  mannes  sune  eac 
swilce  reste-dages. 


1  Tjlnd 


CHAPTER  III. 

nd    eft  he   eode   on    ge-samnunge. 
paer  waes   an  man    for-scruncen 
handde  haebbende 

2  "i  hyo  gem  den  h  wader  he  on  reste-dagen 
ge-haelde  ~p  hyo  hine  ge-wreiden. 

3  pa  cwaeS  he  to  pam  men  pe  for-scru[«]- 
ccne  hand  haefde.     aris  ge-mang  heom. 

Various  Readings. 

22.  nan  man;  deS;  bytta  (bis);  by*;  for-wurSaS;  nywe; 
sceal;  niwe;  bonne;  buto  [for  ba  twa].  23.  Eft  (with 
coloured  initial) ;  ge-worden ;  dagum  ;  aceras ;  cnihtas  on- 
gunnon. 24.  second  ba  omitted;  Loca;  cnihtas;  alyfd; 
dagurn.  25.  ssegde;  eom  [so;  for  heom];  nafre  hwat;  ba 
hine.  26.  in ;  bara  sacerda  ealdra ;  set ;  of  omitted ;  offrung- 
hlafas;  naeron;  ettanne  butan  sacerdum  anuwi;  wseron. 
27.  saegde.      28.  deeges. 

Ch.  iii.  v.  1.  hand.  2.  gymden  hwaSer;  reste-dagum. 
3.  for-scruncene  (for-scrucene  in  Hatton  MS.). 


21 

3    nsenig  monn  sendeS      win  niwe        in   byttum    aldum      mara  woen     to-slitteS      $  win    Sa  bytto 

22   et       nemo       mittit  uinum  nouellum  in    utres    ueteres   alio  quin   disrumpet  uinum    utres 

3        -p  win      biS  agotten      3    Sa  bytto       losaS  ah        f  win  niwe        in     byttum    niwum    senda  is    rehtlic 

et    uinum     effunditur    et     utres     peribunt     sed    uinum     nouum     in    utres     nouos     mitti     debet. 

3  gewearS-rgeworden  wees    eft  sona    miSSy  sunnedagum       eode       Serh  3       Segnas       his     ongunnun 

23  *Et         factum  est    iterum     cum     sabbatis  ambularet  per  sata  et  discipuli  eius  coeperunt  *  VIII.  24.  ii. 

lu.  xli. 
mt.  cxiiii. 

forS-geonga     3  Sonne       cuoedon    bim  heonu    hueet   doaS   gie 

praegredi   et  uellere    spicas.  24     pharisaei    autem    dicebant    ei     ecce    quid    faciunt    sabbatis 


•p        nis    alefed 
quod   now  licet. 


3     cueS  to  him  ne  leornade  ge  huaet     dyde  Sa  ned 

25  et     ait    illis   num  quam   legistis  quid     fecerit  dauid    quando    necessitatem 


hsefde     3  hyngerde    he      3     SaSe    miS  hinie  weron 
habuit  et   esuriit   ipse  et    qui    cum    eo    erant. 


huu        inn-eode        hus       godes  under 
26  quomodo  introiit   domum     dei  sub      ahiathar 


aldor  sacerda  3       hlafo  fore-gegearwad4"temised      gebrec  Sa       nere    lefed      to  eattanna  nymSe 

principe    sacerdotuwi    et    panes         propositionis         manducauit    quos    non    licet    manducare    nisi 


sacerdum       3     salde    Ssem  SaSe    miS   hine   weron 
sacerdotibws  et  dedit    eis     qui    cum    eo    erant. 

geworden  waes    3     nses     monn         fore         rsBstdsege 
factum     est    et    non    homo    propter    sabbatum. 


3       cuseS     to  him   rest-dsBg  fore  menn 

27  *Et  dicebat    eis    sabbatum  p[r]opter  hominem  *  25.  ii. 


forSon      hlafurd        is      sunu      monnes         ec 
28   itaque    dominus    est   filius    hominis    etiam 


lu.  xlii. 
mt.  cxvi. 


to  raestdaege 
sabbati. 


CAP.  III. 


3    '  ineode     eft  sona    on  8a  somnung     1      wses     Ser     monn       hsefde  hond  drygi  3 

1    et     introiit    iterum      synagogam      et    erat    ibi    homo    habens     manum     aridam.  2    et 


behealdon       hine  gif>rhueSer  onhaligdagum  gegemde  -pte  hia  geteldon-rnifcria  hine 
obseruabant   eum         si  sabbatis        curaret  ut        accusarent       ilium. 


3    cue$  Ssem  menn 
3  et    ait       homini 


hoebbende      hond         drygi       aris      in    middum 
habenti   manum   aridam  surge  in  medium. 


22.  3  nsenig  mon  sendeS  win  niowe  in  byttum  aldum  mara  woen  tosliteS  Sat  winn  8a  bytte  3  f  win  agoten 
bi«  3  Sio  bytte  losed   ah  Saet  win  niowe  in  byttum  niowe    sendes    is   rehtlie  23.  3  giworden  weds  efter  sona 

miSSy    sunna-dsege    eode    Se    hae-r    Serh  . . .  3    Segnas  his    ongunnun    forSgonga  3  . . .  24.    Sa    aldu    wutudh'ce 

cwedun  him  heono  hwast  doaS  ge  on  sunna-daege  Saette  nis  alefed  25.  3  cwaeS  to  him  naefre  ne  liornades-rne 
liornadun  hwret  dyde  dauid  Sa  hned-bihoefe  haefde  3  hyerende  he  3  SaSe  miS  hine  werun  26.  hwa  in-eode 
in  hus  godes  under  abiathar  aldor  sacerda  3  hlafas  fore-gigeorwadse  gibrec  Sa  neron  alefed  to  eotanne  nym|>e 
anum  sacerdum  3  salde  Ssem  Se  miS  hine  werun  27.  3  cwaeS  to  him  dseg  for  monum  giworden  waes  3  nses 
mon  fore   rseste-dseg       28.  forSon  hlafard  is  sunu  monnes  ec   to  rseste-daege. 

Cap.  III.  1.  3  in-eode  efter  sona  in  somnunga  3  wees  Ser  mon  hsefde  honda  dryge.  2.  3  biheoldun  hine  gif 
he  halges  dseges  gigemde  f  hi®  teldun-hniSradun  hine  3.  3  cwaeS  to  Seem  menn  haebbende  honda  dryge  aris 
in  middum. 


22 


4  pa  cwaeS  he  alyfS  reste-dagum  wel  to 
donne  hweper  Se  yfele.  sawla  ge-haelan. 
hweper  Se  for-spillan.    1  hi  suwodon. 

5  1  hi  besceawiende  mid  yrre  ofer  hyra 
heortan  blindnesse  ge-unret  cwseS  to  \am 
men;  Apene  pine  hand.  3  he  apenede  hi. 
pa  wearS  his  hand  ge-haeled  sona; 

6  pa  pharisei  mid  herodianiscuzw  utgan- 
gende  peahtedon  ongen  hine.  hu  hi  hine 
fordon  mihton. 

7  1  fa  ferde  se  haelend  to  paere  see.  mid 
his  leorning-cnihton.  3  mycel  menigeo  him 
fyligde  fravw  galilea.    1  iudea. 

8  1  hierusalew.  1  fram  iudea  }  be-geon- 
dan  iordane  1  to  hira  com  mycel  menegeo 
ymbe  tirum  J  sidone  gehyrende  pa  Sing  pe 
he  worhte. 

9  3  he  cwaeS  to  his  cnihtuw  -p  hi  him  on 
scipe  penodon.  for  paere  menigu  -p  hi  hine 
ne  ofprungon; 

10  Soplice  manega  he  ge-hselde;  Swa  ~p  hi 
aet-hrinon  his.    3  swa  fela  swa  untrumnessa 

11  "i  unclaene  gastas  haefdon;  pa  hi  hine 
gesawon.  hi  to-foran  him  astrehton.  1  pus 
cweSende  clypedon.    pu  eart  godes  sunu. 

12  1  he  him  swySe  forbead.  -p  hi  hine 
ne  ge-swutelodon. 

13  U  on  anne  munt  he  ferde  3  to  him 
ge-clypode  pa  Se  he  wolde  1  hi  to  him 
comon 

14  1  he  dyde  ~p  hi  twelfe  mid  him  waeron. 
3  he  hi  asende  godspell  to  bodigenne. 


Various  Readings. 

4.  B.  well.  A.  hwse)>er  (bis).  A.  hig  swigedon.  5.  A.  hig 
be-sceawigende.  A.  heora.  A.  blyndnysse.  A.  hig  [for 
hi].  6.  A.  erodianiscum.  A.  ongean.  A.  hig.  7.  A. 
cnyhtum.  A.  mseniu  [for  menigeo].  8.  A.  B.  iudea  (as 
in  the  text).  A.  be-eondan.  A.  msenigeo.  9.  A.  hig. 
A.  Jienedon.  A.  maenigeo ;  B.  meniguw.  A.  hig.  10.  A. 
hig.  B.  is  (altered  to  his).  11.  A.  hig  (bis).  B.  cwaefcende. 
12.  A.  hig.  A.  ge-swuteledon.  13.  A.  senne.  A.  hig. 
14.  A.  hig  (bit).    A.  godspel. 


4  Da  cwaeS  he  alyfS  reste-dagen  wel  to 
donne  hwaeSer  Se  yfele  sawle  ge-haelen 
hwaSer  to  for-spillen.     }  hyo  swigedon. 

5  3  hyo  be-sceawiende  mid  eorre  ofer  hire 
heorte  blindnisse.  he  un-rot  cwaeS  to  pam 
men.  a-pene  pine  hand.  1  he  a-penede  hyo. 
pa  warS  his  hand  ge-haeled  sone. 

6  Da  farisei  mid  herodianiscen  ut-gan- 
gende  peohtendon  on-gean  hine.  hu  hyo 
hine  for-don  mihton. 

7  3  pa  ferde  se  haelend  to  pare  sae.  mid 
his  leorning-cnihten  ")  mycel  menigeo  him 
felgede  fram  galilea.  1  iudea. 

8  1  ierusalem.  1  {ram  idumea.  1  be-geonden 
iordane.  "i  to  him  com  mycel  menige  ymbe 
tyrum  1  sydonem  ge-herende  pa  ping  pe  he 
worhte. 

9  3  he  cwaeS  to  his  cnihten  j>  hyo  hym  on 
scype  penedon  for  pare  manigeo  paet  hyo 
hine  ne  of-prungen. 

10  SoSlice  manege  he  haelde.  swa  -p  hyo 
aet-rinen  his.    1  swa  fele  swa  untrumnysse 

11  1  unclaene  gastes  hasfden.  Dahyo  hyne 
ge-seagen  hyo  to-foran  hym  astrehten.  pus 
cweSende  clepeden.     pu  ert  godes  sune. 

12  1  he  hym  swiSe  for-bead.  -p  hyo  hine 
ne  ge-swuteledon. 

13  D  on  aenne  munt  he  ferde  3  to  hym  ge- 
clypede  pa  pe  he  wolde  "S  hyo  to  hym 
co  men 

1 4  1  he  dyde  ■p  hyo  twelf  mid  him  waeren 
1  he  hyo  asende  godspell  to  bodienne. 


Various  Readings. 

4.  dagum  ;  done  hwefcer ;  hwefcer  )je  for-spillan ;  swuwo- 
don.  5.  hi ;  yrre  ;  hyra  heortan ;  ge-unret ;  wearS ;  sona. 
6  pharisei ;  herodianiscum ;  fieahtendon.      7.  halend ;  cnih- 

tnn  •     fvlitrrlo'     omIiIi'Ti  ft     mAnpcrort  •    nrp.liv 


don 


i  ijur  «yuj;  wi-uriuuu  s;  untruTnnyssa. 
11.  gastas  haefdon;  gesawum;  astrehton;  3  Jius;  clypedon; 
eart.     12.  ge-swutelodon.     13.  comon.     14.  hy;  bodiende. 


23 

3       cue«    to  him    is  alefed    hraestdagum    wel       wyrce      k       yfle      Sa  sawele         hal  gedoa      k 

4    et     dicit      eis         licet        sabbatis     bene    facere    an    male     animam     saluam     facere    an 


losiga      soS    hia     suigdon 
perdere    at    illi  tacebant. 


3        ymb-sceawde        hia     miS    wraeSSo      unr6tsade         ofer      ungleownise 
5    et   circum-spiciens   eos    cum      ira      contristatus   super   caecitatem 


heartaes      hiora       cue*  to  Saem  menn        aSen  hond         Sin       3      aSenede      3  eft  geboetad  waes     hond      him 

cordis    eorum    dicit       he-mini        extende  manum   tuam   et   extendit   et   restituta     est   manus  illi. 

Sa  eodon       Sonne        sona  miS      heroSes   Segnum       Saehtung       hia  dedon  wis  him 

6  *£xeuntes    autem  statira    pharisaei    cum         herodianis        consilium    faciebant    aduersus    eum  *  Villi. 


huu         hine     losiga  maehton 
quomodo   eum       perderent. 


26.  ii[ii]. 
io.  xciii.  xcv. 

3   Se  haelend  miS       Segnum       his       foerde       to      see  3    menigo mt- cxvu- 

7    et     ihesws     cum   discipuli3    suis    secessit    ad  mare.   *Et  multa*27.  i. 


Bread    of                       3                    fylgende  waes    hine              from     hierusaZem      3     from  3     ofer 

turba    a    galilaea   et   iudaea    secuta    est  eum.        8   ab  hierosolimis   et   ab   idumaea  et  trans  iorda- 

3    Sa  Se    ymb       tyre        3        sidone          menigo          miclo     herdon-Hierend  weron  Sa  Se  he  wyrcende  waes 

nen    et     qui     circa  tyrum    et    sidonem    multitudo    magna          audientes          quae  faciebat 


lu.  xxxiiii.  xlv. 
io.  xlvi. 
mt.  xxiii. 


cwomon       to       him 
uenerunt    ad    eum. 


3      cueS        Segnum        his     fte        scip  him    gebrohton-t'geherdon       fore 

9   et    dixit    discipulis    sui3    ut    nauicula    sibi  deseruiret  propter 


Ssem  menigo     -pte     hia  ne  fortredon     hine 
turbam        ne     compremerent     eum. 


monigo     forSon      he   gehaelde    Sus    fte    hia  raesdon      on 
10    multos     enim        sanabat      ita     ut     inruerent     in 


him    -pte     hine     hie  gehrindon-Hirina  msehtaes     sua  feolo4"sua  oft    Sonne    hia  haefdon    uncuS  aSlo 
eum    ut    ilium  tangerent  quotquot        autem   habebant       plagas. 


11    et 


gasto        unclseno    miSSy    hine    gesegonJ'gesea  maehton    gefeollon-Hiluton  him     3    hia  weron  clioppende-tcliopadon 
spiritus  inmundi   cum   ilium  uidebant  procidebant      ei  *Et  clamabant  *  28.  viii. 


cweSendo    Su    arS   sunu    godes 
dicentes    tu    ds  fizYu3    dei. 


lu.  xxvii. 


3  swiSe  bebead  him     -pte  hia  ne     aewades-t'mersades 

12    et    uehementer    cominabatur    eis  ne  manifestarent 


hine  3  astag        on        mor  ceigde     to     him     Sailco     walde      he      3      cwomun      to     him 

ilium.  13  *Et    ascendens   in  montewa  uocauit   ad     s6     quos    uoluit   ipse   et  uenerunt   ad   eum.  •  X.  29.  ii 


lu.  lxxxvi. 
mt.  Ixxviiii. 


3      dyde    fte     hia  were        twelfo         miS     him    3 -tec    -jHe       sende       hia        bodiga  godspell 

14   et    fecit    ut       essent     duodecim   cum   illo     et       ut    mitteret   eos   praedicare   euangelium. 


4.  3  cwaeS  to  him  gif  is  alefed  on  raeste-dagum  wel  wyrca  +  yfle  Sa  sawle  hale  gidoa  k  loesiga  soS  hia  swigadun 
5.  3  ymbsceowadun  hine  miSSy  unrotsade  ofer  ungleownisse  heorta  hiora  cwteS  to  Seem  menn  aSene  honda  Sine 
3  aSenede  3  eft  gibasted  waes  honda  him  6.  3  Sa  eodun  Sona  wutudlt'ce  sona  Sa  pharisei  miS  herodes  Segnum 
Saehtunge  hiae  dedun  wiS   him  hu  hine  loesiga   maehtun  7.    3    Se    haelenrf   miS    Segnum  his  foerde  to  sae   3 

monige  Sreatas  of  galilea  3  of  iudeum   fylgende  waerun  him  8.    3    from   hierusalem  3   from  idumeum   3   ofer 

iordanes  3  SaSe  ymb  tyri  3  sindone  mengu  micle  herende  werun  k  giherdun  SaSe  he  wyrcende  waes  comun  to 
him  9.  3  cwaeS   to  Segnum  his  -jSte  scip  him  gibrohtun  k  herdun   for  Sacm    mengum    Saet    hiae    ne    for-tredun 

hine  10.  monige  forSon  he  gihaelde  Sus  -fte  hiae  raesdun  on  hine  -p  hiae  him  gihrionun  swa  feolu  Sonne  haefde 
[un]cuS  aiSulo  11.  3  gasta  unclaenra  miSSy  hine  gisegun  gifeollun-rlutun  to  him  3  cliopadun  cweSende  Su 
arS   sunu   godes  12.  3  swiSe  bibead   him   -Ji   hiae   ne  eowde  him         13.  3   astag   on  mor  cegde  to  him  Sa  ileu 

walde  he   3   comon  to  him         14.  3  dyde  -fste   hiae  were   twelfe  miS  him  ec'  3   -pte  sende  hiae  to  bodanne. 


24 


15  3  he  h\m  an  weald  sealde  untruwinessa 
to  haelanne.  3  deofol-seocnessa  tit  to  adrifanne. 

16  3  he  nemde  simon  petrwra 

17  3  iacobu/ra  zebedei.  3  iohannew  his 
broBor  3  him  naman  ousette.  boaneries  ■p  is 
Sunres  beam. 

18  3  andream.  3  philippu/w.  3  bartholo- 
meum  3  thomam.  3  iacobum  alphei.  3  tad- 
deum.    3  simonem  chananeuw. 

19  7  iudaw  scarioth.    se  hine  sealde. 

20  3  eft  him  to  com.  swa  micel  menigu. 
•p  hi  naefdon  hlaf  to  etanne 

21  3  pa  hi  hine  gehyrdon  hi  ferdon  -p  hi 
hine  namon  3  pus  cwaedon;  SoSlice  he  is  on 
hat-heortnesse  gewend. 

22  3  pa  boceras  pe  wendon  fram  hierusa- 
lem  cwaedon; 

Soplice  he  haefS  beelzebub   3    on    deofla 
ealdre  he  deoful-seocnessa  ut  adrifS. 

23  3  he  hi  togaedere  geclypode.  3  on  big- 
spellum  him  to  cwaeS;  Hu  maeg  satanas 
satanan  ut  adrifan. 

24  3  gif  his  rice  on  hi»*  sylfum  biS  to- 
daeled  hu  maeg  hit  standan 

25  3  gif  p  hus  ofer  hit  sylf  ys  to-daeled. 
hu  maeg  hit  standan. 

26  3  gif  satanas  winS  ongen  hine  sylfne 
he  biS  to-daeled  3  he  standan  ne  maeg  ac 
haefS  ende; 

27  Ne  mseg  man  pone  strangan  his  aehta 
3  his  fatu  be-reafian  3  on  his  hus  gan,  buton 
man  pone  strangan  aerest  gebinde.  3  povme 
his  hus  reafige; 


Various  Readings. 

15.  A.  beam.  B.  anwealde  seald.  A.  ge-haelanne.  A. 
deofel.  17.  B.  3  zebedei.  A.  heom.  A.  boanerges.  A. 
has  1  matheum  after  bartholomeum,  but  it  is  added  above 
in  a  later  hand.  A.  alfei.  19.  A.  iudas.  20.  A.  maenigeo. 
A.  big.  B.  a;tanne.  21.  A.  big  (three  times),  22.  A.  belze- 
bub.  A.  deofolseocnyssa.  23.  A.  big.  A.  elypode.  25.  A. 
omits  this  verse.  B.  sylfe.  26.  For  ongen  A.  has  wy<5, 
glossed  by  \  ongean.  A.  omits  sylfne.    27.  A.  fata.  A.  butan. 


15  3  he  heom  anweald  sealde  untrumnysse 
to  haelenne.  3  deofel-seocnysse  ut  to  adrifenne. 

1 6  3  he  nemde  symon  petrum 

17  3  jacobum  zebedej.  3  iohannem  his 
broder  3  him  naman  on-sette  boaneries  -p  is 
punres  beam. 

18  3  andrea/w  3  philippum.  3  bartholomeum 
3  thomaw?.  3  iacobum  alphej.  3  taddeum  3 
symonem  chananeum. 

19  3  iuda  scarioth.  se  hine  sealde. 

20  3  eft  him  to  com  swa  mycel  manigeo  -p 
hyo  naefden  hlaf  to  aetenne. 

21  3  pa  hyo  hine  ge-hyrden  hyo  ferden 
paet  hyo  hine  namen  3  pus  cwaeSen.  SoSlice 
he  is  on  hatheortnysse  ge-wend. 

22  3  pa  bokeres  pe  wenden  fram  ierusalem 
cwaeSen. 

SoSlice  he  hafS  belzebub  3  on  deofle  eal- 
dre he  deofel-seocnisse  ut-adrifS. 

23  3  he  hyo  to-gadere  ge-cleopede.  3  on 
bispellen  heom  to  cwae<5.  hu  maig  sathanas 
sathana  un  adrifen  (sic) 

24  3  gif  his  rice  on  him  sylfen  byoS  to- 
daeled  hu  maig  hit  standen. 

25  3  gyf  -p  hus  ofer  hit  sylfen  biS  to- 
daeled  hu  maig  hit  standen. 

26  iEnd  gif  sathanas  winS  an-gen  hine 
sylfne  he  beoS  to-daeled  3  he  standen  ne 
maig  ac  hafft  ende. 

27  Ne  maig  man  pane  strangen  his  ehte  3 
his  fate  be-reafian  3  on  his  hus  gan  butan 
man  panne  strangen  aerest  ge-binde  panne 
his  hus  reafige. 


Various  Headings. 

15.  eom  andweald;  halenne.  end  deofol-seocnyssa.  17. 
brofcor.  20.  menigeo ;  etene.  21.  ge-hyrdon ;  ferdon ;  hi 
[for  third  hyo] ;  cwaadon.  22.  boceras  ;  wendon ;  hierusa- 
lem;  cwaedon;  deofla  ealdrae;  deoful-seocnyssa.  23.  ge- 
clypode; bigspellujn;  meeg  satanas  satanan  ut  adrifan. 
24.  sylfum  biS ;  mseg ;  standan.  25.  hit  sylf  y  to-daeled 
(sic) ;  mceg ;  standan.  26.  Z  gif  satanas  ;  byfc ;  mag. 
27.  Jjone  strangan ;  ehta ;  fatu ;  )>one  strangan ;  3  Jjo/me. 


2& 

3       salde      him  meant         gemnisses     to  untrymnissum     3      to-wyrpnise        diowla  3 

15   et    dedit    illis    potestatem    curandi       infirmitates      et      eiciendi     daemonia.  16   *Et  *  30-,.ii.-. 

nit.  lxxx. 
gesette      to  symone       noma       petre  3         iacob      yebeSies  sunu    3      iohrmnem       broSer      iacobes    3 

iraposuit      simoni      nomen   petrus.  17  et   iacobum      zebedaai      et   iohannem   fratrem    iacobi   et 

ge-sette     him  f         is     suno     Sunres  3      andreas       3     philippum     3 

imposuit    eis  nom[i]na  boanerges  quod    est    filii    tonitrui.  18   et   andream   et  philipum   et  bar- 

3  3  3        iacob  Se  hwita        3  3         simon      Se  channanesca 

tholomaeum   et   mattheum   et   thomawi   et  iacobum   alphei   et   taddaeum   et   simonem    cananaeww. 

3  seSe    ec       salde         hine  3     cumaS  t  cwomon     to         huse  3      efne  cwom 

19   et    iudam    scariot    qui    et    tradidit    ilium     *Et         ueniunt         ad    domu»i         20   et    conuenit  * 3I- x- 

efter  sona  Siu  menigo    Sus    fte     ne      maehton        ne  hlaf  brfica  3     miSSy     geherdon     his 

iteram    turba        ita    ut    non   possent    neqwe   panem    manducare.         21    et    cum    audissent   sui 

eodon     to  haldanne    hine      cuoedon       forSon  fte  on      wraeSo      geoerred    wses  3       wuSuuto 

exierunt      tenere      eum    dicebant     enim     quoniam    in    furorem    uersus     est.  22  *Et    scribae  *  32.  ii. 

*  lu.  cxxvii. 

mt.  cxxi. 
SaSe    from        hierusa/em     of-stigon  i  Sona  cuomon     hia  cuoedon    fte-tforSon  haefeS      3     forSon    on 

qui     ab     hierosolymis        descenderant  dicebant        quoniam     beelzebub    liabet    et     quia     in 

aldor  diowla       drifeS      diowlas  3   efne  geceigdo  Sa  ilco-1'miSSy  geceigd  weron  Sa  ilco  in     bispellum 

principe  demonum   eicit   demoni'a.        23  *Et  conuocatis   eis  in   parabolis  •  33.  it. 

lu.  cxxviiii. 
nit.  cxxii. 
cuoeS  he  So    Saem-tto  him        huu        maege  Se  wiSerword  Bone  wiSerwearda  fordrifa -Hiuu  maeg  Se  diowl  Sone  diowl 

dicebat  illis         quomodo  potest   satanas   satanan 

fordrifa  3     gif      -)5  ric       in    him    to-daeled  biS-tsie      ne      maege     stonde         rie  Saes  3 

eicere.  24   et    si    regnum   in     Be-         diuidatur         non   potesi    stare    regnum   illius.  25    et 

gif       hus         ofer  hia  seolfa       sie  tostrogden     ne       mteg         hus      Sa  ilea    stonde  3     gif-tSeah 

si    domus   super   semet  ipsam   dispertiatur   non   poterit   domus    ilia       stare.  26   et         si 

se  wiSerwearda    efne  ansa     on     hine  sulfne        toworpen    wses-tbiS    3      ne      maeg      gestonde    ah     ende     haefeS 
satanas      consurrexit  in  semet  ipsum  dispertitus      est       et  non  poterit     stare     sed  finem  habet. 

naBnig    monn  maeg    fato     stronges     ingaaS-Hngeonga    in        hus        to  niommanne  k  genioma  -t  gereofa  ge  (sic) 
27   nemo      potest      uasa     i'ortis  ingressus        in   domum  diripere 

nymSe     aerist    Sone  stronga   gebinde    3    Sonne        hus         his       reafaS 
nisi     prius      fortem        alliget   et  tunc   domum   eius   diripiet. 


15.    3  salde  him  moehte  gemnisse  to  untrymnissum  3  to-worpnisse  diowla  16.  3  gisette  to  simoni  noma  petres 

1 7.  3  iacoAu*  Zebedes  svno  3  iohannes  broker  iacobes  3  gisette  him  noma  .  .  .  Saet  is  suno  Svnres  18.  3  andreas 
3  philippu*  3  bathalomcus  3  mathew*  3  thomas  3  iacobu? .  .  .  3  lhadeus  3  ...Bone  cananisca  19.  3  iudam  Sone 
scariothisca  seSe  salde  hine  20.  3  cumaS  to  huse  3  efne-comvn  eft  sona  Sio  mengv  Sus  f>  hia?  ne  maehtvn  ne 
hlaf  brucca  21.  3  miSSy  giherde  his  eodun  to  haldanne  hine  cwedun  forSon  Saette  on  wraeSSo  giweerred  (sic) 
wees  22.  3  uS-wutu  SaSe  from  hierusalem  astigun  +  Sona  comun  hiae  cwedun  -pte  i  forSon  be\zebub  haefes  3 
forSon  on  aldor  diowla  gidrifes  diowlo  23.  3  efne  gicegde  Sa  ilev  in  bispellum  cwaeS  to  Saem-thim  huv  maeg 
he  Se  wiSerworda  diowul  Sone  diowul  fordrifa  •J'afaella  24.  3  gif  Saet  rice  in  him  todseled  biS  ne  maag  stonda 
rice  Sset  25.  3  gif  hus  ofer  hiae  solfe  to-strogden  biS  ne  maeg  hus  SaBt  ilee  stonda  26.  3  gif  Se  wiSerworda 
efne  arises  in  hine  solfne  to-worpen  waes-tbiS  3  ne  maeg  gi-stonda  ah  ende  haefeS  27.  naenig  mon  maBg+maehte 
fato  stronge  inga-Hngonga  in  hus  to  niomanne  k  ginioma  t  gireofiga  nymSe  aorist  gibinde  Sone  strongv  3  Sonne 
hus  his  reoflge 


26 


28  SoSlice  ic  eow  secge  ~p  ealle  synna 
synd  manna  bearnuw?  forgyfene.  1  bysmo- 
runga  paw  Se  hi  bysmeriaS; 

29  Soplice  ic  eow  secge  se  be  Sone  halgan 
gast  bysmeraS.  se  naefS  on  ecnysse  forgy- 
fenesse;  Ac  biS  eces  gyltes  scyldig.     . 

30  forpam  be  hi  cwaedon  he  haefS  un- 
claenne  gast. 

31  :f\a  com    to  him  his  modor  1  his 
X     gebroftra.    7  bar-ute  stodon  3  to 

him  sendon.    3  to  h\m  clypedon. 

32  3  mycel  menigu  ymb  hine  sset  and  to 
him  cwaedon.  her  is  bin  modor  3  bine  ge- 
broSra  ute  3  secab  be ; 

33  He  ba  him  awrfswarode  3  cweeS.  hwylc 
is  min  modor  3  mine  gebrobru. 

34  3  he  cwaep  Sa  behealdende  be  him 
abuton  saeton.  her  is  min  modor  3  mine 
gebroSru ; 

35  SoSlice  se  "Se  deb  godes  willan  se  is 
min  modor  3  min  broSor  3  swustor. 

CHAPTER   IV. 

1  3  eft  he  ongan  hi  aet  paere  s&  laeran. 
3  him  waes  mycel  menegu  togegaderod ;  Swa 
■p  he  on  scip  eode.  3  on  baere  see  waes.  3  eall 
seo  menegu  ymbe  ba  [see]  waeron  on  lande. 

2  3  he  hi  fela  on  bigspellum  laerde.  3 
him  to  cwaeS  on  his  lare. 

3  gehyraS ; 


*Ut  eode  se  saedere  his  ssed  to  saweune. 
4   1  pa  he  sew  sum  feoll  wiS  bone  weg.  3 


Dis  sceal  on 
baere  wucan 
after  bam  be 
man  be-lycS 

alleluia.         fugelas  comon  3  hit  iraeton ; 


Various  Readings. 

28.  A.  bysmerunga.  A.  hig.  29.  B.  om.  be.  30.  A.  hig. 
B.  unclsene.  31.  A.  moder.  32.  A.  msenigeo.  A.  ymbe. 
A.  moder.  33.  A.  Jswarede;  B.  answarode.  A.  moder. 
A.  gebroSra.  34.  A.  abutan.  B.  mine  [for  min,  wrongly]. 
A.  moder.  A.  gebroSra.  35.  A.  moder.  A.  broker.  A. 
swuster. 

Cli.  iv.  1.  B.  And  {with  large  initial).  A.  hig.  A. 
msenigeo.  A.  maenio,  A.  inserts  see,  which  the  text  and 
B  omit.  A.  waes  [for  waeron].  2.  A.  hig  fsBla.  3.  Rubric 
in  AB.     4.  A.  seow. 


28  Soplice  ic  eow  segge  ealle  synne  sende 
manne  bearne  for-gefene  3  bismerunge  pa/» 
be  hye  bysmeriged. 

29  SoSlice  ic  eow  segge  se  be  panne  hal- 
gan gast  bysmerieS  se  naefS  on  ecnysse  for- 
gyfenysse.    ac  beoS  eches  geltes  sceldyg. 

30  for  bam  be  hyo  cwaeSen.  he  hafS  un- 
claene  gast. 

31  ^IVa  comen  to  him  his  moder  3  his 
Jl     ge-broSre  3   baer-ute  stoden  3  to 

him  senten.     3  to  hym  clepeden. 

32  3  mycel  maniga  ymbe  hine  saet.  3  to 
him  cwaeSen.  Her  is  pin  moSer  3  bine 
broSre  ute  3  seceS  pe. 

33  He  pa  heom  andswerede  3  cwaeS. 
hwilc  is  min  moder  3  mine  ge-broSre. 

34  3  he  cw.  Da  be-healdende  pe  him 
abuten  saeten.  her  is  min  moder  3  mine  ge- 
bro^re. 

35  SoSlice  se  pe  deS  godes  willen  se  is 
min  moder  3  min  broker  3  mine  swustren. 

CHAPTER  IV. 

1  3  eft  he  on-gan  hyo  aet  pare  sae.  laeren 
3  hym  waes  micel  manige  to  ge-gadered. 
Swa  ~f  he  on  scyp  eode.  3  on  pare  sae  waes. 
3  sye  manige  embe  pa  sae.     waes  on  lande 

2  3  he  hy  on  fele  byspellen  laerden.  3  he 
heom  to  cw.     on  his  lare 

3  ge-hereB. 


u 


t  eode  se  saedere  his  saed  to  sawene.        ExHtquise- 

p     1       •*>  minat  heminare 

4  3  pa  he  seow  sum  feol  wiS  panne  semen  »uum. 


weig  3  fugelas  comen  3  hit  fraeten. 


Various  Readings. 

28.  MS.  Reg.  inserts  3  before  ealle;  synna  synd  manna 
bearna  f'or-gyfene  3  bysmerunga;  hi  bysmariaS.  29.  bonne; 
bismeriafc ;  eccnysse  forfynysse  (sic !) ;  bi*  eces  gyltes 
scyldig.  30.  ewafcen;  un-claenne.  31.  Da  comon  (with 
large  initial) ;  modor ;  ge-broJ5ra  ;  stodon ;  sendon  ;  cly- 
pedon. 32.  meniga;  cwaefcon;  modor;  brofcra;  seca*. 
33.  him  Jswarode;  ge-broSra.  34.  abutora.  35.  modor; 
brofcor ;  min  swustor. 

Ch.  iv.  1.  maenega;  ge-gaderud;  eall  seo  manega  (where 
the  Hatton  MS.  omits  eall).  2.  fela  byspellon  laerdon; 
laere.  3.  ge-hyraS.  Rubric  in  both  MSS.  4.  feoll ; 
bonne;  comon;  fraaton. 


27 


sog      ic  cuego     iowh  -fte  alle      forgefen  bigo  4"  forleten  bigon      sunum       monno  synno        3 

28  *Amen      dico      uobis    qoniam    omnia  dimittentur  filiis     hominum    peccata    et  J^JJ^ 

mt.  cxxiii. 
sege  gonrce  k  uutedlice  ebolsas  on       haligne  gast       ne 

29     qui  autem     blasphemauerit   in     sptWlum     sanctum  non 


ebolsungas     of  gaem      hia  ebolsadon 
blasphemia?  quibws  blasphemauerint. 


haefeg  eft  forgefnisse  in      ecnisse        ah    synnig-l-scyldig       big 
habet  remisionewi  in  aeternum  sed  reus  erit 


gaes  ece      scyld 
aeterni    delicti. 


forgon     hia  cuoedon 
30  quoniam    dicebant 


gone  gast  unclaene        haefes 

spiritum  inmunduwi   habet. 

to     bim  ceigendo-tceigdon    hine 

ad    eum  uocantes         eum. 


3      cuomon     moder      his      3     brogero     3       fita       stondes        sendon 
31   *Et  ueniunt    mater   eius    et    fratres   et    foris    stantes    miserunt *  3^"- . 


lu.  lxxxii. 
mt.  cxxx. 


3       gesaett       ymb     hine     great     3     cuoedon     him    heonu     moder 
32   et  sedebat    circa    eum    turba  et    dicunt      ei     ecce    mater 


gin      3     brogro     gin     uta         soecag      gee 
tua    et    fratres    tui    foris    quaerunt    te\ 


3       onsuarade     him     cwoeg     huaet  giu  is -l"  huaet  ga  sint 
33    et   respondens    eis       ait  quae   est 


moder     min     3     brodro     min 
mater  mea  et  fratres   mei. 


3    ymb-locade4'sceaude    hia-tga    gage      utan  ymb        his    hia  setton  cueg 
34  et     circum-spiciens        eos       qui     in  circuitu    eius  sedebant   ait 


heonu    moder     min      3     brogero     min 
ecce    mater    mea    et    fratres    mei. 


sege    forgon      doeg  willo         godes    gis     broger     min       3 

35   qui     enim   fecerit  uoluntatem    dei    hie    frater  meus   et 


swoester  min     3     moder     is 
soror    mea   et   mater  est 


CAP.  IV. 


3     eftersona  ongann      laera       to        sse       3       gesomnad     wees   to     him     great     menigo    sua    f  te    in 
1   *Et    iterum    coepit    docere    ad    mare   et    congregata  est  ad  eum   turba    multa    ita    ut    in  *  XI.  ^36.  It 


scipp  astag  gesaett     on      sse       3        all        great  .   ymb       sae        ofer        eorgo    wso[s]  3      laerde 

nauem   ascendens  sederet  in   mari   et   omnis   turba   circa   mare   super  terram   erat.       2  et  docebat 


lu.  lxxvi. 
mt.  exxxi. 


■£** 


hia     in    bispellum   menigo   3      cuoeg      to  him    on        lar         his  herag     heono    eode     ge  sawende-rsedere 

illos  in  parabolis  multa  et  dicebat     illis     in  doctrina  sua.        3  audite    ecce    exiit         seminans 


to         sawenne 
ad   seminandum. 


3    miggy     geseaw     oger-fsum       feoll        ymb    ga  stret    3       cwomon       flegendo      3 
4  et    dum    seminat       aliud      cecidit    circa     uiam     et    uenerunt    uolucres    et 


fretton  -r  eton     gaet 
comederunt   illud. 


28.  sog  ic  cwego  iow  gaette  alle  forgefen  biogvn  sunum  monna -r  forleten  synne  3  hie  eofolsadun  of  gaem  hie 
eofulsadun  29.  sege  gonne  eofolsas  on  halge  gastes  ne  haafes  forgefnisse  in  ecnisse  ah  synnig-rscyldig  big  gsere 
ecan  scyld  30.  forgon  hiae  cwedun  gon  gast  unclaene  hoefeg  31.  3  comun  moder  his  3  brogro  3  ute  stondas 
sendun  to  him  cegende  i  cegdun  to  him  32.  3  giseet  -r  setun  ymb  hine  ge  greatt  3  cwedun  him  heono  moder 
gin  3  brogro  ute  soecas  gee  33.  3  ond-sworade  him  cwseg  hwaet  is  moder  min  3  brogro  mine  34.  3  ymb 
locade i  sceowade  hiaa-tga  gage  vtan  ymb  heop  his  setun  cwaeg  heono  moder  min  3  brogro  mine  35.  sege  forgon 
doeg  willu  godes  ges  broger  min  3  swester  min  3  moder  is 

Cap.  IV.  1.  3  efter  sona  ongan  laera  3  to  sob  3  gisomnad  waes  to  him  mengu  greatas  swa  -jHe  in  scip  astag 
gisette  on  sae  3  all  ge  great  ymb  sao  ofer  eorgo  waes  2.  3  laerde  hiaB  in  bispellum  monigum  3  laerde  hiaB  in  lare 
his  3.  giherde  heonu  eode  ge  sedere  i  sawend  to  sawend  {sic)  4.  3  miggy  giseow  oger-tsum  gifeol  ymb  ga 
strete  3  comun  negende  3  fretun -r  etun  gaet 


D2 


28 


5  Sum  feoll  ofer  stan-scyligean  par  hit 
nsefde  mycele  eorSan.  3  sona  up  eode.  3  for- 
pa»«  hit  naefde  eorpan  piccnesse. 

6  pa  hit  up-eode.  Seo  sunne  hit  for- 
swselde.  3  hit  forscranc.  forpaw/  hit  wyrt- 
ruman  naefde. 

7  3  sum  feoll  on  pornas.  pa  stigon  Sa 
pornas  1  forSrysmodon  •$.  3  hit  waestm  ne 
bser. 

8  3  sum  feoll  on  god  laud  3  hit  sealde 
upp-stigende  3  wexende  waestm;  3  an  brohte 
pritig-fealdne ;  Su»»  syxtig-fealdne ;  Sum 
hund-fealdne ; 

9  And  he  cwaeS.  gehyre  se  Se  earan 
haebbe  to  gehyranne. 

10  3  pa  he  ana  waes  hine  axodon  •p'  big- 
spell  pa  twelfe  pe  mid  hiw  waeron. 

11  1  he  saede  him.  eow  is  geseald  to 
witanne  godes  rices  gerynu ;  pam  pe  ute 
synt  ealle  ping  on  bigspelluiw  gewurpaS. 

12  ■$  higeseonde  geseon  3  na  ne  ge-seon  3 
gehyrende  gehyren  3  ne  ongyten  pe  laes  hi 
hwasnne  syn  gescyrede.  3  him  sin  hyra 
synna  forgyfene ; 

13  Ea  saede  he  hi»«.  ge  nyton  pis  big- 
spell.     3  hu  mage  ge  ealle  bigspell  witan  ; 

14  Se  pe  saewS.    wordhesaewS; 

15  SoSlice  pa  synt  wiS  pone  weg  par 
■p  word  is  gesawen.  3  ponne  hi  hit  gehyraS; 
Sona  cymS  satanas  3  afyrS  •f  word  pe  on 
heora  heortan  asawen  ys. 

16  3  pa  synt  gelice  pe  synt  ofer  pa  stan- 
scylian  gesawen ;  Sona  paenne  hi  ~p  word 
gehyraS.     3  ~p  mid  blisse  onfoS. 

Various  Readings. 
5.  A.  stan-scylian.  B.  mycel.  A.  Jjycnysse.  6.  A.  wyrt- 
ruma.  7.  A.  stigan.  A.  forjjrysmedon.  8.  A.  up-stygende: 
B.  upstigende.  A.  Jjryttyg-fealdnc  wa3stm.  9.  A.  gearan. 
10.  A.  acsedon.  11.  A.  heom.  A.  synd.  A.  ge-weorSa<5. 
12.  A.  hig.  A.  gehyron.  A.  ongiton.  A.  hig.  A.  ge- 
cyrrede.  A.  heora.  13.  B.  nihton.  A.  magon.  15.  A. 
synd.  A.  hig.  A.  om.  heora.  16.  A.  synd  (bis).  A. 
\>oane  hig. 


5  sum  feoll  ofer  stanscylygean.  paer  hit 
naefde  mycele  eorSan.  3  sone  up-eode.  3 
for  pan  hit  naefde  eorSe  picdnysse. 

6  pa  hit  up-eode  syo  sunne  hit  for-swaelde. 
3  hit  for-scranc.  for  pam  hit  writtrume  (sic) 
naefde. 

7  sum  feoll  on  ponies,  pa  stigen  pa  pomes 
3  hy  for-prismeden  •f.  3  hit  waestme  ne 
baer. 

8  3  sum  feoll  on  god  land.  3  hit  sealde 
up-stigende  3  wexende  waestme.  3  an  brohte 
prittig-fealdne.  sum  sixtig-fealdne.  sum 
hundredfealdne. 

9  JEnd  he  cw.  ge-here  se  pe  earen  haeb- 
be to  ge-herenne. 

10  3  pa  he  ane  waes.  hyo  hine  axoden. 
j5  by-spelle  pa  twelfe  pe  mid  hym  waeren. 

11  3  he  saide  heom.  eow  is  ge-seald  to 
witene  godes  rices  ge-rinen.  pam  pe  ute 
synd  ealle  ping  on  byspellen  ge-wur3aS. 

12  -p  hyo  seoude  ge-seon.  3  nane  ge-seon 
3  ge-hyred  ge-heren  3  ne  geoten  pe  laes  hyo 
hwanne  syo  ge-cyrde.  3  heom  seon  heore 
synne  for-gefeue. 

13  Da  saigde  he  heom.  ge  nyten  pis 
byspell.    3  hu  magen  ge  ealle  byspell  witen. 

14  Se  pe  sawS.     word  he  sawS. 

15  SoSlice  pa  synde  wiS  panne  weig. 
paer  j>  word  is  ge  sawen.  3  panne  hyo  hit 
ge-hered.  sone  cymS  sathanas.  3  aferreS 
paet  word,     pe  on  heora  heortan  a-sawen  is. 

1 6  ./End  pa  synd  ge-lice  pe  synde  ofer  pa 
stan-scyligen  ge-sawen.  Sona  pan  hy  -f 
word  ge-hyraS.     3  -p  mid  blisse  on-foS 


Various  Readings. 

5.  stan-scylygean ;  (>iscnysse  (sic).  6.  for  fian;  wyrt- 
trume.  7.  )?ornas  (bis);  stigan;  om.  hy;  for-^rusemedon. 
8.  (irittid-fealdne ;  hund-fealdne.  9.  ge-hyre;  eara  habbe 
to  ge-hyrenne.  10.  big-spella;  wajron.  11.  ssegde;  wit- 
anne; gerynu;  synt;  [MS.  Hatton  has  eall  ealle,  by  mis- 
take; MS.  Reg.  has  ealle  only];  byg-spelluwj.  12.  geonde 
[for  seonde];  nsene  [for  nane  =  na  ne];  ge-hyrend  ge- 
hyren; ongeoton;  hwaenne  syn;  heora;  for-gyfene.  13. 
saegde;  mage;  byg-spel  witan.  15.  synd;  weg;  ponne; 
ge-heara<5;  satanas;  afyrrts.  16.  3  )>a  synt;  ^e  synd;  stan- 
scyligan  ge-seewen;  Sone.     % 


I 


29 

sum        ec  feoll         ofer        stsenes       Ser       ne        hsefde        eorSu      michel  k  menig       3      hrseSe 

5     aliud    uero     cecidit     super     petrosa    ubi     non     habuit     terram         multam         et     statim 

upp-iornendewses-t'ariseen  wees     forSon  nsefde  .heanisse       eorSes  3         iSa      arisen  wses-tSa  upp-eode 

exortum  est  quoniam  non  habebat  altitudinem  terrae.     6  et  quando         exortus  est 

sunna    ge-drugade  4"  forbernde     forSon  neefde  wyrtruma    gedrugade  3      sum        feoll      in    Sornum 

s61  exaestuauit         eo   quod   non   haberet  radicem     exaruit.         7  et  aliud   cecidit  in    spinis 

3    astigon-l'upp-eodun    Somas     3        under-dulfon         f        3      wsBstm       ne      salde  3      oSer        feoll      on 

et       ascenderunt       spina?   et   suffocauerunt    illud   et  fructum   non   dedit.         8   et  aliud  cecidit  in 

eorSu       goduw      3      salde        waestm  stigende  3        wa3xende        3      to-brohte      enne-ran      Srittig       3 

terram    bonam    et    dabat    fructum    ascendentem    et   crescentem    et    adferebat     unum     trigenta  et 


~fo  rd 


an  sexdig        3        an       hundraS 

unum    sexagenta   et  unum   centum. 


3     he  cuoeS    se  Se  haefeS      earo      to  heranne  geheraS  3 

9   et   dicebat    qui    habet   aures    audiendi   audiat.         10   et 


miSSy     wses       syndrigon  gefrsegndon  hine     Sa  SaSe     miS    him    weoron    miS         •  tuelf  bispell 

cum     esset    singularis    interrogauerunt    eum    hi     qui    cum    eo     erant    cum    duodecim    parabolas. 

3       cue*      to  him    iouh      gesald      is     f  ge  wita       hernise       rices    godes    Seem  uuiedlice  SaSe    uta      sint 

11  et   dicebat      eis     uobis   datum   est       scire  misterium  regni    dei  *lllis    autem    qui    foris  sunt  •  37. 1 

lu.  lxxvii. 

in      bispellum        alle       biSon  -(He     gesegon        geseaS       3       ne       geseaS      3     Sa  herend    geheraS     3   mi.  cxxxiii. 

in    parabolis    omnia    fiunt.  12    ut    uidentes  uideant    et   non   uideant  et   audientes   audiant  et 


ne        oncnaweS  Sylaes       biSon  gehwerfed-rgecerred    3     biS  forgefen    him      synna 

non   intellegant   nequando  conuertantur  et   dimittantur    eis   peccata. 


3    cueS    to  him 
13   et    ait      illis 


ne  cunnige        bispell         Sas      3  huu  alle  bispello_   gie  ge-cunnas-rgie-cunna  gie  magon  seSe 

nescitis    parabolam  hanc  et  quomodo  omnes   parabolas  cognoscetis.  .     14  *Qui  •  38.  a  iu. 


ixxvin.  nit. 


saueS  word  saueS 

seminat  uerbum  seminat. 


Sas  mitedlice  aron    seSe    ymb     woeg     Ser    biS  gesauen      word        3    miSSy 
15   hi    autem   sunt   qui  circa   uiam   ubi    seminatur    uerbum   et   cum 


geherdon        sona       cuom-rcymeS  Se  wiSerworda   3   geniomaS     word  -pte         gesawen      wees  in  hearta     hiora 

audirent  confestim       uenit  satanas      et    aufert    uerbum  quod  seminatum  est  in  corda  eorum. 

3    Sas    sint         gelic       SaSe    ofer       staenero    saues-tsauaS    SaSe  miSSy  geherdon  4"  geheraS      word        sona 

16   et  hi   sunt   similiter  qui   super   petrosa   semiuantur    qui  cum  audierint        uerbum  statim 

miS     glasdnise        onfoeS  -p 

cum    gaudio    accipiunt   illud. 


5.  oSer  k  sum  soSlice  gifeol  ofer  staenere  Ser  ne  harfde  eorSo ....  3  hraeSe  up-iornende  waes  forSon  ne  hsefde 
heonisse  eorSo  6.  3  Sa  aras  k  up-arnende  waes  sunne  3  drygde  k  forbernde  3  forSon  ne  hrefde  wyrtruma  adrugade 
7.  3  oSer    gifeol   in   Somas   3    astigun-rup-eadun    Somas    3    under-dulfun    Saet    3    western   ne   salde  8.    3  oSro 

gifeol  on  eorSo  gode  3  salde  w»stem  stigende  3  wexende  3  to-brohte  an-renne  Sritig  3  an  sextig  3  an  hundreS 
9.  3  he  cwaeS  seSe  hsefeS  earu  to  giheranne  gihere  10.  3  miSSy  waes  syndrigum  gifrugnun  hine  Saet  SaSe 
miS  hine  werun  miS  twelf  bispellum  11.  3  cwaeS  to  him  iow  gisald  is  Sa3t  giwite  . .  .  rice  godes  Saem  Sonne 

SaSe  ute  werun  in  bispellum  alle  bioSon  12.  f  gisegun  giscead  3  ne  giseas  3  Sa  giherend  giheras  3  ne 
on-cnawaS  Sy  laes  gihwerfed k gicerred  bioSon  3  biS  for-gefen  him  synne  13.  3  cwaeS  to  him.ne  cunno  ge  bispell 
Sas  3  hvv  alle  bispell  gicunniga  k  magvn  gicunniga  14  seSe  saweS  word  saweS  15.  Sas  wutudlf'ce  arun  seSe 
ymb  woeg  Ser  gisawen  biS  word  3  miSSy  giherdun  sona  com-tcymeS  Se  wiSer-worda  3  giniomaS  word  Saette 
gisawen  waes  in  heorta  iowrum  16.  3  Sa  sint  gilice  SaSe  ofer  staenere  sawen  k  sawende  biS  SaSe  miSSy  giherdon 
word  sona  miS  glaednisse  on-foas  SaBt 


30 


17  T?  hi  nabbaS  wyrtruman  on  him. 
ac  beoB  unstaSolfaeste.  1  sybban  upcymS 
deofles  costnung  3  his  ehtnys  for  bam 
worde; 

18  Hi  synd  on  bornum  gesawen.  ■p  synd 
ba  Se  -p  word  gehyraS. 

19  7  of-yrmSe  1  swicdome  worold-welene. 
1  oSra  gewilnunga  ~p  word  of-brysmaS.  3 
synt  buton  waestme  gewordene. 

20  3  ba  Se  gesawen  e  synt  ofer  •p  gode 
land,  ba  synd  be  p  word  gehyraft  !!  onfoS. 
1  waestm  bringaS.  Sum  J?ritig-fealdne.  sum 
syxtig-fealdne.     1  sum  hund-fealdne; 

21  TTe  saede  him  cwyst  bu  cymS  •p' 
-I~L  leoht-faet  -p  hit  beo  under  by- 
dene  asett.  oSSe  under  bedde.    witegere  ~p 
hit  sy  ofer  candel-staef  asett; 

22  SoSlice  nis  nan  Sing  behydd  pe  ne 
sy  geswutelod;  ne  nis  digle  geworden.  ac  ■p 
hit  openlice  cume; 

23  Gehyre  gif  hwa  earan  haebbe  to  ge- 
hyranne. 

24  1  he  cwaeS  to  him  warniaS  hwaet  ge 
gehyran.  1  on  pam  gemete.  be  ge  metaS 
eow  biS  gemeten  3  eow  biS  ge-ict. 

25  bam  biS  geseald  be  haefS  1  bam  Se 
naefS.    eac  f  he  haefS  him  biS  aet-broden. 

26  1  he  cw.  godes  rice  ys  swylce  man 
wurpe  god  saed  on  his  land 

27  J  sawe  1  arise  daeges  3  nihtes.  3  ;J> 
saed.     growe  1  wexe  bonrae  he  nat ; 

28  SoSlice  sylf-willes  seo  eorSe  waestm 
beraS  aerest  gaers  sySSan  ear.  sybban  Mine 
hwaete  on  bam  eare; 


Various  Readings. 

17.  A.  hig.  A.  7  k  ac  [for  ac].  A.  costung;  B.  cost- 
nunge.  18.  A.  hig.  19.  A.  world-welena ;  B.  worolde- 
welene.  A.  of(;rysmiaS.  A.  synd  butan.  20.  A.  synd.  21. 
A.  And  he  {with  large  initial  A).  A.  aset.  A.  wite-geare. 
A.  sig.  22.  A.  sig.  23.  A.  gearan.  24.  A.  cwyS.  A. 
gehyron.  A.  yht  [for  ge-ict].  26.  A.  worpe.  28.  A.  bereS. 
A.  fulne. 


17  1  hyo  naebbe'S  wertrumen  on  heom. 
ac  beoS  un-staSelfaeste.  ")  sedSan  up  kymd 
deofles  costnunge  ")  his  ehtnyss  for  bam 
worde. 

18  Hyo  synden  on  bornen  ge-sawen.  ■p 
synden  ba  be  -p  word  ge-hereS. 

1 9  3  of-erm^e  3  swicedome  weorld-welene 
1  oSre  wilnunge  f  word  of-bresmed  3  synden 
buten  waestme  ge-worSene. 

20  J  ba  be  ge-sawene  sinde  ofer  baet  gode 
land,  ba  sinde  ba  be  -p  word  ge-hered  D  on- 
foS  !!  waestme  bringeS.  sum  brittig-fealdne. 
sum  sixti-fealdne.     1  sum  hundfealdne. 

21  TT^nd   he   saigde    heom   cwaeSst   pu 
■i— '  cem$  -p  leoht-fet  -p  hit  beo  under 

bydene  asett  odSe  under  bedde.     witegere 
"p  hit  syo  ofer  candel-stef  asett. 

22  SoSlice  nis  nan  ping  be-hyd  be  ne  syo 
ge-swutelod.  ne  nis  digle  ge-worden  ac  ■p 
hit  openlice  cume. 

23  Ge-hyre  gyf  hwa  earen  habbe  to  ge- 
heranne. 

24  3  he  cw.  to  heom.  warniaS  hwaet  ge 
ge-heren  1  on  bam  ge-mette  be  ge  meteS 
eow  beoS  ge-meten.     1  eow  byS  ge-eht. 

25  bam  beoS  ge-seald  be  haefS.  1  ban  be 
naefS.     eac  -p  he  haefS  him  beoS  aet-broden. 

26  T  he  cwaeS.  Godes  rice  is  swilce  man 
be  worpe  god  saed  on  his  land. 

27  3  sawe  1  arise  daiges  1  nihtes.  1  p  saed 
growe  1  wexe  panne  he  nat. 

28  SoSlice  selfwilles  syo  eorSe  waestme 
byreS.  aerest  gaers.  1  sedSan  ear.  sydSan 
Mine  hwaete  on  bam  eare. 


Various  Readings. 

17.  wyrtruman;  unstadelfeste ;  sySSam  up  cymfc;  cost- 
nung; ys  ehtnys.  18.  synd;  fiorne;  synt;  om.  \>e;  ge- 
hyraS.  19.  yrm8e;  swicdome;  of-SrysmaS;  synt  butan; 
ge-wordene.  20.  synt  (bis);  om.  jja;  ge-hyraS;  bringaiS ; 
sixtig.  21.  ssegde;  cweSst;  cymS;  faet;  aset;  oSSe;  staef. 
22.  be-hydd.  23.  Ge-hyora;  earan  hasbbe.  24,  ge-hyren ; 
ge-meton ;  ge-ect.  25.  (>am ;  bis  sekbrogden.  26.  weorpe. 
27.  weoxe  \>orme.  28.  sylf-willes;  bera«  arest;  om.  3; 
sySSan  (bis) ;  waste. 


31 

3  nabbaS        wyrtryma  sofca-r'sefterSon 

17   et  non  habent   radicem    in    s6    sed  temporale8  sunt  deinde 


oehtnisse  fore  word       sona  k  hraeSe  ge-ondspurnad  biS 

persecutione     propter     uerbum     confestim     scandalizantur. 


hia  sauefc-rsauas    Sas     sint     $a<$e      word        geherafc 
seminantur       hi    sunt    qui   uerbum    audiunt. 


3    oSero 
18   et    alii 

telnisse      woruldes    3 


sint     $a«e    on    Sornum 
sunt     qui     in    spinfft" 

16swist     walana-tweala 


19  et   aerumnas    sseculi    et   deceptio     diuitiarum 


3     ymb   oefterra-l'oSero-l'hlaf    lust-giornisses  in-eoden       under-delfad     word         3     buta    wsestm  bi$  gemoetat 

et  circa  reliqua  concupiscentiae    introeuntes    suffocant    uerbum    et    sine    fructu    efficitur. 

3      fca     sint     SaSe     ofer        eortSo  god         gesauen      sint    4a  Se     heraS  word        3        onfoaS  3 

20    et    hi    sunt    qui    super    terram    bonam    seminati    sunt    qui    audiunt   uerbuwi   et   suscipiunt   et 


wsestmia*  an  Srittig        3         an  sextig  3  an        hundraS 

fructificant    unum    triginta    et    unum    sexaginta    et    unum     centum. 


3     he  cuoeS     to  him 
21    *Et    dicebat       illis 


ahne-HweSer    cuom  leht-fset-tSaeccilla  fte    under    rnitta^faett    gesetted  bi$     k     under    bed        ahne      fte      ofer 
numquid    uenit         lucerna         ut     sub        modio  ponatur     aut    sub    lecto    nonne    ut    super 


leht-isern  k      biS  gesettet 
candelabrum     ponatur. 


nis     forSon  sBnig  King      ge-degled         fte       ne     biS  sed-eauad     ne 

22   *Non    euim    est    aliquid    absconditum    quod  non   manifestetur   nee 


aworden   waes      degle          ah  £te  in    eauung    cyme?                gif  hua  hsefeS      earo      hernisses    geheraS                 3 

tactum    est  occultum  sed   ut  in  palam    ueniat.       23  siquis  habet   aures   audiendi  audiat.      24  *Et 

cuoeS  he    to  him    gesea?    huset    gie  heras    on    sua  huaelc     gewsege  gewoegen    gie  biSon    eft  gewoegen  biS    iowh 

dicebat      illis     uidete   quid    audiatis    in       qua       mensura  mensi      iueritis         remetietur      uobis 


•  XII.  39.  ii. 
lu.  exxxiii. 
lxxviiii. 
mt.  xxxii. 


•  40.  ii. 
lu.  lxxx. 
mt.  xcii. 

*  41.  ii. 

lu.  lvi.mt.  1. 


3    gesald  bi5-rgeeced  biS    iowh 
et  adicietur  uobis. 

haefefc    genumen  bifc    from    him 
habet      auferetur       ab     illo. 


seSe     forSon    haefed    gesald  biS    him    3     se8e        nsofeS        uutedlice    fte 
25  *Qui    enim    habet    dabitur     illi   et    qui    non   habet   etiam   quod  •  42.  ii. 

lu.  cexxx. 

3     he  cuoeS   ins      is  ric        godes  huu  suae  gif     monn 

26   *Et    dicebat    sic    est  regnum     dei     quemammodum    si    homo  ■  43.  x. 


worpaS    fcone  sawende-rsedere    on      eorfco 
iaceat  sementem  in  terram. 


3    slepiafc-l'slepefc    3        arisaS     on  nseht  3  on  daeg  3      sed 
27  et       dormiat       et   exsurgat    nocte     ac   die    et  semen 


waexaS-l'wyrtrumiaS    3  inwsexaS     fca  huile  ne  wat     Se 
germinet  et  increscat    dum    nescit   ille. 


lustum  forfcon    eorSo     woestmiaS         aerist         gers 
28  ultro     enim    terra  fructificat   primum  herbam 


sefferSon  Sone  fcorn    soSSa         full  hwsete  in      eher 

deinde     spinam    deinde   plenum   frumentum   in    spica. 


17.  3  ne  habbaS  wyrtruma  in  him  ah  tide  wexende  werun  sona  miSSy  aras  costung  3  oehtnisse  fore  worde 
sona-rhraeSe  gi-ond-spurnad  biS  18.  3  08 re  sindun  $a$e  in  fcornum  sawas  8a  sint  Safce  word  giheraS  19.  3 
telnisse  weorlde  3  lose-west  willana  3  ymb  aefter  k  ofcero  lust  +  giornisse  in-eodun  under-delfas  word  3  buta  wsestme 
gimoetid  bl!5  20.  3  Sa  sint  Sa*e  ofer  eorSo  gode  gisawene  sindun  8a  sindun  Sa$e  giheras  word  3  on-foaS  3 
waestmas  an  Sritig  3  an  sextig  3  an  hundred  21.  3  he  cwreS  to  him  ahne-Hrwer  cyme?  lehtfaet-tSaecela  fte 
under  mitta  k  faete  biS  giseted  Saette  vnder  bedde  ahne  fte  ofer  leht-iserne  giseted  biS  22.  ne  forSon  is  aenig 
gi-degled  fcaette  ne  aet-eowed  ne  biS  ne  giworden  waes  degle  ah  fte  in  eowunga  cymeS  23.  gif  hwelc  haefeS 
eara  hernisse  giheras  24  3  cwaeS  to  him  giseaS  hwset  ge  giheras  in  swa  hwelce  giwege  giwegen  gi  biofcon  eft 
giweger.  bi$  iow  3  gisald  k  gieced  biS  iow  25.  seSe  forSon  haefeS  gisald  bi$  him  3  sefce  ne  haefe*  wutudh'ce 
fcaBtte  haefefc  ginumen  bifc  from  him  26.  3  he  cwaefc  Sus  is  rice  godes  huv  swa  gif  mon  worpes  Sone  sawende 
on  eorSo  27.  3  slepiafc  3  arisas  on  naeht  3  on  dsege  3  sed  weceS-twyrtrymafc  3  wexeS  Sa  hwile  ne  watt  *e 
28.  lustum  forSon  eorSo  waestmas  serest  gers  aefter  Son  Sone  Sorn  soSfca  full  hwsete  in  sehher 


32 


29  And  ponwe  se  waestm  hine  forS- 
bringS.  sona  he  sent  his  sicol  forpaw  ■p  rip 
let  is. 

80  1  eft  he  cwaeS.  for  hwaw?  geanlicie 
we  heofena  rice.  oSSe  hwylcu/n  bigspelle 
wiS-mete  we  hit; 

31  Swa  swa  senepes  saed.  ponwe  hit  biS 
on  eorSan  gesawen.  hit  is  ealra  saeda  laest 
pe  on  eorSan  synt. 

32  3  ponne  hit  asawen  biS  hit  astihp.  3 
biS  ealra  wyrta  maest  1  haefS  swa  mycele 
bogas  ■p  heofenes  fugelas  eardian  magon 
under  his  sceade. 

33  1  manegum  swylcu/w  bigspellum  he 
spraec  to  him  paet  hi  raihton  gehyran ; 

34  Ne  spaec  he  na  butan  bigspelle.  eall 
he  his  leorning-cnihtuw?  asundron  rehte. 

35  1  saede  hiw  ponne  aefen  biS  uton 
faran  agen; 

36  And  pas  menigu  forlsetan;  hi  on- 
fengon  hine  swa  he  on  scipe  waes.  1  opre 
scipu  waeron  mid  him. 

37  1  pa  waas  mycel  yst  windes  geworden. 
"}  ypa  he  awearp  on  -p  scyp  -p  hit  gefylled 
waes 

38  1  he  waes  on  scipe  ofer  bolster  sla- 
pende.  ")  hi  awehton  hine  !!  cwaedon.  ne 
be-limpS  to  pe  ~p  we  forwurpaS. 

39  1  he  aras  !!  para  winde  bebead.  3 
cwaeS  to  Saere  sae;  Suwa  3  gestille.  1  se 
wind  geswac  pa.     "J  wearS  mycel  smyltnes. 

40  "i  he  saede  hi?»  hwi  synt  ge  forhte. 
gyt  ge  nabbaS  geleafan. 


Various  Readings. 

29.  A.  forS-bryncS.  31.  A.  synd.  33.  A.hig.  34.  A.  sprsec. 
35.  A.  on-gean.  36.  A.  3  f>a  msenigeo  for-lsetende  hig. 
37.  A.  B.  wses  gefylled.  38.  A.  hig.  A.  for-weorjjaS. 
39.  A.  gestyl.     40.  A.  hwig  synd. 


29  3  panne  se  waestme  hine  forS-bringS. 
sone  he  sent  his  sicel  for  pan  -p  rip  set 
is. 

30  And  eft  he  cw.  for  hwan  an-lichie  we 
heofene  rice  odSe  hwilcan  bispellen  wiS- 
mete  we  hit. 

31  Swa  swa  senepes  saed  panne  hit  beoS 
on  eorSan  ge-sawen.  hit  is  aire  saede  laest 
pe  on  eorSan  synt. 

32  "i  panne  hit  asawen  byS  hit  astihS  1 
byS  aire  wirte  maest.  1  haefS  swa  micele 
boges.  •p  heofenes  fugeles  eardian  magen 
under  his  scaede. 

33  3  manigen  swilcen  byspellen  he  spaec 
to  heom  "p  hyo  mihten  ge-heran. 

34  Ne  spaec  he  na  buton  byspellen  ealle 
he  his  leorning-cnihten  asundren  rehte. 

35  D  saide  heom  panne  aefen  beoS  uten 
faren  agen 

36  "1  pa  manige  for-laetende.  hyo  on- 
fengen  hine  swa  he  on  scype  waes  1  oSre 
scype  waeren  mid  hym. 

37  3  pa  waes  micel  yst  windes  ge-worSen. 
send  ypa  he  awarp  on  ■p  scyp  -p  hit  waes  ge- 
felld 

38  1  he  waes  on  scype  ofer  bolster  slae- 
pende.  1  hyo  awehten  hine  3  cwaeSen.  ne 
be-lympS  to  pe  -p  we  for-wurSeS. 

39  3  he  aras  1  paw?  winde  be-bead  3 
cw.  to  pare  sai.  Swug  1  ge-stille.  3  se 
wind  ge-swac  pa.     7  warS  mycel  smoltnes. 

40  1  he  saigde  heom  hwi  synde  ge  forhte. 
gyt  ge  naebbeS  ge-leafen. 


Various  Headings. 

29.  );onne ;  brine*  ;  sicol.  30.  hwam  anlicie ;  ofcfce  hwill- 
cum  bi-spellum.  31.  }>onne ;  biS ;  ealre.  32.  {>one;  ealra 
wirta ;  bogas  ;  fugelas ;  scade.  33.  manegum  swylcum 
bigspellum ;  mehton  ge-hyran.  34.  butan  big-spelle ; 
cnihtan ;  asundran.  35.  ssegde  ;  ]>ojme  afen  by*  ute  faeren. 
36.  menega ;  hy  on-fengon ;  wseron.  37.  ge-Vorden  5  yf>a  ; 
ge-fylled.  38.  awyhten ;  cwaSen ;  for-wurto8.  39.  Swuga; 
wears  ;  smyltnes.    40.  seegde ;  synt ;  nsebbais  ge-leafan. 


33 

3    miSSy  hine    forS-brohte     weestm       sona       sende     rip-isern      forSon       cwom    ripes  tld  »  # 

29  et   cum      s£    produxerit   fructus    statim    mittit    falcem    quoniam   adest    niessis.         30  *-Et  lu.  ^lxvi 


Vll. 

nit.  cxxxvii. 


cuoeS      to  hweem    we  gelic-leta  welle         ric         godes      *      to  hueem    Sa  bispello    mi«5y  we  gegearuagafc      Seet 
dicebat        cui         adsimilabimus    regnum     dei      aut        cui       parabolae       cumparabimus         illud. 

sua)         corn        sinapis        f      miSSy      gesawen        wees     on    earfcu   leesest     is       allum  seSum        SaSe 

31.  sicut  granum  sinapis  quod   cum  seminatum  fuerit  in   terra  minus  est  omnibus  seminibws  quae 

aron    on    eorfcu  3    mi«*y       gesauen         wees        astag        3    biS      mara         allum     wyrtum  *  greesum   3 

sunt   in   terra.         32  et    cum    seminatum   fuerit  ascendit  et  fit    maius    omnibus       holeribws       et 

doae«-rwyrcaS  telgo-rtwiggo     miclo      Sus-rsueB    fte  hia  magon  under      scua        his     fuglas    heofnees  bya-rwunia 
facit  ramos       magnos        ita        ut     possint     sub     umbra   eius     aues      caeli     habitare. 

3  mi*  fcullucum  monigum   bispellum    he  gespreec  to  him     word      suaa  suifce  hia  maehton  gehera  buta 

33  *Et      talibws        multis    parabolis  loquebatur     eis     uerbum     prout       poterant    audire.      34  sine  •  45.  vi. 

mt.cxxxviii[i]. 

biseno-r  bispello  uutedlice  ne  wajs   spreeccend  *  ne  spreecc   to  him     syndrige  \xutedlice     Segnum       his     tosceadade -r 

parabola       autem      non  loquebatur  eis     *seorsum   autem    discipulis   suis       disse-      »46.  x. 

trahtade-Hie  stegde      alle  3    cwoopS]    to  him    on  Seem   deege    miSSy     efern-tsmyltnis    were    awordsen 

rebat  omnia.  35  *Et     ait        illis        ilia       die      cum  sero  esset   factum  ^lJJim' "' 

mt.  lxviiii. 
fsereweeofer    togeegnas  3    forleorton  Sone  here  i  forletende  Sreat  togenomon     hine    suaB  -)St[e]  hia  weron  in 

transeamus     contra.         36   et  dimittentes   turbam  adsumunt   eum    ita    ut      erant      in 

scip     3     oSero     scipo     weron    mi*     him  3   geworden  waes  wind-rees-ryrte  michelo    windes    3         y^S 

naui  .et  aliae   naues   erant   cum   illo.         37  et     facta      est       procella        magna    uenti    et  fluctus 

sende-rwBBS  feerende    in    f>  scipp     sua    -)Ste    gefylled  waes    Seet  scip  3    wees    Se+he    in    scipp   on-roferufa 

mittebat  in    nauem     ita    ut     impleretur     nauis.  38  et  erat     ipse     in  puppi     supra 

bolstare       slepende      3     aweehton     hine     3     cuoedon  to  him      laruu      ne  to  fce  byreJS  forSon-l-^  we  sie  dead-tne 
ceruical   dormiens   et  excitant   eum   et    dicunt       ei     magister  non  ad  te  pertinet 

reces  Su  -)5  we  deado  aie  3  aras  stiorend         wees    to  winde     3       cue*    to  Seem  sae   swiga  «  «_<»  _, 

quia     perimws.  39     et     exsurgens     comminatus     est      uento     et     dixit       mari       tace 

wes  dum       3    blann -r  hreeste  -p  wind    3    geworden  wsbs  smyltnisse  miclo -r  michelo  3   cue*  to  him   hweetd 

ommutesce   et      cessauit  uentus      et     facta     est    tranquillitas   magna."      40   et  ait      illis      quid 

frohto -r  forhto    arogie-tgebiSon-tgesint    ne  get    habba*  ge  *one  geleafa 
timidi  estis  necdum        habetis  fidem. 


29.  3  mi**y  hine  for*-brohte  weestem  sona  sende  rip-isern  for*on  com  ripes  tide  30.  3  cwee*  to  hwsem  we 
gilic-letan  welle  rice  godes  i  to  hwsem  8a  bispel  mi«*y  we  gi-georwigas  Sect  31.  swa  is  -pte  corn  senepes  Seet 
mifcfcy  gisawen  wees  on  eorSu  lytel  is  allum  sawendum  SaSe  sind  on  eoriSu  32.  3  mtfSSy  gisawen  .  . .  astige*  3 
bifc  mara  allum  grasum  3  wyrceS  i  doe*  telgo  i  twigo  micle  8us  f  hiee  magun  under  scua  his  fuglas  heofnes  bya-l- 
wu[n]ige  33.  3  mi$  Suslicuw  monigum  bispellum  hise  spreocaS  to  him  word  swa  swiSe  hia3  meehtum  (sic)  gihera 
34.  buta  bisine  wutudlice  ne  wees  sprecende  to  him  syndrige  wutudlice  Seghum  his  he  seegde  alle  35.  3  cwaeS 
to  him  on  8eem  deege  miSSy  efern  wees  giworden  feere  we  ofer  togsegnes  36.  3  forleortun  Sone  here  to-ginomun 
...swa  fte  hise  werun  in  scipe  3  oSro  sciopu  werun  mi8  him  37.  3  giworden  wees  wind-ryst  micelo  windes 
3  yfc  faerende -r  sendende  in  Saet  scip  sende  -pte  gifylled  was  Seet  scip  38.  3  waes  he-tSe  in  scipe  on -r  ofer  bolstre 
slepende  3  awehtun  hine  3  cwedun  to  him  larow  ne  to  Se  gibyreS  forSon  Sset  we  deade-rne  reces  Su  Sah  we 
deade  sie  39.  3  arisende  Se  stiorend  wees  windes  3  cwseS  to  Seem  see  swiga  wes  dumba  3  blan-rreste  Se  wind 
3  giworden  wees  smyltnisse  micelo       40  3  cwaeS  to  him  hweet  forhte  aron  ge  ne  gett  habbas  ge  gileofu. 

E 


34 


Dis  sceal  on 
frige-dag  on 
(>sere  seofegan 
wucan  ofer 
pentecosten. 
Venit  ihesMs 
in  regionem 
gerasenorum 
&  exeunte  ei 
de  naui  statim 
occurrit  ei  de 
monumentis. 


41  3  hi  micclu/w  ege  hi»i  ondredon.  3 
cwaedon  aelc  to  oSruwi  hwaet  wenst  jm  hwaet 
is  $es  •$  him  [wyndas  J]  see  hyrsumiaS ; 

CHAPTER   V. 

1  T^a  comon  hi  ofer  paere  sses  muSan 
■JLr  on  -p  rice,     hierasenorum 

2  3  him  of  scipe  gangendum  him  sona 
agen  arn  an  man  of  pam  byrgenuwz  on  un- 
claenuw  gaste ; 

3  Se  haefde  on  byrgenum  scraef 3  hine  nan 
man  mid  racenteagum  ne  mihte  gebindan. 

4  forpaw  he  oft  mid  fot-coppsum  3  ra- 
centeagum gebunden.  toslat  pa  raceteaga  3 
pa  fot-coppsas  tobraec.  3  hine  nan  man  ge- 
wyldan  ne  mihte. 

5  3  symle  daeges  3  nihtes  he  waes  on 
byrgenum  and  on  muntuw.  hrymende  3  hine 
sylfne  mid  stanum  ceorfende; 

6  SoSlice  Sa  he  pone  haelend  feorran 
geseah.    he  am  3  hine  gebaed. 

7  3  mycelre  stemne  hrymende  3  pus  cw. 
eala  maera  haelend  godes  sunu  hwaet  is  me  3 
pe.  Ic  halsige  pe  Surh  god  ~f  Su  me  ne 
preage ; 

8  pa  cwaeS  se  haelend.  eala  unclaena 
gast.     ga  of  'Sysum  men ; 

9  Da  ahsode  he  hine  hwaet  is  pin  nama. 
pa  cwaeS  he  min  nama  is  legio.  forpam  we 
manega  synt. 

10  3  he  hine  swyfte  baed  •$  he  hine  of 
pam  rice  ne  dyde. 

11  par  waes  embe  pone  munt  mycel 
swyna  heord  laesgende. 


Various  Readings. 

41.  A.  hig.  A.  mycelum;  B.  mycluw.  A.  B.  insert 
wyndas  3,  which  the  text  omits. 

Cap.  v.  1.  Rubric  from  A;  B.  has  the  same,  omitting 
the  Latin,  but  the  scribe  has  added  probatio  penne.  A. 
hig.    A.  gerasenorum.    2.    A.  ongean.    3.   A.  raceteagum. 

4.  A.  B.   fot-copsum.    A.  raceteagujra.    A.  B.   fot-copsas. 

5.  A.  symble.  7.  A.  stefne.  8.  B.  has  [>u  inserted  after 
eala,  above  the  line.  A.  jiyssum.  9.  A.  acsode.  A.  leio. 
A.  synd.  10.  A.  nydde  [for  dyde];  B.  dydde.  II.  A. 
)>a.     A.  ynibe.     A.  laeswigende ;  B.  lseswende. 


41  3  hyo  mychelen  eige  heom  on-draedden. 
3  cwae^en  aelc  to  oSren.  hwaet  wenst  pu 
hwaet  is  pes  pe  him  windes  3  sae  hersumiaS. 

CHAPTER   V. 

1  T*a  comen  hyo  ofer  pare  saes  muSan 
X    on  ~p  rice  jerasenorum. 

2  3  him  of  scipe  gangenden  him  sona 
agen  arn  an  man  of  pam  byregenen  on  un- 
claenen  gaste. 

3  Se  haefde  on  byregene  scref  3  hine  nan 
man  mid  racetegen  ne  mihte  ge-binden. 

4  for  pan  he  oft  mid  fot-copsen  3  race- 
tegen ge-bunden  to-slat  pa  raketegen.  3 
pa  fot-copses  to-braec.  3  hine  nan  man  ge- 
welden  ne  myhte. 

5  3  symle  daiges  3  nihtes  he  waes  on 
byrigenne.  3  on  munten  remende.  3  hine 
sylfne  mid  stanen  ceorfende. 

6  SoSlice  pa  he  pane  haelend  feorren  ge- 
seah.    he  arn  3  hine  ge-baed. 

7  3  mycelere  stefne  remde.  3  pus  cwaeS. 
Bale  maere  haelend  godes  sune.  hwaet  is  me 
3  pe.  ic  haelsige  pe  purh  god  -p  pu  me  ne 
Sreage. 

8  Da  cwaeS  se  haelend.  eala  pu  un-claene 
gast  ga  of  pisen  men. 

9  Da  axsede  he  hine  hwaet  is  pin  name. 
Da  cwseS  he  min  name  is  legio.  for  pan 
we  manege  synde. 

10  3  he  hine  swrSe  bae$  f  he  hine  of 
pam  riche  ne  dyde. 

11  paer  waes  ymb  panne  munt  mycel  swin- 
heord.     laesiende. 


Various  Readings. 

41.  by  myclujre ;  on-drsedon;  cwaedon;  oSriwz;  -}S  [/or 
J>e];  windas;  hyrsumiafc. 

Cap.  v.  1.  comon;  hierasenorum.  2.  gangendum;  on 
[for  an];  byregnum;  uncleenum.  3.  byrgenum  scraef; 
raeetegan.  4.  fot-copsum;  racentegan;  racetegan;  fot- 
copsas  ;  ge-wylden.  5.  byrigennum ;  muntum  hrymende ; 
stanum.  6.  jiene.  7.  mycele  stemne  hrymde ;  eala;  ha- 
lend.  8.  Jiisura.  9.  axsode ;  nama ;  ):am ;  manega  synt. 
10.  bced;  rice.     11.  (jonne ;  lseswende. 


35 


3    ondreardon  miS  micelo    fyrhto     3     hia  cuedon        him  bitwien        hua    woenes  Su    is     Ses  forSon  k  -pte 
41  et    timuerunt  magno    timore   et    dicebant    ad   alterutrum   quis      putas     est   iste      quia 


^~ 


ec      wind       3       sS      heraS-tedmodaS  him-HiersumiaS 
et  uentus  et   mare  oboediunt  ei. 


CAP.  V. 


3       cuomon       ofer    swira-l'ofer  luh    Ssesses    on         lond  gerasenorwm 

1   et   uenerunt   trans        fretum         maris   in   regionem   gerasenorum. 


3     miSSy  eade    him 
2   et      exeunti       ei 


of     scip       recone     togsegnes  am    him    of    byrgennum  t of  bendum    mon       in        gast         uncloene  seSe 

de    naui    statim        occurrit         ei     de  monumentis  homo     in    spiritu    inmundo.  3    qui 

hfis-Hytelo  by    hsofde        in        byrgennum      3        ne       hraccentegum   huil  k  vmtedlice   senig  monn     hine      meehte 
domicilium    habebat     in    monumentis    et    neqwe       catenis  iam  quisquam    eura    poterat 

gebinda  forSon    oftust-l'synile  miS  feotrwm     3     miS  hracentegum     gebunden  woes        toslat         Sa  hracengo 

ligare.         4   quoniam        sepe       compedibws  et  catenis  uinctus       disrupisset      catenas 

3       Sa  ftittro     forbraec -r  toscesende     3     nsenig  monn      msehte     hine   temma-Hialda  3       symle       nseht       3 

et  compedes      comminuisset      et        nemo        poterat   eum      domare.  5   et   semper    nocte    ac 

dsege   in  byrgennum k  in  fsestnungum  3  morum      wees    3     cliopende   3  falletande-tSserscende  hine    to  stanum 

die    in  monumentis  et  in  montibws  erat  et  damans  et         concidens  se^     lapidibus. 


gesaeh     8a  gone      hselend  fearre     to  gearn     3      worSade      hine 

6    uidens     autem     iheswm    a"    longe    cucurrit   et    adorauit    eum. 


3     clioppende    stefne     miclo 
7   et    clamans     uoce    magna 


cuoeS    hwset      me       3      Se    Su  hselend    sunu     godes    Sses  heista    ic  halsigo   Sec    Serh      god    ne  mec  f  Su  mec  ne 
dicit     quid   mihi   et   tibi      ihesu        fili       dei       summi       adiuro     t^     per    deum      ne  me 

wursecce  cuoeS     forSon   to  him   gaa  Su  gaast     unclsene    from    Seem  menn  3  gefregn  hine 

torqueas.         8   dicebat   enim      illi     exi    spirite    inmunde    ab      liomine.         9  et  interrogabat   eum 

husetd    Se      to  noma      is       3     cuoeS   to  him      here       to  noma     me  _      is      forSon    monig    we  sindon  3 

quod    tibi    nomen    est    et    dicit      ei      legiof    nomen    mihi    est     quia    multi     sumus.  10   et  1 4"  xij. 

Suserad  -JS  is 
leffio  fSisl 
biddende  wscs-rbsed  hine   suiSe  16nga   fte  hine  ne       fordrife        bnta      Sset  lond  wses  uutedlice  Ser    ymb   Wffls  diowla 

depraecabatur     eum     multum  ne*       &6   expelleret  extra   regionem.        11  erat  autem    ibi  circa  legio. 


Sone  mor    worn  berga+swina    michil      foedende 
montem   grex    porcorum    magnus   pascens. 


"^^ 


41.  3  ontlreordun  miS  micelre  fyrhto  3  cwedun  bitwion  him  hwa  woenestu  is  Ses  forSon  3  wind  3  sa3  heraS 
•reSmodaS  him. 

Cap.  V.  1.  3  comun  ofer  swira-l'ofer  luh  sses  in  lond  gerassenorum  2.  3  miSSy  eode  to  him  of  scipe  togseg- 
nes arn  him  of  byrgennum  i  of  bendum  monn  in  gaste  vnclsenum.  3.  seSe  hus-Tbyinge  lytle  hsefde  in  byrgennum 
3  ne  racantegum  hwile  senig  mon  hine  msehte  gibinda  4.  forSon  oftust  miS  feoturvm  3  miS  racontegum  gibun- 
den  wses  to-slat  Sa  racontege  3  Sa  feoturo  forbrsec  k  toscsende  3  nsenig  msehte  hine  temma k  gihalda  5.  3  symle 
on  naeht  3  on  dsege  in  byrgennum  3  on  morum  wses  cliopende  3  falletende  hine  on  stanum  6.  gisseh  wutudh'ce 
Sone  hselend  fearra  to-giarn.  3  to  worSanne  hine  7.  3  cliopade  stefne  micelre  cwseS  hwse[t]  me  3  Se  Su  hselend 
sunu  godes  Sses  hesta  ic  halsigo  Sec  Serh  god  ne  mec  ne  wrecce  8.  cwseS  forSon  to  him  gaa  gast  uncloene 
from  Ssem  menn  9.  3  gifrsegn  hine  hwset  Se  noma  is  3  cwaeS  to  him  here  noma  me  is  forSon  monige  we 
sindun  (£  is  Susend  +  xii  Susend  f  is  legio  Sis  wses  diowla  legio.  [margin])  10.  3  biddende  wses  hine  longe  Ssete 
(sic)  he  hine  fordrife  butta  Sset  lond        11.  wses  wutudlice  Ser  ymb  Sone  mor  worn  berga k  swina  micelra  foedende 

E2 


36 


12  1  pa  uncleenan  gastas  hine  baedon  1 
cwaedon ;  Send  us  on  pas  swyn  -p  we  [on]  hi 
gegan. 

13  1  pa  lyfde  se  haelend  sona.  3  Sa  eo- 
don  pa  unclaenan  gastas  on  pa  swyn.  1  on 
myclura  hryre  seo  heord  wearS  on  see  besceo- 
fen.  twa  pusendo  "\  wurdon  adruncene.  on 
Saere  sae; 

14  '  Soplice  pa  Se  hi  heoldon  flugon  1 
cyddon  on  paere  ceastre  1  on  lande  5  hi  ut 
eodon  -p  hi  ge-sawon  hwaet  par  gedon  waere. 

15  1  hi  comon  to  paws  haelende  1  hi  ge- 
sawon  pone  Se  mid  deofle  gedreht  waes.  ge- 
scrydne  sittan.  p]  hales  modes.  D  hi  hi/w 
ondredon. 

16  3  hi  rehton  hiwi  pa  Se  hit  gesawon 
hu  hit  gedon  waes.  be  \am  Se  deofol- 
seocnesse  haefde  1  be  \am  swynuw. 

17  "i  hi  baedon  -p  he  of  hyra  ge-maerum 
fore; 

18  pa  he  on  scip  eode  hine  ongan  bid- 
dan  se  Se  <er  mid  deofle  gedreht  waes.  -p  he 
mid  hi  m  waere; 

19  Him  pa  se  haelend  ne  getiSode.  ac 
he  saede  him  ga  to  pinum  huse  to  pmum 
hiwuwa  1  cyS  him  hu  mycel  drihten  gedyde 
1  he  ge-miltsode  pe; 

20  And  he  Sa  ferde  3  ongan  bodigean 
on  decapolira  hu  fela  se  haelend  him  dyde. 
1  hig  ealle  paes  wundredon  ; 

21  A  nd  pa  se  haelend  eft  on    scype 
-^*-      ferde   ofer  pone   mupan   him 

com  to  myeel  menigu  1  waes  ymbe  pa  see. 


Various  Readings. 

12.  A.  inserts  on,  which  the  text  and  B.  omit.  A.  hig. 
gan ;  B.  hig  gan.  13.  A.  mycelum.  A.  B.  bescofen.  A. 
adruncen.  14.  A.  B.  hig.  B.  fiugun.  A.  cyfcdon.  A.  B. 
hig.  B.  eodun.  A.  B.  hig.  15.  A.  B.  hig  (bis).  A.  B. 
insert  1  which  the  text  omits.  A.  B.  hig.  B.  ondredun. 
.16.  A.  B.  hig.  B.  rehtun.  A.  deofel-seocnysse;  B.  deofol- 
seocnessce.  17.  A.  B.  hig.  A.  bsedon  hyne.  A.  heora. 
A.  ferde  .[for  fore].  19.  A.  heom  [for  second  him]. 
20.  A.  ongann  bodian.  A.  fcela.  A.  B.  omit  )>aes.  B. 
wundrodon.  21.  A.  nm.  And,  and  has  Da  with  a  large 
initial.    A.  maenio;  B.  menigeo. 


12  1  pa  unclaene  gastes  hine  baeden  1 
cwaeSen.  Send  us  on  pas  swin  -p  we  hyo  on 
gan. 

13  pa  lefde  se  haelend  sone.  "i  pa  eoden 
pa  un-claene  gastes  on  pa  swin.  !!  on  mycelen 
rere  se  heord  warS  on  sae  be-scofen  twa 
pusende.     7  wurSan  adruncen  on  pare  sae. 

14  SoSlice  pa  pe  hyo  hielden  flugen  3 
cyddan  on  pare  ceastre  1  on  lande  }  hyo  ut 
eoden  -p  hyo  ge-seagen  hwaet  paer  ge-worSan 
waere. 

15  "i  hyo  comen  to  pam  haelende  1  hyo 
ge-seagen  pane  pe  mid  deofle  ge-dreht  waes. 
ge-scridne  sitten  "3  hales  modes,  "i  hyo  him 
on-dretten. 

16  1  hyo  rehten  heom  pa  pe  hit  ge-seagen. 
hu  hit  ge-don  waes  be  pam  pe  pa  deofel- 
seocnysse  haefde.     "i  be  pam  swinen. 

17  3  hyo  baeden  -p  he  of  hire  maeren 
fore. 

18  pa  he  on  scyp  eode  hine  on-gan  byd- 
dan  se  pe  aer  mid  deofle  ge-dreht  waes.  -p  he 
mid  him  waere. 

19  Him  pa  se  haelend  ne  ge-teipede.  ac 
he  saigde  him.  ga  on  pinen  huse  to  pinen 
heowen  !)  kyS  heom  hu  mycel  drihten  ge- 
dyde 1  he  ge-miltsede  pe. 

20  1  he  pa  ferde  1  on-gan  bodigen  on 
decapolim  hu  fele  se  haelend  hym  dyde. 
"i  hyo  ealle  wundredon. 

21  l/md  pa  se  haelend  eft  on  scype  ferde 
J—^    ofer   pane   muSen  him    com    to 

mycel  menigeo.     1  waes  embe  pa  sae. 

Various  Readings. 
12.  cwaedon.  Saend;  om.  on  before  gan.  13.  halend 
sona ;  mycelum  ryre  seo ;  wears ;  be-scofon ;  wurSen 
adruncenne.  14.  heoldon;  cydden;  ge-sawon;  ge-don 
waere.  15.  halende;  ge-sawen  (>onne;  ge-drecht;  sittan; 
on-dretton.  16.  rehtum  (sic);  ge-sawon;  deofol-secnysse ; 
swinum.  17.  bsedon;  hyora  ge-mseron.  19.  ge-ti);ode  ; 
ssegde;  |>inum  (.bis);  heowum ;  cyS ;  ge-miltsode  20. 
bodigan  ;  wundrodon.    21.  (jone  mu<5an ;  menegea. 


37 

3  bedon  hine   Sa  gaastas   cwoeSendo     send      usic     in    Saem  bergum  -j5te  in  him-tin  Seem 

12     et     depraecabantur     eum     spiritus      dicente8    mitte     nos     in  porcos    ut    in    eos 

we  ingeonga-t'gae  3        gelefde     him -1"  Saem  recone  se  haelend   3  miSSy  fserende  weron    4a  gastas    unclaeno 

introeamus.  13    et    concessit       eis        statim    ihesws    et         exeuntes  spiritus   inmundi 

in-eodon    in  Saem  bergum   3   mi*  miclo  hraes-t  ongeong  worn         todrifen        waes  in      seb      to    twsem    Susendum 
introierunt      in  porcos     et        magno   impetu        grex  praecipitatus  est  in  mare  ad    duo       milia 

3   under-drencdo  waeron  in      sae  seSe-t'SaSe  uuted/ice    foeddon        hia      geflugon      3  saegdon  in 

et     suffocati      sunt   in  mare.         14      qui  autem   pascebant    eos    fugerunt    et    nuntiauerunt    in 

Sa  ceastre      3      in    londum    3     fserende  woeron  to  geseanne  huaet    were    Saes  wercaes  3      cwomon    to  Saem 

ciuitatem    et    in    agros    et    egressi    sunt        uidere     quid   esset      facti.  15   et  ueniunt      ad 

haelend     3     gesegon  hine-tSene  seSe  from     diowle      gebered  waes     sittende    gecladed-tgegerelad  3    hales    Sohtes 
ihesum  et    uident       ilium       qui     a    dasmonio   uexabatur  sedentem         uestitum         et  sane  mentis 

1    ondreardon  3  ssegdon         Saem    SaSe     gesegon        hulic       geworden    were    him   seSe         diowl 

et  timuerunt.        16  et  narrauerunt  illis     qui    uiderant  qualiter    factum     esset     ei     qui   dsemonium 

haefde         3      of     bergum  3        bidda      hine      ongunnun     fte       afirrade       from   gemserum     hiora 

habuerat    et    de    porcis.  17   et    rogare    eum    coeperunt    ut    discederet     &      nnibus    eorum. 

3  miSSy  astigon         Sset  scip    ongann    hine        gebidda       seSe    from  diowle   auaeled-l' gebered     wses     -JSte 

18  *Cumqwe  ascenderunt     nauem     coepit  ilium   deprascari    qui     dasmonio         uexatus         fuerat   ut  [u481'x^'i'i 


were     miS     him 
esset   cum  illo. 


3      ne      forleort     hine     ah     cuaeS  to  him    gaa     in        hus  Sin       to  Sinum    3 

19   et   non   admisit   eum   sed     ait       illi     uade   in   domum   tuam   ad   tuos   et 


to-saeg        him  huu  micla     Se        drihten         dyde       3      milsande      sie    Sines  3      eode       3     ongann 

adannuutia   illis     quanta     tibi    &omimt3    fecerit    et    misertus    sit    tui.  20   et    abiit    et    coepit 

bodiga         in    Saer  byrig   huu  micla    him        dyde      se  haelend  3         alle        gewundradon  3     miSSy 

prsedicare    in    decapoli     quanta     sibi    fecisset     ihesws     et    omnes    mirabautur.  21   *Et    cum  JrlsjixJ*' 

int.  lxxiiii. 

oferstag         se  haelend    in      scip  eft  ofer     Saet  luh    efne-cwom    Sread     menigo    to       him       3      wa3s 

transcendisset     ihesws      in    naui    rursus    trans    fretum    conuenit    turba    multa    ad    ilium    et    erat 

ymb       sae 
circa   mare. 


12.  3  bedun  hine  gastas  cweSende  send  usih  in  Sa  bergas  -pte  we  in  hia  ingonge-r  ingaB  13.  3  gilefde  him 
sona  Se  haelend  3  miSSy  fserende  werun  gastas  unclaene  in-eodun  in  8a  bergas  3  micle  raese  t ongonge  worn  todrifen 
waes  on  sae  to  twsem  Susendum  3  adrencte  wseren  on  sse  14.  seSe  wutudhce  foedde  hiae  giflugun  3  saegdun  in 
Saer  caestre  3  on  londum  3  faerende  werun  to  seanne  hwset  were  Sees  werches  15.  3  comun  to  Saem  haelend  3 
gisegun  hine-tSene  seSe  from  diowlum  gibered  wses  sittende  giclaensad  3  hales  giSohtes  3  on-dreordun  16.  3 
saegdun  Ssem  SaSe  gisegvn  hwelc  giworden  were  3  seSe  diowol  hsefde  3  of  bergum  17.  3  bidda  hine  on-gunnan 
■jSte  he  afirde  from  gimaBrum  hiora  18.  3  miSSy  astigun  in  -p  scip  ongan  hine  gibidda  seSe  from  diowle  awaeled 
waes  -)5te  were  miS  him  19.  3  ne  for-leorte  hine  ah  cwaeS  to  him  gaa  in  hus  Sin  to  Sinum  3  to  saecganne 
him  hu  micel  Se  drihten  dyde  3  milsende  sie  Sin  20.  3  eade  3  on-gan  bodiga  in  Sser  byrig  hu  micel  him 
dyde  Se  haelend    3    alle    giwundradun  21.    3   miSSy  ofer-stag  Se  haelend  in    scip   eft   ofer   f>a  luh  efhe-comun 

Sreatas  monige  to  him  3  waes  ymb  Sone  sae. 


38 


22  3  Sa  com  sum  of  heah-gesamnungum 
iairus  hatte ;  1  ba  he  hine  geseah  he  astrehte 
hine  to  his  fotum 

23  ]  hine  swySe  baed.  3  he  cwaeS;  Min 
dohtor  is  on  ytemestum  si$e.  cum  1  sete 
bine  hand  ofer  hi  -p  heo  hal  sy  }  lybbe; 

24  Da  ferde  he  mid  him  1  him  fyligde 
mycel  menigeo  1  brungon  hine; 

25  1  ba  -p  wif  Se  on  blodryne  twelf 
winter  waes. 

26  1  fram  manegum  laecum  fela  binga 
bolode.  1  dselde  eall  -p  heo  ahte.  !)  hit  naht 
ne  fremode.    ac  waes  be  wyrse ; 

27  pa  heo  be  Sam  haelende  gehyrde  heo 
com  wi'S-aeftan  ba  menigu  1  his  reaf  aet-hran ; 

28  SoSlice  heo  cwaeS  gif  ic  furbon  his 
reafes  aet-hrine  ic  beo  hal; 

29  And  ba  sona  wearS  hyre  blodes  ryne 
adruwod.  1  heo  on  hire  gefredde  "p  heo  of 
bam  wite  gehaeled  waes; 

30  And  ba  se  haelend  on-cneow  on  him 
sylfum  -p  him  msegen  of  eode.  he  cwaeS  be- 
wend  to  baere  menigu;  Hwa  aethran  mines 
reafes. 

31  ba  cwaedon  his  leorning-cnihtas  bu 
ge-syxst  bas  menigu  be  Sringende.  3  bu 
cwyst  hwa  aet-hran  me ; 

32  And  ba  beseah  he  hine  -p  he  ge-sawe 
baene  Se  ~p  dyde; 

33  Dat  wif  ba  ondraedende  3  forhtigende 
com  1  astrehte  hi  be-foran  him  3  saede  him 
eall  ■p  riht; 


Various  Readings. 

22.  B.  gesamnuncguOT.  23.  A.  dohter.  A.  ytemestan. 
A.  B.  big  [for  hi].  A.  sig.  24.  A.  msenio;  B.  menigu. 
25.  A.  B.  blodes  ryne.  2fi.  A.  faela.  B.  );incga.  A.  fremede. 
27.  A.  msenegeo.  28.  A.  forjjan.  30.  A.  msenigeo.  A. 
myne  reaf;  B.  mine  reaf.  31.  B.  leornincg.  A.  gesyhst. 
A.  mrenegeo.  32.  A.  beseh.  A.  B.  om.  he  before  hine. 
A.  [>one.    33.   A.  B.  big. 


22  1  ba  com  sum  of  heah-ge-samnengen 
Iairus  hatte.  1  ba  he  hine  ge-seah  he  astrehte 
hine  to  his  foten. 

23  ]  hine  swiSe  ge-baeS.  ]  he  cwaeS.  Min 
dohter  is  on  ytemesten  siSe.  cum  1  sete 
bine  hand  ofer  hyo  -p  hye  hal  sige  !l  libbe. 

24  pa,  ferde  he  mid  hym  3  hym  felgede 
micel  menige  1  brungen  hine. 

25  iEnd  ba  -p  wif  be  on  blodes  rine  twelf 
wintre  waes. 

26  "i  fram  manigen  kecen  feole  binge 
bolede.  1  daslde  aeall  ■p  hyo  ahte.  1  hit 
naht  ne  fremede  ac  waes  be  wyrse. 

27  Da  hi  be  bam  haelende  ge-hyrde  hy 
com  wiS  efte  ba  menigeo.     "i  his  reaf  aet-ran. 

28  SoSlice  hyo  cwaeS  gyf  ic  furSer  his 
reaf  aet-rine  ic  by  hal. 

29  3  ba  sone  warS  hire  blodes  rine  a- 
druwede.  1  hyo  on  hire  fredde  psst  hyo  of 
bam  witege  ge-haeled  waes. 

30  And  [ba]  se  haelend  on-cneow  on  hym 
selfen  baet  hym  magen  of  eode.  he  cwaeS 
be-wend  to  bare  maenige.  Hwa  aet-ran  mine 
reaf. 

31  Da  cwaeSen  his  leorning-cnihtes.  J?u 
ge-seohst  bas  menigeo  be  brungen  be.  1  bu 
cwedst  hwa  aet-ran  me. 

32  1  ba  be-seah  hine  -p  he  ge-seahge  bane 
be  -p  dyde. 

33  -p  wif  ba  on-draedende  3  forhtigende 
com  U  astrehte  hyo  be-foren  him  1  saigde 
him  eall  -p  riht. 


Various  Readings. 

22.  gesatnnungum ;  htette;  fotum.  23.  bead;  dohtor; 
ytemestuw ;  heo  hal  syo.  24.  heom ;  fyligde  ;  menigeo ; 
Jjruwgon.  25.  And;  winter.  26.  manegum  lcecun;  };inga; 
eall;  heo.  27.  heo  [for  both  hi  and  hy];  seften;  menegeo. 
28.  heo;  furSor;  beo.  29.  sona  wearS  ;  adruwod;  heo; 
ge-fredde ;  wite  [where  MS.  Hatton  wrongly  has  witege]. 
30.  )>a  is  supplied  from  MS.  Reg. ;  sylfum ;  msegen ;  mene- 
geo; set-hran.  31.  cwseSon  ;  cnihtas  ;  meniga5,  J;ryngande 
[for  )>rungen  |>e] ;  cwySst.  32.  ge-sawe.  33.  astrihte ;  be- 
foran;  stegde. 


39 

3     cuora     sum  monn    of      behsomnungum    genemned  waes    Iarus      3       gesseh       hine     feoll  k  hleat     to 
22   et   uenit     quidam     de  arche-synagogis      nomine       iairua    et    uidens    eum      procidit      ad 

fotum      his  3  biBd  hine       longa      cuoeSende    forSon  k  #te    dohter   mm     in    utmestura     is 

pedes  eius.         23   et   depraecabatur   eum   multura     dicens       quoniam      filia    mea   in   extrimis   est 

cym    on-sett       hond        ofer       hia    -)5te    hia  hSl     sie     3     hia  hlifige  3      eode     miS     him    3         fylgede 

ueni   inpone   manus   super  earn   ut     salua     sit   et      uiuat.  24  et   abiit   cum   illo   et  sequebatur 

hine     Srealo    menigo     3         geSringdon        hine-rSene  Ikec    f  wif        Sy      wees    in    utiorninsc         Modes 

eum    turba    multa    et    comprimebant       ilium.         25    et    mulier  quae   erat  in  proflu[u]io  sanguinis 

wintrum     twoelfum  3      vises    menigo  k  feolo  Srowungo-rSrouenda-tgeSolade   from  swiSe  monigum    lecum 

annis     duodecim  20    et  fuerat       multa  perpesa  a  compluribus     medicis 

3    miSSy  gesald  webs    alle  hire    Singo    ne      seniht  (sic)        gehalp        ah     swiSor      wyrse         hsefde  miSSy 

et      erogauerat         omnia      sua    nee   quicquam    prof'ecerat   sed   magis  deterius   habebat         27  cum 

geherde    from     hselend    cwom     in    Sreat    bi-hianda    3     gehran  woede  his  gecuoeS     forSon 

audisset     de      ihasu     uenit    in   turba     retro     et  tetigit  uestimentum   eius.  28   dicebat     enim 

forSon    gif     k  gegerelo  his     ic  hrino    ic  hal  beom  k  gehaeled  ic  biom  3     hrecone  k  sona    gedrugad 

quia     si   uel  uestimentum   eius   tetigero  salua   ero.  29   et     cont'estim      siccatus 

waes   espryngc         blodes        hire     3     gefoelde  miS  lichoma     fte     gehceled   were    from      adle  3        sona 

est       tons       sanguinis   eius   et       sensit   corpore       quod   sanata   esset     a     plaga.         30   et   statim 

Se  hoelend       ongeat        on    hine  seolfne    -js  mseht     seSe       eode      from    him  efne-gecerde  to  Sarni  folce   he  gecwoeS 
ihasits    cognoscens  in   semetipso   uirtutew  quae  exierat    de      eo    conuersus  ad   turbain        aiebat 

hwa    gehran       gewedo       mino  3     cvvoedon    to  him    Segnas      his     Su  gesiist     Sset  Sreat         Sringende 

quis  tetigit  uestimenta  mea.      31  et  dicebant     ei     discipuli  swi       uides         turbam    comprimentem 

See    3    Su  cuoeSes    hua     me     gehran  3        ymb-sceawade       to  geseanne  hia-tSailco    Siu      Sis        dyde 

te-   et       dicls       quis   me   tetigit.  32   et   circumspiciebat      uidere  earn       quae   hoc  fecerat. 

-p  wif   uatedlice  ondreard    3      forhtade      wiste        -pte     geworden    were     on    hir     cuom      3        gefeall    befora 
33   mulier   autem    tirnens    et   tremens   sciens    quod    factum    esset    in    se    uenit    et    procidit    ante 

hine     3     cuoeS    to  him        all  f  soSest 

eum   et   dixit       ei       omnem    ueritatem. 


22.  3  com  sum  mon  of  heh-somnunge  ginemned  webs  iarus  3  giseeh  hine  gifeal-fieott  to  fotum  his  23.  3  bsed 
hine  longe  cweSende  forSon  k  Saatte  dohter  min  in  ytmestum  is  .  . .  sete  on  honda  ofer  hia3  fte  hal  sie  3  hio  lifge 
24.  3  eode  miS  him  3  fylgende  him  Sreotas  monige  3  on-Srungvn  hine  25.  3  wif  seSe  waes  in  utt-iornende 
blodes  wintru  twelfe  26.  3  wees  monigu  Srowunga  from  swiSe  monigum  lecum  3  miSSy  gisald  waes  alle  hire 
Sine  ne  aeniht  gihalp  ah  swiSor  wyrse  haefde  27.  miSSy  giherde  from  Saem  hxlend  com  in  Sreott  miS  hond 
3  gihran  wedum  his  28.  gicwaeS  forSon  forSon  gif  k  giwedum  his  ic  gihrino  ic  biom  hal  29.  3  recone  k  sona 
gidrugad  wass  esprynge  blodes  hire  3  gifoelde  miS  lichoma  Seette  giheeled  were  from  adle  30.  3  stod  Se  haelewci 
ongaatt  on  hine  solfne  Sa  maahte  seSe  eode  from  him  efne-gicerde  to  Ssem  folche  he  gicwaaS  hwelc  hran  giwedum 
minum  31.  cwedun  him  Segnas  his  k  Sees  Su  gisis  Sone  Sreot  Sringende  on  Sec  3  Su  cweSes  hwa  mec  gihran 
32.  3  ymb-sceowade  to  giseane  hia  k  5a  ilee  Se  Sis  dyde  33.  -js  wif  wutudhce  ondreord  3  forhtade  wiste  fto 
giworden  were  in  hir  com  3  gifeol  bifora  him  3  cwoeS  him   allum   Saette  soSoste 


40 


34  pa  cwaeS  se  haelend.  dohtor  pin  ge- 
leafa  p e  hale  gedyde.  ga  pe  on  sibbe  5  beo 
of  Sisum  hal; 

35  TTim  pa  gyt  sprecenduira  hi  comon 
J— L  frawi  pa?M  heah-gesamnutigu»w 

1  cwaedon ;  Din  dohtor  is  dead,    hwi  drecst 
pu  leng  pone  lareow ; 

36  pa  he  ge-hyrde  f  word  pa  cwaeS  se 
haelend  ne  ondraed  pu  Se  gelyf  for  an ; 

37  And  he  ne  let  him  aenigne  fyligean. 
buton  petrura.  3  iacobum.  3  iohannem.  Ia- 
cobes  broSor 

38  3  hi  comon  on  paes  heah-ealdres  hus. 
3  he  ge-seah  mycel  gehlyd  wepende  3  geomri- 
ende; 

39  And  pa  he  ineode  he  cw.  hwi  synd 
ge  gedrefede  3  wepaS.  nis  pis  maeden  na 
dead  ac  heo  slaepS; 

40  Da  taeldon  hi  hine;  He  pa  eallum 
ut  adrifenuOT.  nam  petru>»  3  paes  maedenes 
modor.  3  pa  Se  mid  hi*»  waeron.  3  inn-eodon 
suwiende  par  -f  maeden  waes. 

41  3  hire  hand  nam  3  cwaeS.  thalim-tha 
cumi.  -p  is  on  ure  gepeode  gereht.  maeden 
pe  ic  secge  aris; 

42  3  heo  sona  aras  3  eode;  SoSlice  heo 
waes  twelf  wintre.  3  ealle  hi  wundredon  my- 
celre  wundrunge. 

43  3  he  hira  pearle  behead  -p  hi  hyt 
nanu»»  men  ne  sgedon  3  he  het  hire  etan 
syllan ; 


Various  Readings. 

34.  A.  dohter.  A.  )>yssum.  35.  A.  B.  hig.  B.  gesam- 
nuncgum.  A.  hwig.  B.  drectu,  altered  to  drecst  )>u.  B. 
lencg.  37.  A.  nsenigne.  B.  fylgean.  A.  brofcer.  38.  A.  B. 
hig.  A.  om.  heah.  A.  geseh.  A.  geomrigende.  39.  A. 
hwig.  A.  B.  om.  na.  40.  A.  hig.  A.  moder.  A.  in-eodon 
swigende.  41.  A.  thalym.  thacui  (with  thabi  tha.  cumi 
above);  B.  thalim  thacumi.  42.  A.  B.  hig.  B.  wundre- 
dun.    43.  A.  hig.  . 


34  Da  cwaeS  se  haelend.  dohter  pin  ge- 
leafe  pe  haele  ge-dyde.  ga  pe  on  sibbe  3  beo 
of  pisen  hal. 

35  XX ym  pa  gyt  spraecenden  hio  comen 
J-J-    fram    pam    heah-samnungen    3 

cwaeSen.     Din    dohter   ys  dead   hwi  drecst 
pu  leng  pane  lareow. 

36  Da  he  ge-herde  f  word,  pa  cwaeS  se 
haelend  ne  on-draed  pu  pe  ge-lef  for  an. 

37  iEnd  he  ne  let  hym  anigene  felgian. 
buton  petrum  3  Iacobum  3  Iohannem  Ia- 
cobes  bro'Ser. 

38  3  hyo  comen  on  pas  heah-ealdres  hus 
3  he  ge-seah  mycel  ge-hled  wepende  3  gemeri- 
ende. 

39  3  pa  he  in-eode  he  cwaeS.  Hwi  sende 
ge  gedrefede  3  wepeS  nis  pis  maeden  dead, 
ac  hyo  slepS. 

40  Da  tealden  hyo  hym.  He  pa  ealle 
ut-adrifene.  nam  petruwa  3  pas  maidenes 
moder  3  pa  pe  mid  heom  waeren  3  in-eode 
swigende  paer  paet  maiden  waes. 

41  3  hire  hand  nam  3  cwaeS.  thalim-tha- 
cumi.  "f  is  on  ure  peode  ge-reht.  maide  pe 
ic  segge  aris. 

42  3  hyo  sona  aras  3  eode.  SoSlice  hyo 
waes  twelf  wintre  3  ealle  hyo  wundredon. 
mycelere  wundrunge. 

43  3  he  heom  pearle  be-bead  -f  hyo  hit 
nanen  men  ne  saiden.  3  he  het  hire  syllen 
aeten. 


Various  Readings. 

34.  dohtor;  hale;  (pisum.  35.  sprecendom;  comon; 
sammmgvTO;  cwsefcon;  dohtor  his;  |>one.  36.  ge-hyrde; 
gelyf.  37.  aenigne  fylgan;  broSor.  38.  comon;  geseh; 
ge-hlyd  wependre  3  geomriende.  39.  synd;  wepaS;  slepts. 
40.  hine  [for  hym];  eallum  ut-adrifenum ;  modor;  him 
weron  3  in-eoden  swugiende;  mffgden.  41.  thalim  thacumi 
in  both  MSS.;  msden.  42.  wundroden.  43.  nanum;  ssg- 
don ;  syllan  etan. 


41 

he  uutedlice*  Sonne  cwoeS  to  hir  la  dohter  geleafa    Sin    *ec      hal       dyde    gaa     in     sibb     3     waes    hal 
34  ille         autem  dixit  ei         filia      fides     tua    te*  saluam  fecit  uade  in  pace  et  esto  sana 

from     adle     Sine  Sa  geone  hine-the  sprecende    cuomon   from  Saem  folces  aldormenn  cuoSende    forSon    dohter 

£     plaga  tua.         35  adhuc       eo       loquente  ueniunt   ab     arclie-synagogo      dicentes     quia     filia 

Sin        dead         is     huaetd    lengc  k  forSor     styres  Su     Sone  laruu  se  haelend  vmtedlice    word        -)Ste 

tua    mortua    est    quid  ultra  uexas      magistrum.  36     ihesua     autem    uerbo    quod 

gecuoeden  wees    geherde    cuoeS     to  Saem  aldormenn    nelle  Su  ondrede  ah  Saet  ana  nu     gelef  3       ne 

dicebatur       audito       ait      arche-synagogo       noli   timere   tantummodo       crede.  37    et    non 

leort      aenigne  monno  to  fylgenne    hine    buta      petre      3        iacob        3         iohan         broSer     iacobes  3 

admisit        quemquam   sequi  s6     nisi   petrum  et  iacobum  et  iohannem  fratrem   iacobi.         38  et 

cuomon      in  hus         Saes  aldormonnes  gesaeh      f  wanung      3     woepende      3        maeniende  suiSe 

ueniunt    in    domum    arche-synagogi     et     uidet     tumultum    et      flentes      et     heiulantes     multum. 

3        in-eode      cuoeS    to  him     huaetd -tforhuon     arogie  gestyred      3     gie  hremas  ■)>  maeden     ne       is       dead 
39  et   ingressus     ait        eis  quid  turbamini        et       ploratis   puella      non  est  mortua 

ah      sleped  3       in-hlogan      hine      he    hueSre  miSSy  fordrifenum  allum-l'miSSy  alle  ute  fordraf    genom 

sed   dormit.         40  et   inridebant   eum    ipse   uero  eiectis   omnibws  adsumit 

Sone  fader    3       moder     Saera  maedne    3     SaSe    miS  him    weron     3        infoerde       Ser    waes    Saet  maeden  licende 
patrem     et   matrem       puellae      et    qui      secum     erant   et  ingreditur   ubi   erat      puella  iacens. 

3      geheald        hond        daere  msegdne      cuoeS      to  hir     Sis  is  ebrise  word         $         is         getrahtad    in    latin 
41    et     tenens     manum         puellae  ait         ill!        talitha     cumi       quod    est        interpraetatum 

la  dohter  -Ha  maegden   Se  ic    saego      aris  3  sona  aras       f>  maegden    3   ge-eode-l-geongeride  waes 

puella  tibi    dico   surge.         42  et   confestim    surrexit     puella     et  ambulabat 

waBS  uutedliee       wintra  tuoelfo         3        fore-styldton    feer-suigo  mis  Saer  maaste  3  bebead        Saem 

erat    autem    annorum   duo-decim    et  ob-stupuerunt  stupore      maximo.  43    et    praecepit    illis 

suiSe  -)Ste    naenig  monn    f>     wiste      3     cuoeS     sealla    hir  eatta 

uehementer  ut        nemo        id   sciret   et   dixit     dari    illi   manducare. 


34.  he  wutudltce  cwaeS  him  dohter  gileofa  Sin  Sec  hale  gidyde  gong  in  sibbe  3  wes  hal  from  adle  Sinum 
35.  Sa  geona  he  sprecende  comon  from  Sees  folches  somnungum  cweSende  forSon  dohter  Sin  deod  is  hwaet 
leng-tforSur  styrestu  Sone  larow  36.  Se  haelewd  wutudltce  word  Saette  gicweden  waes  giherde  cwaeS  to  Saem 
heh-aldurmenn  nelle  Su  Se  on-dreda  ah  Saet  ana  nu  gilefes  37.  3  ne  ge-leort  aBnigne  monno  to  fylganne -t  fylge 
him  buta  petre  3  iacobe  3  iohanne  broSer  ia~cobes  38.  3  comun  to  husum  Sbbs  aldormonnes  3  gisaBh  Sa  wanunga 
3  woepende  3  maanende  swiSe  39  3  in-eode  cwaeS  to  him  hwaet  arun  ge  onstyred  3  hremas  Saet  maegden  ne 
is  deod  ah  slepeS  40.  3  in-hlogun  hine  he  hweSre  miS  fordrifnum  allum  ginom  Sone  feeder  3  moder  Saes  maegdnes 
3  Sa  Se  miS  him  werun  3  in-foerde  Ser  waes  Saet  maagden  licgende  41.  3  giheold  honda  Saes  maegdnes  cwaeS 
to  hir  Sis  is  ebrise  word  Saet  is  gitrahtad  on  lseden  la  dohter  Se  ic  saege  aris  42.  3  sona  aras  Saet  maegden 
3  eode  k  gongende  waes.  waes  wutudltce  wintra  twelfe  3  for-styltun  swigunge  micelre  43.  3  hibeod  Saem  swiSe  f> 
naenig  mon  wiste  3  cwaeS  sellas  hir  eata 


42 


CHAPTER   VI. 

1  And  pa  he  Sanon  eode  he  ferde  on 
his  eSel.  3  him  folgodon  his  leorning- 
cnihtas ; 

2  3  gewordenum  reste-daege  he  ongann  on 
gesamnunge  laeran  3  manege  gehyrdon  3  wun- 
drodon  on  his  lare  3  cwaedon;  Hwanon  synd 
pyssuw  ealle  pas  Sincg  and  hwaet  is  se 
wisdom  pe  him  ge-seald  is.  3  svvylce  raihta 
pe  Surh  his  handa  gewordene  synd; 

3  Hu  nys  [pys]  se  smiS  marian  sunu. 
iacobes  broSor.  3  Iosepes.  3  iude  [5]  simonis. 
hu  ne  synt  his  swustra  her  mid  us.  3  pa 
wurdon  hi  gedrefede. 

4  pa  cwaeft  se  haelend;  SoSlice  nis  nan' 
witega  buton  wurSscipe.  buton  on  his  eSele 
3  on  his  maegSe.     3  on  his  huse ; 

5  And  he  ne  mihte  par  aenig  maegen 
wyrcan.  buton  feawa  untrume  on-asettuwz 
his  handum  he  ge-haelde. 

6  3  he  wundrode  for  heora  ungeleafan ; 

He  Sa  laer[en]de  pa  castel  be-ferde. 
7  3  him  twelfe  togeclypode.     3  agan 
hi   send  an  twam  3    twa»f.     3  him   an  weald 
sealde  unclsenra  gasta. 

8  3  him  bebead  ~p  hi  naht  on  wege  ne 
namon.  buton  g>rde  ane.  ne  codd  ne  hlaf. 
ne  feoh  on  heora  gyrdlum  ; 

9  Ac  ge-sceode  mid  calcum  3  -f  hi  mid 
twam  tunecuw  gescrydde  naeron  ; 

10  And  he  cwaeS  to  hi;»;  Swa  hwylc 
bus  swa  ge  ingaS.  wuniaft  par  oS  ^  ge 
ut-gan. 


Various  Readings. 

Cap.  vi.  1.  A.  )>anen ;  B.  Jianun.  A.  folgedon.  B. 
leornincg.  2.  A.  ongan;  B.  angann.  A.  ge-somnunge; 
B.  ge-samnuncge.  A.  msenige;  B.  menege.  A.  wun- 
dredon.  A.  hwanen.  A.  |>yng.  3.  A.  inserts  (jys,  which 
the  text  and  B.  omit.  A.  broSer.  A.  B.  insert  3  be- 
fore simonis.  A.  synd.  A.  B.  hig.  4.  A.  B.  butan. 
A.  weorfc-scype.  6.  A.  laerende;  B.  leerde  (as  in  Corpus 
MS.).  7.  A.  B.  hig.  B.  anwald.  8.  A.  B.  hig.  A. 
naman;  B.  namun.  B.  hyra.  9.  A.  B.  hig.  B.  naerun. 
10.  B.  wunigaS. 


CHAPTER    VI. 

1  And  pa  he  panen  eode  he  ferde  on 
his  ae^el.  3  him  folgeden  his  leorning- 
cnihtas. 

2  3  ge-worSene  reste-daige  he  ongan  on 
samnunge  laeren.  3  manege  ge-hyrden  3 
wundreden  on  his  lare  3  cwaeSen.  hwanen 
synden  pisen  ealle  pas  ping  3  hwaet  is  se 
wisdom  pe  him  ge-seald  is.  3  swilce  mihte 
pe  purh  his  handa  ge-worSen  synde. 

3  hu  nis  pis  se  smiS  maria  sune.  jacobes 
broker  3  iosepes.  3  iude  3  symones.  hu  ne 
synde  his  swustre  her  mid  us.  3  pa  wurSen 
hyo  ge-drefede. 

4  pa  cwaeS  se  haelend.  SoSlice  nis  nan 
witege  buten  wurdscipe.  buton  on  his  aeSele. 
3  on  his  maegSe  3  on  his  huse. 

5  3  he  ne  mihte  paer  anig  maegen  wercen. 
buton  fewan  untrume  on-asetten  his  handan 
he  ge-haelde. 

6  3  he  wundrede  for  heore  un-ge-leafen. 

He  pa  laerende  panne  castell  be-ferde. 
7  3  him  twelfe  to  ge-cleopede.    3  an- 
gan  hyo  saenden  twam  3  twam.     3  heom  an- 
weald  sealde  un-claenre  gaste. 

8  3  heom  be-bead  j>  hyo  naht  on  weige  ne 
namen  buton  gyrdel  ane.  ne  cod.  ne  hlaf. 
ne  feoh.  on  eowre  gyrdlen. 

9  Ac  ge-scode  mid  calken.  3  -p  hyo  twam 
tunecan  ge-scridde  nseren. 

10  And  he  cw.  to  heom.  Swa  hwilc 
hus  swa  ge  ingaS.  wunieS  paer  o&Saet  ge 
ut-gan. 


Various  Readings. 

Cap.  vi.  1.  JEnd;  (janon  ;  folgodon.  2.  ge-wordenum; 
dsege ;  angann  ;  menege  ge-hyrdon  3  wundrodon ;  cwasdon 
hwanon  synd  j>yssum  ;  mihta ;  geworden  synd.  3.  hwu ; 
om.  Jjis  ;  smid  marian  sunu;  brofcor ;  simonis;  swustra; 
wurdon.  4.  halend;  witega  buton  wurSscipe.  5.  aniig; 
wyrcan;  fewa  untruwma  on-asettum  handum.  6.  heora 
un-geleafan;  terde  (sic);  (ia  castel.  7.  ge-cleopode;  agan 
(sic);  ssendon;  uncl»nra.  8.  wege  ne  namon*  gyrde  (sic); 
codd;  hyo  (sic)  gyrdlum.  9.  ge-sceode;  calcum;  tune- 
cum  ;  nseron.     10.  cw»8  ;  wuniaS. 


43 
CAP.  VI.  /0^^- 

i IT"  '  ' 

3         foerde      Sona      eode      in        oeSel  his        3  fylgedon  hine        Segnas       his  3 

1  *Et   egressus   inde    abiit    in    patriam    suam    et    sequebantur    ilium    discipuli    sui.  2  V  Sd^L*?" i: 

^io.lyiiii. 
gewarS   haligdoeg X  sunnadoeg    ongann    in    somnung -tin  spree      laere       3     monigo      geherdon     gewundrade  woeror. mt- cxli- 
facto  sabbato  coepi<    in         synagoga         docere   et    multi    audientes      admirabantur 

in  lar  his     cuoeSende     hwona    fcisum      8as         alle        3     hwsBlc     is        snytru         fciu      gesald    is    him 

in    doctrina    eius    dicentes      unde     huic    haec    omnia    et    quae    est   sapientia    quae    data    est   illi 

3       maehto      Sullico     SaSe     Serh      honda       his      biSon  ge-doen  ah-ne       Sis      is   smi$  t  wyrihte    sunu 

et    uirtutes     tales     quae     per     manus    eius     ernciuntur.  3   nonne    iste   est         faber         filius 

maries    broSer    iacobes    3    iosephes    3  3  ahne       3     suoestro     his     her     miS  usic    sint-t'biSon 

mariae   frater   iacobi   et  Joseph   et  iudae  et  simonis   nonne   et   sorores   eius  hie  nobiscum      sunt 

3     ge-ondspyrned   weron    in     him  3       cuoeS     to  him    se  heclend     forSon      ne        is         witge         buta 

et     scandalizabantur      in    illo.         4   *Et   dicebat     eis         ihesws        quia     non    est   propheta    sine  *  W.  i. 

lu.  xxi. 
io.  xxxv. 

worSung  t  worSnis    buta -tab.    on      oe<5el      his      3     in  cySSo  his      3     in      hus       his  3      ne    mt.  cxlii. 

honore  nisi       in    patria    sua    et   in    cognatione    sua    et    in   domo   sua.  5    et  non 

maehte      8er        maeht         cenige    gewyrce    buta      hwon      un-trymigo  mi*  on-setnum  hondum    ge-gemde-l'gehaBlde 
poterat    ibi    uirtutem    ullam     faceie     nisi    paucos    infirmos        inpositis     manibws         curauit. 

3     gewundrad  waes        fore         un-geleaffulnise        hiora         3       ymb-eode        $a  portas       utan-ymb        gelaerde 

6  et       mirabatur       propter    incredulitatem  illorum   *Et   circumibat    castella    in    circuitu    docens.  f  52-,"\.. . 

*■      *  lu.  clxvnn. 

mt.  lxxvi. 
3     efne-geceigde       tuoelfo        3     ongann    hia       sende       tuoge     3     gesalde   him-tfcsem        maeht  gasta 

7  *Et  conuocauit  duodeciw   et    coepit    eos    mittere    binos   et    dabat       illis       potestatem   spiritum  •  xvi.  53.  ii. 

lu.  lxxxvii. 
mt.  lxxxii. 
un-claenra  3       behead      him-HSsem    ne  ceniht  hia   gelaedde-tgenomo   on    woeg    buta      gerd  an 

inmundorum.        8  et  praecepit         eis         ne     quid  tollerent         in     uia    nisi  uirgam  tantum 

ne    poha-tposa    ne        hlaf         ne      on    gyrdils    maeslen  ah      gescoed    mttS  Suongum   3     ne  ge-gearuad  were 

non      peram      non  panem  neqw€  in     zona       aes.        9  sed  calciatos     sandalis     et  ne    induerentur 

mi8  tuaem    tunucum  4*  tuaBm  cyrtlum  3    ge-cuoeS  to  him  sua  hwider  -r  suahuaclc     gie  gaas      in        hus 

duabas  tunicis.  10  *Et   dicebat      eis  quocumqwe         introieritis   in   domum  ■  54.  ii. 

lv.  lxxxviifi]. 
mt.  lxxxiii. 
Ser      wunafc     wiS-?o<5*  Saet    gie  geonge    fcona 

illic  manete         donee  exeatis      inde. 


Cap.  VI.  1.  3  foerde  Sona  eade  in  oefcel  his  3  fyligdun  him  fcegnas  his  2.  3  giwar*  halig-dseg  on-gan  in 
somnunga-tin  sprece  laera  3  monige  giherdun  giwundrade  werun  in  larum  his  cwefcende  hwona  ...  fcas  -r  Sissum 
alle  .  . .  fcas  is  snytru  -t  hwelc  gisald  waes  him  3  maehte  8a  ileu.  fcafce  $erh  honda  his  gidoen  biofcon  3.  ah 
ne  Sis  is  smiSes  sunu  3  maria  broSer  iacobes  3  iosepe*  3  iudas  3  simonis  ah  ne  swester  her  usih  miS 
sindun  3  onspyrnade  werun  in  him  4.  3  cwseS  to  him  $e  hsAetid  fortSon  ne  is  witga  buta  worSunge  buta  on 
oedle  his  3  on  cyfcfco  his  3  in  huse  his  5.  3  ne  maehte  Ser  oenig .  . .  giwyrcan  buta  hwon  untrymige  mi8 
onsetnum  honda  gongende  -f  gihaelde  6.  3  giwundrad  wbbs  fore  ungileoffulnisse  hiora  3  ymb-eode  8a  portas  ntan 
ymb  gilaerde  7.  3  efne  gicegde  twelfe  3  ongan  hiaa  senda  twoege  3  gisalde  him  maehte  gasta  unclaenra 
8.  3  bibeod  him  Saet  nsoniht  hiae  gilsedde  on  woeg  butan  gerde  ane  ne  pohha-tposa  ne  hlaf  ne  on  gyrdelse 
maeslen  9.  ah  giscoed  miS  Swongum  3  ne  gi-georwad  were  mifc  twsem  tunucum  10.  3  gi-cwaefc  to  him  swa 
hwider  swa  ge  gaas  in  hus  Ser  wunaS  wiS-tfcaet  ge  gae  8ona 

F2 


44 


11  3  swa  hwylce  swa  eow  lie  ge-hyraft. 
ponne  ge  banon  ut  gaS  asceacaS  jj  dust  of 
eowrum  fotum.     him  on  ge-witnesse  ; 

12  And  ut-gangende  hi  bodedon  -f  hi 
daedbote  dydon 

13  ?  hi  manega  deofol-seocnessa  ut-adri- 
fon.  3  manega  untrume  mid  ele  smyredon 
3  gehaeldon  ; 

14  And  ba  gehyrde  herodes  se  cyng  baet; 
Soblice  his  nama  waes  swutol  geworden  3 
he  cwaeS;  Witodlice  Iohannes  se  fullnhtere 
of  deaSe  aras.  3  on  hi»?  synd  forbaw  maegenu 
geworht ; 

15  Sume  cwaedon  he  is  elias.  sume 
cwaedon  he  is  witega  swylce  an  of  pam 
witegu?w ; 

16  Da  herodes  -p  ge-hyrde  he  cwaeS;  Se 
iohannes  be  ic  be-heafdode  se  aras  of  deaSe ; 

Dysgodspei         17  Olc-Slice    herodes    sende    3    het    io- 

sceal  innan  i^^ 

hasrefeste  to  KJ    hannew  gebindan  on  cwerterne. 

see  iohannes  °  _, 

msssan.  Misit  for  basre  herodiadiscan  his  brocbar  lafe  phi- 

herodes  &  ten-   ■         *  ■  * 

uit  iohannem.  hppus.     for  bawi  Se  he  nam  hi ; 

18  pa  ssede  Johannes  herode.  nys  be  aly- 
fed  to  haebbenne  bines  broker  wif ; 

19  Da  syrwde  herodias  ymbe  hine  3  wolde 
hine  of-slean  3  heo  ne  mihte; 

20  SoSlice  herodes  on-dred  Iohannem  3 
wiste  "p  he  waes  rihtwis.  !1  halig.  3  he 
heold  hine  on  cwerterne.  3  he  ge-hyrde  -f 
he  fela  wundra  worhte  3  he  luflice  him 
hyrde ; 

21  pa  se  daeg  com  herodes  gebrydtide  he 
ge-gearwode  mycele  feorme  his  ealdor-man- 
num.     3  pam  fyrmestu/w  on  gal  ilea. 


A.  B. 


Various  Readings.     , 

11.  B.  banun.  12.  A.  B.  hig.  B.  bodedun.  A.  B.  hig. 
13.  A.  B.  hig.  A.  deofel-seocnyssa.  B.  smyrydon.  14. 
A.  cyning.  A.  nama  swutel  geworden  wa?s.  15.  B. 
cwaedun  (2nd  time).  A.  helias.  17.  Rubric;  B.  adds — 
et  uinxit  eum  in  careerem  propter  herodiadem.  A. 
cwearterne.      A.  herodianiscan.     A.   brofcer ;    B.   broSor. 

A.  B.  big.       18.   A.   habbenne.      20.  A.  cwearterne.     A. 
lufelice.    B.  gehyrde.    21.  A.  gebyrd-tyde;  B.  gebyrdtide. 

B.  mycle.    B.  ealdor-mannon. 


11  3  swa  hwilce  swa  eow  ne  hereS  banne 
ge  banen  ut-ga&  ascaceS  -f  dust  of  eowren 
foten  hem  on  ge-witnysse. 

12  3  ut-gangende  hyo  bodedan  -p  hyo 
deadbote  dyden. 

13  3  hyo  manege  deofel-seocnysse  ut- 
adrifen.  3  manege  untrume  mid  ele  smere- 
den  3  ge-haelden. 

14  iEnd  ba  ge-hyrde  herodes  se  kyng  j> . 
SoSlice  his  name  waes  swutel  ge-wofSen.  3 
he  cwaeS.  Witodlice  Johannes  se  fulluhtere 
of  deaSe  aras.  3  on  him  synd  for  ban 
manege  ge-worht 

15  sume  cwaeSen  he  is  helias.  sume 
cwaeSen    he  is  witege.      swile   an    of   pam 


witegen. 


16  )?a  herodes  -p  ge-herde   he   cw.      Se 
Johowwes  pe  ic  be-heafdede  se  aras  of  deafte. 


17  OJoSlice    herodes    sende    3    het 


8 


jo-  Misit  herodes 
et  tenuit  io- 


lianne   ge-binden    on    cwarterne.  hannem  et 


dem. 


uinxit  eum  in 

for  herodiadiscan  his  bro<5er  lafe  phihppus  carcerem  prop- 
ter herodia- 

for  ban  be  he  nam  hyo. 

18  Da  saigde  iohannes  herode.  nis  be 
alyfeS  to  haebbe  bines  broker  wif. 

19  Da  swerde  herodias  ymbe  hine  3  wolde 
hine  of-slean  3  hyo  ne  mihte. 

20  SoSlice  herodes  on-draedde  iohanne  3 
wiste  j5  he  waes  riht-wis.  3  halig.  3  he 
heold  hine  on  cwarterne.  3  he  ge-hyrde  j> 
he  fela  wundre  worhte  3  he  lufeljce  him  ge- 
hyrde. 

21  Da  se  daig  com  herodes  ge-berde-tide. 
he  ge-garwede  micele  feorme  his  ealdor- 
mannen.     3  bam  fermestan  on  galilee. 


Various  Readings. 

11.  hiraS  bonne;  panurc;  a-scaca* ;  eowrum  fotuOT 
him.  12.  bodedon;  deedbote  dydon.  13.  manega  deo- 
fol-seocnyssa  ut  adrifon ;  manega ;  smyredon ;  ge-hsel- 
don.  14.  cyning;  swutol  geworden;  pam  meenega.  15. 
cwaefcon  he  his;  cwaedon;  witega.  swylce;  wiiegum.  16. 
ge-hyrde;  Iohannes;  beheatdode.  17.  Iohanne  ge-bindam 
(sic);  cweerternum;  broSor  ;  for  paw.  18.  saegde ;  alyfed 
to  hsebbenne.     19.  serwde  (where  MS.  Hattori  i»  wrong). 

20.  on-dred  iohanne;    cwserterne;    feola  wundra;  lufelice. 

21.  ge-byrd-tide ;   gegarewode;   mannon;  fyrmestum;  ga- 
lilea. 


45 


3    sua-huelc  seSe     ne  onfoeS        iuh       ne       ge-hereS       iuh     miSSy  gie  gaas    Sona    sceacas-tdrygas 

11    *Et    quicumqwe    non    receperit    uos    Dec    audierint    uos        exeuntes        inde        excutite 


■(5  asca        of        fotura        iurum      in  cySnisse  him 

puluerem    de    pedibas     uestris    in     testimonium   illis. 


miSSy  geeado     forebodadon  J*  fore-ssegdon   $ 
12    *Exeuntes  praedicabant  ut 


hreawnise  dedon 

paenitentiam   agerent. 


3        diowlas      menigo    fordrifon      3       smiredon     miS  ole     menigo    untrymigo 
13   et    daemonia   multa   eiciebant   et   ungebaut      oleo      multos    aegrotos 


•  55.  ii. 
lv.  cxiiii. 
lxxxviii. 
nit,  lxxxv. 

*  58.  ii. 
lv.  xc. 
mt.  cxiiii. 


3     gehseldon  3      geherde      herodes     cynig        eawunge        forSon     geworden    waes      noma        his      3 

et  sanabant.  14  *Et   audiuit    herodes    rex    manii'estum     enim      factum      est    nomen    eius   et 


cuoeS        forSon      iohannes    Se  fullwihtere        eft  aras      from    deadum       3  forSon         un-woen  sint       moeht 

dicebat     quia   iohan[n]es       baptista       resurrexit     a     mortuis    et    propterea    inopinantur    uirtutes 


•XVII.  57.  ii. 
lv.  xc. 

mt.  cxiiii. 


in  him-Hn  Sami  oSero  untedlice   cuoedon      forSon     helias      is     oSero      ec       cuoedon         witgo         is    swelce 

in    illo.  15    alii      autem    dicebant     quia     helias    est     alii     uero   dicebant  propheta  est  quasi 


an      from      witgom 
unus    ex    prophetis. 

deadum        eft  aras 
mortuis  resurrexit. 


miSSy    ■£  geherde     herodes    cuoeS    Sone      ic  gecearf        iohannen      Sis  from 

16   *Quo       audito     herodes     ait     quern   ego    decollaui    iohannen    hie     a 

se      forSon     herodes     sende     3     geheald    iohannen    3     geband    hine    in    carcern 
17  *Ipse  enim    herodes   misit   &a   tenuit   iohannen  et  uinxit   eum  in  carcere 


58.  x. 


fore  herodiades  hlaf  philipes       broSer      his    forSon        laedde  hine 

propter     herodiadam    uxorem    philippi    fratris    sui     quia    duxerat  eum  (sic). 


cuoeS      forSon 
18  *Dicebat  enim 


*  59.  ii. 
lu.  xii. 
mt.  cxliiii. 

•  60.  vi. 

mt.  cxlv. 


iohannes      herode    ne  is  gelefed    Se    to  habbanne      hlaf       broSres   Sines 
iohannes    herodi    non    licet    tibi      habere      uxorem    fratris    tui. 


herodia  uutedlice    gesetnade 
19    herodias    autem  insidiabatur 


him    3        walde  ofslaa       hine     ne      msehte 

illi   et    uolebat   occidere   eum   nee   poterat. 


herodes    forSon     ondreard        iohannen      wiste      hine 
20    herodes    enim    metuebat    iohannen    sciens   eum 


wer       soSfsest  3        halig         3  geheald  hine      3    miSSy  geherde  hine   menigo    he  gedyde    3      lustlice 

uirum    iustum  et   sawctam    et  custodiebat    eum    et       audito  eo     multa     faciebat    et  libenter 

hine      geherde  3    miSSy  dag       maccalic      gecuom  •r  geneolecde     herode*     cennise    his    farma  4"  symbel 

eum   audiebat.  21  et    cum  dies   oportunus  accidisset  herodes   natalis   sui         cenam 


dyde -f  worhte    Saem  aldormonnum    3      holdum        3    forwostum     galileaes 
fecit  principibws       et  tribunisf  et     prim  is     galilaeae. 


f  ofer  Srfm 
hundradum 
tribunus  biS 
forwont. 


11.  3   swa  hwelc  swa  ne   onfoeS   iow  ne  gi-heres  iow   miS  Sy  gegas  Sona  scaecas-l'drygas  8a  asca  4' Sat  dvst  of 
fotum  iowrum  in  cySnisse  him         12.  3  miSSy   gieodun   to  him  forbodadun   fte  hreonisse   dedun  13.  3  diowlas 

monige    fordrifen  3   smiredun  miS    oele   menigo    untrymige   3   gihsBlde  14.   3   giherde    herodes    cynig    eowunga 

forSon  giworden  wks  noma  his  3  cwseS  forSon  iohannes  <5e  fulwihtere  eft  aras  from  deaSe   3    forSon   hia  un-woene 

sint    msehte    in    him  15.    oSro    wutudh'ce oSro    soSlice    cwedun    witga    is    swelce    an    from    witgum 

16.   miSSy    giherde    herodes    cwseS    Sone    ic   ofceorf    iohannen   Ses   from  ...  eft    aras  17.    seSe    forSon    herodes 

sende  3  giheold  iohannen  3  giband  hine  in  cere-erne  fore  herodiades  lafe  phil/ppes  broSer  his  forSon  laidde  hine 
18.  cwseS   forSon  iohannes   herodiade  ne   is  gilefed  Se  to    habbanne    lafe    broSer  Sines  19.  herodiade  wutudh'ce 

gisoettnade    him    3    walde    of-sla    hine    ne    maehte  20.   herodes    wutudlj'ce    ondreord   iohannes    wiste    hine    wer 

soS-faest  3  Soet  halig  3  giheold  hine  3  giherde  hine  menigo  he  gidyde  3  lust-lice  hine  giherdun  (sic)  21.  3 
miSSy  dsege  macalice  gicom  -r  gineolicade  herodes  cennisse  his  fearme  dyde  Seem  aldur-monnum  3  holdum  3  for- 
westum  galiles 


46 


22  1  pa  Sa  paere  herodiadiscan  dohtor  inn- 
eode  1  tumbode.  hit  licode  herode.  1  eal- 
lum  pam  Se  h'wi  mid  saeton ;  Se  cing  cwaeS 
pa  to  'Sam  msedene.  bide  me  swa  hwaet  swa 
pu  wylle  ]  ic  pe  sylle  ; 

23  And  he  swor  hire.  soSes  ic  pe  sylle 
swa  hwaet  swa  pu  me  bitst.  peah  pu  wylle 
healf  min  rice ; 

24  Da  heo  ut  eode  heo  cwaeS  to  hyre 
meder ;  Hwaes  bidde  ic ;  pa  cwaep  heo. 
iohannes  heafod  j?aes  fulluhteres ; 

25  Sonata  heo  mid  ofste  inn  toparacinincge 
eode.  heo  baed  1  pus  cwaeS;  Ic  wylle  ~f  Su  me 
hraedlice  on  anuw  disce  sylle  iohannes  heafod; 

26  pa  wearS  se  cinincg  geunret  for  pam 
aSe.  ]  for  pam  Se  hira  mid  saeton ;  Nolde 
peah  hi  ge-unretan. 

27  ac  sende  aenne  cwellere  ")  bebead  ~p 
man  his  heafod  on  anum  disce  brohte  ;  And 
he  hine  pa  on  cwerterne  beheafdode. 

28  3  his  heafod  on  disce  brohte  "}  hit 
sealde  pam  maedene.  3  ^  maeden  hit  sealde 
hire  meder ; 

29  Da  his  cnihtas  •p  ge-hyrdon  hi  comon 
1  his  lie  namon.  1  hine  on  byrgene 
ledon ; 

30  £n|  oSlice    pa   Sa    apostolas    toga?dere 
JO  comon.     hi  cyddon  pam  haelende 

eall  -p  hi  dydon  1  hi  laerdon. 

31  3  he  saede  him;  CumaS  1  uton  gan 
onsundron  on  weste  stowe.  1  us  hwon 
restan ;  SoSlice  manega  waeron  pe  comon 
1  agen-hwyrfdon  1  fyrst  naefdon  -f  hi  aeton. 

32  1  on  scyp  stigende.  hi  foron  onsun- 
dran  on  weste  stowe. 


Various  Readings. 

22.  A.  dohter  in-eode  5  tumbade.     A.  cyning ;  B.  cincg. 
A.  masdenne.     23.  A.  byddest.      25.  A.  ofeste.    A.  into. 

A.  cyninge.  A.  sylle  on  anum  disce.  26.  A.  cyning.  A. 
£eh  hig.  ;   B.    }>eah  hig.       27.   A.  asende  [for  ac  sende]. 

B.  anne.  A.  cwelere.  A.  cwearterne.  B.  beheafdude. 
28.  A.  inserts  anum  before  disce.  B.  medyr.  29.  A.  hig. 
A.  lychaman  ;  B.  lie  (altered  to  lichamon).  A.  byrginne. 
30.  A.  hig.  A.  B.  hig.  A.  hig.  31.  B.  asundran.  B. 
stowae.  A.  agean-hwyrfdon.  A.  B.  hig.  32.  A.  B.  hig. 
A.  on-sundron.     B.  stowse. 


22  3  pa  pa  pare  herodiadiscen  dohter  in- 
eode  "i  tumbede.  hit  licode  herode.  1  eallen 
pam  pe  him  mid  saeten.  Se  kyng  cwaeS  pa 
to  pam  meigdene.  bide  me  swa  hwaet  swa  pu 
wille.     ")  ich  pe  sylle. 

23  iEnd  he  swor  hire.  SoSes  ich  pe 
sylle  swa  hwaet  swa  pu  me  bydst.  pah  pu 
wille  half  mine  rice. 

24  pa  hye  ut  eode.  hyo  cwaeS  to  hire 
moder.  Hwaes  bidde  ich.  pa  cwaeS  hye. 
Iohannes  heafed  pas  fulluhteres. 

25  Sona  pa  hye  mid  efste  in  to  pam  kynge 
geode.  hyo  baed  "3  pus  cwaeS.  Ic  wille  -f  pu  me 
raedlice  on  anen  dissce  selle  Johannes  heafed. 

26  Da  warS  se  kyng  ge-unrot  for  pan 
aSe.  3  for  patn  pe  mid  him  saeteu.  Nolde 
pah  hyo  unrotan 

27  ac  sente  aenne  cwellere  3  be-bead  -p 
man  his  heafed  on  anen  dissce  brohte.  jEnd 
he  hine  pa  on  cwarterne  be-heafdede. 

28  3  his  heafed  on  disce  brohte.  3  hit 
sealde  pam  maigdene.  3  -p  maigden  hit 
sealde  hire  moder. 

29  Da  his  cnihtes  paet  ge-herden.  hyo 
comen  3  his  lichame  namen  3  hine  on  be- 
rigene  leigdon. 

30  QJoSlice    pa    pa   apostles    to-gaedere 
rO  comen.    hyo  kydden  pam  haelende 

eall  -p  hyo  dyden.     3  hyo  laerden. 

31  3  he  saigde  heom.  CumeS  3  uten  gan 
asundran  on  weste  stowe.  3  us  hwon  resten. 
SoSlice  manege  waeren  pe  comen  3  agen 
hwaerfden  3  ferst  naefden  p  hyo  acten 

32  3  on  scyp  stigende  hyo  foren  onsun- 
dren  on  weste  stowe. 

Various  Readings. 
22.  hediadiscan  (sic)  dohtor ;  ealle  ;  saeton ;  cyning ; 
msegdene ;  ic.  23.  End ;  ic ;  bitst ;  deaS  [for  )>ah] ;  healf. 
24.  heo;  ic;  heo  [for  second  hye];  heafod.  25.  hyo; 
cynge  eode  heo ;  anum  disce  sylle ;  heafod.  26.  wearS ; 
cyning;  (jam  [for  )>an] ;  saeton ;  (jeah.  27.  sende  anne; 
heafod;  anum  disce;  cwaerterne  beheafdude.  28.  heafod; 
maedene;  maegden.  29.  cnihtas;  ge-hyrdon;  lie  namon; 
byrigene.  30.  apostlas  togadere  comon;  cydden  ;  halende; 
dydon ;  laerdon.  31.  saede  ;  CumaS ;  uton  ;  restan;  manega 
waeron ;  comon  ;  hwaerfdon ;  fyrst  naefdon.  32.  foron  on- 
sundron. 


47 

3  miSSy        in-eode       dohter      SaersB        herodiades      3      plaegede       3    gelicade-H  miSSy  gelicade    herode 
22    cumqwe     introisset     filia     ipsius     herodiadis   et   salt  asset    et  placuisset  herodi 

ec  miS-r3  aedgeadre   Saem  hlingendum    cynig    cuoeS    Saem  maegdne    giuig-twilnig  from  me    fte    Su  willt-twselle  3 
simulque  recumbentibws     rex      ait  puellae  pete    a   me        quod  ufs  et 

ic  sello    Se  .  3        swor      hir    forSon  t  -JSte    suaB  hwaet    Su  gegiuas    ic  sello     Se   Sah  se        a  half       rices 

dabo   tibi.         23  et   iurauit   illi         quia         quidquid      petieris       dabo    tibi  licet  demedium  regni 

mines  Siu     miSSy  from  eode  cuoeS    moeder    hire    huaet    ic  giuge  waelle    3    hiu    cuoeS    heafud     iohannis 

mei.         24  quae    cum     exisset    dixit    matri   suae  quid         petam       et  ilia   dixit   capud  iohannis 

fulwihteres  miSSy        inn-eode       sona       mi$  oefeste  to     cynige     wilnade     cuoeS     ic  willo    fte 

baptistae.  25   cumqwe   introisset   statim   cum   festinatione   ad   regem   petiuit   dicens      nolo      ut 

reconlice  Su    selle     me       in      disc      heofud      iohannis    fulwihteres  3       un-rodsade    se  cyning    fore 

protinus      des    mini    in   disco    capud    iohannis    baptistae.  26   et   contristatus     rex     propter 

aS  gesuoerenum      3  fore        ec  mis  restende  walde  hia         unrotsige  ah       sende  ne  walde 

iusiurandum     et     propter     simul     recumbentes     uoluitf     earn     contristare.  27    sed    misso  f  *  noluit. 

sceware  ge-heht     to  gebrenga  heafud      his      in       disc       3  gecearf        hine      in     carchern  3 

speculatore    praecepit     ad-ferri     capud    eius    in    disco    et    decollauit    eum    in    carcere.  28  et 

to-brohte  heafud     his     in      disc      3      salde        f>      Soar  maegdne    3    $  meegden   cuoeS    moder     his  miSSy 

attulit    capud  eius   in  disco   et   dedit   illud      puellae      et     puella     dicit    matri   suae.         29   quo 

geherdon      Segnas        his        cuomon        3        laedon       lichoma      his      3         gesetton  -f        in        byrgenne 

audito     discipuli    eius    uenerunt    et    tulerunt    corpus    eius    et    posuerunt    illud    in    monumento. 

3        efne-cwomon       Sa  apostolas       to     Seem  haelende       eft-gesaegdon        him       alle         SaSe        dydon         3 
30  *Et  con-uenientes       apostoli        ad       iheswm       renuntiauerunt     illi     omnia     qua?     egerant     et  •XVIII. 

lu.  xci. 
laerdon  3    cuoeS     to  him    cymes       sundrig      in       woestig  styd       3  restas  huon 

docuerant.  31  *Et     ait       illis     uenite    seorsum    in    desertum    locum    et    requiescite    pusillum  •  62.  x. 

woeron    forSon    SaSe       cuomon       3    eft-cuomon  4*  menigo    ne  etes  first  haefdon  3 

erant     enim     qui    ueniebant   et    rediebant   multi    nee   manducandi   spatium   habebant.  32  *Et  ■  63.  vi. 


mt.  lxxvii. 


astigedon       in      scip       foerdon      in       woestig        styd        sundur 
ascendentes   in   naui    abierunt  in   desertum   locum   seorsum. 


22  miSSy  in-eode  dohter  Saere  herodiades  3  plaagede  3  gilicade  herode  sec  miS  Saem  hlionendum  cynig  cwaaS  Saem 
maegdne  giowa  from  me  Saette  Su  wylt  3  ic  selo  Se  23.  3  swor  hir  forSon  forSon  (sic)  Saete  swa  hwaet  swa 
Su  giowas  ic  selo  Se  ah  Se  all  half  rice  min.  24.  Sio  miSSy  from  eade.  cwaeS  to  moeder  hire  hwaet  giowigo 
ih  welle  3   hio  cwaeS   heofud   iohannes  Saes  fulwihteres  25.  miS   Sy   in-eode    sona   miS   oefeste   to   Saem  cynige 

wilnade  cwseS  ic  wyllo  Saette  recunlice  Su  selle  me  on  disce  heofvd  iohannes  Saes  fulwihteres.  26.  3  unrotsade 
wbbs  Se  cynig  fore  aSum  giswornum  3  for  eo  (sic)  miS  restendum  nalde  hia  unrotsiga  27.  ah  sende  sceawere-r 
sceawende  waBS  heht  to    gibrenga-tto-brolite  heofud   his  on  disce  3   giceorf  hine  in   care-erne  28.  3   to-brohte 

heofud  his  on  disce  3  salde  Saet  Saem  maegdne  3  Saet  maegden  salde  moeder  hire  29.  miS-Sy  giherdun  Segnas 
his  comon  3  lseddun  lic-homa  his  3  settun  Saet  in  byrgenne  30.  3  efne  comun  Sa  apostolas  to  Saem  haelenrfe 
eft  saegdun  him  alle  Sa  Se  dydon  3  lserdun  31.  3  cwaeS  to  him  cumaS  ge  syndrige  in  woestige  stowe  3 
rasste  him  (sic)  werun  forSon  Sa  Se  comun  3  eft  comun  monige  3  ne  etes  firste  haefde  32.  3  astaBgdun  on  scip 
foerdun  in  woestig  styd -r  stowe  sundrige 


48 


33  "i  gesawon  hi  farende.  1  hi  ge-cneowon 
manega;  And  gangende  of  paw  burguwi 
pyder  urnon.    1  him  beforan  comon ; 

34  And  pa  se  haelend  ftanon  eode.  he 
geseah  mycele  menegu.  1  he  ge-miltsode 
hi?w  for  pam  pe  hi  weeron  swa  swa  seep  pe 
nanne  hyrde  nabbaS ;  And  he  ongan  hi  fela 
lseran. 

35  3  pa  hit  mycel  ylding  waes.  his  leorn- 
ing-cnihtas  him  to  comon  "i  cwaedon.  peos 
stow  is  weste  1  tima  is  forS  agan. 

36  forlaet  pas  menegu.  ~f  hi  faran  on 
ge  hende  tunas.     1  him  mete  bicgan.     f  hi 

eton; 

37  pa  cwaeS  he  sylle  ge  him  etan;  Da 
cwssdon  hi  uton  gan.  ")  mid  twaw  hundred 
penegon  hlafas  bicgan.  1  we  hi»?  etan 
syllaS ; 

38  Da  cwseS  he  hu  fela  hlafa  haebbe  ge. 
ga?>  "i  lociaS.  ")  pa  hi  wiston  hi  cwaedon.  fif 
hlafas  1  twegen  fixas. 

39  J  pa  be-bead  se  haelend  -f  Saet  folc 
saete  ofer  j5  grene  hig. 

40  "}  hi  pa  saeton  hundredon  3  fiftigon. 

41  1  fif  hlahim.  1  twam  fixum  onfan- 
geniiJW  he  on  heofon  locode  3  hi  bletsode. 
1  pa  hlafas  braec.  !l  sealde  his  leorning-cnih- 
tuwi.  •$  hi  toforan  Mm  asetton.  1  twegen 
fixas  him  eallon  daelde 

42  1  hi  seton  pa  ealle  1  gefyllede  wurdon ; 

43  And  hi  namon  para  hlafa.  1  fixa  lafe. 
twelf  wilian  fulle ; 

44  SoSlice  fif  pusend  manna  para  etendra 
waeron ; 

Various  Readings. 

33.  A.  B.  hig.  (twice).  B.  gecneowun.  B.  burhgum. 
34.  A.  );anen.  A.  maBnigeo.  A.  B.  hig.  A.  sceap.  A. 
A.  naenne.  A.B.  hig.  A.  fa;la.  35.  B.  leornincg-cnihtas. 
36.  A.  maenegeo.  A.  hig.  A.  faron ;  B.  farun.  A. 
byegon.  A.B.  hig.  37.  A.B.  hig.  A.  penegum.  38. 
A.  ftela.  A.  hyg.  A.B.  hig.  40.  A.B.  hig.  A.  hundredum. 
A.  fyftegum;  B.  fiftigum.  41.  A.  heofen.  A.B.  hig.  A. 
bletsade.  A.B.  hig.  A.  eallum.  42.  A.  hig.  43.  A.B. 
hig.    A.  Jjsera.    A.  B.  lafa.      44.  A.  f>sera. 


33  D  ge-seagen  hyo  farende  3  hyo  ge- 
cneowen  manege.  iEnd  gangende  of  pam 
burgen  pider  urnen.     "i  him  be-foren  comen. 

34  1  pa  se  haelend  pan  en  eode.  he  ge- 
seah mycele  menigeo.  ")  he  ge-miltsede 
heom.  for  pam  pe  hyo  vvaeren  swa  swa  seep 
pe  naenne  herde  naebbed.  1  he  on  gan  hyo 
feola  laeren. 

35  "i  pa  hit  mycel  ylding  waes  his  leorn- 
ing-cnihtes  him  to  comen  1  cwae<Sen.  peos 
stowe  is  weste  1  time  is  forS  agan. 

36  for-leet  pas  manigeo  •$  hyo  faren  on 
ge-hende  tunes  1  heom  mete  beggen  •$  hyo 
etan. 

37  pa  cwaeS  he  selle  ge  heom  etan.  Da 
cwaeSen  hyo  utan  gan.  1  mid  twam  hun- 
dred panegen  hlafes  byggen  "i  we  heom 
aeten  syllen. 

38  Da  cwaeS  he  hu  fela  hlafe  haebbe 
ge  gaS  7  lokiaS.  "i  pa  hyo  wiston  hyo 
cwa^Sen.     fif  hlafes  1  twegen  fisces. 

39  1  pa  be-bead  se  haelend  paet  ~f  folc 
saete  ofer  f  grene  haig. 

40  3  hyo  pa  saeten  hundredon  1  fiftigen. 

41  1  fif  hlafen.  1  twam  fiscen  on-fan- 
genew  he  on  heofon  lokede.  1  hyo  bletsode. 
1  pa  hlafes  braec.  1  sealde  his  leorning-cnih- 
ten  "p'  hyo  to-foren  heom  asetten.  1  twegen 
fixsces  heom  eallen  daelde. 

42  1  hyo  aeten  pa  ealle  3  ge  fylde  wurSen. 

43  And  hyo  name[n]  pare  hlafe  1  fixsce 
lafe  twelf  wilien  fulle. 

44  SoSlice  fif  pusend  manna  pare  aetendre 
waeren. 


Various  Readings. 

33.  ge-sawen ;  fserende  ;  manega ;  buhrgum ;  urnon ;  be- 
foran comon.  34.  (janora  ;  menegeo  ;  ge-miltsode;  warorc  ; 
sceap;  hyrde  nabbaS;  lseron.  35.  cnihtas  ;  cwseJSon;  tima. 
36.  menega;  tunas;  byggan;  eton.  37.  sylle  ;  cwafcon ; 
vton;  penegon  hlafas  byegan;  etan  syllafc.  38.  hwu  fele 
hlafa  habbe  ;  lociafc ;  cwseiion ;  hlafas ;  twege  fiscas.  39. 
heig.  40.  sseton;  fiftigum.  41.  hlafum;  fyxum;  on-fan- 
genum  ;  locode;  hlafas  ;  cnihtas;  to-foran  ;  asetton  ;  fixas  ; 
dseldon.  42.  eten ;  wurdon.  43.  namon  Jiara;  fisca; 
wylian.      44.  >ara  etendre  wseron. 


49 

3       gesegon      hia    geongende    3  on-geton        monigo    3     foeSemenn     3      of        allum  ceastrum 

33  et   uiderunt   eo3   abeuntes   et  cognouerunt    multi   et  pedestre8   et   de    omnibus    ciuitatibos 

efne-ge-uurnun  8ider      3   before  gecuomon    hia  .  3        eode      gesaeh      micelo         8reat      se  hsslend    3 

concurrerunt  illuc    et    praeuenerunt    eos.  34   et    exiens    uidit    multara    turbam      ihenua      et 

milsan8e    waes     ofer       hia    for8on    weron    suelce    scip       ne        hsefdon  hiorde         3      ongann      laera        hia 

misertus    est    super    eos     quia    erant    sicut    oues    non    habentes    pastorem    et    coepit    docere    illos 

feolo-rmonigo  3    mi88y    soSlice   stando  t  monigo    wses      geneolecdon       8egnas  _     his     cuoe8ende     unbyed 

multa  35  et   cum      iam     mora      multa   fieret   accesserunt   discipuli   eius    dicentes    disertus 

is        styd       Sis        ec  so8      tid  is  fore-ge-ead  k  tid  eade  ferlet      hia -t  8a    fte    hia  geonga  in     8a  nesta 

est    locus    hie  *Et    iam       hora    praeteriuit  36    dimitte     illos      ut       euntes     in   proximas  * M-  \ . 

r  IV.  XC111. 

io.  xluiiii. 
gemsero    3     londo    bycges-l'ceapas    him    metto      8a  ettes  3    geonduaearde   cue8    to  8aem    selles  '-nt-  txluii. 

uillas   et  uicos         emant         sibi  cibos   quos   manducent.         37  et  respondens     ait       illis      date 

him  eatta  3       cuoedon      him  mi88y  ge-eadon  byege  we  miS  penningum  tusem  hundum  hlafo     3     selle  we 

eis  manducare  et  dixeru[n]t    ei         euntes        emamus        denariis  ducentis     panes  et  dabimus 

him  to  ettanne-rto  brucanne  3     cuoe8   to  him  hu  monig    hlafo    habba8  gie    gaa8     3      gesea8     3     mi88y 

eis  manducare.  38    et    dicit       eis        quot     panes     habetis       ite    et    uidete   et    cum 

oncneawn  k  ongeton    cuoedon         flf  3     tuoege      fiscas  3         heht         him    fte       gesni8a        gedydon 

cognouissent       dicunt   quinque  et     duos     pisces.         39  et   praecipit   illis    ut   accumbere   iacerent 

alle  aefter  ofer      groene        gers  3        to-daeldon        in     dalum   8erh     hundra8 

omnes   secundum   contubernia   super   uiride   faenum.         40  et  discubuerunt  in  partes   per   centenos 

3    8erh  fiftigum  3  mi88y  weron  onfence        flf  hlafo        3         tue  fiscas         locade      in 

et   per   quinquagenos.  41  et  acceptis  quinque   panibws   et   duobws   piscibws   intuens   in 

heofne     gebloedsade    3    gebrasgc  8a  hlafo     3      salde        8egnum        his     -fte    hia  gesetta    before     hia     3    tuoege 
caelum    benedixit    et    fregit     panes     et   dedit    discipulis    suis    ut     ponerent      ante     eos   et   duos 

fisces      dajlde        allum  3  eton  alle       3  gefylled-l'gefylde  weron  3       genomon 

pisces  diuisit  omnibws.         42  et  manducauerunt  omnes  et       saturati        sunt.         43  et  sustulerunt 

8a  hlafo      8ara  screadunga         tuoelf  ceaulas  fulle       3      of        fiscum  woeron  uutedlice  8a  8e 

reliquias    fragmentorum    duodecim    cophinos    plenos    et    de    piscibus.  44  erant    autem     qui 

brecon-reton  fif        8usendo   wsero-l'wa>rana 

manducauerunt    quinqjte    milia         uirorww*. 


33.  3  gisegun  hia3  gongende  3  ongetun  t  comun  monige  3  foe8e  men  of  allum  ccestrum  efne-giurnun  8ider 
3  bifora  comon  hise  34.  3  eode  gisseh  micle  8reatas  8e  \r.n\end  3  milsende  ■wasa  ofer  hite  8a  8e  werun  swelce 
scip  ne  heefdun  hiorde  3  on-gan  Itera  hia?  feolu-1' monige  35.  3  miS8y  soSlice  stondas  monige  werun  to-gineoli- 
cadun  8egnas  his  cwe8end  him  unbyed -rwestig  is  stow  8is  ec  so8  tide  is  fore-giead  36.  forlet  hia  1 8a  f  hie 
gongeain  8a  nestu   gimreru  3   lond  byccas'-l'ceopias  him  mett  Sa  8e  eotas  37.  3   ondsworade  cwseS  to  him   8e 

hte\end  sellas  8sem  iow  mi8  to  eotanne  3  cwedun  him  mi88y  eadun  goncge  we-tga  we  mi8  peningum  hmn 
hundreSum  hlafa  3  selle  we  him  to  eotanne  38.  3  cw»8  to  him  hwoet  hlafa  habbas  ge  ga8  3  gisea8  3  miSSy 
oncneowun  cwedun  to  him  fife  3  twoege  fiscas  39.  3  bibead  him  •£  hiffl  gisnide  .  . .  alle  aefter  . . .  ofer  groenum 
hegge  k  grese  40.3  gi-dseldun  hisB  in  .  .  .  hundreS  3  8erh  fiftigum  41.  3  mi8-8y  werun  on  efenne  fif  hlafum 
3  . .  .  locade  on  heofnas  gibletsade  3  brcec  8a  hlafas  3  salde  8egnum  his  -fte  hise  gisette  bifora  hiee  3  twoege 
fiscas  daelde  allum  42.  3  etun  3  alle  3  gifylde  werun  43.  3  ginomun  8a  lafe  8ara  scradunga  twelf  ceowlas 
fulle  3  of  fisce        44.  werun  wutudlice  8a  8e  etun  fif  8usend  weorona 


50 


Dis  sceal  on 
SEDternes-deeg 
an-  halgan 
di£ge.  A.  B. 


45  TP\a  sona  he   nydde  his  leorning- 
-L'    cnihtas  on   scyp  stigan.     "p  hi 

him  beforan  foron  ofer  f  asne  muf  an  to  beth- 
saida.     of  he  j?  folc  for-lete ; 

46  And  fa  he  hi  for-let  he  ferde  on  f  one 
munt  D  hine  ana  far  gebaed; 

47  And  fa  aefen  wses  f  scyp  waes  on 
middre  sie.  !1  he  ana  waes  on  lande 

48  1  he  ge-seah  hi  on  rewette  swincende. 
him  waes  wiSer-weard  wind ;  And  on  niht 
embe  fa  feorfan  waeccan  he  com  to  him 
ofer  pa.  sa:  gangende.  "i  wolde  hi  for-bu- 
gan; 

49  pa  hi  hine  gesawon  ofer  pa  see  gan- 
gende hi  wendon  -p  hit  unfaele  gast  wasre. 
1  hi  clypedon ; 

50  Hi  ealle  hine  gesawon.  ^  wurdon 
gedrefede  3  sona  he  spraec  to  him  1  cwae'S ; 
Gelyfaf  ic  hit  eom.  ne  furfon  ge  eow  on- 
draedan. 

51  1  he  on  scyp  to  him  eode.  7  se  wind 
geswac  1  hi  faes  pe  ma  betwux  him  wun- 
dredon. 

52  ne  ongeton  hi  be  pam  hlafon  ;  SoSlice 
heora  heorte  waes  ablend ; 

53  And  fa  hi  ofer-segledon.  hi  comon 
to  genesar.     1  far  wicedon. 

54  "i  fa  hi  of  scipe  eodon.  sona  hi  hine 
gecneowon ; 

55  And  eall  •$  rice  befarende  hi  on 
saeccinguw  baeron  fa  untruman.  far  hi  hine 
gehyrdon ; 


Various  Readings. 

(Rubric — B.  dseg).  45.  B.  leornincg.  A.  B.  hig.  B. 
forun.  A.  )>one.  A.  betsaida.  46.  A.  B.  hig.  47.  B. 
midre.      48.  B.  ge-seh.     A.  B.  hig.    A.  ymbe.    A.  B.  hig. 

49.  A.  B.  hig  (twice).    A.  unctene  [for  unfsele].    A.  B.  hig. 

50.  A.  B.  Hig.  A.  hyne  ealle.  B.  gesawun  3  wundor  (sic). 
A.  nellan;  B.  nellen  [/or  ne  [jurfon].  B.  adrsedan.  51. 
A  B.  hig.  A.  betweox.  52.  A.  on-geaton.  A.  B.  hig. 
A.  hlafu?ra ;  B.  hlafun.  B.  hyra.  53.  A.  B.  hig.  A.  hig. 
54.  A.  hig.  A  B.  hig.  B.  gecneowun.  55.  A.  hig 
(twice). 


45      T^  A   sona  he  nydde   his  leorning- 
j       cnihtes   on    scyp  stigon    ~p    hyo 
him   be-foren    foran   ofer  fanne  mu!San  to 
bethsaida.     oS  he  ~f  folc  for-lete. 

46  1  fa  he  hyo  for-let.  he  ferde  on  p anne 
munt.     "}  hine  ane  p aer  ge-baed. 

47  And  pa  aefen  waes  f  scyp  waes  on 
midre  sae.     1  he  ane  waes  on  lande. 

48  ]  he  ge-seah  hyo  on  reowette  swin- 
cende. heom  waes  wiSerward  wind.  iEnd 
on  nyht  ymbe  pa  feorfan  weccan  he  com 
to  heom  ofer  fa  sae  gangende.  1  wolde  hyo 
for-bugen. 

49  Da  hyo  hine  ge-seagen  ofer  fa  sae 
gangende.  hyo  wenden  -p  hyt  un-fele  gast 
waere.     1  hyo  clypedon. 

50  Hyo  ealle  hine  ge-seagen  3  wurden 
ge-drefede.  "i  sone  he  spraec  to  heom.  1 
cw.  Ge-lefeS  ich  hit  em.  nellen  ge  eow 
andreden. 

51  1  he  on  scyp  to  heom  eode.  "i  se  wind 
ge-swaec.  1  hyo  fas  f e  ma  be-tweoxe  heom 
wundredon. 

52  ne  on-geaten  hyo  be  f  am  hlafan.  SoS- 
lice  heore  heorte  waes  ablend. 

53  And  fa  hyo  ofer-seigledon.  hyo  comen 
to  genesar.     "3  faer  wicoden. 

54  1  fa  hyo  of  scype  eoden.  sone  hyo 
hine  ge-cneowen. 

55  Mr\&  eall  ■f  rice  be-farende.  hyo  on 
saeccinge  baeren  fa  untrumen  faer  hyo  hine 
ge-hyrden. 


Various  Headings. 

45.  cnihtas;  stigan;  be-foran;  \>onne.  46.  Jionne;  ana; 
ge-bseS.  47.  ^End ;  efen.  48.  ge-seh;  rewette;  for);an 
wseccan ;  eom ;  ]>a.m  ;  for-bugan.  49.  ge-sawon ;  sa ;  un- 
fale;  ware;  clypodon.  50.  ge-sawan;  wurfcon;  sona  he 
sprecfc ;  Ge-lyfaS  ic  hit  eom;  andrsedon.  51.  him; 
geswac;  )>ses;  betweox.  52.  on-geaton;  heora.  53.  hi 
ofer-sigledon;  (>ar  wicedon.  54.  ge-cnewan.  55.  eal ; 
saeccingum  baron  J>a  untruman ;  hin  ge-hyrdon. 


51 

3        sona      ge-Sreate      Segnas         his         astige         Saet  scip    -fte     hia  fore-eode      hine      ofer  luh 

45  *Et  statim    coegit    discipulos   suos   ascendere    nauem    ut    praecederent   earn   trans    fretum  *  65.  ui. 

°  L  mt.  cxluiii. 

to       Saer  byrig    Sa  hwile    he         forleorte       Saet  folc  3    miSSy     forleorte       hia  ge-eode  on        m6r 

ad   bethsaidam    dum    ipse   dimitteret   populum.         46  *Et   cum   dimisisset  eos    abiit    in   montem  *  x.Ymi- 

lu.  xliii.  xxxu. 
gebidda  3    miSSy  ef[e]rn-i*smolt    woere    waes       scip      in    middum    saees     3      he         ana      on     eorSu 

orare.  47   *Et   cum  sero  esset    erat    nauis    in    medio    mari   et  ipse    solus    in    terra. "  67.  UH. 

io.  li.  mt.  cl. 

3      gesaeh     hia      wynnennde     in        rowincg        waes    forSon      wind       wiSer-word    him    3      ymb     Sa  fearSa 
48   et  uidens    eos    laborantes    in    remigando    erat    enim    uentus    contrarius    eis   et   circa    quartam 

wacan      nsehtes     cuora     to     him    geongende       ofer        ssee      3       walde         hi-cerre      hia  soS  hia     -f 

uigiliam    noctis    uenit    ad   eos    ambulans    super   mare   et  uolebat  prasterire   eos.  49  at   illi  ut 

gesegon        hine  geongende  ofer  sae        hia  woendon        yfel  wiht        were        3       ceigdon  k  clioppadon 

uiderunt     eum     ambulantem     super     mare     putauerunt     phantasma     esse      et       exclamauerunt. 

alle       forSon    hine     gesegon      3  un-rodsad-rgestyred  weron    3       sona     gesprecend    waes    miS    him   3    cwoeS 
50  omnes    enim    eum  uiderunt  et       conturbati        sunt   et  statim     locutus      est   cum   eis  et  dixit 

to  him     gelefes        ic       am    nallaS  gie  ondrede  3        astag        to     him    in       scip        3     geblann     f  wind 

illis   contidite   ego   sum     nolite  timere.        51  *Et   ascendit   ad   illos  in  nauem  et  cessauit  uentus  •  68.  ui. 

mt.  clii. 

3     forSor     suiSe     bituih  him  stylton-tsuigdon  ne      forSon    _    oncneaun         of      hlafum      wees     forSon 

et    plus    magis   intra    sd       stupebant.  52  non     enim    intellexerant   de   panibws    erat    enim 

hearta       hiora     fore-geblind-f-fore-geSistrat  3      miSSy        ofer-foerdon  Serh  cuomon      on        earSo 

c6r     illorum  obcecatum.  53  *Et     cum     trans-fretassent    peruenerunt     in     terram  •  69.  ii. 

lv.  xxxui. 
mt.  cliii. 
Saes  folces  genatzear  3  3  miSSy    faerende    waeron    of     scip  sona  ongeton  hine 

gennesaretb.       et  applicuerunt.        54  cumqwe   egressi  essent  de   naui   continuo    cognouerunt  eum. 

3      Serh  wurnon  all  lond         Sa  ilea      ongunnun     in       berum      hia    Sa  Se  yfle       haefdon 

55  et  percurrentes   uniuersam   regionem     illa?»     coeperunt   in   grabatis   eos    qui   se   male  habebant 

ymb  beara      Ser      geherdon      hine   sed  he  were 
circumferre   ubi   audiebant   eum       esse. 


45.  3  sona  giSreatade  Segnas  his  to  stiganne  in  scip  -JS  hie  fore-eode  hine  ofer  luh  to  Saer  byrig  Sa  while 
he  forleorte  Saet  folc  46.  3  miS-Sy  forleort  hiaB  eade  on  mor  gibidda  47.  3  miS-Sy  efern  3  smolt  waes  scip 
on  middum  sae  3  he  ana  on  eorSo  48.  3  gisaeh  hiae  winnende  in  rowinge  waes  forSon  wind  wiSerword  him  J 
ymb  Sa  fearSa  wacune  nsehtes  com  to  him  Se  haelenrf  gongende  ofer   see  3  walde  bicerra  hiaa  49.  soS   hiaa  f 

gisegun  hine  gongende  ofer  sae  hiae  woendun  yfel  wiht  were  3  cliopadun  k  cegdun  50.  alle  Sage  hine  gisegun 
3  gidroefde-l'unrotsade  werun  3  sona  he  sprecende  waes  mi*  him  3  cweeS  to  him  gilefas  ic  hitt  am  nallon  ge 
ondreda  51.  3  astag  to  him  in  scip  3  giblan  k  sette  Se  wind  3  forSor  swiSe  bitwih  him  styltun  k  swigadun  3 
Sreadun  52.  ne  forSon  oncneowun  of  hlafum  waes  forSon  heorta  hiora  for-blindad  53.  3  miS-Sy  foerdun  Serh 
comun  on  eorSu  Saes  folches  genesares  3  a  to  plica  54.  3  miS-Sy  faerende  werun  of  scipe  sona  on-getun  hine 
55.  3  Serh  urnun  all  lond-tSeade  Sa  ileu  on-gunnun  on  berum  hiae  Sa  Se  yfel  haefduu  ymb  beara  Ser  hise  giherdun 
hine  f  he  were  \ 

G2 


52 


56  And  swa  hwar  swa  he  on  wic  oppe 
on  tunas  eode.  on  straeton  hi  J?a  untruman 
ledon.  3  hine  baedon  ■p  hi  huru  his  refes 
fnaed  aet-hrinon.  1  swa  fela  swa  hine  set- 
hrinon  hi  wurdon  hale. 

CHAPTER  VII. 

Dy»Kceaion         j  ~|^a   comon   to  him   pharisei   3   sume 

wodnes-diEgon  if  * 

jiare  ^yddan  y  boceras  cumende  fra/w  hierusalew. 

lencteu  wucan. 

■*•  b.  2  3  ba  hi  se-sawon  sume  of  his  leorning- 

Accesseruntad  T  a  o 

ihe*«m.  a.  cnihton  besmitenura  handu?»  -p  is  un- 
Jnvogenum  handuw  etan.  hi  taeldon  hi  1 
cwaedon ; 

3  Pharisei  1  ealle  iudeas  ne  etaS  buton 
hi  hyra  handa  gelomlice  j?wean.  healdende 
hyra  yldrena  gesetnessa. 

4  3  on  strsete  hi  ne  etaS  buton  hi  ge- 
bwegene  beon.  1  manega  o]?re  synd  pe 
him  gesette  synt.  ~p  is  calicea  frymSa.  3 
ceaca.     3  arfata.  3  maestlinga ; 

5  And  pa  axodon  hine  pharisei  1  pa 
boceras.  hwi  ne  gaS  Jnne  leorning-cnihtas 
sefter  ure  yldrena  gesetnysse.  ac  besmitenum 
handujw  hyra  hlaf  jricgaS  ; 

6  Da  andswarode  he  hi;w ;  Wei  witegod 
isaias  be  eow  licceteruw  swa  hit  awriten  is  ; 
pis  folc  me  mid  welermw  wur^aS.  soSlice 
hyra  heorte  is  feor  frawz  me. 

7  on  idel  hi  me  wurSiaS.  1  manna  bare 
1  bebodu  lteraS  ; 

8  Soflice  ge  forlsetaS  godes  bebod.  1 
healdaS  manna  laga.  j?weala  ceaca  1  calica. 
1  manega  obre  J>ylce  Sing  ge  doS ; 


Various  Readings. 

56.  A.  hig  (twice).  A.  reafes;  B.  riefes.  A.  fnsedes 
sethrynan  moston.     A.  fsela.    A.  hig. 

Cap.  vii.  1.    A.  farisei.  2.  A.  hig.     A.  cnyhtum.    A. 

un-j>wagenum.     A.  B.  hig  {twice).  3.  A.  B.  farisei.    A. 

hig  heora.  A.  heora.  A.  gesetnyssa.  4.  A.  B.  hig.  A. 
hyg.    A.  synd  [for  synt].    A.  B.  fyrniSa.        5.  A.  acsotlon. 

A.  B.  farisei.  B.  gesetednyssa.  6.  A.  B.  witegode.  A. 
lyceterum;  B.  liceterum.    A.  weor)>aS.    A.  heora.         7.  A. 

B.  hig.     A.  weorSiaS.     B.  lara.      8.  A.  [>wealu.     A.  fnllice. 


56  Mt\&  swa  hwaer  swa  he  on-wicnede 
on  tunas  eoden.  on  straeten  hyo  J>a  untru- 
men  leigdon.  1  hine  baeden  -p  hyo  hwore 
his  reafes  fined  aet-rinen.  1  swa  fele  swa 
hine  aet-rinen  hyo  wurSen  hale. 

CHAPTER  VII. 

1  T^VA    comen   to  hym   farisej  ")  sume 
-L'    bokeres  cumende  fram  ierusalem. 

2  1  fa  hyo  ge-seagen  sume  of  his  leorn- 
ing-cnihten  be-smitene  handen  p  is  un- 
j?wogenen  handen  aeten.  hyo  telden  hyo 
1  cwaeSen. 

3  Farisej  1  ealle  iudeas  ne  aeteS  buton 
hyo  heore  hande  ge-lomlice  Jwean  healden- 
de heora  yldre  ge-setnysse. 

4  1  on  stiffite  hi  ne  astaS.  buton  hyo  ge- 
bwegen  beon.  1  manege  oSre  synde  pe 
heom  ge-sette  synde.  -p  is  calice  frymj?a  3 
ceaca.     1  apfata  1  manslage.    (sic). 

5  Ac  J?a  axode  hine  farisej  1  pa  boceres 
hwi  ne  gad  )>ine  leorning-cnihtes  aefter  ure 
yldrena  ge-setnysse.  ac  be-smitenen  handen 
heora  hlaf  JnggieS. 

6  Da  andswerede  he  heom.  Wei  wite- 
gede  ysaias  be  eow  liceteren  swa  hit  awriten 
is.  Dis  folc  me  mid  weleren  wurSed.  soS- 
lice  heore  heorten  his  feor  fram  me. 

7  on  ydel  hyo  me  wurSiaS.  3  manna 
lare  1  bebode  tared. 

8  SoSlice  ge  for-laeteS  godes  bebod.  3 
healded  manna  lage.  Jweala  ceaca  J  calica. 
"J  manege  oSre  fellice  j?ing  ge  doS. 


Various  Readings. 

56.  on  wic  o$Se  [for  on-wicnede];  straaton  hi  \>a  untru- 
man legdon;  huru  [for  hwore];  refes  fned  set  rinon ; 
wurdon. 

Cap.  vii.  1.  farisei;  boceras.  2.  ge-sawen;  cnihtum  be- 
smitenvm  handum;  un-Jjwogenura  handura  etan;  tasldon; 
ewaefcon.  3.  Farisei;  etaS  ;  heora  handa;  hiora  yldera 
ge-setnyssa.  4.  eta<S  ;  maneca ;  synt  [for  2nd  synde] ; 
calycea  fryrm|>a  (sic);  apfata  (sic)  3  maasthnga.  5.  ^End; 
axsodon ;  boceras ;  gaS ;  cnihtas  ;  ge-settednysse ;  be-smite- 
nwn  handan;  (;icga8.  6.  andswarede;  witegode;  licete- 
rum ;  weleruwj  wurSa*  ;  heorte  is  [where  Hatlon  MS.  has 
heortenhis  indistinctly).  7.  lara  3  bebodu  laereS.  8.  for- 
lcetafc ;  healdaS ;  laga ;  manega  ;  |;yllice. 


53 

3      swa  huider       infoerde       in    londum     i       in    marum      k      in      ceastrura    in    phBcum      geseton 
56  et   quocumqwe    introibat    in     uicos    uel    in     uilla8     aut    in    ciuitates   in    plateis   ponebant 

8a  un-trymigo    3  ge-bedon  hine    fte     4"         fasne  gewoede  _     his       gehrinon      3     sua  oftor      gehri- 

infirmos      et  depraecabantur   eum    ut   uel  fimbriam  uestimenti  eius  tangerent  et  quot-quot  tange- 


non     hine     hale    gewurdon 
bant   eum   salui    fiebant. 


CAP.  VII. 


-3  cwompn         toi      him  3     sume  o8er    of    u8u«tum     cymende      from        hierusolim 

1  *Et   conueniunt    ad    eum     pharisaei    et     quidam     de    scribis    uenientes     ab     hierusolimis.  *xx.  70.  x. 

3     mi88y      gesegon     sume  o8ero     from      8egnum        his       gemeenelicum    mi8  hondum    f      is    un-8uegenuni 
2   et    cum    uidissent    quosdam       ex    discipulis    eius    communibws     manibws     id   est     non    lotis 

eata  hlafo         forcuoedon  fordon     3        alle  iudei      buta       oftor      geSuogon 

manducare    panes  uitu-perauerunt.  3   pharisaei    enim    et    omnes    iudaei    nisi    crebro    lauerent 

hondo      ne  etton         gehealdon  setnesse-l'selenisse      aeldra  3  from  Sing-stow  sie  gefulwuad    ne 

manus  non  manducant  tenentes      traditionem      seniorum.         4  et    a       i'orp     nisi  baptizentur  non 

etton  hia      3     o8ero    menigo      sint     8a  8e     gesald       aron    8aBm-rhim   to  haldanne      fuulwihta     calica  i  disca    3 
comedunt  et    alia    rnulta    sunt    qua?    tradita    sunt       illis  seruare     baptismata     calicum     et 

3  3  3        gefrugnun       hine  3     u8-uuto   forhuon 

urceorum    et    eramentorum    et    lectorum.         5   *Et    interrogant    eum    pharisaei   et   scribae    quare  •  71.  ui. 

int.  cliiii. 
Segnas     8ine    ne       geongas      sefter  gesetnisse-t'geselenise     seldra         ah        un-clamum        hondum  eatas 

discipuli   tui   non  ambulant  iuxta       traditionem        seniorum   sed  conimunibtts   manibws  manducant 

hlaf  soS     he       onduearde     cuoeaS   to  him    wel        gewitgade  of      iuih        legerum        suae 

panem.  6   at    ille  respondens    dixit       eis     bene   prophetauit   esaias   de   uobis   hypocritis   sicut 

awritten      is  folc         8is  mi8  mu8um  mec     wor8ias    hearta    uutetfee    hiora       long      is    from  me  in 

scriptum    est  populus   hie      labiis       me   honorat     cor       autem   eorum   longe   est    £    me.         7  in 

idilnisse   uutedlice  mec    wor8ia8    geloerende         laruo  boda  monna  eft  forleorton      forion 

uanuw    autem    me    colunt    docentes    doctrinas    praecepta    hominum.  8   relinquentes    enim 

beboda     godes   gie  haldas        setnesse  monna  fulwihta  ombora         3        calica        3     o8ero     gelico 

mandata    dei       tenetis    traditionem    hominum    baptismata    urceorum    et    calicum    et    alia    similia 

8isum   wundrum  monigo 
his       facitis     multa. 


56.  3  swa  hwider  in-foerde  in  lond-rin  gimasru-Hn  c»stre  in  planum  settun  8a  untrymigu  3  gibedun  hine 
■pte  -r  fajse  giwedum   his  gihrionon  3   swa   oftor  gihrionun  him   hale  giwurdun 

Cap.  VII.  1.  3  mi8-8y  comon  to  him  8a  aldu  3  sume  oSre  of  u8-wutum  cymende  from  hierusalem  2.  3 
mi8-8y  gisegun  sume  o8re  of  8egnum  his  gimetelicum  miS  hon8um  8aat  is  un-8waagnum  eotas  hlafas  for-cwedun 
hiaj  3.  aldv  3  alle  iudeas  buta  oftor  gi8wogun  honda  ne  etun  giheoldon  settnesse-tselnesse  aeldra  4.  3  from 
8ing-stowe  se  gi-fulwad  ne  etun  3  o8re  monigu  sindun  8a  Se  gisald  arun  him  to  haldanne  ful-wiht  calice  3 
on-bora  hiora  3  . . .  5.  3  gifraogn  hine  aldor-men  3  u8-wutu  cweSende  forhwon  8egnas  8ine  ne  gongas  ajfter 
gisetnisse  aeldra  ah  un-claenum  hondum  eotaS  hlafas  6.  soS  he  3worde  cw®8  him  forSon  wel  gewitgade  esaias 
of  iow  legerum  swa  awriten  is  folche  8is  mi8  mu8e  mec  weor8as  heorte  wutudl/ce  hiora  long  from  me  7.  in 
idelnisse  wutudWce  mec  worSas  gi-lserde  larwas  3  bibodu  monna  8.  eft  for-leortun  hine  bibodu  godes  gi-haldas 
setnisse  monna  fulwiht   on-bora   hiora  3  calicas   3   o8re  gilice  8issum   wundrum  monig 


54 


9  Da  saede  he  him.  wel  ge  on  idel  dydon 
godes  bebod  ■p  ge  eower  laga  healdon  ; 

10  Moyses  cwaeS.  wurSa  }?inne  faeder  3 
bine  modor.  3  se  Se  wyrigb  his  faeder  3  his 
modor.     sweke  se  deabe  ; 

11  SoSlice  ge  cwebaS.  gif  hwa  segS  his 
faeder  3  meder  corban  -p  is  on  ure  geSeode 
gyfu.    gif  hwylc  is  of  me  pe  fremaS. 

12  3  ofer  p  ge  ne  laetaS  hine  aenig  ting 
don  his  faeder  oSSe  meder 

13  tcslitende  godes  bebod.  for  eower 
stuntan  lage  be  ge  gesetton.  3  manega  obre 
bing  Sysura  gelice  ge  doS ; 

14  And  eft  pa  menegu  he  him  toclypode 
3  cwaeS  ;  Ge-hyrab  me  ealle  3  ongytaS ; 

15  Nis  nan  bing  of  pam  men  on  hine 
gangende  -p  hine  besmitan  maege;  Ac  ]?a 
Sing  pe  of  Saw  men  forS-gaS.  J?a  hine 
besmitaS. 

16  gif  hwa  earan  haebbe  gehlyste  me  ; 

17  ANd  ba  se  baelend  frafra  baere  menegu 
.Xjl  eode  his  leorning-cnihtas  hine  an 

big-spell  ahsodon; 

18  pa  cwaeS  he.  3  synt  ge  bus  un- 
gleawe  ne  on-gyte  ge.  ~p  eall  baet  utan  cymS 
on  bone  man  gangende.  ne  maeg  hine  be- 
smitan. 

19  forbara  hit  ne  gaeS  on  his  heortan. 
ac  on  hisinnoS.  Ton  forS-gang  gewiteS 
ealle  mettas  claensigende ; 

20  Da  saede  he  hiw*  ■p  Sa  bing  Se  of  pam 
men  gaS.    ba  hine  besmitaS ; 


Various  Readings. 

9.  A.  B.  lage.       10.  A.  weorSa.    A.  moder.    A.  B.  wyrgS. 
A.  moder.        13.  A.  (jvssuot.  14.   A.  maenegeo.        16. 

A.  gearan.    A.  B.  hsefg.        17.  A.  maenigeo.    A.  acsedon. 
18.   A.  synd.        19.  B.  claensiende. 


9  pa  saede  he  heom.  wel  ge  on  ydel  dyden 
godes  be-bod.     ■p  ge  eower  lage  healden. 

10  Moyses  cwaeS  wurSe  binne  faeder  3 
bine  moder.  3  se  be  wergeS  his  fader  3  his 
moder  swelte  se  deaSe. 

1 1  SoSlice  ge  cweSad.  gyf  hwa  saegd  his 
fader  3  his  moder  corban.  baet  is  on  ure 
beode  gyfu.     gyf  hwilc  is  of  me  be  fremeS. 

12  3  ofer  baet  ge  ne  laeteS  hine  anig  bing. 
banne  his  faeder  odSe  his  moder 

13  to-slitende  godes  be-bod  for  eower 
stunten  lage.  be  ge  ge-saetten.  3  manege 
oSre  bing  bise  gelice  ge  doS. 

14  And  eft  ba  manige  he  him  to-clepede 
3  cwaeS.     Ge-heraS  me  ealle  3  ongetaS. 

15  Nis  nan  bing  of  bam  menn  on  hine 
gangende  "p  hine  be-smiten  mage.  Ac  ba 
bing  be  of  bam  men  forS  gaeS.  ba  hine 
be-smiteS. 

16  gyf  hwa  earan  haefS  hleste  me. 

17  IjTnd  ba  se  haelend  fram  bare  mani- 
-L«    geo    eode    his   leorning-cnihtes 

hine  on  bispellen  axoden. 

18  Da  cwaeS  he.  3  sende  ge  swa  un- 
gleawe  ne  on-geate  ge.  -p  eall  -p  utan  cymS 
on  bane  mann  gangende.  ne  maig  hine 
be-smiten. 

19  for  ban  hit  ne  gaeS  on  his  heorten. 
ac  on  his  innoS.  3  on  forSgang  ge-witeS 
ealle  metas  claensiende. 

20  Da  saigde  he  heom.  ■p  ba  bing  be 
of  bam  men  gaS.     ba  hine  besmiteS. 


Various  Readings. 

9.  him ;  dydon ;  healdon.  10.  wurfca ;  wyrgfc ;  faeder. 
11.  cweaSaS;  segS;  fader.  12.  aenig;  don  [for  )>anne, 
but  over  an  erasure];  o<58e.  13.  ge-setton;  manega. 
14.  iEnd;  menega  ;  to-cleopode;  ge-hyrafc  ;  ongytaS.  15. 
men;  be-smitaS.  16.  ge-hlyste.  17.  halend ;  menegu; 
cnihtas;  an  bigspel  axsoden.  18.  synt;  f>tfs  [/or  swa]; 
unglaewe;  );owne  man;  maeg;  be-smitan.  19.  heortan; 
for$-gan  ge-witafc.        20.  saegde;  besmitaS. 


55 

3       cuoeS    to  him    woel    bismerlice   gie  doeS         bebod         godes    f         selenise  iuer         gie  haldas 

9    et   dicebat    illis    bene    irritum     facitis    praeceptum    dei    ut  traditionem    uestram    seruetis. 

moses    forSon    cuoeS     worSig       fseder         Sin       3       moder        Sin       3    seSe    mis-cuoeSas    feder     ■ir     moder 
10  moses    enim    dixit   bonora    patrem    tuum   et  matrem  tuam   et   qui   maledixerit  patri  aut  matri 

miS  deaSe   ge-deSed  se  gie  nntedlice  cuoeSas    gif    he  cuoeSas    monn     feder     k     moeder     geafa         f 

morte       moriatur.  11   uos   autem    dicitis     si       dixerit     bomo   patri   aut   matri  corban   quod 

is        geafa        f  sua  huaet    from    me      Se       gewsexe  3    lustume     ne    forgefes  gie  hine  aenig 

est   donum  quod-cumqwe   ex    me  tibi  pro-fuerit.  12   et     ultro     non  dimittitis  eu»«    quicquam 

gewyrca+gedoa  feder     his       i      moeder  eft  gie  toslitas        word       godes    Serh        setnesa  iuera 

facere        patri    suo    aut    matri.  13   rescindentes    uerbum    dei     per    traditionem    uestraw 

Sone       gie  saldon     3      biseno  Suslico        monigo  gie  doas-l-wyrcas  3     to-ge-ceigde       eft  f  folc 

quam    tradidistis   et   similia  huius-modi    multa  facitis.  14   et    aduocans    iterum    turbam 

cuoeS     to  him    heres  gie  mec       alle      3    on-cnauasgie  noht     is      buta        monna        iim-gaas     in    hine 

dicebat    illis       audite     me   omnes  et   intellegite.         15  nibil  est  extra   hominum  introiens  in  eum 

■p        maehge    hine        gewidlige         ah      Sa  Se      of        menn        fore-cymeS      Sa       sint      SaSe  gewidlas 

quod-  possit    eum    coinquinare    sed     quae     de    homine    precedunt    ilia    sunt    quae    communicant 

Sone  gif  hua   haefe3     earo    to  heranne    gehera  3    miSSy     inge-eode     in        hus       from 

bominem.  16  siquis   babet   aures   audiendi   audiat.         17  *Et    cum    introisset    in    domum     &    "72.ui. 

-1  mt.  eluii. 

Sreate        gefrugnun        hine       Segnas        his         bissen  3    cuoeS    to  him    sua    ec    gie        un-hogo 

turba  interrogabant  eum   discipuli   eius   parabolam.  18  et     ait       illis     sic   et   uos   inprudentes 

arogie      ne       on-cneawesgie    forSon      alle  uta  inn-eode-tinngaas    in    Sone  monno      ne        msege       hine 

estis    non     intellegitis      quia    omne    extrinsecus        introiens        in     hominem     non     potest     eum 

gewidlige  forSon     ne    inn-gaaS  in   hearta    his      ah     in       womb       3     in   utgeong-Hn  feltun  ut-gaas 

communicare.         19  quia    non   introit  in     cor     eius   sed  in   uentrem   et   in         secessum         exit 

clsensas        alle        meto  cuoeS     mxtedlice     forSon      Sa  Se     of       menn       utgaaS      Sa         ge-widlegas 

purgans   omnes    escas.         20  dicebat    autem    quoniam   quae   de   bomine   exeunt  ilia  communicant 

Sone  monno 
hominem. 


9.  3  cwaeS   to  him  wel  bismerlice   gidoas  bibod  godes  -pte  selenisse  iower   gihaldas         10.  moyses  forSon   cwseS 
worSa  feeder  Sinne  3   moder  Sine  3  seSe   mis-cweSes   feder -t  moeder    miS   deaSe  gideSed  biS  11.   ge  wutudlice 

cweoSas  gif  hiae  cweoSas  mon  feder  his -r  moeder  his  .  . .  gefe  fte  swa  hwset  is  of  me  Se  giwexe        12.  3  lustum 
ne   for-geofas  him  senig  gi-wyrce  -r  gidoe  feder  his  -T  moeder  13.  eft  ge  toslitas  word   godes  Serh  setnisse  iower 

Sone   gisaldun  3  bisine   Suslicu   swiSe  monigu   gidoas  14.  3   to-gicegde  eft  Soet  fole  cwsjS   to  him   giheras   ge 

mec  alle  3  on-geotas  15.   noht  is  buta  monnum  in-gas  in  hine  Scet  msege  hine  gi-wid-liga  ah   Sa  Se  of  menn 

for-cumas  Sa  sindun  Sa  Se  gi-wid-ligas  menn  +  Sone  monn  16.  gif  hwelc4"hwa  hasfeS   earu  to  giheranne  gihere 

17.  3   miS-Sy  ineode  in  hus  from  Sreote  gifrugnun  Segnas   his   bispellum  18.   3    cwseS   to  him  swa  ec  3   ge 

un-hogu    aron    ge    ne    miSSy   oncnawas    ge    forSon    alle    ute    in-eode   in    Sone   monno    ne    ma;ge   hine    giwidliga 
19.   forSon  ne  ingaS   in  heorte  his   ah  in  womba  3   innun  utgongum   ut-gaas  claensias  alle   metas  20.   cwseS 

wutudlice  forSon  Sa  Se  of  men   utgas  Sa  gi-widligas  So   monno 


56 


f)is  godspel 
sceal  on  pasre 
brytteofcan 
wucan  cfer 
pentecosten. 
A.  B. 

Exiens  ihesus 
de  tinibus  tyri 
ucnit  per  sido 
nem  ad  mare 
galilex.  A. 


21  Innan  of  manna  heortan.  yfele  ge- 
pancas  cumaS.  unriht-haemedu.  1  forligeru. 
manslihtas. 

22  [stala.]  gytsung.  man.  facnu.  sceam- 
least.  yfel  gesihS.  dysinessa.  ofer-modignes'sa. 
stuntscipe. 

23  J  ealle  f»as  yfelu  of  pam  innoSe  cumaS 
1  pone  man  besmitaS; 

24  T"\a  ferde  he  panon  on  pa  endas  tiri  1 
-M-J  sidonis.     1  he  in-agan  on  -f  hus. 

he  nolde  -p  hit  aenig  wiste.     1  he  ne  mihte 
hit  be-miSan ; 

25  Sona  pa  an  wif  be  hiff?  ge-hyrde.  paere 
dohtor  haefde  unclaene  gast.  heo  ineode.  3 
to  his  fotu/w  hi  astrehte ; 

26  SoSlice  ■f  wif  waes  hae<Sen.  sirofenisces 
cynnes.  1  baed  hine  j>  he  Sone  deofol  of 
hyre  dehter  adrife ; 

27  pa  saede  he  hire ;  Laet  aerust  pa  beam 
beon  gefylled.  nis  na  god  j)  man  nime  para 
bearna  hlaf.     1  hundu/w  worpe  ; 

28  Da  Iswarode  heo  1  cp;  Drihten  f  is 
soft ;  Witodlice  pa  hwelpas  etaS  under  paere 
mysan.     of  Sara  cilda  cruman  ; 

29  pa  saede  he  hyre  for  peere  spraece ;  Ga 
nu.     se  deofol  of  Shire  dehter  gewit; 

30  And  pa  heo  on  hyre  hus  eode  heo 
gemette  j>  maeden  on  hyre  bedde  licgende. 
3  J>one  deofol  ut-gan  ; 

31  And  eft  he  eode  of  tira  gemaeruw  3 
com  purh  sidonew*  to  paere  galileiscan  sae 
betwux  midde  endas  decapoleos. 


Various  Readings. 

22.  A.  B.  stala  (which  Corp.  MS.  omits).  A.  dysignyssa. 
A  B.  ofer-modignes.  23.  A.  B.  omit  3.  B.  pan.  "24. 
A.  panen.  25.   A.  dohter.    A.  unclsenne.    A.  B.  hig. 

26.  A.  deofel.  27.  A.  serest.  A.  psera.  A.  weorpe.  28. 
A.  Jsworode ;  B.  andswarode.  A.  bam  mysum.  A.  psera. 
30.  A.  deofel  ut-agan.        31.  A.  betweox. 


21  in-nen  of  manne  heorten  yfele  ge- 
pances  cumaeS.  unriht-hameSe.  3  forleigre. 
manslihte. 

22  stale,  gytsunge.  man  facnu.  scamelest. 
yfel  ge-sihSe.  desynysse.  ofer-modignessa. 
stunt-scipe. 

23  ealle  pas  yfele  of  J>an  innoSe  cumeS. 
"}  pane  man  be-smiteS. 

24  T}A   ferde   he   panen  on    pa   sendes 
j      tyri  1  sidonis.     1  he  in-agan  on 

past   hus.      he   nolde  f  hit   anig  wiste.     "i 
he  ne  mihte  hit  be-miSan. 

25  Sona  pa  an  wif  be  him  ge-hirde. 
pare  dohter  haefde  un-claene  gast.  hyo  in 
eode  1  to  his  foten  hyo  astrehte. 

26  SoSlice  "f  wif  waes  haeSene  sye-rofe- 
niscas  cynnes.  1  baed  hine.  paet  he  pane 
deofel  of  hire  dohter  adrife. 

27  £>a  saigde  he  hire.  Laet  aerest  pa 
beam  beo  ge-fylled.  Nis  na  god  -f  man 
neme  bare  bearne  hlaf.     7  hunden  weorpe. 

28  pa  andswerede  hyo.  3  cw.  Drihten 
•p  is  soS.  Witodlice  Sa  hwelpes  aeted  un- 
der pare  mysan  ;  of  J>are  cyldrene  crumen. 

29  pa  saide  he  hire  for  J?are  spaece.  Ga. 
nu  se  deofel  of  pinre  dohter  ge-wit. 

30  And  pa  hyo  on  hire  us  eode.  hyo 
ge-mette  •$  maigden  on  hire  bedde  liggende. 
1  pane  deofel  ut-agan. 

31  ..End  eft  he  eode  of  tyrum  ge-maeren 
3  com  |mrh  sydonem  to  pare  galileiscan  sae. 
be-tweox  mid  aendes  decapoleos. 


Various  Headings. 

21.  Innan;  manna  heortan ;  ge-bancas  cuma* ;  hjemede; 
forligere.  manslihtas.  22.  stala.  gitsung;  ge-sih8.  dysi- 
nessa. ofer-modignes.  23.  cuma8  ;  bonne ;  besmita*.  24. 
panon;  endas;  [MS.  Hatton  has  in-agan  gan,  by  mistake]; 
tenig.  25.  dohtor  hafde;  fotum.  26.  htefcen ;  syro- 
feniscas;  bonne  deofol ;  dohtor.  27.  sagde;  seresta;  bsem 
beon;  nyme  para  bearna;  hundum.  28.  welpes  eta«; 
cyldra  cruman.  29.  ssede;  deofol;  dohtor/  30.  iEnd; 
heora;  maiden;  ponne  deofol  ut-gan.  31.  gemserum; 
para;  betwux;  eendes. 


57 

from  innueeard  forSon    of    heorta        monno  smeaungas         yfie         of-cymeS    un-rehtwisnise    esuicnis 

21    ab      intus      enim   dc    corde    hominum    cogitationes    male     procedunt     nequitiae       dolus 

un-sceomfulnise  derne  legero   unreht-haemedo  morSor-slago  Siofunto   gitsungas        ego  yfel  efolsong 

inpudicitia      adulteria     fornicaliones     homicidia.        22   i'urta    auaritiae   oculus  malus   blasphemia 

oferhygd     unwisdom  all  Sas       yfelo      of   innweard  fore-cymeS      3  wiSlaS  i         Sone  monno 

superbia    stultitia.  23   omnia    haec    mala    ab     intus     procedunt    et    communicant    hominem. 

3     Sona        aras         foerde     in    gemserum   tyres     3      sidonis       3         in-eode  hus        naenig  monn    walde 

24  *Et  inde    surgens    abiit    in      fines       tyri    et    sidonis    et    ingressus    domum    neminem    uoluit'XXl. 

wutta    3      ne     maehte  gehsela  -jS  wif    forSon     sona     4>te    geherde  from  him  hire-l'Saere     hsefde     dohter 

scire   et  non   potuit   latere.         25  mulier   enim   statim   ut  audiuit    de     eo       cuius     habebat   filia 

gaast  unelsene        in-foerde    3     fore-feoll     to     fotum      his  woes   xraUdlice    f  wif       haeSen       Sees 

spiritum   inmundum   intrauit   et   procidit   ad  pedes   eius.  26  erat    autem    mulier  gentilis   syro- 

cynnes  is  nemned  syro-phoenisa      3        hedon      hine    -pte    gone  diowl  he   forwurpe-tfordrife   of •?  from    dohter    hire 

phoenissa  genere  *Et  rogabat  eum    ut      demoniuOT  eiceret  de         filia    eius.  *  73.  oL 

r  °  mt.  cluiiii. 

he     cuoeS    to  Sawn    let  +  blinn    serist   f>  Su  gefoeda   8a  suno     ne       is     forSon        god       to  onfoanne      hlaf 
27   qui    dixit      illis  sine      prius      saturari        filios     non   est    enim    bonum     sumere     panem 

Sara  suno     3       senda       hundum  soS    hiu     onduearde      3     cuoeS  him    uutedlice    la  drihten  forSon    ec 

filioruwi    et    mittere    canibus.  28   at    ilia    respondit    et    dicit    ei      utiqwe      do/nine     nam    et 

hwoelpes   under      bead  hia  eattas         of  screadungum    Ssera  ensehta  3  cuaeS   to  hir      fore  Sis 

catelli      sub    mensa     commedunt     de        micis  puerorum.  29  et   ait      illi    propter    hunc 

word  gaa       eode         $e  diowl         of    dohter     Sinra  3     miSSy  gefoerde-l'geeode    to  hus       hire 

sermonewi    uade    exiit    dsemonium    de     filia      tua.  30   et    cum  abisset         domum   suam 

gemitte  t  infand   f  maegden   liccende    ofer-ron      bedd       3         Se  diowl        ofeade  3  eftwsona  Sona  foerde 

inuenit  puellam   iaceutem    supra    lectum   et   daemonium   exisse.       31  *Et     iterum   exiens     •XXII. 

74.  x. 

of   gemaerum    tyres   cuom    Serh      sidon        to       sae        galilses      bituih      medo     gemaero     of  decapolj* 
de    finibws     tyri  uenit  per  sidonem   ad  mare   galilaeae   inter   medios     fines      decapoleos. 


21.  from  ionnawordum  forSon  of  heorte  monna  sweaunga  yfel  oft  cumaS  derne  giligero  un-reht-haemed  morSur- 
slagu  22.  Siofento  gitsunge  un-rehtwisnisse  eswicnisse  unscomfulnisse  esio  yrle  eofulsongas  ofer-hygd  un-wisdom 
23.  alle  Sas  yfel  from  ionawordum  fore  cumaS  3  wid-las  Sone  monno  24.  3  Sa  aras  foerde  in  gimaerum  tyiis  3 
sidonis  3  iu-eode  hus  naenig  mon  walde  wuta  3  ne  maehte  gihaela  25.  -J5  wif  forSon  sona  f te  giherde  of  him 
hire-l'Saere  haefde  dohter  gast  uncleonne  infoerde  3  for-feol  to  fotum  his  26.  3  wa;s  wutudh'ee  wif  Sset  haeSen 
Saes  sirophinisca  cynnes  3  gi-bedun  hine  -fte  Sone  diowul  forwurpe  of  doehter  his  27.  he  cwaeS  to  Saem  lett-t 
blin  serist  Saet  Su  gifoede  Sa  suno  ne  is  forSon  good  to  on-ibanne  hlaf  Sara  sununa  3  sende  hundvm  23.  soS 
hio  ond-sworade  3  cwaeS  him  wutudWce  la  drihten  forSon  ec  3  hwelpas  under  beadum  of  screadungum  hiaa  eatas 
Sara  cnsehta  29.  cwaeS   to  hir  fore   Sissum   word?  gaa  3   eode  Se    diowul  of   doehter   hire  30.   3  miS-Sy 

gifoerde  i  eade  to  huse  . . .  gimitte  t  fand  4>   maBgden  licgende  ofer  bedde-traeste  3  Saet  diowul  of  eade        31  3  efter 
sona  foerde  of  gimaeruni  tyres  com  Serh  sidon  to  sse  galikes  bitwih  middum  gimserum  of  decapolem 

H 


58 


Dis  god-spel 
ge-byraS  on 
peere  ehtoSan 
wucan  ofer 
pentecosten. 
A.  B. 


32  ")  hi  laeddon  him  aenne  deafne  1  dumb- 
ne. 1  hine  bsedon  -p  he  his  hand  hi»«  on 
sette ; 

33  Da  nam  he  hine  onsundran  of  pasre 
menigu.  1  his  fingras  on  his  earan  dyde  1 
spaetende  his  tungan  onhran ; 

34  1  on  pone  heofon  behealdende  geom- 
rode  1  cwaeS;  Effeta.  j>  is  on  ure  gepeode 
sy  pu  ontyned ; 

35  And  sona  wurdon  his  earan  geopen- 
ode.  1  his  tungan  bend  wearS  unslyped  1 
he  rihte  sprsec ; 

36  And  he  bead  hi»2  -p  hi  hit  nanuw? 
men  ne  saedon ;  Soplice  swa  he  him  swipor 
bebead.    swa  hi  swiSor  bodedon. 

37  3  J>aes  pe  ma  wundredon  ")  cwaedon ; 
Ealle  ping  he  wel  dyde.  3  he  dyde  p  deafe 
gehyrdon.     1  dumbe  spraecon; 

CHAPTER    VIII. 

1  Ijlft   on   paw?    dagum   him  wass  mid 
-L^  micel  menigu  1  naefdon  hwaet  hi 

seton  ;  pa  cwaep  he  to-somne  geclypedww  his 
leorning-cnihtura ; 

2  Ic  ge-miltsige  pysse  menegu.  fbrpam 
hi  pry  dagas  me  ge-anbidiaS  !l  nabbaS  hwast 
hi  eton ; 

3  Gif  ic  hi  faestende  to  hyra  husu?»  laete. 
be  wege  hi  ge-teorigeaS ;  Sume  hi  comon 
feorran. 

4  3  pa  3swarodan  hi»»  his  leorning-cnih- 
tas;  Hwanon  maeg  aenig  man  pas  mid 
hlafuTra  on  pisuw?  westene  gefyllan ; 


Various  Readings. 

32.  A.  B.  hig.    A.  inserts  man  offer  dumbne.    A.  baedon 
hyne.    A.  B.  asette.        33.  A.  on-sundron.     A.  msenigeo. 

A.  gearan.  34.  A.  heofen.  A.  sig.  35.  A.  gearan. 
36.  A.  hig.    A.  heom.    A.  hig. 

Cap.  viii.  1.  A.  msenigeo.    A.  B.  hig.        2.  A.  msenigeo ; 

B.  menigu.  A.  B.  hig  (twice).  A.  etan.  3.  A.  B.  hig 
(A.  thrice;  B.  twice).  A.  heora.  A.  ge-teoriafc.  4.  A.  B. 
omit  3.    A.  Jswaredon ;  B.  Jswarode.    B.  bissum. 


32  "J  hyo  laedden  him  aenne  deafne  !I 
dumbne.  1  hine  baeden.  p  he  his  hand 
on  him  asette.       • 

33  Da  nam  he  hine  asundre  of  pare 
manige.  3  his  fingre  on  his  earen  dyde. 
!!  spaettende  his  tunge  on-hran. 

34  1  on  panne  heofen  be-healdende.  ge- 
morede.  "i  cwaaS.  Effeta.  ~p  is  on  ure  ge- 
peode syo  pu  untyned. 

35  JEnd  sone  wurSan  his  earen  ge-ope- 
nede.  J  his  tunge  bend  war<5  un-slyped  J  he 
rihte  spaec. 

36  1  he  be-bead  heom  ~p  hyo  hit  nanen 
menn  ne  saigden.  SoSlice  swa  he  heom 
swidre  be-bead.     swa  hyo  swidere  bodeden. 

37  3  pas  pe  ma  wundredon.  1  cwaeSen. 
ealle  ping  he  wel  dyde.  "3  he  dyde  -p  deafe 
ge-hyrden.     3  dumbe  spraecan. 


™ 


CHAPTER   VIII. 

on   bam   dagen  him  waes  mide  Cum  <urba 

.  rl  .  multa  esset 

mycel  manigeo.     3    naefden  hwaet  cum  ieau. 
hyo  aeten.     Da  cwaeS  he  to-somne  ge-clepe- 
den  his  leorning-cnihten. 

2  Ic  ge-miltsie  pisse  manigeo.  for  pan 
hy  pri  dages  me  ambidiaS.  1  naebbed  hwaet 
hyo  aeten. 

3  Gyf  ich  hyo  faestende  to  hyre  huse 
laete  be  weige  hyo  ge-teorieS.  sume  hyo 
com  en  feorran. 

4  pa  andswerede  bim  hys  leorning-cnih- 
tes.  Hwanen  maig  anig  man  pas  mid 
hlafen  on  pissen  westen  ge-fellen. 


Various  Readings. 

32.  laeddon;  enne;  dumbene;  bsedon.  33.  menega; 
fingra;  earan;  spatende.  34.  tonne  heofon  be-heldende 
geomorede;  sy.  35.  sona  wurfcon;  earan;  tungen;  wearS; 
sproec.  36.  vEnd;  naman  men  (sic);  ssegdon;  swtfSor; 
swydor  bodedon.  37.  bses ;  wundrodon;  cwseSon;  ge- 
hyrdon ;  spraecon. 

Cap.  viii.  1.  dagum:  menega;  neefdon ;  ge-clypedum  ; 
cnihtum.  2.  menega;  bam  hyo  bry  dagas ;  ge-anbidiaS ; 
nsebbaS ;  etan.  3.  ic  ;  hyora  husum ;  wege  hig  ge-teori- 
ga8;  comon.  4.  andswarode;  cnihtas.  Hwanon  maeg 
aenig ;  hlafum ;  bissum  westum  ge-fyllan. 


59 

3      to-laeddon    him       deaf         3        dumb        3           gebedon           hine     fte  on-sette     him        hond 

32   et    adducunt    ei    surdum    et    mutum    et  deprsecantur     eum     ut  inponat     illi  manum. 

1     to-gegrap  k  gelahte    hine      of  fcaem  folce   sundurlice  sende     fingeras      his       in  earliprico      3  gebleuu 

33    et    adpraehendens     eum     de     turba       seorsum  misit    digitos    suos    in  auriculas    et  expuens 


gehran       tunga         his 
tetigit    linguam    eius. 


3        on-feng         in    heofnum  ,      3    cuoeS  him  f         is 

34   et  suscipiens    in    caelum    ingemuit   et    ait    illi    effetha    quod    est 


to  un-tyn  3       sona      untyndo  woeron   earo       his      3    un-bunden  waes     gebend        tungaes      his      3 

adaperire.  35   et   statim    apertae    suut  aures   eius   et  solutum    est  uinculum   linguae   eius   et 


spreccend  waes  rehtlice 
loqwebatur     recte. 


3      bebead    Saem  ilcowi    fte  ne    aenigum  men   hia  g[e]caoede  k  ne  geseegde    sua  suiSe 
36  et  praecipit      illis  ne"  cui  dicerent  *Quanto  •  75.  uiii. 


nutedlice  him      fore-bead      swa  swa  suifcor  mara    forSor      hi  bodadon 
autem    eis  praecipiebat        tanto       magis  plus   praedicabant. 


lu.  c 


3  hine  k  of  Son    forSor      to-gewun- 
37  et  eo         amplius      admi- 


dradun  hia   Bus  cuoeSende       wel         alle       dyde     3      deofo      dyde  -)5te  hia  geheras  3     dumbo  -pte  hia  gesprecas 
rabantur      dicentes       *Bene   omnia  fecit   et   surdos   fecit        audire        et  mutos         loqui. 


•  76.  ui. 
mt.  clx. 


CAP.  VIII. 

in    fcaem     dagum   eftersona    miSSy     Sreat    monigo     waes       ne        haefdon         -pte    hia  eton  k msBhton  eata 
1  *IN  illis  diebws    iterum     cum    turba    multa    esset    nee    haberent    quod       manducarent        ■  XXIII. 


efnegeceigdum     Segnum     cuoefc    to  him 
conuocatis     discipulis     ait       illis. 


ic  milsa        ofer       Xreat     forfcon    heno  gee-tsoMice  Brio  dogor 
2   misereor    super    turba     quia     ecce       iam  triduo 


ge-tabidas    mec      ne    habbas  hia    fte        hia  geette 
sustinent    me    nee    habent     quod   manducent. 


3    gif    ic  forleto     hia    fastende    in        hus         hiora 
3  et   si    dimisero   eos   ieiunos   in   domum  suam 


hia  gelosaS  on  woeg  suwime  menn  forSon    of  fcaem         fearre      cuomon 
deficient    in    uia      quidam       enim    ex    eis   de  longe  uenerunt 


3      geondueardon   him     fcegnas 
4  et  responderunt   ei    discipuli 


his    huona    fcas      maege   hua-thwelc  her      gefylle    miS  hlafum   on      woestern 
sui  unde   istos   poterit      quis      bic  saturare     panibws     in  solitudine. 


32.  3  to-laeddum  {sic)  him  deofe  3  dumbe  3  gi-bedun  hine  -jSte  he  onsette  hine  honda  33.  3  to-gi-grap  hine  of 
Saem  Sreate  synderlice  sende  flngras  his  in  ear-liprica  his  3  gibleow  gihran  tunga  34.  3  onfeng  on  heofnum 
3  ...  3  cwse*  to  him  . . .  iaet  is  to  untyn  35.  . . .  sona  ontynde  werun  earu  his  3  un-bunden  wses  gibend  tunga 

his  3  spreceude  was  rehtlice  36.  3  bibead  Ssem  ilea  fceet  he  aenigum  men  gi-saegde  swa  swiS  wutudh'ce  him 
forbead  swa  swifcor  mara  foriSor  hiae  bodadun  37.  3  hine  of  Son  forfcor  to-gi-wundradun  Sus  cweSende  wel  alle 
dyde  3  deofe  dyde  Saette  hia  giheras  3  dumbee  sprecun. 

Cap.  VIII.  1.  in  Sara  dagum  efter  sona  mi8*y  Sreote  monigra  werun  ne  hcefdun  SaBt  -f  hia?  etun  4"  eotan 
maehtun  efne  gicedun  8a  fcegnas  cwaefc  ...  2.  ic  milsa  ofer  Sreott  forSon  heonu  ge  fcrio  dogor  ge-biddas  mec 
ne  habbas  hiae  fcaette  liioa  ete  3.  3  gif  ic  forleto  hiae  faestende  in  hus  hiora   hie  giloesigas  on  woege  sume 

men  forSon  of  fcaem  feorra  comun  4.  3  gi-ond-wordun  him  £egnas  his  hwona  fcas  maeg  hwelc-thwa  her  gifylle 
mi8  hlafum  on  woesterne. 


II  2 


60 


5  pa  axode  he  hi  hu  fela  hlafa  haebbe 
ge.    hi  cwaedon  seofan  ; 

6  Da  het  he  sittan  ba  menegu  ofer  ba 
eorban ;  And  nam  ba  seofon  hlafas  1  gode 
bancode.  3  hi  braec  3  sealde  his  leorning- 
cnihtuw?  ■p  hi  toforan  him  asetton.  3  hi 
swa  dydon ; 

7  And  hi  naefdon  bnton  feawa  fixa  3  he 
ba  bletsode.     3  het  beforan  hiw?  settan. 

8  3  hi  aeton  3  wurdon  gefyllede  3  hi  na- 
mon  ■p  of  pam  brytsenum  belaf.  seofon 
wilian  fulle; 

9  SoSlice  ba  Se  bar  seton.  waeron  fif 
busend  3  he  hi  ba  for-let ; 

10  f"  A  ~|nd    sona  he  on  scyp  mid  his 
L-^J^-J  leorning-cnihtum  astah.  3  com 

on  ba  daelas  dalmanuSa ; 

11  And  ba  ferdon  $a  pharisei.  3  ongun- 
non  mid  him  smeagean  3  tacen  of  heofone 
sohton  3  his  fandedon  ; 

12  pa  cw.  he  geomriende  on  his  gaste. 
hwi  sec?)  beos  cneoris  tacen ;  Soblice  ic  eow 
secge  ne  br8  bisse  cneorisse  tacen  geseald. 

13  3  hi  ba  forlaatende  eft  on  scyp  astah. 
3  ferde  ofer  bone  muSan. 

14  3  hi  ofergeton  ■p  hi  hlafas  ne  namon. 
3  hi  nsefdon  on  scype  mid  him  buton  aenne 
hlaf. 

15  3  he  him  bead  3  cwaeS ;  LociaS  3  war- 
ma?)  fraw  pharisea  3  herodes  haefe ; 


Various  Headings. 

5.  A.  acsode.  A.  B.  hig.  A.  faala.  A.  habbe.  A.  hig. 
A.  seofen.  6.  A.  msenigeo.  A.  seofen ;  B.  seofan.  A  B. 
hig  (thrice).  7.  A.  hig.  8.  A.  hig.  A.  B.  hig.  A. 
seofen;  B.  seofan.  9.  A.  big.  10.  A.  places  astah  after 
scyp.  11.  A.  farysei.  A.  heofene.  1 2.  A.  geomrigende. 
A.  hwig.  B.  cneores.  A.  tacn  (1st  time).  13.  A.  hig. 
14.  A.  hig  (thrice);  B.  hig  (twice).  A.  ofer-geaton.  B. 
aune.       15.  B.  warnigeaS.    A.  B.  farisea. 


5  pa  axode  he  hyo  hu  fele  hlafe  hzebbe 
ge.     hyo  cweeSen  seofen. 

6  Pa  het  he  sitten  ba  manige  ofer  ba 
eorSan.  3  nam  ba  seofe  hlafes  3  gode 
bancede.  3  hyo  braec  3  sealde  his  leorning- 
cnihten.  -p  hyo  to-foran  heom  asetten.  3 
byo  &wa  dydon. 

7  3  hyo  naefden  buten  feawe  fisxe.  3  he 
ba  bletsede.  3  het  be-foren  heom  asetten. 
3  hyo  swa  dyden. 

8  3  hyo  aeten  3  wur^en  fylde.  3  hy  na- 
men  past  of  bam  brithmen  (sic)  be-laf  seofen 
wilien  fulle. 

9  SoSlice  ba  be  bser  aeten.  waeren  feower 
busendae.     3  he  hyo  for-let. 

10  Ijlnd  sone  he  on  scyp  mid  his  leorn- 
J— *  ing-cnihten  astah.     3  com  on  ba 

daeles  dalmanu-Sa. 

11  3  ba  ferden  ba  farisei  3  on-gunnen  mid 
hym  smeagen.  3  tacne  of  hefene  sohten  3 
his  fandeden. 

12  pa  cwae?>  he  reowsiende  on  his  gaste. 
hwi  seed  beos  cneorys  taken.  SoSlice  ic 
eow  segge  ne  beoS  bisse  cneorisse  tacen 
geseald. 

13  3  hyo  ba  for-laetende  eft  on  scyp  astah. 
3  ferde  ofer  banne  muSan. 

14  3  hyo  ofer-geaten  ■p  hyo  hlafes  ne 
namen.  3  hyo  naefden  on  scype  mid  heom 
buten  aenne  hlaf. 

15  3  he  heom.  baed  3  cwaeS.  LokiaS  3 
warniaS  fram  farisea  3  herodes  haefe. 


Various  Readings. 

5.  axsode;  fela;  habbe;  hy  cwaedon  seofon.  6.  sittan 
f>a  menga;  eor<5am  (sic);  seofan;  (>ancode;  cnihtas ;  a- 
setton.  7.  naefdon  buton  feawa  fixa;  blettsode;  beforan 
a-setton;  dydon.  8.  seton;  wurdon  ge-fyllede ;  namon  f: 
bretsunum ;  seofarc  wiligan.  9.  waeron  for  (msend.  10. 
sona;  cnihtan;  dalas.  11.  ^End;  ferdon;  pharisei;  on- 
gunnon  ;  smeagean;  heofone  sohton ;  fandedon.  12.  ge- 
omriende [for  reowsiende] ;  seocS  ;  seegge ;  by* ;  cneresse. 
13.  Jjonne.  14.  ofer-geaton;  hlafas;  neefdon;  buton.  15. 
eom;  Lociafc;  warnigeafc. 


61 


3  gefraign-t<reascade  hia  huu  feolo    lafo    habbaS  gie  SaSe    cuoedon       seofo 
5  et     interrogauit      eos      quot     pane8   habetis     qui  dixerunt  septem. 


3       bebead    fcaem  folce 
6  et  praecipit    turbae 


to-daela     on-ufa^ofer    eoriSo     3       on-feng      *a  seofo    blafas    Soncungo     dyde    gebraecc  3  he  gesalde    Segnu 
discumbere      supra      terram  et  accipiens   septem    paues    gratias    agens    fregit   et     dabat     discipul 


his     -pte    hia  to-gesette    3      to-geseton  hia  $aem  Sreate 
suis    ut    adponerent   et   adposuerunt     turbae. 


3        hia  haefdon        lyttelra  fisca    huonf     3     fca  ilco  +  meg. 
7  et  habebunt  (sic)    pisciculos   paucos  et    ipsos 


gebloedsade      3      heht      to-sette 
benedixit    et    iusit     adponi. 


3  eton  3       gefylde    woeron     3         genomon  -pte 

8    et    manducauerunt    et    saturati    sunt    et    sustulerunt    quod 


ofer-gelaefed  waes  of  Saem  screadungum    seofa    cewlas-t'mondo 
superauerat     de       tragmentis       septum      sportas. 


woeron  soMice    Safce  eton  suelce 

9  eraut  autem    qui    manducauerunt  quasi 


feower    Susendo  3     forleort     hia 
quattuor   milia   et   dimisit   eos. 


3    hreconne        astag  £  scip      mix       fcegnum       his      cuom    on 

10  et    statim    ascendens   nauem   cum   discipulis   suis   uenit   in 


dalum-ton  londum  Saere  megSa 
partes  dalmanutha. 


3       foerdon    Sa  ae-laruas   3      ongunnun     efne-gesoeca    mix  hine 
11  *Et  exierunt  pharisaei   et    coeperunt    conquirere   cum  eo  •XXim. 

io.  xxiii.  liii. 
rot.  clxi 
f  hia  sohton  i  soecende  from  him     becon      of  heofne    costendo      hine  3  seofade-tgemaende  miS  gaste  cuoeS 

quaerentes  ab   illo  signum  dae  cado  temtantes  eum.       12  et     ingemescens       spiritu      ait 


huaet    cneoureso  das-thuaetd  Sius  fceod    soecaS 
*Quid  geueratio  ista 


becon     soSlice  ic  soego     iuh      ne    biS  said        cneoreso      Sisum 
quaerit  signum  amen     dico    uobis    si    dabitur    generationi    isti  •  78.  ui. 

mt.  clxiii. 


becon 
signum. 


3        forleort       hia         astag        eftersona    gefoerde    ofer       -p  luh 
13  et  dimittens  eos   ascendens    iterum      abiit    trans   fretum. 


3    forgetne  woeron 
14  et    obliti      sunt 


onfengo-tto  onfoane  hlafas    3   buta     anum       hlafe       ne        haefdon         mifc      in    scip 
sumere  panes  et  nisi   unum   panem  non  habebant  secum  in  naui. 


3  bebead 

15  *Et  praecipiebat  •  79.  ii. 

lu.  cxliiii. 
mt.  clxiiii. 


Saam-Hiim  cuoefcende  geseafc  behaldas  from     daersto        fcaera  ae-laruas      3    from  daersto  heroSis 
eis  dicens    uidete   cauete     a    fermento   pharisaeorum  et    fermento    erodis. 


5.  3   gifraBgn  4"  ascade  hiae  hwaet  hlafa  habbas  ge  hiae  cwedun  siofune  6.  3  bibeod  Saem   Sreote  to   daelanne 

ofer  eorSo  3  onfeng  8a  siofunae  hlafas  Soncunge  dyde  gibraec  3  salde  Segnum  his  fte  to-gisette  3  to-gisetun 
hiae  ...  7.  3  hiae  haefdun  lytelra   fisca  hwon  3   Sa  ilco   gibletsade  3   giheht  to-gi-sitta  8.  3  etun  3  gifylde 

werun  3  ginomun  Saet  gilaefed  waes-l'-JS  to  lafe  waes  of  Saem  screadungum  siofu  ceowlas  fulle  9.  werun  sofclice 
*aSe  etun  swelce  siufu  Susend   3   forleort  hiae  10.  3   recone  astag  $  scip  mi8   Segnum  his  comun  in  dael-ton 

lond  Saere  megSe  11.  3   foerdun   8a  larwas  3   on-gunnun  efne-gisoecan   miS  him   Saette   hie   sohtun  from   him 

becun  of  heofne    costende  hine  12.   3   seafade  i  maende    mis    gaste    cwaeS    hwaet    cneorisse    Sios    soecaS   becun 

soSlice  ic  saego  iow  ne  bis  said  cneorisse  Sisser  becun  13.  3  forleort  hiae  astag  efter  sona  . . .  gifoerde  ofer  luh 
14.  3  for-getne  werun  fcegnas  his  on-fenge  hlafe  3  buta  anum  hlafe  ne  haefdun  miS  him  in  scipe  15.  3  bibeod 
Saeui-Hmu  cweSende  giseaS  3  bihaldas  from  daerstum  Sara  se-larwa  3  from  daerstum  herodes. 


62 


16  pa  pohton  hi  betwux  hiwi  3  cwsedon; 
Naebbe  we  nane  hlafas. 

17  J?a  se  haelend  -p  wiste.  he  cwaeS.  Hwaet 
J?ence  ge  forpam  ge  hlafas  nabbaB.  gyt  ge 
ne  oncnawaS  ne  ne  ongytaS.  gyt  ge  habbaS 
eowre  heortan  geblende ; 

18  Eagan  ge  habbaS  1  ne  ge-seoS.  1 
earan.     1  ne  gehyraS.     ne  ge  ne  peucaj} 

19  hwaenne  ic  braec  fif  hlafas  "i  twegen 
fixas  3  hu  fela  wyligena  ge  namon  fulle ;  Hi 
cwsedon  J>a  twelfe ; 

20  And  hwaenne  seofon  hlafas  feower 
Jmsendujra.  "i  hu  fela  wyligena.  brytsyna  ge 
namon.     hi  saedon  seofon; 

21  Da  saede  he  Yarn-  hwi  ne  ongyte  ge 

22  And  hi  comon  \a  to  bedzaida  ^  hi 
brohton  him  pa  aenne  blindne  3  hine  baedon 
•p  he  hine  aethrine. 

23  J  J?a  aethran  he  pass  blindan  hand  1 
laedde  hine  butan  pa  wic.  !l  spaette  on  his 
eagan.  1  his  hand  onasette  1  hine  axode 
hwaeper  he  aht  gesawe ; 

24  Da  cwaeS  he  pa  Sa  he  hine  beseah.  ic 
ge-seo  men  swylce  treow  gangende  ; 

25  Eft  he  asette  his  handa  ofer  his  eagan 
1  he  geseah  f>a.  "i  wearS  ge-edniwod.  swa  ■p 
he  beorhtlice  eall  geseah  ; 

26  Da  sende  he  hine  to  his  huse.  3  cwaeS 
ga  to  pinum  huse.  "i  Seah  pu  on  tun  ga 
naenegum  pu  hit  ne  sege ; 

Various  Readings. 

16.  A.  hig  betweox.  19.  A.  foela.  A.  B.  wylegena. 
A.  B.  hig.  A.  \>a.  cwrodon.  20.  A.  fcela  wylegena,  A. 
hig.  A.  seofen ;  B.  seofan.  21.  A.  hwig.  A.  B.  omit  ge. 
22.  A.  hig  {twice).      23.  A.  acsode. 


16  pa  pohten  hyo  be-tweoxe  heom.  1 
cwaeSen.     naebbe  we  nane  hlafes. 

17  J?a  se  haelend  -p  wiste.  he  cwaeS. 
hwaet  J>ence  ge  for  pan  ge  hlaefes  naebbeS. 
gyt  ge  ne  on-cnaweS  ne  on-gyteS.  gyet  ge 
haebbeS  eowre  heorte  ge-blende. 

18  Eagen  ge  haebbeS  3  ne  ge-seoS.  3 
earen  1  ge  ne  hereS.     ne  ge  ne  )?enceS 

19  hwanne  ic  braec  fif  hlafes  1  twegen 
fixas.  1  hu  fela  wiligenne  ge  naman  fulle. 
Hy  cwaeSon  pa  twelfe. 

20  .End  hwanne  seofan  hlafas  feower  Jm- 
sende.  1  hu  fele  wiligene  britsena  ge  namen 
fulle.    hy  saiden  seofen. 

21  Da  saigde  he  heom.  hwi  ne  ongyte 
ge  hyt. 

22  3  hyo  comen  pa  to  bethsaida.  "}  hyo 
brohten  hym  pa.  aenne  blindne.  1  hine 
baeden  -p  he  hine  aet  rine. 

23  1  pa  aet-ran  he  J>as  blinden  hand  end 
laedde  hine  buton  pa  wic.  1  spaette  on  his 
eagen.  1  his  hand  on  asette  ")  hine  axode. 
hwaeder  he  aht  ge-seage. 

24  Da  cw.  he.  pa  J?ae  he  hine  be-seag.  ic 
ge-seo  men  swilce  treow  gangende. 

25  Eft  he  asette  his  hand  ofer  his  eagen. 
"i  he  ge-seah  J?a.  1  warS  ge-eodneowed.  swa 
p  he  brihtlice  eall  ge-seah. 

26  Da  sende  he  hine  to  his  huse.  1 
cwaed.  ga  to  Jrinen  huse.  1  peah  pu  on 
tun  ga  nanen  p\x  hit  ne  segge. 


Various  Readings. 

16.  f>ohton;  betwux;  cwsBfcon;  hlafas.  17.  for  \wm; 
on-cnawaS  ;  on-gytaS ;  gyt ;  heortan.  18.  Eagan  ge 
habbaS;  earan;  ge-hyraS;  JjencaS.  19.  hwsenne;  hlafas; 
wylegena  ;  Hyo.  20.  hwcenne  ;  hwu ;  wyligena  brysena 
(sic)  ge  naman;  om.  fulle;  ssegdon  seofon.  21.  sagde; 
eom ;  hit.  22.  comon ;  blinde.  23.  at-hran ;  f>aes  blin- 
dan ;  3  lsedde ;  eagan  ;  hwefcer ;  haht  ge-ssewe.  24.  Jia 
|>a;  be-seah.  25.  hande ;  eagan;  wearS  ge-edniwod; 
brehtlice.        26.  jnnum;  nsenegum;  sege. 


63 

3   hia  geSohton     him  bituen     Sus  cuoeSende  }Ste-r  forSon  hlafo     ne     habbas  we  ofSon    ongaet 

16  *Et  cogitabant  ad  alterutrum     dicentes  quia      panes  non  habemus.         17  quo   cognito  " 80- ui- 

se  haa\end  cuoeS  Saem-fhim  huaetd  smeas  gie    forSon     hlafo        nabbas  gie        ne  get      oncnauasgie      3  ne        gie 
iesus       ait        illis        quid   cogitatis     quia    panes   non  habetis   nondum  cognoscitis  neqwe  intel- 

cunnon    Sageon-tget    Siostrig-r'  blind  is    gie  habbaS   hearta      iuer  ego      habbaS  gie  k  hsebbende    ne 

legitis        athuc  caecatum  habetis       c6r   uestrum.         18   oculos  habentes  non 

geseaS  gie    3      earo    gie  habbaS    ne   geheraS  gie  ne    eft  Sohtogie-1-Sencesgie  huonne-rhuu        fif         hlafas 

uidetis     et   aures   habentes   non     auditis    nee         recordamini.  19     quando     quinque   panes 

ic  braecc  on  fif        Susendo    3  huu  monig     mondo        Sara  screadunga       fulle      gie  genomon-r'geberon  cuoedon 

fregi     in    quinque    milia    et      quot      cophinos    fragmentorum    plenos  sustulistis  dicunt 

him      tuoelfo  huoenne-tSa   3        seofo       hlafas    on        feuer       Susendo   huu  monig  ceolas    Sasra  screa- 

ei   duodecim.  20     quando     et  septem   panes   in  quattuor    milia       quot   sportas     fragmento- 

dunga  gie  nomon   3    cuoedon  to  him  seofana  3   he  gecuoeS  to  him       huu      ne  Sageon-rget  gie  oncnauas 

rum   tulistis     et   dicunt      ei     septem.  21    et     dicebat       eis    quomodo     nondum      intellegitis. 

3       cuomon  to  bethsaiSa  Seer  byrig   3      to-laeddon     him  blindne  monno  3       gebedon       hine    -pte  hine-l-Sone 
22  *Et  ueniunt  bethsaida  et    adducunt     ei       caecum       et    rogabant    eum    ut      ilium      *xxv- 

81.  x. 

gehrinde  3  to-gelahte  hond    Sees  blindaes  ofgeleede  Sene-thine  buta  Saem  londe  3        speaft       on 

tangeret.         23  et  ad-praehendens  manum      caeci       eduxit       eum      extra    uicum    et   expuens   in 

ego        his     onsetnum     hondum      his         gefraegn      hine-r'Sene  gif-thuoeSer  huoelc  huoego    gesege  3 

oculos   eius   inpositis  manibws   suis   interrogauit      eum  si  aliquid       uideret.         24  et 

upplocade  i  ymbsceuade   cuoeS    ic  geseom      menn        suoelce       tre?/o  geongende  aefterSon  eftersona 

aspiciens  ait        uideo     homines    uelut    arbores    ambulantes.  25    deinde    iterum 

onsette       hondo       ofer        ego     Sees -r  his   3     ongann      gesea     3      eft-niuad     waas   sua-tSus  -)5te    gesege  gleoulice 
inposuit  manus  super  oculos     eius     et   coepit    uidere  et  restitutus    est        ita       ut  uideret     clare 

alle  3     sende  Sene-Hiine  in         hus  his     Sus  cuoeSende   gaa     in         hus         Sin      3    gif   on 

omnia.  26   et  misit      ilium      in    domum    suam        dicens       uade   in   domum  tuam  et   si    in 

lond    Su  gegaas  k  geongas    naenigum  menn    Su  gecuoeSe  Sis  +  gessege 
nicum        introieris  nemini  dixeris. 


16.  3  hia  giSohtun  him  bitwion    Sus  cweSende  forSon   hlafas  ne  habbas  we  17.  of  Son  ongset  Se  httAend 

cwaeS  to  Saem  hwret  smeogas  ge  forSon  hlafas  ne  habbas  ge  ne  gett  on-cnawas  ge  ne  cunnan  Sa  geona-tSiostur 
•tblinde  habbas  ge  heorta  iowre  18.  ego  habbas  ge  ne  gi-seas  ge  earu  habbas  ge  ne  gi-heras  ne  eft  Sohtun  ge 
19.  hwenne-thu  fif  hlafas  ic  breec  in  fif  Susend  3  hu  monig  monde  Sara  screadunga  fulle  ge  ginomun  cwedun 
him  twelfe  20.   hwenne  3   siofune  hlafas    in    feower  Susendo    hu   monig   ceowul    Sara   screadunga  genomun  3 

cwedun  him  siofune  21.  3  he  cwebS  to  him  hu  monige  Sa  geona  ge  on-cnawas  22.  3  comun  to  beza  3  to- 
gi-laaddun  him  blinde  menn  3  bedun  hine  -JSte  him  gehrine  23.  3  to-lahte  honda  Sees  blinda  Isedde  hine  buta 
Saet  lond  3  speoft  in  egu  his  on-setnum  hondum  his  gifrsegn  hine  gif  hwelc  hwoegnu  gisege  24.  3  up-loccade 
cweeS  ic  gisiom  menn  -r  -)S  treo  gongende  25.  eefter  Son  sette  honda  ofer  egu   his  3  on-gan  gisea  3   eft-niowad 

wses  swa  f  te  gisege  gleowlice  alle  26.  3  sende  hine  in  hus  his  Sus  cweSende  gaa  in  hus  Sin  3  gif  in  lond 
Su  ge-gonges  nanum  men  Su  cySe  Sis. 


64 


Dys  god-spel 
sceal  on  see 
petres  majsse- 
dffge.  A.  B. 


27  T"\a  eode  he  3  his  leorning-ctiihtas 
-L'  on  •$  castel  cesarese  philippi.     3 

he   on   wege    his    leorning-cnihtas    ahsode. 
Hwaet  secgaS  men  •$  ic  sy ; 

28  pa  andswarodon  hi.  sume  Iohannera 
pone  fulluhtere.  sume  heliam  sume  sumne 
of  paw  witegura; 

29  Da  cwaeS  he  hwaet  secge  ge  -p  ic  sy; 
pa  andswarude  petrus  hiw  3  cv/arS  ;  Du  eart 
crist. 

30  3  Sa  bead  he  hlra.  "p"  hi  namegura  be 
hi;w  ne  saedon ; 

31  Da  ongan  he  hi  laeran  "p  mannes  sunu 
gebyreS  fela  binga  Jwlian  3  beon  aworpen 
tram  ealdormannu?«.  3  heahsacerdu/ra  3  bo- 
cerum  3  beoa  ofslegen.  3  aefter  Jmm  dagum 
arisan. 

32  3  spraec  pa  openlice.  3  J?a  nam  petrus 
hine  3  ongan  hine  preagean 

33  pa  be-wende  he  hine  3  cidde  petre  3 
cwaeS ;  Ga  on-baec  satanas  forparw  pu  nast 
pa  Sing  J?e  synd  godes.  ac  pa  Sing  pe  synd 
manna ; 

34  pa  cwaeS  he  togaedere  geclypedre 
menegu  mid  his  leorning  cnihtu/M  ;  Gif  hwa 
wyle  me  fyligean  wiS-sace  hine  sylfne  3  nime 
his  cwylminge  3  folgige  me  ; 

35  Se  Se  wyle  his  sawle  hale  gedon  se  hi 
for-spilS ;  Se  Se  for-spilS  his  sawle  for  me. 
3  for  pam  godspelle  se  hi  ge-haslS  ; 

36  Hwaet  fremaS  men  Seah  he  eallne 
middan-eard  gestryne.  3  do  his  sawle  for- 
wyrd. 


Various  Readings. 

27.  A.  hpylippi  (sic).  A.  acsode.  A.  sig.  28.  A. 
3swaredon  hig.  29.  A.  sig.  A.  Jswarede.  30.  A.  hig. 
31.  A.  hig.  A.  fsela.  B.  ealdor-mannon.  32.  B.  spaec. 
B.  }>reagan.  34.  A.  togaedre  geclypodre  msenigeo.  B. 
cwylmincge.  A.  folgie.  35.  A.  B.  hig  (twice).  36.  A. 
ealne  middan-geard. 


27  T^A  eode  he  3  his  leorning-cnihtes 
j      on   -p  castell  ceastre  philippi.     3 

he    on    weige   his    leorning-cnihtes    axode. 
hwaet  seggeS  men  ■p  ic  syo. 

28  Da  andswereden  hyo.  sume  Johan- 
nem  panne  fulluhtere.  sume  heliam.  sume 
sumne  of  pam  witegen. 

29  Da  cwasS  he.  hwaet  segge  ge  ■p  ic  syo. 
pa  andswerede  petrus  hym.  3  cw.  pu  ert 
crist. 

30  3  pa  bead  he  hym  -p"  hyo  nanen  be  him 
ne  saigden. 

31  Da  on-gan  he  hyo  laeren  ~p  mannes 
sune  ge-bered  feole  binge  polien.  3  beo 
aworpen  fram  ealdor-mannen.  3  heah-sacer- 
den.  3  bokeren.  3  beon  of-slagen.  3  aefter 
preom  dagen  arisan. 

32  3  spaecen  pa  openlice.  3  pa  nam  petrus 
hine.     3  gan  hine  freatigen. 

33  pa  be-wende  he  hine  3  kydde  petre. 
3  cw.  Ga  on  baecc  sathanas  for  J?an  pu  nast 
)>a  Jring  pe  synde  godes.  Ac  p>a  ping  pe 
synde  manne. 

34  Da  cwaeS  he  to-gsedere  ge-clepede 
manega  mid  his  leorning-cnihten.  Gyf  hwa 
wile  me  felgien  wiS-sace  hine  sylfne.  3  nime 
his  cwelmenge  3  folgie  me. 

35  Se  pe  wile  his  sawle  haele  ge-don.  se 
hyo  for-spilS.  Se  pe  for-spild  his  sawle  for 
me.     3  for  pam  godspelle  se  hyo  ge-ha?lS. 

36  Hwaet  fremed  men  J?eah  he  ealne  mid- 
den-eard  ge-streonig.  3  do  his  sawle  for- 
wurSe. 


Various  Headings. 

27.  cnihtas ;  castel  ceastre ;  weyge ;  cnihtas  axsode.  28. 
andswarodon ;  ponne ;  witejivm.  29.  seo  ;  earl.  30.  hi 
naeneguTre;  sasgdurc.  3).  lseron;  ge-byreS  feola;  );olian; 
beon ;  ealdor-mannon.  heah-sacerdum  3  boceium ;  of- 
slegan  ;  dagum.  32.  speceii ;  Jireatigan.  33.  cydde ; 
ba;c;  synt;  synd  manna.  34.  to-gadere  getlypedre  me- 
nega ;  cnihtum  ;  fyligean;  cwilminge.  35.  for-spylS; 
for-spilS.      36.  fremeS;  myddan-eard  gestreny;  for-wyrS. 


65 

3  gofoerde  k fuerende  wees  se  hes\end  3       Segnas       his      in      ceastra  philipes    3     on    woeg 

27  *Et        egressus  est     iesua    et  discipuli   eius    in    castello   caesareae    philipi   et   in    uia  •  XXVI. 

lv.  xciiii. 
gefraegn  Segnas  his       cuoeS     to  him    huoelcne    mec    cuoeSas    £  ic  sie    Sas  menn  Sa  Se  io.  lxxiiii. 

interrogabat    discipulos    suos    dicens     eis        quem      me     dicunt      esse      homines.  28    qui  mt- clxui- 

ondueardon     him    cuoeSende     iohannes    se  fuluihtere    oSero     he-H     oSero     fee     suoelce     enne     of      witgum 
responderunt   illi     dicentes    iohannes    baptistam      41ii   heliam   alii   uero   quasi   unum  de  prophetis. 

Sa     cuoeS    to  him    gie      see     huoelc    mec    gie  cuoeSas   $  ic  sie    ge-onduearde     petrus   cuoeS    him    Su    arS 
29  tunc   dicit      illis    uos   uero   quern    me       dicitis         esse.   *E.espondens  petrus     ait       ei    tu    ^s  * 83  "• 

mt.  clxuiii. 
crist  3     forbead-l' stiorde  4"  stiorend  webs    him     ne    cenigum    gecuedon  hia    of     him  3 

ckristus.  30    et  comminatus   est  eis    ne*       cui  dicerent      de    illo.  31    et 

ongann      lsera       hia        forSon    is  reht-lic    sunu       monnes       feolo     geSoliga    3       forcuma    from      aeldum         3 
coepit  docere   illos   quoniam    oportet   filium   hominis   multa      pati      et   reprobari    A    senioribws  et 

from  heh-sacerdum  3   from  uuS-uutum   3      ofslaa      3     softer   Sriim   dagu     eft  ansa  3    eaunga 

a    summis   sacerdotibws   et         scribis         et  occidi   et  post    tres    dies   resurgere.  32  et  palam 

word      he  waes  sprsBcend  +  he  gespraecc      3  gelahte  hine     petrws    ongann  geSreadtaige   hine 

uerbum  loqwebatur  *Et  apprehendens  eum   petrus   coepit     increpare     eum.  33.  *  84. ui- ... 

seSe  gecerde  ymh   3      gesseh        Segnas  his     stiorde  4-  forbeadend   webs    petre     cuoeSende   geong  on  baBcc4"mec 

qui     conuersus   et   uidens   discipulos    suos       comminatus       est    petro      dicens     uade         retro 

behianda  Su  wiSerworda     forSon        ne  on-cnauas  Su  SaSe4"Sa  Sing    godes,    sint       ah      Sa  Se     sint        monno 
me  satana       quoniam   non     sapis  quae  dei     sunt    sed    quae    sunt    hominum. 

3   geceiged  4"  gecliopad  waes  -J5  folc     miS       Segnum       his     cuoeS  to  him  gif    hua    waellae    softer   mech    fylga 
34  *Et  conuocata  turba   cum   discipulis   suis   dixit     eis     si   quis    uult     post     me    sequi  *  xxvil. 

85.  ii. 
lu.  xcui. 
onssecce  hine  seolfne  t  him  seolfum   3     lsedae      Srounc        his        3   fylge  ♦  soece   meh  seSe    forSon      wselle     mt.  clxx. 

deneget  s&psum  et  tollat   crucem   suam   et    sequatur     me.         35  qui    enim   uoluerit 

saul  his  hal         gedoe     losiaS   hia  her  on  life  seSe  vutedlice      losas  saul  his         fore       mec 

animam   suam   saluam   tacere   perdet         earn  qui   autem  perdiderit  animam  suam  propter   me 

r 

3        godspell  hal         hia     ge-doe  huaet    forSon   fore-stondes    menn   gif4"Saeh  gestriona  middangeord 

et  euangelium  saluam   earn  faciet.  36  quid    enim     proderit    homini       si        lucretur    mundum 

aline      3  losuist  gedoe      saules       his  , 

totum  et   detrimentum  faciat  animae   suae. 


27.  3  fserende  wses  Se  hselenoJ  3   Segnas  his  in  caestre  cessares  philipes  3  on  woege  gifraegn  Segna  his  cwaeS 
to  him  hwelc  mec  cweoSas  were  ic  mon    Ses  28.  SaSe    3sworadun    him    cweSende    iohannem    Se    fulwihtere 

oSer  helias  oSer  sec  swelce   enne  of  witgum  29.  Sa   cwaeS   to  him   ge  sec  soSlice  hwelc  me  cweSes  -(5   ic  sie 

gi-3sworade  petru*  cwaeS   him   Su  arS  crist  30.  3   for-beod  i  stiorde  him   ne  sengum   gicwede  of  him  31.  3 

on-gan  lsera  hise  forSon  is  reht-lic  sunu  monnes  feolu  giSoelge  3  for-cuma  from  aeldum  3  from  heh-sacerdum  3 
uS-wutum  3  of-sla  3  aefter  Srim  dagum  eft  arisan  32.  3  eowunga  word  sprecende  wses  3  to-gilahte  hine  petrus 
ongan   giSreatiga  hine  33.  seSe  gicerde  ymb  3   gisoeh  Segnas  his   stiorende  4"  forbeodende  wses  petre  cweSende 

gong  on  ba?clinc-rbihionda  mec  Su  wiSerworda  forSon  ne  on-cnawestu  SaSe  godes  sindun  ah  SaSe  sindun 
monna  34.  3  cegende  waes  Sset   folc  miS  Segnum  his  cwaeS   to  him   gif  hwelc  welle  aefter  me  fylga  onsaece 

hine  solfne  ....  3   fylge  mec  35.   seSe    forSon   welle   sawle  his   hale  gidoa  loesigaS   hiae  seSe  wutudlice   losas 

sawla  his  fore  mec  3  god-spell  hale  hia  gidoeS  36.  hwaet . . .  forstondes  menn  Seh  gistrione  aline  middengeard 
3  lose-west  gidoe  sawle  his 

I 


66 


Dis  sceal  on 
sastern-dseg  on 
pEere  form  an 
fasten  wucan. 
A.  B. 


37  oppe  hwylc  gewryxl  sylS  se  man  for 
his  sawle ; 

38  SoSlice  se  pe  me  for-syhS  1  mine  word 
on  pisre  unriht-haemedan  D  synfulran  cneo- 
risse.  Sone  mannes  sunu  for-syhp ;  Donne 
he  cym<5  on  his  fasder  wuldre  mid  halgww 
englum ; 

CHAPTER    IX. 

1  pa  saede  he  hi»»  soSlice  ic  secge  eow. 
■p  sume  synt  her  wuniende.  pe  deaS  ne 
onbyrigeaS.  a3r  hi  ge-seon  godes  rice  on 
maegne  cuman ; 

2  T*\a  aefter  syx  dagiuw  nam  se  haelend 
-L'  petrum  1  iacobura  7  iohannewa  1 

lsedde  hi  sylfe  onsundran  on  sumne  heahne 
munt  1  wearft  beforan  hi?»  ofer-hiwud. 

3  1  his  reaf  wurdon  glitiniende  swa  hwite 
swa  snaw.  swa  nan  fullere  ofer  eorSan  ne 
maeg  swa  hwite  gedon  ; 

4  pa  aet-ywde  him  helias  mid  moyse  1  to 
him  spraecon ; 

5  Da  andswarode  petrus  him  ")  cwaeS. 
lareow  god  is  •p  we  her  beon  1  uton  wyrcan 
her  preo  eardung-stowa.  pe  ane.  1  moyse 
ane.     "}  helie  ane ; 

6  SoSlice  he  nyste  hwaet  he  cwae'S.  he 
waes  afaered  mid  ege ; 

7  And  seo  lyft  hi  ofer-sceadewude.  3 
stefn  cowi  of  paere  lyfte  3  cwaeS.  pes  is  min 
leofesta  sunu  gehyraS  hine ; 


Various  Readings. 

38.  A.  pyssere.    A.  ryce  [for  wuldre]. 

Cap.  ix.  1.  A.  synd.  A.  wunigende.  A.  on-byrgaS.  A. 
big.  B.  msegene.  2.  B.  (rubric)  sasterne.  A.  hig.  B. 
sylue.  A.  B.  onsundron.  A.  ofer-hywod.  3.  A.  gliteni- 
gende.  4.  A.  elias.  B.  spaecon.  5.  A.  3swa«ede.  7. 
A.  B.  hig.    A.  ofer-sceadewode.    A.  stefen. 


37  odSe  hwilc  ge-wrixl  syld  se  man  for 
his  sawle. 

38  SoSlice  se  be  me  for-sih<5  1  mine  word 
on  pisre  unriht-hameBen  3  synfullen  cneo- 
rysse.  pane  mannes  sune  for-sihS.  panne 
he  cemS  on  his  fader  wulder  mid  his  halgen 
am  glen. 

CHAPTER    IX. 

1  Da  saede  he  heom.  soSlice  ic  segge  eow 
•p  sume  synd  her  wuniende.  pe  deaS  ne 
on-berie<S  aer  hyo  ge-seon  godes  rice  on 
maegene  cuman. 

2  "1^  a  aefter   six  dagen  nam  se  haelend  Assumpsit 


V 


lesas  petrum 

petru?w  "1   lacobum  "i   Iohannem  1  ?  iacobum : 
leedde  hyo  selfe  on-sundren  on  swwme  heah-  seorsum  in 

_,  .  montem  ex- 

ile munt  j  waro  be-toren  heom  oter-eawed.     ceisun).  et 

,  .  „  „  ....-,  ,       .        transfiguratus 

3  7  his  real  wuroen  ghtmiende  swa  hwite  est  ante  uin. 

H    R 

swa  snaw.     swa  nan  fullere  ofer  eorSen  ne 
maig  swa  hwite  don. 

4  Da  atewde  heom  helias  mid  moyse  1 
to  hym  spsecen. 

5  pa  andswerede  petrus  hym.  7  cwseS. 
Lareow  god  is  -p  we  her  beon.  3  uten  wer- 
cen  her  preo  eardung-stowe.  pe  ane.  1 
moyse  ane.     "i  helie  ane. 

6  SoSlice  he  nyste  hwaet  he  cwaeS.  he 
waes  afered  mid  eige. 

7  1  syo  lift  hyo  ofer-scadewede.  3  stefen 
com  of  pare  lifte.  1  cwaeS.  pes  is  min 
leofeste  sune  ge-hereS  hine. 


Various  Readings. 

37.  sylS.  38.  synfullran  cneornysse ;  porcne  [for  pane] ; 
ponne  [for  panne] ;  cymS ;  wuldre ;   halguw  englum. 

Cap.  ix.  1.  eom;  synt;  on-beoriaS ;  ge-sean.  2.  daguwi; 
sylue ;  wear*  beforan  eom  ofer-eowed.  3.  wurdon ;  eorSan ; 
mag ;  wite.  4.  cetywde  ;  spacen.  5.  uton  wyrcan ;  enr- 
dung-stowa.  7.  seo;  ofer-sceadewode;  leofesta  sunu  ge- 
hyraS. 


67 

4"      huaet       seleS     monn       huoerf  k  huoelc      fore      sauel      his  seSe     forSon    mec    ondetenta 

37   aut    quid     dabit   liomo   commutationem   pro   anima   sua.         38  *Qui     enim     me    confusus  *86.  ii. 

lv.  xcuii. 
►  rat.  xciiii. 

bis       3     mino     word     in        cneoreso         Sas  Serne-leger    3  arg  3      sunu      monnes        ondeteS       hine 

fuerit  et  mea  uerba   in   generatione   ista    adultera    et   peccatrice   et   filius   hominis   confidetur  eum 

miSSy    cyme*     on    wuldre    fadores    his     miS     engluwi     halgum 
cum    uenerit  in   gloria    patris    sui   cum   angelis   Sanctis. 


CAP.  IX. 

3     he  cuoeS    fc>  him     soSlice    ic  cuoeSo  iuh    forSon    sint        sume       of    her  Seem  stondendum  Sa  Se  ne 

mt.  clxxii. 


1  *Et   dicebat      illis     amen      dico    uobis     quia    sunt   quidam   de   hie       stantibus        qui   non  *  87.  "■ 

lv.  xcuiii. 


ge-birgeS    Sone  deaS    oSSaet      geseaS  ric       goddes   eymende    in  mseghte-r'on  maegne  3     aefter  dagum 

gustabunt   mortem   donee   uideant   regnum     dei     ueniens   in  uirtute.  2  et  post     dies 

sex    to  genom  se  hselend  petrwm       3  iacob  3       iohannem       3      laodde      hia      on         mor  heh 

sex    adsumit      iesus     petrum    et    iacobum    et    iohannem    et    ducit    illos    in    montem     excelsum 

suindrige    him  ane     3  oferhiued         wees       fore     Saeml'him  3  woedo  his    awordne    sint 

seorsum     solus     et   trans-figuratus   est    coram      ipsis.  3   et    uestimenta    eius     facta     sunt 

scinendo     huit^lixendo  suiSe    suelce    snaua      sua  ofer        eorSo        ne       mage        huito  gedoe 

splendentia     Candida     nimis    uelut     nix    qualia    fullo    super    terram    non    potest    Candida    facere. 

3    sed-eauade  Seem  miS     moise     3    woeron    sprecende     miS   Sami  htBlende  3      onduearde      petrw* 

4  et  apparuit   illis   helias  cum   mose   et   erant   loquentes   cum       iesu.  5  et  respondens   petrus 

cuoeS  to  Seem  haslen  la  larua      god         is     her     us   to  wossanne  3    wyrca  we    Srea  husa  Se         an       3 

ait  iesu  rabbi   bonum   est   hie   nos       esse       et  faciamus  tria   tabernacula  tibi   unum  et 

mosi         an        3      heliee  an  ne     forSon      wiste       hua>t    he  gecuoeS     woeron    forSon   mi?  fyrhto 

mosi    unum  et   heliae    unum.  6   non    enim    sciebat    quid      diceret        erant     enim      timore 

gefyrhtad  3   aworden  wses  wolcen  -rofer   fore-brsede  hia     3     cuom     stefn     of  Saem  wolcne  cuoeSende  Sis 

exterriti.  7  et    facta     est    nubis      obumbrans     eos   et   uenit    uox    de       nube         dicens     hie 

is     sunu      min     leaf-tleofuste   geheraS  hine4'5ene 
est   filius   meus    carissimus     audite       ilium. 


37.  -r  hwaet+huu  seSleS  (sic)  mon  hwerfes  fore  sawle  his  38.  se  Se  forSon  mec  ondettende  bis  3  mine  word 
in  cneoreswum  Sassum  derne-giligru  3  arog-nisse  3  sunu  monnes  ondeteS  hine  miS  8y  cymeS  in  wuldor  fa;dur  liis 
miS  englum  halgum 

Cap.  IX.  1.  3  he  cwseS  to  Ssem  soS  ic  cweSo  iow  forSon  sindun  sume  of  her  Saem  stondendum  SaSe  ne 
gi-birgeS   Sone  deoS  oSSaot   hia?   giseaS   rice  godes  eymende  in  meohte  2.   3   softer  dagum   sexum   to  gi-nom 

Se  haelenrf  petram  3  iacobam  3  iohannem  3  lsedde  hia  on  mor  hehne  syndrigne  him  ana  3  ofer-hiowad  wees 
bifora    Ssem-thim  3.    3    giwedo    his    giwordne   werun  scinende   lixende   swiSe   swelce   snaw    swa    afu-t  (sic) 

ofer    eorSu    ne   maog   is    hwitu    gidoa  %.  3  set-eowde    Saem   helias   miS   moysen  3  werun  sprecende   miS  Sone 

hss\end  5.  3   ondsworade  petru*   cwaeS  to  Saem   hsilende  la  larwti  god  is  her  us  to  wosanne  3  wyrce  we  Sria 

hus  Se  an  3   moyse   an  3   heliae  an  6.   ne  forSon   wiste  hwaet   he  cwaeS  weron  forSon  mis    fyrhto   gifyrhted 

7.  3  aworden  wees  wolcen  ofer-brsedde  hioe  3  com  stefn  of  wolcne  cweSende  Sis  is  sunu  min  lcof'l'leofusta 
giheraS  hine 

12 


68 


8  And  sona  Sa  hi  besawon  hi  nanne  hi 
mid  hi»?  ne  gesawon  buton  pone  haelend 
sylfne  mid  him  ; 

9  And  pa  hi  of  pam  munte  astigon  he 
bead  him  -p  hi  nanum  ne  saedon  pa  Sing  pe 
hi  ge-sawon  buton  ponne  mannes  sunu  of 
deaSe  arise; 

10  TTi  pa  Beet  word  geheoldon  betwux 
-L_L   hi/n  1   smeadon  hwaet  "p  waere 

pomie  he  of  deaSe  arise ; 

11  And  hi  hine  ahsodon  pa.  hwaet  secgaS 
pharisei  1  pa  boceras.  "p  gebyraS  aerest  he- 
lias  cume ; 

12  Da  saedehe  hi»?  andswariende;  Helias 
ealle  ping  ge-edniwaft  ponne  he  cymS.  swa 
be  mannes  suna  awriten  is  •p  he  fela  Solige 
1  si  ofer-hogod ; 

13  Ac  ic  secge  eow  "p  helias  com  "J  hi 
dydon  him  swa  hwaet  swa  hi  woldon  swa  be 
hi?w  awriten  is ; 

14  And  pa  he  com  to  his  leorning-cnihtum 
he  ge-seah  mycele  menegu  abutan  hi  1  bo- 
ceras mid  hiw  sprecende. 

15  !)  sona  eall  folc  paene  haelend  geseonde 
wearS  afaeryd  1  forht.  1  hine  gretende  him 
to  urn  on ; 

16  pa  ahsode  he  hi.  hwaet  smeage  ge 
betwux  eow ; 

Dissceaito         17    Him  3swarode  an  of  paere  menigu; 

bam  ymbrene         ^  t  #J  ^ 

innanhsre-     Lareow.      ic   brohte   minne   sunu    dumbne 

feste  on  wodnes  '  • 

daeg.  gast  haebbende 

Kespondens 
unus  de  turba 
Aixit.    magis- 

ter  attuli  

filium  raeum 
ad  te.    A. 

Various  Readings. 

8.  A.  B.  insert  ba  after  And.  A.  hig  {thrice).  A.  naenne. 
B.  paene.  9.  A.  hig  (thrice);  B.  hig  (last  time).  10.  A. 
Hig.  A.  betweox.  11.  A.  hig.  A.  acsedon.  A.  farysei; 
B.  farisei.  B.  seryst.  A.  inserts  •£  after  aerest.  12.  A. 
Jswarigende.  A.  faela  bolie.  A.  sig.  13.  A.  hig  (twice). 
14  A.  maenigeo;  B.  raenego.  A.  hig.  15.  B.  werS. 
A.  afaered.  16.  A.  axode.  A.  hig.  A.  B.  betweox.  17. 
First  part  of  rubric  scribbled  in  B.  A.  3swarede.  A. 
meenegu.    A.  gast. 


8  And  sone  pa  hyo  ge-seagen  hine.  naen- 
ne hyo  mid  hym  ne  ge-seagen  buten  panne 
haelend  selfne  mid  heom. 

9  3  pa  hyo  of  pam  munte  astigen  he  beed 
heom  paet  hyo  nanen  ne  saigden  pa  ping  pe 
hyo  ge-seagen.  buten  panne  mannes  sune 
of  deaSe  arise. 

10  TT yo   pa   ■p   word    ge-heolden    be- 
■  I    twuxe  heom.    1  smeagden  hwaet 

■p  waere  panne  he  of  deaSe  arise. 

11  And  hyo  hine  axoden  pa;  hwaet  seg- 
ged  farisei  3  pa  bokeres  paet  ge-byraS  aerest 
helias  cume. 

12  Da  saigde  he  heom  andsweriende. 
Helias  ealle  ping  edniwieS  panne  he  cym$. 
Swa  beo  mannes  sune  awriten  is.  ■p  he  feole 
polie  ")  sie  ofer-huged. 

13  Ac  ic  segge  eow  •p  helias  com  3  hyo 
dyden  hym  swa  hwaet  swa  hyo  wolden.  swa 
by  hym  awriten  is. 

14  3  pa  he  com  to  his  leorning-cnihten. 
he  ge-seah  mycele  menigeo  abuton  hyo  1 
boceres  mid  hem  spraecende. 

15  1  sone  eall  folc  pane  haelend  seonde 
warS  aferd  1  forht.  1  hine  gretende  him  to 
urn en. 

16  Da  axode  he  hyo.  hwaet  smeage  ge 
be-tweox  eow. 

17  Hym  andswerede  an  of  pare  manigeo. 
Lareow  ich  brohte  minne  sune  dumbne  gast 
baebbende 


Various  Readings. 

8.  sona;  be-saewon;  hyo  [for  hine];  ssawen  buton  bsene 
halend  sylfne.  9.  astigon  ;  bead ;  naenon ;  saegden ;  ge- 
saewon  buton  ponne.  10.  heoldon  be-twux ;  smeahdon  ;  ware 
ponne.  11.  ^nd  hi;  seggeS  pharisei;  boceras;  arest. 
12.  88Bgde;  fdniwaS  ponne;  be;  bolige;  ofer-hogod.  13. 
dydon;  be.  14.  leorning-cnihtum;  menegeo;  boceras; 
him  sprecende.  15.  bone  halend;  wear?  ;  urnon  16. 
betwux.  17.  andswarede;  menigu;  ic;  sunu;  hab- 
bende. 


69 

3        sona  ymb-locadon        naenig  monn    leng-tforJior     gesegon      buta  8aem  hsalende    ana  mi8 

8  et     statim    circum-spicientes    neminem         ampliu8     uiderunt    nisi       iesum      tantum    secum. 

3         of-stigendura      Basm-thim   of  8aem  mor  geheht.-t.bebead    8aem  -fte  ne    senigum    8aSe  gesegon. i. 8a  sihSo 
9  et    descendentibws       illis       de     monte         praecepit        illis     ne     cui  quae  uidissent 

gesaegdon    buta   mi88y    sunu      monnes  from  deadura  eft  arisa  _  3      f  word         gehealdon         mi8 

narrarent  nisi    cum    iilius   hominis    a    mortuis   resurrexerit.         10  *Et  uerbum   continuerunt  apud  ■  88.  x. 

him  efne-gcfrugnon    huaed    hit  were  mi8  Sy  from    deadum  eft  arise  3  gefnignon  hine 

se    conquirentes    quid     esset      cum       a     mortuis    resurrexerit.  11  *Et   interrogabant    eum  •  89.  ui. 

mt.  clxxiii. 

Sus  cuoefcende  huaed  for8on  cuoe8a8     aelaruas       3    uu8uuto    forfcon  risnelic  were  ♦  geras  -J5te  he  gecuome 

dicentes      quid    ergo     dicunt  pharisaei   et  scribae     quia  heliam         oporteat  uenire 

aerist  se8e    onduearde    cuoe8  to  him  mi88y     cymes     eerest    eftgeboetaS     alle       3         huu 

primum.         12  qui  respondens    ait      illis    helias   cum    uenerit  primo    restituet    omnia  et  quomodo 

auritten      is     on     sunu       monnes    -fte     feolo    geSolas ♦  scile  8oliga  3   gehened-tgeniSrad-tgeteled  ah 

scribtum   est   in   filium   hominis   ut  multa  patiatur  et  contempnatur.  13  sed 

ic  ssego     iuh    for8on 4"  -fte  sec    helias    cymeS    3        dydon      him       sua  buret  waldon         sua       auritten       is 

dico     uobis       quia       et   helias   uenit  et  fecerunt   illi   quaecumqwe   uoluerunt   sicut   scribtum   est 

of  him  3        cuom        to        8egnum        his     gesaeh      8reat         micelo        ymb      hia     3    Sa  uu8-uuto 

de   eo.  14    *Et    ueniens    ad    discipulos    suos    uidit    turbam    magnam    circa    eos   et     scribas    •  XXVIII. 

gefrugnon  t  gesohton    miS     him  3  sona       eghuelc  -t  all      folc  gesaeh      hine        gestylte 

conquirentes       cum   illis.  15   et  confestim     omnis     populus    uidens    eum  stupe-factus  est 

ondreardon     3        geuurnon  groeton        hine  3         gefraign         hia     buret    bituih     iuh     gefruignasj- 

expauerunt  et   accurrentes   salutabant   eum.  16  et   interrogauit   eos   quid    inter    uos      conqui- 

frasias  3       onduearde        an       of  Sewn  8reate  la  laruua  to  gebrohte     sunu         min       to     8e 

ritis.  17   *Et  respondens    unus   de      turba      dixit    magister      attulit      filium    meum    ad    te "  91.  U. 

lv.  xcuiiii. 
mt.  clxxiiii. 
hsebbende        gaast         dumb 
habentem   spiritum   mutum. 


8.  3  sona  ymb-loccadun   naenig  mon  leng  4*  forSor  gisegun  butan   8aem  h&Xende  ana   miS  9.   3   of-stigendum 

8aem    of    <5a.'m    more    bibeod    Seem-thini    8aette    naenig    8a8e    gisegun    8a     gisih8e    gisaegdun    buta  mi88y  sunu 
monnes  from    dea8e  eft  arise8  10.   3   8aet  word  giheoldun   miS  him    efne   giffrugnun   hwaet    hit    were  miS8y 

from    deoSe   aras  11.  3   gifrugnun   hine    cwe8ende    hwaet   for8on    cweo8as    aelarwas  3    u8-wutu    for8on    helias 

risen-lic  to  cumanne   aerist         12.  se  8e  ondsworade  cwaeS   to   him   helias  miS   8y  cyme8  83rest  eft   giboete«  alle  3 
huu  +  swa  awriten  is  in  sunu  monnes   -fte  feolu   giSolas  3  gihened  t  gini8rad  bi8  13.  ah   ic  saego  iow  for8on 

helias   cyme8  3   dydon  him  swa  hwaet  swa  hice  waldun   swa   awriten   is   of   him  14.   3  com   to    8egnum  his 

gisaeh  8reotas  micle  ymb    hia?  3   u8-wutu   gifrugnun  mi8    him  15.    3   sona   eghwelc  t  alle   f   folc    gisaeh    hine 

gi-sty!ted   wees  3   ondreordun  3  ornun  groetun   hine  16.  3   gifrcegn  hiae  hwaet  bitwih  iow   gi-fregnas  17.  3 

ond-worde  an  of  8aem  8reote  cwbbS  la  larwa  to  gi-brohte  sunu  min  to  8e  haebbende  gast  unclaenne 


70 


18  se  swa  hwaer  swa  he  hine  gelaecS  for- 
gnit  hine.  1  toftum  gristbitaS  1  for-scrincp. 
1  ic  saede  binum  leorning-cnihtuwi  ~p  hi  hine 
ut  adrifon  3  hi  ne  mihton  ; 

19  Da  !)swarode  he  him:  eala  unge- 
leafFulle  cneorys  swa  lange  swa  ic  mid  eow 
beo.  swa  lange  ic  eow  bolige ;  BringaS 
hine  to  me. 

20  ba  brohton  hi  hine.  1  fa  he  hine 
geseah  sona  se  gast  hine  gedrefde  3  on 
eorSau  for-gnyden  fsemende  he  tearflode ; 

21  And  ba  ahsode  he  his  faeder.  hu  lang 
tid  is  sySSan  him  bis  gebyrede;  pa  cwaeS 
he  of  cildhade. 

22  he  hine  gelowdice  on  fyr  1  on  waeter 
sende  -f  he  hine  for-spilde  ;  Ac  gif  bu  hwset 
miht  gefylst  us  ure  gemiltsud ; 

23  Da  cwaeS  se  haelend.  gif  bu  gelyfan 
miht  ealle  bing  synd  gelyfeduw  mihtlice ; 

24  Da  sona  hrymde  paes  cildes  faeder.  1 
wepende  cwaeB  ;  Drihten  ic  gelyfe.  gefylst 
minre  ungeleaftulnysse ; 

25  And  pa  se  haelend  geseah  pa  to-yrnend- 
an  menegu.  he  bebead  pam  unclaenan 
gaste  pus  cweSende ;  Eala  deafa  D  dumba 
gast.  ic  beode  be  ga  of  hi»»  1  ne  ga  pu 
leng  on  hine ; 

26  He  Sa  hrymende  }  hine  swybe  slitende 
eode  of  him.  1  he  waes  swylce  he  dead 
waere ;  Swa  -p  manega  cwaedon  soSlice  he  is 
dead; 


Various  Readings. 

18.  A.  hig  (twice).  19.  A.  Jswarede.  20.  A.  hig. 
B.  geseh.  21.  A.  acsode.  22.  B.  Aagif  [for  Ac  gif].  A. 
ge-myltsod.  23.  A.  wyk,  with  4'  myht  above  [for  miht]. 
A.  myhtelice.      25.  A.  nisenigeo;  B.  raenigu. 


18  se  swa  hwaer  he  hine  laced  forgnit  hine. 
1  toSen  grist-byteS.  !)  for-scrincS.  1  ic  segge 
binen  leorning-cnihten  -f  hyo  hine  ut  adri- 
fen.     "i  hyo  ne  mihten. 

19  Da  andswerede  he  him.  eale  un-ge- 
leaffulle  cneorrysse  swa  lange  swa  ich  mid 
eow  beo.  swa  lange  ich  eow  bolige.  bringed 
hine  to  me. 

20  Sa  brohten  hyo  hine.  1  ba  he  hine 
ge-seah  sone  se  gast  hyne  ge-drefde  7  on 
eorSen  for-gniden  faemende  he  terflede. 

21  And  ba  axode  he  his  faeder  hu  lange 
tide  is  sydSan  hym  bis  ge-byrede.  Da 
cwaeS  he  of  child-hade 

22  he  hine  ge-lomlice  on  fere  1  on  waetere. 
sente  -p  he  hine  for-spilde.  Aagyf  -p  hwa^t 
miht  ge-fylst  us  ure  ge-miltsed. 

23  Da  cwaVS  se  haelend.  gyf  bu  ge-lyfen 
miht  ealle  bing  sende  ge-lyfenden  mihtilice. 

24  Da  sone  remde  baes  childes  feder  3 
wepende  cwaeS.  Drihten  ich  ge-lyfe  ge- 
fylst minre  ungeleaffulnysse. 

25  And  se  haelend  ge-seah  pa  to-eornend- 
en  manigeo.  He  be-bead  bam  unclaenan 
gaste  bus  cwe^ende.  Eale  deafe  and  dumbe 
gast  ic  beode  be  ga  of  him  3  ne  ga  pu  leng 
on  hine. 

26  He  ba  remende  1  hine  swiSe  slitende 
eode  of  him.  !!  he  waes  swilce  he  dead 
waere.  Swa  "p  manege  cwaeSen  so^lice  he 
is  dead. 


'  Various  Readings. 

18.  MS.  Reg.  inserts  swa  after  hwser;  lacS;  tof>uw8  grist- 
bitaS ;  saegde  \>mi\m  leoming-cnihtvm ;  adrifon ;  mihton. 
19.  eala;  cneorrysse  (sic);  ic  (twice);  BringaS.  20.  seah 
sona  ; eor<San ;  teorflode.  21.  axsode;  fader;  tid;  cild-haede. 
22.  fiere;  watere;  Aagif  (sic)  (>u;  ge-miltsud.  23.  halend; 
ge-lyfan ;  synd  gelyfendum.  24.  sona  hrymde ;  cyldes 
faeder;  ic;  un-ge-leafullnysse.  25.  MS.  Reg.  inserts  );a 
after  And ;  to-yrnenden  menigv ;  Eala.  26.  hrymende ; 
manega  cwseSon. 


71 

seSe     sua-huer        hine  gegripeg        gebites  X  toslites  hine     3      fsemeS      3    gristbitteS    mi*  toSum    3 

18    qui   ubicumqwe   eum    adpraehenderit       adlidit        eum    et   spumat   et     stridet       dentibws    et 

scrinceS   3     cuoeS      Segnun      Sinum    f  te    hia  fordrifen    hine      3      ne        msehton  seSe     onduearde 

arescit  et   dixit   discipulis     tuis     ut       eicerent     ilium   et   non   potuerunt.  19  qui   respondens 

him    cuoeS    la      cnewreso    ungeleaffull    5a  huile      miS      iuh  ic  beora  Sa  huile     iuih   ic  Sola  brencgas     hine      to 
eis    dixit    6   generatio   incredula  quamdiu   apud  uos     ero     quamdiu  uos   patiar   adferte   ilium   ad 

me  3      ge-brohten     hine     3    miSSy     gesseh        hine    recone  4"  sona     gaast     gestyrede  t  gedroefde     hine 

me.  20  et   attullerunt  eum   et    cum    uidisset  ilium      statim      spiritus         conturbauit         eum 

3  miSSy  wees  gebered  on     eorSo   he  gefealde  hine    fsemende  3        gefrsegn  feeder      his     huu  miceles 

et  elisus  in  terrain     uolutabatur     spumans.         21  et  interrogauit  patrem  eius       quan- 

-i'longes   tides -r  huu  long  firstes    is      of     Son      Sis    him    gelamp    soS     he    cuoeS    from     cildhad  3 

turn  temporis  est    ex    quo    hoc    ei    accidit    at    ille     ait       ab    infantia.  22    et 

symble        hine     3     in     _  fyr        3     on     wsetro    sende    fte    hine  losade-rfordyde  ah    gif  bused  Su  msege  gehelp 
frequenter   eum    et   in  ignew   et   in    aquas   misit    ut    eum     perderet      sed   siquid       potes    adiuua 

usic  wses  milsende  user-rusra  se  ha$\end  uutedlice  cuoeS    him    gif  Su  msege     gelefe         alle         msebtiga 

nos     misertus        nostri.  23     iesus      autem      ait     illi    si      potes     credere    omnia    possibilia 

Seem  gelefes  3         sona  gecliopade     faeder  Sees  ensehtes  miS    teherum    he  gecuseS    ic  gelefo      help 

credenti.  24  et  continuo   exclamans   pater       pueri      cum  lacrimis     aiebat        credo     adiuua 

un-geleaffulnise      minne  3     miS  Sy    gesseh    se  haslend  }>one  iornende         Sreat  gestiorande      wses 

incredulitatem     meam.  25    et    cum      uideret      iesus     concurrentem    turbam    comminatus     est 

Ssem  gaaste  un-clsene  cuoeSende  Ssem  Su  la  deafe  3  Su  la  dumbe     gaast         ic       Se        bebeade    geong    from   him 
spiritui    inmundo    dicens      illi       surde      et       mute      spiritus   ego   tibi   praecipio     exi      ab     eo 

3    forSor  fte    Su  ne    inngae      in    hine  3        cliopade  suiSe        getearende     hine    ge-eode    of    hi»i 

et    amplius       ne    introeas   in   eum.  26  et  exclamans   multum   discerpens   eum     exiit     ab    eo 

3     aworden   is-l'wses  suelce    were  dead    suse    fte    monige    cuoedon      -pte         dead     were  -t  wses 
et    factus        est      sicut     mortuus     ita     ut    multi    dicerent  quia  mortuus       est. 


-18.  se  Se  swa  hwer  hine  ge-gripes  he  bites  3  slites  hine  3  fsemeS  3  grist-bites  miS  toSum  3  screpes  3  cwaeS 
Segnum  Sinum  f  hise  for-drife  hine  3  ne  msehtun  19.  seSe  ond-worde  him  cwseS  la  cneorisse  ungi-leofful  Sa 
hwyle  miS  iow   ic  biom  Sa  hwile  iow  ic  Solo  brengas  hine  to  me  20.  3   gibrohtun  hine  3   miS    Sy   gisegun 

hine  sona  Se  gast  gidroefde   hine  3   miS  Sy  wses  gibered  on  eorSu  he  gifeald  hine  fscmende  21.  3  gi-frse»n 

feeder  his  hu  longe   tide  is  of  Son  Sis   him   gilamp   soS   be  cwabS   from  cildhada  22.  3  symle  hine  3  in  fyre 

3  on  wsettre  sende  f  hine  losade  ah  gif  hwset  Su  msege  gihelp  user  wes  milsende  user       23.  Se  haAend  wutudh'cp 
cwaeS  to  him  gif  Su  msege  gilefa  alle  almsehtga  Ssem  gilefas  24.  3  sona  gicliopade  -t  cegende  wses   feder  Sses 

ensehtes    miS    teorum    he    gi-cwaeS    ic    gilefo  to-helpe    ungileoffulnisse   mine  25  3   miSSy    gisseh    Se    htelend 

Sone   iornende  Sreott  gi-stiorende  wses  Ssem   gaste  unclaenum  cweSende  Su  la  deofa  3  dumba  gast  ic   Se  bibeodu 
gaa  from  him  3  forSor  Saot  Su  ne  in-gse  in  hine  26.  3   cliopade   swiSe  3   monige  teorende  hine  gieode   from 

him  3  giworden  wses  swelce  deod  were  swa  -pte  monige  cwedun  Ssette  deod  is 4' were 


72 


27  pa  nam  se  haelend  his  hand  3  hine  up 
ahof "}  he  aras  pa ; 

28  And  pa  he  into  pam  huse  eode  his 
leorning-cnihtas  hine  digollice  ahsodon.  hwi 
ne  mihton  we  hine  ut  adrifan  ; 

29  Da  saede  he  pis  cynn  ne  maeg  of 
nanum  men  ut  gan  buton  purh  gebedu  1 
on  fasten  e ; 

30  pa  hi  panon  ferdon  hi  forbugon  gali- 
leaw?.     he  nolde  j5  hit  aenig  man  wiste ; 

31  SoSlice  he  laerde  his  leorning-cnihtas 
1  saede  ;  Soplice  mannes  sunu  biS  geseald  on 
synfulra  handa  j5  hi  hine  ofslean.  3  ofslagen 
paw  Sriddan  daege  he  arist; 

32  Da  nyston  hi  -p  word.  3  hi  adredon 
hine  ahsiende ; 

33  pa  comon  hi  to  capharnaum  "i  pa  hi 
aet  ham  waeron  he  ahsode  hi  hwaet  smeade  ge 
be  wege. 

34  "i  hi  suwodon ;  Witodlice  hi  on  wege 
smeadon  hwylc  hyra  yldost  waere ; 

35  pa  he  saet  he  clypode  hi  twelfe 
"i  saede  him.  gif  eower  hwylc  wyle  beon 
fyrmest.  beo  se  eaSmodust  3  eower  ealra 
pen; 

36  T^a  nam  he  anne  cnapan}  ge-sette  on 
J    hyra  middele.    pa  he  hine  beclypte 

he  saede  hi»» ; 

37  Swa  hwylc  swa  anne  of  pus  geraduw? 
cnapum  on  minuw?  naman  onfehS.  se  on- 
fehp  me ;  And  se  pe  me  onfehS  he  ne  on- 
fehp  me.     ac  pone  pe  me  sende ; 


Various  Readings. 

28.  A.  dygelice  acsedon ;  B.  diglice  axodon.  A.  hwig. 
29.  A.  B.  cyn.  30.  A.  hig  f>anen.  A.  B.  hig.  31.  A.  hig. 
32.  A.  hig  (twice).  A.  ondredon.  A.  acsigende.  33.  A.  hig 
(thrice).  A.  acsode.  B.  smeada.  34.  A.  hig  (twice).  A. 
heora.  35.  A.  hig.  A.  heom.  A.  eadmodost.  36.  A. 
heora  mydlene.      37.  onfehS  me  [/or  me  onfehfc]. 


27  Da  nam  se  haelend  his  hand  1  hine  up 
ahof!!  he  aras  pa. 

28  3  pa  he  in-to  pam  huse  eode.  his 
leorning  cnihtes  hine  digelice  axoden.  hwi 
ne  mihte  we  hine  ut  adrifen. 

29  Da  saede  he  pis  cyn  ne  maig  of  namen 
men  ut-gan  buton  purh  bede  1  on  faestene. 

30  Da  hyo  panen  ferden  hyo  for-bngen 
galilee  he  nolde  paet  hit  anig  man  wiste. 

31  SoSlice  he  laerde  his  leorning-cnihtes 
1  saide.  SoSlice  mannes  sune  be&S  ge-seald 
on  synfullre  manne  hande.  "p  hyo  hine  of- 
slean. 3  of-slagen  pan  pridden  daige  he 
arist. 

32  Da  nysten  hyo  -p  word.  1  hyo  an- 
dredden  hine  axiende. 

33  Da  comen  hyo  to  capharnaum.  1  pa 
hyo  aet  ham  waeren.  he  axode  hyo.  hwaet 
smaegde  ge  be  weige. 

34  "}  hyo  swigeden.  Witodlice  hyo  on 
weige  smaigden  hwilc  heore  yldest  were. 

35  Da  he  saet  he  cleopede  hyo  twelfe  1 
saide  heom.  gyf  eower  hwilc  wile  beon 
formest  byo  se  eadmodest  ")  eower  ealre 
peign. 

36  T*a  nam  he  aenne  cnape  ge-sette  on 
J     heora  middele.     pa   he  hine  be- 
clypte he  saigde  heom. 

37  Swa  hwilc  swa  aenne  of  pus  geraden 
cnapen  on  mine  namen  on-fehS.  se  on- 
feg$  me.  1  se  pe  me  on-fehS.  he  ne  on- 
fehd  me  ac  pane  pe  me  sende. 


Various  Readings. 

27.  halend.  28.  leorning-cnihtas;  digellice.  29.  maeg; 
naenum ;  faestene.  30.  (janon  ferdon ;  for-bugan  galileam ; 
renig.  31.    leorning-cnihtas;    saede;    sunu;    synfullra 

manna  handa ;  hyno  (sic) ;  )>am  Sriddan  daege.  32.  nyst- 
on ;  adrendon  (sic).  33.  comon ;  wairon ;  axsode ;  smeg- 
ade.  34.  swuwodon ;  smeagdon ;  hyora  ;  wtere.  35. 
clypode;  saede;  fyrmest;  admodest;  eulra  }>egn.  36. 
cnapa;  ssegde.  37.  ge-radum  cnapum ;  minum  namvn; 
on-fehS  [/'or  on-fegS] ;  on-fehJS  [for  on-fehd]  ;  )>one. 


73 

se  hselend  uutedlice  geheald      hond         his  ahof        hine     3  aras  3    miSSy      ineode       in 

27     iesws       autem   tenens   manum   eius   eleuauit  ilium  et  surrexit.       28  *Et   cum   introisset  in "  92.  x. 

hus  Segnas         his       deglice  gefrugnon  hine      forhuon     uoe       ne      msehte  woe     fordrifa     hine 

domum     discipuli     eius     secreto     interrogabant     eum      quare      nos     non     potuimus      eicere     eum. 

3    cuneS    to  him    Sis       cynn      on     naenig    msehtig  ol'geonga    huta     on    gebeadum  3  ftestern  -t  3  miS  ftestern 

29  et   dixit     illis     hoc    genus    in    nullo    potens     exire      nisi    in     oratione  et  ieiunio. 

3     Sona     foerdon  bi-eodon  galileam      ne       walde  aenig  gewuta  he  gelaerde 

30  *Et   inde    prof'ecti   praetergrediebantur   galileam    nee   uolebat   quemquam    scire.         31    docebat    "  X?VI111- 

lu.  ci. 
uutedlice       Segnas         his      3       cua?S     to  him        f  te  sunu      monnes    gesald  biS  on     hond  monna        3   mt* c  xxul- 

autem     discipulos   suos   et   dicebat    illis    quoniam    filius   hominis    tradetur   in  manus    hominum    et 


of-slaeS      hine     3    miSSy  of-slaegen  biS  Se  Sirda  daeg    eft  arisaS 


Occident    eum    et         occisus 


tertia     die    resurget. 


soS    hia        ne  cuSon        f  word      3 
32   at    illi    ignorabant    uerbum   et 


ondreardon  hine  -J5  hia  gefrugno                  3      cuomon      to  Sser  byrig  SaSe   miSSy  set  huse   woeron        gefrugnon 

timebant  eum    interrogare.        33  *Et  uenerunt  capharnauw  qui     cum      domi     essent  interrogabant  *  Si.  x. 

hia    husetd  on  woeg  gie  getrahtade                      soS     hia       suigdon  gif  hua       bituih  him   on    woeg  ge-teledon  i 

eos    quid  in    uia     tractabatis.              34  *At    illi    tacebant  siquidem    inter    se    in    uia     disputa-    " 95-.!' 


ccxuin. 
mt.  clxxuin. 


gefiioton-t   hua-thuelc  woere      hiora    mara  -i"  maast  3       eft  saet     geceigde       tuoelfo        3    cuoa)S    Seem    gif 

uerant         quis       esset  illorum      maior.  35   et  residens   uocauit   duodecim   et     ait      illis   si 

hua    wadle    forSmest    wosa  biS-J'sie      allra  hlsetmaist       3  allra       embeht-monn  3        on-feng 

quis    uult     primus    esse     erit     omnium    nouissimus    et    omnium     minister.  36   et   accipiens 

f  enseht    gesette    hine    in    middum    hiora       Sone    -fte  clioppende  +  friende    waes    cuoeS    to  him  sua  huselc 

puerum   statuit   eum   in    medio   eoruwi  quern   ut        complexus        esset  .  ait       illis.        37  quisquis 


an       of      Suslicum     cnaehtum    onfoaS       on      noma      minum    mec    onfoaS        3        sua  hua       mec       onfoaS 
unum  ex  huiusmodi    pueris   receperit  in  nomine     meo     me   recipit  *Et  quicumqwe   me   susciperit  *  96.  i. 

lv.  exui. 


ne    mec     onfoaS       ah     Sene    seSe    mec    sende 
non   me   suscipit   sed   eum    qui    me   misit. 


10.  cxx. 
mt.  xcuiii. 


27.   Se  haelenrf  soSlice    giheold   honda  his  7   ahof   hine  3   aras  28.  3   miSSy   ineode  3   in    hus    Segnas   his 

degol-lice  gifroegn  hine  forhwon  we  ne  majhtun  for-drifan  hine  29.   3   cwseS   to  him   Sis  cynn   naenige  maehte 

ofgonga  buta  on  gibeodum  3   on  ftesterne  30.  3    Sona  feordun   bieodun   galilea?  nsenig  walde   swa  swa   giwuta 

31.  he  gila?rde  wuturthce  Segnas  his  3  cwseS  to  him  fte  sunu  monnes  gisald  biS  in  hond  monna  3  ofslas  hine 
3  miSSy   ofslaegen   big  Se  Sirda  dsege  eft  arises  32.  soS   hia?  ne   cuSun  ....  hine  -p  hie   gifrugnun  33.  3 

comun  to  Sa?r  byrig  See  Se  miSSy  set  huse  werun  gifraegn  hia?  hwaet  hia?  on  woege  gitrachtade  34.  soS  hia1 
swigedun  gif  hwa  bitwion  him  on  woege  giteldun  gif  hwelc  were  Sara  mara  i  mast  35.  3  eft  sset  giceg  twelfe 
3  cwaeS  to  him  gif  hwa  welle  foermest  bis  alra  lartemest  3  allra  embihtmon  36.  3  on-feng  Sone  enseht  gisetto 
hine  in  middum  hiora  Sonne  f  to  cliopende  were  cwaaS  to  him  37.  swa  hwelc  an  of  Suslicurci  ensehtes  onfoeS 
on  noma  minum  mec  onfoeS  3  swa  hwa  swa  mec  onfoeS  ne  mec  onfoeS  ah  Sene  seSe  mec  sende 


74 


Dis  sceal  on 
wodnes  d<eg 
on  fiaere  nygo- 
San  wucan 
ofer  pente- 
costen.    Dixit 
iohannes  ad 
iesum.  MagiS' 
ter  uidimus 
ijuendam  in 
nomine  tuo 
cicientem  de- 
monia.   A. 


38  Da  Iswarode  iohannes  1  cwaeS;  La- 
reow  sumne  we  ge-sawon  on  pinuw?  naman 
deofol-seocnessa  ut  adrifende.  se  ne  fyligS 
us.     3  we  him  forbudon  ; 

39  pa  cwseS  he  ne  for-beode  ge  him  nis 
nan  pe  on  minu/w  naman  maegen  W)rce  1 
maege  raSe  be  me  yfele  specan  ; 

40  Se  pe  nis  agen  eow  se  is  for  eow ; 

41  SoSlice  se  Se  sylS  drinc  eow  calic 
fulne  waeteres  on  minmw  naman  forpa»«  ge 
cristes  synt.  ic  eow  sop  secge.  ne  forlyst  he 
his  mede ; 

42  And  swa  hwa  swa  ge-drefS  senne  of 
pyssu/ra  lytlmgutn  on  me  gelyfendura.  betere 
him  wsere  -p  an  cweorn-stan  waere  to  his 
swuran  gecnyt  3  waere  on  sae  beworpen ; 

43  And  gif  pin  hand  pe  swicaS  ceorf 
hi  of;  Betere  pe  is  f  pu  wanhal  to  life 
ga.  ponne  pu  twa  handa  heebbe  1  fare  on 
helle.    "i  on  unacwencedlic  fyr 

44  par  hyra  wyrm  ne  swylt  3  fyr  ne  biS 
acwenced ; 

45  And  gif  Sin  fot  swicaS  pe  ceorf  hine 
of.  betere  pe  is  •p  Jm  healt  ga.  on  ece 
lif  ponne  pu  haebbe  twegen  fet  ")  si  aworpen 
on  helle  un-acwencedlices  fyres. 

46  J?ar  hyra  wyrm  ne  swylt  ne  fyr  ne  biS 
adwaesced ; 

47  Gif  pin  eage  pe  swicaS  weorp  hit  ut. 
betere  pe  is  mid  anum  eagan  gan  on  godes 
rice  ponne  twa  eagan  haebbende  sy  aworpen 
on  helle  fyr. 


Various  Readings. 
38.  B.  Larew.    A.  deofel-seocnyssa.      39.  A.  yfele  be  me 
sprecan.    40.  A.  ongen.    41.  A.  syndon.    42.  B.  anne.  A. 
(jysum.    A.  sweoran.      43.  A.  hig.      A.   om.  2nd  on.    44. 
A.  heora.      45.  A.  syg.      46.  A.  heora.      47.  A.  3  sig. 


38  pa  andswerede  iohannes  1  cwaeS. 
Lareow  sume  we  ge-seagen  on  Junen  namen 
deofol-seocnysse  ut  adrifende.  se  ne  fylged 
us.     3  we  him  for-buden. 

39  Da  cw.  he  ne  for-beode  ge  hym  nis 
nan  pe  on  minen  namen  magen  werce  5  mage 
raSe  be  me  yfele  spraecera. 

40  Se  pe  nis  agen  eow  se  is  for  eow. 

41  SoSlice  se  pe  sylS  drenc  eow  calix 
fulne  waeteres  on  minen  namen  for  pan  ge 
cristes  synde.  ic  eow  soft  segge  ne  forleost 
he  his  mede. 

42  And  swa  hwa  swa  ge-drefd  aenne  of 
Jnsen  litlingen  on  me  ge-lefenden.  betere 
hi;w  waere  ~p  an  cweorn-stan  waere  to  his 
sweoren  ge-cnyt.     1  waere  on  sae  ge-worpen. 

43  And  gyf  J?in  hand  pe  swiced  ceorf  hyo 
of.  Betere  pe  is  past  pu  wan-haelSe  leofie. 
panne  pu  twa  hande  haebbe  3  fare  to  helle. 
"}  on  un-cwaencedlic  fyr. 

44  paer  hire  wyrm  ne  swellt  1  fer  ne  beoS 
acwenced. 

45  iEnd  gyf  pin  fot  swiceS  pe  cerf  hine 
of.  Betere  pe  is  peet  pu  halt  ga  on  eche  lyf. 
panne  Jm  haebbe  twege  fet.  1  syo  aworpen 
on  helle  un-acwencedlices  fyres 

46  paer  heora  wyrm  ne  swelt  ne  fyr  ne 
beoS  adwesced. 

47  Gyf  pin  eage  pe  swiceS  wyrp  hit  ut. 
betere  pe  is  mid  anen  eage  gan  on  godes 
riche  Jeanne  twa  eagen  haebbende  syo  aworp- 
en on  helle  fyr 


Various  Readings. 

38.  tlswarode;  Larew;  ge-sawon;  >inum  naman;  deofol- 
secnysse;  fyligfc  ;  for-budon.  39.  minum  namon;  wyrce; 
sprecan.  41.  drync;  calic;  wateres;  minvm  naman;  (jam; 
synt;  for-lyst.  42.  ge-drefS;  \>isum  lytlingum;  ge-lyfen- 
dum;  ware  (2nd  time);  swuran;  sa.  43.  swica*;  heo; 
wan-hal  to  lyfe  ga  ^onne;  un-acwencedlic.  44.  hyre; 
swylt;  fyr;  by*.  45.  And;  swicaS;  ceorf;  healt;  ecce; 
jionne;  habbe.  46.  hyora;  bis  adwasced.  47.  eaga; 
swicafc ;  anum  eagan ;  rice  f>onne ;   eagan  habbende. 


75 

geonduearde  him    iohannes   cuoeSende    la  larua    we  gesegon    sum  oSer    on      Soma      Sinum    forworpen 
38  *Respondit   illi   iohannes     dicens     magister     uidimus     quendam   in    nomine     tuo     eicientem  ■  XXX. 

lu.  ciii. 
miS  dioblum  seSe      ne        fylges        us       3         forbudun         him  se  hxAend  uutedlice  cuoeS   nallas  gie 

daemonia     qui    non    sequitur    no3    et    prohibuimus    euw.         39    iesua       autem      ait        nolite 

forbeada       hine  naenig  monn  is     forSon    seSe   wyrcas       maeht        on       noma    minum   3     maege   recone    yfle 
prohibere    eum       nemo      est    enim    qui    faciat    uirtutem    in    nomine    meo  et  possit    cito    male 


spreca    of   mec  seSe    forSon     ne      is  wis         iuih   fore     iuih       is 

loqui   de   me.  40   qui    enim    non   est   aduerswra   uos   pro   uobis   est. 


sua  hua    forSon 
41  *Quis-quis  enim  *  98.  ui. 


drinca     geseleS      iuh     calic  +  copp  waetres    on      noma     minum   forSon   cristes     arogie    soSlice  ic  saego    iuh       ne 
potum   dederit  uobis    calicem    aquae   in  nomine    meo     quia   christi    estis     amen     dico    uobis  non 


losaS         mearde  his 

perdet   mercedem   suam. 


3       sua  hua        geondspurnas  an        of    Sisum  laesestum    gelefendum 

42  *Et  quisquis   scandalizauerit   unum   ex     his     pusillis   credentibws  •  99.  ii. 


on  mec  god-rbetra    is    him    suiSor    gif-tSaeh    sie  ymbunden  k  ymbsald  coern    asales  byrSen  to  suiro     his      3      on 
in   me     bonum    est    ei    magis        si  circumdaretur         mola      dsinaria       collo     eius    et    in 


lu.  cxcuii. 
int.  clxxuiiii. 


sae     gesended  woere 
mare     mitteretur. 


3  Saeh  k  gif        ondspurnas       Seh    hond       Sin      ofcearf    Sa  ilea    betra  -t  god    is 

43  *Et       si       scandalizauerit  te   manus   tua   abscide    illaw       bonum    est  *  100.  ui. 

mt.  clxxx. 


Son      tuoege     hondo     _   haebbe     gegeonge  in 
tibi   debilem   introire 


Se       un-hal 


ingaa      in        lif         son      tuoege     nonuo         iucuuc 
in  uitam   quam    duas    manus  habentem 


tintergo        fyres    una-drys- 
ire      in  gehenne7/i  ignem  inextin- 


endlic  «er      wyrm       hiora      ne     bis  dead    3    f  fyr     ne     bis  gedrysned 

guibilem.  4>i  *Ubi   uermis   eorum   non   moritur  et  ignis   non    extinguitur. 


3    gif   f6t 
45  et  si  pes  •  101.  x. 


Sin    Sec   ondspurnaS       cearf    hine-tSene     god        is       Se  halt         ingeonga    in       lif  aece  Son 

tuus   td   scandalizat  amputa     ilium      bonum   est   tibi   claudum  introirae  in  uitam   aeternam   quam 


tuoege     foet  haebbe       sende    in       tintergo        fyres      un-adrysnendlic 

duos    pedes   habentem   mitti   in   gehennam   ignis   inextinguibilis. 


Ser      wyrm       hiora       ne 
46   ubi  uermis  eorum   non 


biS  dead   3    f  fyr      ne     biS  adrysned 
moritur  et  ignis   non   extinguitur. 


Saeh  gif      ego        Sin     geondspurnaS   Sec   geworp    hine        god 
47  quod   si   oculus   tuus    scandalizat     t^      eice     eum   bonum 


is      Se      anege      ingeonga   in        ric       godes    Son     tuoego      ego  haebbe     gesende  on       tintergo        fyres 

est  tibi  luscum  introirae  in  regnum   dei   quam   duos   oculos   habentem   mitti    in   gehennem   ignis. 


38.  gi3sworade  him  iohannes  cweSende  la  larwa  we  gisegun  sume  oSre  on  noma  Sinum  forworpen  miS  diowlum 
seSe  ne  fylges  us  3  for-budun  him  39.  Se  haelenrf  wutudlice  cwaeS  nallas  ge  for-beada  him  naengum  is  forSon 
seSe  doeS  maehte  on  noma  minun  3  maege  recone  yfle  spreoca  of  me  40.  seSe  forSon  ne  is  wis  iow  fore  iowih 
is  41.  swa  hwa  forSon  drinca  giseleS  iow  of  caelee-tcoppe  waetres  on  noma  minum  forSon  cristes  arun  soSlice 
ic  saego  iow  forSon  ne  losaS  mearde  his  42  3  swa  hwa   giond-spyrnas  anum  of  Sissum  lsesestum  gilefendum 

in  mec  god  is  him  swiSor  gif  Se  sie  unbunden  t  unsaeled  biS  cwearne  byrSenne  to  swira  his  3  on  s®  gisended 
were  43.  3  gif  on-spyrnas  Sec  honda  Sin  aceorf  Sa  ileu  god  is  Se  un-hal  inga  in  lif  Sonne  twa  honda  haebbe 
gonge  in  tintergu  fyres  inunadrysendlic  44.     Ser   wyrmas    hiora   ne   biaS    deode  3   f>  fyr  ne    biS    gidrysnad 

45.  3  gif  foett  Sine  Sec  onspurnaS  ceorf  hine-1'Sa  god  is  Se  halt  to  gonganne  in  lif  ece  Sonne  twoge  foet  haebbe 
sende  in  tintergu  fyres  un-adrysendlic  46.  Ser  wyrmas  hiora  ne  biaS  deode  3  Saet  fyr  nfe  biS  drysned  47. 
•pte  gif  egu  Kin  gi-ond-spyrneS  Sec  giworp  hiae  god  is  Se  blind  to  gonganne  in  rice  godes  Sonne  tuu  egu  haebbe 
gisende  in  tintergu  fyres 

K2 


76 


48  par  hyra  wyrm  ne  swylt.  ne  fyr  ne  biS 
acwenced ; 

49  SoSlice  aelc  man  biS  mid  fyre  ge-sylt 
3  aelc  ofFrung  biS  mid  sealte  gesylt; 

50  God  is  sealt  gif  f  sealt  utisealt  bip  on 
\>am  pe  ge  hit  syltaS;  HabbaS  sealt  on 
eow.     3  habbaS  sibbe  betwux  eow ; 

CHAPTER  X. 

1  And  panon  he  com  on  iudeisce  endas  of 
iordane ;  pa  comon  eft  menigu  to  hi?w  3  swa 
swa  he  ge-wunode  he  hi  laerde  eft  sona ; 

2  Da  ge-nealaehton  him  pharisei  3  hine 
axodon.  h Waaler  alyfS  aenegum  men  his 
wif  forlaetan.     his  bus  fandigende; 

3  pa  3swarode  he  hiw.  hwaet  bead  moyses 
eow. 

4  hi  saedon ;  Moyses  lyfde  ■f  man  write 
hiw-gedales  hoc.     3  hi  for-lete ; 

5  Da  cwse'S  se  haelend.  for  eower  heortan 
heardnesse  he  eow  wrat  pis  bebod ; 

6  Fram  fruman  gesceafte  god  hi  ge-worhte 
waepned-man  3  wimman 

7  3  cwaeS.  for  pa.m  se  mann  forleet  his 
feder  3  modor  3  hine  his  wife  gepeot. 

8  3  beoS  twegen  on  anum  flaasce.  witod- 
lice  ne  synt  na  twegen  ac  an  flaesc; 

9  paet  god  ge-saranode  ne  syndrige  -p  nan 
man ; 

10  And  eft  innan  huse  his  leorning- 
cnihtas  hine  be  paw?  ylcan  ahsodon  ; 


Various  Readings. 

48.  A.  heora.    49.  A.  ofrung.  50.  A.  beteox;  B.  betweox. 

Cap.  x.  v.  1.  A.  )janen.  A.  nuenigu.  B.  gewunude.  A.  hyg. 
2.  A.  B.  farisei.  A.  acsedon.  B.  fandiende.  3.  A.  Iswarede 
4.  A.  hig.  A.  B.  hig.  5.  A.  heardnysse.  A.  omits  eow. 
G.  A.  B.  hig.  A.  wsepman  3  wyfman;  B.  wsepned  3  wim- 
man. 7.  A.  man.  A.  moder.  8.  A.  synd.  9.  A.  ge- 
somnode.    B.  mann.  10.    A.  acsedon. 


48  peer  heora  wyrm  ne  swelt.  ne  fer  ne 
beoS  acwenced. 

49  SoSlice  aelc  man  byS  mid  fyre  ge- 
sylt. 3  aelc  ofFrung  beoS  mid  sealte  ge- 
sylt. 

50  God  is  salt  3  gyf  paet  salt  un-selt  byS 
on  pam  pe  hit  selteS.  HaebbeS  salt  on 
eow  3  haebbed  sibbe  be-tweoxe  eow. 

CHAPTER   X. 

1  3  panen  he  com  on  iudeisce  endas  of 
iordane.  Da  comen  eft  manegeo  to  him.  3 
swa  swa  he  ge-wunede  he  hyo  laerde  eft  sona. 

2  Da  ge-neahlacten  hym  farisej.  3  him 
axsoden  hwae^er  alyfS  anigen  men  his  wif 
to  laeten.     his  pus  fandiende. 

3  Da  andswerede  he  heom.  hwaet  bead 
moyses  eow. 

4  hyo  saigden.  Moyses  lyfde  -f  man  write 
hiw-ge-daeles  boc.     3  hyo  for-leten. 

5  Da  cwaeS  se  haelend.  for  eower  heort- 
en  haerdnysse  he  eow  wrat  pis  be-bod. 

6  fram  frumen  ge-scefte  god  hyo  ge- 
worhte  waepmara  3  wimman. 

7  3  cwaeS.  for  pan  se  man  for-laet  his  faeder 
and  his  moder.     3  hine  his  wife  ge-peot. 

8  3  beoS  twegen  on  anen  flaesce.  witodlice 
ne  synden  na  twegen.    ac  an  flaesc. 

9  -p  god  ge-samnode  ne  syndrige  f  nan 

man. 

10  And  eft  innen  huse  his  leorning- 
cnihtes  hine  be  pam  ylcen  acsoden. 


'Various  Readings. 

48.  swylt;  bi$.  49.  biS;  biS.  50.  un-salt ;  sealtaS. 
HabbeS  ;  habbaS  ;   be-twux. 

Cap.  x.  v.  1.  fianom;  menegeo.  2.  ge-neahlajhton ;  hine 
axoden  hwa;Se;  aenegum  ;  for-laeton  [for  to  laeten].  4. 
sa3"don  ;  for-lete.  5.  heorton  heardnysse.  6.  fruman 
gesceafte;  waepned;  wifman.  7.  )>am  ;  orrl.  his  before 
moder;  ge-fieoht.  8.  beS  ;  anum  synt.  10.  innan; 
leorning-cnihtas ;  ylcan  acsodon. 


Ser       wyrm        hiora        ne      biS  dead     3        fyr         ne     biS  ge-drysned  eghuelc  forSon  mis  fyre 

48    ubi    uennis    eorum    non     moritur    et    ignis    non    extinguitur.  49  omnis    enim     igtie 

sie  gecostaS  4"  gesaelt   3    eghuelc  cuic  almus  ge-costad  sie  god        is  f  salt      Sah     se  salt  gif  unful       sie 

sallietur  et   omnis     uictima      sallietur.       50  *Bonum  est   sal    quodst    sal    insulsum  fuerit  *  107  "• 

-1  lu.  clxxxu. 

mt.  xxxi. 
on    Son       f      gie  gehaldas  habbaS     in      iuh      salt    3        sibb        habas     bi-tuih   iuh 
in   quo   illud    condietis    habete   in   uobis   sal  et   pacem   habete   inter  uos. 


CAP.  X. 

3     Sena  aras         cuom    on    gem»rum    iudteaes    bigienda     iordane      3     gesornnadon   efter  sona  menigo  *  XXX  [. 

1  *Et  inde  exsurgens  uenit    in      lines      iudaeae     ultra     iordanen  et  conueniunt    iterum    turbae  1(l3- ui- mt- 

clxxxuiiii. 

to    him    3     suae    f  te  he  gewuna  wees  eftersona    laerde       hia  3    togeneolecdon  Sa  ae-laruuas     gefrug- 

ad  eum  et  sicut       consueuerat         iterum  docebat  illos.  2  et    accedentes     pharisaei    interroga- 

nun     hine    gif  -t is  gelefed  were      -f  wif  forleta      cunnedon -?  gecostadon    hine  soS    he       onduearde 

bant   euin    si       iicet       uiro    uxorem    demittere  temtantes  eum.  3    at    ille   respondens 

euoeS  to  hira  huset       iuh  behead         moses  SaSe     cuoedon       moses       forgeseF  b6c 

dixit     eis    quid    uobis    praecepit    moses.  4    qui    dixerunt    moses    permisit    libellum    repudii 

f  te  were  awritten   3       forleten  Soem  onduearde    se  haelend  cuoseS    to     heardnisse    heartes     iueres 

scribere        et   dimittere.  5  quibws    respondens     iesus        ait     ad     duritiam     cordis    uestri 

aurat  iuh  bebod  Siosne  from   fruma  uutedlice    scaeftes     woepen  raon  i  hee   3    hittu  4*  wifmon 

scripsit    uobis    praeceptum     istud.  6  ab    initio     autem    creaturse      masculum        et     feminam 

worhte   hia      god  fore         Sis        forleteS       raonn      faader         his        3       moder       3      geneoleces     to 

fecit    eos    dews.  7   propter    hoc    relinquet   homo   patrem   suum   et   matrem   et   adhajrebit   ad 

wife  his  3     biSon    tuoege    in    lichoma  ana4"[an]um   forSon  untedlice   ne       sint  tuoege    ah      an 

uxorem    suam.  8  et   erunt     duo     in    came  una         itaqwe      iam      non    sunt    duo    sed  uno 

lichom  -)*te    forSon    god     gegeadrad    monn       ne    to-sceada  he  3     in      hus     eftersona     Segnas 

caro.  9    quod   ergo    dews     iunxit     homo   non     separet.  10  *Et    in    domo    iterum    discipuli  *  104.  x. 

his      of   Ssem  ilea        ge-Frugnon         hine 
eius   de    eodem   interrogauerunt   eum. 


48.  Ser  wyrmas  hiora  ne  bi<S  deade  3  fyr  hiora  ne  bi<5  adrysnad  49.  eghwele  forSon  miS  fyre  sie  giscostad 
3  eghwele  cwicu  almes  gicostad  biS  50.  god  is  Soot  salt  5aet  sise  salt  gif  un-ful  biS  on  Son  Sect  ge  gi-haldas 
habbaS  bitwih   iow  salt  3   sibbe  habbas  bitwih  iow 

Cap.  X.  1.  3  Sona  aras  com  in  gimseru  iudea  bigeonda  iordanen  3  gisomnadun  efter  sona  .  . .  to  him  3  swa 
SaBtte  giwuna  waes  efter  sona  lserde  hise  2.  3  to  gineo-licadun   Sa   larwas  gifrugnun   hine   gif  is  alefed  were 

f>  wif   for-leta  cunnadun  4' costadun   hine  3.    soS    he   3wyrde  cwa;S    him   hwaet   iow   biboden   wajs  from  moyse 

4.    Sa    Se  cwedun    moyses    for-gcef   hoc    fte    were    awriten  3  for-leten  5.   Srem  onwyrde  Se  haelercrf  cwseS  to 

heard-nisse  heorta  iowre  awrat  iow  bibeod  Sis  6.  from  fruma  wutudU'ce  gisca3fte  wepned-menn  3  wif-menn  worhte 
hia3   god  7.  fore  Sisse  for-letaS  mon  freder  his   3  moder  3   gineolicas  to  wife  his  8.   3   bioSon  twoege   in 

lichoma  ana   forSon   wutud[fee]  ne   sindun  twoege  ah  ana  lichoma  9.  Seette   forSon   god  efne-gigedraS  Sonne 

monno  ne  to-sceadeS   he  10.  3   in  hus  efter  sona  Segnas  his   gifrugnun   hine   of  Saan   ilea 


78 


Dys  sceal  on 
frige  daeg  on 
b*re  syxtan 
wucan  ofer 
pentecosten. 
Oft'erebant 
iesum  paruulos 
ut  tangeret  eos. 
A. 


Dis  sceal  on 
wodnes  da?g  on 
paere  seofeSan 
wucan  ofer 
pentecosten. 
Cum  egressus 
esset  iesus  in 
uia  percurrens 
quidam  genu 
fiexo  ante  eum 
rogabat  eum. 
A. 


1 1  Da  cwaeS  he  swa  hwylc  mann  swa  his 
wif  forlaet  3  ofer  mmS  unriht-haemed  he 
wyrcS.     f  urh  hi ; 

12  And  gif  -p  wif  hire  were  forlaet  3 
of erne  nim  <S.     heo  unriht-haemS  ; 

13  And  hi  brohton  him  hyra  lytlingas 
•p  he  hi  aethrine.  fa  ciddon  his  leorning- 
cnihtas  pam  Se  hi  brohton ; 

14  pa  se  haelend  hi  ge-seah  unwurSlice  he 
hit  for-bead  3  saede  hi»« ;  Laetaf  fa  lytlingas 
to  me  cum  an  1  ne  for-beode  ge  him;  SoSlice 
swylcera  is  heofona  rice ; 

15  Soplice  ic  secge  eow  swa  hwylc  swa 
godes  rice  ne  onfehS  swa  lytling  ne  maeg 
he  [on]  ■p ; 

16  Da  beclypte  he  hi.  3  his  handa  ofer 
hi  settende  bletsode  hi ; 

17  And  fa  he  on  wege  eode  sum  him 
to  arn  3  gebigedum  cneowe  toforan  him 
cwaeS.  3  baed  hine ;  La  goda  lareow  hwaet 
do  ic.     "p  ic  ece  lif  age ; 

18  pa  cwaeS  se  haelend.  hwi  segst  fu  me 
godne.     nis  nan  mann  god  buton  god  ana; 

19  Canst  fu  Sa  bebodu.  ne  unriht-haem 
fu.  ne  slyh  fu.  ne  stel  fu.  ne  sege  fu 
lease  gewitnesse.  facen  ne  do  Su.  wur/Sa 
p inne  faeder  3  fine  modor ; 

20  Da  Iswarode  he  goda  lareow.  eall 
Sis  ic  geheold  of  minre  geoguSe ; 

21  Se  haelend  hine  fa  behealdende  lufode 
3  saede  him ;  An  fing  f e  is  wana  gesyle  eall 
■f  Su  age  3  syle  hit  fearfura.  f ovine  hasfst 
f  u  gold-hord  on  heofonu»»  3  cum  3  folga  me ; 


Various  Readings. 

11.  A.  man.  A.  hig.  12.  A.  wer.  13.  A.  hig  {thrice);  B. 
hig  {once).  14.  A.  hig  geseb.  unweorfclice.  A.  heofena.  15. 
A.  ne  gajfc  he  on  ba?t;  B.  ne  maeg  he  on  beet;  (MS.  Corp. 
om.  on).  16.  A.  hig  {thrice) ;  B.  hig  {twice).  18.  A.  hwig. 
19.  A  sleh.  A.  gewytnysse.  A.  weorSa.  A.  moder.  20. 
A.  Oswarede  he  5  cw.    A.  geogeSe.    21.  B.  heofenuwt. 


1 1  Da  cwaeS  he.  swa  hwilc  man  swa  his 
wif  forlaet  3  oder  nymS  unriht-hameS  he 
wyrcS  f  urh  hyo. 

12  iEnd  gyf  -p  wif  hire  were  forlaet  3 
oSerne  nymS.     hyo  unriht-haemeS. 

13  ./End  hyo  brohten  him  heore  litlenges 
■f  he  his  aet-rine.  fa  cyddan  his  leorning- 
cnihtes  fam  fe  hyo  brohten. 

14  Da  se  haelend  hyo  ge-seah  un-wur¥>lice 
he  hit  for-beod  3  saigde  heom.  LateS  fa 
litlinges  to  me  cumen  3  ne  for-beode  ge 
heom.     soSlice  swilcere  is  heofone  rice. 

15  SoSlice  ic  segge  eow  swa  hwilc  swa 
godes  rice  ne  on-fehS  swa  swa  litling  ne 
maig  he  on  "p. 

16  Da  be-clepte  he  hyo  3  his  hande  ofer 
hyo  settende  bletsede  hyo. 

17  And  fa  he  on  weige  eode  sum  hym 
to  arn  3  ge-begden  cneowen  to-foren  hym 
cwaeS  3  bae$  hine.  La  gode  lareow  hwaet 
do  ic  f  aet  ic  ece  lyf  age. 

18  pa  cwaeS  se  haelend  hwi  saigst  fu  me 
godne ;  nis  nan  man  god  buton  god  ane. 

19  Canst  fu  fa  be-bode.  ne  unriht-haem 
fu.  ne  slyh  fu.  ne  stel  fu.  ne  sege  fu 
lease  ge-witnysse.  faecen  ne  do  f  u.  wurfte 
fine  faeder  3  fine  moder. 

20  Da  andswerede  he  gode.  lareow  eall 
f  is  ic  heold  of  minre  geogeSe. 

21  Se  haelend  hine  fa  behealdende  hyfode 
(sic)  3  saide  hym.  An  fing  f e  is  wane,  syle 
eal  f  aet  f  u  age.  3  syle  hit  f  earfen  f  anne  hafst 
f  u  p  goldhord  on  heofene.  3  cum  3  folge  me. 


Various  Readings. 

11.  oSer;  unriht-hamed ;  hi.  12.  un-riht-hsemS.  13. 
brohton;  litlyngas;  oet-hrine;  leorning-cnihtas  brohton. 
14.  balend;  ssede;  LseteS;  litlingas;  heone  {sic).  15. 
msBg.         1 6.   beclypte.  1 7.  ^End  ;    wege  ;  gebegdum 

cneowum  to-foran;  ba?d ;  hage.  18.  secgst;  mann.  19. 
Csenst;  slygh ;  wurSa;  fader.  20.  goda  larew.  21. 
halend;  beheldende  lufode;  stBgde;  wana;  eall;  bearfum 
bonne  hffifst ;  om.  f> ;  heofonum. 


79 


3    cuoeS    to  him 
11  *Et  dicit     Mis 


sua  hwaelc    for-letas  k  forleta  welle      wif  his       3      oSer         laede        derneleger 

quicumqwe  dimiserit  uxorem    suawi  et  aliara    duxerit    adulterium  •  105.  ii 


efnesende-l'geendade     ofer    hia-tbi  hir 
committit  super  earn. 


3     gif    -JS  wif       forletas     Sone  wer    hire      3   to  oSrum    onfoas 
12   et    si    uxor    dimiserit    uirum    suum   et     alii     nubserit 


lu.  cxcu. 
mt.  cxe. 


hiu  syngeS 
moechatur. 

Saem  brengendum 
offerentibws. 


3        brohton    to  him  lytlo  cild    -pte  he  gehrine  Saem  8a  Segnas  nxxtedlice         stioredon 
13  *Et  offerebant    illi    paruulos    ut    tangeret   illos   discipuli    autem   comminabantur  *  106.  ii. 

lv.  ccxui. 
mt.  [c]xcii. 


14 


Sa      miSSy 
quos    cum 


gesaeh   Se  haelend  unwyrSe   brohte   3   cuseS  to  him    letas        Sa  lytlo 
uideret     iesws      indigne    tulit   et   ait      Mis    sinite    paruulos 


gecuma    to      me      3      ne      fore-letas  gie   hia-tSa  Suslicra     is    forSon         ric        godes 
uenire    ad    me    et    ne    prohibueritis     eos      talium    est  enim   regnum    dei. 


soSlice   ic  saego 
15   amen     dico 


iuh       suae  hua      ne         onfoas  rlc        godes    swelc         lyttel  ne        in-gaaS      in      Saet  3 

nobis    quisqwe    non    receperit    regnum     dei     uelut    paruulus    non    intrabit    in    Mud  16    et 


gefrigade       hia     3       on-sette        hond     ofer  k  on    Sa  ilco      gebledsade       hia 
complexans   eos   et   inponens  manus     super       illos    benedicebat    eos. 


3     miSSy   faerende 
17    *Et    cum    egresus  •  XXXII. 

107.  ii.. 
lu.  cxxi. 
waes      on     woeg        fore  arn       sum  oSer    cnewo    beged     fore      hine       baedd        hine       la  larua  god-tgoda  huaed  mt.  cxciii. 

esset    in    uiam    procurrens    quidam    genu    flexo    ante    eum    rogabat    eum    magister     bone      quid 


sceal  ic  doa  -)5te 
facia/ra      ut 


lif  ece  ic  onfoe 

uitam    aeternam    percipiam. 


ane 


god      naenigmonn    god     buta 
bonum     nemo     bonus   nisi   unus 


god 
dews. 


se  hoslend  xmtedlice  cuoeS  to  him    huat  mec    Su  cuoSas 

18    iesus      autem     dixit       ei       quid  me       dicis 

Sa  bebodo   wast  Su   f  Su  ne  dernelice  -p  Su  ne  of-slaae  $  Su 

19  praecepta    nosti      n^     adulteris     ne1  occidas      ne* 


ne  forstele  i  ne  forSiofe    f>  Su  leas  gecySnise-twitnise    ne  coeSa  f  Su      facen       ne  gedoe  ar-worSig     faoder         Sin 
fureris  ne"   falsum   testimonium     dixeris    ne*   fraudem     feceris     honora    patrem    tuum 


3       moder 
et  matrem. 


3      he        onduearde    cuoeS    la  larua       Sas  all         ic  geheald  from      gigoSe     minum 

20   et   Me   respondens    ait    magister    haec    omnia    obseruaui    £    iuuentute  mea. 


se  haelend  uutedlice  miSSy  behaldend   hine     lufade    hine    3  cuoeS   him      Sn        Se  is  forgeten  geong  sua  huaet 
21  *lems     autem  intuitus        eum  dilexit  eum  et  dixit    illi   unum   tibi     deest      uade   cumqwe  •  ios.  ii. 

lu.clii.ccxuiiii. 
SuhEebbe  bebyg    3     sel    Sorfendum     3   haefis-r'Su  scealt  habba      ge-strion      in    heofne    3      cym    soec-t'fylg  mec      m  •   x  '    • 
habes    uende  et  &£  pauperibwa  et  babebis  thesaurum  in  caelo  et  ueni    sequere    me. 


11.  3  cwaeS  to  him  swa  hwelc  for-letes   wif  his  3  oSer  laede  to  derne-giligrum  eft-sende  ofer  hiae  12.  3 

gif  f>  wif  for-leteS  wer  hire  3   to  oSrum  foes    hio  syngaS  13.  3  brohtun    to  him  lytle   -pte   gihrine   Sam   8a 

Segnas  wutudU'ce  stiordun  Saem  brengendum  14.  Sa  miSSy  gi-saeh  Se  haelend  un-wyrSne  brohte  3  cwaeS  to  him 
letas  Sa  lytlu  cuma  to  me  3   ne  for-letas  hiae  Sus-licra  is  forSon  rice  godes  15.  soS  ic  cweSo  iow  swa  hwelc 

ne  foeS   rice   godes  swelce  lytelne  ne   gaeS   in   Saet  16.  3   gifragade  hiae  3   on  gisette  honda  ofer  hia  gibletsade 

hiaB  17.  3   miS   Sy  faerende  waes  on  woeg  fore  arn  sum  oSer  cneo  gibe[ge]d  bifora  hine  gibaBd  hine  la  larow 

god  hwaet  sceal  ic  doa  fte  lif  ece  ic  onfoe  18.  Se  haelend  soSlice  cwaeS  to  him  hwaet  mec  Su  cweSes  goodne 
ne  aengu  good  buta  ana  god  19.  Sa  bibodu  wastu  Saete  derne-lice  Saette  Su  ne  ofslae  Saetae  Su  ne  stele  Saetae 
Su  leose  witnessed  cySnisse  cweSe  Saet  Su  facun  ne  doe  ar-wyrSa  feeder  Sinne  3   moder  Sine  20.  3  he  3wyrde 

cwaeS  him  la  larwa  alle  Sas  ic  giheald  from  gigoS-hade  minum  21.  Se  halend  wutudlice  miSSy  biheold  hine 
lufade  hine  3  cwaeS  to  him  an  Se  forgeten  is  gong  swa  hwaet  swa  Su  haebbe  bibyge  3  sel  Sarfum  3  hsefes 
gistrion  goldes  in  heofnum  3  cym  soec-tfylig  me 


80 


22  And  for  ]>&m  worde  he  waes  ge-unret 
!)  ferde  gnornigende  for  pa.m  he  haefde  mycele 
aehta  ; 

23  pa  cwaeS  se  haelend  to  his  leorning- 
cnihton  hine  heseonde.  swype  earfoSlice  on 
godes  rice  gaS  pa  pe  feoh  habbaS ; 

24  Da  forhtodon  his  leorning-cnihtas  be 
his  wordum  ;  Eft  se  haelend  him  Iswariende 
cwaeS.  eala  cild  swySe  earfoSlice  pa  Se  on 
heora  feo  getruwigeaS  ga$  on  godes  rice  ; 

25  Eapere  ys  olfende  to  farenne  purh 
naedle  pyrel  ponne  se  rica  1  se  welega  on 
godes  rice  ga ; 

26  Hi  |?ses  Se  ma  betwux  hiw  wundredon 
1  cwaedcn  1  hwa  maeg  beon  hal 

27  pa  beheold  se  haelend  hi  3  cwaeS ;  Mid 
raannuw  hit  is  uneapelic  ac  na  mid  gode ; 
Ealle  ping  mid  gode  synt  eaSelice  ; 

28  Pa  ongan  petrus  cwepan  ;  Witodlice 
we  ealle  ping  for-leton  3  folgodon  pe ; 

29  Da  Iswarode  hi??*  se  haelend.  nis  nan 
pe  his  hus  for-laet.  oSSe  gebropru.  oppe  ge- 
swustra.  oSSe  faeder.  oppe  modor.  oSSe 
beam,  oppe  aeceras  for  me  3  for  pa?»  god- 
spelle 

30  pe  hund-feald  ne  onfo.  nu  on  pisse 
tide,  hus  3  broSru  3  swustru.  faeder  3 
modor.  3  beam.  1  aeceras.  mid  ehtnessum 
1  on  toweardre  worulde  ece  lif ; 

31  Manega  fyrmeste  beoS  ytemeste  3 
ylemeste  fyrmyste ; 


Various  Readings. 

22.  A  cross  (■{•)  is  prefixed  to  this  verse  in  A.  A.  om. 
And.  B.  gnoingende.  B.  mycle.  23.  A.  leoming-cnyhtuOT. 
24.  A.  forhtedon.  A.  wurdon.  A.  3swarigende.  A.  getru- 
wiaS.  25.  A.  EaSre.  B.  J>uruh.  A.  J>yrl.  26.  A.  hig. 
A.  betweox.  27.  A.  B.  hig.  A.  Jjyng  synd  eafcelice  myd 
gode.  28.  Space  left  for  Rubric  in  A.  B.  angan.  A. 
folgedon.  29.  A.  moder.  30.  A.  broSra.  A.  swustra. 
A.  inserts  J  before  feeder.  A.  moder.  A.  ehtnyssuw.  31. 
A.  ytemyste  (twice) ;  B.  ytemyste  (2nd  time).  A. B.  fyrmeste 
(2nd  time). 


22  3  for  pan  worde  he  wees  unge-rot.  1 
ferde  gneorgende  for  pan  he  haefde  mycele 
ehte. 

23  Da  cwarS  se  haelend  to  hys  leorning- 
cnihten  hine  be-seonde.  swiSe  earfedlice  on 
godes  rice  gaS  pa  pe  feoh  haebbeS. 

24  Da  forteden  his  leorning-cnihtes  be  his 
worden.  Eft  se  haelend  heom  andswerede  3 
cw.  Eala  chyld.  swiSe  earfodlice  pa  pe  on 
hire  feo  ge-truwiad  gad  on  godes  rice. 

25  eaSere  is  olfende  to  farene  purh  naedle 
pyrl.  panne  se  rice  1  se  welege  on  godes 
rice  ga. 

26  Hyo  pas  pe  ma  be-twexe  heom  wun- 
dreden  3  cwseSen.     1  hwa  maeig  beon  hal. 

27  pa  be-heold  se  haelend  hyo  1  cwaeS. 
Mid  mannen  hit  is  un-eaSelic.  ac  na  mid 
gode.     Ealle  ping  mid  gode  synde  eaSelice. 

28  pa  on-gan  petrus  cweSen.  Witodlice 
we  ealle  ping  for-leten.    3  folgeden  pe. 

29  Da  andswerede  hym  se  haelend.  Nis 
nan  pe  his  hus  for-laet.  o#Se  ge-broSre. 
oSSe  swuster.  ocSSe  faeder  oSSe  moder. 
oSSe  beam.  otSSe  aceres  for  me.  3  for 
pa?«  godspelle. 

30  pe  himdfeald  ne  on-fo.  nu  on  pisse  tide, 
hus  "i  broSre  7  swustre.  3  faeder  1  moder  3 
beam.  3  aeceres.  mid  ehtnyssen  1  on  to- 
wearde  wurlde  ece  lyf. 

31  Manege  fyrmeste  byS  ytemeste.  1 
ytemeste  fermeste. 


Various  Readings. 

22.  (jam;  gnorngende;  \>am;  mycel.  23.  halend; 
leorning-cnihtan ;  beo-seonde ;  earfoSliee  ;  habbafc.  24. 
forhtedon;  wordum;  halend;  cyld;  earfoglice;  heore;  gaS, 
2a.  farenne  (juruh ;  )jyrel.  ponne;  welega.  26.  )>a)s;  be- 
twux; wundrodon;  cwaSen;  mseg.  27.  halend;  man- 
nun«;  synd  ea8alice.  28.  cweSan;  for-leton;  folgodon. 
29.  halend;  ge-swustra;  modor;  aceras.  30.  broSra; 
swustra;  fader;  seceras;  ehtnyssum ;  toworde  worulde. 
31.  Manega;   fyrmyste  [fir  fermeste]. 


81 

se8e  mi88y  geunrodsad  waes   on      word       eade      seofende       waes     forfcon    haefde-rhasbbend  aehto         *  109.  ii. 

22   *Qui         contristatus  in    uerbo    abiit    maerens     erat     enim  habens         possesiones lu- cxx- 

r  mt.  cxu. 

menig  3  ymb-locade    se  hselenrf  cuoe8      8egnum        his       sui8e    un-ea8a4"  hefig  8a8e     gestriono 

multas.  23   et  circum-spiciens     iesws      ait     discipulis    suis    quam       difficile        qui    pecunias 

habbaS     in         ric       godes  inn-gaas-rimi-geongaS  8a  8egnas  uutedlice       forstyldton         on   wordum     his    soS 

habent   in   regnum    dei         introibunt.  24  discipuli  autem   obstupescebant  in    uerbis    eius   at 

sre  hee\end  eftersona   ond[u]earde  cuoe8   to  him  leafa  suno  la     suiSe        hefig         is      8a8e  gelefeS     in     strionum 
iesus       rursus    respondens    ait       illis        filioli       6    quam    difficile    est     confidentes    in    pecuniis 

in         ric        goddes     f   hia   ingae  ea*or        is        camelf       8erh   8yril4"ego     nedles     ofer-fara      ionne  fsemicladear. 

in    regnum     dei         introire.  25   facilius    est    camelum    per    foramen      acus     transire    quam 

se  wtelig  +  Se  wlonca  i/pgeonga   in   goddes  ric  8a8e    suiSor      gewundradon     cuoe8ende    to       him 

diuitew  intrare     in    regnum    dei.  26   qui    magis   admirabantur    dicentes    ad   semet 

seolfum    3      hua     msege       hal    wt/osa  3      sceaude      hia    se  hseilend    cuoe8  mi?      monnum     un-mrehtig 

ipsos    et  quis   potest  saluus  fieri.  27   et   iutuens   illos      iesua        ait    apud  homines   inpossibile 

is      ah    ne  is    mi8        god  alle      for8on    maehto-l'e8elico    sint       mi8         god  ongann    petrus   him 

est   sed   non   apud    dewm    omnia    enim        possibilia      sunt    apud    ieum.  28   coepit  petrus   ei 

ge-cuoeSa  heono    we        forleorton         alle       3  fylgdon-tsohton         Sec  onduearde  se  hcelend  cuoe8  •  no.  ii. 

dicere     ecce    nos    dimisimus    omnia  et         secuti     sumus        te.  29     *Respondens    iesus      ait    '»■  ccxxi. 

mt.  cxcuiii. 

sofclice  ic  cuoe8o  iuh     naenig  monn   is     se8e      forleta8  hus  -r       broSro       k     suoestro     t       moder        k 

amen        dico  uobis       nemo      est    qui    reliquerit  domum   aut   fratres    aut   sorores   aut   matrem   aut 

faeder       k       suno       &        londo  fore        mec      3  fore  godspell  se8e      ne       onfoaS 

patrem    aut    filios    aut     agros     propter     me     et     propter     euangelium  30   qui    non  accipiat 

hunteantig-si8o  hunt  8a  huile  -fane    nu       in     tide  k  life  disum      huso       3      bro8ro      3     suoestro     3      modero      3 
centies  tantum      nunc    in    tempore    hoc    domos    et    fratres    et    sorores    et    matres    et 

suno     3      londo     mi8  oehtendum         3     in      world    8aem  to  uearde    llf  ece  monigo  mxtedlice 

filios   et   agros   cum   persecutoribws  et   in   steculo       futuro       uitam  aeternam.        *31    Multi   autem  •  ill.  B. 

lu.  clxxiii. 

mt.  cxcuiiii. 
biSon  8a  for8mesto  hlsetmesto     3    8a  hlaetmesto  forSmesto 
erunt       prinii       nouissimi  et    nouissimi       primi. 


22.  se8e  mi88y   giwundrad   waes  in    worde  eode    seofende   waes  fortSon  haefSe  micle  sehte  23.  3  ymb-loccade 

Se    hselcnrf    cwaeS    to    8egnum   his  swi8e  urieaSe  k  heflge  Sa8e  gistrione  habbas  in   rice  godes  in-ga8  24.  8a 

8egnas  wutudh'ce  forstyltun  on  wordum  his  cwae8  8e  haelenrf  efter  sona  3sworade  cwaeS  sunu  leofa  la  swi8e  hefig 
is   8a8e  gilefaB   on   gistrion  in  rice  godes   -p   hia?  ingae  25.  e8or  is  camele  Serh  Syrel  +  egu  nedles  Serh-fara 

8onne  8e  welge-tSe  wlonca  in-gonge  in  rice  godes  26.  8aSe  swi8ur  giwundradun  cwe8ende  to  him  solfum  ^ 
hwa  maege  hal  wosa  27.  3   sceowende  in   hiae   8e  h&lend  cwaeS   mi8   monnum  unmsehtig  is  ah  ne  is  mi8  god 

alle  forSon  meehte  sindun  mi8  god  28.  ongan  petrus  him  cweo8a  heono  we  for-leortun  alle  3  fyligdun  +  sohtun 
8ec  29.  ondworde  8e  hse\end  cwaeS  so8  ic  cwe8o  iow  naenig  is  se8e  forletes  hus  k  bro8er  k  swester  -l"  moder 
k  faeder  k  sunu  k  lond   fore  mec  3  fore  god-spelle  30.   se8e   ne   on-foeS   hunteantigum  si8a  8a  hwile  nu   in 

tide  +  in  life  Sissum  huse  3  bro8er  3  swester  3  moder  3  sunu  3  lond  mi8  oehtendum  ire  weorlde  Saer  toworde  lif 
ece  31.  monige  wutudlice  bio8un   aerist  8a  foerS-mestu   3   8a  laetemestu  foer8mest 


82 


32 


s 


oj^lice  hi  ferdon  on  wege  to  hieru- 
salewz  1  se  haelend  him  be- 
foran  eode  3  hi  adredon  him  hine  ] 
him  fyligdon.  ")  eft  he  nam  hi  twelfe  1 
ongan  him  secgan  pa  Sing  pe  him  to- 
wearde  waeron 

33  -p  we  nu  astigaS  to  hierusalew  "i  mari- 
nes sunu  bi$  ge-seald  sacerda  ealdruwj  1  bo- 
eeru?»  1  ealdrmw.  1  hi  hine  deaSe  ge- 
nyperiaS.     1  hi  hine  peoduw?  syllaft. 

34  1  hi  hine  bysmriaS  3  hi  him  on  spaetaS 
3  hine  swingaS  1  of-sleaS  hine.  1  he  arist  on 
pam  priddan  daege ; 

35  Him  pa  ge-nealaehton  to.  iacobus.  3 
Iohannes  Zebedeis  suna  1  cwaedon ;  La- 
reow.  we  wyllaS  p"  pu  us  do  swa  hwaet 
swa  we  biddaS ; 

36  pa  cwaeS  he  hwaet  wylle  gyt  ■f  ic  inc 
do. 

37  pa  cwaedon  hi ;  Syle  unc  j?  wyt  sitton 
on  pinon  wuldre.  an  on  pine  swySran 
healfe  1  oper  on  pine  wynstran  ; 

38  Da  cwaeS  se  haelend.  gyt  nyton  hwaet 
gyt  biddaS;  Mage  gyt  drincan  pone  calic. 
pe  ic  drince  3  beon  gefullod  on  pam  fulluhte 
pe  ic  beo  gefullod ; 

39  pa  cwaedon  hi  wyt  magon ;  Da  cwaeS 
se  haelend  gyt  drincaS  pone  calic  pe  ic 
drince.  gyt  beoS  gefullode  pa/«  fulluhte 
Se  ic  beo  gefullod ; 


Various  Readings. 

32.  A.  B.  hig  (A.  thrice;  B.  once).  A.  ondredon.  A. 
fylgdon;  B.  fylidon.  33.  A.  hig  {twice).  34.  A.  hig  (twice). 
B.  om.  1st  hi.  A.  bysmeriaS.  37.  A.  B.  hig.  A.  \>ynum. 
A.  fiynre  [/or  };ine ;  twice].      39,  A.  omits  this  verse. 


32  QJoSlice  hyo  ferden  on  weige  to  ieru- 
rO   salem.     1    se    haelend   heom   be- 

foren  eode.  1  hyo  adreddem  heom  hine.  1 
him  felgden.  1  eft  he  nam  hyo  twelfe  "i 
on-gan  heom  seggen  pa  ping  pe  heom  to- 
wearde  waeren. 

33  ~f  we  nu  astigeS  to  ierusalem.  3 
mannes  sune  beoS  ge-seald  sacerde  ealdren 
3  boceren.  1  ealdren  1  hyo  hine  deaSe  ge- 
nyperieS.     1  hyo  hine  peoden  sylleS. 

34  "i  hine  bysemeriad.  1  hyo  hym  on 
spaeteS.  1  hine  swingeS.  U  of-sleaS  hine. 
!l  he  arist  on  pam  pridSen  daige. 

35  Him  pa  ge-neahlahten  to  Iacobus  1 
Ioharawes  zebedeus  sunu.  1  cwa^Sen.  Lareow 
we  willed  "p  pu  us  do  swa  hwaet  swa  we 
byddaS. 

36  pa  cwaeS  he  hwaet  wille  gyt  ~p  ic  inc 
do. 

37  pa  cwaeSen  hyo.  Syle  unc  f  wit 
sitten  on  pinen  wuldre.  an  on  pinen  swrS- 
ren  healfe.     1  oder  on  pinen  winstren. 

38  Da  cwaeS  se  haelend.  gyt  nyten  hwaet 
gyt  byddaS.  Mage  gyt  drincen  panne  calix 
pe  ic  drinke.  "i  beon  ge-fulled  on  pa»»  ful- 
luhte pe  ic  beo  ge-fullod. 

39  Da  cwaeSen  hyo  wit  magen.  pa  cwaeS 
se  haelend.  gyt  drincaS  panne  calicx.  pe 
ich  drince.  gyt  beoS  ge-fullod  pa  fulluhte 
pe  ic  beo  ge-fullod. 


Various  Headings. 

32.  heforan;  adredon;  fyligdon;  heon  seggan;  eom; 
waron.'  33.  sacerda  ealdrum  3  bocerum  3  ealdrum;  ge- 
nySeriaS;  hi  [for  last  hyo] ;  feodum  syllaS.  34.  bysmriaS; 
swingaS  ;  SridSan.  35.  ge-neahlcechton ;  zebedeis  sunan ; 
cwseSon.  37.  }>a  cweefcon;  {jinum;  J>ine  swiSSran;  oSer ; 
)?ine  wynstran.  38.  halend ;  drincan  ]>onne  calic ;  drince ; 
ge-fullod.  39.  cwaSen ;  halend ;  )>onne  calic ;  ic  ;  ge 
biS. 


83 

woeron    forSon    on    woeg      astigon         in      hierusalem     3   fore-eode -1" onfora  wass  geongend   hia    se  haelend  •  XXXIII. 
32  *Erant  autem   in     uia  ascendentes  in  hierosolyma  et  praecedebat  illos       iesua    U2.U. 

lu.  ccxxii. 
int.  ccii. 

3    hia  suigdon   3       fylgdon       ondreardon    3      to-geuom     eftersona      tuoelfo      ongann  Stem -l"  him   cuoeSa  da  Singo 
et  stupebant  et  sequentes    timebant   et  adsumens   iterum   duodecim   coepit       illis       dicere     quae 

woeron  him  toweardo-tgelimpa  scealde  forSon  heono      woe  stigeS       in      hierusalem      3      sunu      monnes 

essent    ei  eueutura.  33   quia    ecce    ascendimus    in   hierosolima  et  filius   hominis 

bi8  g[e]sald    aldormonno  sacerda        3   WuSuutum    3       geniSriaS       hine  to  deaSe  3       selles      hine    htednum 

tradetur    principibws   sacerdotum  et     scribis     et  damnabunt   eum    morte   et   tradent  eum  gentibus. 

3    bismerageS    him    1      hia  spittes      hine     3      hia  suingeS       hine    hia  acuoellaS    hine      3    Se  Sirdda     doeg 
34   et    inludent      ei    et    conspuent    eum    et    flagellabunt    eum    interficient    eum    et     tertia       die 

eft  arisaS  3     geneolecdon    to       him        iacob       3       iohannes    suno     zebeSies      cuoeSende     la  larua    m .... 

resurget.  35    *Et    accedunt    ad    eum    iacobws   et   iohannes    filii    zebedaei    dicentes    magister  mt.  ccii. 


woe  walla?    -(5 te  suae  hueet      we  willniaS     Su  doe       us 
uolumus     quodcumqwe    petierimus    facias    nobis. 


soS     he     cuoeS    him   huretd   willniaS  ge  -(Ste 
36   at    ille    dixit    eis    quid       uultis       ut 


ic  gedoe      iuh  3      Cuoedon     sel       us      -pte      an       to         suiSre        Sinra     3      oSer     to       wynstra 

faciam   uobis.  37   et   dixerunt   da"   nobis   ut  unus   ad   dexteram   tuam   et   alius   ad   sinistram 

Sinra       we  sitta      in    wuldre   Sine  se  hsiiend  uutedlics  cuoeS  him  ne  uutogie  husetd  gie  giwigeS  hi  magoge 

tuam   sedeamus   in   gloria  tua.         38  iesus      autem     ait     eis     nescitis     quid       petatis     potestis 

drinca     Sone  calic      Sone        ic      drinco       4"  ■)>  fuluiht        ofSon      ic      se  gefulwuad     -p  gie  sie    in-gefulwuade 

bibere     calicem     quem     ego     bibo     aut     baptismum     quo     ego      baptizor  baptizari. 

soS    hia    cuoedon    him  we  magon  se   hse\end  uutedlice  cuoeS    him  -)5  calic    ec  Son     Sone     ic    drinco  gie  drinca 
39  at    illi  dixerunt  ei  possumus      iesws    autem         ait      eis  calicem  quidem  quem  ego  bibo   bibetis 

3       f  fulwiht    of  Stem   ic    beom  gefulwuad  se  gie  gefulwuad 
et   babtismum    quo    ego       baptizor        baptiaabimini. 


32.  werun  fbrSon  on  woege  astigun  in  hierusalem  3  fore   eode  -r  gongende  webs  him  Se  hte\end  3  swigdun  3 
fyligdun    ondreordun   3    to  ginom   efter    sona    twelfe    ongan  Stem    cweoSa    Sa    Sing    weron    him    toworde  33* 

forSon   heono   we   stigas    hierusalem    3    sunu   monnes   gisald    biS    aldurmonnum    sacerda    3    uS-wutum    3    giniSrias 
hine  to    deoSu  3   sellas  hine   hroSnwn  34.  3   bismerigas  hine  3   spittas  ...  3   hite  swingas  hine  3   hite  cwellaS 

hine  3   8y   Sirdan   dffige   arises  35.   3  gineolicadun  to    him  iaCobu*   3    iohannes  sunu    zebededes    cweSende  la 

larwa  wallon  we  fte  swa   swa  We  wilnias  Su   doe  us  36.    soS   he  cwteS   him    hwtet    wiluigas   ge   -pte  ic  doe 

iow  37.   3   cwedun   sel    us    fte    an    to    sWiSre   Sinre  3   oSer    to    Sajr    swiSra    Sinre    ge-sitte   in    wuldre  Sinum 

38.  Se  haAend  soSlice  cw»S   him   ne  wutun  ge  hvvset  ge  giowigas  hu  magon   ge  Sone  calic  drinca  Sone  ic  drinco 
i  Stet  ful-wiht  of  Son   ic  fulwade   ■)$  ge  sie  in-gifulwade  39.  soS   hia  cwedun  him  we  magun  Sonne  hsAend 

wutndlice  cwooS   him   Sone  calic  eCSon   Sone   ic  drinco  ge  drinco   3   SaH  fulwiht  of  Seem   ic  biom  gifulwad  Se  ge 
gifulwiaS 


L2 


84 


Dys  ge-byraS 
on  sunnan  daeg 
£er  halgan 
daege.    A. 


40  SoSlice  nis  hit  na  min  inc  to  syllene 
•p  gyt  sitton  on  mine  swySran  healfe  oSSe 
on  pa  wynstran.  ac  p&ni  pe  hit  ge-gearwod 
ys; 

41  pa  ge-hulgon  pa  tyne  hi  be  Iacobe  "i 
Iohanne ; 

42  Da  clypode  se  haelend  hi  3  cw;  Wite 
ge  -p  pa,  Se  on  peodura  ealdor-scype  hab- 
baS  •$  hyra  ealdras  anweald  ofer  hi  hab- 
baS; 

43  SoSlice  on  eow  hit  nis  swa.  ac  swa 
hwylc  swa  wyle  mid  eow  yldest  beon  se  byS 
eower  pen. 

44  "3  se  Se  wyle  on  eow  fyrmest  beon.  se 
by]?  ealra  J: eow; 

45  SoSlice  ne  com  mannes  sunu.  ~p  him 
man  penode.  ac  ■f  he  penode.  1  his  sawle 
sealde  for  manegra  alysednysse ; 

46  T^a  comon  hi  to  gericho  ")  he  ferde 
j      ham  gericho  1  hisleorning-cnihtas 

"i  mycel   menegu.     timeus   sunu   bartimeus 
sa3t  blind  wiS  pone  weg  waedla. 

47  pa  he  ge-hyrde  ~p  hit  waes  se  naza- 
reniscea  haelend.  he  on-gan  pa  clypian  1 
cweSan ;  Haelend.  dauides  sunu  gemiltsa  me; 

48  pa  budon  him  manega  j5  he  suwode. 
he  clypode  pa  paes  Se  ma  miltsa  me  dauides 
sunu; 

49  Da  eet-stod  se  haelend  D  het  hine  cly- 
pian ;  pa  saedon  hi  para  blindan.  beo  ge- 
heortra  1  aris.     se  haelend  pe  clypaS ; 


Various  Readings. 
40.  A.  omits  na.  A.  syllanne ;  B.  sylle.  A.  ge-earwod. 
41.  A.  hig.  42.  A.  B.  hig.  A.  ealder-scipe.  A.  heora. 
A.  hig.  44.  A.  yldest  [/or  fyrmest].  46.  A.  B.  hig. 
A.  hiericho.  A.  ierieho.  A.  msenio ;  B.  menigeo.  47.  A. 
nazarenisca.      48.  A.  swigode.       49.  A.  hig. 


40  SoSlice  nis  hit  na  min  inc  to  sylle 
paet  gyt  sitten  on  mine  swiSren  healfe. 
odSe  on  pa  wynstren.  ac  pam  pe  hit 
ge-gearewod  is. 

41  pa  ge-bulge  pa  teone  hyo  be  Iacobe 
1  johanne. 

42  Da  cleopede  se  haelend  hyo  1  cwaeS. 
Wite  ge  -p  pa  pe  on  peoden  ealderscype 
haebbeS  paet  heore  ealdres  anweald  ofer  hyo 
haebbeS. 

43  SoSlice  on  eow  hit  nis  swa.  ac  swa 
hwilc  swa  wile  mid  eow  eldest  beon.  se 
beoS  eower  pen. 

44  1  se  on  eow  wile  fermest  beon.  se 
beoS  ealre  peow. 

45  SoSlice  ne  com  mannes  sune.  paet 
him  man  penode.  ac  ■p  he  penode.  3  his 
sawle  sealde  for  manegre  alysendnysse. 

46  ~  F\  A  comen  hyo  to  jerico.  1  he  ferde 
-L'  frara  ierico  ")  his  leorning-cnihtes 

1  micel  manege  1  timeus  sunu  bartimeus  sunu 
saet  blind  wiS  panne  weig  waedle. 

47  pa  he  ge-herde  ~p  hit  waes  se  naza- 
reisca  haelend.  he  on-gan  clepien.  1  cwaeS- 
en.     Haelend  dauiSes  sune  ge-miltse  me. 

48  pa  buden  him  manege  paet  he  swiged- 
en.  he  cleopede  pa  paes  pe  ma.  miltse  me 
dauiSes  sune. 

49  Da  aet-stod  se  haelend  3  het  hine  cle- 
pian.  Da  saigden  hyo  pam  blinden.  beo 
ge-heortra  3  aris.     se  haelend  pe  clypaS. 


Various  Readings. 

40.  sitton;  swiSran;  o£$e;  winstran;  ge-garewed.  41. 
ge-bulgon;  tyne.  42.  elypede;  beodum  ealdor-scype  hab- 
befc;  heora  eldres;  habbafc.  43.  biS.  44.  wille  fyirmest : 
byfc  ealra.  45.  mann ;  manegra  alysednissa.  46.  comon ; 
gericho ;  gerico ;  leorning-cnihtas ;  menega ;  om.  second 
sunu;  bonne;  wsedla.  47.  nazarenisca;  on-gan  ba  cly- 
pian ;  cweSan.  Halend  dauides  sunu  ge-miltsa.  48.  ma- 
nega; swugode;  clypode;  bes;  rniltsa;  dauides.  49.  et- 
stod;  halend;  hinclepyan;  ssegden;  blindan. 


85 

sitta    uutedlice    to         swiSra        minra      J*      to       winstra        ne       is       min     to  sellanne    ah       Saem 
40    sedere  autem     ad    dexterawi    meain    uel    ad    sinistram    non    est    rneum       dare       sed   quihus 


gegearuad    is  3       ge-herdon  Sa  teno    ongunnun      wurtefcia      of      iacob       3       iohanne  se  hselewiii^JFfjca.IR.-A.  J 

t.  ccm. 


paratum    est.        41  *Et    audientes    decern    coeperunt   indignari   de    iacobo   et    iohanne.       42    iesui 
autem  uucans   eos     ait     illis      scitis      quia      hi      qui     uidentur       principari     gentibus    dominant 


Seem-thim    3    aldor-menn     hiora  maeht  habbas  hiora -l"  Seera  ne  suBe-tSus  is-rse  uuteaVi'ce-rhuoeSre  in 

■    eis        et    principes   eorum    potestatem    ha  bent    ipsorum.     43  non    ita         est  autem  in 

iuih       ah     sua  hua  seSe    weelle      wosa  maara  +  hera  bieS+sie    iwer    hera  i  erabehtmonn  3  sua  huae  seSe 

uobis    sed    quicumqwe  uoluerit    fieri       maior  erit     uester  minister.  44  et  quicumqwe 

waelle       in      iuh      forSmest    wosa  hie-? se     allra      Srael-tesne  fo?Son    3      sunu      monnes       ne       cuom  •  115.  jjj;. 

uoluerit   in    uobis    primus    esse     erit    omnium     seruus.         45    *Nam    et   films    hominis    non   uenit  i°-  xci.  cxxxu. 

mt.  cciiii. 

•jite       ge-erabehta       him     ah     -(He    he  ge-embehtade  o%rum  3    -fte  he  salde     sawel         his    lesnise  k  to  lesinc    fore 
ut    ministraretur     ei     sed    ut  ministrare<  et        daret       animam    suam    redemtionem     pro 

monigum  3      cuoraon     to  hiericho      3  miS  Sy  foerde  he -thine  feerende  in  Sa  burug  3       Segnas        his  *  XXXIII1. 

multis.  46  *Et   ueniunt   hierichum    et  proficiscente   eo  hiericho    et   discipuli   eiusl16-"- 

lu.  ccxxiiii, 
,  mt.  ecu. 

3  miJS  monig-fald  here-1'3  menigo  monigfald   sunu   timseies  blind       gesaet   eet-rneh  woeg       giornade 

et  plurima   multitudine  filius  timaei  bartimaeus  caecus  sedebat  iuxta  uiam  mendicans, 

seSe    miSSy    geherde       f  te  se  heolenrf  nazaresca    wa?s    ongann       cliopia       3      euoeSa  la  sunu  dauiSes  hw\end 
47   qui     cum    audisset    quia    \esus    nazarenus    est    ooepit    clamare   et    dicere      fili       dauid   iesus 

tnilsa      mines  3  stiordon  him    menigo  fte  he  suigde  soS     he       micla      suiSor    ge-cliopade 

miserere   mei.  48  et  comminabantur  ei     multi    ut     taceret     at    ille    multo    magis    clamabat 

la  sunu  SauiSes     miltsa      mines  3       stod    se  hselend  geheht       hine       ceiga  _     3     ceigdon   gone  blindo 

fili      dauid   miserere    mei.  49   et   stans     iesus    praecepit  ilium    uocari    et   uocant    caecum 

hia  cuoeSende  him     gla?dd-m6d     wees  Su    aris      ceigas   Sec 
dicentes       ei    animaequior    esto    surge   uocat   te\ 


40.   sittas   witudlice   on    8a    swiS    min  k  on    8a  wynstra  ne   is   min   to   sellanne    iow  ah  Sffim  Se  gigeorwad  is 
41.  3  giherdun  Sa  tenu  ongunnun   wraSiga  of   iacooe  3   iohanne  42.  Se  haslend  wutudlice    ceigde  hire  cwaeS 

to  him  wutas  ge  forSon  Sas  SaSe  gisegene  biaS  •))  hite  aldor-dom  hmSnum  gi-wsoldas  Ssem-Hiiru  3  aldor-men  hiora 
maehte  habbaS   hio-rSara  43.  ne  swa-rSus  is  wutudlice   in   iow   ah   swa  hwa  swa  welle   wosa  mara-thera  bis 

iower  hera  k  embihtmon  44.  3  swa  hwa  swa  welle  in  iow  serist-r  foerSmest  wosa  biS  Se  alra  Srrel  +  esne 
45.  forSon  3  sunu  monnes  ne  com  fte  gi-embihte  him  ah  fte  gi-embihtade  oSrum  3  salde  sawle  his  lesnisse  fore 
monigum  46.  3  comun   to  hiericho   3   niiSSy   foerde   hise  in  Sa  burug   3   Segnas  his  3  miS  monig-falde  mengu 

sunu   timees  banirw-ws  blind  gissett  neh4"ajt  woege   giornde  47.  seSe  miSSy   giherde  Saette  Se  bse\end  naza- 

renisca  wses  on-gan  cliopiga  3  cweoSa  sunu  dauiSes  haslend  gemilsa  me  43.  3  miSSy  stiordun  him  Sio  mengu 

^ste  swigede  soS  he  micle  swiSor  cliopade  sunu   dauiSes  milsa  me  49.  3   gistod  Se  heelenrf  giheht  hine  cega 

3  ceigdun   Sone-tSa  blindu  cweSende  him  glaedmod  wes  Su   aris  ceiga  Sec 


86 


Dys  ge-byra8 
f'eower  wucon 
<er  myddan 
wintran.  A. 


50  He  fa  aWearp  his  reaf  3  forS  raesde. 
1  to  him  com  ; 

51  Da  cwaeS  se  hselend.  hwaet  wylt  fu 
f  ic  fe  do;  fa  cWaeft  he.  lareow  f  ic 
geseo. 

52  fa  cwaeB  se  hselend  to  him.  ga  fin 
geleafa  fe  halne  gedyde.  1  he  sona  geseah 
1  him  fyligde  on  wege ; 

CHAPTER   XI. 

1  ~T\a    he   ge-nealsehte   hierusale/»    "3 
■IS    bethania   to   oliuetes   dune,    he 

sende  his  twegen  leorning-cnihtas. 

2  3  cwseS  to  him.  faraf  to  pam  castele  f  e 
[ongean]  inc  ys  and  gyt  far  sona  gemetaS 
assan  folan  getigedne.  ofer  p aene  nan  man  gyt 
ne  saet.     untigeaS  hine  1  to  me  gelaedaS ; 

3  And  gyf  hwa  to  inc  hwaet  cwyS.  secgaS 
•p  drib  ten  haefS  his  neode.  1  he  hine  sona 
hider  laet. 

4  1  fa  hi  ut-ferdon  hi  gemetton  fone 
folan  ute  on  twycenan  beforan  dura,  ge- 
tigedne.    fa  untigdon  hi  hine 

5  1  sume  f e  far  stodon  f us  ssedon  him ; 
Hwaet  do  gyt  fone  folan  untigende. 

6  fa  cwsedon  hi ;  Swa  se  hselend  unc 
bead  3  hi  leton  hi  fa ; 

7  Da  laeddon  hi  fone  folan  to  fa/ra  hael- 
ende  3  hi  hyra  reaf  on  a-ledon  1  he  on 
saet; 


Various  Readings. 

50.  A.  hys  reaf  awearp ;  B.  his  reaf  awearp.  52.  A. 
fylgde. 

Cap.  xi.  I.  A.  olifetes.  2.  A.  B.  castelle.  A.  ongean ; 
B.  ongen ;  which  the  Corpus  MS.  omits  B.  getiggedne. 
A.  bone.  4.  A.  hyg.  A.  hig.  B.  twycinan.  A.  hig.  6. 
A.  B.  big.  A.  hig.  A.  B.  hig.  7.  A.  hig  (twice)}  B.  hig 
(once).     A.  heora. 


50  he  fa  his  reaf  awarp.  3  forS  raesde. 
"}  to  him  com. 

51  Da  cWaeS  se  haelend.  hwsst  wilt  fu 
faet  ic  f e  do.  fa  cwarS  he.  lareow.  -p  ic 
ge-seo. 

52  fa  cwaeS  se  haelend  to  him.  Ga;  fin 
ge-leafe.  fe  halne  ge-dyde.  1  he  sona  ge- 
seah.    3  hym  felgde  on  weige. 


"P 


CHAPTER    XI. 

a     he     ge-nehlahte     ierusalem    1 
bethania   to   oliuete   dune.      he 
sende  his  twegen  leorning-cnihtes. 

2  1  cw.  to  heom.  FareS  to  fam  castele 
fe  on-gean  inc  ys  1  gyt  faar  sone  ge-meteS 
assen  fole  ge-teidne;  ofer  fane  nan  man 
geot  ne  saet.   unteigeft  hine  1  to  me  ge-laedeS. 

3  And  gyf  hwa  to  ginc  aht  cweS;  segge<5 
•p  drib  ten  haefd  his  neode.  1  hyo  hine  sona 
hider  laet. 

4  1  fa  hyo  ut  ferden  hyo  ge-metten  fanne 
fole  ut  on  twi-cinan  be-foran  dure  ge-teigdne. 
fa  unteigden  hyo  hine. 

5  1  sume  f  e  f  aer  stoden  f  us  saigden  heom. 
Hwat  do  gyt  fan  folen  unteygende. 

6  fa  cwaeSen  hyo  swa  se  hajlend  unc 
bead.     1  hyo  leten  hyo  fa. 

7  Da  laedden  hyo  fanne  folan  to  fam 
haelende.  3  hyo  heora  reaf  on  aleigden.  ] 
he  on  saet. 


Various  Readings. 

80.  awearp.      51.  halend.     52.  halend;  fyligde. 

Cap.  xi.  1.  ge-neahlacte ;  dune.  2.  FaraS;  bar  sona 
ge-metaS  assan  folan  getygedne;  bsene;  geat;  saet;  ut- 
tyge<5  (sic).  3.  inc  hwaet  cvvyS;  haeffc.  4.  ferdon;  ge- 
metton bone  folan ;  hefora  dora  getegdne ;  un-tygdon.  5. 
stodon ;  seegdon ;  bone  folan  untygende.  .  6.  cwseden  ; 
halend ;  hi  [for  second  hyo].  7.  laeddon;  bonne;  halende; 
alegdon ;  set. 


87 


seSe  forewoearp  i  miSSy  gewearp        w6edo  his    geswigde    cuom     to     him 

50   qui  proiecto  uestimento    suo   exiliens    uenk   ad    euw 


3       onduearde 
51  et  respondens 


se  heelend     cuoeS     him     hueed     wilt  Su     Se 
iesws         dixit     illi      quid        uis       tibi 


■p  ic  gedoe     se  hlinde     uutedlice     cuoeS    him     laruu  god     f  te 
faciam        caecus       autem       dixit     ei       rabboni      ut 


ic  gesii  -t  maege   sea 
uideam. 


se  heelewd  uutedlice  cuoeS  him     gaa    geleafo   Sin    Sec        hal        dyde     3  sona_ 

52      iesws        autera      ait     illi   uade    fides    tuo    te    saluum   fecit   et   confestim 


gesaeh    3  fylgde        hine     in    woeg 

uidit   et    sequebatur   eum    in   uiam. 


CAP.  XI. 


3     miSSy       to-geneolecdon       to  hierusalem     3  to         mor        oelebeama     sende    tuoege    of 

1  *Et    cum    adpropinquarent   lrirosolymae   et  bethanise   ad   montem   olluarum    mittit    duos    ex  •  xxxv. 

lu.  ccxxxii. 


Segnum         his 
discipulis    suis. 


3    cuoeS    Seem    gaa?    in  burig  f         is    fora  ongeaegn     iuh      3        sona    mt-  ccu'- 

2    et    ait      illis     ite    in    castellum    quod    est         contra        uos    et    statim 


in-eodon-tin-geongas      -p      in  gie  onfindes    -J5  fola     gebunden   ofer -ton    Sene     ne  eenig      get  monna 

introeuntes         illud     inuenietis     pullum   ligatum     super     quern     nemo     athuc   hominum    sedit 


un-bindes    Sene      3      to-lsedes 
soluite    ilium    et   adducite. 


3     gif     hua        iuh       cuoeSas    hueed  doaS  gie  cuoeSas    -JSte      drihtne 
3    et    si    quis    nobis     dixerit     quid    facitis     dicite    quia   domino 


behoflic  t  ned-Sarf    is      3  sona  hine       forleetes     hider 

necessarius       est   et   continuo    ilium    dimittet    hue. 


3        foerdon         on-fundon  fola 

4   *Et    abeuntes    inuenerunt    pullum  •  1 18.  ii. 


gebunden  eer  4"  befora  Son  dor     uta     eet  woegena  geletUOT  3    un-blnde  hia     hine 
ligatum       ante       ianuam    foris   in  biuio  et      soluunt       eum. 


3        sume      of     Ser 
5    et   quidam  de   illic 


lu.  cexxxiii. 
int.  ccuiii. 


stondendum    cuoedon      him    hused  doaS  gie  un-bindas    Sone  fola 
stantibus    dicebant    illis    quid    facitis    soluentes    pullum. 


Sa  Se     cuoeden     him     suae      gehaten 
6   qui    dixerunt   eis   sicut    praece- 


haefde    him    se  hxlend    3       forleorton      him 
perat   illis      iesus      et   dimiserunt   eis. 


3        leeddon        f  fola      to  Stem  hselende  3     on-setton    him 
7  et  duxerunt   pullum   ad       iesura      et  inponunt  illi 


gegerelo       his      3      saett    ofer  4*  on  hine  -r  Bene 
uestimenta  sua   et   sedit     super         eum. 


50.  se  Se  forworpe  gi-\vedo  his  giswigende  com  to  him  51.  3  ondsworade  him  Se  h&lend  cwseS  hwaet  wylttu 
f  ic  Se  gidoe  Se  blinda  wutudlice  cwaeS  him  larow  good  f  te  ic  gi-sie  52.  Se  haelend  wutudlice  cweeS  to  him 
gaa  gileafa  Sin  Sec  halne  gidoes  3  sona  gisach  3  fyligde  him  on  woeg 

Cap.  XI.  1.  3  miSSy  to-gineolicadun  hierusalem  3  bethania  to  more  oele-beomes  sende  twoege  of  Segnum  his 
2.  3  cwaeS  Seem  gaa  in  caestre  fte  on-gaegn  iow  iow  (sic)  3  sona  ingongas  Seet  ge  onfindes  Sone  fola  gibundenne 
ofer   Sone  gett  neenig  monn  giseett  un-bindas  Sone  3   to-gi-leedas  3.  3   gif  hwelc  iow  bi-cweSes  hweet  doaS   ge 

cweoSas  Ssette  drihtne  bihoefe  4"  ned-Sarf  is  3  sona  hine  forletas  hider  4.  3  foerdun  onfundun  fola  gibundenne 
bifora  Seen  dore  ute  set  woega  giletuw  3  unbundun  hine  5.   3   sume  of  Seer   stondendum  cwedun   him  hweet 

doas  ge  unbindas  Sone  fola  6.  SaSe  cwedun  him  swa  gihaten  haefde  hia  Se  heelerad  3  forleortun  hine  7.  3 
leeddun  Sone  fola  to  Sam  hselende  3  onsettun  hine  gi-gerlu  his  3  seet  ofer  him 


88 


mam  in  tern 
plum.  A. 


8  Manega  hyra  reaf  on  pone  weg  streht- 
on.  sume  pa  boceras  of  pam  treowuw-  heow- 
on  1  streowodon  on  pone  weg. 

9  3  pa  $e  beforan  eodon  3  pa  Se  sefaer 
folgodon  cwaedon  pus  osanna  sy  gebletsod 
se  be  com  on  drihtnes  naman ; 

10  Si  gebletsod  f  rice  pe  com  ures  fseder 
dauides  osanna  on  heahnessuw ; 

pissceaion         j\   And  ne  eo(je  j,a  on  hierosolima  tempi 

pone  feorgan  *  ' 

frige-deg  ofer  J  ealle  bins:  he  be-sceawode  :  pa  asfen  tima 

pentecosten.  jo  > 

Cum  introis?et  waes  he  ferde  to  bethaniam  mid  his  twelf 

\esu9,  nierosoli- 

leorning-cnihtu/w ; 

12  And  obru?w  daege  pa  hi  ferdon  frawi 
bethania  hine  hingrode ; 

13  Da  he  feorran  geseah  an  fic-treow  be 
leaf  haefde  he  com  ")  sohte  hwaeper  he  par  on 
aht  funde  ba  he  hiw  to  com  ne  funde  he  bar 
buton  leaf  ane;  SoSlice  hit  waes  baes  fic- 
treowes  tima ; 

14  pa  cw  he.  heonon  forS  on  ecnesse 
ne  ete  aenig  mann  waestm  of  be.  1  his  leorn- 
ing-cnihtas  bait  gehyrdon ; 

15  T%a  comon  hi  eft  to  hierusale/w  3  ba 
J      he  on  ■p  tempi  eode  he  ongann 

drifan  of  pam  temple  syllende  1  bicgende.  ] 
mynetera  procu.  1  heah-setlu  pe  pa  culfran 
cypton  he  to  brae. 

16  1  he  ne  gepafode  ~p  amig  man  aenig  fast 
Surh  ~p  tempi  baere 

17  3  he  pa  laerende  Sus  cw  to  him;  Nis 
hit  awriten  -p  min  hus  fraw?  eallum  peodum 
biS  ge-nemned  gebed-hus.  soSlice  ge  dydon 
"p  to  sceaftena  scrasfe ; 

Various  Readings. 
8.  A.  heora.  A.  B.  boceras  [as  in  the  text].  B.  heowun. 
A.  streowedon;  B.  strewodon.  9.  A.  folgedon.  A.  sig. 
10.  A.  Sig.  A.  heannyssum.  11.  A.  tempel.  12.  A.  B. 
hig.  13.  A.  Saer  (2nd  time).  14.  A.  heonen.  A.  man. 
15.  Space  for  rubric  in  A.  B.  A.  ANd  pa.  A.  B.  hig. 
A.  tempel.  A.  ongan.  B.  mynetra.  B.  ciptun.  16.  A. 
pur.    A.  tempel. 


8  Manega  heore  reaf  on  pane  weig  streht- 
en.  sume  pa  boges  of  pam  trewen  heowan. 
1  streoweden  on  panne  weig. 

9  3  pa  pe  be-foren  eoden  1  j?a  pe  sefier 
folgeden  cwae^en  pus.  osanna;  syo  ge-bletsed 
se  pe  com  on  drihtenes  name. 

10  sy  bletsed  paet  rice  pe  com  ures  fseder 
dauiSes  osanna  on  hehnyssen. 

11  "i  he  eode  pa  on  ierosolima  temple.  ") 
ealle  ping  he  be-sceawede.  Da  afen  time  wses 
he  ferde  to  bethania  mid  his  twelf  leorning- 
cnihten. 

12  And  opren  daige  pa  hyo  ferden  fram 
bethanie  him  hingrede. 

13  Da  he  ferren  ge-seah  an  fic-treow  be 
leaf  hsefde.  he  com  3  sohte  hwaeSer  he  baer 
on  aht  funde.  pa  he  him  to  com;  ne  funde 
he  pasr  buton  leaf  ane.  Sodlice  hit  waes  pas 
fic-treowes  time. 

14  Da  cwseS  he.  heonen  forS  on  ecnysse 
ne  aete  anig  man  waestme  of  pe.  3  his  leorn- 
ing-cnihtes  -p  ge-hyrden. 

15  T^a  comen  hyo  eft  to   ierusalem  1 
*-J  pa  he   on   -p  tempel   eode.     he 

gan  drifen  of  pam  tempel  syllende  3  byg- 
gende.  1  munetera  procu.  1  heah-setle.  pe 
pa  culfran  cheptan  he  to-braec. 

16  ]  he  ne  ge-pafode  -p  anig  man  anig  fet 
purh  pa  tempel  baere 

17  "i  he  pa  laerende  pus  cwseS  to  heom. 
Nis  his  awriten  ■p  min  hus  fram  eallen 
peoden  beoS  ge-nemned  bed  hus.  soSlice 
ge  dyden  -p  to  seapene  scerefe. 


Various  Readings. 

8.  heora  ref ;  pone ;  strehton ;  boceras  (altered  to  bogas) : 
treowvm ;  strewodon ;  pone.  9.  beforan  ;  folgodon  ;  ge- 
bletsod ;  drihtnes  naman.  10.  Si  ge-bletsod ;  dauides. 
11.  tempi;  be-sceawode;  aefen  tima;  bethaniam;  leorning- 
cnihtuwi.  12.  ^End  ofcrum  daege;  ferdon;  bethania  hine. 
13.  feorran;  hweSer;  tima.  14.  heonon;  ete  esnig  mann 
woestm  ;  leorning-cnihtas;  gehyrdon.  15.  coman  ;  tempi ; 
temple;  bicgende;  mynetra  procu;  heah-setlu;  ceptan. 
16.  aenig  (2nd  time);  paet  tempel.  17.  lerende;  eallum 
peodum  biS ;  sofclic ;  scapena  senrfe. 


89 

menigo  uutedlice       woedo         his  legdon  i  brsedon  on  uoeg  oSero  xmtedlice  Sa  twiggo-r'Sa  telgo   gebugun-I' 
8  multi     autem    uestimenta  sua     strauerunt      in   uia     alii     autem  frondes  caede- 

rendon    of  Ssem  trewum    3  tredon  on   Seem  woeg  3  .Sa  Se  fore  eodon       3     Sa  Se        fylgdon 

bant    de     arboribws    et    sternebant    in       uia.  9*  Et    qui    praeibant    et    qui    sequebantur 

cliopadun    cuoeSende  la  hsel  WMsig  se  gebloedsad  se  Se   cuom    in      noma      drihtnes  sie  gebloedsad     -)Ste 

clamabant   dicentes      osanna        benedictus     qui    uenit   in  nomine   domini.         10  benedictum  quod 


*  119.  i. 
lu.  ccxxxiiii. 
io.  c. 
mt.  ccuiiii. 


cuom         ric         fadores     uses    dauides   la  hsel  usic    in    heanissum 
uenit  regnum   patris   nostri   dauid       6sanna     in    excelsis. 


3      inn-eode         hierusalem        in 
11*  Et   introiuit     hierosolima     in 


temple        3    miSSy  ymsceawde       allum        miSSy     gee         efrn  wses        tid     gefoerde    on      bethara'a      mi? 

templum    et     circumspectis    omnibws     cum     iam    uespere    esset    hora    exiuit    in  bethaniam  cum 


•  XXXVI. 

120.  ui. 
mt.  ccxiiii. 


tuoelfuw  3     oSer  dseg  miS  Sy    foerdon   from     bethama    gewyncerde 

duodecim.  12   et   alia   die     cum     exirent     a"     bethania      esuriit. 


3  miS  Sy     gesseh 
13   cumqtte   uidisset 


fearra     f  fie-beam    haebbende      leafo     cuom     gif    huaet  eaSa-t  woenunga    gemitte     in  Seer-ron  Ssem    3     miS  Sy 
a   longe     ficum     habentem    folia    uenit    si    quid  forte  inueniret  in    ea  et     cum 

gemitte  i  gecuome   to    Seer  ilea     noht      infand         buta       leafo      ne    forSon   wses        tid     Sara  flc-beama  3 

uenisset         ad      earn      nihil   inuenit   praeter  folia   non   enim  erat  tempus     ficorum.  14  et 

onduearde      cuoeS   him  xmXedlice    ne  i  no        leng         in         ecnise        senig  monn      waestm    from    Se         eteS 
respondens   dixit     ei       iam  non     amplius    in    aeternum    quisquam    fructum    ex    t6   manducet 

3      geherdon        Segnas        his  3    cuomon  to       hierusaton         3    miSSy     infoerde       -f  tempel    ongann 

et   audiebant   discipuli   eius.  15*  Et    ueniunt    hierosolima?w   et  cum   introisset  templum  coepit 

fordrifa  Sa  bebycendof  3    Sa  byegendo    in     temple      3       beado  Sara  mynetro         3         seatlas         bebyegendra 

eicere    uendentes    et     ementes      in   templo   et  mensas    nummulariorum   et   cathedras    uendentium 

Sa  culfras     of-cerde  -f  ut  draf  3       ne       gelefde     -fte  senig  oferferede       faet    Serb,      f  tempel 

columbas  euertit.  16   et    non    sinebat    ut     quisqua?ra    trans-ferret    u&s    per    templum. 

3        lserde      cuoeSende    him     ah  ne       auritten       is       fte         hus         min         hus  gebedd         geceiged 

17  et  docebat      dicens      eis    nonne   scribtum    est    quia    domus    mea    domus    orationis    uocabitur 

allum         cynnum      gie    witedlice    ge-worhton-tdydon    hia  X  Sa  ilea        cofa  Seafana 

omnibws  gentibws  uos    autem  fecistis  earn        speluncam   latronum. 


•  121.  i. 

lu.  cexxxuiii. 

io.  xxi. 

mt.  ccxi. 

+  i.ceapemenn. 


8.  Sio  niengu  wutudlice  giwedo  hiora  braeddun  t  legdun  on  woeg  oSre  Sonne  Sa  twigu  gibegdun  k  rendun  Sa 
telge  of  Saem  treum  3  stredun  on  Sone  woeg  9.  3  Sa  Se  fore  eodun  3  Sa  Se  fyligdun  cliopadun  cweSende 
la  heel  vsih  10.  se   gibletsad  seSe  com   in  noma  drihtnes  sie  gibletsad   ■)>   com  in  rice  fador  uses  dauiSes  la 

hael  usih  in  heonissum  11.  3   ineode  hierusalem  in  temple  3   miSSy  ymb-sceowade   all   miSSy    ge   efern  wses 

. .  gifoerde  in  bethania  miS  twelfum  12.  3   oSre  daege  miSSy  foerdun  from   betha  gihyncrede  13.  3  miSSy 

gi-saeh  feorra  Son  fic-beom  hoebbende  leof  com  gif  ge  hwset  eaSa  gimitte  in  Saem  3  miSSy  comun  to  Seem  nowiht 
infand    butun   leofum  ne  forSon  wses  tid    Sara   fic-beoma  14.  3   ond-sworade   cwseS  him  wutudh'ce  no  leng  in 

ecnisse  senig  mon  from  Se  wsestem  eteS  3  gi-herdun  Segnas  his  15.  3  comon  to  hierusalem  3  mySSy  in-foerdun 
Sone  tempel  ongan  fordrifa  Sa  bibyecende  3  Sa  bibycende  (iic)  in  temple  3  beodo  Sara  mynetera  3  seotlas  bibyc- 
cendra  Sa  culufra  ofcerde  -i  fordraf  16.  3   ne  gi-lefde  -jste  senig  oferfaerende-rfserende  were  faet  Serh  Sset  tempel 

17.  3  lserde  cweSende  him  ah  ne  awriten  is  -JSte  hus  min  hus  gibedes  gi-ceged  biS  allum  cynnum  ge  wutodlice 
giworhtun  Sa  i  hiae  cofa  i  hydels  Seafana 

M 


90 


18  Da  paera  sacerda  ealdras  3  pa  boceras 
Sis  ge-hyrdon.  hi  pohton  hu  hi  hine  for- 
spildon.  peh  hi  him  adredon  hine.  forSawa 
eall  seo  menigu  wundrode  be  his  lare ; 

19  And  pa  hit  aefen  waes  he  eode  of  paere 
ceastre ; 

20  On  merigen  pa  hi  ferdon.  hi  ge- 
sawon  -p  fic-treow  for-scruncen  of  p am  wyrt- 
ruman ; 

21  pa  cwaeS  petrus.  lareow.  loca  hu  for- 
scranc  -p  fic-treow  pe  Su  wyrigdest ; 

22  Da  cwaeS  se  haelend  him  and-swari- 
gende.     habbaS  godes  truwan. 

23  ic  secge  eow  to  soSe.  swa  hwylc  swa 
cwyp  to  Sisuw  munte.  si  pu  afyrred  1  on 
see  aworpen.  1  on  his  heortan  ne  twyuaS 
ac  gelyfS  swa  hwaet  swa  he  cwyS  gewurSe 
pis.  -p  gewyrS; 

24  Forpam  ic  eow  secge  swa  hwaet  swa  ge 
gyrnende  biddaS  gelyfaS  ~p  ge  hit  onfoS. 
"}  hit  eow  be-cymS ; 

25  And  ponne  ge  standaS  eow  to  ge- 
biddenne.  forgifap  gif  ge  hwaet  agen  aenig- 
ne  habbaS.  ~p  eow  eower  synna  forgyfe 
eower  heofonlica  faeder  se  Se  on  heofonum 
ys; 

26  Gif  ge  ne  forgyfaS  ne  eow.  eower 
synna  ne  forgyfS  eower  heofonlica  faeder ; 

27  "T^a  com  he  eft  to  hierusalewa.     J  pa 
JL/  he  on  pam  temple  eode  him  to 

genealaehton  pa  heah-sacerdos  D   boceras  1 
ealdras 


Various  Readings. 

18.  A.  B.  hig.  A.  hig  (ttvice).  A.  hyne  hym  ondredon. 
A.  maenigeo.  20.  A.  B.  mergen.  A.  B.  hig.  A.  hig.  B. 
wurtruman.  21.  B.  wyrgdyst.  23.  A.  )>ys.  A.  sig.  A. 
tweonaS.  A.  ge-weorSe.  25.  A.  ge-hyddanne.  A.  heofen- 
lica.  A.  heofenum.  26.  A.  fsBder  J>e  on  heofenum  ys. 
27.  A.  heah-sacerdas. 


18  Da  pare  sacerde  ealdres  1  pa  boceres 
pis  ge-hyrden.  hyo  pohten  hu  hyo  hine  for- 
spilden.  peah  hyo  heom  on-draedden  hine.  for 
pan  eall  syo  manigeo  wundrede  be  his  laere. 

19  3  pa  hit  aefen  waes  he  eode  of  pare 
ceastre. 

20  On  morgen  pa  hyo  ferden.  hyo  ge- 
seagen  ■p  fic-treow  for-scruncen  of  pam  wert- 
rumen. 

21  Da  cw.  petrus.  Lareow.  loca  hu  for- 
scranc  -p  fic-treo  pe  pu  wergedest. 

22  pa  cwaeS  se  haelend  him  andsweriende. 
haebbed  godes  truwan 

23  ic  segge  eow  to  soSe.  swa  hwilc  swa 
cwaeS  to  pise  munte.  syo  pu  aferred  ]  on 
sae  aworpen.  1  on  his  heorte  ne  tweoneS  ac 
ge-lyfS  swa  hwaet  swa  he  cweS  ge-wurSe 
pis.     hit  ge-wurS. 

24  for  pan  ic  eow  segge  swa  hwaet  swa  ge 
gyrnende  bydSed  ge-lyfaS  ■p  ge  hit  on-foS 
D  hit  eow  be-cymS. 

25  And  parane  ge  standed  eow  to  ge- 
byddenne.  for-gyfeS  gyf  ge  hwaet  agen 
anigene  haebbeS.  paet  eow  eower  senne  for- 
gieue.  eower  hefenlice  faeder  se  pe  on  heofene 
ys. 

26  Gyf  ge  panne  ne  for-gyfeS.  ne  eow  eower 
senne  ne  for-gyfS  ower  heofenlice  faeder. 

27  "I^A  com  he  eft  to  Ierusalem.    1  pa 
jr     he  on  pam  temple  eode  him  to 

ge-neahlaeten  pa  heah-sacerdes.     Z  boceres  "i 
ealdres. 


Various  Readings. 

18.  sacerda  ealdras;  boceras;  ge-hyrdun;  Jiohton;  for- 
spildon.  J;eh;  adreddon;  )>am;  menegeo  wundrode;  lare. 
19.  afen.  20.  ferdon;  gesawen ;  wurt-trumaw.  21.  for- 
scran(n'c);  wyrgdyst.  22.  halend;  andswariende.  hab- 
bad.  23.  cwy*  ;  sy;  afyrred;  heortan;  twineS;  cwyfc. 
24.  \>om  ;  byddaJS.  25.  ./End  ]>onne ;  standeB ;  ge-byddane ; 
habbaS;  synna  forgyfe;  heofonlice;  heofonan.  26.  )>onne; 
for-gyfaS;  eowra  synna;  eower  hefonlica.  27.  ge-neah- 
tehton;  heah-sacerdas;  boceras;  ealdras. 


91 

miSSy    ofSon  wses  gehered   fcaem  aldormonuw       sacerda  3      uSuuto  sohton  huu  hine 

IS*  Quo  audito  principes        sacerdotum     et     scribaa     quaerebant    quoiuodo    eum  *  132-  '• 

lu.  ccxxxuiiii. 
io.  Ixxxu. 

hia  acuoella  msehton   ondreardon    forSon     hine  fte  all  Sreat    wses  gewundrad  k  gewundrada    ofer    mt- ccxx- 

perderent  timebant     enim     eum    quoniam    uniuersa    turba  admirabatur  super 


lar  his 

doctrina   eius. 


3    miSSy       efrn      aworden  were        from-foerde       of     ceastre 
19*  Et    cum    uespera    facta    esset    egrediebatur    de    ciuitate. 


3   miSSy 
20.  et  cum  "  123.  x. 


arlice     ofer  foerdon    gesegon     f  fic-beam    druige      aworden   of   wyrtrumum 
mane    transirent    uiderunt      ficum      aridam    factam    a     radicibws. 


3  eft-rayndig  waes   peter 
21    et     recordatus     petrus 


euoeS  him  la  laruu   heono  flc-beam  Ssem  Su  vfle  cuoede  gedrugade 
dicit     ei      rabbi     ecce     ficus     cui     maledixisti      aruit. 


3     ge-onduearde  se  hselend  cuoeS  Ssem 

22*  Et   respondens      iesua       ait     illis  *  ,24- ni- 
x  mt.  ccxu. 


habbaS  gie    gleafo    godes 
habete      tidem     dei. 


soSlice    ic  cuoeS    iuh         -jste      suaha  seSe     cuoeSas  Sissum     more    genioma 
23   amen       dico     uobis    quia    quicumqwe    dixerit    huic    monti    tollere 


3       senda     on      sae      3      ne  tuaes-tne  getuiga  in     his  hearte      ah      gif  gelefe    forSon     sua  hwset        cuoeSas 
et  mittere   in  mare   et  non     haesitauerit     in   corde   suo   sed   crediderit   quia  quodcumqwe   dixerit 


sie  biS  him  gesald  forSon     ic  cuoeSo    iuh        alle      sua  huset  gie  gebiddas  i  biddende  ge  giuaS  gelefes  ge 

fiat       fiet  ei.         24*  Propterea     dico     uobis  omnia  quaecumque  orantes  petitis     credite    *  125-  »"• 

io.  el. 

mt.  ccxui. 
3    miSSy  gie  biSon  stondende   to  gebiddanne   forletas -r  forgeafas 
25*  Et  cum  stabitis  ad   oranduwi         dimittite        "  12fi- ui- 

mt.  xliiii. 


•)5te      gie  onfoe     3   becymeS     iuh 
quia   accipietis   et  ueniet   uobis. 


gif    huaet  gie  habbaS       wis        huelc  huone  oSer  -J5te  3-taec  faeder      iuer  seSe  in   heofnum    is     forgefasS      iuh 

si    quid     habetis    aduersus         aliquem         ut     et     pater  uester  qui  in     cselis    est  dimittat  uobis 

synna       iuerra  Saeh  se  iuh-r-p  gif   gie      nallaS  forgeafa         ne  feeder       iuer      seSe   in   heofnum     is 

peccata  uestra.  26        quod  si  uos  non   dimiseritis    nee  pater    uester    qui  in     caelis     est 


forgefes        iuh         synna         iuero 
dimittet  uobis   peccata    uestra. 


3      cuomon   eftersona     to  hierHsalem      3    miSSy      ge-eode        in 
27*  Et    ueniunt    rursus    hierosolimam   et    cum    ambularet    in  •  XXXVII. 

12/.  ii. 
lu.  ccxl. 
temple    geneolecdon    to     him  heh-sacerdas  3     uwSuuto    3    Sa  seldesto  mt.  cexuii. 

tewiplo    accedunt     ad  eum   summi  sacerdotes   et   scribae   et   seniores. 


18.  miSSy  wses  gihered  Ssem  aldormonnum  sacerda  3  uS-wutum  sohtun  hu  hise  hine  gicwellan  majhtun  ondreor- 
dun  forSon  hine  forSon  all  Sreat  wses   giwundrad  ofer  lare   his  19.  3  miSSy  efern   giworden  wses  from  foerde 

of  csestre  20.  3   miSSy  arlice  ofer-foerdun  gisegun  Sone  flc-beom   dryge   aworden  of  wyrtrumum  21  3  eft 

gimyndig  waes  petrus  cwseS  him  la  larow  heono   Ses    flcbeom   Ssem    Su    cwede    gidrugade  22.  3    giondworde 

Se  hselerad  cwseS   Ssem  habbas  gileofa  godes  23.  soS  ic  cweSo  iow  f  te  swa  hwa  cweSes  Sissum  more  ginioma 

3   sende  in   sae  3  ne  twias-rne   twioge    in  heorte   his  ah   gif  gilefeS    forSon   swa   hwaet    swa  he  cweoSas  sie  said 
him  24.  forSon  ic  cweoSo  iow  all   swa  hwaet  swa   gebiddas -t  giowigas   gilefas    ge    Saette   ge  onfoe  3   bicymeS 

iowih  25.  3   miSSy   ge  bioSun  stondende  to   gibiddanne  forletas -r  forgeofas  gif  hwa  haebbe  wis   hwelc   hwoegu 

oSer  Sing  fte  3  faeder  iower  se  on  heofnum  is  for-gefeS   iow    synne   iowre  26   SahSe    gif  iowih    ne    wallas 

forgeofa  ne  faeder  iower  se  Se  on  heofnum  is  for-gefes  iow  synne  iowre  27.  3  comun  efter  sona  in  hierosa- 

\em  3  miSSy  gieode  in  tempel  gineolicadun  to  him  heh-sacerdas  3  uS-wutu  3  Sa  aeldru 


M2 


92 


28  3  pus  cwaedon  ;  On  hwylcuwa  anwealde 
dest  pu  Sas  ping.  1  hwa  sealde  pe  Sisne 
anweald  f  pu  Sis  do  ; 

29  pa  cwaeS  se  haelend  D  ic  ahsige  eow 
anre  spraece  JswariaS  me.  1  ic  secge  eow 
ponne  on  hwylcum  anwealde  ic  pis  do ; 

30  HweSer  waes  iohannes  fulluht  pe  of 
heofone.     pe  of  mannu/w  3swariaS  me; 

31  Da  pohton  hi  J  cwaedon  betweox  him. 
gif  we  secga<S  of  heofone.  he  seg'S  us  hwi 
ne  ge-lyfde  ge  him. 

32  gif  we  secgaS  of  mannuwi.  we  on- 
draedap  pis  folc.  ealle  hi  haefdon  iohannew? 
•p  he  waere  soSlice  witega ; 

33  pa  Dswaredon  hi  pam  haelende  3  cwae- 
don we  nyton  ;  Da  cwaeft  se  haelend.  ne  ic 
eow  ne  secge  on  hwylcu/ra  anwealde  ic  pas 
p ing  do ; 

CHAPTER  XII. 

1  I  \a  ongan  he  hi»ra  big-spell  reccan. 
-L'  sum  mann  hi»?  plantode  wingeard 

"}  be-tynde  hine.  3  dealf  anne  seaS  "J  getim- 
brode  aenne  stypel  1  gesette  hine  mid  eorS- 
tilium.     1  ferde  on  elpeodignysse ; 

2  pa  sende  he  to  pam  tiliguJW  his  peow 
on  tide  -f  he  paes  wingeardes  waestm  onfenge ; 

3  Da  swungon  hi  paene.  1  forleton  hine 
idel-hende ; 

4  And  eft  he  hi»*  sende  oSerne  peow. 
]  hi  pone  on  heafde  gewundodon  1  mid 
teonum  geswencton ; 


Various  Headings. 

29.  A.  acsige.  B.  andwealde.  30.  B.  Hwseper.  31. 
A.  B.  hig.  A.  heom.  A.  heofenum.  A.  hwig.  B.  omits 
ge.    32.  A.  hig.    B.  sefdon.      33.  A.  hig.    B.  pincg. 

Cap.  xii.  1.  B.  bigspel.  A.  man.  A.  getymbrede.  B. 
C.  anne  [for  senne].  A.  selfceodignysse.  2.  A.  tilium. 
3.  A.  hig  pone.  4.  A.  hig.  A.  gewundedon.  A.  ge- 
swenctun. 


28  3  pus  cwaeSen.  On  hwilcen  anwealde 
dest  pu  pas  ping.  3  hwa  sealde  pe  pisne 
anweald  f  pu  pis  do. 

29  pa  cwaeS  se  haelend.  !l  ic  axie  eow 
anre  spraece  andsweriaS  me.  ")  ic  segge  eow 
panne  on  hwilcen  an-wealde  ic  pis  do. 

30  HwaeSer  waes  iohannes  fulluht  pe  of 
heofene  pe  of  mannen  andsweried  me. 

31  Da  pohten  hyo  3  cwaeSen  be-tweoxe 
heom.  gyf  we  seggeS  of  heofene.  he  segS 
us  hwi  ne  ge-lyfde  ge  hym. 

32  gyf  we  seggeS  of  mannen.  we  on- 
draedeS  pis  folc.  ealle  hyo  hafden  Iohannem 
•p  he  waere  soSlice  witege. 

33  Da  andswereden  hyo  pam  haelende  1 
cwaeSen.  we  nyten.  pa  cwaeS  se  haelend  ne 
ic  eow  ne  segge  on  hwilcen  anwealde  ic  pas 
ping  do. 

CHAPTER  XII. 

1  T^a  on-gan  he  heom  bispell  seggen.  Homo  quuiam 

\S     o  i  i         L     i  i    plantauit  ui- 

J     oumman  nym  plantede  wingeard.  neam  3  sepem 
1  be-tynde  hine.     1  dealf  aenne  seaS  1  tym- c" 
brede  aenne  stepel.     3  ge-sytte  hine  mid  eor'<S- 
tilian.     3  ferde  on  aeSelSeodinysse. 

2  Da  sende  he  to  pam  tiligen  his  peow  on 
tide.    ~p  he  pas  wingeardes  waestme  on-fenge. 

3  pa  swungen  hyo  pane  7  for-leten  hine 
ydel-hende. 

4  And  eft  he  heom  sende  oSerne  peow. 
3  hyo  pane  on  heafde  ge-wundeden.  3  mid 
teonen  ge-swencten. 


Various  Readings. 

28.  cwaaSon ;  hwylcum.  29.  halend ;  sprace  andswariad ; 
powne ;  hwylcum  andwealde.  30.  heofone ;  mannum  and- 
sweriaS.  31.  pohton;  cwsBSon  be-twox;  seggaS ;  heo- 
fone ;  seg.  32.  seggaS ;  mannum ;  hsefdon ;  ware ; 
witega.      33.  andswerodon  hi ;  cwafcen  ;  nyton ;   hwylcum. 

Cap.  xii.  1.  big-spell  reccan ;  plantode ;  gesette ;  aidel- 
fceodignysse.  2.  tiligan;  waestm.  3.  ponne;  for-leton. 
4.  eom ;  ponne ;  teonum  ge-swencton. 


93 

3     cuoeSaS   him  on   suahuelc       mseht         Sas     Su  does     3      hua      Se     salde    ■JSios-1'  ?Sis        mseht        -J5te 
28  et    dicunt    illi   in      qua      potestate   haec     facis     et   quis  tibi   dedit     banc     potestatem   ut 

8as     Su  doses  se  h&\rnd    xmtedlice     onduearde     cuoeS  himi'Saem     ic  fregna        iuih    sec      ic        anum 

ista     facias.  29     iesus        autem    respondens    ait  illis      interrogabo    uos    et    ego    unum 

worde       3     ondueardas      me       3    ic  cuoeSo     iuh     on   sua  huselcum      mseht        Sas   ic  doe-l'doam  ful- 

uerbum   et  respondete   mihi   et      dico     uobis  in  qua        potestate  haec      faciam.  30  bap- 


uiht        iohannes     of    heofne    wses  oSSe  from       monum         ondueardas       me 
tismum   iohannis   de    caelo    erat    an      ex    hominibws    respondete    mihi. 


cuoeS  him-fsoS    hia 
31  ait  illi 


ge-smeadon    miS  him   cuoeSende    gif  we  cuoeSaS    of  heofne  he  wil   cuoeSa    for  huon  Sonne     ne  gelefeS  gie 

cogitabant    secum     dicentes     si    dixerimus   de   caelo  dicet     nobis      quare     ergo     non  credidistis 

him                     gif  we  cuoeSaS   from      monnum       ondreardon       $  folc           alle       forSon      hsefdon  iohannem 

ei.             32   si    dixerimus    ex    homim'bws    timebant  populum    omnes    enim    habebant  iohannem 


forSon   soS-lice      witgo         wses 
quia     uere    propheta    esset. 


3         ondueardon       cuoeSon  Seem  htelende  neutu  woe    ge-onduearde 
33   et    respondentes     dicunt  iesu         nescimus    respondens 


se  hselend  cuoeS  to  him   ne  sec      ic     cuoeSo     iuh      on  sua  huelcer    mseht        Sas     ic  doam 
iesws       ait       illis     neqwe   ego    dico    uobis  in       qua       potestate   haec  faciam. 


CAP.  XII. 


3    ongann  Ssem -l1  him  on   bispellum    sprecca   wingeard       gesette        monn     3       ymb-3alde         haga       3 
1*  Et   coepit       illis       in  parabolis   loqui    uineam    pastinauit  homo  et  circuaadedit    saspem   et  •  128.  ii 


dalf  seaS       3     getimberde       torr        3   agsef-l'gefaeste    8a    Ssem  lond-bigencgum   3        fearr      gefoerde  t  faarende 

fodit  lacum   et   sedificauit  turrem   et       locauit       earn          agricolis          et  peregre        profectus 

wses  3      sende     to  lond-buendum  on         tid              esne       f  te   from  Ssem  lond-buendum    onfenge       of 

est.  2    et    misit    ad    agricolas     in    tempore    seruum    ut     ab           agricolis         acciperet    de 


lu.  ccxli. 
mt.  ccxuiiii. 


wsestm  Ssere  wingearde 
iructu        uineae. 


SaSe       to-gelahton         Sene    geSurscon    3  forleorton  geonga    idelne  3 

3   qui   adpraehensum   eum  cederunt  et     dimiserunt     uacuum.  4   et 


efter  sona  sende    to     him     oSerne       Srael        3     Sene     on     heafud        gewundadon        3    miS  sceofmum  miclum 
iterum    misit   ad    illos    alium    seruum    et    ilium    in    capite    uulnerauerunt    et  contumeliis 

'gehornadon 
afFecerunt. 


28.  3  cwedun  him  in  hwelce  msehte  Sas  Su  does  3  hwelc  Se  salde  Sas  msehte  -fte  Sas  Su  does  29.  Se 

hselend  soSlice  ond-sworade  cwseS  to  him  ic  gifregno  iowih  3  ic  ane  worde  3  ond-wordas  me  3  ic  cweSo  iow  in 
swa  hwelce  msehte  Sas  doe  ic  30.  fulwiht  iohannes  of  heofne  wses  from  monnum  ond-wordas  me  31.  cwseS 
him  so*  hise  gismeadun  miS  him  cweSende  gif  ge  cweoSas  of  heofne  he  wil  cweaSa  forhwon  Sonne  ne  gi-lefaS 
ge  him  32.  gif  ge  cweoSas  from  monnum  we  ondreordun  Saet  folc  all  forSon  hsefdun  iohannes  forSon  soSlice 

witga  wses  33.   3  ond-worde  3  cwseS  Se   hselend  ne  wutun  ge  ond-worde    Se  hselenrf  cwseS   to  him  ne  ec  ic 

cweSo  iow  in  hwa  hwelcer  maehte  Sas  ic  dom 

Cap.  XII.  1.  3  ongan  Ssem -t  him  in  bispellum  spreaca  win-geord  gisette  monn  3  ymb-salde  seoSe  3  dalf  seaS  3 
gitimbrade  torr  3  Sa  agsef  t  afseste  Sa  Saem  lond-bigengum  3   feor  gifoerde  i  fserende  wses  2.  3   sende  to  Ssem 

lond-bigengum  on  tide  esnes   -)Ste  from  Ssem  lond-buendum  onfenge  of  wsestme  wingeordes  3.  SaSe  to  gineo- 

licadun  him  giSurscun  3  forleortun  idelne  4.  3  efter  sona  sende  to  him  oSerne  esne  3  $one  on  heofud  giwun- 
dadun  3  miS  scomum  miclum  to-giworhtun 


94 


5  And  eft  he  him  sumne  sende  3  hi  faerie 
of-slogon.  1  manega  of  re.  sume  hi  beoton. 
sume  hi  of-slogon ; 

6  pa  haefde  he  fa  gyt  aenne  leofostne 
sunu.  fa  sende  he  aet  nehstan  him  faene 
1  cwaeS;  Witodlice  minne  sunu  hig  for- 
wandiaS ; 

7  Da  cwaedon  fa  tilian  him  he-tweonan; 
Her  is  se  yrfe-numa.  uton  ofslean  hiue. 
p ovine  biS  ure  seo  yrfeweardnes ; 

8  Hi  fa  ofslogon  hine.  1  wurpon  wi$- 
utan  p one  win-geard ; 

9  Hwaet  deS  faes  wingeardes  hlaford.  he 
cymS  1  forded  fa  tiligean.  3  sylS  ofron 
f  one  wingeard ; 

10  Ne  raedde  ge  fis  gewrit.  Se  stan  fe 
fa  wyrhtan  awurpon  fes  ys  geworden  on 
faere  hyrnan  heafod. 

11  fis  ys  ham  drihtne  geworden  "i  hit 
is  wundorlic  on  uron  eagum  ; 

12  pa  smeadon  hi  -p  hi  gefengon  hine 
3  hi  ondredon  fa  menigu.  hi  on-cneowon 
f a  -f  he  fis  bigspell  to  him  saede  hi  ferdon 
fa  1  hine  forleton  ; 


pyssceaion        13    T%a  sendon  hi  to  him  sume  of  pha- 

tecosten .   A. 


paere  xxiiii. 
wucanoferpen- 


riseum  "i  herodianum  •$  hi  be- 
fengon  hine  on  his  worde  ; 
•  14  Da  comon  hi  3  f  us  mid  facne  cwaedon ; 
Lareow.  we  witon  •$  f  u  eart  soSfaest  3  f  u 
ne  recst  be  aenegum  menn.  ne  besceawast 
fu  manna  ansyne.  ac  fu  godes  weg  laerst 
on  soS-faestnysse ;  AlyfS  gaful  to  syllanne 
f  am  casere 

Various  Readings. 
5.  A.  hig  (thrice).    A.  }>one.      6.  B.  anne.    A.  leofestne. 

7.  A.  B.  betwynan.     A.  yrfe-weardnys ;    B.  yrfweardnes. 

8.  A.  hig.  A.  wyn-eard.  9.  A  tylian.  A.  o%rum.  10. 
A.  heafde.  11.  A.  urum.  12.  A.  B.  hig  (twice).  A.  hig. 
A.  msenegu ;   B.  menegu.    A.  hig.    A.  big-spel.    A.  hig. 

13.  A.  soedon  [for  sendon].    A.  hig  (twice).  A.  B.  fariseum. 

14.  A.  B.  C.  hig.    A.  men.    A.  gafol. 


5  iEnd  eft  he  heom  sumne  sende  1  hy 
fane  of-slogen.  3  manege  oSre.  sume  hyo 
beoten.     sume  hyo  of-slogen. 

6  pa  haefde  he  fa  gyt  aenne  leofestne 
sune.  fa  sende  he  aet  fam  nexten  heom 
fane.  1  cwaeS.  Witodlice  mine  sune  hyo 
for-wandigeS. 

7  Da  cwaeSen  fa  tilien.  heom  be-tweon- 
en.  Her  is  se  earfednume  uton  of-slean 
hine.     fanne  beoS  ure  syo  earfweardnys. 

8  Hyo  fa  of-slogen  hine.  1  wurpen  wiS- 
ute  fanne  wingeard. 

9  hwaet  deft  fas  wingeardes  hlaford.  he 
cymS  1  for-deS  fa  tiligen.  "i  syY&  ofren 
fanne  wingeard. 

10  Ne  redde  ge  fis  ge-writ.  Se  stan  fe 
fa  werhten  awurpen  fes  is  ge-wor'Sen  on 
fare  heme  heafed. 

11  fis  is  fram  drihten  ge-worSen.  "i  hyt 
is  wunderlic  on  uren  eagen. 

12  pa  smaegdon  hyo  ~p  hy  ge-fengen  hine. 
1  hyo  on-draedden  fa  manige  hyo  on-cneo- 
wen  pa  •p  he  fis  bispell  be  heom  saigde. 
hyo  ferden  fa  3  hine  for-leten. 

13  TPVa   saenden  hyo   to   him    sume  of 
-L'  fariseum  3  herodianum.     -f  hyo 

be-fengen  hine  on  his  worden. 

14  Da  comen  hyo  3  f  us  mid  facne  cwse^- 
en.  Lareow  we  witen  -p  f  u  ert  sodfsest  1 
f  u  ne  recst  be  anigen  men.  ne  be-sceawest 
fu  manne  ansiene.  ac  fu  godes  weig  laerst. 
on  sodfaestnesse.  AlyfS  gafol  syllen  fan 
caisere 


Various  Headings. 

5.  eom;  hyo  ponne;  manega;  beoton.  6.  nextan; 
)>arane;  for-wandiaS.  7.  cwaedon;  tilian;  be-tweonan;  er- 
fenuma ;  of-slan ;  powne  biS ;  seo  yrfweardnys.  8.  wi8- 
uto  (>onne.  9.  deafc;  tiligan;  oirvm  porane.  10.  wirhtan 
awurpon;  ge- worden;  hyrne  heafod.  11.  ge-worden; 
wundorlic;  urun  eagan.  12.  smeagdon;  hyo  [for  hy] 
gefengon ;  hy  [for  hyo] ;  menega ;  on-cneowan ;  big-spell ; 
sregde;  for-leton.  13.  senden;  befengon;  worde.  14. 
comon;  cwseSon;  eart  soSfsest;  senegum;  be-scewest; 
ansyne ;  soS-fsestnysse  ;  syllan  )>am. 


95 

3    eftersona  oSerne    sende   sec    Sene        ofslogon        3    monigo    oSero        surae  Surscun      oSero     sec 

5   et  rursum   alium   misit   et   ilium   occiderunt  et  plures    alios    quosdam   caedentes   alios   uero 

ofslogon  Saget  forSon -l- sec  enne-tan    haafde        sunu  leofust  3      Sene     sende   to  hia-thim 

occidentes.  6   athuc      ergo         unum    haben3    filium    karissimum  et   ilium   misit     ad   eos 


eet  ende  %  htetmest    cuoeSende    forSon  i  -)5te    hia  gefreeppegedon    sunu        minne 
nouissimum  dicens  quia  reuerebuntur      filium     meum. 


Sa  buendo    uutedlice 
7     coloni       autem 


cuoedon  betuih         Sis       is    erfewaerd     cymes    wutum  we  ofslae   hine      3        usra       biS     Siu  erfe-weardnise 

dixerunt    adinuicem    hie    est     heres     uenite       occidamus       eum    et    nostra    erit        hereditas 


3  gelahton  hine        ofslogon         3       gewurpon  buta    Seem  wingeard 

8   et    apprehendentes    eum    occiderunt    et    eiecerunt  extra       uineam. 

hlaferd    Seere  wingearde  cymeS     3    fordoeS  Sa  lond-buendo  3  seleS   f>  wingeard  oSrum 

Aominus        uineae        ueniet   et   perdet       colonos      et  dabit     uineam     aliis. 


huset    ofSon     doeS 
9   quid    ergo    faciet 

ne  writ 

10  nee  scripturam 


Sius    leornadagie     f>  stan         Sone  for-cuomon  getimbradon      Sis    geworden  wees    on     heafud  huommes 

banc      legistis     lapidem     quern     reprobauerunt     aedificantes     hie     i'actus     est    in     caput    anguli. 

from  drihtne    aworden  wks     Sis       3      is      uundorlic    on       usum  egum  3  sohton  hine 

11   a    domino  factum   est  istud  et   est  mirabile  in   oculis   nostris.  12*  Et   quaerebant   eum  *  129.  i. 

lu.  ccxlii. 
io.  lxxxuiii. 
to  haldanne  3     ondreardon     f  Sreat     ongeton  hine    forSon       forSon       to    him        bispell  Sios    he  gecuoeS   3   mt.  cexx. 

tenere     et  timuerunt   turbam   cognouerunt    enim    quoniam   ad  eos  parabolam   banc     dixerit    et 


miS-8y  forleorton  hine   geeodon 
relicto  eo   abierunt. 


3      sendon      to     him         sume       from       aslaruas       3    herodes  Segnum 
13*  Et  mittuut   ad   eum   quosdam    ex    pharisaeis   et     herodianis     *  XXXVlll. 


■jste   hine   genomo  t  geteldon    in       word 
ut    eum         caperent         in    uerbo. 


SaSe      cuomon      cuoedon    him        laruu        we  uuton     -pte 
14   qui    uenientes    dicunt     ei     magister     scimus     quia 


130.  ii. 
lu.  ccxliii. 
mt.  cexxiii. 


soS-fest  his    3      ne    gemes  Su  senig  ne     forSon    Su  gesiis    on    onsione      monnes       ah     in   soSfaestnise 

uerax     es   et  non     curas     quemquam  nee    enim      uides      in    faciem    hominis    sed   in    ueritate 


woeg     drihtnes    Su  teres    is  gelefed  to  seallane      geafel      Saam  caseri  oSSe    no     we  selleS 
uiam   domim      doces  licet  dari  tributum     caesari       an   non  dabimus. 


5.  3  efter  sona  oSerne  sende  3  ec  Sene  ofslogun  3  monige  oSre  sume  giSurscun  oSre  ec  of-slogun  6.  Sa 

gett  forSon  an  haefde  sunu  leofhe  3   hine  sende   to  him  set  ende  t  tetemest  cweSende   forSo    hte-tge-fraapegadun 
sunu  minne  7.   Sa  byende   wutudlice    cwedun   him    bitwion    Sis    is  erfeword  cymas  wutum  we  of-sla  hine  3 

usra  biS  Sio  erfe-wordnis  8.  3   gilahtun  hine  3  ofslogun  3  giwurpun  butu  Sone  wingeord  9.  hwsBt  of  Son 

dyde-rdoeS  drihten  wingeordes  cymeS  3  fordoes  Sa  lond-buende  3   seleS  Sone  wingeard  oSrum         10.  ne  giwriotu 
Sas  liornadunge  -jSte  stan  Sonne  ofer-comen  gitimbradun  Sis  giworden  wees  on  heofud  hwon  11.  from  drihtae 

aworden  wans  Sis  3   is  wundur-lic  on  egum   usum  12.   3   sohtun  hine  to  haldanne  3   ondreordun    Sone    Sreot 

on-getun  hine  forSon  to  him  bispel    Sas   he  gicwceS  3  miSSy  forleortun   hine  gieodun  13.   3   sendun    to   him 

sume  from   se-larwum  3   herodes  Segnum   fte  hine   ginomun  ♦  giteldun    on    wordum  14.   SaSe   comun  cwedun 

him  larow  we  wutun  Saette  soSfaast  is  3  ne  gemesttu  tenig  of  Son-tSaem  ne  forSon  Su  gisist  on  onsione  monnes 
ah  in  soS-festnisse  woegas  godes  teres  is  gilefed  to  seallanne  gsefel  Saem  casere-tno  we  sellas 


96 


15  hwaeSer  pe  we  ne  syllaS;  pa  cwaeS 
he  3  heora  lot-wrenc-ceaste  wiste.  hwi  fan- 
dige  mm  bringaS  me  pone  pening  ■p  ic  hine 
geseo. 

1 6  pa  brohton  hi  him  pa  saede  he  him ; 
Hwaes  is  peos  anlicnys  3  pis  ge-writ.  hi 
cwaedon.     Saes  caseres ; 

17  Da  cwaeS  se  haelend  to  him.  agyfaS 
pam  casere  pa  Sing  pe  pass  caseres  synd.  1 
gode  pa  Se  godes  synd.  pa  wundrodon  hi 
be  pam ; 

18  T%a  comon  him  to  sad[u]cei  pasecgaS 
X     j>  aerist  ne  sy  1  hine  ahsodon  3 

pus  cwsedon ; 

19  Lareow.  moyses  us  wrat.  gif  hwaes 
broSor  dead  biS  3  laefS  his  wif  3  naefS  nan 
beam,  -p  his  broSor  nime  his  wif  3  his  broSor 
seed  wecce ; 

20  Eornostlice  seofon  gebropru  waeron. 
3  se  aeresta  nam  wif  3  wearS  dead  na  laefedum 
saede; 

2 1  And  fa  nam  se  oSer  hi.  3  wearS  dead, 
ne  se  sled  ne  laefde ;  Gelice  se  pridda 

22  3  ealle  seofon  hi  haefdon  3  seed  ne 
laefdon;  Ealra  aeftemest  pa  forS-ferde  -p 
wif; 

23  On  pant  seriste.  hwylces  para  seofona 
biS  ■p  wif.     hi  ealle  hi  hssfdon  ; 

24  pa  3swarode  him  se  haelend  hu  ne 
dweligaS  ge.  forpam  pe  ge  nyton  pa  halgan 
gewritu  ne  godes  maegen  ; 


Various  Headings. 

15.  B.  hiora.  A.lot-wrencas;  B.  lot-wrenc-ceas.  A.hwig 
fandiafc  ge.  A.  penig.  16.  A.  hig.  A  B.  hig.  17.  B. 
Sincg.  B.  synt  (2nd  time).  A.  B.  wundredon.  A.  hyg. 
18.  A.  to  hym.  A.  syg.  A.  acsedon.  19.  A.  byS  dead. 
A.  broSer  (twice).  20.  A.  seofen  gebroSro.  21.  A.  hig. 
22.  A.  seofen;  B.  seofan.  A.  hyg.  23.  A.  )>aera  seofena. 
A.  hig  (twice).  24.  A.  dweliafc ;  B,  dwelegaS.  B.  ha- 
legan. 


15  hwaeSer  pe  we  ne  syllaS.  pa  cwaeS 
he  3  heora  lotwrences  wyste.  hwi  fandige 
min.  bringeS  me  panne  panig  -p  ich  hine 
ge-seo. 

16  pa  broh ten  hyo  him.  pa  saigde  he 
heom.  hwaet  is  peos  anlycnyss.  3  pis  ge- 
writ.     Hy  cwaeSen  pas  caiseres. 

17  Da  cwaeS  se  ha?lend  to  heom.  AgyfeS 
pam  caisere  pa  ping  pe  pas  caiseres  synde. 
3  gode  pe  godes  synde.  pa  wundredon  hyo 
be  pam. 

18  T%a  comen  hym  to  saducej.    pa  saig- 
J     goS  ■p  aariste  ne  syo.     3  hyo  axo- 

den.     3  pus  cwaeSen. 

19  Lareow  moyses  us  wrat.  Gyf  hwees 
broker  dead  byoS.  3  leafS  his  wif  3  naefS 
nan  beam,  ■p  hys  broker  nyme  his  wif.  3 
his  broker  saed  wecce. 

20  Ecrnestlice  seofe  broSre  waeren  3  se 
areste  pa  nam  wif  3  warS  dead,  ne  laefden 
saede. 

21  pa  nam  se  oSer  hyo  3  warS  dead,  ne 
se  saed  ne  laefde.     Ge-lice  se  SridSe. 

22  3  ealle  seofeue  hyo  hasfden  3  saed  ne 
laefden.  Ealre  eftemesta  pa  forS-ferde  -p 
wif. 

23  On  pam  aeriste  hwilces  pare  seofene 
biS  ■p  wif.     hyo  ealle  hyo  haefden. 

24  pa  andswerede  heom  se  haslend  hu  ne 
dweleged  ge.  for  pan  pe  ge  nyten  pa  halgen 
ge-write  ne  godes  maegen. 


Various  Headings. 

15.  hyora  lotwrencas;  )>onne  penig;  ic.  16.  brohton; 
saegde ;  hwaes ;  anlicnys ;  hyo ;  )>aes.  1 7.  Agyfats ;  synd ; 
Royal  MS.  inserts  \>a  before  2nd  )>e  ;  sint;  jian.  18. 
seggefc;  hine  [for  hyo]  axodon;  cwaeSon.  19.  broSror 
(sic);  bifc;  laffc;  brofcor  (twice).  20.  seofo  broSro  waeron ; 
aeresta;  weariS;  laefdum.  21.  JEnd  [for  J>a];  wer8;  Gi- 
lioe ;  dridde.  22.  seofan;  haefdon;  laefdon.-  Ealra.  23. 
ariste ;  Jiara  seofona ;  haefdon.  24.  halend ;  dwelegeS ; 
(jam;  nyton;  halgan. 


97 

seSe     wiste      geswipernise     hiora    cuoeS    Seem     huaed    mec  gie  costages    brenges      me  _       pening        £te 
15    qui    sciens     uersutiam     eorum     ait     illis     quid    me      temtatis     adterte    mihi    deuanum    ut 


ic  gesn 
uideam. 


him  Sa?s  c&seres 
illi      caesaris. 


soS    liia      to-brohton      3    cuoeS    him     huses      is     gelicnes     Sios      3     in A  on-merca  cuoedpfr '~ 

16    at    illi    attullerunt   et     ait     illis    cuius    est    imago    haec    et      inscribtio  dicijintV ' 

geonduearde    uutedlice  se  hsAend    cuoeS     him      geldas     forSon    Sa  Se     sint  caese^es  -"* 

17   respondens     autem        iesus       dixit    illis   reddite   igitur   quae   sunt  caesaris 


8aem  casere    3     SaSe     aron    godes    gode      3       wundradon        oier      hine 
caesari      et.  quae   sunt     dei      deo    et    miiabautur    super    eu. 


3       cuomon        to      him 
18*  Et   uenerunt    ad    eum  "XXXVlllI. 


8a  Se  cuosefcas  erest  ne       sie     3  frugnun  hine    Sus  cuoSende  la  laruu 

sadducaei   qui    dicunt   resurrectionem   non   esse  et  interrogabant   eum       dicentes.  19  magister 

moses        us         awrat       f     gef  huaelc-r'Benig  broSer        dead      sie -this   3        fo? letes     ^5  wif -l- -(s  hlaf  3     suno     ne 
mose3   nobis   scribsit   ut    si        cuius        irater   mortuus   i'uerit   et   dimiserit     uxorem     et  filios  non 

letes  &  ne  laefes     onfoe       broSer    his         hlaf       Sa?s  ilce    3      eft-awsecce       sed     broeSre   his  seofo 

reliquerit     accipiat   Irater   eius   uxorem    ipsius    et  resuscitet   semen   fratri   suo.  20   septem 

forSon    broSro    woeron    3   se  forSmest  onfeng       -p  wif       3         dead       wses     un-forletne  sed  3 

ergo    iratres   erant   et     primus     accipit   uxorem   et   mortuus   est   non   relicto   semen.  21    et 

Se  aefterra      onfeng    Sa  ilea     3  dead         wees      3        ne       Ses       foHeort    sed  J*  team     3     se  Sirdda       gelic 

secundus     accipit     earn     et     mortuus     est     et     nee     iste     reliquit      semen     et     tertius     similiter. 

3        onfengon      8a  ilea        gelic       Sa  seofona    3     ne  forleorton  t  ne  laefdon  sed -r  team  hiu  hlaetmest      alra 
22    et    acciperunt     earn     similiter     septem    et       non   reliquerunt         semen      nouissima   omnium 


dead       webs     f>  wif 
def'uncta   est   mulier. 


in  erest  forSon     mi8-8y      hea  arisaS       hwses     of   Ssem    bi8    f  wif 

23  iu   resurrectione     ergo       cum    resurrexerint  cuius   de    his    erit  uxor 


seofona     forSon        haefdon       $  ilea        wif 
septem    eniin    habuerunt    earn    uxorem. 


3     geonduearde    se  hselewd  cuoeS   him      ne     forSon 
24   et    respondens       iesus        ait     illis    non    ideo 


ge  duolas   ne  uutogie-rne  cunnoge   ge-wuritto        ne  majht      godes 

erratis  non  scientes  scribturas   neqwe   uirtutem    dei. 


\ 


IS.  se8e  wiste  giswiopornisse  hiora  cwseS  to  him  hwset  mec  gi-costigas  brengas  me  pening  f  te  ic  gisie  cwseS 
to  him  16.  so8  hiaa  gibrohtun  him  3  cwseS  to  him  hwaet  is  8is  gilicnes  8as  3  in-  i  on-merca  cwedun  him  Saes 
caseres  17.   giondworde  wutudh'ce   8e  haelend  cwseS  to   him  geldas  for8on  SaSe   sindun   caseras  8a3m  casere 

3   8aSe   arun   godes   godo   3   wundradun  ofer   hine  18.  3   comun    to    him  . . .  8a8e    cweaSas    SBrist    ne   were   3 

frugnun  hine   Sus  cweSende  19.   la    larow   moyses    us    awrat  gif  hwelc  broSer  deod   sie  3  forletes  Saet  wif  3 

suno   ne    letes   -jste  onfoe    bro8er   his    lafe  Sees  ilea  3   eft  aweccaS   sed   broSer  his  20.   siofune  forSon   broSer 

werun   3  8e  foerS-mesta  on-fer.g   Saet  wif  3   dead  wses   unforletne   sed        21.   3   Se  sefterra  on-feng  Sa  ilea  3  deod 
wses   ne    forleort  Saet    sed   3   Se    Sirda    gilice  22.  3   onfeng    Sa    ilea    gilice    Sa    siofune    3    ne    forleortun -r  ne 

lsefdun   sed  hio  lsete-mest   alra  deod  wees  Saet   wif  23.  in  eriste  forSon   miSSy  arisaS   hwses  of   Seem    bis    f 

wif  siofune   forSon   heefdun  S8Bt  ilce  wif  24.  3  gi-ond-worde  Se  hadlend  cwseS  to  him   ne  forSon   ge  dwoligas 

ne  wutun  ge  giwriotu  ne  maehte-r  maegen  godes 


N 


98 


25  Softlice  bonwe  hi  of  dea'Se  arisab.  ne 
wifiab  hi.  ne  ne  gyftigeaS.  ac  hi  synt 
swylce  godes  englas  on  heofonu/w ; 

26  Be  bam  deadum  •$  hi  arison.  ne 
raedde  ge  on  moyses  bee  hu  god  to  him 
cwaeb.  ofer  bone  gorst-beam  ;  Ic  eom 
abrahames  god.  "J  isaaces  god.  1  iacobes 
god. 

27  nis  god  deadra  ac  he  hys  lybbendra; 
SoSlice  swybe  ge  dweligeaft : 

Dysgodspci         28  "  \~\a    genealaehte    him    an    of   ham 

sceal  on  frige-  ~W~    w  .  ,  . 

d*g  on  }>tere  JL^  bocerum  be  he  gehyrde  hi  smea- 

twelftan  wucan  i  1  i 

oferpente-      gende  3  geseah  f  he  him  wel  andswarode. 

costcn.     Inter-  °  °  ' 

rogauitie^m  •}    ahsode    hine    hwaat   waere    ealra    beboda 

units  de  scribis 

quid  esset  pri-   niaeSt  ; 

mum  omnium  ,  , 

mandatum.  a.  29  pa  3swarode  he  him.  y  is  y  maeste 
bebod.  ealra  israhel  gehyr  urne  drihten 
god.     he  is  [an  god] 

30  and  lufa  binne  drihten  god.  of  ealre 
binre  heortan.  3  of  ealre  binre  sawle. 
eallum  binum  mode.  3  of  eallum  binum 
maegene.     f  is  •J  fyrmeste  bebod ; 

31  SoSlice  is  oSer  bissum  gelic;  lufa 
jnnne  nehstan  swa  he  sylfne.  nys  oSer  mare 
bebod ; 

32  Da  cwaeb  se  bocere.  lareow.  well  bu. 
on  sobe  cwsede.  f  an  god  is.  1  nis  oSer 
butan  him 

33  1  ftaet  he  si  gelufod  of  ealre  heortan. 
1  of  eallum  andgyte.  1  of  ealre  sawle.  1 
of  ealre  strengSe.  1  lufigean  his  nehstan 
swa  hine  sylfne.  bast  is  mare  eallum  on- 
saegdnyssum  1  offrungum ; 


Various  Readings. 
25.  A.  hig.  A.  B.  hig.  A.  giftiaS.  A.  hig.  A.  B. 
heofenum.  26.  A.  hig.  A.  om.  god  after  isaaces.  27.  A. 
ys.  A.  dweliaS.  28.  A.  B.  om.  he  after  be.  A.  hig.  A. 
acsode.  29.  A.  ysrahela.  A.  B.  insert  an  god,  which  the 
text  omits.  30.  A  inserts  3  of  after  sawle.  A.  maegne. 
31.  A.  bysum.  A.  nyhstan.  32.  A.  wel.  A.  buton.  33. 
A.  sig.    A.  lufian.    A.  nyhstan. 


25  SoSlice  banne  hyo  of  dea'Se  arise'S  ne 
wifieS  hyo  ne  ne  yftigeS  ac  hyo  synde  swilce 
godes  aengles  on  heofenen. 

26  Be  bam  deaSen  bast  hyo  arised  ne 
raede  ge  on  moyseses  hoc.  hu  god  to  heom 
cwa^S.  ofer  banne  gorst-beam.  Ic  eom 
abrahames  god.  1  ysaces  god.  3  Iacobes 
god. 

27  nis  god  deadre.  ac  he  is  libbendra 
soSlice  swrSe  ge  dwelieS. 

28  T*a    ge-nehlahte    him    an    of    bam 
j     bokeren    be   ge-herde    hyo  smeg- 

ende.  1  geseah  j>  he  heom  wel  andswerede. 
1  aexode  hine  hwaet  waere  ealre  be  bode 
maest. 

29  pa  andswerede  he  hym.  -f  is  •$  maeste 
be-bod  ealre  israele  ge-herie  urne  drihten 
god.     he  is  an  god. 

30  1  lufe  binne  drihten  god.  of  aelre 
binre  heorten.  1  of  ealre  binre  sawle.  ") 
eallen  binen  mode.  1  of  eallen  binen  maig- 
ne.     •$  is  j1  fermeste  be-bod. 

3 1  SoSlice  is  oSer  bisen  ge-lic.  lufe  binne 
nexten  swa  be  sylfne.  nis  oSer  mare  be- 
bod. 

32  Da  cwavS  se  bokere.  lareow  wel  bu 
on  soSe  cwaeSe.  baet  an  god  is  1  nis  oSer 
buten  him. 

33  D  •J  he  si  ge-lufod  of  eallen  heorten. 
1  of  eallen  andgytte.  1  of  ealre  sawle.  3  of 
ealre  strencSe.  1  lufian  his  nextan  swa  hine 
sylfne.  •$  is  mare  eallen  on-saegdnyssen  1 
offrungen. 

Various  Readings. 

25.  bonne;  arisa«;  wyfiaS;  giftigaS;  sint;  englas;  heo- 
bnum.  26.  deadum ;  arisaS ;  moyses ;  eom ;  bonne. 
7.  deadra;  his  [/or  is];  dweligaS ;  28.  ge-neahlahte . 
.nrerum:    Ere-hvrde :    eom:    andswarede ;     axode;     war* 


fonum.  26.  deadura ;  arisa* ;  moyses ;  eom ;  bonne. 
27.  deadra;  his  [for  is];  dweligaS;  28.  ge-neahlahte . 
bocerum;  ge-hyrde;  eom;  andswarede;  axode;  ware. 
29.  andswarode ;  heom ;  ealra  israehele  ge-her.  30.  bine  ; 
aire;  heortan;  saule;  eallum  binum;  eallum  binum  mseg- 
num;  firmeste.  31.  bissum;  lufa;  nextan.  32.  bocere; 
well;  cwaSe.      33.  ge-lufaS;  ealre  heortan ;  eallum  [before 


andgytte];    lufigei 
ofrungum. 


99 

miS-Sy     forSon    from    deadum  arisaS  hea  ne      hia  maensumiaS    ne  hia  biSon    ge-maensumadf    ah    t  '•. ne  ceorl 

25   cum      enim       ;i     mortuis    resurrexerint    neque        nubent  neqwe  uubentur       sed  ^a^^n 

wif  hsefig 
biSoii    swsb     englas     in     heofnura  of -t  from    deadum    vxAedlice     -fte         arisaS  ne     leornadacgie    on  ceorles  on  erist 

sunt  sicut  angeli   in     caelis.  26      de       mortuis     autem    quod   resurgant   non      legistis      in 

boc     moses    ofer  +  on    Saem  tree        huu  cuoeS      him      god     coeS -t  saBgde     ic        am       god      abrahames    3 

libro    mosi      super       rubum    quomodo    dixerit    illi    dews     inquieus     ego    sum    dews    abraham   et 

god     isaaces     3      god     iacobes  ne       is      god  deadra  ah      hlifiendra     gie    forSon      suiSe 

dews    isaac    et   dews    iacob.  27   non    est    dews    mortuorum   sed    uiuorum    uos    ergo    multum 

gie  duolages  3    geneolecde      an      from    uuSuutum    seSe     geherde    Sa  ilco    efne-gefrugnon-r'soecende    3 

erratis.  28  *Et   accessit    unus    de       scribis      qui    audierat     illos  conquirentes  et  •  XL. 

131.  ui. 
inf.  ccxxiiii. 
gesaeh      forSon  4" -)Ste      woel      {Seem      geonduarde  gefraign  hine     huaetd     f  were    se  forSmesta      alraf      -|- i.  bodana. 

uidens      quoniam      bene    illis     responderit     interrogauit     eum     quod      esset        primum     omnium 

bod  hse\end  xmtedlice  geonduearde   him    -J5te      se  forSmesta       allra  t  bod  is    ge-her  f  bodana. 

mandatum.  29   iesus     autem     respondit     ei    quia      primum      omnium    mandatum   est   audi 

israel        drihten      god       user       god       an        is  3      lufa  Su        drihtert         god         Sin       of      alra 

israhel   domimis   deua   noster   deua   unus    est.  30   et   dileges    iomtnum    deum    tuum    ex    toto 

heorta     Sin      3       of      alra       sauel       Sin      3      of      alra       Soht        Sin      3      of      alra     maegne     Sin      Sis       is 
corde    tuo    et    ex    tota    anima    tua    et    ex    tota    mente    tua    et    ex    tota    uirtute    tua    hoc    est 

se  forSmesta         bod  Se  aefterra  uuterf/ice    gelic       is    him      lufa       Sone  neesta    Sinne  suae 

primum    mandatum.  31   secundum    autem   simile   est  illi  dileges  proximum   tuum   tamquam 

Sec    seolfne     mara       Sisra       oSer  bod  ne       is  3     cuoeS  him  se  uuSwuta    wel      la  laruu 

t^    ipsum   maius   horum   aliud  mandatum   non   est.         32*  Et     ait     illi       scriba      bene  magister  •  132.  x. 

in  soSfaestnise  Su  cuoede  forSon  X  -fte    an       is      3      ne      is      oSer       buta     him  4"  hine  3    -JSte  sie  gelufad 

in    ueritate       dixisti  quia      unus   est  et   non   est   alius   praeter     eum.  33  et  ut  diligatur 

of     allra   heorte    3     of    allra       ondget       3     of    allra    sawele    3     of     alra       strengo        3        lufa         Son  neesto 
ex   toto   corde  et  ex   toto   intellectu  et  ex   tota  anima  et  ex  tota  fortitudine  et  dilegere  proximum 

sua        hine  seolfne    mara      is         allum  cuic-lacum  3     saegdnisum 

tamquam    s^  ipsum    maius   est  omnibus   holocaustomatibus   et   sacrifices. 


25.  miSSy  forSon   from  deaSe   arisaS   ne  hiae   meen-sumigaS  ne  hie  bioSun  gimaensumad   ah  bioSon  swa   englas  • 
on  heofnum  26.   of  deoSe  wutudlice    fte  arisaS  ne   liornadun  ge  on   bocum   moyses  ofer-ton  Saem   tree   huu 

cwaeS   him   god  cwaeS  4"  saegde  ic   am  god   abrahames  3   god  isaces  3   god  iacobes  27.  ne   is   god    Sara  deodra 

ah   lifgendra  gif  ge  forSon  swiSe  gidwoligas  28.  3   gineolicade  an  from   uSwutum   seSe   giherde  Sa  ilco  efne 

gifrugnun  3  gisaeh  forSon  -{Ste  wel  Saem  giond-worde  gifraegn  hine  hwaet  were  Se  foerSmesta  alra  bibodona 
29.  Se  haolenrf  wutudlice  gi-ond-worde  him  forSon  Se  foerSmesta  alra  bibodona  is  giher  israhelum  drih/era  god  user 
god  ana  is  30.  3  lufa  Su  drihtere  god  Sinne  of  alra  heorte  Sinre  3  of  aire  sawle  Sinre  3  of  alle  giSohte  Sinum 
3  of  alle  maegne  Sinum  Sis  is  Saet  foerS-meste  bibod  31.  Saet  aefterra  wutudlice  gilice  him  lufa  Sone  nestu 
Sinne  swa  swa  Sec    solfne  mara  Sisra  oSer  bibod  ne  is  32.  3   cwaeS   him  Se    uSwuta   wel    la    larow  in  soS- 

faestnisse  Su  cweSe  forSon  an   is   god  3  ne  is  oSer  butan  him  33.  3  -fte  sie  gilufad  of  aire   heorte  3  of  aire 

ongetnisse  3  of  aire  sawle  3  of  aire  strengu  Sine  3  lufa  Sone  nestu  swa  swa  Sec  solfne  mara  is  allum  cwicum 
lacum  3  ssegdnissum 

N2 


100 


34  Da  se  hselend  geseah  ~p  he  him  wislice 
andwyrde  he  ssede  him  ne  art  pu  feorr  {ram 
godes  rice,  "i  hine  ne  dorste  nan  maun 
ahsian  ; 

.  35  Da  cwaep  se  haelend  on  pam  temple 
laerende ;  Hu  secgaS  pa  boceras  ■p  crist  sy 
dauides  sunu; 

36  Dauid  sylf  cwaep  to  pam  halgan  gaste. 
drihten  cwaep  to  minum  drihtne.  site  on 
mine  swy¥>ran  healfe.  08  ic  pine  fynd 
asette  to  fot-sceamole  pinra  fota; 

37  Dauid  sylf  nemde  hine  drihten.  1 
hwanon  is  he  his  sunu ;  And  mycel  menegu 
hine  luflice  gehyrde. 

38  pa  saede  he  him  on  his  lare  ;  Warniaft 
ham  boceru/M.  pa  wyllaS  on  ge-gyrluw  gan 
"i  beon  on  strastww  grete. 

39  1  on  fyrm"stu7M  lareow-setlu/w.  sittan 
on  ge-samnunguwj  1  pa  fyrmestan  setl  on 
ge-beor-scipum 

40  pa  'Se  wudewena  hus  for-swelga<S  mid 
heora  langsuman  gebede.  pa  onfoSlengestne 
dom ; 

41  Da  saet  se  hselend  ongen  pone  toll- 
sceamol  "3  geseah  hu  •p  folc  hyra  feoh.  tor- 
fude  on  pone  toll-sceamul.  1  manega  vvelige 
torfudon  fela ; 

42  pa  com  an  earm  wuduwe.  and  wearp 
twegen  feor^-lingas ; 

43  Da  clypode  he  his  leorning  cnihtas  1 
sasde  hi»? ;  SoSlice  ic  eow  secge.  f  peos 
earme  wuduwe  eallinga  maest  sealde  para 
pe  on  toll-sceamul  sealdon  ; 

Various  Readings. 
34.  A.  eart.  A.  feor.  A.  man  aosian.  35.  B.  Iserynde. 
A.  sig.  36.  A.  fot-sceamele.  37.  A.  hwanen.  A.  ma> 
npgu.  A.lufelice.  38.  A.  grette;  B.  gegrette  (over  an 
erasure).  39.  A.  gesomnungum.  40.  B.  hyra.  41. 
A  ongean.  B.  faerie.  A.  toll-sceamel.  A.  heora.  A.  tor- 
fode.  A.  toll-sceamel.  A.  torfedon ;  B.  torfudun.  A.  feala. 
42.  A.  wudewe.  43.  A.  B.  wudewe.  A.  eallunga.  B. 
ina3st|>.    A.  l^Bera.    A.  toll-sceamele. 


34  pa  se  haelend  ge-seah  ~p  he  hym  wislice 
andswerede  he  saigde  hym  ne  ert  pu  feor 
fram  godes  rice.  D  hine  ne  dorste  nan  man 
axian. 

35  pa  cwaeS  se  haelend  on  pam  temple 
laerende.  hu  seggeS  pa  boceres  -p  crist 
sy  daurSes  sune. 

36  Dauid  self  cwaeS  to  pam  halgen  gaste. 
Drihten  cwaeS  to  minen  drihtene  site  on 
minen  swidren  healfe.  odSe  ic  pine  feond 
asette  to  fot-^camele  pinre  fote. 

37  Dauid  self  nemde  hine  drihten.  3 
hwanen  is  he  his  sunu.  3  micel  menige 
hine  lufelice  ge-herde. 

38  Da  saede  he  heom  on  his  lare.  Warn- 
ieS  fram  boceren.  pa  willed  on  ge-gyrtleu 
gan  1  beon  on  straete  ge-grette. 

39  1  on  fermesten  lareow-setlen  sitten  on 
ge-samnungen.  1  pa.  fyrmesten  setlen  on 
beorscipen. 

40  pa  pe  wudewena  hus  for-swelged  mid 
heora  langsumen  ge-bcdan.  pa  on-foS  laen- 
gestne  dom. 

41  Da  saet  se  hselend  on-gean  pane  tol- 
scamel.  1  ge-seah  hu  ~p  folc  hire  feoh  torfede 
on  pane  tol-scamel.  1  manige  weliga  torfe- 
den  fela. 

42  Sa  com  an  earm  wudewe  and  warp 
twege  feorpinges. 

43  Da  cleopede  he  his  leorning-cnihtes 
"}  saide  heom.  SoSlice  ic  eow  segge  paet 
peos  earme  wudewe  ealre  mest  brohte  pare 
pe  on  panne  toll-scamel  brohte. 

Various  Readings. 

34.  eom ;  ssegde  heom ;  eart.  35.  halend  ;  seggaS  ; 
boceras;  syo  dauides  sunu.  36.  sylf;  halgan;  minum; 
minum  swiSrum;  oSSe;  fot-scamole  |>inra.  37.  sylf; 
hwanon:  sune;  menigeo;  luflice  gehyrde.  38.  WarniaS; 
bocerum  ;  willaS ;  ge-gyrlum  ;  stratum.  39.  fyrmestvm 
lareow-setlum ;  ge-samnungum ;  fyrmestan  setlum;  bir- 
scipum.  40.  for-swilga? ;  langsuman  ge-bede;  lengestne. 
41.  halend;  {jorane  tol-scamol:  heora;  torfode;  ^onne  tol- 
scamol;  manega  welige  ;  feola.  42.  wearp;  feorS-lingaS 
(sic).  43.  clypede ;  -cnihtas ;  saade ;  wudewa  eallinga  msest 
sealde  ;  om.  )>anne  ;  toll-scamol  sealden. 


101 

se  \\te\end  uutedlice    gisaeh       -)5te    snotorlice-i- wislice    geondsuaerde    cuoeS   him   nearS  Su    fearr  from     rie 
34    iesus       autem    uidens    quod        sapieutur       respondisset    dixit   illi    non    es  longe    k    regno 

godes    3    nesenig  mon   soS-lgee   gedarste     hine       gefraigne  3        onduearde      se  haAend     he  geeoeS 

dei  *Et      nemo  iam      audebat   eum   interrogare.  35  fEt    respondens       iesua         dicebat  •  133.  „. 

lu.  ccxliiii. 

mt  ccxxui. 
laerend  ♦  tarde  in     tempel  huu        cuoeSas  Sa  wuSuuto    bi  crist       sunu       sie    dauiSes  se  ilea   forSon  j.  134.  ;;, 

docens        in    templo    quomodo    dicunt       scribai      christum  filium  esse  dauid.  36    ipse    enim  lu-  ccxlu. 

mt.  cexxu. 

dauid   cuoeS    on       gaast     haligne    cuoeS       drihten      drihtne    minum    sitt     to      suiSra     minum   oSSset     ic  setto 
dauid   dicit    in    spiritu   sancto   dixit    dominus    domino     meo    sede    &    dextris    meis    donee    ponam 

fiondas      Sine    fot-scoemel       fota         Sinra  se  ilea  forSon   dauiS    cuoeS    hine       drihten        3     huona 

inimicos   tuos  scabellum   pedum   tuorttm.  37   ipse     ergo   dauid   dicit   euwi   dominum   et   unde 

is      sunu     his      3     menigo  Sreato    hine     lustlice     geherde  3   tahte-Hserde   SEcm-Hiim  on        laar 

est  filius   eius   et   multa   turba   eum  lihenter  audiuit.  38  *Et    docebat  eis        in  doctrina  *  135.  a 

lu.  exxxuii. 

i_.     v  •_  ii      1   ...    •  ..  ..  ..  •    ,  -  mt.  cexxuiiii. 

his  behaldas  mih  from  uSuutum   SaSe    wallas     in   stolum      geonga       3   wileymogie-rgegroeta  on    spree  3 

sua       cauete  a      scribis     qui    uolunt   in   stolis  ambulare  et  saiutari  in   loro.        39  et 

on   Saem  forSmestum    seatlum        sitta      in    somnungum   3  8a  forSmesto        setla  set   farmum  SaSe 

in  primis         cathedris    sedere    in    sinajjogis    et      primos      discubitos    in     cenis.  40  *Qui  *  13»>.  uii.. 

1  to   &  f  "•      lu.  ccxluili]. 

of-frealtas        huso        widwuana     under    sceawung    longunga-}- longes     gebeddes      Sas        onfoaS      uneSlie -1  lengra 
deuorant     domos     uiduarum     sub     obtentu  prolixae  orationis     hi     accipient       prolixius 

dom  3        sactt     se  hseUnd  wis  &  ongsegn  Sees  dores  Se  is  sua  genemned  gazophilac!«m  on  hierusalem 

iudicium.  41  *Et  sedens      iesus  contra  gazopliilacium  *  XLI. 

behaeald  huu        £  here   gewarp    ■£■  ma?slenu  on        gazophilac/wm        3     mouigo   wealigo  4  wlonco    gewurpon 

aspiciebat   quomodo  turba  iactaret        aes         in     gazopliilacium     et     multi  diuites  iactabant 

feola-rmeniga  miS       gecuome    \m\edlice      an       widua      Sorfend     sende    tuoge      stycas  f  is 

multa.  42    cum    uenisset     autem     una    uidua     pauper    misit    duo    minuta    quod    est 

feorSung  pennmges  3         ceigde  Segnas         his    cuoeS  Sosm-tillis    soSlice    ic  cuoeSo     iuh  fte 

quadrans.  43    et    conuocans    discipulos    suos    ait  illis         amen       dico      uobis    quoniam 

widua  Sios-lSas  Saerfen    mara       allum        sen.'e    SaSe      sendon       on      gazophila««m 
uidua     haec     pauper   plus   omnibus    misit    qui    miserunt   in   gazopliilacium. 


34.  Se  hselevd  wutudlice  gisaeh  Sect  he  sno'urlice  gi-ond-worde  cwbbS   to  him  ne  arS   Su  fear  from  rice  godes  3 
naenig   mon   soSSa  gidarste   hine   gifregna  35.  3  giond-worde  Se  haAend  cwaeS  f  cweSende   lserende  on   temple 

huu    ewedeu  ...  crist    sie    sunu  4"  were    dauiSes  36.    Se    ilea    forSon    dauid    cwaeS    in    gaste    halgum    cwaeS 

(\nhcen  drilitne   minum   site   to  Sasr   swiSr.  n  min  oSSset  ih  setto    fiondas   Sine   foot-scomul  fota   Sinra  37.  Se 

ilea   forSon   dauiS    cwaeS    him    dvdUen    3    hwona   is    sunu    his  3   monige  Sreotos  hine  lustlice   giherdun  38.   3 

tahte-1  lacrde  Saem  4  him   in   larum  his   bilialdas  iowih  from  uSwutum  Sa   Se  wallas  on  stolum  gonga  3  wilcumiga 
•l'groeta  on  spiece  39.   3   on  Seem    foerSmesium    seotlum    sitta    in    somnungum  3   Sa    foerSmestu    gisedla    set 

feormum  40.  Sa  Se  freotas   hus    widwana  under   sceawunge  longunga-tionges  gibedes  Sas  onfoaS   uneSelic  4 

lengra  dom  41.  3   saet   Se   hselenrf  ongegn   Sasm    dore    Se   is   swa   nemned   biheold   huu   Se  here  giwarp   Saet 

maeslen  on  gazo-philac.am   3   monige   weolye  4  wlonca   giwurpun   feolu  42.  miS-Sy    com    wutudlice    an    widwe 

SDifende  sende  ma;slen  twa  styegee   £  is   feorSung  peniiiges  43.  ^  cegde  Segnas   his  cwaeS   to  him  soS-lice  ic 

cweSo  iow  forSon  widwe   Sios  Sorfende  mara  allum  .sende  SaSe  sendun  in   gazo-philacwm. 


102 


44  Ealle  sendon  of  pam  pe  hi  genoh 
haefdon ;  SoSlice  peos  of  hyre  yrmpe  eall 
"f  heo  haefde  sealde  ealle  hyre  and-lyfene ; 

CHAPTER  XIII. 

1  nrVa  he  of  pam  temple  eode  pa  cwaeS 
jL-r     an   of   his   leoruing-cnihtuw?   to 

him.    lareow  loca  hwylce   stanas  her   synt 
1  hwylce  getimbrunga  pisses  temples; 

2  pa  cwaeS  se  haelend.  lie  ge-seoge  ealle 
pas  mycelan  getimbrunga.  ne  biS  her  laefed 
stan  ofer  stan  pe  ne  beo  toworpen ; 

3  T^a  hi  saeton  on  oliuetes  dune  ongen 
j      "f  tempel    synderlice  hine   petrus 

]    iacobus.     1    iohannes.     3   andreas.     ahso- 
don; 

4  Sege  us  hwasnne  pas  ping  ge-wurdon 
1  hwylc  tacen  biS  paenne  ealle  pas  Sing  on- 
ginnaS  beon  ge-endud ; 


5  pa  ongan  se  haelend  him  3swarigende 
to  cweSan ;  WarniaS  -f  eow  nan  mann  ne 
be-swice ; 

6  Soplice  manega  cumaS  on  minum  na- 
man.  1  cwepaS.  ic  eom  crist  3  beswicaS 
manega 

7  3  pomte  ge  gehyraS  gefeohtu.  1  ge- 
feohta  hlisan.  ne  ondraede  ge  eow.  hit  geby- 
raS  -p  hit  gebelimpe.    ac  ponne  gyt  nis  ende ; 


Various  Readings. 

44.  A.  B.  hig. 

Cap.  xiii.  I,  A.  synd.  A.  )>yses.  3.  A.  B.  hig.  A. 
ongean.  A.  acsedon;  B.  achsodon.  4.  A.  ge-weorJSon. 
A.  (jonne.  A.  ge-endod.  5.  A.  man.  7.  A.  ge-feoht 
[for  gefeohtu].    A.  be-lympe. 


44  Ealle  senden  of  pan  pe  hyo  ge-noh 
haefden.  SoSlice  peos  of  hire  ermSe  eall 
paet  hyo  haefde  sealde  ealle  hire  and-lyfene. 


CHAPTER  XIII. 

1  T^a  he  of  pam  temple  eode.     pa  cw. 
J     an  of  his  leorning-cnihten  to  him. 

Lareow   loca    hwilce    stanes    her    synt.     "i 
hwilce  ge-tymbrenge.     pisses  temples. 

2  pa  cwaeS  se  haelend.  ne  ge-seo  ge  ealle 
pas  mycelen  ge-tymbrenge.  ne  beoS  her 
laefd  stan  ofer  stan  pe  ne  wur$  to-worpen. 

3  "IHVa   hyo    saeten    on    oliuetes    dune. 
JL-'  ongean   paet  tempel.     synderlice 

hine  petrus.    ]  Iacobus.    "J  Iohannes.     1  An- 
dreas acsoden. 

4  Sege  us  hwaenne  pas  ping  ge-wurSen. 
"}  hwile  taken  beoS  panne  ealle  pas  ping  ge- 
wurSe  sculen.  ")  hwile  tacen  byS  panne 
ealle  pas  ping  on-ginneS.  1  beon  sculen 
ge-ended. 

5  pa  on-gan  se  haelend  heom  andsweriende 
to  cweften.  warnieS  j>  eow  nan  man  ne 
be-swice. 

6  SoSlice  manege  cumeS  on  minen  na- 
men.  1  cweSaS.  ic  eom  crist.  3  be-swiced 
manege. 

7  1  panne  ge  ge-hereS  ge-fehte  1  ge-fyhte 
hlisan.  ne  on-draede  ge  eow.  hit  byred 
paet  hit  ge-limpe.    ac  panne  gyt  nys  aende. 


Various  Readings. 

44.  (>am;  hafdon;  yrmSe;  hafde. 

Cap.  xiii.  1.  -cnihtum;  stanas;  ge-tymbruraga.  2.  ha- 
lend;  ge-timbrunga ;  by 8;  beo  [/or  wurJS].  3.  saeton; 
acsodon.  4.  ge-wurdon ;  tacen  biS  paenne ;  ge-wurdon ; 
om.  sculen;  on-ginnaS  beon  ge-endud.  5.  andswerigende; 
cwefcan.  Wamiafc.  6.  manega  cumaS;  milium  naman; 
be-swycafc  manega.  7.  )>onne ;  ge-hyraS  ge-feohta;  ge- 
fyhta;  ge-byre* ;  ge-be-limpe;  Jjonnej  ende. 


103 

alle      forSon   of   Son     -J5te   gemonigfaldade  k  gewoxe  him      sendon       Sios  uutedlice  of  henSu  k  unspoed 
44   omnes   enim   ex  eo   quod  abundabat  illis   miserunt   haec    uero     de       paenuria 

hire      alle      8a  Se     hsefde     sende        all      gebrengnise     hire 
sua   omnia  quae  habuit   misit   totum     uietum     suum. 


CAP.  XIII. 

3    miSSy  gefoerde  t  frerende  of     temple  cuoeS  him     an       of      Segnum       his      la  laruu    sceawig  k  gesih 
1  *Et  cum       egrederetur      de   templo    ait     illi  unus   ex   discipulis  suis   magister        aspice       "  XLII. 

lu.  ccxxxuii. 
ccxluiii. 
hulco       stanas       3       hualig         timber  3        ondsuorade    se  hxlend  cuoeS  hi/ra  k  Saem  gesih     Sas  mt.  ccxlii. 

quales    lapides    et    quales    structurae.  2   et    respondens      iesus        ait  illi        uide    has 

alle         miclo    gehrino-tglencas    ne      bi*  forleten    Stan      ofer        stane      seSe  ne  se  tostrogden-tne  biS  toworpen 
omnes  magnas   aedificationes   non  relinquetur  lapis  super  lapidem   qui  nou   destruatur. 

3     miS-Sy     gesaett    on  more -Ton  dune    oele-beama   ongeaegn      temple    geaseadon?frugnon   hine     suundorlice 
3*  Et     cum     sederet       in    montem        oliuarum     contra     templum     interrogabant      eum    separatim  •  138.  ii. 

lu.  ccxluiiii. 
mt.  ccxliii. 

petra*     3      iacobus     3      iohannes     3     andraw  saege      us       huoenne    Sas   biSon    3     huelc     becon 

petrus   et   iacobws   et   iohannes   et  andreas.  4   die    nobis   quando   ista  fient  et   quod  signum 

bi«    huoenne  k  Sonne     Sas        alle       on-ginnaS  to  endanne -l- £te  hia  se  geendado  3      onduearde    se  hselewd 

erit        quando         haec   omnia   incipient  consummari.  5  et  respondens      iesua 

ongann    cuoeSa     him   geseas  gie  -fte  ne  eenig  iuih    gesuica  monigo   forSon     cymees     on      noma    minuw 

cuepit    dicere    iliis     uidete      ne      quis    uos   seducat.  6  multi    enim  uenient  iu  nomine  meo 

hia  cuoeSas      -pte        ic         am       3       menigo    hia  gesuicas  miS-Sy    gie  gehera    uutedlice    gefehto     3 

dicentes      quia    ego     sum     et     multos     seducent.  7     cum     audieritis     autem      bella     et 

woeno  t  mersungo    Sara  gefehto    ne   ondredas  gie    is  reht-thit  sceal    forSon  wosa    ah     ne  Saget    ende  biS 
opiniones  bellorum     ne    timueritis  oportet  enim   fieri   sed   nondum     finis. 


44.  alle  forSon  of  him  fte  gimonigfaldade  him  sendun  Sas  wutudh'ce  of  henSum  £  unspoedum  hire  alle  SaSe 
hio  hoefde  sende   alle  gibrengnisse  hire 

Cap.  XIII.  1.  3  miS-Sy  fserende  wses  of  temple  cweeS  him  an  of  Segnum  his  la  larow  sceawa i gisih  hulice 
stanas    3    hulic    timber  2.  3   onworde   Se  haele/jrf   cwseS    him    gi-sih    Sas   alle    micle    girino  k  glencas    ne    biS 

for-leten  stan  ofer   stane  seSe  ne  sie  tostrogden  3.  3  miSSy  gissett  on    more  oele-beoma  ongsegn  temple  3  gi- 

frugnun  hine  synder-lice . .  3  . .  3  . .  3 . .  4.  ssege  us  hwenne  Sas  bioSun  3  Sset  becun  biS  hwenne  Sas  alle  onginnaS 
to  endanne  k  sie   endade  5.   3   onworde  Se  haelenrf  ongan   cweoSa    him   giseas    ge   Saette    naenig   iow    giswice 

6.  monige  forSon   cumaS  on   noma   minum   cweSende   fte  ic   am   3  monige   hise  giswicas  7.   miS-Sy  wutudh'ce 

giheras  gifeht  3  wona  k  mersunga  Sara  gifehta  ne  ondredas  ge  is  relit  k  hit  sceal  forSon  wosa  ah  ne  Sa  get 
is   ende 


104 


8  SoSlice  peod  arist  agen  peode.  3  rice 
ongen  rice  3  beoS  eorpan  styrunga  geond 
stowa  3  hungor.     J?is  synd  sara  angin  ; 

9  Wanna^S  eow  sylfe.  hi  syllaS  eow 
on  gepeahte  3  swingaS  on  gesamnungu/w. 
1  ge  standaS  beforan  demuw  3  cyning- 
u*  for  milium  naman  him  on  ge-wit- 
nesse 

10  3  on  ealle  peoda ;  aErest  ge-byraS  beon 
•f  godspel  gebodud. 

11*  1  ponne  hi  syllende  eow  laepaS  ne 
fore-smeage  ge  hwaet  ge  specan.  ac  specaS 
•p  eow  on  paere  tide  ge-seald  biS ;  Ne  synd 
ge  na  specende  ac  se  halga  gast ; 

12  SoSlice  se  broSor  pone  bropor  to 
deaSe  sylS.  3  se  faeder  his  sunu.  3  pa 
beam  arisaS  agen  hyra  magas.  3  mid  deaSe 
hi  ge-waeceaS. 

13  3  ge  beoS  ealluw  on  hatunge  for  mi- 
nwn  naman;  SoSlice  se  biS  hal  se  pe  oS 
ende  purh-wunaS ; 

14  ~|~\onne  ge  ge-seoS  paere  toworped- 
J— w    nysse    asceonunge    standan    par 

heo  ne  sceal.    purine  ongyte  se  pe  rast.  fleon 
ponwt'  on  muntas  pa  Se  synt  on  iudea 

15  3  se  Se  is  ofer  pecene  ne  stige  he  on 
his  bus  ne  he  in  ne  ga  -p  he  aht  on  his  huse 
nime. 

16  ]  se  Se  biS  on  aecere  ne  cyrre  he  on- 
gean  -p  he  his  reaf  nime ; 

17  Wa  cenne[n]du/«  on  pa?w  daguw. 


Various  Readings. 

8.  B.  arist);.     A.  ongean  (twice).    A.  eond.     A.  hunger. 
9.  A.  ge-wytnysse.        10.  A.  ge-byre8.    A.  gebodod.       11. 

A.  big.  A.  lsedaS.  A.  speeon.  B.  halega.  12.  A.  on- 
gean heora.    A.  hig  ge-wsecaS.         14.  A.  to-worpen nysse; 

B.  to-worpednesse.  A.  ascununge.  A.  Jjser.  A.  synd.  15. 
A.  ge-nyme  on  hys  huse.  16.  A.  ongen.  17.  A.  B. 
cennendum  (where  the  text  has  cennedum). 


8  SoSlice  peod  arist  on-gean  peode.  3 
rice  on-gen  rice.  3  byoS  eorSen  steriunge 
geond  stowe  3  hunger,    pis  synde  sare  angin. 

9  WarnieS  eow  sylfe.  hyo  sylleS  eow 
on  ge-peohte  3  swinged  on  ge-samnungen. 
3  ge  standeS  be-foren  demen  3  kyningen  for 
minen  naman  heom  on  ge-witnysse  3  on 
ealle  peode. 

10  JErest  ge-byreS  beon  pset  godspell  ge- 
boded. 

1 1  3  panne  hyo  syllende  eow  laedeS  ne 
for-smeage  ge  hwast  ge  spraecen.  ac  spreceS 
paet  eow  on  pare  tide  ge-seald  byS.  Ne 
sende  ge  na  sprecende  ac  se  halge  gast. 

12  SoSlice  se  broSer  panne  broSer  to 
deaSe  sylS.  3  se  faeder  his  sune.  3  pa 
beam  ariseS  agen  heore  maiges.  3  mid 
deaSe  hyo  ge-weccaeS. 

13  3  ge  beoS  eallen  on  hatigunge  for 
minen  namen.  SoSlice  se  beoS  hal  se  pe 
oS  ende  purh-wunieS. 

14  "l^anne  ge  ge-seoS  pare  to-wardnysse 
j      asceonunge  standen  pasr  hyo  ne 

seel  panne  on-gyte  se  pe  rast.     fleon  panne 
on  muntes  pa  pe  synde  on  iudee. 

15  3  se  pe  is  ofer  pecene  ne  stige  he 
on  his  hus.  ne  he  in  ne  ga  -p  he  aht  on  his 
huse  nyme. 

16  3  se  Se  byS  on  acere  ne  cherre  he  on- 
gean ■p  he  his  reaf  nime. 

17  Wa  kennenden  on  pam  dagen 


Various  Readings. 

8.  agen ;  on-gean ;  beoS  eorfcan  styriunga ;  stowa ;  hun- 
gor; synd  sara.  9.  WarniaS  ;  syllafc  ;  ge-(ieahte;  swin- 
gaS; ge-samnungum ;  be-foran  demuOT;  cyningum;  mi- 
num.  10.  ge-bodud.  11.  \>on;  tedaS ;  fore-smeage; 
sprecan;  specaS ;  synde;  specende;  halga.  12.  broSor 
|>onne  broSor ;  sunu ;  arisaS  ;  hyora  magas ;  ge-waeeeaS. 
13.  eallum;  hatuwge;  minvwi  namum ;  {>urh-wuna*.  14. 
Donne;  to-wardenysse ;  heo;  seal  )>onne;  {?on»e;  muntas; 
synt;  iudea.  15.  haht.  16.  cerre.  17.  cennendum  ; 
dagum. 


105 

arisaS      uutedlicei  Sonne  cynn       wis  cynn       3         ric  ofer  ric         3    biSon      eorS-hroernis 

8  exsurget         autem  gens   contra  gentem  et  regnum  super  regnum  et  erunt   terrae    motus 

Serh   stoua    3     hungro     6r-tfru?na     wsercco    Sas-tSas  ilco  taceno  geseas-tbehalcfa*   Sonne       iuih  seolfa 

per     loca   et   fames      initium    doloruw  haec.  9  *Uidete       autem   uosmetipsos  •  139.  i. 

mt.  lxxxuii. 

geseallas  forSon  iuih  to  ge-moetingum  3    on  somnungum  gie  biSon  gesumnged  3  befora  undercyniHgwi-thehgeroefaw 
tradent    enim  uos       conciliis     et  in   sinagogis         uapulabitis      et   ante  praesides 

3  cyningum   gie  biSon  stondende  4"  gie  stondes      fore        roec    on  cySnise  him  3     on     allum 

et     reges  stabitis  propter    me    in    testimonium    illis.  10  *et   in   omnes  •  140.  ui. 

mt.  ccxlui. 

cynnum-rhsednuw      serist        gerises    to  bodanne-tto  fore-SBegcane-t-JSte  he  sie  boden       godspell  3 

gentes  primum   oportet  praedicari  euangelium.  11  *Et "  M- "'•„ 

ccli. 
miSSy   hia  gelsedas  iuih      sellende    naelle  gie       fore-Sence        huset     gie  spreca  ah-HiwoeSre     -J5        gesald       iuh    mt.  lxxxuiii. 
cum     duxerint    uos   tradentes     nolite     praecogitare    quid    loquamini        sed        quod   datum   uobis 

bi$       on    Ssem     tid        f       gie  sprecca         ne       forSon     biSon     iuh      spreccendo      ah  gaas  halig 

fuerit     in     ilia  bora     id     loquimiiii      non     enim     estis     uos     loquentes     sed     BOtritua     mnctus. 

selleS     Sonne   broker  Sone  broSer  in       deaSe       3    faeder  Sone  sunu    3       efne-arisaS  Sa  suno  on  Seem  aldrum 
12  tradet  autem     frater   fratrem     in   mortem   et     pater   filium     et  consurgent    filii     in    parentes 

3   miS-Mo  deaSe  fordoaS -r  gecuoellas  hia  3  gie  biSon  laS        allum  fore         noma        min      seSe 

et        morte  adficient         eos.  13   et    eritis    odio    omnibws   propter  nomen   meum  qui 

uutedlice       ge-Solias       on       ende       Ses        hal        biS  miSSy      Sonne     gie  geseaS         Sone  wroht 

autem    sustenuerit     in     finem     hie    saluus  erit.  14  *Cum     autem     uideritis     abominationem  *  142.  ui. 

mt.  ccxluii. 

from-slittnise    stondende    Ser       ne        rises     seSe    redes     oncnauaS     Sonne    SaSe    in      iudea      sint        flea*       on 

desolationis    stantem    ubi    non    debet    qui    legit  intellegat  *Tunc    qui    in  iudaea   sunt  fugiant   in  •  143.  a. 

lu.  ccuiiii. 
1  •  ecliii. 

muntum  3     seSe      ofer  hrof        ne    of-stiges  adune  in        hus         ne        ingaes      fte    geniomme  mt-  ccxluiii. 

montes.  15   et    qui    super  tec[t]um  non     desceudat     in  domum    nee    introeat    ut       tollat 

huselc-huoego    of      hus      his  3     seSe  on    lond     biS      ne      eft  gecerres  on  baecg  to  niommanne  woede 

quid         de   domo   sua.  16   et   qui   in   agro   erit   non   reuertatur   retro   tollere   uestimentum 

his  wae    uutedlice  S*m  berendum    3        foedendum      in    Saim    daguwi 

suum.  17    *Uae    autem    pregnantibus   et   nutrientibws   in   illis   diebus.  •  144.  ii. 

lu.  ccliiii. 
mt.  ccxluiiii. 


8.  arisaS  forSon  cynn  ofer  cynne  3  rice  ofer  rice  3  bioSon  eorSu  hroemisse  Serh  stowe  3  hungur  4* . . . 
fruma  werc-sare  Sas  9.  giseas  Sonne -r'bihaldas  iowih  solfa  hise  sellaS  forSon  iowih  to  gimoetinge  3  in  somnunge 
ge  bioSun  giswenced  3  bifora  under-cyniga  {sic)  3  cynigum  ge  bioSun  stondende  fore  mec  on  cySnisse  him 
10.   3  on  allum  cynnum  serist  girises  to  bodanne   god-spell  11.   3   miS  Sy   gilasdes  iowih  to   sellanne   nallas  ge 

bodiga-tSenca  hwaet  ge  sprece  ah  Saotte  said  biS  iow  on  Saer  tide  Saette  gisprece  ne  forSon  iow  bioSon  sprecende 
ah   gas   halga  12.   seleS  wutudli'ce  broSer  Sone  broSer  in   deoS  3   faeder  Sone   suno  3  efne  arisas  Sa  suno  on 

Soem   Eeldrum  3  to  deaSe  fordoas  hia?  13.  3  ge  bioSon  laSe  allum  fora  noma  minum   SeSe  wutudhce  giSoelgas 

on  ende  Ses  hal  biS.  14.  miSSy   Sonne   ge  giseaS    Sone   wroht   from    raonnum    fromslitnisse    stondende    Ser 

ne  riseS   se  Se   redes  oncnawes  Sa   Se    Sonne   in   iudeam   sindun    fleas    on   muntas  15.   3   SaSe  ofer  hrof  ne 

astigaS  in  hus  ne  ingoas   fte   nime  hwelc  hwoegnu  of  huse  his  16.  3   seSe  on   londe  biS   ne  eft  gicerres  to 

niomanne  gi-wedo  his  1 7.  wae  wutudlice  Ssem  berendum  3  foedendum  in  Soem  dagum 


106 


18  biddaS  -f  Sis  on  wintra  ne  ge-wurSe; 

19  Soplice  on  pam  dagu»w  beoS  swylce 
gedrefednessa.  swylce  ne  ge-wurdon.  of 
frywzmSe  paere  gesceafte  pe  god  gesceop.  0$ 
nu.    ne  na  ne  gewurpaS. 

20  And  gif  drihten  pas  dagas  ne  ge- 
scyrte.  nan  flaesc  ne  wurde  hal.  ac  for 
pam  gecorenuws  pe  he  ge-ceas  he  ge-scyrte 
pa  dagas ; 

21  And  gif  eow  hwylc  segS  witodlice 
her  is  crist.  witodlice  paer  he  is.     ne  gelyfe 

ge; 

22  SoSlice  lease  cristas.  1  lease  witegan 
arisaS.  1  wyrcaS  fore-beacnu.  to  beswi- 
canne  eac  gif  hit  beon  mseg  pa  ge-corenan ; 

23  WarniaS  eow.  nu  ealle  ping,  pe  ic 
eow  fore-saede. 

24  ac  on  pam  dagum  aefter  paere  geswen- 
cednysse.  brS  sunne  apeostrod.  3  se  mona 
his  beorhtnesse  ne  sylS 

25  3  heofones  steorran  beoS  feallende.  1 
beoS  astyrode  pa  megenu  pe  on  heofonu7W 
synt ; 

26  Donne  geseoS  hi  mannes  sunu  cum- 
endne  on  ge-nipum  mid  myceluwa  ma?gene 
1  wuldre; 

27  ponne  sent  he  his  englas  1  hi  gaderiaS 
his  gecorenan  of  feower  windmw  of  eorpan 
heanesse  op  heofones  heahnesse  ; 

28  LeorniaS  an  bigspell  be  pam  fic- 
treowe.  ponne  his  twi  biS  mearu.  "}  leaf 
beoS  acennede.  ge  witon  -p  sumor  is  ge- 
hende. 


Various  Headings. 

18.  A.  ge-weorSe.  19.  A.  ge-drefednyssa.  A.  wurdon. 
A.  B.  fryniSe.  A.  ge-weor)>e<S ;  B.  ge-wurdafc.  20.  A.  ge- 
wurde.  21.  A.  ^ar.  22.  A.  wyrceaS.  A.  eac  geac  gif 
(an  obvious  error).  24.    B.   geswencednesse.     A.  B. 

uSystrod.  A.  om.  se.  A.  beorhtnysse.  25.  A.  heofenes. 
A  astyrede.  A.  msenegu ;  B.  menegu.  A.  B.  heofenum. 
A.  synd.  26.  A.  hig.  A.  ge-nypum  myd  ge-nypum  myd 
mycehiOT  (an  obvious  error).  27.  A.  hig.  A.  heahnysse 
[for  heanesse].  A.  heofenes  heahnysse.  28.  A.  byg- 
spel.     A,  twig.    B.  witun.    A.  sumer. 


18  byddeS  ■f  pis  on  wintre  ne  ge-wurSe. 

19  SoSlice  on  pam  dagen  beoS  swilce 
ge-drefednysse.  swilce  ge  ne  (sic)  wurSon. 
of  fremSe.  pare  ge  sceafte  pe  god  ge-scop. 
odSe  nu.     ne  nane  ne  ge-wurdeS. 

20  iEnd  gyf  drihten  pas  dages  ne  ge- 
scyrte.  nan  flaesc  ne  wurSe  hal  ac  for 
pam  ge-corenen  pe  he  ge-cheas  he  scyrte  pa 
dages. 

21  Mndi  gyf  eow  hwilc  saigS  witodlice 
her  is  crist.  witodlice  paer  he  is.  ne  ge- 
lyfe ge. 

22  SoSlice  lease  cristes  1  lease  witegen 
ariseS  ")  wirceS  for-beacne  to  be-swicene. 
l£ac  gyf  hit  beon  maig  pa  ge-corene. 

23  Warnied  eow.  nu  ealle  ping  pe  ic 
eow  fore-sasde. 

24  ac  on  pam  dagen  a;fter  pare  ge-swasn- 
cednysse  beoS  sunne  apeostred.  1  se  mone 
his  brihtnysse  ne  sylS. 

25  1  heofenes  steorren  beoS  fallende.  1 
beoS  astyrede  pa  manege  pe  on  heofena 
synde. 

26  Danne  ge-syeS  hyo  mawnes  suna  cu- 
mende  on  ge-nipum  mid  mycelen  maigne  1 
wuldre. 

27  panne  sent  he  his  sengles.  j"  hyo  gad- 
erieS  his  ge-corene  of  feower  winden  of 
eorden  heahnysse  oS  heofenes  heahnysse. 

28  LeornhvS  an  byspell  be  pam  fic- 
treowe.  panne  his  twi  beoS  mare.  1  leaf 
beoS  akenned.  ge  witen  pact  sumer  is  ge- 
hende. 


Various  Readings. 

18.  biddafc ;  after  wintre  MS.  Reg.  adds  ne  ge  wintre,  bit 
mistake.       19.  dagum;  wurdon;  ge-sceop  oS  •  ge-wurSa8. 

20.  3;    dagas;    ge-corenum;    ge-ceas;   scyr  (sic);   dagas. 

21.  seg<5.  22.  witegan  arisaS  3  wyrcaS  fore-beacne;  be- 
swicenne ;  mseg ;  ge-corenan.  23.  WarniaS.  24.  dagura ; 
ge-s\vencednysse  bioS  ;  a)*ystred ;  mona ;  breohtnysse.  25. 
steorran;  menega ;  heofenum  sint.  26.  Dorane  ge-seofc 
hy ;  sune;  mycclum  moegene.  27.  |>onne;  englas; 
gaderiaS ;  ge-corenan ;  windum ;  eorJSan.  28.  bispel ; 
Jionne  ;  byS ;  leof ;  acennede ;  witan ;  sumor. 


107 

gebiddas     forSon    -fte     wintro        ne         sie  biSon      forSon    dagas     8a  costungo 

18  *Orate      uero     ut     hieme     non     fiant.  19  *Erunt     enim     dies     illi     tribulationis  *  H5.  ui. 

mt.  ccl. 

Suslico  ♦  suaelce    suelco      ne       woeron    from    fruma  Saes  sceaeftes    Sone       gesceop       god        wis         nu        sec  ne  lu.  cclu. 
tales  quales   non   fuerunt    ab    initio     creaturae    quam    condidit    dews    usque    nunc    neque mt-  ""• 

biSon  3    buta      ge-scyrte     Se  drihten    Sa  dagas  ne       were        hal    eghwelc  lichoma-tsenig  monn  ah 

fient.  20  *Et   nisi   breuiasset   dominus       dies     non   fuisset  salua  omnis   caro.  sed  *  147-  ">• 

mt.  cclii. 


fore  Saom  geeorenum  8a  geceas-tSa  gecure  ge-scyrdte  8a  dagas 
propter   electos  quos   elegit        breuiauit     dies. 

heono    8is      is  crist       heono     8er      ne    gelefes  gie  -JS 

ecce    hie    est    christm    ecce    illic    ne    credideritis. 


3     8onne    gif     hua        iuh       cuoe8as 
21  *Et    tunc     si    quis   uobis    dixerit "  148:.V.- 

'  lu.  CC1111. 

mt.  ecliii. 
arisaS        forSon  wiSer-tleaso    cristo     3 
22  *Exsurgent    enim      pseudo-cArisii       et  ■  149.  ui. 

mt.  ecliiii. 


lease  witgo  3        sella?      beceno     3        fertino     hi  to     gesuicanne     gif    msege     wosa       gee       8a  gecoreno 

pseudo-prophete  et    dabunt    signa    et    portenta    ad    seducendos    si    potest    fieri    etiam       electos. 

iuih  forSon  gesea8    heono  fore  ic  cuoe8     iuh         alle  ah      in    Seem    dagum    aefter       gecostung 

23  uos    ergo  uidete    ecce      praedixi    uobis   omnia.        24  *Sed  in   illis   diebus  post   tribulationem  *  15°-  »'■ 

r  lu.  ecluii. 

mt.  ecluiii. 
Saerac  ilea    sunna    biS  ge-8iostrod        3    8e  mona    ne        sele8     scinisse-Hecht       his  3    8a  steorras 

illam       s61    contenebrabitur    et     luna     non     dabit     splendorem     suum.  25  et     stellae 


heofnes    bi8on     of-fallende      3    maegna-t'maehto  8a8e      sint     in   beofnum  gestyred  bi8on 
caeli    erunt   decidentes   et       uirtutes       quae   sunt   in    caelis     mouebuntur. 

geseas         sunu       monnes      cymmende     on    wolcnum      miS      majgne      miclo      3     wuldre 
uidebunt   filium    hominis   uenientem    in   nubimus    cum    uirtute    multa   et   gloria. 


3    Sonne  1 8a 
26  *Et      tunc 

3       8a 
27   et   tunc 


*  151.  ii. 
lu.  ecluiii. 
mt.  ccluiiii. 


sendes      englas       his       3       gesomnia8     8a  gecoreno    his     of      feower     windura  from  hrof-r'hewR  eardes      wis 
mittet   angelos   suos   et   congregabit      electos     suos   a  quattuor  uentis      i.       summo    terrae   usque 


to    brearde4'to  heannise  heofnes 
ad  summum  caeli. 


from  fiebeame  sec  -r  Sonne   leornas  gie       bispell       miS-Sy     uutedlice 
28    &       ficu        autem        discite     parabolam    cum         iam 


telge  f  twigge    his -1"  Sees     nesc  biS         3     acenda     biSon  wutas  gie         -fte    on  neh-rin  neawung  sie 

ramus  eius       terner     fuerit    et    nata    fuerint    folia    cognoscitis     quia        in   proximo        sit 

sumer. 
aestas. 


18.   gibiddas  forSon  £te  wintro  ne  sie  Sas...  iowre 4\..         19.  bioSon  forSon  dagas  8a  costunges  Suslico  swelce 
ne  werun    from    fruma    Sasse    giscoefte   Sone    giscop    god    wis    nu    ne  ec   bioSon  20.  3  buta  giscyrte  drihten 

dagas  Sas  ne  were  hal  eghwelc  lichoma  ah  for  Seem  gicornum  8a  giceos  giscyrte  8a  dagas  21.  3  Sonne  gif 
hwa  iow  cweSes  heono  Sis  is  crist  heono  Ser  ne  gelefas  ge  Seet  22.  arisaS  forSon  wiSer-worde  criste  3  wiSer- 
worde  witgu    3   sellaS    becun  3   fortina  to    giswicanne    gif    biS    msehtig   soSlice    8a   gicornu  23.  iowih  forSon 

giseaS   heono  fore  ic  cweSo  iow    alle  24.  ah   in   Ssem   dagum    aefter    costunge   dagona    Sara  ilera  sunne  biS 

giSiostrad  3  mona  ne  seleS  leht  his  25.  3   steorru  heofnes  bioSun  of-fallende  3   maegen^msehte  SaSe    sindun 

on    heofnum   gistyred    bioSun  26.  3   Sonne    giseaS   suno  monnes  cymende   of   wolcnum    miS   msegne    micle  3 

wuldre  27.  3   Sonne    sendes    englas    his  3    gisomnas    Sa  gicornu    his   from  feower  windum   from    hrofe  eorSo 

wis   to  briorde  -r  to  heonisse  heofnes  28.  from  ficbeom  Sonne  liornige  bispell  mi8Sy  wutudlice  telgu  his    hnisca 

bioSon   3   acende  bioSon  leof  wutas   ge  fte   neh-l'on   neoweste  se  sumor 


02 


108 


Des  passio  ge- 
byrag  on  tiwes 
(lasg  on  pare 
palm-wucan. 


29  1  wite  ge  ponne  ge  bas  Sing  geseoS 
•p  he  is  dura  gehende ; 

30  SoSlice  ic  eow  secge  ■f  J?eos  cneores 
ne  gewit  eerpam  ealle  J?as  Sing  gewurSon. 

31  heofon  D  eorSe  gewitaS.  witodlice 
mine  word  ne  ge-witaS ; 

32  Be  pam  daege  1  j?aere  tide  nan  mann 
nat.  ne  englas  on  heofone  ne  mannes  sunu 
buton  faeder  ana ; 

33  WarniaS  J  waciaS  3  gebiddaj?  eow. 
ge  nyton  hwaenne  seo  tid  ys ; 

34  Swa  se  man  aelj?eodilice  ferde  forlet 
his  hus  1  sealde  his  J?eowu»ra  £>aene  anwald 
gehwylces  weorces.  3  beode  pam  dure-wearde 
•f  he  wacige ; 

35  Eornostlice  wacigeaS  ge  nyton  hwaen- 
ne pass  huses  hlaford  cymS ;  fe  on  aefen  pe 
on  midre  nihte.  pe  on  hancrede.  pe  on 
mergen. 

36  pe  laes  he  eow  slapende  gemete  J>on»e 
he  faeringa  cymS ; 

37  SoSlice  -p  ic  eow  secge  eallum  ic  hit 
secge  waciaS. 

CHAPTER   XIV. 

1  Qlofdice  J?a  stsfter  twaw?  daguwi  waeron 
rO  eastron  1   )>a  sohton  pa  heah-sac- 

erdas  1   pa  boceras   hu  hi  hine  mid  facne 
namon  1  of-slogon; 

2  Da  cwaedon  hi  naes  na  on  freols-daege 
pe  lass  J?aes  folces  gehlyd  wurde ; 


Various  Readings. 

30.  A.  cneorys.    A.  ge-weor$an.         31.  A.  heofen.    B. 
witaS  [for  2nd  ge-wita«].        32.  A.  man.    A.  heofenum. 

34.  A.  B.  insert  be  after  man.    A.  anweald;  after  which  A. 
inserts  J.     A.  duru-wearde;    B.  dure-warde.     A.  wacie. 

35.  A.  waciaS.     A.  rnyddre.    A.  be  omergen.       36.  A.  slae- 
pende. 

Cap.  xiv.  1.  A.  hig.       2.  A.  B.  lug.    A.  weorSe. 


29  1  wite  ge  Jeanne  ge  bas  bing  ge-seoS 
baet  he  ys  dure  ge-hende. 

30  SoSlice  ic  eow  segge  -p  beos  cneores 
ne  ge-wit  aer  ban  ealle  bas  bing  ge-wurSen. 

31  heofene  1  eorSe  ge-witoS.  witodlice 
mine  word  ne  ge-witeS. 

32  Be  pam  daige  1  bare  tide  nan  man  nat. 
ne  engles  on  heofene  ne  mannes  sunu  buton 
faeder  ane. 

33  Warnied  1  wacieS  1  ge-byddaS  eow  ge 
nyten  hwaenne  sye  tid  is. 

34  Swa  se  man  pe  aelbeodilice  ferde.  for- 
let his  hus.  "}  sealde  his  beoweu  bane  an- 
weald ge-hwilces  weorces.  "i  beode  fam 
dureworde  •$  he  wacie. 

35  Eomestlice  wacieS.  ge  nyten  hwaen- 
ne bas  huses  hlaford  cymd.  pe  on  aefen  pe 
on  midre  nihte.  pe  on  hancrede.  be  on 
morgen. 

36  pe  laes  pe  he  eow  slaepende  ge-finde 
banne  he  faerenge  cymS. 

37  SoSlice  -p  ic  eow  segge.  eallen  ic  hit 
segge  wakieS. 

CHAPTER    XIV. 

1  Q^oSlice  ba  aefter  twam  dagen  waeren 
rO  eastren.    1  ba  sohten  ba  heah-sacer- 

des  1  f>a  boceres  hu  hyo   hine   mid  facne 
namen  3  of-slogen. 

2  pa  cwseSen  hy  naes  na  on  freols-daige 
by  laes  bas  folces  ge-hlyd  wurSe. 


Various  Readings. 

29.  ponne;  dura.  30.  paw;  ge-wurfcon.  31.  heofon; 
ge-witaS ;   witeS.  32.   dage ;   englas ;   heofone.         33. 

"WarniaS  3  waciafc ;  nyte ;  seo.  34.  selpeodelice ;  hit  [for 
his];  Jjeowvm  psene  anwald;  worces;  dure-warde.  35. 
waciaS ;  nyton  hwanne ;  cymS.  36.  slapende  ge-mete 
[jonne;  faringa.        37.  eallum;  wacyaS. 

Cap.  xiv.  1.  dagum  waeron  eastron ;  heah-sacerdas ; 
boceras ;  namon.        2.  cwaeden  hyo ;  frels-dage  f>e ;  }>8es, 


109 

sua   sec    gie  miSSy   gie  geseas    Sas    wosa     wutaS       fte  un-fearr -r  on  neh  sie  on   durum                 .  soSlice 

29  sic   et  uos   cum     uideritis   hsec  fieri   scitote   quod    in   proximo    sit  in   ostfs.            30  amen 

ic  cuoeSo     iuh             -)5te             ne        gelioreS         cneoreso         Sios       oSSoet         alle  Sas   hia  geworSe  -r  hia  see 

dico      uobis     quoniam     non     transibit     generatio     haec     donee     omnia  ista              fiant. 


heofon      3     eorSo    ofer-hlioras     wordo  watedlice  mino     ne   oferhlioraS  t  Ne  biSon  gehliored 
31  caelum   et  terra  transibunt   uerba    autem    mea   non  transibunt. 


Sonne      Seem       -r     tid-rhuil    ne  senig     wat 
autem     illo     uel      hora       nemo     scit 


ne       Sa  englas    in      heofne 
neqwe     angeli     in     caelo 


ne       So  sunu 
neque      Alius 


from  dsege 
32*  De     die  *  XLlii. 

152.  ui. 
int.  eclx. 

buta    Se  feeder 

nisi      pater. 


geseaS  gie   wseccas      3     gebiddas  ne  wuto  gie  forSon  hwoenne     Sio  tid     sie 
33  *Uidete  uigilate   et     orate        nescitis     enim   quando   tempus   sit. 


sua?    Se  monn  seSe 
34  tSicut     homo     qui ' 


fearr  t  longwoege        gefoerde  4"  ellSiodade    forleort  hus  his         3 

peregre  profectus  reliquit     domum     suam     et 


153.  ui. 
mt.  eclxiii. 
•f-154.  ii. 

salde     Srsellum     his    mseht-ronweaeld lu:  cc^xu"i; 


dedit 


seruis     suis     potestatem 


1  mt.  eclxniiii. 


eghwoelces    woerces     3    Seem  doruorde 
cuius-que     operis    et       ianitori 


behead        -pte     gewsehte 
praecipiat    ut     uigilet. 


huoenne     se  hlaferd      huse       cymes  on  efrntid    i      on  middumnaeht 
quando     dominus     domus  ueniat       sero      an     media     nocte 


gewaccas    forSon    nuutogie    forSon 
35  *  Uigilate    ergo     nescitis    enim  *  155-.ii- 

°  °  lu.  clui. 

mt.  eclxiiii. 

•r    on  uhte  tid -ton  honcroed    Jr    on  aering 

fin  galli    cautu  an     mane. 


3   miS-Sy  gecymmes  feerlice     gemitteS    iuih       slepende 
36  et    cum     uenerit  repente   inueniat   uos   dormientes. 


■p       soSlice      iuh    ic  cuoeSo      allum 
37  quod  autem  uobis      dico     omnibws 


ic  cuoeSo  waeccas 
dico     uigilate. 


CAP.  XIV. 


wees  viutedlice  eastro  setter  twsem  dogrum    3  sohton  Sa  heh-sacerdas        3    Sa  uSuuto 

1  *Erat  autem  pascha  et   azyma   post      biduum   tEt  quaerebant  summi  sacerdotes  et    scribae 


huu         hine  miS  facne  gehealdon  -t  mrchton  hia  gehalda  3  of-slogon  t  hia  meehton  of-slaa 
quomodo  eum      dolo  tenerent  et  occiderent. 


*  156. 

lu.  eclx. 

io.  xx.  xluiii. 

c    v       mt-  eclxxiiii. 
forSon  .  157  ui 

2  dicebant  enim  mt.  cclxiu. 


cuoedon 


ne    on  dsege  haligum-tbserlice     ne  £    woenunge^eaSe  maege  styrenise  geworSe  Seem  folce 
non   in  die   festo  ne  forte  tumuitus        fieret       populi. 


29.  swa  3  iowih  miSSy  ge   giseas  Sas   wosa  wutaS   ge   fte    un-feor  4"  neh    se    in   durum  30.  soS  ic  cweSo 

iow  forSon  Ne  gi-lioreS  cneoreswo   Sios  oSSset  alle   Sas  gi-worSe  31.  heofun   3   eorSo   of-liores   word  wuludlice 

min  ne  gi-lioreS  32.  from  dsege  Sonne  Wutudlf'ce  S[am]  3  tid  3  hwyl  ne  senig  watt  ne  englas  on   heofne  ne  Se 

sunu  buta  Se  feeder  33.  giseas  ge-wseccas  3  gibiddas  ne  wutun  ge  forSon  hwoenne  Sio  tid  sie  34.  swa  monn 
seSe  feor  gifoerde  for-leort  hus  his  3  salde  Srselum  his  msehte  eghwelces  werches  3  Seem  dor-worde  bibeodes  Ssb 
(sip)  -J5  he  wseece  35.  waeccas  forSon  ne  wutun  ge  forSon  hwenne  drih/nes  huses  cumaS  on  efern-tid  -r  on  midder 
nseht-ron  uhtu-tid  -r  on  honored  i  on  merne  36.  3   miSSy  cymeS  . . .  gimittes  iowih  slepende  37.  -JSte  soSlice 

iow  ic  cweSo  allum  ic  cweoSo  weeccas  . 

Cap.  XIV.  1.  wbbs  wutudlice  eostru  ...  softer  tweem  dagum  sohtun  Sa  heh-sacerdas  3  uS-wutu  hu  hise  hine 
. . .  giheoldun  3    ofslogun-tof-sla   msehtun  2.  cwedun  forSon   ne  on    dsege  halgum  ne    f  ge^woene  -js  meegs 

styrnisse  giworSa  in  Seem  folce 


110 


3  And  ba  se  haelend  waes  on  bethania  on 
simones  huse  anes  hreoflan  3  bar  saet;  pa 
com  an  wif  3  haefde  hyre  sealf-box  deorwyrpes 
nardes.  3  tobrocenum  sealf-boxe.  ofer  his 
heafod  aget ; 

4  Sume  hit  unwurSlice  forbaeron.  3  be- 
twux  him  sylfum  cwaedon  ;  For  hwi  waes  bisse 
sealfe  forspillednes  geworden. 

5  beos  sealf  mihte  beon  geseald  to  prim 
hund  penegura.  3  beon  bearfuw/  geseald.  3 
yrsydon  agen  hi ; 

6  Da  cwaeS  se  haelend.  laetaS  hi  hwi 
synt  ge  hire  grame.  god  weorc  heo  on  me 
worhte; 

7  SoSlice  symble  ge  habbaS  bearfan  mid 
eow.  3  powne  ge  wyllaS  ge  magon  him  teala 
don.    me  ge  symble  nabbaS  ; 

8  peos  sealde  ■p  heo  haefde.  heo  com  to 
smyrianne  minne  lic-haman  on  byrgene ; 

9  SoSlice  ic  eow  secge  swa  hwar  swa 
bis  godspell  gebodad  brS.  on  eallu/n  mid- 
dan-earde  biS  gebodod  -p  heo  bis  on  his 
gemynde  dyde ; 

10  Da  iudas  scarioth  -p  is  wibersaca.  an 
of  pam  twelfum.  ferde  to  pam  heah-sacerd- 
wn  ~p  he  hine  belaewde ; 

11  pa  hi  bis  gehyrdon  hi  fahnodon  3 
beheton  him  feoh  to  syllanne.  3  he  smea- 
de  hu  he  hine  digellice  sealde ; 

12  And  pam  forman  daege  azimoruw. 
ba  hi  eastron  offrodon.  his  leorning-cnih- 
tas  him  saedon.  hwyder  wylt  bu  -p  we  faron 
3  gegearwian  be.     ■p  8u  eastron  ete ; 

Various  Readings. 
3.  A.  ageat.  4.  A.  unweorSlice.    B.  forbserun.    A. 

betweox.  A.  for  hwig.  A.  for-spyllednys.  5.  A.  3  big 
yrsodon;  B.  Z  yrsydun.  A.  on-gean.  A.  B.  hig.  6.  A. 
big.  hwig  synd  ge  byre  yrre.  7.  A.  symle.  B.  taela. 
A.  B.  symle.  8.  A.  byrigenne.  9.   A.  B.  godspel 

gebodod.  A.  bodod;  B.  gebodud.  A.  dyde  on  bis  ge- 
mynde. 10.  A.  hine  heom;  B.  hine  him.  11.  A.  B. 
hig  (twice).    A.  fagenedon.    A.  dygollice.  12.  A.  On 

[for  And].  A.  adzimorura.  A.  hig.  B.  wyltu  [for  wylt 
J>u].     B.  farun.    A.  gegearwion. 


3  and  ba  se  haelend  waes  on  bethania  on 
symones  huse  anes  hreofelen  3  baer  saet.  pa 
co?»  an  wif  3  haefde  hire  sealfe-box  deorewur- 
Be  nardes.  3  to-brokene  sealf-boxe  ofer  his 
heafed  aget. 

4  Sume  hit  unwurdlice  for-baeren.  3  be- 
tweoxe  heom  sylfen  cwaeSen.  for  hwi  waes 
bises  sealfe  for-spillednyss  ge- worsen. 

5  beos  sealfe  mihte  beon  ge-seald  to  brem 
hund  panegen.  3  beon  bearfen  ge-seald  3 
yrseden  agen  hy. 

6  pa  cw.  se  haelend.  Lasted  hyo  hwi 
synde  ge  hire  grame.  god  were  hyo  on 
me  worhte. 

7  SoSlice  symble  ge  haebbed  pearfen  mid 
eow.  3  banne  ge  willed  ge  magen  heom 
tiele  don.     me  ge  symble  neebbeS. 

8  .beos  sealde  -p  hyo  haefde.  hyo  com  to 
smeriene  minne  lichame  on  berigenne. 

9  So^lice  ich  eow  segge  swa  hwaer  swa 
bis  godspell  ge-boded  byo  on  eallen  midden- 
earde  byS  ge-boded  -p  hyo  bis  on  his  ge- 
minde  dyde. 

10  Da  iudas  scarioth  ■p  is  wiSersace  an 
of  pam  twelfen  ferde  to  pam  heah-sacerden 
~p  he  hine  heom  be-leawde. 

11  Da  hyo  bis  ge-herden  hyo  fageneden  3 
be-heton  him  feoh  to  syllene.  3  he  smaig- 
de  hu  he  hine  digelice  sealde. 

12  And  bam  formen  daige  azimoruwz.  ba 
hyo  eastren  ofFredon.  his  leorning-cnihtes 
him  saiden  hwider  wilt  bu  ■p  we  faren.  3 
ge-gaerewian  be  ■p  bu  eastren  aete. 

Various  Readings. 
3.  hreofolan ;  hafde ;  to-brocenum  ;  heafod  ageat.  4. 
unwurSlice  for-baren ;  be-twux  him  sylfum  cwsedon;  Jiisses; 
for-spillednes  ge-worden.  5.  sealf;  )>reom;  penegum; 
f>earfum;  yrsydon;  hyo.  6.  lateS;  synt;  weorc  heo.  7. 
habba<5  (jeavfan ;  )>onne;  willaS;  magon;  symle  nabbaS. 
8.  heo  hafde;  heo;  smyrianne  mine  lichaman;  byrigenne. 
$.  hwar;  godspel;  byS ;  eallum  middan-earde  biS  ge  bodud. 
10.  wi$er-saca;  twelfum';  heah-sacerdujw;  be-leewde.  11. 
ge-hyrdon  hig  fahnedon  ;  sillanne;  smeade;  digellice.  12. 
forman;  eastron  offrodon;  sajdon;  faran;  ge-garewian; 
eastron  ete. 


Ill 

3    miS-Sy    waes     fflt  bethanie    in      huse      symones     hreafes      3       gehlionade       cuom    sum  wif     haefde 
3  *Et    cum    esset    bethaniae    in    domo    simonis    leprosi    et   recumberet    uenit    mulier    habens'^LIIil. 

lu.  lxxiiii. 
strenne  fBet  full  Sees  smirinises  Saes  stences  diorwyrSes   3   miS-Sy  gebrocen  webs  \>tet  stan  fait  to-doBlde-tagaett  >«•  xcuiii. 

alabastrum       ungenti     nardi         spicati  praetiosi  et  fracto  alab[a]stro         effudit       mt-  cc  xxul' 

ofer      heafud     his  woeron  uutedlice     sume    hia  bulgon  t  unwyrSe  saegdon-rbituih      him      seolfuwi    3 

super    caput    eius.  4  erant    autem   quidam     indigne         ferentes  intra   semet    ipsos    et 

cuoedon     to     huon      losuist       Sios     smirinisse    aworden  wees  4"  is  maehte     forSon        smirinis  Sios 

dicentes    ut    quid   perditio    ista     ungenti        facta    est.  5   poterat    enim    unguentum    istud 

begeatta  forSor    mara  Sriim  hundraSum   scillingum  3   sealla    Sorfendum     3     bifgedon  k    on    hea  se  bsclereti 

ueniri     plus    quam        trecentis         denariis  et  dari  pauperibws  et  fremebant  in  earn.         6    iesws 

cuoeS   for-letas    hia     huaed  hir  hefigo  gie    sint        god       woerc  wyrcenda  waes  on    mec  symble 

autem   dixit    sinite  earn   quid  illi    molesti    estis   bonum   opus   operata   e3t  in   me.  7    semper 

forSon    Sorfendo    gie  habbaS     miS  iuih       3   miS-Sy    gie  wellae   gie  raagon    him     woel        doe     meh  uuterfftce    ne 
enim    pauperes     habetis    uobis-cum  et    cum    uolueritis    potestis    illis    bene    facere   me    autem    non 

syrale    gie  habbaS  -pte        haefde      Sios     dyde     fore-cuom  to  smiriane  lic-homa    min      on  bebyrgennise 

semper    habetis.  8  *Quod   habuit  haec  fecit  praeuenit    ungere     corpus   meum  in  sepulturam.  "J*^™1^     _ 

mt.  eclxxuii. 
soSlice  ic  saego    iuh  sua-huer  geboden         sie  k  biS        godspell  Sis       in  alluw       middangearrfe 

9  amen     dico    uobis    ubicumqwe    praedicatum    fuerit    euangelium    istud    in    uniuersuwi      mundo 

3        f       dyde    Sios      asaegd  biS    on        gemynd       hire  3-taec  iuSas     scarioft's      an     frowz  Saem  tuoelfum 

et  quod  fecit  haec  narrabitur   in  memoriaw  eius.         10  *Et   iudas  scariotis  unus    de       duodecim     *  160; '!:. 

»  lu.  cclxm. 

mt.  eclxxuiii. 
foerde    to        Saem  heh-sacerdum  f  te      beleede       hine     Saem.  SaSe     geherdon    gel'eando   woeron  3 

abiit    ad     summos     sacerdotes     ut    proderet    eum    illis.  11    qui    audientes    gauisi     sunt   et 

fore-gehehton  him        feh        f  te  hia  sealla  walldon  3        sohte  huu  hine      teaslicor  gesealla  maehte  3 

promiserunt   ei  pecuniam        se  daturos       et  querebat  quomodo  ilium  oportune     traderet.         12  et 

se  forma    daege    Saere  daerstana    Sonne  t  huoeune     eostro    asaegcas  t  ageafaS    cuoedon  &  cuoeSaS     him    Sa  Segnas 
primo       die        azymorum  quando         pasclia        immolant  dicunt  ei     discipuli 

hwidder  waelleSu  f  we  gae  3   gegearwiga  we    Se    -)5te  Su  gebrucca    eastro 
quo        uls        eamus    et      paremus      tibi  ut    mauduces  pascha. 


3.   3    miSSy    waes    in   bethania  in  huse  . . .  groefa  3  gihlionade  com  wif  haebbende  stan-faet  ful   Saere  smirnisse 
Saes  stenches  Siorwyrdes   3   miSSy    gibroecen  waes  Saet  steenna  feet  todaelde-tageott  ofer    heofud    his  4.    weron 

wutudu'ce  sume  hia  bulgun -tunwyrSne  seegdun  bitwih  him  solfum  3  cwedun  to  whon  losewiste  Sios  smirnisse 
aworden  waes  5.  maehte  forSon  smirnisse  Sios  wosa  mara  Sonne  Srim  hundredum  peninga  3  sella  Sorfendum 

3  bigedon  on  hiae  6.  Se  \\ve\end  soSlice  cwaeS   forletas  hire  hwaet  hir  hefge  ge   sint  god  were  wyrcende  waes 

on  mec  7.  symle  forSon  Sarfo  ge  habbas  iowih  mis  3  miSSy  ge  welle  ge  magun  Saem  wel  doa  mec  wutudh'ce 
ne  symle  habbas  8.  Saette  habbe  Sios  dyde  fore  com  to  smiranne  lichoma  minne  to  bibyrgnisse  9.  soSlice 
ic  saego  iow  swa  hwer  giboden  sie  k  biS  god-spell  Sis  in  allum  middengeorde  3  fte  Sios  dyde  asaegd  biS  on 
gimynd    hire  10.   3    iudas    scarioth    an    of    twelfum    feorde    to    Seem    heh-sacerdom    -pte     bilede    hine    Saem 

11.  SaSe  herdura  gifeonde  werun  3  fore  gihehtun  him  feh  Saette  hieB  waldun  sella  3  sohtun  hu  hiae  hine  hu  he 
hine  {sic)  gesella   maehte  12.  3   se  forma  daege  Saera  eostruna  Sonne  k  hwoenne  eostru   asaegas    cwedun    him 

Sa  Segnas  hwaet  wyltu  Saet  we  gse  3  georwige  Se  f  Su  gibrucce  eostru 


112 


13  Da  sende  he  twegen  of  his  leorning- 
cnihtum  3  saede  him ;  Ga$  on  ba  ceastre 
1  inc  agen  yrnft.  sum  man  berende  sume 
wseter-flaxan  ;  FolgiaS  him ; 

14  1  swa  hwyder  swa  he  inn-gaeS  secgaS 
baes  huses  hlaforde;  Vre  lareow  secgS. 
hwar  is  min  gyst-hus.  1  min  gereord.  hwar 
ete  ic  eastron.  mid  minu/«  leorning-cnih- 
tum ; 

15  And  he  inc  geswutelaS  mycele  healle 
gedaefte.     1  ge-ge-earwiaS  us  para ; 

16  pa  ferdon  his  leorning  cnihtas  ]  comon 
on  ba  ceastre.  1  fundon  hit  eall  swa  he 
saede.     1  ge-gearwodon  ba  eastron  ; 

17  SoSlice  ba  aefen  com.  him  twelfum 
mid  him 

18  sittenduw  1  etenduw  saede  se  haelend; 
SoSlice  ic  eow  secge  ~p  eower  an  be  mid  me 
yt  gesylS  me  ; 

19  Da  ongunnon  hi  beon  dreorige  3  be- 
twux  him  cweSan.  cwyst  bu  eom  ic  hit ; 

20  pa  saede  he  him.  an  of  eow  twelfum 
me  sylS.  se  Se  his  hand  on  disce  mid  me 
dypS; 

21  And  witodlice  mannes  sunu  gaeS  swa 
be  him  awriten  is.  wa  pam  menu  Jmrh 
bone  be  mannes  sunu  geseald  biS.  betere 
him  waere  -p  se  mann  acenned  naere ; 

22  Him  ba  etenduw?  afeng  se  haelend 
hlaf  3  hine  bletsiende  braec.  1  sealde  him  3 
bus  cwaeS.    nimaS.     Sis  ys  min  lichama. 


Various  Readings. 

13.  A.  B.  fjas  [for  J>a].  A.  ongean.  14.  A.  in-gaeS. 
A.  segS.  15.  A.  ge  ge-gearwiafc.  16.  A.  fundon  eall 
swa  he  hyt  heom  saede.  18.  A.  ytt.  19.  A.  hig.  A. 
dreorie.  A.be-tweox.  21.  A.  C.  men.  A.  man.  22. 
A.  onfeng.     A.  bletsigende. 


13  pa  sende  he  twegen  of  his  leorning- 
cnihten  ]  saeden  heom.  GaS  on  bas  cestre 
3  ginc  agen  yrnS  sim  man  berende  sume 
waeter-flaxan.     FolgieS  him. 

14  3  swa  hwider  swa  he  ingaS  segged 
bas  huses  hlaferde.  Ure  lareow  saegS  hwaer 
is  min  gyst-hus  "i  min  ge-reord.  hwaer 
aete  ic  eastren  mid  minen  leorning-cnih- 
ten. 

15  And  he  inc  ge-swutele<5  micele  halle 
ge-befte.     1  ge-gerewiaS  us  bare. 

16  ba  ferden  his  leorning-cnihtes  1  comen 
on  bare  cestre  3  funden  hit  eall  swa  he  saig- 
de.     3  ge-garewedon  ba  eastren. 

17  SoSlice  ba  aefen  com  heo»?  twelf  mid 
him. 

18  sittende.  1  etende  saede  se  haelend. 
SoSlice  ic  eow  segge.  ~p  eower  an  be  mid 
me  aet  ge-syld  me. 

19  ba  ongunnen  hio  beo  dreorige.  1  be- 
twuxe  heom  cwaeSen.    cwedst  bu  eom  ic  hit. 

20  Da  saede  he  heom.  an  of  eow  twelfen 
me  sylS.  Se  be  his  hand  on  disce  mid  me 
dypd. 

21  iEnd  witodlice  mannes  sune  gaS  swa 
be  hym  awriten  is.  Wa  ba/ra  men  burh 
bane  be  manues  sune  beoS  ge  seald.  betere 
hym  waere  -p  se  man  akenned  naere. 

22  Heom  ba  aetende  afeng  se  haelend 
hlaf.  1  hine  bletsiende  braec.  1  sealde  heom 
1  pus  cwaeS.     nymed  bis  is  min  lichame. 


Various  Readings. 

13.  leorning-cnihtas ;  saede;  ceastre;  inc;  Folgiafc.  14. 
secgefc  (jaes;  hlaforde;  segS;  ete;  eastron;  minum  leorning- 
cnihtum.  15.  gedaefte;  ge-gearwiaS;  f>ara.  16.  ferdon; 
leorning-cnihtas ;  comon ;  >a  ceastre ;  fundon ;  saegde ;  ge- 
garewodon;  eastron.  17.  efen;  twelfum.  18.  sittendum 
3  etendum;  ett  ge-sylfc.  19.  on-gunnon ;  beon ;  be-twux; 
cwyfcst;  eon  [for  eom].  20.  eom;  twelfumj  dypS.  21. 
And;   Jx>ne;   acenned.  22.    etende;  halend;   nymad ; 

lichama. 


113 


3     sende  tuoege  from    Segnum       his     3    cuoeS  him -Ho  Stem  gaaS  in    ccastre     3  togeaegn-iornaS   iuh 
13  et  mittit   duos    ex   discipulis   suis   et   dicit  eia  ite  in  ciuitate  et      occurrit       uobis 


monn    ombor  full    waetres       beres  fylgeS         him 

homo   laguenaw   aquae   baiulans   sequimini   eum. 


3      swa-huidder    inn-geongee  cuoeSas     drihtne 
14  et   quocumqwe   introierit    dicite    domino 


hus    forSon  Se  laruu    cuoeS  Ser     is    riordung    rnin    Ser     eastro     miS       Segnum    milium  ic  waslle  brucca  t eatta 
domus  quia  magister  dicit  ubi  est  refectio  mea  ubi  pascha  cum  discipulis  meis         manducem. 

3   Se  ilea     iuh  aad-eawas  rcord-hus  swiSe-lrnicel  song  +  bedd  3      Ser      gearuas       us  3 

15   et^ipse    uobis  .  demonstrabit    cenaculum     grande       stratum    et  illic    parate   nobis.  16  et 

eadon         Segnas        his      3       cuomon      in      ceastre      3      gemoetton        suae         cuseS    to  him    3   ge-gearwadon 
abierunt   discipuli   eius   et   uenerunt    in    ciuitate   et  inuenerunt    sicut    dixerat    illis    et   parauerunt 


eastro  efrn      uutedlice  warS     cuom     mi*      tuoelfnm 

pascha  17  *Uespere   autem   facto   uenit   cum   duodecim. 


3  Sicgendum  miS   him 

18   et   discumbentibws   cum   eis  *  Ml.  Hii. 

io.  lxxii.  exxi. 
int.  eclxxuiiii. 


3  etendum  cuoeS  se  hailend  soSlice  iuh        -pte        an       of       iuh     mee     seleS     seSe        attics 

et   manducantibus    ait        iesws      amen  dico   uobis   quia   unus   ex  nobis   me   tradet   qui   manducat 


mec  m[iS] 
mecum. 


cuoeS  him      an   of  Seem  tuoelfum     seSe     onhran    mec  miS    on      disc 
ait    illis  unus    ex    duodecim   qui   intingit   mecum    in  catino. 


soS  Sa-thia  ongunnon       unrotsia       3    cuoeSa    him      swyndria  hueSer    ic  see  f  seSe 

19  *At     illi     coeperunt  contristari  et  dicere     ei    singillatim   numquid    ego.       20  tQui  *  162.  i. 

lu.  eclxuiiii. 
io.  exxii. 
mt  eclxxx. 
3      sunu      sec  soS      monnes   j.  J63.  ii. 

21  et   iilius   quidem   hominis  lu-  cclxuiu. 

mt.  eclxxxi. 


geongaS    sua       awritten     is  of  him  k  from  hine  wee    Sonne      menn     Saem  Serh    Sone    sunu     monnes  gesald  bis 
uadit   sicut   scribtum  est  de  eo  uae  autem  homini   illi     per  quern  nlius  bominis  traditur 


betra-rgod    is    him  gif    ne      were    geboren   monn     Se 
*Bonum    est   ei     si   non   esset    natus    homo   ille. 


ettendum 


him     onfeng  se  hmXend 


22  tEt  manducantibws   illis   accepit     iesus, 


hlaf       3        bloedsade     gebraec    3     sealde    him    3    coed    onfoas      Sis       is     lichoma      min 
panem   et  benedicens  fregit  et   dedit    eis   et   ait   sumite   hoc   est   corpus   meum. 


•  164.  ui. 
mt.  eclxxxii. 
f  165.  i. 
lu.  eclxui. 
io.lu.lxiii.lxu. 
mt.  eclxxxiiii. 


13.  3   sende  twoege  of  Segnum  his  3  cwaeS  him  gaas  in  caestre  3  on-gaegn  iomeS  iow  mon  ombor  fulne  wsetres 
beres  fylgaS  him  14.   3   swa   hwider  in-gonge   cweoSas    drihtne    h\is   forSon   Se   larow   cwaeS   hwer  is   riorde 

min   hwer  eostru  miS  Segnum  minum  his  (sic)  ic  wyllo  brucca         15.  3  Se  ilea  iow  set-eoweS  riord-hus  swiSe  micel 
...3   Ser  georwigas   us  16.  3  eodun  Segnas   his   3  comun  in  caestre   3   gimoettun    swa   cwaeS  him  3  georwaduu 

eostru         17.  efern  wutudlj'ce  warS  com   miS  twelfum  18.  3  miS-Siccendum  him  3  etendum  cwaeS  Se  hseltf/id 

soS  ic  cweSo  iow  forSon  an  of  iow  mec  seleS   seSe  eteS   mec   miS  19.  soS   Sa -r  hia  ongunnun   unrotsiga  3 

cweoSa  to  him   syndrige  ah   hit  sie   ic  20.  seSe  cwbbS  him   an  of  Saam  twelfum    seSe    on-hran    mec    miS 

on  disce  21.  3  sunu  ec  soSl/ce  monnes  gees  swa  awriten  is  of  him  wae  Sonne  menn   Saem  Serh  Sone  sunu 

monnes   gi-sald  biS   god  k  betre  is  him  gif  ne  were  acenned  mon  Se  22.  3  etendum  him   onfeng    Se   hse\end 

hlaf  3  bletsade  cwaaS  braec  3  salde  him  3  cwoaS  onfoas  Sis  is  lic-homa  min 


114 


23  3  onfeng  calice.  3  gode  pancas  dyde 
1  sealde  him.     1  ealle  him  ofdruncon ; 

24  pa  saede  he  him.  Sis  ys  min  blod 
paere  niwan  cySnesse  •$  biS  for  manegu/ra 
agoten ; 

25  SoSlice  ic  eow  secge  •$  ic  heonon  forS 
ne  drince  of  pyses  wingeardes  cynne.  oS 
pone  daeg  ponne  ic  hine  niwne  drince  on 
godes  rice ; 

26  And  gecwedenum  lofe  hi  ferdon  on 
ele-bergena  munt ; 

27  Da  cwaeS  se  haelend.  ealle  ge  beoS 
geuntreowsode  on  pisse  nihte.  forpaw?  pe 
hit  awriten  is.  ic  slea  paene  hyrde  "i  beon 
pa  seep  to-dra?fede ; 

28  Ac  aefter  para  pe  ic  arise,  ic  cume 
beforan  eow  on  galileam  ; 

29  pa  saede  petrus  him.  peah  Se  ealle 
swicion  ne  swicige  ic  pe  na ; 

30  Da  cwebS  se  haelend ;  Soplice  ic  pe 
secge.  •$  Su  on  pisse  nihte  aer  hana  tuwa 
crawe.     priwa  wiS-saecst  min. 

31  }  he  paes  Se  mare  sprsec.  1  peah  me 
ge-byrige  mid  pe  to  sweltene.  ne  aet-sace  ic 
pin.     3  swa  hi  cwaedon  ealle  ; 

32  pa  comon  hi  to  anuw*  tune  pees  nama 
waes  gezemani.  1  he  cwaeS  to  his  leorning- 
cnihton  ;   SittaS  her  oS  •$  ic  me  gebidde ; 

33  And  he  nam  pa  mid  him  petruw  J 
iacobuw?  7  iohanne/w.  pa  ongan  he  forhtian 
1  sargian 


Various  Readings. 

24.  A.  om.  he.    C.  om.  niwan.    A.  cySnysse.        25.  A. 
heonen.        26.  A.  B.  C.  hig.        27.  A.  J>one.    B.  C.  beoS. 

B.  C.  sceap.        30.  A.  inserts  se  before  hana.       31.  A.  B. 

C.  sweltanne.    A.  hig.        32.  A.  hig.    A.  giedzemani.    A. 
leorning-cnyhtum;  B.  C.  leorning-cnihtum. 


23  !I  onfeng  calice  3  gode  pances  dyde.  3 
sealde  heom.     3  ealle  heon  ofdruncen. 

24  Da  saide  he  heom  pis  is  min  blod 
pare  nywe  cySnissan.  f  beoS  for  manigen 
agoten. 

25  SoSlice  ic  eow  segge  -p  ic  henen 
forS  ne  drince  of  pises  win-geardes  kynne. 
oSSe  panne  daig  panne  ic  hine  neowe  drince 
on  godes  rice. 

26  iEnd  ge-cweSenen  lofe  hyo  ferdon  on 
ele-bergene  munt. 

27  pa  cw  se  haelend  ealle  ge  beoS  ge- 
untreowsede  on  pisse  nihte.  for  pam  pe 
hit  awriten  is.  ic  slea  panne  heorde.  3 
beoS  pa  seep  to-draefde. 

28  Ac  aefter  pan  pe  ic  arise  ic  cume 
be-foren  eow.     on  galilea. 

29  pa  saide  petrus  him.  peah  pe  ealle 
swician.  ne  swicige  ic  pe  na. 

30  Da  cwaeS  se  haelend.  SoSlice  ic  pe 
segge.  -p  pu  on  pisen  nihte  aer  coc  twewe 
craewe  preowe  wiS-saecst  min. 

31  1  he  paes  pe  mare  spaec.  1  pah  me 
ge-berige  mid  pe  to  sweltene.  ne  aet-sace 
ic  pin.     1  swa  hyo  cwaeSen  ealle. 

32  Da  comen  hyo  to  anen  tune  pas  nama 
waes  getsemani.  7  he  cwaeS  to  his  leorning- 
cnihten.     SitteS  her  oS  ~p  ic  me  ge-bidde. 

33  "J  he  nam  \>a.  mid  him  petruw  ")  iaco- 
buw.  1  iohannem  pa  on-gan  he  forhtigen  1 
sarigen. 


Various  Readings. 

23.  >ancas ;  of-druncan.  24.  sasgde ;  eom ;  niwan ; 
bi« ;  manegum.  25.  henon ;  cynne ;  ofc  \>onne ;  fjomu- ; 
nywe.  2fi.  ge-cweSenuwj ;  bergena.  27.  ge-untreow- 
sode ;    j>onno  ;    sceap  to-droefede.  28.   |>am ;    be-foran ; 

galileam.        29.  ssegde.        30.  (jissura ;  hana  twuwa  crawe 
31.   sprtec;    |ieah ;    gebyrige;    sweltane.         32. 


[jriwa. 

comon ;     anum 
•  33.  forhtian  5  sarigian 


price ;     peau  ;    geuynge;     sweuane.  oz. 

;     gezemani;     leorning-cnihton.      SittaS. 


115 

3  miS-Sy  onfeng  Saem  calic  Soncungo    dyde     salde    him    3     gedruncon    of   Saem      alle  3 

23  *Et      accepto  calice      gratias   agens   dedit  eis   et    biberunt  ex  illo   omnes.  24   et  •  166.  ii. 

lu.  cclxui[i]. 

cuoeS     him       Sis        ic  bl6d  min      niwes        cySnises        seSe     fore    monigum    agotten  biS  i  todaeled  biS 

ait      illis     hie   '  est     sanguis     meus     noui     testamenti     qui     pro     multis  effunditur 

soSlice  ic  cuoeSo    iuh        f-te    soSlice     ne   driuco  ic   of         cynn      wingeardes  wis  •?  oSS  on    daege    Sone  f  Seem 
25  amen      dico     uobis   quod    iam    non   bibam   de   genimine      uitis        usqwe     in   diem       ilium 

miSSy  _  ■£      ic  drinco      niwe      in       ric     godes  3  miS  sua  cuoednum  wordum  Sona  foerdon  on       mor 

cum   illud    bibam    nouum  in  regno   dei.        26  *Et         hymno  dicto      exierunt     in  montem "  XLV. 

J  167.  ui. 

mt.  eclxxxui. 
oelebeama  3    cuoeS    him  se  haelewa  alle  gie  biSon  geondspyrnad-l'todrifeno  in      naeht       Sas     forSon 

oliuarum.  27  *Et    ait     eis       iesus      omnes  scandalizabimini  in     nocte     ista  tQuia  *  168.  iiii. 

io.  clii. 

mt.  eclxxxuii. 
awritten    is  -r  wses  ic  Serhslae  •}"  hrino   tone  hiorde    3    tostrogden  biSon    8a  scipo  ah    aefter-Son      Se     +  169.  ui. 

scribtum      est  percutiam         pastorem    et     dispargentur       oues.  28   sed    postea    quam mt-  cclxxxuiii' 

ic  ariso  ♦  arisen  beom    befora  ic  cymo     iuh    on    galilea  i .  geleornise  petrw#       Sonne     cuoeS    him 

surrexero  praecedam      uos   in  galilseam.  29    *Petrus    autem     ait      ei  *  170.  i.  y 

lu.  eclxxu. 
io.  exxui. 
3  gif -t  *£eh      alle       geondspyrnad  see-tbiSon  ah  +  hwoeSre  ncefre  ic-tne  ic  3    cuoeS   him   se  hai\end  nit.cclxxxuiiii. 

etsi       omnes   scandalizati     fuerint  sed  non  ego.  30   et    ait     illi       iesws 

soSlice  ic  cuoeSo  Se       fte    Su    todaeg   on     nseht    Siser       aer  Son       tuiga    se  hona    stefne      gesella    Sria  mec 
amen       dico     tibi    quia   tu  hodie   in    nocte    hac    priusquam    bis     gallus   uocem   dederit    ter    me 

Su    bist  onsaecc  soS     he  forSor  t  mara  gespraec  i  sprecend  waes  3  gif4*3  Saeh  ic  scile  i  becyme  mec 

6a    negaturus.  31  *At    ille     amplius  loqwebatur  etsi  oportuerit       me*l7l.ui. 

mt.  cexc. 

aedgeadre  f  ic  efne-gesuelta    Se       ne    Sec   onsaecco  ic       gelic         soSlice  aec-t  3    alle     hia  gecuoedon  3 

simul  commori        tibi   non    te     negabo    similiter   autem     et    omnes     dicebant  32  *Et  *  *72-  »• 

lu.  eclxxuiiii. 
io.  clui. 
cuomonl'   on     -p  lond  Se  is  genemned  predium     Seem  is  noma    -p  is  on  ebrisc    3    cuoeS     Saegnum        his         sittas    mt.  cexci. 

ueniunt    in  praedium  cui   nomen       gesemani     et    ait    discipulis    suis  *Sedete  *  '73  «t 

mt.  cexcii. 

her   oSSaet-l'Sa  huil  ic  gebidde  3     to-genom    petrwn      3         iacob         3      iohannem       mi*       3     ongann 

hie         donee  orem.  33  et  adsumit  petrum  et  iacobum  et  iohannen  secum   et   coepit 

forhtiga    3      16ngiga 
pauere   et  taedere. 


23.  3   on-feng  Saem    calice   Soncunde    dyde    salde   him  3   gidruncun   of   Saem  alle  24.   3  cwaeS   him  Sis  is 

blod  min  niowe  cySnisse  seSe  fore  monigum  agoten   biS  25.   soS  ic  cweSo  iow  -JSte  soSlice  ne   drinco  ic  of 

cynne    wingeordes    oS    to    daege    Saem    miS-Sy    Saet  ic   drinco  niowe  in  rice  godes  26.  3  miS   swa  cwednum 

Sona  foeordun  on   mor  oele-beomes  27.  3   cwaeS    him    Se  haelend  alle   ge    bioSun   onspyrned   on  naeht  Sisser 

forSon    awriten    is  ic    Serh-slae  *  hrino   Sone   hiorde  3  to-stencud   biS  Saet  ede  28.   ah   aefter    Son   Se  ic  arisu 

bifora  ic    cymo    iowih  in  galileam  29.  ...  wutudh'ce  cwaeS  ...  3   gif[-t]Seh   alle  onspyrnisse  sie  ah  ne  ic  aefre 

30.  3  cwsbS  him  Se  h&lend  soS  ic  cweSo  Se  Saette  Su  to  daBge  in  naeht  Sisser  aerSon  Sonne  hona  stefne  giselle 
Srige  me  Su  bist  onssecen  31.  3  soS  he  forSor  mara  gisprecun  (sic)  3  gif-t'Seh  ic  scile  bicuma  mec  aetgedre 
fte  ic  swelte  miS  Se  ne  Se    onsaeco  ic   gilice    soSlice   3  alle  cwedun  32.  3   comon  on  Saet  lonSe  is  nemned 

predium  Saem  noma  is  on  ebrisc  3  cwaeS  to  Segnum  his  sittas  her  oSSa  Sa  hwile  ic  gibidde  me  33.  3  to-ginom 
petrus  3  . . .  3  . . .  miS  3  ongan  forhtiga  3  longiga  • 

P2 


ne 


34  1  saede  him ;  Unrot  is  min  sawl  o'S 
deaS.    gebidaS  her  3  waciaS ; 

35  Da  he  lyt-hwon  forS-stop  he  astrehte 
hine  ofer  pa  eorSan.  D  he  baed.  gif  hit 
beon  mihte  -p  he  on  paere  tide  ham  him 
gewite ; 

36  And  pa  cwaeB  he.  abba.  ~p  is  faeder 
on  ure  gepeode.  ealle  ping  pe  synt  mihtig- 
lice.  afyrr  pysne  calic  fraw  me  ac  na  -p 
ic  wylle  ac  -p  pu ; 

37  pa  com  he  1  funde  hi  slaepende.  3 
cwaeS  to  petre;  Simon,  slaepst  pu.  ne 
mihtest  Su  ane  tide  wacian. 

38  waciaS  1  gebiddaS  -p  ge  on  costnunge 
ne  gan.  witodlice  se  gast  is  gearu.  ac  "p 
flassc  is  untruw? ; 

39  And  eft  he  ge-baed  pa  ylcan  sprEece. 

40  3  pa  he  hine  eft  agen  bewende.  he 
funde  hi  slzepende.  hyra  eagan  waeron  ge- 
hefegode  3  hi  nyston  hwaet  hi  him  3sware- 
don; 

41  Da  com  he  priddan  siSe  3  saede  him. 
slapaS  nu  "i  restaS  genoh  hit  ys.  tima  ys 
cutnen  nu  is  mannes  sunu  geseald  on  syn- 
fulra  handa ; 

42  Arisap.  uton  gan.  nu  is  gehende  se 
Se  me  sylft ; 

43  Him  pa  Sa  gyt  sprecenduw?  com  ludas 
scarioth.  -p  ys  wipersaca.  an  of  pam  twelf- 
um.  1  mid  him  mycel  menegeo  mid  swurd- 
um  1  mid  sahluw?.  fra»?  heah-sacerdu/w. 
bocerum  1  ealdruw? ; 


Various  Headings. 

34.  A.  sawel ;    B.  saul.    C.  gebiddaX.  36.   A.  B.  C. 

mihtelice.  A.  afyr.  37.  A.  hig.  A.  tyd.  39.  B.  C. 
space.  40.  A.  on-gean.  A.  B.  C.  hig.  A  heora.  A.  hig 
(twice).  42.  B.  utun.  43.  A.  msonigeo.  A.  sweordum. 
A.  B.  C.  insert  7  be/ore  bocerum. 


34  3  saede  heom.  Vnrot  is  min  sawle 
odSe  deaS  ge-biddeS  her  1  wakieS. 

35  Da  he  lithwon  forS-stop.  he  astrehte 
hine  ofer  pa  eorSan  3  ge-bsed.  gyf  hit 
beon  mihte.  p  he  on  pare  tide  fram  him 
ge-wite. 

36  3  pa  cw.  he,  abba,  ■p  is  fader  on 
ure  ge-peode  alle  ping  pe  sende  mihtilice 
afyrre  pisne  calic  fram  me.  ac  na  j>  ic 
wille  ac  ■p  pu. 

37  Da  com  he  3  funde  hyo  slaepende.  3 
cwaeS  to  petre.  Simon  slaepst  pu.  ne  miht- 
est pu  ane  tide  wacien. 

38  wacieS  3  ge-biddaS  p  ge  on  costnunge 
ne  gan.  witodlice  se  gast  is  geare.  ac  p 
flaesc  is  untrum. 

39  And  eft  he  ge-baed  pa  ylcen  spasce. 

40  3  pa  he  hine  eft  agen  be-wende.  he 
funde  hyo  slaspende.  heore  eagen  waeren 
ge-hefegede.  3  hyo  nyston  hwaet  hyo  him 
andswereden. 

41  pa  com  he  Sriddan  siSe.  3  saede 
heom  slaepeS  nu  3  rested  ge-noh  hit  is. 
time  is  cumen  nu  is  mannes  sune  ge-seald 
on  synfulre  hande. 

42  arised  uten  gan.  nu  is  ge-hende  se 
pe  me  syld. 

43  him  pa  pe  gyt  spraecende  com  iudas 
scarioth  ■p  is  wiSer-saca.  an  of  pam  twelf- 
en.  3  mid  him  mycel  manige.  mid  sweord- 
en  3  mid  sahlen.  fram  heah-sacerden  3 
bokeren  3  ealdren. 


Various  Readings. 

34.  sawul ;  waciaS.  35.  eoriSen.  36.  synde.  37. 
wacian.  38.  waciaS  ;  f>et  [for  f] ;  gearu.  39.  ylcan 
spaece.  40.  hyra  eagan  wseron  geheofogode  ;  andsware- 
don.  41.  restaS ;  tima;  synfullra  handa.  42.  ArisaJS 
uton;  sylS.  43.  sprecendem  (.sic);  twelfuwi;  menigeo; 
sweordum;   sahlum;   heah-sacerdum  ;  bocerum;  ealdrum. 


117 


3  cuoe8  him-r'Saem  un-r6dt     is       sawel      min    oSS-rwiS   to        deaSe     ge-Soligas-l'    her     3       waeocas 
34  *Et    ait  illis        tristi8    est    anima    mea     usque     ad    mortem    sustinete    hie    et    uigilate.  •  174.  iiii. 

io.  cuii. 

ml.  cexciii. 

3   miS8y  waes  faerende  i  foerde      huon         fore-feoll  on-rofer    eorSu      3  gebaedd  -r  waes  biddend  £te  gif   wosa 
35  *Et  cum  processiset       paululum   proeidit     super    terram   et  orabat  ut    si    fieri  *  175.  i. 

lu.  eclxxxi. 

io.  clxi. 
maehte    ofer  -J-  bileorade   from    him  -r  hine   Sio  tid  J     cuoeS        la  heh         faeder       alle        Se    maehtiglii 

posset        transiret         ab         eo  hora.         36  et    dixit        abba         pater    omnia    tibi 

sint-tsindon  alle  in  Sinum  maeht  oferferig-rbi-leore      calic      Siosne   from   mec       ah       ne       -p-te       ic     willo 
possibilia  sunt  transfer         calicem    hunc     a     me   *Sed  non   quod   ego  uolo 

"*     lu.  eclxxxi  i. 
io.  luii.  xlii. 

•p-te    Su  waellao  3      cuom      3     gemittae     hea       sleppende       3    cuoeS  to  petre  la  simon    Su  slepes     ne    mt  ccxcu- 

quod        tu  37   et    uenit    et   inuenit    eos    dormientes    et    ait      petro      simon      dormis    non 


maehtes  $11  an      huil    gewaeccaB 
potuisti   una   hora   uigilare. 


wacccas      3    gebiddas   -p-te     ne        ingae      in         costunge  se  gaast 

38  *Uigilate  et     orate      ut  non    intretis  in  temtationem  tSpiW<ws  •  177.  H. 

lu.  eclxxx. 

eclxxxiiii. 
uutedlice  is  gearuu  Sio  lichoma  Sonne  untrymig  3  efter-sona  from  geongende  gebaedd  Saet  ilea        w6rd        mt-j ysf' 

quidem   promtus       caro        uero  infirma.        39  *Et  iterum         abiens  orauit  eundem  sermonem  t  Jj. 

mt.  cexcuii. 
*  179.  ui. 
Sus  euoeSende  3    eft-gecerde   niwunga  k  sona  gemitte     hia        slepende      woeron  forSon     ego    hiora  k  Saera  mt.  cexcuii i. 

dicens.  40  et   reuersus  denuo        inuenit   eos    dormientes   erant   enim    oculi     illoruw 


pislico  4"  hefigo  3       ne  wiston      huaed  scealdon  onduearda-ronsuaerega  him 
ingrauati     et   iguorabant   quid  responderent  ei. 


3       cuom    Sirdda  siSe    3 
41  *Et    uenit       tertio       et  •  180.  iiii. 

io.  ciii. 

mt.  ccxcuiiii 


cuoeS   Saem-Hiim    slepaS      gee     3         raestas      wel  maege  k  wel  licas   cuom  Sio  tid  heono  biS  gesald  sunu     monnes 
ait         illis      dormite   iam  et  requiescite  sufficit  uenit   hora   ecce   traditur  filius  hominis 


in      h6nd        synnfullra 
in   manus    peccatorum 


arisaS   gae  we-t'wutun  geonga  heono  seSe  mec    selleS      neh      is 
42   surgite  eamus  ecce    qui    me  tradit  prope  est. 


43  *Ef  181.  i. 

lu.  eclxxxu. 
io.  cluiii. 

8a  get  +  8a  geon  him -t"  hine  sprecende     cuom     iudas  se  scariothisca    an    from   Seem  tuoelfum   3     mi8   Seem  k  hine  „*"""/ 

athuc  eo         loquente  uenit   iudas       scariot       unus   ex       duodecim     et  cum       illo 


8reat      menigo      mi8      suordum      3    stencum-rtrewum  from  helium  sacerdum  3    from  wu8wutum    3   from 

turba     multa     cum     gladiis     et  lignis  a"     summis     sacerdotibws   et     &       scribis     et    a 

aeldum 
senioribws. 


34.  3   cwaeS    him  un-rot   is   sawel    min    08    to  k  wis   deaS   giSoeligas  her  3  waeccas  35.   3   mi8-8y  faerende 

waes  hwon  fore-feoll  ofer  eor8o  3   gibaed  k  biddende  waes   f  te   gif  wosa  maehte   giliore   from  him   8io  tid  36.  3 

cwae8  la  heh  faeder  alle  maehtiglice  8e  sindun  oferfaerh  k  giliore  calic  Siosne  from  me  ah  ne  f  te  ic  welle  ah  |>aete 
8u   welle  37.   3    com   3    infand   hae   slepende   3   cwaeS   to   petre   la   simon   8v    slepes   ne   maehttes   8u  ane  tide 

giwaecca  38.  waeccas  3  gi-biddas  -pte  ne  in-gae  in  costunge  Se  gast  wutud&'ce  georo  is  Se  lic-homa  Sone  un-trymig 
39.  3  efter  sona  from  eode  3  gi-baBd  Saot  ilee  word  cweSende  40.  3  eft  gicerde  niowunga  in-uand  hiae  slepende 
werun    forSon    egu   hiora    pislico -r  heflgo    3    ne   wistun   hwaet  scealdun   3worda   him  41.  3  com   Sirdan   siSe  3 

cwaeS  him  slepas  ge  3  restas  wel  magun  cyomeS  Sio  tid  heonu  gisald  biS  sunu  monnes  in  honda  synn-fullum 
42.  arisas  gaa  we  heono  seSe  mec   seleS  neh  is  43.  3   Sa  geona  him  sprecende  com   iudas  Se  scariothisca  an 

of  Saem  twelfum  3  miS  him  Sreotas  monige  miS  swordum  3  stencgum  sendend  (sic)  from  heh-sacerdum  3  from 
uSwutum  3  from  aeldrum 


118 


44  SoSlice  his  laewa  him  tacen  sealde 
~i  J7us  cwaeS ;  Swa  hwylcne  swa  ic  cysse  he 
hit  is.     nimaS  1  lsedaS  hine  waerlice. 

45  1  sona  swa  he  com  he  ge-nealaehte  him 
to  "J  cw.     lareow.     ]  cyste  hine. 

46  1  hi  hyra  handa  on  hine  wurpon. 
1  namon  hine ; 

47  SoSlice  an  of  pam  pe  Sar  embe-uton 
stodon  his  swurde  abraed  1  sloh  paes  sacerdes 
peow.     1  his  eare  of  acearf ; 

48  J>a  cwaeS  se  haelend  hi»i  !!swariende; 
Swa  swa  to  anum  sceaSan  ge  ferdon  mid 
swurdon  1  treowuwi  me  gefon. 

49  ponwe  ic  daeghwamlice  mid  eow  waes 
on  temple  laerende  "i  ge  me  ne  namon.  ac 
•p"  pa  gewritu  syn  gefyllede ; 

50  Da  forleton  his  leorning-cnihtas  ealle 
hine  3  flugon ; 

51  Sum  iungling  him  fyligde  mid  anre 
scytan  bewaefed  nacod  1  hi  namon  hine; 

52  Da  aworpenre  paere  scytan  nacod  he 
him  fram  fleah  ; 

53  And  hi  laeddon  paene  heelend  to  pam 
heah-sacerde.  1  comon  ealle  sacerdas.  3  bo- 
ceras  "i  ealdras  togaedere ; 

54  Petrus  him  fyligde  feorran  op  Saes 
heah-sacerdes  cafertun  3  he  saet  mid  paw 
Senum  1  wyrmde  hine  aet  pam  fyre ; 

55  J>a  heah-sacerdas  sohton  "i  eall  gepeaht. 
tale  agen  pone  haelend.  -p  hi  hine  to  deaSe 
sealdon  "i  hi  ne  fundon  ; 


Various  Readings. 

46.  A.  hig  heora.  47.  A  ymbe-utan  ;  B.  C.  embe-utan. 
C.  stodan.  A.  sweorde.  48.  A.  3swarigende.  A.  sweor- 
dum.  51.  A.  fylgde.  A  hig.  53.  A.  hig.  A.  {>one 
54.  A.  fylgde.  55.  B.  C.  sohtun.  A.  on-gean.  A.  hyg ; 
B.C.  hig.    A.  deSe.    A.  B.  C.  hig. 


44  SoSlice  his  laewa  heom  taken  sealde  3 
pus  cwaeS.  Swa  hwilcne  swa  ic  kysse.  se 
hit  ys  nymeS  "i  laedeS  hine  waerlice. 

45  1  sone  swa  he  com  he  ge-nehlacte  hine 
to  1  cwaeS.     Lareow ;  "i  cyste  hine. 

46  1  hyo  heore  hande  on  hine  wurpen 
1  namen  hine. 

47  SoSlice  an  of  pam  pe  paer  embe-uten 
stoden  his  sweord  abraed.  1  slog  pas  sacerd- 
es peow.     1  his  eare  of  acarf. 

48  Da  cwaeS  se  haelend  heom  and-swer- 
iende.  Swa  swa  to  anen  scaeSan  ge  ferden 
mid  sweorden  1  treowen  me  ge-fon. 

49  Jeanne  ic  daig-hwamlice  mid  eow  waes 
on  temple  laerende  3  ge  me  namen.  ac  ~p  pa 
ge-write  syen  ge-fellde. 

50  Da  for-leten  his  leorning  cnihtes  ealle 
hine  1  flugen. 

51  Sum  gungling  him  fylgde  mid  ane 
scytan  be-waefed  nacod.     1  hy  name  hine. 

52  -p  weerpendre  pare  scete  nacod  he 
heom  fram  fleah. 

53  ^  hy  laedden  J?anne  haelend  to  pam 
heah-sacerde  send  comen  ealle  pa  sacerdes. 
aend  bokeres.     "i  ealdres.     to-gaedere. 

54  Petrus  heom  felgede  ferren  0*8  pas 
heah-sacerdes  caefertun.  and  he  set  mid 
pam  penum  3  wermden  hine  aet  pam  fyre. 

55  Da  heah-sacerdas  sohten  1  eall  ge- 
peaht. tale  agen  panne  haelend.  -p  hyo 
hine  to  deaSe  sealden  ")  hyo  ne  fundon. 


Various  Readings. 

44.  tacen;  cysse;  he;  nymafc.  45.  sona;  ge-neah- 
tehte.  46.  hyore ;  wurpon ;  namon.  47.  -uton  stodon ; 
acearf.  48.  anum  sceaSan ;  ferdon ;  sweordon ;  treowum. 
49.  Jjonne;  da?g-hwamlice ;  syn  gefyllede.  50.  for-leoton; 
flugon.  51.  iungling;  fyligde;  be-wafed;  hyo  namon; 
52.  aworpenre ;  scytan.  53.  hyo ;  }ionne ;  comon ;  MS. 
R.  omits  )>a  before  sacerdes  ;  boceras ;  to-gadere.  54.  fy- 
ligde feorran;  sacerdas  cafertun;  sset;  wyrmde.  55. 
sohton;   |>onne;  sealdon. 


119 


webs  saldend  t  gesalde  Sonne    se  sellend  his    becon  &  taco  him  cuoeSende  Sone  suahuoelc  i  3  miSSy  cyssennde 
44         *Dederat  autem   traditor  eiu8     signum     eis     dicens  quem-cumque        osculatus  * 


ic  beom  \  ic  see    his      is  haldas    hine  -t  Sone    3   wserlice    geleedaS 

fuero          ipse   est  tenete        earn        et   caute     ducite. 

geneolecde  to     him  cuoeS  la  laruu  3      eyssende    wses    hine 

cedens    ad   eum    ait  rabbi   et  osculatus   est   eum. 


3    miS-Sy   gecuome      recone  to- 

45   et    cum    uenisset    statim  ac- 

so?   Sa  ilco  honda      gewurpon     on  hine 

46   at      illi    manus  iniecerunt   in  eum 


hi.  cclxxxui. 
mt.  ccci. 


7     gehealdon  Sene-Hiine  ah    Sonne  -tSa  summ  monn  of  Ssera  ymbstondendum  oflsede  4"  ataeh  -JS  suord 

et   tenuerunt      eum.  47  *Unus    autem       quidam     de     circum-stantibus        educens     gladium  *  183.  i. 

la.  cclxxxuii. 
io.  clx. 
slog      esne  t  SrsBl         heh-sacerdas  3    gesnaS  i  tocearf  him  4"  Ssem  Sa  earelipprica  3      onsuserede    mt.  cccii. 

percussit   seruum   summi   sacerdotis   et      amputauit  illi  auricula.  48  *Et  respondens  *  1*4.1 

r  *  lv.  cclxxxmni. 

io.  clxx. 
se  hselend  cuoeS  Ssem  41  him      allsuse        to        Seafe       gie  foerdon   miS    suordum    3    stenguwi  to  gefoanne  4"  to  la3C-  mt.  ccciiii. 
iesws        ait         illis       tamquam   ad   latronewi     existis     cum   gladiis   et   lignis  comprehen- 

canne    mec  Eeghuelc  dsege  ic  wses      miS      iuh     in     tempel     lserend     3      ne    meh   gehealdon     ah     -pte 

dere     me.  49      cotidie         eram    apud   uos    in   templo   docens   et  non   me   teuuistis   sed    ut 


f  hia  woero  gefylled      writto 
adimpleantur      scribturse. 


Sa  Segnas         his    forleorton  4"  forletendo  alle        geflugon 

50  *Tunc    discipuli    eius         relinquentes         eum    omnes    fugerunt  ■  185.  ui. 


ging  esne     Sonne  Xuutedlice       sum  gefylgede        him     gegearuad  -J-  ymbgyrded   miS  ofer^on 

51  *Adulescens         autem  quidam     seqwebatur    eum  amictus  sindone      super    •  186.  x. 


nacod       3        gehealdon       hine 
nudo     et     tenuerunt     eum. 


soS     he      miSSy  forwarp  4"  nacod     fore-flseh    from    Ssem 

52    at     ille  reiecta  sindone     nudu8    profugit     ab     eis. 


1  to-leeddon       Sone  hselenrf 

53  *Et   adduxerunt        iesum 


to 
ad 


Ssem 
summum 


heh-sacerd 
sacerdotewi 


3     efne-gecuomon       alle 
et     conueniunt     omnes 


Sa  sacerdas     3 
sacerdotes    et  ■  187.  i. 

lu.  ccxc. 
io.  clxii. 
wiS        on      worSe    clxiiii. 

usque    in    atrium  mV<,c„cc— 
*  *  188.  mi. 

io.  clxiiii. 
Sses  heh-sacerdas        3    gessett  t  sittende  waes   miS   Ssem    embiht-monnum    3  wsermde        hine     to    Ssem    fyre  mt.  cccuii 

summi    sacerdotis    et  sedebat  cum  ministris       et  cale-faciebat    S6"     ad     ignem. 


Sa  wuSuuto     3 
scribse      et 


Sa  seldesto 
seniores. 


petrus      Sonne        fearre 
54  *Petrus    autem    &   longe 


fylgende    wses    hine 
secutus     est    eum 


Sa  heh  Sonne      sacerdas       3       all      f>  somnung        sohton  wis        Sone  hailcnd       cySnisse      fte  hine 

55  *Summi   uero  sacerdotes  et  omue  concilium  quaerebant  aduersum     iesum     testimonium  ut  eum «  189.  ii. 

lu.  cccu. 
to  deaSe  msehte  gesealla    ne         fundon  mt"  cccunl- 

morti        traderent     nee  inueniebant. 


44.    gisalde    Sonne    Se    sellend    his     tacun    him    cweSende    swa    hwelcne    swa    ic    eyssende    ic   biom  he  it  is 
haldas    hine    3    gihlsedaS  45.   3   miS-Sy  comun  sona  gineolicadun  to  him  cwseS  hal  larwa  3   eyssende  wses 

hine  46.   soS   Sa   ilea  honda  giwurpun  on  hine  3   giheoldun  hine  47.  an  Sonne  sum  mon  of  Ssem  ymb- 

stondendum   giteh    Sset    sword    Serh-slog   esne  4"  Srsel    heh-ssecerdas   3    tosnaS    him    Sone    SBarliprica  48.  3 

ond-sworade    Se    hselenrf  cwseS    Ssem    all    swa    hweet  [to]    Seofe    gifeordun  miS    swordum  3  stengum   to  foenne  * 
gilseccan    mec  49.   eghwelce   dsege  Sis   (sic)  wses  miS   iowih   in    temple   lserende  3   ne  mec    gihealdun   ah  -pte 

were    gifylled    giwriotu   Sse  50.   Sa    Segnas   his   alle    for-leortun  t  forletende   hine    tlugun  51.   ging   esne 

wutudlice  sum   gifylgende  him   gigeorwad  i  ymb-gyrded .  . .  ofer  nacudne   giheoldun   hine         52.  cwseS   him   miSSy 
forwarp  . . .  nacud   from-tleh   him  53.  3    to-gi-lseddun   Sone   haelenrf  to   hehsacerdum  3  efne-gicomun    alle  Sa 

sacerdas  3  uSwutu  3  Sa  seldru  54.   petrus  Sonne  feorra  fylgende  wses  him  oS  to  on  worSe  Sses  heh-sacertles 

3  sset  miS   Segnum  3   wermde  hine  to  Ssem   fyre  55.  Sa  heh  Sonne  sacerdas  3  all  Sio  somnung  sohtun  wis 

Sone  hselend  cySnisse  -fte  hine  to  deaSe  gitalduu  ne  onfundun 


120 


56  Mauega  saedon  lease  gecySnysse  agen 
hine.     3  pa  cySnessa  naeron  paeslice ; 

57  Da  arison  sume  3  saedon  lease  cySnesse 
agen  hine  3  pus  saedon ; 

58  SoSes  we  ge-hyrdon  hine  secgan.  ic 
to-wurpe  f»is  hand-worhte  tewpel  3  aefter  pri»« 
dagu/w  ic  oSer  unhand-worht  ge-timbrie; 

59  3  hyra  cypnys  naes  paes-lic  ; 

60  pa  aras  sum  heah-sacerd  on  hyra 
midlene  3  ahsode  paene  haelend.  ne  and- 
swarast  pu  nan  Sing,  agen  ~p  pas  pe  on- 
wurpaS ; 

61  he  suwode  3  naht  ne  3swarode;  Eft 
hine  axode  se  heah-sacerd.  eart  pu  crist 
paes  gebletsodan  godes  sunu; 

62  Da  saede  se  haelend.  ic  eom.  3  ge 
geseoS  mannes  sunu  on  swySran  healfe 
sittan  his  maegenes.  3  cumende  mid  heofones 
genipuw; 

63  pa  cw  se  heah-sacerd.  his  reaf  slit- 
eude.     hwi  ge-wilnige  we  gyt  cySera. 

64  ge  gehyrdon  his  bysmer.  hwaet  pincS 
eow ;  Da  hyrwdon  hi  ealle  hine  3  cwaedon  -p 
he  waere  deaSes  scyldig ; 

65  And  sume  aguunon  him  on  spaetan 
3  ofer-wreon  his  ansyne.  3  mid  fystuw  hine 
beoton.  3  him  to  cwaedon  ;  Araed.  and  pa 
Senas  hine  mid  handuw/  beoton  ; 

66  And  pa  petrus  waes  on  cafertune  pa 
cow?  to  him  an  pinen  paes  heah-sacerdes. 

67  3  pa  heo  geseah  petrmra  wyrmende  pa 
cwaeS  heo ;  pu  waere  mid  Sam  nazareniscan 
haelende ; 

Various  Readings. 

56.  A.  gecyfcnesse  ongean.    A.  cyfcnyssa.        57.  A.  cy$S- 

nysse  ongean.      A.  B.  C.    cwaedon.         58.    A.    to-weorpe. 

A.  ge-tymbrige.        59.  A.  heora.     A.  B.  C.  cySnes.        60. 

A.  heora.    A.  acsode  f>one.    A.  ongean.     A.  on-weorpa*. 

61.  A.  swygode ;   B.  C.  swugode.    A.  Jswarede.    A.  acsode. 

62.  A.  B.  heofenes.      63.  A.  hwig.     B.  C.  gewilnege.      64. 

A.  bismor.    A.  B.  hig.        65.  A.  ongunnon;  B.  agunnun. 

B.  fystun. 


56  Manege  saeden  lease  cySnyssen  agen 
hine.     3  pa  cySnisse  naeren  pas-lice. 

57  Da  arise  sume  3  saigden  lease  cydnysse 
agen  hine  3  pus  cwaeSen. 

58  Sodes  we  ge-hyrden  hine  seggen  ic  to- 
weorpe  pis  hand-worhte  temple.  3  sefter  prem 
dagen  ic  oSer  un-hand-worht  ge-timbrige. 

59  3  heore  cydnysse  naes  pas-gelic. 

60  Da  aras  sum  heah-sacerd  on  heora 
midlene  3  acxode  panne  haelend.  Ne  and- 
swerest  pu  nan  ping  agen  •p'  pas  pe  on- 
weorped. 

61  he  swegede  3  naht  ne  andswerede. 
Eft  hine  axode  se  heah-sacerd.  Ert  pu 
crist.     pas  ge-bletsedes  godes  sune. 

62  pa  saede  se  haelend  ic  eom.  3  ge  ge- 
seoS  mannes  sune  on  swiSren  healfe  sitten. 
his  maignes.  3  cumende  mid  heofenes  ge- 
nipen. 

63  Da  cwaeS  se  heah-sacerd  his  reaf  slyt- 
ende.     hwi  wilnige  we  gyt  cySera. 

64  ge  ge-herden  his  bismer.  hwaet 
pincS  eow.  Da  hyrden  hyo  ealle  hine  3 
cwaeSen.    ~p  he  waere  deaSes  scyldig. 

65  /End  sume  agunnen  hym  on  spaeten. 
3  ofer-wreon  his  ansiene.  3  mid  festen  hine 
beaten,  3  him  to  cwaeSen.  Ared.  3  pa 
penas  hine  mid  handen  beoten. 

66  3  pa  petrus  waes  on  caefertune  pa 
com  to  him  an  pinen  pas  heah-sacerdes. 

67  3  pa  hye  ge-seah  petrum  wermende  pa 
cwaeS  hy.  pu  waere  mid  pam  nazareiscen 
haslende. 


Various  Readings. 

56.  Manega  saedon;  cySnysse;  nseron  )>aes-lice.  57. 
arison;  saegdon  ;  cyfcnysse;  cwaefcon.  58.  SoSes;  seggan; 
to-wyrpe;  tempel;  Jirym  dagvm.  59.  hyorecyfcnys;  )>aes- 
lic.  60.  acsode  \>onne;  on-weorpa8.  61.  swugode; 
Eart;  \>ces;  sunu.  62.  halend;  swySran  halfe  sittan; 
roaegnes;  heofones  genipum.  63.  ge-wilnige.  64.  ge- 
hyrden;  bismor;  hyrdon  hig;  cwaefcon.  65.  agunnan; 
spaeton ;  ansyne  ;  fystum ;  beotum  (sic) ;  cwaedon ;  bandum 
beoton.  66.  -sacerdas.  67.  heo  se  seah  (sic);  heo; 
nazareniscan. 


121 

monigo  forSon       geeySnise  leas      hia  gecuoedon        wis         hine    3         woenlica  gecySniso       ne 

56    multi    enim    testimonium   falsum      dicebant      aduersus   eum  et  conuenientia   testimonia   non 

woeron  3     siumii  tnonn        aras  leas  geeySnise  saegdon  wis  him     cuoeSendo 

erant.  57  *Et      quidam     surgentes    falsum    testimonium    ferebant    aduersus    eum    dicentes.  *  190.  ui. 

*  °  mt.  cccuiiii. 

forSon        ue         geherdon       hine  cwoedne  k  cuoeSende  ic  undoe-tic  toslito     tempel       Sis  mi*  honde  aworht 
58  quoniam    rios    audiuimus    eum         dicentem  ego    dissoluam     templum  hoc     manu     factum 

3    Serh   Sreo  dogor     oSer       ne    miS  honde  aworht    ic  getimhro  willo  3       ne      woes         woenlic 

et   per     triduum    aliud    now      manu      factum       aedificabo.  59    et    non     erat    conueaiens 

geeySnise      hiora  +  Sara  3  aras  Soe  hash        sacerd       in     middum         geascade      Sone  hixftend 

testimonium    illorum.  60  et   exsurgens   summus   sacerdos   in   medium    interrogauit      ieswm 

cuoSende    ne    ondueardestSu    noht  k  aeniht    to    Saem     8a        Se      geteled  aron   from   Sassum  monnum  he 

dicens    non     respondis       quicquam    ad    ea    quae    tibi    obiciuntur     ab  his.  61    ille 

xiutedlicek  Sonne  gesuigde     3     noht   ge-onsuarede  efter-sona     se  heh         sacerd     gefraegnende  wees  hine     3    cuoeS 
autem  tacebat   et   nihil    respondit     rursum   summus   sacerdos      interrogabat     eum  et  dicit 

him  Su  arS       crist        sunn  Sa3s  gebloedsendes  se  hee\end  cuoeS   him    ic      am     3   gie  geseaS+scilon 

ei    tu   6s   ckristus   filius        benedicti.  62  *lesus     autem   dixit   illi  ego  sum  et  uide-      *  191- 1 

lu.  ccxcuii. 
gesea.i.on  dome*  daege     sunu       monnes     to    suiSrom      sittende     Saes  msehtes     3       cymmende      miS     wolcnum  mt.cccx! 
bitis  filium    hominis    a   dextris   sedentem     uirtutist     et    uenientem    cum    nubibws     S«s  fa'dores 

-(■  i .  patris. 
heofnes  se  heh      Sa-t  Sonne     sacerd      toslat  t  torende   woedo-Hirseglo-rclaSas  his    cuoeS    ymb  bused 

cseli.  63  *Summus     autem     sacerdos       scindens  uestimenta  sua     ait       tQuid     •  192.  ul. 

mt.  cccxi. 
get-Heng-TSageone     we  willnias    gewitnesa  geherdon  gee    Saet  ebolsung     hured      iuh     Syncge-Hs  gesene  fti 'ccxciiiiii 

athuc  desideramus     testis.  64     audistis      blasphemiam   quid   uobis  uidetur         mt.  cccxii.  ' 

SaSe     alle     geniSradon-tgehendon  hine  fte  were   scyldig  +  synnig    deaSes  3      ongunnun      summe 

qui   oinnes     comlemnauerunt     eum      esse  reum         mortis.  65  *Et   coeperunt   quidam  •  194.  i. 

lu.  cexciiii. 
efne-gespitta  k  gehorogae    hine      3   gehydse  +  wriga  onsione      his      3    mis  fystum  k  dyntum    hine    geslaa  k  geSearsca  J£'t  c]c™\ii. 
conspuere  eum    et        uelare         faciem    eius   et  colaphis  eum  caedere 

3     cuoeSa  him  gewitga .  i . hua  Sec  oferslog    3  Sa  embeht-menn  miS  fystum   hine        slogon  3    miS  Sy 

et  dicere   ei  prophetisa  et        ministri  alapis     eum   casdebant.         66  *Et   cum    •  195.  i. 

lu.  cexci. 
waes     petrn*    in     worS    from  geanSe  k  sunduria    cuom      an    from   Saem  Siowum  Sees  heh      sacerde*  3   '°'    j  u1"' 

esset   petrus   in    atrio  deorsum  uenit   una    ex        ancillis       summi  sacerdotis.  67  et  mt.  cccxiiii. 

miS-Sy  gesege  Sone  petrum     weermigende    hine    beheald       hine    cuoeS   3    Su    miS  heelende  Saem  nazarenesco  were 
cum    uidiset     petrum     cale-facientem  s6   aspiciens   ilium    ait    et  tu  cum     iesu.  nazareno       eras. 


56.  monige   forSon   cySnisse  leose   hiae   gicwedun  to  sacanne  wis   him  3  weonlice  gicydnisse   ne  werun        57.  3 
sum  mon    arisende   leose    gicySnisse    saegdun   wis    him   cweSende  58.    forSon    we    giherdun    hine    cweaSa    ic 

toslito k undoe  Sone  tempel  Sis  miS  [honda]  giworht  3  aefter  Sriin  dagum  oSerne...miS  honda  giwyrcan  ic  gitim- 
braw  (sic)  59.   3   ne  waes  woenlic  gicySnisse  hiora  60.  3   aras  Se  heh-sacerd  in   middum   giascade  Sone 

haelenrf   cweSende    ne    ondwordes    tu   noht  +  aeniht   to   Sa3tn    SaSe    gitelid   arun  from   him  61.   he   wutudb'ee 

swigade  3  noht  gi3worde  sona  Se  heh-sacerd  gifraegn  hine  3  cwaeS  him  Su  arS  crist  sunu  godes  Saes  gibletsade 
62.  Se  hselenrf  wutudh'ce  cwaeS  him  ic  am  3  ge  giseaS  sunu  monnes  to  Seer  swiSra  sittende  Saes  maohtga  3 
cymende  miS   wolcnum   heofnes  63.  Se  heh   Sonne   sacerd  to-rende   giwedu   his  cwaeS   ymb  hwaet  gett  wilnigas 

giwitnesse  64.  giherdun   ge  Sa   eofulsunge  hwaet  iow   is  gisene   SaSe   alle   giniSradun  k  gihendun   hine  -)S  he 

were  synnig  deaSes  65   3  ongunnun   sume  efnegispita-thyra   on   hine  3  hydde  onsione  his  3  miS  fystum   hine 

sla-tSarsca   3  cweoSa  3   saege  hwaet   Saet   sloge  3   Sa   embehtmen   miS   fystum   hine  slogun  66.  3  miSSy   wbbs 

...  on  worSe  from  syndrige  com  an  from  Saem  Siowum  Sees  heh-sacerdes  67.  3  miS  gisege  Sone  petre  wermende 
hine  biheald  hine  cwseS  3  Su  miS  haelende  Sone  nazarenisco  were 


122 


68  Da  aet  soc  he  3  cwaeS.  ic  nat.  ne  ne 
can  hwcet  ]?u  segst ;  And  he  eode  pa  of  \>am 
cafertnne  ")  se  hana  creow  ; 

69  Eft  j?a  hine  gecneow  oSer  pinen.  heo 
ongan  cweSan.  to  \>&m  pe  Sar  abutan  stodon; 
SoSlice  pes  ys  of  pam  ; 

70  3  he  eft  aetsoc ;  1  eft  pa  ymbe  lytel  f>a 
Se  sst-stodon.  cwsedon  to  petre.  Sojdice  Jm 
eart  of  8a/w.     galileisc  bu  eart ; 

71  pa  ongan  he  aet-sacan  1  swerian.  so^es 
ne  can  ic  paene  man  Jre  ge  secgaS. 

72  1  ba  eft  sona  creow  se  hana ;  Da  ge- 
munde  petrus  baes  h«lendes  worde  be  he  him 
seede.  aer  se  hana  crawe  tua.  briwa  Su  me 
82t-sa3cst.     ba  ongan  he  wepan  ; 

CHAPTER  XV. 

1  T^a  sona  on  mergen  worhton  ba  heah- 
j       sacerdas  hyra  gemot  mid  ealdruw. 

3  bocerum  ")  eallura  werodu?w.    H  lasddon  ba^ne 
haelend  gebundenne.    3  sealdon  hine  pilato ; 

2  Da  axode  pilatus  hine.  eart  bu  iudea 
cynincg;  pa  3swarode  he  him.  bu  hit 
segst ; 

3  Da  wregdon  hine  pa  heah-sacerdas  on 
maneguw?  bingum; 

4  Eft  pilatus  hine  axode.  ne  Tswarast 
bu  nan  bing.  loca  hu  mycelu/w  hi  be 
wregeaS ; 

5  Da  ne  Jswarode  se  haelend  him  na  mare, 
swa  ~f  pilatus  wundrode ; 


Various  Readings. 

69.  B.  inserts  3  be/ore  heo.  A.  onhutan.  70.  B.  C. 
embe.  71.  A.  cann.  A.  )>one.  72.  A.  word.  B.  crewe  ; 
C.  creowe.     A.  B.  C.  tuwa. 

Cap.  xv.  1.    A.  morgen.    A.  heora.     A.  B.  C.  werede. 

A.  (jone.     A.  pilate.      2.  A.  acsode.    A.  cynyng ;  B.  cyninc. 

B.  }swarude.        4.  A.  acsode.     B.  C.  3swaras.     A.  B.  hig. 
A.  B.  C.  wregaS.        5.  B.  wundrude. 


68  Da  aetsoc  he  !!  cwaeS.  Ic  nat  ne  ic 
kan  hwaat  bu  saigst.  1  he  eode  jra  of  bam 
caefertune  1  se  coc  creow. 

69  Eft  ba  hine  cneow  oSer  binen.  !!  hyo 
on-gan  cweSen  to  bam  be  baer  abuten  stod- 
en.     SoSlice  bes  is  of  bam. 

70  1  he  eft  aet-soc.  iEnd  eft  pa  embe 
litel  ba  be  eft  stoden  cwaeSen  to  petre.  SoS- 
lice  bu  ert  of  bam  galileisc  bu  ert. 

71  Da  aet-gan  he  of-sacan.  1  swerien. 
soSes  ne  can  ic  panne  man  be  ge  seggeS. 

72  1  pa  eft  sone  creow  se  coc.  Da  ge- 
munde  petrus  bas  haslendes  word  be  he  him 
saide.  aer  se  coc  creowe  twige.  brewe  bu 
me  aet-saecst.     ba  on-gan  he  wepeu. 

CHAPTER  XV. 

1  Da  sone  on  morgen  worhten  pa  heah- 
sacerdes  heore  ge-mot.  mid  ealdren  1  boc- 
eren.  1  eallen  werede  7  laedden  bane  halend 
ge-bunden  1  sealden  hine  pilaten. 

2  Da  axode  pilatus  hine  eart  bu  iudea 
kining.  Da  andswerede  he  hym.  Du  hit 
saegst. 

3  pa  wreiden  hine  pa  heah-sacerdes.  on 
manegen  bingen. 

4  Eft  pilatus  hine  axode  ne  andswere&t 
bu  nan  bing.  loca  hu  mycelen  hyo  be 
wreigeS. 

5  Da  ne  andswerede  se  haelend  him  nam 
mare  swa  baat  pilatus  wundrede. 


Various  Readings. 

68.  et-soc;  necan;  segst;  hana  [for  coc].  69.  abuton 
stodon.  70.  stodon  cwsefcon ;  eart  (twice).  71.  swerian; 
\>onne;  seggafc.  72.  ef  (s/c)  sona ;  hana;  wordo;  ssede; 
hane;  twuwa  J>rivva;  ret-sacst;  wepan. 

Cap.  xv  1.  sona;  -sacerdas  hyra;  ealdrum ;  boeerum; 
eallum ;  ge-burcdenne ;  sealdon ;  pilato.  2.  cyning ;  and- 
swarede ;  eora  [for  hyra,  which  is  over  an  erasure  in  Hat- 
ton  MS.];  segst.  3.  wregdon;  -sacerdas;  manegum  )>in- 
gun.         4.    andswarest ;    hwu  mycelura;    wreigaS.  5. 

andswarede ;  halend ;   na ;  wundrode. 


123 

soS     he         onsoc     cuoeSende      ne      wat  ic     3  ne     cann  ic   hused    cwoeSes  Su      3      eode      buta     befora 
68    at    ille    negauit     dicens     neqwe    scio    neqwe     noui     quid         dicas      *Et   exiit    foras    ante  *  196. 1. 

lu.  ccxcii. 

io.  clxxu. 

f  wor$      3        bona         gesang  eftersona    Sonne    miS-Sy     gesege        hine     Sio  Siwa   ongann    cuoseSa  mt.  cccxu. 

atrium    et    gallus    cantauit.  69     rursus     autem     cum     uidisset    ilium    ancilla    coepit    dicere 

Ssera  ymb-stondendum   fte   Ses  of  Saem  ilcom  is  so*   he    eftersona     ons6c       3   fefter  lytle  huile-tymb  lytle 

circnmstantibws     quia     liic   ex   illis    est.         70  at  ille   iterum   negauit  et         post  pussillum 

eftersona  SaSe     to-stodon    hia  gecuoedon  to  petre  soSlice  of    Ssom  Su  bist-FSu  arS  forSon  src  galileus-rgalilesc  arS 
rursus     qui    adstabant     dicebant        petro     uere  ex    illis  e"s  nam    et        galilaeus        e*s. 

*e-rhe   Sonne    ongann         gefremSiga  3   gesuoeria   fte  ic  nat-tne  conn  ic     monno        Siosne      gone      gie 

71    ille    autem    coepit    anathematizare   et    iurare    quia  nescio  hominem    istum    quem    di- 

cuoeSas  3       sona        efter     se  hona      gesang         3    eft-gemyndig  wa3s    petrw*    wordes     fte    cuoeSend  waes 

citis.         72  et    statim    iterum    gallus    cantauit  *Et   recordatus    est    petrus    uerbi    quod      dixerat      *  19?-  »• 

1  lu.  ccxciii. 


mt.  cccxui. 


him  se  heelend      aer  Son       se  hona  gesinga  twiga  Sria   mec  Su  hist  onsaec  3     ongann    woepa 
ei       i&sws     prius-quam  gallus    cantet     bis     ter    me       negabis      et   coepit    flere. 


CAP.  XV. 

3  sona        on  meme-ron  morgen     Ssehtung        worhton  heh-sacen/as  miS         aeldum         3 

1  *Et  confestim  mane  consilium    facientes    summi    saceirdotes    cum    senioribits   et  *  198.  ii. 

ccxcu. 
mt.  cccxuii. 
wuS-uutum  3      miS  all     somnung  "    gebundon    Sone  hoelend    geteddon       3  saldon        Saem  aldonnen  3 

scribis    et   uniuarso   concilio  *Uincientes      iesum       duxerunt    et    tradiderunt       pilato.         2  +Et  *  ly9.  i. 

x  lu.  cce. 

io.  clxxui. 
gefrsegnade-tgeascade   bine    pylatas    Su   arS  cynig      iudeana       soS     he       onduearde    cuoeS  to  him  Su  cuoeSes  f  mt.  cccxuiii. 
interrogauit         eum  pilatus    tu    4s    rex    iudeaorum    at    ille   respondens    ait       illi     tu     dicis.     J,2*®'^ 

io.  clxxuiii. 
3        gehendon      hine        Sa  heh-sacerdas     on  monigum.i.SinguOT-rwoerduw  se  geroefa   Sonne    eftersona mt- cccxx- 

3  *Et  accusabant  eum    summi    sacerdotes  in    multis  4    pilatus    autem   rursum  *  201.  iiii. 

io.  clxxx. 
cxcii. 
gefraegn         hine      cuoeS        ne    ondueardest  Su        seniht        gesseb    in  sua  miclum-rhu  miclum  Seh      ahenas      mt.  cccxxi. 

interrogauit     eum    dicens    non      respondis      quicquawi    uide    in  quantis  te    accusant. 

se  heelend    Sonne  forSor  i  leng  seniht -tnoht  geondsuaret/e  suae  fte   f  he  woere  awundrad  se  groefa 
5     iesua      autem     amplius         nihil  respondit         ita     ut        miraretur  pilatus. 


68.  soS  he  onsoc  cweSende  ne  wat  ic  ne  con  hwaBt  Su  sseges  3  eode  buta  Sonne  3  bifora  Sone  worS  3  hona 
gisang  69.   efter-sona  Sonne  miS-Sy   gisseh    hine    Si  Siowe    on-gan  cweoSa   to  Ssem   ymb-stondendum   fte   Ses 

of    Ssem   ileum    is  70.   3   he    eftersona  onsoc  3   softer  lytle  hwyle  eftersona  SaSe  stodun  hia  cwedun  to  petre 

soSlice  Su   af  Stem    arS  forSon  ec  3   galilesc   Su  ar5  71.  he  Sonne   ongan  fremSiga  3   sweriga  f   ic  nat  ne 

con  monno  Sone  Sone  gicweoSas  72.   3   sona   eftersona  Se  hona  gisang  3  myndig  wees   petru*  wordes  Seette 

cweden  woes  him  Se  heelercd  serSon  Se  hona  gisunge  twiga  Srige  Su  me  onsseces  3  ongan  woepa 

Cap.  XV.  1.  3  sona  on  merne  giSeehtunge  worhtun  Sa  heh-ssecerdas  miS  683m  asldrum  3  uS-wutum  3  miS 
alle   gisomnunge   gibundun   Sone  hselenrf  gilseddun  3   saldun    Ssem    aldor-menn  2.  3   gifrsegn  hine  pylate*  Su 

arS  cynig  iudea  soS   be  ond-worde  him  cwseS   Su  cweSes  3.   3    gibendun    hine    Sa  heh-sacerdas  in   monigum 

Singum  4.  Se  groefa  Sonne  efter-sona  gifrsegn   hine  cweSende  ne  ondwordes  tu  ceniht  gisEeh  in  swa  miclum 

Sec  ahenas  5.  Se  hselenti  Sonne  forSor \  leng  no  wiht  giondsworade  swa  fte  ne  (sic)  were  awundrad  Se  groefa 

Q2 


124 


6  On  symmel-daege  waes  his  gewuna  ~p  he 
him  for-geafe  aenne  gebundenne.  swa  hwylc- 
ne  swa  hi  baedon  ; 

7  pa  baedon  hi  barraban.  se  waes  gebun- 
den  mid  pam  raeplingufw.  se  purh  swic-craeft. 
man-slyht  geworhte. 

8  1  ba  he  ferde.  pa  ongan  seo  menegeo 
hine  biddan  swa  heo  symle  dyde ; 

9  Da  cwaeS  pilatus;  Wylle  ge  j5  ic  eow 
forgyfe  iudea  cyning. 

10  he  wiste  -p  Surh  andan  hine  sealdon 
pa  heahsacerdas; 

1 1  pa  astyredon  pa  bisceopas  pa  menegu 
■p  he  hi;»  barraban  forgefe ; 

12  Eft  pilatus  hi»*  andswarode.  hwaet  do 
ic  be  iudea  cininge  ; 

13  Hi  eft  hrymdon  1  cwaedon.    hoh  hine; 

14  Da  saede  pilatus.  hwaet  yfeles  dyde 
he;  Hi  pass  be  ma  clypedon  ahoh  hine ; 

15  Pilatus  wolde  ba  Sam  folce  gecwem- 
an.  "i  for-gef  him  barraban  1  sealde  him 
pone  haelend  beswungenne  ~p  he  a-hangen 
waere  ; 

16  pa  laeddon  ba  cempan  hine  on  baas 
domernes  cafertun ;  1  hi  to-somne  eall  werod 
clypedon ; 

17  3  scryddon  hine  mid  purpuran.  1  him 
on  setton  pyrnenne  helm  awundenne. 

18  1  ongunnon  hine  bus  gretan.  hal  wes 
pu  iudea  cyning ; 

19  1  beoton  hine  on  -p  heafod  mid  hreode. 
1  spaetton  him  on.  1  heora  cneow  bigdon.  1 
bine  ge-eaSmeddon ; 

Various  Readings. 
6.  A.  symbel-drege.  A.  forgeaf ;  B.  C.  forgefe.  B.  C. 
anne.  A.  hig.  7.  A.  hig.  8.  A.  msenigeo ;  B.  menigu 
9.  B.  eyninc.  11.  B.  C.  astyrydon.  A.  maenigeo.  A. 
for-geafe.  13.  A.  hig.  A.  hoS.  14.  A.  dyde  he  yfeles. 
hig.  C.  clypodon.  A.  ahoS.  15.  A.  for-geaf.  B.C.  Jxene. 
16.  A.  hig.  B.  wered.  A.  clypodon.  19.  B.  C.  spseton. 
A,  on  hyne.     B.  C.  hyra.    A.  ge-eadmeddon. 


6  On  sym-mel-daig  waes  his  ge-wune. 
•p  he  heom  for-gefe  aenne  bundenne  swa 
hwilcne  swa  hyo  baeden. 

7  Da  baeden  hyo  barraban.  se  waes  ge- 
bunden  mid  bam  replingen.  se  purh  swice- 
craeft  man-slyht  worhten. 

8  3  ba  he  ferde  pa  on-gan  syo  manigeo 
hine  biddan  swa  hy  symle  dyden. 

9  Da  cwaeS  pilatus.  Wille  ge  ■p  ic  eow 
for-gefe  iudea  kyniwg. 

10  he  wiste  p  purh  ande  hine  sealden 
pa  heah-sacerdas. 

11  Da  astireden  pa  biscoppes  pa  manige 
•p  he  heom  barraban  for-gefe. 

12  Eft  pilatus  him  andswerede.  hwaet 
do  ic  be  iudea  kyninge. 

13  hyo  eft  graetten  "}  cwseSen.  hoh  hine. 

14  pa  saigde  pilatus.  hwaet  yfeles  dyde 
he.     hyo  pas  pe  ma  cleopeden  ahoh  hine. 

15  Pilatus  wolde  pa  pam  folce  ge-cwem- 
en.  1  for-gef  heom  barraban.  ]  sealde 
heom  panne  haelend  be-swungen  •p  he  ahang- 
en  waere. 

16  pa  laedden  pa  cempen  hine  on  pas  do- 
mernes caefertun  3  hyo  to-gaedere  ealle  wered 
cleopeden. 

17^  scridden  hine  mid  purpren  1  hi»?  on 
setten  pernene  helm  awundene. 

18  1  on-gunnen  hine  pus  greten.  hal 
beo  pu  iudea  kyniwg. 

19  1  beoton  hine  on  ■p  heafeS  mid  reode 
"}  spetten  him  on  "i  hire  cneow  beigden  1 
hine  aedmetten. 


Various  Readings. 

6.  -dsBge;  gewuna;  for-geafe;  swilcne.        7.  replin«-um 
swic-;    worhte.         8.    seo   menigeo.         9.    geo;    for-oyfe 
cyning.        10.  anda;  sealdon.        11.  astiredon;  biscopas 
menegov  ;    for-geafe.        12.   heom   andswarede ;    cininge 
13.  hrymden  3  cwadon.        14.  saegde;  clypedon.        15.  ge 
cweman;   for-gaf;  halend;  ware.        16.  laeddon;  cempan 
f>as;   to-somne;  eall;  clypeden.         17.  scruddon;  purpu- 
ran; setton  \>y men ne;  awundenne.       18.  on-gunnon;  gre- 
ton;  wes;  iuda  cyning.       19.  heafod;  spetton;  hyoracneo 
bigdon;  ge-eaSmeddon. 


125 

Serh  Sone  dasge  Sonne      syrnbel      for-geafa  gewuna  waes   him  enne-tan    of  Seem  gebundenuw    Sone  sua? 
6  *Per     diem      autem    festum    dimittere     solebat     illis     unum     ex  uinctis         quem-cum-  *  202.  ii. 


huselcne  hia  gegiuudon 
que         petissent. 


wses 
7*  Erat 


Sonne 
autem 


seSe  gecuoeSen  wees  i  genemned  barabias    seSe 


qui 


dicebatur 


barabbas    qui 


miS  setnerum    wses     gebunden    seSe 
tiosis  erat     uinctus     qui 


on 
in 


setnong 
seditione 


geworhte    monncualmniss  4"  morSor-sl«ga 
fecerat  homicidium. 


lu.  cccuiiii. 
mt.  cccxxii. 
mis    sceacerunj  t 

cum       sedi- 

*  203.  iiii. 
io.  clxxxiii. 
3     miS-Sy  mt.  cccxxiii. 

8   et    cum 


astage         #  folc  ongann  gebidda     sua        symle        gedyde      him 
ascendisset  turba   coepit   rogare   sicut   semper   faciebat   illis. 


Sonne  geondsuarede  him 
9   pilatus    autem    respondit     eii 


3    cuoeS  wallaS  gie4"eif  gie  wselle  ic  forgefo  +  forleto    iuh       cynig         iudeana 
et   dixit  uultis  dimittam       uobis  regem  iudaeorum. 


wiste     forSon  -pte  f 
10  sciebat  enim   quod 


Serh        sefist       gesaldon-rsealla  waldon   hine  heh-sacerrfos 

per   inuidiam         tradidissent.  eum    summi    sacerdotes 

ge-eggedon  Sone  Sreat  -fte    suiSor  Sone  morsceaSe    forleorte     him 
uerunt       turbam     ut   magis      barabban      dimitteret  eis. 

cuoeS    him    hused  forSon  wallige   -p  ic  doe  cynige      iudeana 
ait     illis   quid    ergo    uultis    faciam     regi   iudaeorum. 


Sa  biscobas    Sonne   gewsehton  [4"] 
11  *Pontitices    autem      concita-     "204.  i. 

lu.  cccx, 
io.  clxxxiiii. 
uuterf/j'ce  efter-sona  geonduarde  mt.  cccxxu. 

12  *Pilatus   autem     iterum   respondens  *  205.  i. 

lu.  cccxi. 
cccxiii. 
soS  hia   eftersona        geceigdon  ahoh       io.  clxxxuiii. 

13  at  illi    iterum    clamauerunt  crucifi^e  cxciii[ij. 

0     mt.  cccxxui. 


hine 
eum. 

hine 
eum. 


sec         cuseS      him    hused    forSon    yfles  dyde  soS  hia     suiSor      geceigdon         ahoh 
14  pilatus    uero    dicebat    eis    quid    enim    malefecit   at   illi   magis   clamabant   crucifige 


Sonne       walde    Ssem  folce        wel-doa 
15  *Pilatus     autem     uolens     populo     satisfacere 


Sone  hcelend  miS  suwippum  to  geSearscanne   -fte     were  gehoen 
iesum  flagellis  caesum         ut   crucifigeretur. 

wworS  Sses  dom-ern  3    efue-ceigdon       all 
atrium    praetorii    et   conuocant    totam    coliortem. 

3      on-setton   him   cursendo  -r  slsegendo    Syrnenne         beg 
et   inponuut  ei  plectentes  spineam   coronam. 


forgeaf      him  Sone  morsceaSo  3        salde 
dimittit     illis      barabban     et  tradidit  •  206.  i. 

lu.  cccxiiii. 
io.  cxcui. 
Sa  cempo   Sonne        lseddon       hine    on  mt.  cccxxuiii. 

16  *Milites   autem   duxerunt   eum   in  •  207.  iiii. 

io.  clxxxu. 
clxxxui[i]. 
3    gegearwadon    hine    miS  felle  reade  hrsegle  mt.  cccxxuiiii. 

17   et     induunt     eum  purpura 

3      ongunnon     gegroetse    hine      hal    cynig 
18  et   coeperunt   salutare   eum   haue   rex 


iudeana  3  slogon  4"  heafod     his  miS  gerd  t  miS  hreade  3         speafton        on  him    3         seton 

iudaeorum.  19  et   percutiebant  caput   eius         harundine        et  conspuebant    eum    et   ponentes 

cnewa    geworSadon    him 
genua   adorabant   eum. 


6.  Serh  Sone  dseg  Sonne  symbles  forgeorwiga  giwuna  wees  him  enne-5'an  of  Ssem  gibundennum  swa  hwelcne 
swa  hia  ge-giowadun  7.  wses  Sonne  seSe  gicweden  waes  . . .  seSe  miS  sceacrum  wses  gibunden  seSe  on  setnuncge 
giworhte  mon-cwselmnisse  8.  3   miSSy   gistag  Sset  folc  on-gan   bidda   swa  symle   gidyde   him  9.  Se  groefa 

Sonne  ond-sworade  him  3   cwsoS    wallas   ge  ic  forgefo  4"  forleto   iow   cynig    iudea  10.  wiste    forSon   Sset  Sserh 

sefeste   gisaldun   hine  Ssem  (»jc)  heh-sacerdun         11.  Sa  biscopas  Sonne   giwehtun-tgicedun  Sone  Sreot  -fte  swiSor 
baraboum  forleorte   him  12.  ...  wutudh'ce  seftersona  giondworde   cwseS   him  hwset  forSon  wallas  ge  f>  ic  doe 

cynige  iudea  13.  soS   hise  sefter-sona  cliopadun   ahoh  hine  14.  \>y\atus   Sonne   cwseS   him  hwset  forSon  to 

ylie  dyde   he  soS   hise    swiSor    giceigdun   ahoh  hine  15.  ...  Soonne  walde  Ssem   folche  well   doa   for-gsef  him 

Sone    morsceaSa    3    salde    him   Sone   hselenrf    miS   swiopum    giSorscenne    -pte   were   ahongen  16.   Sa    cempu 

lseddun  hine  on    worS    Ssbs    domernes    3   efne-gicegdun   alle  ...  17.   3   gigeorwadun    hine    miS    felle  reode  3 

onsettun   him   slasnde-tcursende  Syrnenne  beg  18.  3  on-gunnun  gigroeta  hine  hal  cynig  iudea  19.  3  slogun 

on  heofud  his  miS  hreade  4' gerdum  3  speoftun  on  hine  3  settun  on  cneom  3  giworSadun  hine 


126 


20  And  sySSan  hi  hine  bysmrydon.  un- 
scryddon  hine  pam  purpuran.  1  scryddon 
hine  mid  his  reafura  1  laeddon  hine  -p  hi  hine 
ahengon. 

21  1  genyddon  snmne  weg-ferendne  simo- 
riem  cireneum  cumende  of  paw?  tune  alexan- 
dres  faeder  1  rufi.    -p  he  his  rode  baere. 

22  !)  hi  laeddon  hine  on  ¥>a  stowe  gol- 
go'Sa  ■p  is  on  ure  gepeode  gereht  heafod- 
pannena  stow. 

23  1  sealdon  hi»«  gebiterod  win  3  he  hit 
ne  on-feng ; 

24  And  pa  hi  hine  ahengon  hi  daeldon 
his  reaf.  1  hlotu  wurpon.  hwaet  gehwa 
name ; 

25  pa  waes  undern-tid.    1  hi  ahengon  hine. 

26  J  ofer-gewrit  his  gyltes  waes  awriten 
iudea  cyning. 

27  1  hi  ahengon  mid  him  twegen  scea^an 
anne  on  his  swySran  healfe.  1  operne  on 
his  wynstran. 

28  pa  waes  -p  ge-writ  gefylled.  -p  cwy<5 ; 
1  he  waes  mid  unriht-wisum  geteald ; 

29  And  pa  Se  forS-stopon  hine  gremed- 
on  1  hyra  heafod  cwehton.  1  Sus  cwaedon ; 
Wala  se  to-wyrpS  ■p  tempel.  1  on  prim 
dagon  eft  getimbraS. 

30  gehael  Se  sylfne  of  paere  rode  stigende; 

31  Eall-swa  pa  heah-sacerdas  bysmriende 
betwux  pam  boceruwj  cwaedon.  oSre  he  hale 
gedyde.  hine  sylfne  he  ne  ma?g  halne  ge- 
don  ; 


Various  Readings. 

20.  A.  hig.  A.  bysmeredon.  A.  big.  21.  A.  weg- 
ferende.  22.  A.  B.  C.  big.  23.  B.  C.  onfengc.  24.  A. 
hig.  A.  B.  C.  hig.  25.  A.  B.  C.  hig.  27.  A.  B.  C.  hig. 
A.  ceiine.  29.  B.  C.  forjj-stopun.  A.  heora.  A.  dagum. 
A.  ge-tirabreS.  30.  A.  inserts  ny<5er  before  stigende. 
31.  A.  be-tweox. 


20  iE,nd  sy^Sen  hyo  hine  bismeredon. 
un-scriddan  hine  pam  purpran.  1  scriddan 
hine  mid  his  reafen.  1  laedden  hine  paet  hyo 
hine  ahengen. 

21  1  ge-nedden  sumne  weig-ferende  sy- 
monem  cyreneum  cumende  of  pam  tune  ali- 
sandres  fader  }  ruffi.    -p  he  his  rode  baere. 

22  1  hyo  laedden  hine  on  pam  stowe  gol- 
gotha.  ■p  is  on  ure  peode  ge-relit  heafed- 
panna  stowa. 

23  1  sealden  him  ge-bytered  win  1  he  hit 
ne  on-feng. 

24  And  pa  hyo  hine  ahengen  hyo  daeld- 
en  his  reaf  1  hlote  wurpen.  hwaet  ge-hwa 
name. 

25  Da  waes  under-tid.   1  hyo  ahengen  hine. 

26  1  ofer-ge-writ  his  geltes  waes  awriten 
iudea  kyng. 

27  1  hyo  ahengen  mid  him  twegen  seamen 
aenne  on  his  swi^eren  healfe.  1  ocSerne  on 
his  winstren. 

28  pa  waes  ~p  ge-writ  gefylled  ~p  cwaeS. 
"}  he  waes  mid  unriht-wisan  ge-teald. 

29  And  pa  pe  forS-stopen  hine  gremedon 
1  hyra  heafod  cwehten.  3  pus  cwae<5en. 
Wala  se  to-werpS  -p  tempel.  1  on  Srim 
dagen  eft  ge-tymbred. 

30  ge-hzel  pe  sylfne  of  pare  rode  stigende. 

31  Eal  swa  pa  heah-sacerdas  bysmeriende 
be-twexe  pam  bokeren  cwarSen.  odre  he 
haele  ge-dyde.  hine  sylfne  he  ne  maig  halne 
don. 


Various  Readings. 

20.  And  sySSan  hi ;  un-scryddon ;  purpuran  ;  scryddon  ; 
reafum  ;  laeddon.  21.  weig-fereradene ;  alexandres.  22. 
hi  laeddon ;  )>a;  heafod- pannena  stow.  23.  sealdon;  ge- 
biterod. 24.  ahengon ;  deeldon ;  lota  wurpon.  26.  gylt- 
es; cyng.  27.  swiSran;  wynstran.  29.  -stopun;  heora; 
cwehton;  cwasSon ;  to-wyrp<5 ;  dagum;  getimbred.  31. 
betwux ;  bocerum  cwaedon.    oSre ;   hale ;  maeg ;   ge-don. 


127 


3      aefter  JSon     bismeredon   him  gehreafadon    hine   Saes  fellereades  3    gegearwadon    hine  miS  gewoedum 
20  *Et   postquam    inluserunt    ei     exuerunt    ilium      purpura      et    induerunt    eum    uestimentis 


•  208.  ui. 
mt.  cccxxx. 


his        3    Sona  gelaeddon    hine     $te  hia  ge-hengon4"m8ehtora  ahoa  hine 
suis  *Et      educunt       ilium    ut  crucifigerent  eum. 


3  geneddon        bi-geongende  4" 

21  et   angariauerunt       praeter- 


bi-feerende        sumne  siraon         cyrenesce     cumraende     of     lond      faeder  3  -)5te   ge-nome 

euntem    quem-piam   simonera  cyreneum  uenientem   de   uilla   patrem    alexandri   et   run    ut    tolleret 


lu.  cccxu. 
io.  cxcuii. 
mt.  cccxxxi. 


hia  his  3     fcerh-lsedon      hine     on  stowe         f         is  getrahted      heafud-ponnes 

crucem   eius.  22  *Et  perducunt   ilium   in   golgotha  locum   quod   est   interpretatu?«    caluariae 

stowe  3       sellas     him    drinca  aecced-win  3      ne      onfeng  3  ahengon 

locus.  23  *Et   dabant    ei    bibere    murratum   uinum   et   non   accepit.  24  +Et   crucifigentes 

hine     to-daeldon  woedo         his        sendon         hlott         on      Ssem  buses  oht-Hiuodliuoge  genome  waes 

eum  diuiserunt  uestimenta  eius  mittentes  sortem  super   eis    quis  quid  tolleret.         25  *Erat 

•wutedlice     tid     Sirdda     3  ahengon  hine  .3     waes  titul  4"  tacon  4  merca  intinges     his    on  awritten 

autem    hora   tertia   et   crucifixerunt   eum.         26  *Et   erat  titulus  causae    eius   inscribtus 


cynig        iudea 
rex    iudaeorum. 


3      mi«   hine  ahoas  4"  ahengon   tuoge    morsceaSo        an       to    swiSrum    3     oSerne    to 
27  *Et   cum    eo       crucifi&unt       duo     latrones    unum   d,    dextris   et   alium    a 


wynstrum     his  3         gefylled       wees    fcio  gewrit       Sio     cuoeSes    3       miS   unrelit-uisum4'wohfullu?« 

sinistris    eius.  28  *Et    adimpleta     est     scribtura    quae     dicit     et    cum  iniquis 


*  210.  i. 

Iu.  ccc[x]uiii. 
io.  cxcuii. 
mt.  ccexxxii. 

*  211.  iiii. 
io.  cciii. 

mt.  ccexxxiii. 
f  212.  i. 
lu.  cccxi. 
io.  cci. 
mt. 
cccxxxiii[i]. 

*  213.  x. 

*  214.  i. 

lu.  cccxxiii[i]. 
io-  excuiii. 
mt.  ccexxxu. 

*  215.  i. 

lu.  cccxui[i]. 
io.  excuiii. 

*  216.  uiii. 
lu.  eclxxuii. 


getaled      was  3    $a  bi-faerendum  geebolsadon  4*  ebolsande  hine      coerrende      heafda  hiora    3   cuoefcende 

reputatus   est.         29  *Et  praetei-euntes       blasphemabant       eum  mouentes   capita    sua  et   dicentes  *  217.  ui. 


mt.  cccxxxuii. 


wse    seSe     toshttes     JSaet  tempel      3      on      Sriim      dagum     getimbras 
ua,     qui     destruit     templuw     et     in    tribws    diebws    sedificat. 


hal  doa       Seh        seolfne 

30   saluum    fac    temet    ipsum 


adunestigende  of     rode 
descendens  "  de    mice. 


gelic         3  heh-sacercta         telende4bi3merigende       him  bituih        miS 

31  *Similiter  et  summi   sacerdotes  ludentes  ad  alterutrum  cum*218"-.. 

lu.  ccexxn. 
mt.  ccexxxuiii. 

wu<5uu/mot    cuoedon     oSero      hale      dyde  hine  seolfne    ne      mange         hal  doa 

seribis    dicebant   alios   saluos   fecit     sdipsum    non   potest   saluum   facere. 


20.  3   aefter  Son  bismeradun    him   giweordun    hine   Sees    felle   reades  3   giworgadun   hine  miS    giwedum   his  3 
«a  gilaeddun   hine    -}ste    hia    ahengun   hine  21.  3   gineddon    bigongende  4"  bifaerende    sumne    simon    cyrinescne 

cymende    of  londe    fador   ...   3   ...   -fte    ginome    rode  his  22.   3   Serh'-laeddun  hine   . . .  stowe    f   is   gitrahtad 

heofud-ponna  stow  23.  3  saldun  him  drinca  eced  3  winn  3  ne  on-feng       '   24.  3  ahengon  hine  todoeldun  giwedo 

his  sendun  hlett   ofer    him   hwaes   oht   genome  25.  waes    wutudVee  tid  Sirda  1  a-hengun   hine.  26.   waes 

wutudlice  tacun  intinga  his  on  awriten  cynig  iudea  27.  3  mi$  hine  ahengun  twoege  sceoSo  enne  to  fcscr  swi<5ra 

3  ofceme    to    Saer    wynstra  28.   3   gi-fylled   waes    Saet    giwritt    se$e    cwefces   3   mi<5    unrehtwisum   giteled    waes 

29.   3   bifaerendum  gieofulsaduri  hine   cerrende  heofud    hiora  3   cweSende  was  se<5e  toslites   Saot  tempel  3  on   Srim 
dagum   gitimbres  30.   halne  doa  Sec  solfne   adune   stigende  of   rode.  31.   gi-lice  3  hehsacerdas   telende   3 

bismerende  hiin  bitwih  miS  uStrutum  cwedun  oSre  halne  dyde  hine  solfne  ne  maege  halne  dca 


128 


32  Crist  israhela  cyning  astige  nu  of  rode 
•p  we  ge-seon  D  ge-lyfon ;  And  pa  Be  him  mid 
hangodon  waeron  him  mid  gebundene; 

33  And  paere  syxtan  tide  wurdo[n]  pystru 
gewordene  geond  ealle  eor'San.     08  non-tide 

34  "}  to  non-tide  se  haelend  clypode  myc- 
elre  stemne.  heloi.  heloi.  lema  sabbattani. 
~p  is  on  ure  ge^eode  nun  god  min  god.  hwi 
for-lete  pu  me ; 

35  1  sume  pe  ^ar  abuton  stodon  1  J?is 
gehyrdon  hi  cwaedon.    nu  pes  clypaS  heliaw. 

36  pa  am  hyra  an  1  fylde  ane  spingan 
mid  ecede.  1  on  hreod  sette  1  him  drincan 
sealde.  1  cwseS ;  LaetaS  -p  we  ge-seon  hwaeS- 
er  helias  cume  hine  nyper  to  settanne ; 

37  Se  haelend  pa  asende  his  stefne  1  forS- 
ferde. 

38  1  paes  temples  wah-rift  waes  tosliten 
on  twa  of  ufewerduw  oS  neopewerd ; 

39  pa  se  hundred-man  pe  Sar  stod  agen 
geseah  -p  se  haelend  swa  clypiende  forS-ferde. 
he  cw.  so^lice  pes  man  waes  godes  sunu ; 

40  And  pa  wif  waeron  feorran  be-heald- 
ende.  1  betwux  paw  waes  seo  magdale- 
nisce  maria.  1  maria  iacobes  modor.  "i  sa- 
lomeae ; 

41  1  pa  he  waes  on  galilea  hi  fylidon  him. 
1  him  penedon  3  manega  oftre  pe  him  mid 
ferdon  on  hierusalew?  ; 

42  And  pa  aefen  waes  geworden  -p  waes 
parasceue.     j5  is  aer  saeter-daege 


Various  Readings. 

32.  A. hangedon.  33.  A.  On  [for  And].  A.B.C.  wurdon; 
the  Corpus  MS.  has  wurdo.  A.  )>ystro.  A.  eond.  34.  A. 
B.  stefne.  A.  zabdani.  $  ys  ge-Jieod.  A.  hwig.  35.  A. 
on-butan ;  C. abutan.  A.B.C.hig.  36.  A.heora.  A.asette. 
A.  elias.  38.  A.  ufeweardum.  A.  neoSeweardu/n.  39.  A. 
on-gean  stod.  A.  clypigende.  40,  A.  be-tweox  hyra.  A. 
iacobes  moder  (jobs  gingran.  3  iosepes  moder.  ")  salomese. 
41.  A.  hig.     A.  filigdon;   B.  C.  fyligdon.     B.  ierusalem. 


32  Crist  israele  kyng  astig  nu  of  rode  -p 
we  ge-seon  !!  ge-lefen.  And  pa  pe  mid  him 
ahangeden  waeren  him  mid  ge-bundene. 

33  And  pare  syxte  tide  wurSe  peostre  ge- 
worSene  geond  ealle  eorSan.    odSe  non-tide. 

34  And  to  non-tide  se  haelend  clepede 
mycele  stefne  heloy  heloy  lama  sabathani. 
■p  is  on  ure  ge-peode.  min  god  min  god. 
hwi  for-laedst  pu  me. 

35  "}  sume  pe  paer  abuton  stoden  3  pis  ge- 
hyrdon hyo  cwaeSen.     nu  pes  clyped  heliaw?. 

36  pa  arn  hyre  an.  3  fylde  ane  spunge 
mid  eisile.  3  on  reod  sette  3  him  drincen 
sealde.  1  cwae$.  laeteS  ■p  we  ge-seon  hwaeS- 
er  helias  cume  hine  niSer  to  settewne. 

37  Se  haelend  pa  asende  his  stefne  "J  forS- 
ferde. 

38  iEnd  pas  temples  wah  irift  waes  to- 
sliten on  twa  of  ufewearden  odSe  niSeweard. 

39  E>a  pas  hundredes  man  pe  paer  stod 
agen  ge-seah  ■$  se  haelend  swa  clepiende 
forS-ferde.  he  cwaeS.  SoSlice  pes  man  waes 
godes  sune. 

40  And  pa  wif  waeren  feorren  be-heald- 
ende.  3  betwux  pam  waes  sie  magdalenisce 
Marie.     1  Marie  iacobes  moSer  "i  salomee. 

41  1  pa  he  waes  on  galilee  hy  felgden  hym. 
3  him  penoden  1  manege  oSre  pe  him  mide 
ferden  on  ierusaletn. 

42  iEnd  pa  aefen  waes  ge-worden  -p  waes 
parasceue.     ~p  is  aer  saeterdaige 


Various  Readings. 

32.  cyning  astige;  ge-lefon;  ahangodon  wseron.  33. 
gewordene  ;  oSSe.  34.  clypede ;  om.  is ;  for-lsetst.  35. 
stodon ;  cwaefcon  ;   clepeS.  36.   hyora  ;   fulde ;   eccede; 

driracan;  leetaS  ;  hweSer;  settonne.  37.  halend.  38.  3; 
wahrift;  to-sliton;  ufewerdum  oSSe.  39.  halend;  clepi- 
gende  ;  sunu.  40.  waron  feorran ;  seo  madalenisca  maria; 
maria;  moder.  41.  galileam  hyo  fylgdon;  (jenodon; 
manega.        42.  And;   afen. 


129 

crist      cynig  israJie\a  adune-stigeS     nti      of     rode    -)5te     we  gesee     3    -pte  we  gelefe    3  SaS[e]  mi*  hine 
32  christuB   rex   israhel   descendat   nunc  de  cruce   ut   uideamus  et    credamus  *Et  qui   cum   eo   *  219.  ii. 

lu.  cccxxu. 
...  •  mt.cccxxxuiiii. 

ahoen  weron     3  nearm  cuoedon   him  3  miSSy  awarS  tid  810    seista       Siostro     awordne  weron  Serh      all 

crucifixerant   conuiciabantur    ei.  33  *Et       facta    hora    sexta   tenebrae    facte     sunt    per  totam  *  220.  ii. 

lu.  cccxxuii. 
mt.  cccxl. 
eorSo        wis      on  tid  non  3      tid        non       of-cliopade    se  hselend  stefne  miS  micle  cuoeSende 

terram   usque   in  horam  nonam.       34  *Et  hora   nona   exclamauit      iesws      uoce     magna      dicens    ■  221.  ui. 

mt.  cccxli. 

■p        is  getrahted  god       min       god      min   -pte-rto  huon  forleortes  Su 

heloi  heloi  lama  sabacthani  quod  est  interpraetatum   dews   meus   deus   meus     ut  quid     dereliquisti 

raeh  3        sume      of   Ssem  ymstondendum    geherdon      cuoedon     heono     helias      ceiges  geharn 

me.  35  et  quidam  de     circumstantibws    audientes   dicebant    ecce   heliam   uocat.        36  *Currens  *  222.  ii. 

lu.  cccxxiii. 
mt.  cccxlii. 
Sonne         an         3        gefylde  copp        miS  secced  ymb-sette     3        to  rode    f  drinca     salde    him     cuoeS 

autem     unus    et     implens     spongiam     aceto    circum-ponensque    calamo    potum     dabat    ei    dicens 

bidas    f  we  gesege   gif  cymeS     helias   to  unsettanne  -r  to  adoanne  of  hine  se  hselend  Sonne   miSSy  gesende 

sinite     uideamus     si  ueniat  helias         ad   deponendum  eum.         37  *lesus     autem       emissa       *  223.  i. 

lu.  cccxxuiiii. 

stefne    micla   of  gast  agsef-^asuelte  3     waghrsegl    temples    to-reded   wses  in     tuu  from  ufaweard   wis  to  mt.  cccxliii. 

uoce   magna         expirauit.  38  *Et    uelum     templi   scissum   est  in   duo    a     sursum   usque  •  2:4.  ii. 

hi.  cccxxuiii. 
nioSuord  gesseh      Sonne  Se  aldormora   seSe    fore    ongaegn     astod       -pte     sua    clioppende     gesuelte 

deorsum.  39  *Uidens  autem     centurio      qui     ex    aduerso   stabat   quia   sic    clamans   expirasset  •  225.  ii. 

lu.  cccxxx. 
111*   cccxl  Ul 
cuoeS   soSlice    monn     Ses     sunu   godes  wses  woeron   xmiedlice  sec      Sa  wifo  fearra  behealdon 

ait      uere    homo    hie    filius    dei    erat.  40  *Erant    autem     et    mulieres    de   longe    aspicientes  *  226.  ui. 

mt.  cccxluii. 

bituih     Stem     tec      maria       magdaJenfsce      3  Sees  iacobes  leasse      3  moder       3 

inter     quas     et     maria     magdalenae    et    maria     iacobi     minoris     et     ioseph     mater     et     salomae. 

3     miS-Sy     wses       in       gali/ea  fylgdon  him      3      ge-embehtadon    him    3      oSero      menigo       SaSe 

41   et     cum     esset     in     galilaea     seqwebantur     eum    et    ministrabant     ei    et    aliae    multae    quae 

sed-geadre    miS    hine       astigon  hierusalem  3     miSSy     gee     efrn      wses     aworden  forSon 

simul     cum    eo    ascenderant    hierosolima.  42    *Et    cum    iam    sero    esset    factum    quia  •  227.  i. 

lu.  ccexxxii. 

io.  ccui. 
wses-l'-fte  wsere  f         is      fore     sunnandeeg  mt.  cccxluiii. 


erat  parasceue   quod   est   ante   sabbatum. 


32.  crist   cynig   israhela    adune    stigeS    nu  of  rode    fte    we    gisie  3   gi-lefe  3   Sa   Se   miS    hine    ahoen   werun 
harm-cwedun  him        33.  3  giwarS  tid  Sio  sesta  Siostru  awordne  werun  Serh  alle  eorSu  oS  on  tide  nones        34.  3 

on  tide  nones   gi-cliopade  Se  hmlend   stefne  micelre  cweSende Sset  is   gitrahtad  god  min  god  min   f  te  k  to 

hwon  mec  Su  forl[e]te  35.  3  sume  of  Ssem  ymb-stondendum  giherdun  cwedun  heono  helias  ceges         36.  ginrn 

wutudh'ce  an  3  gifylde  copp  miS   secede  ymbsette  3  to  rode  Sa  drinca  salde  him  cweSende  biddas  f  te  we  gisie  gif 
cymes  helias    to  unsetanne  \  to    undoane    hine  37.  Se  hselenrf   wutudlice    sende    stefne    micle  of    gaste    agaef 

38.  3   wag-hrsel  temples   to-rended  wses  in    tuu    from    ufa-wordum  wis   to  nioSawordum  39.   gi-sseh  Sonne  Sa 

aldormen    seSe    foron    ongsegn    stodun    Ssette    swa    cliopade    giswelte    cwseS    soSlic    mon    Ses    sunu    godes    wses 

40.  werun   wutudh'ce    sec  3   Sa   wif  fearra  biheoldun  bitwih  Ssem  wses  3   ...  3  ...   Sees  lsessa  3   . . .  moder  3   .  .  . 

41.  3  miSSy  wses  in   galilse  fyligdun  him   3  Segnadun  him  3   oSro  monige  SaSe   someS   miS   hine  astigun   hieru- 
salem  42.  3  miSSy  gi  efern  wses  giworden  forSon  wses  . . .  -pte  is  fore  sunna-dseg 


130 


Dys  god-spel 
ge-byra£  on 
easter-dasg. 
Maria  magda- 
lene. 


43  pa  com  iosep  se  aeftela  gerefa  of  aba- 
rimathia.  se  sylfa  godes  rices  geanbidode. 
3  he  dyrstiglice  into  pilate  eode.  3  baed  paes 
hselendes  lie-ham  an ; 

44  Da  wundrpde  pilatus  gif  he  pa  gyt 
forS-ferde  ;  pa  clypode  he  psene  hundred- 
man  3  hine  ahsode  hwae'Ser  he  dead  waere ; 

45  Da  he  wiste  -p.  pa  agef  he  pone  lic- 
haman  iosepe ; 

46  pa  bohte  iosep  ane  scytan.  3  hine 
par-on  befeold.  3  on  byrgene  lede.  seo  waes 
of  stane  aheawen.  3  wylte  anne  stau  to 
Saere  byrgenrie  dura ; 

47  "T~\a  com  maria  magdalene  3  iosepes 


led  waere ; 


maria.   3  be-heoldon  hwar  he  ge- 


CHAPTER   XVI. 

1  3  Sa  saeternes  daeg  waes  agan.  seo  mag- 
dalenisce  maria  3  iacobes  maria  3  salomeae 
bohton  wyrt-gemang  -p  hi  comon  3  hine 
smyredon  ; 

2  And  swySe  aer  anum  reste-daege  comon 
to  paere  byrgene     up-asprungenre  sunnan. 

3  3  cwaedon  him  betwynan ;  Hwa  awylt 
us  ftysne  stan  of  paere  byrgene  dura  ; 

4  pa  hi  hi  besawon.  hi  gesawon  paene 
stan  aweg  awyltne.  soSlice  he  waes  swy'Se 
my  eel ; 

5  And  pa  hi  eodon  on  pa  byrgene  hi 
gesawon  anne  geongne  on  pa  swy^ran  healfe 
sittende  hwitura  gegyrlan  ofer-wrohne;  3  hi 
pa  forhtodon ; 

Various  Readings. 

43.  A.  B.  C.  arimathia.  A.  B.  C.  dyrstelice.  44.  A;  bone. 
A.  acsode.  45.  C.  baene.  46.  A.  bser-on.  A.  byrgenne.  A. 
wylede  eenne.  A.  byrgene.    47.  A.  aled. 

Cap.  xvL  1.  A.  hig.  2.  B.  reste-daga.  A.  byrigenne.  3 
A.  awyleS.  A.  byrgenne.  4.  A.  hig  hig.  A.  B.  C.  hig.  A. 
bone.  A.  awyledne;  C.  awylt.  5.  A.  hig.  A.  byrgenne. 
A.  hig.  A.  senne.  A.  myd  hwytum  ge-gyrlanofer-wrogenne. 
7  hig  forhtedon. 


43  pa  com  iosep  se  ae<5ele  refe  of  arimathia 
se  sylfe  godes  rice  ge-an-bidode.  3  he  dyrsti- 
lice  in  to  pilate  eode  3  baed  pas  haelendes 
lichame. 

44  pa  wuudrede  pilatus  gyf  he  pa  gyt 
forS-ferde.  Da  clypede  he  panne  hundredes 
man.     3  hine  axode  hwaeSer  he  dead  waere. 

45  Da  he  wiste  "p.  pa  agyf  he  pane  lic- 
hame iosepe. 

46  Da  bohte  iosep  ane  scytan  3  hine  paer- 
on  be-feold  3  on  byrigenne  leigde  syo  waes 
of  stane  aheawan.  3  wyltel  aenne  stan  to 
pare  berienne  dure. 

47  T^A  com  Marie  magdalene  3  Iosepes 
J      Marie.    3  be-heolden  hwaer  he  ge- 

leigd  waere. 


CHAPTER   XVI. 

1.  3  pa  saternes  daig  waes  agan  sye  mag- 
dalenisce  Marie  3  Iacobes  Marie  3  salomee 
bohten  wert-ge-mang  p  hyo  comen  3  hine 
smereden. 

2  iEnd  swiSe  aer  anen  reste-daige  comen 
to  pare  byregenne.  up  asprungenne  sunna. 

3  3  cwaeSen  heom  be-tweonen.  hwa  awylt 
us  pysne  stan  of  pare  byregene  dure. 

4  pa  hyo  hy  be-seagen.  hyo  ge-seagen 
pane  stan  aweig  aweldne.  soSlice  he  wees 
swifte  mycel. 

5  iEnd  pa  hyo  eoden  on  pa  byregenne  hyo 
ge-seagen  aenne  geongne  on  pam  swiSren 
healfe  sittende  hwiten  gerlen  ofer-wrogene. 
3  hyo  pa  forhteden. 


Various  Readings. 

43.  ioseph  ;  reafa ;  sylfa ;  dyrstilice ;  halendes  lichaman. 
44.  wundrode;  Sone  hundred-man;  hweSer.  45.  bone 
lichama  Iosepe.  46.  Ioseph ;  bar-on ;  legde  seo  ;  ahewan ; 
[wyltel  also  in  MS.  R.]  anne;  byrigenne..  47.  maria 
{twice) ;  beheoldon ;  ge-legd  ware. 

Cap.   XVI.   1.  seo;    maria  (twice);   comon;  smyredon. 

2.  And;  on  anum  reste-dagon  comon;  byrigenne;  sunnan. 

3.  cwseSon;  betwenan  ;  byrigenne.  4.  be-sawen  ;  ge-sawen 
borcne.  5.  hy;  byrigenne';  ge-sawon;  ba  swiSSran  halfe; 
hwitum  georlu»J  ofer-wrohne;  hy  ;  forhtodon. 


131 

cuom  from    arimal/tta    wel-boren         of         seSe   aec      he       waes         bidend  ric       godes    3 

43   uenit    ioseph    ab    arimathia    nobilis    decurio    qui    et    ipse    erat    expectans    regnum    dei    et 

bal-lice      inn-eode      to  '      3     giuede    lichoma  h&lendes  Sonne      gewundrade    gif 

audacter     introiit     ad     pilatum     et     petit     corpus     iesu.  44     pilatus     autem     mirabatur     si 

giee  k  huoeSer   geliorade  faest   3    miSSy  gefotad  webs  Se  centano  J  gefraegn  _      hine     gif   aoAlice       dead  were 

iam  obisset       et      accersito        centurione     interrogauit    eum     si     iam     mortuus    esset. 

3     miS  ongaet        from  Seem  aldormere      salde  f  lichoma        iosep  Sonne         bohte 

45   et   cum    cognouisset    &      centurione     donauit    corpus    ioseph.         46  *Ioseph    autem    mercatus  *  228  i. 

lu.  cccxxxiii. 


10.  ccum. 


lift  J        ofdyde        hine     bewand        in  lift         3        sette      hine     in  byrgen  ^       waes    geheawen  mt.  cccxluiiii 

sindonem   et   deponens   euwi   inuoluit   sindone    et    posuit   eum    in    monumento   quod   erat   excisum 

of  carre  k  stane  3      towselte      Saet  stan     to       duru    Sees  byrgennes  Sonne   Sio  magSalenesca 

de       petra       et   aduoluit   lapidem   ad   ostium   monumenti.  47  *Maria   autem     magdalenae     *  229.  ui. 

r  *  ,  mt.  cc|c]l. 

3  behealdon     huer  woere  gesettet 

et   maria  ioseph   aspiciebant  ubi     poneretur. 


CAP.  XVI. 

3     miS-Sy      geeode      -J5  sunnedaeg  Sio  magdalene    3  3  bohton 

1  *Et    cum    transisset    sabbatum    maria    magdalene    et    maria    iacobi    et    salomae    emerunt  •  230.  uiU. 

lu.  cc[c]xxxu 

aeSela  wyrta  ^5te  miSSy  gecuomo  t  cymmende  gesmiredon    hine  3      suiSe     arlice      an    Sara  sunneSagana 

aromata     ut  uenientes  ungerent    eum.         2  *Et  ualde   mane   una     sabbatorum     *  XLVI. 

231.  i. 

lu.  cccxxxui. 
cuomon     to  byrgenne      was  arisen  gee     sunna  3       cuoedon      him  bituih      hua  eft k  awaeltes     us      io.  ccuiiii.  ecxi. 

ueniunt   ad   monumentum      orto      iam    sole.  3  et   dicebant   adinuicem   quis     reuoluit     nobis mt- ccclii- 

Sone  stan  from    duro    Saes  byrgennes  3       eft-locadon     gesegon    efet-awaelted    Sone  stan    waes      forSon 

lapidem     ab    ostio    monumenti.  4   et  respicientes   uident     reuolutum     lapidem    erat    quippe 

rniccl         suiSe  3       inn-eodon        in  byrgen  gesegon      ging  esne       sittende      on     swiSrum 

magnus    ualde.  5   et   introeuntes    in    monumento    uiderunt    iuuenem    sedentem    in    dextris 

ufa  ymbgearuad    stol         huit        3        fore-stylton 
coopertum      stola  Candida  et  ob-stupuerunt. 


43.  com  .  .  from  . . .  wel-boren  .  .  .  forSon  3  he  waes  biddende  rice  godes  3  ballice  in-eode  to  pylato  3  baed  lichoma 
Sees  hselendes  44.  ...  Sonne  giwundrade  gif  he  .  .  giliorde  3  miS  gi-fotad  waes  Se  centurion  gifnegn  hine  gif 
soS  deod  were  k  se  45.  3  miSSy  ongaet  from  Ssem  aldre  sselde  Sonne  lichoma  .  .  46.  .  .  wutudftce  brohtc 
lin  3  of-dyde  hine  biwand  in  line  3  sette  hine  in  byrgenne  Saet  waes  giheowen  of  stane  3  awselte  Sone  stan  to 
Saer  dura  Seer  byrgenne  47.  ...   Sione   Sio  maegSalenesca  3   .  .  .   iosephes   biheoldun  hwer  were  giseted 

Cap.  XVI.  1.  3  miSSy  gieode  sunna-daeg  .  .  Sio  magSalenesca  3  .  .  .  .  3  .  .  .  bohtun  eeSele  wyrte  fte  come 
k  cymende   gismiredun   hine  2.   3   swiSe  arlice  an  Sara   dagona  comun  to  Saer   byrgenne   waes   arisend   sunne 

3.  3  cwedun  him  bitwih  hwa  awaelte  us  Sone  stan  from  dura  byrgenne  4.  3  eft  loccadun  gisegun  eft  awaelted 
Sone    stan   waes   forSon   micel   swiSe  5.  3   ineodun    in    byrgenne    gisegun    gingne    esne    sittende    in   swiSrum 

ufu  .  .  .  stole  hwitum  3  for-styltun. 

B2 


132 


By  god-spel 
ge-byraS  on 
wodnes  d;pg 
on  bare  ogere 
e  ster  wucan. 
Surgens  autewt 
wsus  mane 
prima  sabbati. 


Dis  sceal  on 
bunres  da?g 
innan  pare 
gang- wucan. 
Kecumbenti- 
bus  undeci?» 
discipulis. 


6  Da  cwaeS  he  to  him  no  forhtige  ge  na. 
ge  secaS  paene  nazareniscan  haelend  ahan- 
genne ;  He  aras  nis  he  her  ;  her  is  seo  stow 
paer  hi  hine  ledon. 

7  ac  faraS  7  secgaS  his  leorning-cnihtum. 
1  petre  -p  he  gaeS  toforan  eow  on  galileaTM. 
par  ge  hine  geseoS  swa  he  eow  saede ; 

8  And  hi  ut  eodon.  1  flugon  fram  paere 
byrgene.  1  waeron  afaerede  for  paere  gesyh^e 
pe  hi  gesawon.  "i  hig  nanon  men  naht  ne 
saedon.    soSlice  hi  him  adredon; 

9  T^a  he  aras  on  feme  morgen  on  reste- 
j   daege.   aeryst  he  aet-ywde  paere  mag- 

daleniscan  marian.  of  Saere  he  ut  adraf  seofon 
deofol-seocnyssa. 

10  1  heo  pa  ut  eode  1  hit  pam  cydde  pe 
mid  him  wseron  heofendura  1  wependum 

11  pa  hi  gehyrdon  •p  he  leofode  1  hi  hine 
gesawon.    pa  ne  ge-lyfdon  hi  hi?». 

12  Mfter  pam  him  twarn  he  waes  aet-ywed 
on  o'Srwn  hiwe.   him  on  pone  tun  farendum 

13  1  hi  pa  foron  "}  -p  o'Srwn  cyddon.  7  hi 
him  ne  gelyfdon  ; 

1 4  Da  aet  nehstan  he  aetywde  him  twelfuw 
par  hi  aet-gaedere  saeton.  1  taelde  hyra  unge- 
leafFulnesse.  1  hyra  heortan  heardnesse. 
forSam  pe  hi  ne  ge-lyfdon  pam  *&e  hine  gesa- 
won of  deape  arisan. 

15  1  he  saede  him.  FaraS  into  ealne 
middan-eard  ]  bodiaS  god-spell,  ealre  ge- 
sceafte. 


Various  Readings. 

6.  A.  bone.  A.  hig.  8.  A.  hig.  A.  byrgenne.  B.  C.  sihSe.  A. 
hig.  A.  nanum.  A.  B.  C.  hig.  A.  ondredon.  9.  A  mergen. 
A.  serest.  B.  C.  deofol-seocnessa.  10.  A.  heofigendum. 
11.  A.  hig  {thrice.)  13.  A.  hig  {twice).  14.  A.  heom  [for 
him].  A.  C.  hig.  A.  heora  ungeleaffulnysse.  A.  heora.  A. 
C.  heardnysse.  A.  C.  hig.  A.  hig  ne  [for  hine,  by  mistake]. 
15.  A.  eallne.  C.  middan-geard.  C.  godspel. 

[N,B.  From  v.  14  to  end  in  a  different  hand  in  B.,  being 
evidently  transcribed  from  the  Corpus  MS.] 


6  pa  cw  he  to  heom  ne  fortige  ge  na. 
ge  seceS  pane  nazarenisca  haelend  ahangene. 
he  aras.  nis  he  her.  her  is  syo  stowe  paer 
hy  hine  leigden. 

7  ac  fare?)  1  seggeS  his  leorning-cnihten. 
1  petre.  ■p  he  gaed  to-foren  eow  on  galilee. 
paer  ge  hine  ge-seoS  swa  he  eow  saede. 

8.  1  hyo  ut  eoden  ")  flugen  fram  pare 
byrigene.  1  waeren  aferde.  for  pare  sihSe 
pe  hyo  ge-seagew.  1  hyo  nane  men  naht  ne 
saigden.     so^lice  hyo  heom  an-dredden. 

9  "InA  he  aras  on  aerne  morgen  on  reste- 
j     daige;   aerest  he  atewde  pare  mag- 

dalenisca  marie  of  pare  pe  he  ut  adraf  seof en 
deofel-seocnysse. 

10  1  hy  pa  ut  eode  1  hit  J?am  cydde  pe 
mid  him  waeren  heofende  1  weopende. 

11  )>a  hyo  ge-hyrden  -p  he  leofede  3  hyo 
hine  ge-seagen.     pa  ne  lyfden  hyo  him. 

12  iEfter  pam  heom  twam  he  waes  atewed 
on  oSren  heowe.     heom  on  pane  tun  farende. 

13  1  hyo  pa  foran.  1  ■p  odren  cydden.  1 
hye  heora  ne  ge-lyfden. 

14  Da  aet  pan  ytemesten  hyo  aend-lefene 
aet  mete  saeten.  heora  atewede  se  haelend  1 
here  unbelefen  1  heora  heorten  ge-tremede. 
for-pan  -p  hye  hine  ge-seagen  arise  hi  hit  ne 
ge-lyfden. 

15  1  he  saide  heom.  GaS  swa  wid  swa 
midden-eard  bodiende  "p  godspel  ealle  ge- 
scefte. 


Various  Readings. 

6.  forhtige;  secaS  baene;  halend  ahawgenne;  se  stow; 
hyo;  legdon.  7.  faraS;  -cnihtum;  gseS  ;  galileam.  8. 
End  hi ;  byrigenne ;  wseron ;  ge-sawen  ;  sagden ;  eom  a- 
dreddon.  9. -daege;  rotewede;  madelenisce  marian;  seofan 
deofolseoenyse.  10.  heo ;  wseron  heofendum  3  wependvm. 
11.  gehyrdon;  leofode;  ge-sagen  ;  lyfdon  hy.  12.  ofcrum  ; 
bone;  farenduw.  13.  odrum  ;  hy ;  hym  {altered  to  he);  ge- 
lifdon.  14.  [N.B.  From  ban  ytemesten  in  v.  14  to  the  end 
is  omitted  in  MS.  R.  as  at  first  written;  but  supplied  by 
the  scribe  of  the  Hatton  MS.  with  the  same  spelling,  except 
as  noted.]  ateowede;  helend. 


133 

seSe    cuoeS    Saem  ne  wsellas      gefrohtiga    Sone  h-xlend  gie  soeces    nazarenasca  ahoen -1' ahongene     aras 
6  *Qui    dicit    illis     nolite     expauescere      iesum       quaeritis   nazarenuwj      crucifixum     surrexit  *  232.  ii. 

lu.cccxxxui[i]. 
mt.  cccliii. 

ne       is     hir  heono   stoue     Ser       gesetton      hine  sittas    cuoaeSaS      Segnum       his     3     petro     -pte 

non   est  hie  ecce  locus  ubi  posuerunt  eu/ra.  7   sedite    dicite    discipulis  eius  et  petro  quia 


togeaegnes  faeres  iuh    on     geleornise    Ser    hine    gie  geseas     sua     cuoeS      iuh 
praecedit       uos   in   galilaeam   ibi  eum   uidebitis   sicut  dixit  uobis. 


60S  8a  ilco  Bona  foerdo 
8  *At    illae     exeuntes 


*  233.  ii. 

lu.  cccxxxuiii 

mt.  cccliiii. 


flugon        of      Saem  byrgen       forcuom       forSon    hia     ondo-t       3     fyrhto-t    3        ne  ccnigura  menn       gecuoedon 
fugerunt    de    monumento    inuaserat    enim    eas    tremor    et    pauor    et    nemini    quicquam    dixerunt 


ondreardon   forSon 
timebant    enim. 


aras      uvAedlice  arlice  4"  on  morgen  Sio  forrma  daege .  i .  sunnadoeg  aedeawde    aerest 
9  Surgens  autem  mane  prima   sabbati  apparuit  primo 


Saer  magSalenesca  of     Saer     gewarp        seofa        diowles 
mariae      magdalene      de   qua   eiecerat   septem   demonia. 


hio       eade        gesaegde    Stem  SaSe 
10   ilia   uadens   nuntiauit    his    qui 


miS   hine   woeron     maenendum    3     wopendum 
cum   eo   f'uerant   lugentibws  et   flentibus. 


3  Sa  miSSy  geherdon    -(5 te      gelifde      3    gesene    waere 
11    et     illi   audientes     quia   uiueret  et   uisus   esset 


from  hia     ne  gelefdon 

ab     ea    non   credideruut. 


aefter     Sas      Sonne       tuaem     from   him      geongendum        aedeawd    wees 
12   *post   haec    autem    duobws    ex     eis    ambulantibws    ostensus    est  [*  234.  uiii.] 


on    oSero  gelicnise      faerende      on        lond 
in    alia    effigiae     euntibus    in    uillam. 


3      Sa      foerdon  saegdon        Saem  oSrum    ne     Seem 

13   et    illi    euutes    nuntiauerunt     ceteris     nee    illis 


gelefdon 
crediderunt. 


14 


set  nesta-Haetmest  hlinigendum-rraestendum  Saem     tuoelfum     set-eaude     3    for-cuom  4"  for-draf 


"nouissime 


recumbentibMS        illis   undecim   apparuit  et      exprobrauit      [•  235.x.] 


ungeleaffulnise       hiora      3       stiSnise      heartes       hiora      forSon  Saem  SaSe     gesegon      hine      arisse  f  aras       ne 
incredulitatem    eorum   et   duritiam    cordis    illorum    quia    his    qui    uiderant    eum    resurrexisse    non 


gelefdon  i  naldon  gelefa 
crediderant. 


3     cuoeS    him      gaas       on  middangeard        aline  bodigas         -p  godspell 

15   et   dixit    eis    euntes    in    mundum    uniuersum    predicate    euangelium 


alle-l'eghuelcufn      sceafte 
omni  creaturse. 


6.    seSe    cwaeS    Saem    ne    wallas    ge    forhtiga    Sone    hwlend    gisoecas     nazarenisca     Se    ahoen    waes    he    aras 
ne  is  hit  heonu  stowe  Ser   gi-settun   hine  7.  sittas  3   cweSes  Segnum  his  3   . .   Saette   togsegnes   faeres  iow  in 

. . .  Ser  ge  hine  giseaS   swa  cwaeS  iow  8.    soS    Sa   ileu    Sona    ttugun    k    foerdun    from    byrgenne    for-comun 

forSon  . .  ondo  3   fyrhto   3   egsa  3   ne  aengum   menn   gicwedun  ondreordun   forSon         9.   aras  wutudlice  So  haelenrf 
arlice  Sy   forma   daege   £   is  sunnadaeg  aeteowde   aerist  .  .  .  Saer  magSalenisca  of  Saer  giwarp  siofu  diowlo  10. 

hio  eode   giseejrde  Saem  Se  mis   hine  werun  maenende  3   woepende  11    3    Sa  miS-Sy   giherdun  Saet   he  lifde  3 

gisene  were  from  hia    ne    gi-lefdun  12.   aefter  Sissum  Sonne  twaem  from   him  gongendum  aet-eowed  wees  in 

oSre   gelicnisse   faerende  on   londe  13.  3   Sa   foerdun   saegdun   Saem   oSrum   ne   Saera   gilefdun  14.   set   nesta 

■t   tetemest   hlionigendum    Saem    twelfum    aet-eowde   3    forcom    -t    fordraf   ungileoffulnisse    hiora  3  stiSnisse    heorta 
forSon  Saem   SaSe   gisegun  hine  arisa  t  aras  ne  gi-lefdun  15.  3  cwaeS   him  gas  on  middengeord  alne   bodigaS 

god-spel  elce  gescaefte 


134 


16  Se  pe  gelyfS  3  gefullod  biS  se  bip 
hal ;  Soplice  se  Se  ne  gelyfS.  se  biS  geny- 
Serod ; 

17  pas  tacnii  fyliaS  pam  Se  ge-lyfaS.  on 
minon  naman  hi  deofol-seocnessa  ut-drifaS  ; 
hi  sprecaj?  niwum  tungum. 

18  naeddran  hi  afyrraS  3  him  ne  deraS 
peah  hi  hwaet  dead-basrlices  drincan ;  Ofer 
seoce  hi  hyra  lunula  settaS  3  hi  beoS  hale ; 

19  And  witudlice  drihten  haslend  sySSan 
he  to  hiw  spraec.  he  waes  on  heofonu/w 
afangen.    3  he  sitt  on  godes  swiSran  healfe ; 

20  Soplice  hi  Sa  farende  aeghwar  bode- 
don.  drihtne  mid-wyrcenduw  3  trymmendre 
spraece  aefter-fyligendum  tacnum. 


Various  Readings. 

16.  A.  byS  ge-fullod.  C.  geny[>erud.  17.  A.  mynuw.  A. 
C.  hig.  A.  deofol-seocnyssa.  A.  C.  hig.  B.  sprseca);.  18. 
C.  needran.  A.  hig  {four  times);  C.  hig  {twice).  B.  daerafc. 
A.  drincon.  A.  heora.  19.  A.  wytodlice.  A.  C.  heofenuw. 
A.  syt ;  C.  sit.  20.  A.  hig.  A.  bodedun.  A.  getrymmendre; 
C.  trymmende.  B.  sefter-fyligendend  (sic).  [See  note  to  v. 
lion  p.  132.] 


16  f  se  pe  ge-lyfd  3  is  ge-funted  he  is 
hal.  3  ge  se  pe  ne  ge-lyfd  he  is  for- 
demd. 

17  pa  tacnen  pe  haebbed  pa  pe  ge-lyfeS 
pis  folgeS.  On  mine  name  deofle  gad  ut. 
tungen  spreced  neowe. 

18  3  naddren  be-nemed.  3  gyf  he  dead- 
lice  drenc  drinced  ne  mag  he  heom  derigen. 
3  gyf  hye  uppen  seocen  here  hande  asetteS 
pe  bet  heo>«  seel  wurSe. 

19.  3  ure  hlaford  haelend  crist  seSSen  he 
wiS  heom  ge-sprecen  haefde;  he  astah  in  to 
heofene  3  sitt  on  godes  swiSre. 

20  Hyo  pa  fulfelde  bodeden  swa  wid  swa 
al.  pas  hlafordes  weorces  3  his  bispelles  ful- 
fellende  mid  felgenden  tacnen.     AMen. 


Various  Headings. 

16.   See  note  on  p.  132;  om.  1st  he;  his  [for  is;  twice], 
18.  derien.    20.  fulfeld. 


135 

seSe       gelefes        3       gefuluad     biS  i  sie      hal        bis     seSe  vmtedlice    ne         gelefeS     gehened  biS  J* 
16   qui    crediderit   et  babtizatus    fuerit    saluus    erit    qui      uero     non    crediderit     condem- 

geniSrad  biS  gemerca   Sonne      Sa    SaSe  gelefdon  ♦  gelefaS     Sa    gefylgeS  hia   on      noma     minuwi     diowlas 

nabitur.  17  signa   autem   eos   qui      crediderint      haec   sequentur   in  nomine    meo    demonia 

worpas   miS  sprecum  hia  sprecas    niuum  nedr6       hia  niomas     3    gif         deadlic  huset     gedrincas 

eicient      Unguis      loquentur    nouis.  18   serpentes     tollent     et    si    mortiferum    quid    biberint 

ne  hia  i him  sceSSaS     ofer    untrymigum    honda      onsettaS      3  wel  hia  habbaS-Hiim  biS  soel  3   se  drihten 

non     eos      nocebit  super    aegrotos    manus   inponent   et  bene   habebunt.  19  et  dominua 

sec  4  soSlice  tetter  Son    sprecend  wees  him  genumen  waes  t  onfenge  wses   in  heofnum    3  gessedt  to  swiSrum  godes 
quidem    postquam    locutus    est    eis  adsumtus   est  in   caelum   et   sedit   &   dextris    dei. 

Sa  ilco   Sonne  fa?rende  i  foerdon  bodadon  eghuser     drihtne    miS-wyrcende    3        -p  word  trymende 

20    illi     autem        profecti         praedicauerunt  ubiqwe   domino    cooperante   et  sermonem  confirmante 


miS  fylgendum  becenum  t  tacenum. 
sequentibws  signis 


aseegd  is        boc         marcus. 

Explicit   liber   Marcus. 


16.  seSe  gilefaS   3   gifulwad  biS  hal  biS    seSe    wutudh'ce   ne    gi-lefeS    gihened  biS  17:  gimerco   Sonne   Sa 

seSe    gilefaS    Sas  gifylgeS    hi®  on   noma  minum  diowlas   worpas   mis   sprecum   hise   spreocaS  niowe  18.  nedre 

hia3  niomas   3  gif   deodlic    hwoet   hwaet   gidrincas    ne   hia?    sceSSas   ofer    un-trymigum    honda    on-settaS   3  wel   hia 
habbent  (sic)  19.  3  drihten    soSlice   sefte[r]    Son    sprecende   waes    him    ginumen    wses    on    heofnum    siteS    to 

Sser  swiSra  godes  20.  Sa  ilco  Sonne  fserende  bodadun    eg-hwer    drihtene  miS-wyrcende  3  word  trymende  mis 

fylgendum  becnum 


FlNIT  EUANGELIUM   M.ARCI. 


APPENDIX. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  all  the  readings  of  the  Latin  text  in  the  Rushworth  MS.  which  differ  from  that  in 

the  Lindisfarne  MS.  as  printed  in  this  volume. 


Cap.  I.  1.  filii.  4.  iohaimis;  babtizans;  bab- 
tismum;  remisionem.  5.  iudeae;  hierusolimitae ; 
babtizabantur ;  iordanis.  6.  iohannis;  pylis  ca- 
melli;  locustas;  a?debat.  8.  babtizaui;  babtiza- 
bit ;  R.  inserts  in  after  2nd  uos.  9.  galileae ; 
babtizatus.  11.  coiiplacui.  12.  expulit  (u  over 
an  erasure).  13.  temptabatur;  bestis;  ei  [for 
illij.  14.  iohannis;  galileam.  15.  adpropin- 
quauit.  16.  galileae;  mittens  (altered  to  mitten- 
tens).  18.  secute.  19.  pussillum;  zebedei; 
iohannem;  conponentes  retia  sua.  20.  eos;  ze- 
bedeo;  mercinaris.  21.  ingredietur;  capharnau- 
um ;  in  sinagogam.  22.  doctrinam.  23.  sina- 
goga.  25.  obmutuesce;  exii;  after  homine  R. 
inserts  spiritus  inmunde,  with  the  gloss  gast  un- 
clsene.  26.  discerpiens.  27.  After  noua  R. 
inserts  est,  glossed  is.  28.  uniuersam;  galileae. 
29.  sinagoga;  symonis;  iacob.  30.  symonis. 
31.  leuauit;  ad-prsechensa  [for  et  praebensa]; 
minisbat.  32.  adferebant;  daemonia,  34.  uaris 
langoribus;  dsemonia;  ea  loqui.  35.  R.  inserts 
et  after  surgens.  36.  symon;  eo.  38.  After 
illis  R.  inserts  iesus,  glossed  se  haelend ;  ad  hoc  [for 
et  hoc].  39.  sinagogis;  galilea.  40.  flexu.  41. 
misertus.  43.  comminatus  est  ei  statim  et.  44. 
moyses.       45.  At  [for  Et];  caepit;  defamare. 

Cap.  II.  1.  capharnauum ;  domu.  4.  cum 
[for  1st  eum];  offere;  submisierunt;  grabattum. 
5.  filii.  7.  blasfemat.  8.  intra.  9.  dimit- 
tuntur;  peccata  tua;  grabbatum.  11.  surge  et 
tolle  grabattum.  12.  et  sublato  grabatto;  mi- 
rarentur.  13.  rursus  (altered  to  rursum)  ad  mare. 
15.  puplicani.  16.  puplicanis.  17.  medico.  18. 
iohannis  [for  iohannes] ;  cur  [for  quare].  19. 
nuptiarum.  20.  in  illis  diebws.  21.  nemo  enim 
ad-sumentum ;  adsuit.    22.  effundetur ;  after  debet 


R  adds  et  utraqwe  seruantur  (unglossed).  23. 
ambularet  iesus.  25.  esurit.  26.  in  domum; 
abithar;  licebat;  nisi  solis  sacerdotibus. 

Cap.  III.  1.  introiuit;  in  synagogam.  2. 
accussarent  eum.  6.  om.  statim.  7.  galilea  et 
de  iudea.  8.  et  ab  hierusolimis;  idumea.  9. 
ut  in;  conpraemerent.  11.  inmundos;  procede- 
bant.  12.  comminabatur ;  eum  [for  ilium]. 
14.  om.  euangelium.  16.  inpossuit;  petrum. 
17.  zebedei;  inpossuit;  nomina  boar-nergis;  thon- 
itrai.  18.  philippum ;  bartholomeum  et  ma- 
theum;  thaddaeum;  symonem  cannaneum.  19. 
scharioth  qui  tradidit.  20.  possint.  22.  hiru- 
solimls  discenderant ;  belzebub ;  daemoniorum 
eiecit.  23.  parabulis;  eis  [for  illis];  eiecere. 
24.  poterit  [for  potest] ;  illud.  26.  disperditus ; 
potest  [for  poterit].  27.  uassa;  ingresus;  alli- 
gauerit  fortem.  28.  quoniam.  30.  diciebant. 
31.  uocantes  ad  eum.       32.  om.  tui. 

Cap.  IV.  1.  docere  et  mare.  2.  eos  [for 
illos];  parabulis.  4.  decidit  [for  cecidit].  5.  ci- 
cidit;  om.  multam.  6.  et  ex  eo.  7.  spinas.  10. 
hii ;  parabulas.  11.  nosse .  mysterium ;  om.  dei; 
parabulis.  13.  parabulam  ;  parabulas.  15.  hii ; 
audierint.  16.  hii;  supra.  18.  hii.  19.  e- 
rumpnae;  diuiarum;  eficiuntur.  20.  hii;  supra; 
seminati  sunt  hii  sunt  qui.  21.  supra  candala- 
brum.  24.  remitietur;  uos  [for  2nd  uobis]. 
26.  Quem-admodum ;  iacte£  [for  iaceat].  28. 
spicam  [for  spinam].  30.  parabulae  conparabi- 
mus.  31.  sfc  est  ut  [for  sicut];  terram  mini- 
mum [for  terra  minus].  32.  om.  fuerit.  33. 
parabulis;  poterent.  34.  parabula.  35.  in  ilia. 
36.  om.  eum;  erat1.  37.  naue  mitta (sic) ;  inple- 
retur.       39.  obmutesce;  tranquilitas. 

Cap.  V.  4.  cumpedibus;  catinas  et  conpedes 


1  Glossed  bite  werun,  which  is  clearly  copied  from  the  Lindisfarne  MS. 


138 


conminuisetf.  5.  om.  et  after  erat.  7.  dixit; 
filii.  8.  exii  spiritus.  9.  dicebat.  12.  di- 
praecabantur.  13.  mari  [for  2nd  mare].  14. 
egresi.  15.  uenerunt ;  sanae.  16.  et  [for 
ei].  18.  ascenderei  in  nauem;  quia.  19.  ad- 
nuntia.  20.  decapuli.  22.  archi-synagogis ; 
procedit.  23.  om.  eum.  24.  om.  eum ;  con- 
praemebant.  25.  profuio.  26.  perpessa  a  con- 
plurimis;  quiquam  proficerat;  om.  magis.  28. 
saluauero.  31.  illius  [for  sui];  conprimentem. 
32.  facerat.  33.  procedit.  35.  uenerunt  ab 
archi-synagogo.  36.  archi-synagogo.  38.  archi- 
synagogi  et  uidit;  eiulantes.  39.  ingresus. 
40.  ingrediuntur.  41.  thabitha  Curnii.  42. 
magno  [for  maximo].       43.  praecipit. 

Cap.  VI.  1.  egresus;  eius  [for  sui].  2.  om.  huic; 
om.  et  after  omnia;  ei  [for  illi].  3.  fabri  filius 
et;  iudeae;  nonne  sorores  hie;  eo  [for  illo].  4. 
om.  eis;  domu.  5.  inpossitis.  6.  eorum  [for 
illorum].  7.  eis  [for  illis];  spirituum.  8. 
praecipit.  9.  scandalis;  tomcls.  11.  recipe- 
rint  uos  neque.  12.  Et  exeuntes  illi;  peniten- 
tiam.  13.  unguebant;  egros.  14.  herodis;  quod 
iohannis;    operantur1  [for   inopinantur] ;  om.  in. 

15.  om.  dicebant  quia  helias  est;  profeta;  profetis. 

16.  qua  [for  Quo];  herodis;  om.  ego;  decolaui 
Iohannis.  17.  herodis ;  iphannem  ;  uincxit; 
carcerem  ;  herodiadem ;  pilippi ;  earn  [for  eum]. 
18.  iohannis.       19.    herodis;    insediebatur  ilium. 

20.  herodis  autem;  iohannem;  et  quod  sanctum. 

21.  herodis;  galileae.  22.  herodii;  petite.  23. 
illi  multa.  24.  illam  [for  ilia];  babtistae.  25. 
quae-cumqwe;  confestinatione.  26.  contristatus 
est.  27.  miso  confestim ;  praecipit;  decolauit. 
28.  adtulit;  dedit  [for  dicit].  29.  tullerunt ; 
possuerunt.  30.  enuntiauerunt.  31.  uenite  uos; 
pussillum;  multi  et  nee.  33.  pestri  [for  ped- 
estres];  om.  et;  cucurrerunt;  peruenerunt.  34. 
qui  [for  quia]  ;  caepit  docerei  eos  (sic).  35.  iam 
horae  multae  fierent;  ei  desertus.  37.  illis  iesus 
date  illis  uos;  emeamus  denaris.  CC.  38.  quod; 
dicunt  ei  .u.  39.  fenum.  40.  om.  1st  et;  eas 
[for  in  partes].  41.  om.  duobus  piscibus ;  in  ten- 
dens  [for  intuens].  42.  et  omnes.  43.  cofi- 
nos.  45.  cogit;  dimiserit.  46.  dimisisetf;  abit. 
47.  iam  erat ;  midio.      48.  iesus  ambulans.      49. 


fantasma.  50.  qui  [for  enim] ;  es  [for  eis].  51. 
stupebant  et  mirabantur.  52.  intellexerunt;  ob- 
cicatum.  53.  genesareth  adplicauenmt.  55.  grab- 
batis;  om.  s6.      56.  uel  et  uillos  aut  ciuitates. 

Cap.  VII.  1.  et  cum  uenerunt;  pharissei; 
hirusolimis.  2.  cummunibus.  3.  pharissei ; 
om.  enim  ;  iudei  ;  lauent.  4.  babtizentur  ; 
babtismata  calicem  et  urcaeorum  et  aeramen- 
torum.  5.  interrogabant  ;  farissei ;  scribae 
dicentes.  6.  quia  bene  profetauit  esseias ; 
hippochritis ;  labls  meis  honorat.  7.  et  prae- 
cepta.  8.  eum  [for  enim];  mandatum  dei  te- 
nentes;  urcaeorum.  9.  inritum;  seruitis.  10. 
moises;  uel  [for  aut].  11.  patri  suo;  matri  suo; 
om.  quod  est  donum;  est  ex;  proderit.  12.  ultra 
non  dimittas  earn.  13.  rescendentes;  tradistis.  15. 
hominem  ;  quoinquinare ;  commonicant.  17.  om. 
eum ;  parabulam.  18.  eis  [for  illis] ;  nondum 
[for non];  om.  eum;  commonicare.  19.  intromit. 
20.  dicebant.  21.  nequitiae  dolus  inpudicitia 
comes  after  auaritiae  in  v.  22;  adultera.  22. 
blasfemia.  24.  finem  tiri;  late  [for  latere].  25. 
huius  [for  cuius] ;  procedit.  26.  sirophinis  agere 
(sic).  27.  R.  inserts  iu  before  filios.  28.  catuli 
in  sub  mensa  de  micis  conwiederunt  puerorum. 
29.  at  illi;  exiet  demonium.  30.  om.  suam; 
super;  demonium.  31.  tiri;  sidoniara;  galileae; 
medio  finis  decapolis.  32.  depraecabantur ;  in- 
ponerei.  33.  tegit  [for  tetigit];  eius  follows 
auriculas.  34.  et  ingemuit;  epheta;  adperire. 
35.  om.  1st  et;  rectse.       37.  facit  [twice]. 

Cap.  VIII.  1.  om.  2nd  illis.  2.  turbam. 
3.  deficiaut.  6.  super;  adpossuerunt;  om.  turbae. 
7.  habebant  discipulos;  iussit.  8.  sustullerunt ; 
.uii.  [for  septum] ;  sportas  plenas.  9.  .uii.  [(sic) 
for  quattuor].  11.  farisaei  et  cseperunt;  de 
[for  dae] ;  temptantes.  13.  dimittiens.  14. 
discipuli  eius  sumere.  15.  pharissaeorum ;  hero- 
dis. 17.  cognoscetis  nee;  adhuc.  18.  om.  et. 
19.  sustullistis.  20.  tullistis.  22.  eum  [for 
ilium].  23.  inpossitis.  24.  arbore.  25.  om. 
iterum;  inpossuit  manum.  26.  eum  [for  ilium]. 
27.  castella  cessariae  philippi;  dicentes  [for  di- 
cens].  28.  iohannem.  29.  simon  petrus.  32. 
adpraehendens.  33.  dicipulos;  satanas.  34.  om. 
et  tollat  crucem  suam.       36.   om.  enim ;   totum 


1  Glossed  un-woene  Bint,  which  is  copied  from  tlie  Lindisfarne  MS. 


139 


mundum.      37.  commotationem.      38.  confussus; 
confunde<  [for  confidetur]. 

Cap.  IX.  2.  adsumpsit.  3.  ipsius  [for  eius]. 
4.  moisi.  9.  discendentibus ;  praecipit.  10. 
aput.  11.  oportet.  12.  scriptum;  condemp- 
natur.  13.  om.  et  after  quia;  scriptum.  15. 
est  et  expauerunt  et  adcurrentes  saluabant. 
17.  atuli;  inmundum  [for  mutum].  18.  allidit; 
stridit.  19.  aput.  20.  atullerunt;  elissus  in 
terra.  25.  spirita;  om.  illi;  exii.  26.  et 
multum  descerpens ;  exiuit.  27.  eum  [for  il- 
ium]. 28.  om.  in;  eis  [for  eius] ;  ilium  [for  2nd 
eum].  29.  potest.  32.  om.  uerbum  et  time- 
bant.  33.  capharnauum ;  interrogabat.  34.  dis- 
putauerunt.  35.  residiens;  om.  esse.  36.  om.  ut; 
conplexus.  37.  reciperit ;  missit.  38.  iohannis. 
41.  quia  non  perde£  mercidem.  42.  hiis  pussil- 
lis;  illi  [for  ei].  43.  ingredi  [for  introire] ;  iure 
[for  ire];  gehennam.  44.  morietur.  45.  in- 
troire. 46.  morietur.  47.  occulus ;  caecum 
[for  luscum] ;  introire ;  gehennam.  48.  morie- 
tur; ignis  eorum.  49.  ignis.  50.  inter  [for 
2nd  in] ;  salem. 

Cap.  X.  1.  et  exinde;  iudeae;  consuerat;  eos 
[for  illos].     2.  pharissaei ;  dimittere ;  temptantes. 
3.    praecipit.      4.    permissit.      5.    hoc  [for  istud]. 
7.  adherebit  uxori  sua?.      8.  una  [for  uno].      9. 
coniuncxit.    10.  de  eodem  follows  eum.    12.  nup- 
serit.     14.  prohibuertis  (sic).     15.   reciperit.     16. 
conplexans.     17.    egressus.      19.    adulteres;  ma- 
trem  tuam.     20.  ait  illi ;  omnia  haec.     21.  quae- 
cumque ;   unde,  altered  to  uende.      22.  merens ; 
multas  possessiones.     23.  dificile.      24.  om.  illis; 
om.  o;  dificile;  confitentes;  pecunis.    25.  camellum. 
26.  mirabantur.     27-  aput  (thrice).     30.  persecuti 
omnibus  [for  persecutoribus  et].      32.    hieruso- 
lima.     33.  om.  in;  hierusolima;  dampnabunt.   34. 
om.  1st  eum  ;  flagillabunt  eum  et.       35.  iohannis ; 
zebedei.      37.  unus  [for  alius].     38.  putatis  [for 
petatis] ;  calicem  bibere ;  baptismo.     39.  baptiza- 
bemini.     40.  dare  uobis.     42.  hii.     45.  dare;  red- 
tionem  (sic).     46.  in  hiericho  [for  hierichum] ;  eo 
de  hericho  et  discipulis  ;  multitudne  (sic) ;  timei 
bartimeus.     47.  iesu  [for  2nd  iesus].     48.  cum- 
minabantur ;    filii ;    miserere.      49.    om.    1st   et ; 
praecipit;   animae  equior.      51.    illi   iesus   dixit. 
52.  dixit  [for  ait] ;  tua  [for  tuo] ;  uia. 

Cap.  XI.     1.  hierusolimae  et  bithaniae.      2. 


quod  contra  uos  est ;  adhuc  nemo;  solute.  6.  illis 
[for  1st  eis] ;  praeciperat ;  dimisierunt.  7.  inpos- 
suerunt.  8.  ramos  de  [for  de].  9.  praecede- 
baDt;  ossanna.  10.  ossanna.  11.  hirusolyma; 
uespera.  12.  de  [for  &].  14.  ex  te  fructum. 
15.  hierusolymam.  17.  scriptum;  speloncam. 
18.  doctrinam.  20.  transierent.  21.  recordatus 
est.  23.  om.  quia ;  essitauerit ;  om.  fiet.  26.  de- 
miseritis ;  dimittat.  27.  hierusolimam  ;  in  tem- 
plum  accesserwnt.  28.  haec  [for  ista].  29.  re- 
spondite ;  dicam.  30.  respondite.  31.  at  [for 
ait] ;  om.  nobis.     32.  timemus.     33.  dixerunt. 

Cap.  XII.  1.  parabulis ;  uiniam  plantauit ; 
agriculis.  2.  agriculas;  agriculis;  uiniae.  3.  di- 
misierunt. 4.  contumelis  adfecerunt.  6.  adhuc ; 
carissimum  ad  ilium ;  uerebuntur.  8.  adprae- 
hendentes ;  eicierunt.  11.  factus;  occulis.  12. 
cognuerunt;  parabulam.  14.  quoniam  [for  quia]; 
hominum ;  dei  [for  dowiini] ;  cessari.  15.  temp- 
tatis.  16.  ei  et  ait ;  inscriptio ;  caessaris.  17. 
caessaris  csessari.  19.  scripsit;  om.  ut;  diserit 
[for  dimiserit];  ut  accipiat.  20.  accepit;  semine. 
21.  om.  3rd!et;  ipse  [for  iste].  22.  accipierunt ; 
reliquierunt.  23.  surrexerint ;  hiis.  24.  scriptu- 
ras.  25.  nubunt.  26.  resurgunt ;  abracham.  31. 
om.  1st  est ;  diliges.  32.  unus  est  dews.  33.  sa- 
crificis.  34.  sapienter ;  audiebat ;  om.  eum.  35. 
om.  scribae.  36.  scabillum.  38.  dicebat.  40. 
domus;  prolexae  ;  hii  accipiunt  prolexius.  41.  aes 
in  gazium  philacium.  42.  aera  duo  minuta.  44. 
omnis;  habundabat;  penuria;  uinctum. 

Cap.  XIII.  1.  egredietur.  2.  uides;  lapes. 
3.  sederent  in  monte ;  iohannis.  4.  hunt.  7. 
autem  audieritis;  nondum  est  finis.  8.  super 
[for  contra]  ;  loqua  et  famis.  9.  in  concills. 
11.  fuerit  uobis ;  loquemini ;  uos  estis.  14.  uide- 
retis  abhominationem ;  iudea ;  ad  montes  [for  in 
montes].  15.  supra  [for  super] ;  discendat ;  ali- 
quid  [for  quid].  17.  praegnantibws.  18.  non 
fiat  fuga  uestra  uel  sabbato.  19.  tribulationes. 
20.  breuiassetf ;  breuiabit.  21.  om.  est ;  nee  [for 
ne].  22. — prophetae;  fieri  potest.  24.  dierum 
illorum  [for  illam].     26.  nubibws.     27.  quatuor. 

28.  fico ;   parabulam ;  tener  [for  terner]  ;  astas. 

29.  ostiis.     30.  transiet;  fient.     32.  et  [for  uel]. 
34.  ianuatori.     36.  ne  [for  et] ;  om.  repente. 

Cap.  XIV.     1.  om.  1st  et ;  azemorum  ;   dolo 
at  end  of  verse.     2.    in  populo  [for  populi].     3. 

82 


140 


symonis;  unguenti;  capud.  4.  unguenti.  5.  de- 
naris.  8.  unguere.  9.  mundum.  10.  scariothes. 
11.  promisierunt ;  eum  [for  ilium].  12.  azemo- 
ram  ;  immolabant.  13.  ciuitatem ;  occurred ;  la- 
gynam ;  sequemini.  15.  caenaculum.  16.  ciui- 
tatem ;  praeparauerunt.  18.  om.  cum.  20.  in- 
tinguit.  21.  scriptum ;  tradetur ;  om.  2nd  est. 
22.  accipit.  24.  effundetur.  25.  generatione 
[for  genimine].  26.  ymno.  27.  illis  [for  eis] ; 
scriptum  ;  dispergentur.  28.  resurrexero  ;  gali- 
leam.  29.  om.  ei.  32.  gethsamani.  33.  ad- 
sumpsit ;  taedicere.  35.  processissei ;  procedit. 
36.  possibilia  tibi ;  tu  uis.  38.  temptationem ; 
promptus  est  40.  denouo  ;  eorum  [for  illorum], 
41.  reciescite ;  suffecit.  42.  trade*.  43.  adhuc ; 
scarioth;  cum  eo  [for  cum  illo].  44.  om.  caute. 
47.  per  unum  [for  senium] ;  auriculam.  48. 
gladis  ;  conpraehendere.  49.  aput ;  impleantur 
scripturae.  50.  omnes  relinquentes.  51.  Ado- 
liscens ;  ilium  [for  eum] ;  om.  et.  54.  usqwe 
intro  in  atrium.  55.  aduersus.  58.  aliut.  60. 
surgens ;  interrogauit  in  medium ;  respondes ;  hiis. 
61.  rursus;  dei  benedicti.  63.  ues[ti]menta ; 
adhuc;  testes.  64.  condempnauerunt.  65.  pro- 
phetiza.  66.  seorsum.  67.  uidissetf.  68.  exiuit. 
69.  ancella.     70.  galileus. 

Cap.  XV.     1.  pontic-  pylato.     2.  pylatus ;  iu- 
daeorum  ;  ei  ait  [for  ait  illi].     4.   pylatus;  re- 


spondes; accussant.  5.  pylatus.  6.  unum  uinc- 
tum  quae-cum-que.  7.  barrabbas.  9.  pylatus. 
12.  Pylatus;  ut  faciam.  14.  pylatus;  mali  fecit. 
15.  Pylatus  uero;  dimisit;  barrabban ;  flagillis 
caessum.  16.  om.  autem;  intro  in.  17.  purpu- 
ram ;  spiniam.  19.  capud ;  et  adorabant.  20. 
eum  [for  1st  ilium].  21.  angarizauerunt  praeter- 
euntes  quen-dam  symonem  cyrineum.  23.  ac- 
cipit. 24.  sortes.  26.  Erat  autem;  inscriptus. 
27.  duos.  28.  inpleta  ;  scriptura ;  deputatus.  29. 
distruebat.  30.  discende.  31.  inludentes.  32. 
discendat;  uidiamus.  33.  factae.  34.  sabbac- 
thani ;  me  diriliquisti.  36.  spongeam ;  uenit.  37. 
emisa.  38.  scisum.  39.  centorio.  40.  aspiciens ; 
magdalene.    41.  galilea;  ascenderunt  hierusolima. 

43.  quia  [for  qua] ;  audaciter  introiuit ;  pylatum. 

44.  pylatus ;  arcessito  centorione  interrogabat.  45. 
cognuissetf.     46.    mercatus  est;  possuit;  hostium. 

CAP.  XVI.  1.  magdalenae ;  unguerent.  4. 
uiderunt  reuol[ut]um.  5.  obstipuerunt.  6.  pos- 
suerunt.  7.  et  dicite  ;  praecidit ;  galileam.  8. 
inuasserat.  9.  iesws  mane;  magdalenae;  eicerat ; 
daemonia.  12.  hiis  [for  eis].  13.  caeteris.  14. 
XII  [for  undecim]  ;  illorum  [for  eorum] ;  om. 
illorum;  hiis  [for  his];  crediderunt.  16.  con- 
dempnabitur.  17.  daemonia.  18.  liberint  [for 
biberint] ;  egros.  19.  adsumptus.  20.  seque[n]t- 
ibus. 


CRITICAL    NOTES. 

N.B.    In  the  notes  to  the  Chapters  of  the  Gospel,  the  letter  L.  means  the  Lindisfarne  MS.;   H.  the  Hatton  MS.; 

and  R.  the  Rushworth  MS. 


Page  1.  In  the  title,  MS.  L.  has  capitulae, 
as  printed ;  an  error  for  capitula.  The  gloss  to 
the  title  ought  not  to  have  been  printed  in  capital 
letters. 

The  names  of  the  four  men  employed  upon 
the  L.  MS.  are  recorded  (as  Wanley  says)  at  the 
end  of  the  Gospel  of  St  Matthew,  but  still  after 
the  title  to  St  Mark  (as  here  printed)  which 
occurs  at  the  end  of  St  Matthew's  Gospel,  leaf  88, 
back.  The  sense  of  the  phrase  is — "  Thou  living 
God,  remember  thou  Eadfrift  and  ^E^ilwald  and 
BillfriB  and  Aldred,  sinners ;  these  four,  with 
God's  help,  were  employed  upon  this  book."  The 
word  lifgiende  is  misprinted  lufigende  by  Wanley. 
The  word  peccatorum  is  indistinct,  the  end  of  it 
being  denoted  by  a  contraction  ;  but  I  read  it  so, 
and  not  peccatoris.  The  word  ymbwoeson  is  mis- 
printed ymbweoson  by  Wanley  and  Waring,  owing 
to  the  former  o  being  above  the  line.  See  the 
Surtees'  Society's  edition  of  St  John's  Gospel, 
p.  xliv,  footnote.     Cf.  woerc  in  L  2,  page  2  ;  &c. 

Argumentum.  This  is  printed  in  Bouterwek's 
Screadunga,  p.  1,  and  an  excellent  facsimile  of 
the  first  few  words  (from  Marcus  to  discipulus)  is 
prefixed  to  his  tract.  The  MS.  text  is  very  cor- 
rupt, but  is  left  as  it  stands.  A  few  corrections 
are  here  noted. 

L.  1.     MS.  dei ;  read  dei  electus. 

L.  3.     MS.  quod  ;  read  quid. 

L.  4.     MS.  prophetiae  ;  read  propheticae. 

L.  5.  MS.  lectionis;  read  electionis.  MS. 
praedistinatum ;  for  praedestinatum.  Bouterwek 
misprints  it  praedistinctum. 

L.  6.  MS.  enuntiantis ;  read  annuntiantis. 
MS.  sed  ;  read  sed  et. 

L.  7.  MS.  initio ;  read  in  initio.  MS.  osten- 
dens ;  another  reading  is  ostenderet.  MS.  qui ; 
read  quiuis. 

L.  8.     MS.  omits  caro  before  deberet. 


L.  9.     MS.  perfectio  ;  read  perfecti. 

L.  10.    MS.  et  baptismo  ;  read  et  a  baptismo. 

L.  11.  MS.  uicerat ;  read  uiderat.  MS.  to- 
tum  inprimis ;  read  totius  exprimens. 

L.  12.  MS.  ieiunium  numeri;  read  numerum 
ieiunii. 

L.  13.  (Gloss  to  singula)  MS.  siundrio ;  not 
suindrio,  as  in  Bouterwek. 

L.  14.  MS.  facti ;  read  factse.  MS.  operi ; 
read  operis. 

L.  16.  MS.  posuit ;  read  potuit.  The  gloss  to 
the  preceding  word  is  written  foreworden,  but 
altered  to  forewurdon. 

Page  2,  1.  2.  MS.  opus  scire ;  read  opus  fuit 
scire  et. 

L.  3.  MS.  agnosceret;  read  agnoscere.  MS. 
carnem;  read  came  domini. 

L.  4.  MS.  intellegeret;  read  intelligere.  MS. 
in  nos  primum  requiri;  read  et  nos  primum  re- 
quiri  oportet. 

L.  12.     MS.  factuqwe;  read  tactuque. 

Page  3,  1.  1.     MS.  mittet;  read  mittit. 
L.  3.     MS.  fecerit ;  read  fecerint. 
L.  18.     (Gloss  to   milia)    MS.    "Susenda,  cor- 
rected to  Busend. 

Page  4, 1.  1.  (Gloss  to  quem)  MS.  huecl ;  for 
huelc. 

L.  13.     MS.  recepturus  ;  read  recepturos. 

L.  15.     MS.  Bartimaus  ;  read  Bartimaeus. 

L.  16.     MS.  inlihteft  waes;  read  inlihted  wjes. 

L.  18.  MS.  ficulnea;  for  ficulneam.  MS. 
giuende,  corr.  to  giuendo. 

L.  20.     parobolam ;  a  misprint  for  parabolam. 

Page  5,  1.  2.  MS.  temtantibus.  Bouterwek 
has  tentantibus. 


142 


L.  3.     MS.  fregnendes,  corr.  to  fregnende. 

L.  4.  MS.  centensimi ;  read  centesimi,  which 
Bouterwek  prints. 

L.  9.     MS.  seruus ;  read  seruos. 

L.  13.  The  gloss  to  clementer  is  indistinct, 
but  I  certainly  read  it  trumlice ;  Bout,  prints 
frumlice. 

L.  14.     MS.  adqwe  ad  ;  read  atque  a. 

L.  1  from  bottom.     MS.  albas;  read  albis. 

Chap.  I.  The  readings  of  MS.  B.  (col.  1)  are 
of  no  authority  from  ch.  I.  v.  1  to  ch.  iv.  v.  37;  see 
pref.  p.  vii.  3.  L.  stiga,  corrected  to  stigo,  as 
printed.  In  other  cases,  I  print  only  the  corrected 
form,  mentioning  the  uncorrected  form  in  these 
Critical  Notes.  10.  L.  untynde,  altered  to  un- 
tyndo;  cf  note  to  v.  3.  13.  L.  wifterworde,  alt.  to 
wiBerwearde.  14.  The  rubric  in  col.  1  is  from 
MS.  A. 

Chap.  II.  4.  L.  et  eum  (so) ;  hence  the  wrong 
gloss  hine ;  for  eum  read  cum.  L.  (gloss  to  in) 
in,  altered  to  on.  5.  L.  synna,  altered  to  synno. 
8.  L.  hearta,  alt.  to  hearto.  9.  L.  Hwaet  (so, 
with  a  capital  letter).  10.  L.  eorfto;  Bout. 
misprints  eorXu.  12.  L.  we  gesegon ;  Bout. 
wrongly  omits  we.  13.  H.  Rubric  in  Royal  MS. 
the  same.  L.  mare;  read  mane.  The  gloss  fol- 
lows the  mistake  of  the  text.  14.  L.  The  gloss 
to  me  may  perhaps  be  read  mec.  15.  L.  Section 
22  is  misnumbered  "  xxi "  in  the  MS.  17.  L. 
Altered  from  soBfaesta  ah  synfulla.  18.  H.  Same 
rubric  in  Royal  MS.  18.  L.  iohannes  first  time, 
as  printed.  19.  L.  brydguma  ;  altered  from  bryd- 
wuma.  23.  H.  Same  rubric  in  Royal.  24.  L. 
doaB  gie ;  Bout,  misprints  doaS  hia.  25.  L. 
huaetd,  not  huset,  as  printed.  The  d  seems  due 
to  the  initial  sound  of  the  next  word;  but  cf.  iv. 
40  and  v.  9.  R.  hycrende  (so) ;  perhaps  for 
hyncerde.  L.  hinie ;  Bout,  has  hine.  26.  L. 
eattanna,  as  printed. 

Chap.  III.  1.  L.  eft  sona;  Bout,  misprints 
eftersona.  2.  L.  geteldon;  Bout,  getelden. 
3.  L.  cue ;  Bout.  cuaeSS.  L.  drygi ;  Bout.  dry. 
5.  R.  ungleownissise ;  an  obvious  slip.  6.  L. 
wrongly  has — Villi,  xxui.  ii.  lu.  xciii.  xxu.  mt. 
cxuii.  in  the  margin.     7.  L.  wrongly  has  mt.  xxxiii 


in  the  margin.  9.  L.  deseruiret,  with  n  above, 
as  though  deseruirent ;  hence  the  gloss.  34.  R. 
ymb  heop ;  may  perhaps  be  read  ymb  heof. 

Chap.  IV.  12.  Corpus  MS.  nanege  seon;  A. 
na  ne  ge  seon.  R.  on-cwnawaS  ;  an  obvious  error 
for  on-cnawaft,  as  printed.  13.  R.  bispell  i  gi- 
cunniga  magvn  gicunniga ;  where  i  is  obviously 
misplaced.  19.  L.  aerumnas ;  read  aerumnae. 
21.  L.  (margin)  lu.  cxxxui;  read  cxxxiii,  as  printed. 
28.  L.  spinam;  hence  the  gloss;  but  read  spicam. 
31.  L.  seSum ;  perhaps  for  sedum.  33.  L.  Sul- 
lucum  (so).  37.  L.  yrte;  probably  for  yste. 
39.  R.  Sestiorend  (one  word). 

Chap.  V.  1.  L.  Saesaes  (so).  3.  L.  bye,  al- 
tered to  by.  10.  L.  marginal  note  partly  cut  off ; 
cf.  that  in  R.  13.  L.  altered  from  undei'-drencde 
waeron  on.  18.  L.  auaeled;  alt.  from  auaelled. 
25.  L.  utiorninsc ;  the  first  i  is  a  capital,  thus : 
utlorninsc.  33.  L.  forhtade;  alt.  from  frohtade. 
38.  L.  Gloss  to  second  et  omitted  ;  as  printed.  41. 
L.  daere;  read  Saere.     42.  L.  ftaermaaste  (one  word). 

Chap.  VI.  3.  L.  wrihte ;  with  y  above,  be- 
tween w  and  r.  L.  ge-onspurned,  alt.  to  ge- 
ondspyrned.  7.  L.  tuelfe,  alt.  to  tuelfo.  8.  L. 
(gloss  to  tantum)  ane,  alt.  to  an.  13.  L.  diwowlas, 
alt.  to  diowlas.  20.  L.  gedede,  alt.  to  gedyde. 
21.  Corp.  MS.  has  gebrydtide,  as  printed.  24.  L. 
fulwiht,  followed  by  a  curling  stroke.  25.  L. 
fulwih,  with  a  curl.  28.  L.  dicit,  an  obvious  error 
for  dedit.  29.  L.  geheredon,  alt.  to  geherdon. 
31.  R.  has  pussillum,  glossed  by  him.  L.  The 
insertion  of  \  after  eft-cuomon  is  not  a  misprint ; 
cf.  gloss  to  candelabrum ;  iv.  21.  36.  L.  ettesS, 
alt.  to  ettes.  37.  L.  hlafa,  alt.  to  hlafo.  40.  L. 
hundra^,  with  a  curl  over  the  a.  41.  L.  hlafum 
}  tusem  fiscum,  alt.  to  hlafo  J  tue  fiscas.  47.  L. 
efrn.  Perhaps  it  should  not  be  altered  to  efern,  as 
the  same  spelling  occurs  again,  xi.  11 ;  but  cf.  R. 
48.  R.  fearSa;  no  point  under  the  a,  as  in  Bouter- 
wek. 53.  R.  foerdun;  indistinct;  may  be  foyr- 
dun.  The  gloss  a  to  plica,  is  unintelligible,  and  due 
to  the  Latin  applicuerunt.  54.  L.  waeren,  alt.  to 
waeron. 

Chap.  VII.  1.  L.  toi ;  read  to.  L.  o^ero,  alt.  to 


143 


ofter.  2.  L.  hlafa,  alt.  to  hlafo.  3.  R.  etun  ;  Bout, 
eton.  4.  L.  R.  omit  gloss  to  nisi.  6.  Bout,  omits 
from  heorte  to  worSas  in  verse  7,  in  his  print  of 
R.  7.  L.  laruas,  alt.  to  laruo.  17.  L.  Sreade, 
alt.  to  Create.  18.  R.  has  ec  1  as  gloss  to  2nd  et. 
19.  R.  in  un  nut  gongum  (so) ;  which  I  have 
altered.  21.  L.  innuaeard,  alt.  to  innueeard ; 
heorte,  alt.  to  heorta ;  esuicnise,  alt.  to  esuicnis. 

22.  L.  efolsongas,  alt.  to  efolsong.  30.  R.  gimitte; 
Bout,  gimast.  33.  L.  earlipricum,  alt.  to  earlip- 
rico.  35.  L.  untynde,  alt.  to  untyndo;  gesprec- 
cend,  alt.  to  spi-eccend.  36.  L.  gcoede,  with  small 
u  between  c  and  o. 

Chap.  VIII.  2.  L.  ge  $  abidas ;  this  means — 
gebidas  \  abidas.  5.  L.  seofoDa,  alt.  to  seofo. 
7.  L.  geheht,  alt.  to  heht.  L.  cewalas,  alt.  to 
cewlas.  9.  L.  Susende,  alt.  to  Susendo.  10. 
Corp.  MS.  omits  the  initial  letter.  11.  L.  seoec- 
ende,  alt.  to  soecende ;  L.  dae  caelo  (so) ;  L. 
costende,  alt.  to  costendo.  14.  L.  forgetone,  alt. 
to  forgetne.  16.  L.  hlafas,  alt.  to  hlafo.  19.  L. 
tuoelfe,  alt.  to  tuoelfo.      20.  L.  seofa,  alt.  to  seofo. 

23.  H.  laedden,  corrected  to  lsedde.  26.  R.  ge- 
gonges ;  no  point  under  the  first  e,  as  in  Bouter- 
wek.  29.  L.  pet,  followed  by  a  curl;  but  in  v.  32, 
petr  with  a  curl.  35.  L.  losias,  alt.  to  losas. 
36.  L.  middang,  followed  by  a  curl;  cf.  R.  38.  L. 
confusus  ;  read  confessus.  L.  Seme  legere,  alt.  to 
Seme  leger. 

Chap.  IX.  2.  H.  and  Royal  have  summe  for 
sumne.       3.  L.   gewordne,  alt.  to  awordne.       9, 

10.  L.  ends  v.   9  with  arisa,  but  v.  10  with  arise. 

11.  L.  risnelic  (so);  for  risenlic.  15.  L.  gestylde, 
alt.  to  gestylte.  17.  L.  attulit;  for  attuli.  22.11. 
Aagyf  ~f  (so).  28.  R.  introisset,  glossed  by  ineode 
1  31.  R.  ofslog,  alt.  to  ofslas.  33.  L.  woere, 
alt.  to  woeron.  34.  L.  (margin)  lv.  ccii.  ccxuii; 
read  ccxuii  (not  ccxuiii,  as  misprinted).  39. 
L.  denotes  monn  by  the  rune  .p^.  here,  and  in  xi. 
14.  45  and  47.  L.  introirae.  49.  R.  giscostad; 
an  error  for  gicostad. 

Chap.  X.  8.  L.  ana,  with  i  um  above  latter  a. 
9.  L.  to  sceadaS,  alt.  to  to  sceada.  10.  L.  ge 
frugnuon,  alt.  to  ge  frugnon.  17.  L.  gebeged, 
alt.  to  beged ;  R.  gibed,  an  error  for  gibeged. 
19.  L.  beboda,  alt.  to  bebodo;  lease,  alt.  to  leas. 


22.  L.  hasbbende,  alt.  to  hsebbend.  24.  L.  (gloss 
to  in  before  strionum)  on,  alt.  to  in.  27.  L.  gode, 
alt.  to  god  (first  time).  30.  L.  disum;  for  Sisum. 
32.  L.  da  Singo ;  for  £a  Singo.  35.  R.  zebe- 
dedes ;  for  zebedes.  38.  L.  hi  (without  a  dot) ; 
evidently  an  error  for  hu.  41.  H.  gebulge,  for 
gebulgen.  45.  H.  alysendnysse  ;  for  alysednysse. 
49.  R.  ceiga ;  for  ceigas. 

Chap.  XI.  1.  L.  more,  alt.  to  mor.  9.  L. 
cliopadaun,  alt.  to  cliopadun.  11.  Cf.  note  to 
vi.  47.  14.  Cf.  note  to  ix.  39.  17.  L.  gebed- 
des,  alt.  to  gebedd  ;  cf.  pref.  p.  xviii,  note.  23.  H. 
ic  seggeS,  alt.  to  ic  segge.  L.  gelefed,  alt.  to  gelefe. 
28.  L.  doest,  alt.  to  does. 

Chap.  XII.  4.  L.  gehornadon,  where  the  h  is 
written  h;  see  note  in  Wanley's  Catalogue,  p.  156. 
14.  L.  gesiist,  alt.  to  gesiis.  15.  L.  geswiopernise, 
alt.  to  geswipernise.  19.  L.  hlaf,  where  h  is  writ- 
ten as  above;  cf.  note  to  v.  4.  L.  awsecceS,  alt.  to 
awaecce.  22.  L.  acciperunt;  for  acceperunt. 
23.  L.  chwses,  alt.  to  hwses.  24.  L.  cunnige, 
alt.  to  cunnoge.  28.  L.  bobod,  alt.  to  bod.  30. 
L.  maegne  Sinra,  alt.  to  maegne  Sin.  32.  L. 
(margin)  cxxxi.  x ;  read  132.  x,  as  printed.  33. 
L.  neesta,  alt.  to  neesto.  41.  The  rubric  in  MS.  A. 
has  been  inadvertently  omitted.  It  is  merely — 
Sedens  iesus  contra  gazo-philacium.  It  marks  the 
beginning  of  a  section,  corresponding  to  section 
xli  of  MS.  L. 

Chap.  XIII.  3.  L.  beamea,  alt.  to  beama. 
7.  L.  gefehta,  alt.  to  gefehto  (first  time).  8.  L. 
cynne,  alt.  to  cynn.  L.  rice,  alt.  to  ric.  9.  For 
139.  i.  in  margin  of  L.,  the  MS.  wrongly  has 
cxxxix.  ui.  11.  L.  places  hora,  with  its  gloss, 
after  loquimini,  but  there  are  fine  lines,  as  marks 
of  transposition,  to  shew  that  its  proper  place  is 
after  ilia.  14.  L.  woroht,  alt.  to  wroht.  19.  L. 
costunges,  alt.  to  costungo.  22.  L.  cristes,  alt. 
to  cristo.  L.  fertinu,  alt.  to  fertino.  L.  hia,  alt.  to 
hi.  25.  L.  feollende,  alt.  to  fallende.  26.  nubi- 
mus ;  sic  in  L.  28.  terner ;  sic  in  L ;  for  tener. 
31.  ge-witoS  (H)  is  clearly  miswritten  for  ge- 
witeS.  L.  hliores,  alt.  to  hlioras.  L.  hlioreS, 
alt.  to  hlioraS.  34.  L.  his,  alt.  to  hus.  35.  L. 
bebeades,  alt.  to  bebead.  The  h  in  hlaferd  (L)  is 
written  as  in  note  above  to  xii.  4. 


144 


Chap.  XIV.  1.  Margin  of  L.;  the  MS.  has 
"  io.  xxuiii,"  an  error  for  "  io.  xx."  2.  R.  pofolce, 
alt.  to  folce ;  the  scribe  began  to  write  populi. 
3.  L.  on,  alt.  to  in ;  in  the  gloss  to  in.  L.  gebre- 
cen,  alt.  to  gebrocen.  4.  L.  ungenti ;  but  in  v.  5, 
unguentum.  5.  L.  bifgedon  (they  trembled) 
translates  tremebant,  not  fremebant.  11.  L.  ge- 
feande,  alt.  to  gefeando.  22.  R.  wrongly  has 
etendum  onfeng  him  onfeng.  23.  Royal  MS.  has 
heon  for  heom.  L.  gedruncun,  alt.  to  gedruncon. 
26.  L.  oelebeame,  alt.  to  oelebeama.  47.  L. 
ofslog,  alt.  to  slog.  66.  L.  sunduria,  for  sundria. 
72.   L.  weopa,  alt.  to  woepa. 

Chap.  XV.  1.  L.  alle,  alt.  to  all.  10.  L. 
aifista,  alt.  to  sefist.  11.  L.  biscopas,  alt.  to  bis- 
eobas.     17.  There  is  a  long  curl  over  ce  in  hrcegle 


in  L.  The  word  cursendo  is  written  like  our- 
sendo;  but  see  the  Rushworth  gloss.  21.  There 
is  a  curl  over  er  in  faeder  in  L.  30.  L.  hrode, 
alt.  to  rode.  32.  L.  gelefeft,  alt.  to  gelefe. 
36.  L.  unsettenne,  alt.  to  unsettanne.  41.  R. 
galelse,  alt.  to  galilae.  43.  L.  biddend,  alt.  to 
bidend ;    R.  biddende. 

Chap.  XVI.  5.  L.  ufa  h  ymbgearuad;  but 
the  h  has  a  stroke  through  it,  as  if  to  strike  it  out. 
It  may  be  for  hoc  or  hoc  est,  and  may  mean  that 
ufa  is  as  good  a  translation  as  ymb  of  the  prefix 
co  in  coopertum.  9.  L.  Surgens,  with  a  capital. 
This  seems  to  suggest  that  a  new  subsection  was 
intended  to  begin  here,  but  subsections  234,  235 
are  left  unmarked. 


ADDENDA  ET  CORRIGENDA. 

Page  4,  last  line;  for  parobolam  read  parabolam.  ~ 

Page  5,  last  three  lines  ;  see  the  remarks  in  the  preface,  p.  xxiii. 

Page  15,  verse  45;  in  the  gloss  to  "esse,"  for  wses  -J5  were,  read  wses  4"  were.  j 

Page  21,  verse  25;  for  huset  read  husetd. 

„  „      26,  in  the  lower  text ;  for  nym{>e  read  nymSe. 

Page  26.    The  large  capitals  should  be  the  same  as  in  col.  2,  p.  34. 

Page  27,  line  2  ;  for  sanctum  read  sanctum. 

Page  60,  col.  1,  footnotes  to  verse  6 ;  add  "  C.  hig  (last  time)."    Cf.  pref.  p.  x. 

Page  62,  col.  1,  footnotes  to  verse  20;  for  B.  seofan  read  B.  C.  seofan.    In  footnotes  to  verse  21,  for  A.  B.  omit 
ge  read  A.  B.  C.  omit  ge.    In  footnote  to  verse  22,  add  C.  anne.    Cf.  pref.  p.  x. 

Page  72,  col.  1,  footnotes  to  verse  33 ;  for  B.  smeada  read  B.  C.  smeada.    Cf.  pref.  p.  x. 

Page  76,  col.  1,  footnotes  to  ch.  x.,  verse  2  ;  add  C.  fandiende.     In  the  footnotes  to  verse  5,  for  A.  heardnysse, 
read  A.  C.  heardnysse.    In  the  footnotes  to  verse  6,  for  B.  wsepned,  &c.  read  B.  C.  waepned,  &c.    Cf.  pref.  p.  x. 

Page  78,  col.  1,  footnote  to  verse  18 ;  add  C.  hi  [for  hwi]. 
„  „    2,  footnotes,  1.  2.    Insert  ;  after  leorning-cnihtas. 

Page  80,  col.  1,  footnotes  to  verse  27 ;  for  A.  B.  hig  read  A.  B.  C.  hig.     To  footnote  to  verse  29,  add  C.  us 
[for  hus].    To  footnote  to  verse  30,  add  C.  ecce. 

Page  86,  col.  1,  footnotes  to  verse  6;  for  A.  B.  hig  read  A.  B.  C.  hig,  twice  over. 

Page  87,  verse  3  ;  in  the  gloss  to  "  dimittet,"  for  forlcetes  read  forletes. 
„         lower  text,  cap.  xi.  v.  2 ;  for  monn  read  mon. 

Page  89,  lower  text ;  verse  9  should  be  continued  down  to  the  word  "  drihtnes." 

Page  96,  col.  1,  verse  18.    Insert  .  after  sy. 

Page  100,  col.  1.    The  rubric  to  v.  41  has  been  accidentally  omitted ;    MS.  A  has  — Sedeng  iesus  contra  gazo- 
philaciuw.     In  the  footnotes,  v.  34,  for  A.  eart  read  A.  B.  eart. 

Page  131,  lower  text;  in  v.  43,  read  hse\endes,  and  in  v.  46,  wutudh'ce. 


CAMBRIDGE  :     PRINTED    BY    C    i.    CLAY,    M.A.    AT   THE    UNIVERSITY    PRESS. 


University  Press,  Cambridge, 
July,  1 88 1. 


CATALOGUE    OF 


WORKS 


PUBLISHED    FOR    THE    SYNDICS 


OF  THE 


Camforitrije  Winitmxity  $rm. 


Uon&on: 
CAMBRIDGE  WAREHOUSE,  17  PATERNOSTER  ROW. 


Carobrilge:  DEIGHTON,  bell,  AND  CO. 
Ettpjifl:    F.  A.   BROCKHAUS. 


28/7/81 


PUBLICATIONS   OF 


Cfte    Cambridge    WLnibtt&ity    $re**« 


THE  HOLY  SCRIPTURES,  ftc. 

THE   CAMBRIDGE   PARAGRAPH    BIBLE 

of  the  Authorized  English  Version,  with  the  Text  Revised  by  a  Colla- 
tion of  its  Early  and  other  Principal  Editions,  the  Use  of  the  Italic 
Type  made  uniform,  the  Marginal  References  remodelled,  and  a  Criti- 
cal Introduction  prefixed,  by  the  Rev.  F.  H.  Scrivener,  M.A.,LL.D., 
Editor  of  the  Greek  Testament,  Codex  Augiensis,  &c,  and  one  of 
the  Revisers  of  the  Authorized  Version.    Crown  4to.  cloth,  gilt.     21s. 

From  the  Times. 
''Students  of  the  Bible  should  be  particu- 
larly grateful  to  (the  Cambridge  University 
Press)  for  having  produced,  with  the  able  as- 


sistance of  Dr  Scrivener,  a  complete  critical 
edition  of  the  Authorized  Version  of  the  Eng- 
lish Bible,  an  edition  such  as,  to  use  the  words 
of  the  Editor,  'would  have  been  executed 
long  ago  had  this  version  been  nothing  more 
than  the  greatest  and  best  known  of  English 
classics.'  Falling  at  a  time  when  the  formal 
revision  of  this  version  has  been  undertaken 
by  a  distinguished  company  of  scholars  and 
divines,  the  publication  of  this  edition  must 
be  considered  most  opportune." 

From  the  Athen&ttm. 
"Apart  from  its  religious  importance,  the 
English  Bible  has  the  glory,  which  but  few 
sister  versions  indeed  can  claim,  of  being  the 
chief  classic  of  the  language,  of  having,  in 
conjunction  with  Shakspeare,  and  in  an  im- 
measurable degree  more  than  he,  fixed  the 
language  beyond  any  possibility  of  important 
change.  Thus  the  recent  contributions  to  the 
literature  of  the  subject,  by  such  workers  as 
Mr  Francis  Fry  and  Canon  Westcott,  appeal  to 
a  wide  range  of  sympathies ;  and  to  these  may 
now  be  added  Dr  Scrivener,  well  known  for 
his  labours  in  the  cause  of  the  Greek  Testa- 
ment criticism,  who  has  brought  out,  for  the 
Syndics  of  the  Cambridge  University  Press, 
an  edition  of  the  English  Bible,  according  to 
the  text  of  161 1,  revised  by  a  comparison  with 
later  issues  on  principles  stated  by  him  in  his 
Introduction.  Here  he  enters  at  length  into 
the  history  of  the  chief  editions  of  the  version, 

THE   CAMBRIDGE   PARAGRAPH   BIBLE. 
Student's  Edition,  on  good  writing  paper,  with  one  column  of 
print  and  wide  margin  to  each  page  for  MS.  notes.     This  edition  will 
be  found   of  great  use   to  those   who   are  engaged  in  the  task  of 
Biblical  criticism.     Two  Vols.     Crown  4to.  cloth,  gilt.    31J.  6d. 


and  of  such  features  as  the  marginal  notes, 
the  use  of  italic  type,  and  the  changes  of  or- 
thography, as  well  as  into  the  most  interesting 
question  as  to  the  original  texts  from  which 
our  translation  is  produced." 

From  the  Methodist  Recorder. 
"This  noble  quarto  of  over  1300  pages  is 
in  every  respect  worthy  of  editor  and  pub- 
lishers alike.  The  name  of  the  Cambridge 
University  Press  is  guarantee  enough  for  its 
perfection  in  outward  form,  the  name  of  the 
editor  is  equal  guarantee  for  the  worth  and 
accuracy  of  its  contents.  Without  question, 
it  is  the  best  Paragraph  Bible  ever  published, 
and  its  reduced  price  of  a  guinea  brings  it 
within  reach  of  a  large  number  of  students.  . 
But  the  volume  is  much  more  than  a  Para- 
graph Bible.  It  is  an  attempt,  and  a  success- 
ful attempt,  to  give  a  critical  edition  of  the 
Authorised  English  Version,  not  (let  it  be 
marked)  a  revision,  but  an  exact  reproduc- 
tion of  the  original  Authorised  Version,  as 
published  in  1611,  minus  patent  mistakes. 
This  is  doubly  necessary  at  a  time  when  the 
version  is  about  to  undergo  revision.  .  .  To 
all  who  at  this  season  seek  a  suitable  volume 
for  presentation  to  ministers  or  teachers  we 
earnestly  commend  this  work." 

From  the  London  Quarterly  Review. 

"The  work  is  worthy  in  every  respect  of 
the  editor's  fame,  and  of  the  Cambridge 
University  Press.  The  noble  English  Ver- 
sion, to  which  our  country  and  religion  owe 
so  much,  was  probably  never  presented  be- 
fore in  so  perfect  a  form." 


London:    Cambridge   Ware/wuse,  17  Paternoster  Row. 


CAMBRIDGE   UNIVERSITY  PRESS  BOOKS.  3 

THE  LECTIONARY  BIBLE,  WITH  APOCRYPHA, 

divided  into  Sections  adapted  to  the  Calendar  and  Tables  of  Lessons 
of  1 87 1.     Crown  8vo.  cloth,    y.  6d. 

BREVIARIUM 
AD  USUM    INSIGNIS    ECCLESIAE    SARUM. 

Fasciculus  II.  In  quo  continentur  Psalterium,  cum  ordinario  Officii 
totius  hebdomadae  juxta  Horas  Canonicas,  et  proprio  Completorii, 
Latinia,  Commune  Sanctorum,  Ordinarium  Missae  cum 
Canone  et  xiii  Missis,  &c.  &c.  juxta  Editionem  maximam  pro 
Claudio  Chevallon  et  Francisco  Regnault  a.d.  mdxxxi.  in 
Alma  Parisiorum  Academia  impressam  :  labore  ac  studio  Francisci 
Procter,  A.M.,  et  Christophori  Wordsworth,  A.M.  Demy 
8vo.  cloth.     12s. 

Fasciculus  I.    In  the  Press. 

"Not  only  experts  in  liturgiology,  but  all  labours  of  Mr  G.  H.  Forbes,  to  everyone 

persons    interested    in    the    history  of  the  interested  in  the  subject-matter  with  which  it 

Anglican  Book  of  Common  Prayer,  will  be  is  connected." — Notes  and  Queries. 

grateful  to  the  Syndicate  of  the  Cambridge  "  We  have  here  the  first  instalment  of  the 

University  Press  for  forwarding  the  publica-  celebrated  Sarum  Breviary,  of  which  no  en- 

tion  of  the  volume  which  bears  the  above  tire  edition  has  hitherto  been  printed  since 

title,  and  which  has  recently  appeared  under  the  year  1557.  .  .  Of  the  valuable  explanatory 

their  auspices.  .  .  When  the  present  work  is  notes,  as  well  as  the  learned  introduction  to 

complete  in  three  volumes,  of  which  we  have  this  volume,  we  can  only  speak  in  terms  of  the 

here  the  first  instalment,  it  will  be  accessible,  very    highest    commendation." — Ttu     Ex- 

as  the  Sarum  Missal  is  now,  thanks  to  the  aminer. 

GREEK  AND  ENGLISH  TESTAMENT, 

in  parallel  Columns  on  the  same  page.  Edited  by  J.  Scholefield, 
M.A.  late  Regius  Professor  of  Greek  in  the  University.  Small 
Octavo.  New  Edition,  with  the  Marginal  References  as  arranged 
and  revised  by  Dr  Scrivener.     Cloth,  red  edges.     7s.  6d. 

GREEK  AND   ENGLISH   TESTAMENT, 
The  Student's  Edition  of  the  above,  on  large  writing  paper.    4to. 
cloth.     1 2  s. 

GREEK   TESTAMENT, 
ex  editione  Stephani  tertia,  1550.     Small  8vo.     3J.  6d. 

THE   BOOK   OF   ECCLESIASTES, 
Large  Paper  Edition.     By  the  Rev.  E.  H.  Plumptre,  D.D.  Professor 
of  LJiblical  Exegesis,  King's  College,  London.     Demy  8vo.     js.  6d. 

THE   GOSPEL   ACCORDING   TO    ST   MATTHEW 

in  Anglo-Saxon  and  Northumbrian  Versions,  synoptically  arranged: 
with  Collations  of  the  best  Manuscripts.  By  J.  M.  Kemble,  M.A. 
and  Archdeacon  Hardwick.     Demy  4to.     iqt. 

THE    GOSPEL    ACCORDING    TO    ST    MARK 

in  Anglo-Saxon  and  Northumbrian  Versions  synoptically  arranged: 
with  Collations  exhibiting  all  the  Readings  of  all  the  MSS.  Edited 
by  the  Rev.  Professor  Skeat,  M.A.  late  Fellow  of  Christ's  College, 
and  author  of  a  Mceso-Gothic  Dictionary.     Demy  4to.     10s. 


London:   Cambridge  Warehouse,  17  Paternoster  Row. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF 


THE   GOSPEL  ACCORDING  TO   ST  LUKE, 
uniform   with   the   preceding,  edited  by  the  Rev.   Professor  Skeat. 
Demy  4to.     xos. 

THE   GOSPEL  ACCORDING  TO   ST  JOHN, 

uniform  with  the  preceding,  by  the  same  Editor.     Demy4to.    iar. 

"  The  Gospel  according  to  St  John,  in  have  had  the  good  fortune  to  be  edited  by 
Anglo-Saxon  and  Northumbrian  Versions:  Professor  Skeat,  whose  competency  and  zeal 
Edited  for  the  Syndics  of  the  University  have  left  nothing  undone  to  prove  himself 
Press,  by  the  Rev.  Walter  W.  Skeat,  M.A.,  equal  to  his  reputation,  and  to  produce  a 
Elrington  and  Bosworth  Professor  of  Anglo-  work  of  the  highest  value  to  the  student 
Saxon  in  the  University  of  Cambridge,  of  Anglo-Saxon.  The  design  was  indeed 
completes  an  undertaking  designed  and  worthy  of  its  author.  It  is  difficult  to  ex- 
commenced  by  that  distinguished  scholar,  aggcrate  the  value  of  such  a  set  of  parallel 
J.  M.  Kemble,  some  forty  years  ago.  He  texts.  ...  Of  the  particular  volume  now 
was  not  himself  permitted  to  execute  his  before  us,  we  can  only  say  it  is  worthy  of  its 
scheme;  he  died  before  it  was  completed  two  predecessors.  We  repeat  that  the  ser- 
for  St  Matthew.  The  edition  of  that  Gospel  vice  rendered  to  the  study  of  Anglo-Saxon 
was  finished  by  Mr.,  subsequently  Arch-  by  tins  Synoptic  collection  cannot  easily  be 
deacon,  Hardwick.     The  remaining  Gospels  overstated." — Contemporary  Review. 

THE   POINTED   PRAYER   BOOK, 
being  the  Book  of  Common   Prayer  with  the  Psalter  or  Psalms  of 
David,  pointed  as  they  are  to  be  sung  or  said  in  Churches.     Royal 
24mo.     Cloth,     is.  6d. 

The  same  in  square  32mo.  cloth.     6d. 

"The  'Pointed  Prayer  Book'  deserves  and  still  more  for  the  terseness  and  clear- 
mention  for  the  new  and  ingenious  system  ness  of  the  directions  given  for  using  it." — 
on  which  the  pointing  has   been  marked.        Times. 

THE   CAMBRIDGE   PSALTER, 
for  the  use  of  Choirs  and  Organists.     Specially  adapted  for  Congre- 
gations in  which  the  "  Cambridge  Pointed   Prayer  Book"  is  used. 
Demy  8vo.  cloth  extra,  y.  6d.     Cloth  limp,  cut  flush.    2s.  6d. 

THE   PARAGRAPH   PSALTER, 

arranged  for  the  use  of  Choirs  by  Brooke  Foss  Westcott,  D.D., 
Canon  of  Peterborough,  and  Regius  Professor  of  Divinity  in  the 
University  of  Cambridge.     Fcap.  4to.   $s. 

"  Ths    Paragraph    Psalter  exhibits    all  expect  to  find,  and  there  is  not  a  clergyman 

the  care,  thought,  and  learning  that  those  or  organist  in  England  who  should  be  with- 

acquainted   with  the  works  of  the   Regius  out  this  Psalter  as  a  work  of  reference."— 

Professor  of  Divinity  at  Cambridge  would  Morning  Post. 

THE  MISSING  FRAGMENT  OF  THE  LATIN 
TRANSLATION  of  the  FOURTH  BOOK  OF  EZRA, 

discovered,  and  edited  with  an  Introduction  and  Notes,  and  a 
facsimile  of  the  MS.,  by  Robert  L.  Bensly,  M.A.,  Sub-Librarian 
of  the  University  Library,  and  Reader  in  Hebrew,  Gonville  and  Caius 
College,  Cambridge.     Demy  4to.     Cloth,    ioj. 

"  Edited    with   true  scholarly   complete-  added  a  new  chapter  to  the  Bible,  and,  start- 

ncss." — Westminster  Review.  ling  as  the  statement  may  at  first  sight  ap- 

"  Wer   sich  je  mit   dem  4    Buche   Esra  pear,  it  is  no  exaggeration  of  the  actual  fact, 

eingehender  beschaftigt  hat,  wird  durch  die  if  by  the  Bible  we  understand  that  of  the 

obige,  in  jeder  Beziehung  musterhafte  Pub-  larger   size  which  contains  the  Apocrypha, 

lication  in  freudiges  Erstaunen  versetzt  wcr-  and  if  the  Second  Book  of  Esdras   can  be 

den." — Theologische  Literaturzeitung.  fairly  called  a   part   of   the  Apocrypha." — 

"It  has  been  said  of  this  book  that  it  has  Saturday  Review. 


London;    Cambridge  Warehouse,  17  Paternoster  Row. 


THE   CAMBRIDGE    UNIVERSITY  PRESS, 


5 


THEOLOGY-(ANCIENT). 

THE    PALESTINIAN    MISCHNA, 
By  W.  H.  Lowe,  M.A.   Lecturer  in   Hebrew  at  Christ's  College, 
Cambridge.  [In  the  Press. 

SAYINGS   OF  THE  JEWISH  FATHERS, 

comprising  Pirqe  Aboth  and  Pereq  R.  Meir  in  Hebrew  and  English, 
with  Critical  and  Illustrative  Notes.  By  Charles  Taylor,  D.D. 
Master  of  St  John's  College,  Cambridge,  and  Honorary  Fellow  of 
King's  College,  London.     Demy  8vo.  cloth,     ior. 

"  It  is  peculiarly  incumbent  on  those  who 
look  to  Jerome  or  Origen  for  their  theology  or 
exegesis  to  learn  something  of  their  Jewish 
predecessors.  The  New  Testament  abounds 
with  sayings  which  remarkably  coincide  with, 
or  closely  resemble,  those  of  the  Jewish 
Fathers;  and  these  latter  probably  would 
furnish  more  satisfactory  and  frequent  illus- 
trations of  its  text  than  the  Old  Testament." 
— Saturday  Review. 

"The  *  Masseketh  Aboth'  stands  at  the 
head  of  Hebrew  non-canonical  writings.  It 
is  of  ancient  date,  claiming  to  contain  the 
dicta  of  teachers  who  flourished  from  B.C.  200 
to  the  same  year  of  our  era.  The  precise 
time  of  its  compilation  in  its  present  form  is, 
of  course,  in  doubt.  Mr  Taylor's  explana- 
tory and  illustrative  commentary  is  very  full 
and  satisfactory." — Spectator. 

"If  we  mistake  not,  this  is  the  first  pre- 
cise  translation   into   the   English   language 


accompanied  by  scholarly  notes,  of  any  por- 
tion of  the  Talmud.  In  other  words,  it  is 
the  first  instance  of  that  most  valuable  and 
neglected  portion  of  Jewish  literature  being 
treated  in  the  same  way  as  a  Greek  classic 
in  an  ordinary  critical  edition.  .  .  The  Tal- 
mudic  books,  which  have  been  so  strangely 
neglected,  we  foresee  will  be  the  most  im- 
portant aids  of  the  future  for  the  proper  un- 
derstanding of  the  Bible.  .  .  The  Sayings  of 
the  Jewish  Fathers  may  claim  to  be  scholar- 
ly, and,  moreover,  of  a  scholarship  unusually 
thorough  and  finished." — Dublin  Univer- 
sity Magazine. 

"A  careful  and  thorough  edition  which 
does  credit  to  English  scholarship,  of  a  short 
treatise  from  the  Mishna,  containing  a  series 
of  sentences  or  maxims  ascribed  mostly  to 
Jewish  teachers  immediately  preceding,  or 
immediately  following  the  Christian  era.  .  . " 
— Contemporary  Review. 


THEODORE  OF  MOPSUESTIA'S  COMMENTARY 
ON  THE  MINOR  EPISTLES  OF  S.  PAUL. 

The  Latin  Version  with  the  Greek  Fragments,  edited  from  the  MSS. 
with  Notes  and  an  Introduction,  by  H.  13.  Swete,  D.D.,  Rector  of 
Ashdon,  Essex,  and  late  Fellow  of  Gonville  and  Caius  College, 
Cambridge.  In  Two  Volumes.  Vol.  I.,  containing  the  Introduction, 
with  Facsimiles  of  the  MSS.,  and  the  Commentary  upon  Galatians — 
Colossians.     Demy  8vo.     lis. 


"One  result  of  this  disappearance  of  the 
works  of  Diodorus,  which  his  Arian  oppo- 
nents did  their  utmost  to  destroy,  is  to  render 
more  conspicuous  the  figure  of  Theodore. 
From  the  point  of  view  of  scientific  exegesis 
there  is  no  figure  in  all  antiquity  more  in- 
teresting,"— The  Expositor. 

"  In  dem  oben  verzeichneten  Buche  liegt 
11ns  die  erste  Hal  ft e  einer  vollstiindigen, 
ebenso  sorgfaltig  gearbeiteten  wie  schon 
ausgestatteten  Ausgabe  des  Commentary  mit 
ausfuhrlichcn  Prolegomena  und  reichhaltigen 
kritischen  und  erlauternden  Anmerkungen 
vor. " — L  iterarisches  Cen  tralblatt. 

"  It  is  the  result  of  thorough,  careful,  and 
patient  investigation  of  all  the  points  bearing 
on  the  subject,  and  the  results  are  presented 
with  admirable  good  sense  and  modesty.  Mr 
Swete  has  prepared  himself  for  his  task  by  a 
serious  study  of  the  literature  and  history 
which  are  connected  with  it;  and  he  has  pro- 


duced a  volume  of  high  value  to  the  student, 
not  merely  of  the  theology  of  the  fourth  and 
fifth  centuries,  but  of  the  effect  of  this  theo- 
logy on  the  later  developments  of  doctrine 
and  methods  of  interpretation,  in  the  ages 
immediately  following,  and  in  the  middle 
ages." — Guardian. 

"Auf  Grund  dieser  Quellen  ist  der  Text 
bei  Swete  mit  musterhafter  Akribie  herge- 
stellt.  Abcr  auch  sonst  hat  der  Herausgeber 
mit  unermudlichem  Fleisse  und  eingehend- 
ster  Sachkenntniss  sein  Werk  mit  alien  den- 
jenigen  Zugaben  ausgerustet,  welche  bei  einer 
solchen  Text-Ausgabe  nur  irgend  erwartet 
wcrden  konnen.  .  .  .  Von  den  drei  Haupt- 
handschriften  .  .  .  sind  vortreffiiche  photo 
graphische  Facsimile's  beigegeben,  wie  uber- 
haupt  das  ganze  Werk  von  der  University 
Press  zu  Cambridge  mit  bekannter  Eleganz 
ausgestattet  ist."  —  Theologische  Literature 
zeitung. 


Volume   II.    In  the  Press. 


London:    Cambridge  Warehouse,  17  Paternoster  Row, 

*— 3 


PUBLICATIONS  OF 


SANCTI  IREN^I  EPISCOPI  LUGDUNENSIS 
libros  quinque  adversus  Haereses,  versione  Latina  cum  Codicibus 
Claromontano  ac  Arundeliano  denuo  collata,  praemissa  de  placitis 
Gnosticorum  prolusione,  fragmenta  necnon  Graece,  Syriace,  Armeniace, 
commentatione  perpetua  et  indicibus  variis  edidit  W.  Wigan  Harvey, 
S.T.B.  Collegii  Regalis  olim  Socius.     2  Vols.     Demy  8vo.     lis. 

M.  MINUCII   FELICIS    OCTAVIUS. 
The  text  newly  revised  from  the  original  MS.,  with  an  English  Com- 
mentary, Analysis,    Introduction,   and  Copious   Indices.     Edited  by 
H.  A.  Holden,  LL.D.   Head  Master  of  Ipswich  School,  late  Fellow 
of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge.     Crown  8vo.     Js.  6d. 

THEOPHILI     EPISCOPI     ANTIOCHENSIS 
LIBRI    TRES   AD   AUTOLYCUM 

edidit,  Prolegomenis  Versione  Notulis  Indicibus  instruxit  Gulielmus 
Gilson  Humphry,  S.T.B.  Collegii  Sancliss.  Trin.  apud  Cantabri- 
gienses  quondam  Socius.     Post  8vo.     5-r. 

THEOPHYLACTI     IN     EVANGELIUM 
S.  MATTH^II    COMMENTARIUS, 
edited   by  W.  G.   Humphry,   B.D.    Prebendary   of  St   Paul's,  late 
Fellow  of  Trinity  College.     Demy  Svo.     js.  6d. 

TERTULLIANUS    DE  CORONA   MILITIS,    DE 

SPECTACULIS,    DE    IDOLOLATRIA, 

with  Analysis  and  English  Notes,  by  George  Currey,  D.D.  Preacher 

at  the  Charter  House,  late  Fellow  and  Tutor  of  St  John's  College. 

Crown  Svo.     5s. 

THEOLOGY-(ENGLISH). 

WORKS  OF  ISAAC  BARROW, 

compared  with  the  Original  MSS.,  enlarged  with  Materials  hitherto 
unpublished.  A  new  Edition,  by  A.  Napier,  M.A.  of  Trinity  College, 
Vicar  of  Holkham,  Norfolk.     9  Vols.      Demy  8vo.     £3.  $s. 

TREATISE  OF  THE  POPE'S  SUPREMACY, 
and   a   Discourse   concerning  the   Unity  of  the  Church,  by   ISAAC 
Barrow.     Demy  Svo.    7s.  6d. 

PEARSON'S  EXPOSITION  OF  THE  CREED, 
edited   by  Temple  Chevallier,  B.D.   late  Fellow  and  Tutor  of 
St  Catharine's  College,  Cambridge.  New  Edition.  [In  the  Press. 

AN  ANALYSIS   OF  THE   EXPOSITION   OF 
THE   CREED 

written  by  the  Right  Rev.  JOHN  Pearson,  D.D.  late  Lord  Bishop 
of  Chester,  by  W.  H.  Mill,  D.D.  late  Regius  Professor  of  Hebrew 
in  the  University  of  Cambridge.      Demy  Svo.  cloth.     5*. 


London:    Cambridge  Warehouse,  17  Paternoster  Row. 


THE   CAMBRIDGE    UNIVERSITY  PRESS.  7 

WHEATLY  ON  THE  COMMON  PRAYER, 
edited  by  G.  E.  Corrie,  D.D.  Master  of  Jesus  College,  Examining 
Chaplain  to  the  late  Lord  Bishop  of  Ely.     Demy  8vo.    js.  6d. 

CESAR    MORGAN'S    INVESTIGATION    OF    THE 
TRINITY    OF   PLATO, 

and  of  Philo  Judieus,  and  of  the  effects  which  an  attachment  to  their 
writings  had  upon  the  principles  and  reasonings  of  the  Fathers  of  the 
Christian  Church.  Revised  by  H.  A.  Hold  en,  LL.D.  Head  Master 
of  Ipswich  School,  late  Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge.  Crown 
Svo.     4J. 

TWO   FORMS   OF    PRAYER   OF  THE   TIME    OF 

QUEEN  ELIZABETH.     Now  First  Reprinted.    Demy  8vo.    6d. 

"From   'Collections  and  Notes'  1867—  of  Occasional  Forms  of  Prayer,  but  it  had 

1876,  by  W.  Carew  Hazlitt  (p.  340),  we  learn  been   lost   sight   of  for  200  years.'     By  the 

that — (A   very   remarkable   volume,   in    the  kindness  of  the   present   possessor    of   this 

original    vellum   cover,    and    containing    25  valuable  volume,  containing  in  all  25  distinct 

Forms  of  Prayer  of  the  reign  of  Elizabeth,  publications,  I  am  enabled  to  reprint  in  the 

each  with  the  autograph  of  Humphrey  Dyson,  following   pages  the   two  Forms  of  Prayer 

has  lately  fallen  into  the  hands  of  my  friend  supposed  to  have  been  lost." — Extract  from 

Mr  H.  Pyne.     It  is  mentioned  specially  in  t/ie  Preface. 
the  Preface  to  the  Parker  Society's  volume 

SELECT  DISCOURSES, 

by  John  Smith,  late  Fellow  of  Queens'  College,  Cambridge.  Edited  by 
H.  G.  Williams,  B.D.  late  Professor  of  Arabic.   Royal  8vo.    ys.  6d. 

"The  '  Select  Discourses'  of  John  Smith,  with  the  richest  lights  of  meditative  genius... 

collected  and  published  from  his  papers  after  He  was  one  of  those  rare  thinkers  in  whom 

his  death,  are,  in  my  opinion,  much  the  most  largeness  of  view,  and  depth,  and  wealth  of 

considerable  work  left  to  us  by  this  Cambridge  poetic  and  speculative  insight,  only  served  to 

School   [the   Cambridge    Platonistsj.      They  evoke   more   fully  the   religious   spirit,   and 

have  a  right   to  a  place  in  English  literary  while  he  drew  the  mould  of  his  thought  from 

history." — Mr  Matthew  Arnold,  in  the  Plotmus,  he  vivified  the  substance  of  it  from 

Contemporary  Review.  St  Paul." — Principal     Tulloch,    Rational 

"Of  all   the   products  of  the  Cambridge  Theology  in  England  in  the  \-]th  Century. 
School,  the  'Select  Discourses'  are  perhaps  "We   may   instance   Mr   Henry   Griffin 

the  highest,  as  they  arc  the  most  accessible  Williams's  revised  edition  of  Mr  John  Smith's 

and  the  most  widely  appreciated. ..and  indeed  'Select   Discourses,'   which    have   won   Mr 

no  spiritually  thoughtful  mind  can  read  them  Matthew  Arnold's  admiration,  as  an  example 

unmoved.     They  carry  us  so  directly  into  an  of  worthy  work  for  an   University  Press  to 

atmosphere   of  divine  philosophy,    luminous  undertake." — Times. 

THE  HOMILIES, 

with  Various  Readings,  and  the  Quotations  from  the  Fathers  given 
at  length  in  the  Original  Languages.  Edited  by  G.  E.  CORRIE,  D.D. 
Master  of  Jesus  College.     Demy  8vo.     ys.  6d. 

DE     OBLIGATIONE     CONSCIENTLE     PR.ELEC- 

TIONES  decern  Oxonii  in  Schola  Theologica  habitae  a  Roberto 
Sanderson,  SS.  Theologiae  ibidem  Professore  Regio.  With  English 
Notes,  including  an  abridged  Translation,  by  W.  WHEWELL,  D.D. 
late  Master  of  Trinity  College.     Demy  8vo.     "}s.  6d. 


London:  Cambridge  Warehouse,  17  Paternoster  Row. 


8 


PUBLICATIONS  OF 


ARCHBISHOP  USHER'S  ANSWER  TO  A  JESUIT, 
with  other  Tracts  on  Popery.  Edited  by  J.  Scholefield,  M.A.  late 
Regius  Professor  of  Greek  in  the  University.    Demy  8vo.    ys.  6d. 

WILSON'S    ILLUSTRATION   OF    THE    METHOD 

of  explaining  the  New  Testament,  by  the  early  opinions  of  Jews  and 
Christians  concerning  Christ.  Edited  by  T.  TURTON,  D.D.  late  Lord 
Bishop  of  Ely.     Demy  8vo.    $s. 

LECTURES    ON    DIVINITY 

delivered  in  the  University  of  Cambridge,  by  John  Hey,  D.D. 
Third  Edition,  revised  by  T.  TURTON,  D.D.  late  Lord  Bishop  of  Ely. 
2  vols.     Demy  8vo.     15J. 


ARABIC  AND  SANSKRIT. 

POEMS  OF  BEHA  ED  DIN  ZOHEIR  OF   EGYPT. 

With  a  Metrical  Translation,  Notes  and  Introduction,  by  E.  H. 
Palmer,  M.A.,  Barrister-at-Law  of  the  Middle  Temple,  Lord 
Almoner's  Professor  of  Arabic  and  Fellow  of  St  John's  College 
in  the  University  of  Cambridge.     3  vols.  Crown  4to. 

Vol.  I.     The  Arabtc  Text.     ioj*.  6d;  Cloth  extra.    15J. 

Vol.  II.    English  Translation.     10s.  6d.;  Cloth  extra.    15J. 

'  Professor  Palmer's  activity  in  advancing        metre,  for  imitation,  either  designed  or  un- 


Arabic  scholarship  has  formerly  shown  itself 
in  the  production  of  his  excellent  Arabic 
Grammar,  and  his  Descriptive  Catalogue  of 
Arabic  MSS.  in  the  Library  of  Trinity  Col- 
lege, Cambridge.  He  has  now  produced  an 
admirable  text,  which  illustrates  in  a  remark- 
able manner  the  flexibility  and  graces  of  the 
language  he  loves  so  well,  and  of  which  he 

seems  to  be  perfect  master The  Syndicate 

of  Cambridge  University  must  not  pass  with- 
out the  recognition  of  their  liberality  in 
bringing  out,  in  a  worthy  form,  so  important 
an  Arabic  text.  It  is  not  the  first  time  that 
Oriental  scholarship  has  thus  been  wisely 
subsidised  by  Cambridge." — Indian  Mail. 

"  It  is  impossible  to  quote  this  edition  with- 
out an  expression  of  admiration  for  the  per- 
fection to  which  Arabic  typography  has  been 
brought  in  England  in  this  magnificent  Ori- 
ental work,  the  production  of  which  redounds 
to  the  imperishable  credit  of  the  University 
of  Cambridge.  It  may  be  pronounced  one  of 
the  most  beautiful  Oriental  books  that  have 
ever  been  printed  in  Europe :  and  the  learning 
of  the  Editor  worthily  rivals  the  technical 
get-up  of  the  creations  of  the  soul  of  one  of 
the  most  tasteful  poets  of  Isl&m,  the  study 
of  which  will  contribute  not  a  little  to  save 
honour  of  'the  poetry  of  the  Arabs." — 
Mythology  among  the  Hebrews  (Engl. 
Transl.),  p.  194. 
"For  ease    and    facility,    for    variety  of 


conscious,  of  the  style  of  several  of  our  own 

poets,  these  versions  deserve  high  praise 

We  have  no  hesitation  in  saying  that  in  both 
Prof.  Palmer  has  made  an  addition  to  Ori- 
ental literature  for  which  scholars  should  be 
grateful ;  and  that,  while  his  knowledge  of 
Arabic  is  a  sufficient  guarantee  for  his  mas- 
tery of  the  original,  his  English  compositions 
are  distinguished  by  versatility,  command  of 
language,  rhythmical  cadence,  and,  as  we 
have  remarked,  by  not  unskilful  imitations  of 
the  styles  of  several  of  our  own  favourite 
poets,  living  and  dead." — Saturday  Revietu. 
"This  sumptuous  edition  of  the  poems  of 
Beh£-ed-din  Zoheir  is  a  very  welcome  addi- 
tion to  the  small  series  of  Eastern  poets 
accessible  to  readers  who  are  not  Oriental- 
ists. ...  In  all  there  is  that  exquisite  finish  of 
which  Arabic  poetry  is  susceptible  in  so  rare 
a  degree.  The  form  is  almost  always  beau- 
tiful, be  the  thought  what  it  may.  But  this, 
of  course,  can  only  be  fully  appreciated  by 
Orientalists.  And  this  brings  us  to  the  trans- 
lation. It  is  excellently  well  done.  Mr 
Palmer  has  tried  to  imitate  the  fall  of  the 
original  in  his  selection  of  the  English  metre 
for  the  various  pieces,  and  thus  contrives  to 
convey  a  faint  idea  of  the  graceful  flow  of 

the  Arabic Altogether  the  inside  of  the 

book  is  worthy  of  the  beautiful  arabesque 
binding  that  rejoices  the  eye  of  the  lover  of 
Arab  art." — Academy. 


London:    Cambridge  Warehouse^  17  Paternoster  Row. 


THE   CAMBRIDGE   UNIVERSITY  PRESS. 


NALOPAKHYANAM,  OR,  THE  TALE  OF  NALA  ; 
containing  the  Sanskrit  Text  in  Roman  Characters,  followed  by  a 
Vocabulary  in  which  each  word  is  placed  under  its  root,  with  references 
to  derived  words  in  Cognate  Languages,  and  a  sketch  of  Sanskrit 
Grammar.  By  the  Rev.  Thomas  Jarrett,  M.A.  Trinity  College, 
Regius  Professor  of  Hebrew,  late  Professor  of  Arabic,  and  formerly 
Fellow  of  St  Catharine's  College,  Cambridge.     Demy  8vo.     \os. 

NOTES   ON   THE   TALE   OF   NALA, 

for  the  use  of  Classical  Students,  by  J.  Peile,  M.A.  Fellow  and  Tutor 
of  Christ's  College.     Demy  8vo.     \zs. 


GREEK  AND  LATIN  CLASSICS,  &c.  (See  also  pp.  20-23.) 

A  SELECTION  OF  GREEK  INSCRIPTIONS, 

With  Introductions  and  Annotations  by  E.  S.  Roberts,  M.A. 
Fellow  and  Tutor  of  Caius  College.  {Preparing. 

THE   AGAMEMNON   OF  AESCHYLUS. 

With  a  Translation  in  English  Rhythm,  and  Notes  Critical  and  Ex- 
planatory. By  Benjamin  Hai.i,  Kennedy,  D.D.,  Regius  Professor 
of  Greek.     Crown  8vo.  cloth.     6s. 

"  One  of  the  best  editions  of  the  master-  tion  of  a  great  undertaking." — Stit.  Rev. 
piece  of  Greek  tragedy." — Athcturum.  "  Let  me  say  that  I  think  it  a  most  adinira- 

11  By  numberless   other  like  happy  and  blc  piece  of  the  highest  criticism I  like 

weighty  helps  to  a  coherent  and  consistent  your    Preface    extremely;   it  is  just   to  the 

text  and   interpretation,    Dr   Kennedy   has  point." — l'rofessor  Paley. 
approved  himself  a  guide  to  Aeschylus  of  "  Professor  Kennedy  lias  conferred  a  boon 

certainly  peerless  calibre." — Contemp.  Rev.  on  all  teachers  of  the  Greek  classics,  bycaus- 

"Itis  needless  to  multiply  proofs  of  the  ing  the  substance  of  his  lectures  at  Cam- 
value  of  this  volume  alike  to  the  poetical  bridge  on  the  Agamemnon  of  jEschylus  to 
translator,  the  critical  scholar,  and  the  ethical  be  published. ..Thisedition  of  the  Agamemnon 
student.  We  must  be  contented  to  thank  is  one  which  no  classical  master  should  be 
Professor  Kennedy  for  his  admirable  exectl-  without." — Examiner. 

THE  THE/ETETUS  OF  PLATO  by  the  same  Author. 

[In  the  Press, 

ARISTOTLE.— II UPI   AIKAIOSTNH2. 

THE  FIFTH  BOOK  OF  THE  NICOMACHEAN  ETHICS  OF 
ARISTOTLE.  Edited  by  Henry  Jackson,  M.A.,  Fellow  of  Trinity 
College,  Cambridge.    Demy  8vo.  cloth.     6s. 

"It  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  some  of  Scholars  will  hope  that  this  is  not  the  only 
the  points  he  discusses  have  never  had  so  portion  of  the  Aristotelian  writings  which  he 
much  light  thrown  upon  them  before.  .  .  .        is  likely  to  edit." — Atheturuui. 

PLATO'S  PH^DO, 

literally  translated,  by  the  late  E.  M.  Cope,  Fellow  of  Trinity  College, 
Cambridge.     Demy  8vo.     $s. 


London:    Cambridge  Warehouse,  17  Paternoster  Row. 

1—5 


io  PUBLICATIONS  OF 

PRIVATE   ORATIONS  OF  DEMOSTHENES, 

with  Introductions  and  English  Notes,  by  F.  A.  Paley,  M.A.  Editor 
of  Aeschylus,  etc.  and  J.  E.  Sandys,  M.A.  Fellow  and  Tutor  of  St 
John's  College,  and  Public  Orator  in  the  University  of  Cambridge. 

Part  I.  Contra  Phormionem,  Lacritum,  Pantaenetum,  Boeotum  de 
Nomine,  Boeotum  de  Dote,  Dionysodorum.    Crown  8vo.  cloth.   6s. 

"Mr   Paley's  scholarship  is   sound   and  literature  which  bears  upon  his  author,  and 

accurate,  his  experience  of  editing  wide,  and  the  elucidation  of  matters  of  daily  life,  in  the 

if  he  is  content  to  devote  his  learning  and  delineation  of  which  Demosthenes  is  so  rich, 

abilities  to  the  production  of  such  manuals  obtains  full  justice  at  his  hands We 

as  these,  they  will  be  received  with  gratitude  hope  this  edition  may  lead  the  way  to  a  moie 

throughout  the  higher  schools  of  the  country.  general  study  of  these  speeches  in  schools 

Mr  Sandys   is  deeply  read   in  the  German  than  has  hitherto  been  possible." — Academy. 

Part  II.   Pro  Phormione,  Contra  Stcphanum  I.  II. ;  Nicostratum, 
Cononem,  Calliclcm.     ys.  6d. 

"To  give   even  a  brief  sketch  of  these  in    the   needful  help    which    enables    us   to 

speeches  [Pro  Phorvtionc  and  Contra  Ste-  form  a  sound  estimate  of  the  rights  of  the 

fkamtm]   would   be    incompatible   with   our  case It  is  long  since  we  have  come 

limits,  though  we  can  hardly  conceive  a  task  upon  a  work  evincing  more  pains,  scholar- 
more  useful  to  the  classical  or  professional  ship,  and  varied  research  and  illustration  than 
scholar  than  to  make  one  for  himself..  ..  .  Mr  Sundys's  contribution  to  the  'Private 
It  is  a  great  boon  to   those  who  set  them-  Orations  of  Demosthenes'."— Sat.  Rev. 

selves  to  unravel   the  thread  of  arguments  " the   edition  reflects   credit   on 

pro  and  con  to  have  the  aid  of  Mr  Snndys's  Cambridge  scholarship,  and  ought  to  be  ex- 
excellent  running  commentary  ....  and  no  tensively  used." — Athenteum. 
one     can    say    that    he     is    ever    deficient 

PINDAR. 

OLYMPIAN  AND  PYTHIAN  ODES.  With  Notes  Explanatory 
and  Critical,  Introductions  and  Introductory  Essays.  Edited  by 
C.  A.  M.  Fennell,  M.A.,  late  Fellow  of  Jesus  College.  Crown  8vo. 
cloth.     9-f. 

"Mr  Fennell  deserves  the  thanks  of  all  velopment  of  Cambridge  scholarship,  and  we 

classical  students  for  his  careful  and  scholarly  are  glad  to  see  that  it  is  to  be  continued."— 

edition  of  the  Olympian  and  Pythian  odes.  Saturday  Rez-ieiv. 

He  brings  to    his  task  the  necessary  enthu-  "There  are  many  reasons  why  Mr  C.  A. 

siasm  for  his  author,  great  industry,  a  sound  M.  Fennell's  edition  of  'Pindar's  Olympian 

judgment,   and,    in  particular,    copious  and  and  Pythian  Odes;' should  not  go  unnoticed, 

minute    learning   in   comparative   philology.  even  though  our  space  forbids  doing  it  full 

To  his  qualifications  in  this  last  respect  every  justice;  as  a  helpful  complement  and  often 

page  bears  witness." — Atheiurttm.  corrective  of  preceding  editions,  botli  in  its 

"Considered  simply  as  a  contribution  to  insight  into  comparative  philology,  its  critical 
the  study  and  criticism  of  Pindar,  Mr  Fen-  acumen,  and  its  general  sobriety  of  editing, 
nell's  edition  is  a  work  of  great  merit.  But  In  etymology  especially  the  volume  marks  a 
it  has  a  wider  interest,  as  exemplifying  the  generation  later  than  Donaldson's,  though 
change  which  has  come  over  the  methods  holding  in  respect  his  brilliant  authority.  .  . 
and  aims  of  Cambridge  scholarship  within  Most  helpful,  too,  is  the  introductory  essay 
the  last  ten  or  twelve  years.  .  .  .  The  short  on  Pindar's  style  and  dialect,  while  the 
introductions  and  arguments  to  the  Odes,  chronological  sequence  of  the  Odes  (pp. 
which  for  so  discursive  an  author  as  Pindar  xxxi. — xxxii.),  and  the  'Metrical  Schemes,' 
are  all  but  a  necessity,  are  both  careful  and  which  immediately  precede  the  text  and  coin- 
acute.  . .  Altogether,  this  edition  is  a  welcome  inentary,  leave  nothing  to  be  desiderated." — 
and  wholesome  sign  of  the  vitality  and  de-  Content fiorary  Review. 

THE    NEMEAN   AND    ISTHMIAN    ODES.        [In  the  Press. 

M.  TULLI  CICERONIS  DE  FINIBUS  BONORUM 
ET  MALORUM  LIBRI  QUINQUE.  The  text  revised  and  ex- 
plained by  James  S.  Reid,  M.L.,  Fellow  and  Assistant  Tutor  of  Gon- 
ville  and  Caius  College.  [In  the  Press. 


London :   Cambridge  Warehouse,  1 7  Paternoster  Row. 


THE   CAMBRIDGE   UNIVERSITY  PRESS. 


II 


THE  BACCHAE   OF   EURIPIDES. 

with  Introduction,  Critical  Notes,  and  Archaeological  Illustrations, 
by  J.  E.  Sandys,  M.A.,  Fellow  and  Tutor  of  St  John's  College,  Cam- 
bridge, and  Public  Orator.     Crown  8vo  cloth.     10s.  6d. 


"  Of  the  present  edition  of  the  Bacchic  by 
Mr  Sandys  we  may  safely  say  that  never 
before  has  a  Greek  play,  in  England  at 
least,  had  fuller  justice  done  to  its  criti- 
cism, interpretation,  and  archaeological  il- 
lustration, whether  for  the  young  student  or 
the  more  advanced  scholar.  The  Cambridge* 
Public  Orator  may  be  said  to  have  taken  the 
lead  in  issuing  a  complete  edition  of  a  Greek 
play,  which  is  destined  perhaps  to  gain  re- 
doubled favour  now  that  the  study  of  ancient 
monuments  has  been  applied  to  its  illustra- 
tion."— Saturday  Review. 

"  Mr  Sandys  has  done  well  by  his  poet  and 
by  his  University.  He  has  given  a  most 
welcome  gift  to  scholars  both  at  home  and 
abroad.  The  illustrations  are  aptly  chosen 
and  delicately  executed,  and  the  apparatus 
criticus,  in  the  way  both  of  notes  and  indices 
is  very  complete." — Notes  arid  Queries. 

"The  volume  is  interspersed  with  well- 
executed  woodcuts,  and  its  general  attractive- 
ness of  form  reflects  great  credit  on  the 
University  Press.  In  the  notes  Mr  Sandys 
has  more  than  sustained  his  well-earned 
reputation  as  a  careful  and  learned  editor, 
and  shows  considerable  advance  in  freedom 
and  lightness  of  style Under  such  cir- 
cumstances it  is  superfluous  to  say  that  for 
the  purposes  of  teachers  and  advanced  stu- 
dents this  handsome  edition  far  surpasses  all 
its  predecessors.  The  volume  will  add  to  the 
already  wide  popularity  of  a  unique  drama, 
and  must  be  reckoned  among  the  most  im- 

ARISTOTLE. 

THE  RHETORIC.  With  a  Commentary  by  the  late  E.  M.  COPK, 
Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge,  revised  and  edited  by  J.  E. 
Sandys,  M.A.,  Fellow  and  Tutor  of  St  John's  College,  Cambridge, 
and  Public  Orator.  With  a  biographical  Memoir  by  H.  A.J.  Munro, 
M.A.     Three  Volumes,  Demy  8vo.     £i.  i  is.  6d. 


portant  classical  publications  of  the  year." — 
Atheutcum. 

"This  edition  of  a  Greek  play  deserves 
more  than  the  passing  notice  accorded  to 
ordinary  school  editions  of  the  classics.  It 
has  not,  like  so  many  such  books,  been 
hastily  produced  to  meet  the  momentary 
need  of  some  particular  examination  ;  but  it 
has  employed  for  some  years  the  labour  and 
thought  of  a  highly  finished  scholar,  whose 
aim  seems  to  have  been  that  his  book  should 
go  forth  totns  teres  atque  rotuudus,  armed 
at  all  points  with  all  that  may  throw  light 
upon  its  subject.  The  result  is  a  work  which 
will  not  only  assist  the  schoolboy  or  under- 
graduate in  his  tasks,  but  will  adorn  the 
library  of  the  scholar."  .  .  "The  description 
of  the  woodcuts  abounds  in  interesting  and 
suggestive  information  upon  various  points 
of  ancient  art,  and  is  a  further  instance 
of  the  very  thorough  as  well  as  schoiar- 
like  manner  in  which  Mr  Sandys  deals 
with  his  subject  at  every  point.  The  com- 
mentary (pp.  87-240)  bears  the  same  stamp 
of  thoroughness  and  high  finish  as  the  rest  of 
the  work.  While  questions  of  technical 
grammar  receive  due  attention:  textual  cri- 
ticism, philology,  history,  antiquities,  and 
art  are  in  turn  laid  under  contribution  for  the 
elucidation  of  the  poet's  meaning.  We  must 
leave  our  readers  to  use  and  appreciate  for 
themselves  Mr  Sandys'  assistance."—  The 
Guardian. 


"This  work  is  in  many  ways  creditable  to 
the  University  of  Cambridge.  The  solid  and 
extensive  erudition  of  Mr  Cope  himself  bears 
none  the  less  speaking  evidence  to  the  value 
of  the  tradition  which  he  continued,  if  it  is 
not  equally  accompanied  by  those  qualities  of 
speculative  originality  and  independent  judg- 
ment which  belong  more  to  the  individual 
writer  than  to  his  school.  And  while  it  must 
ever  be  regretted  that  a  work  so  laborious 
should  not  have  received  the  last  touches  of 
its  author,  the  warmest  admiration  is  due  to 
Mr  Sandys,  for  the  manly,  unselfish,  and  un- 
flinching spirit  in  which  he  has  performed  Ins 
most  difficultand  delicate  task.  If  an  English 
student  wishes  to  have  a  full  conception  of 
what  is  contained  in  the  Rhetoric  of  Aris- 


totle, to  Mr  Cope's  edition  he  must  go."— 
Academy. 

"Mr  Sandys  has  performed  his  arduous 
duties  with  marked  ability  and  admirable 
tact When  the  original  Com- 
mentary stops  abruptly  three  chapters  be- 
fore the  end  of  the  third  book,  Mr  Sandys 
carefully  supplies  the  deficiency,  following 
Mr  Cope's  general  plan  and  the  slightest 
available  indications  of  his  intended  treat- 
ment. In  Appendices  he  has  reprinted  from 
classical  journals  several  articles  of  Mr 
Cope's  ;  and,  what  is  better,  he  has  given  the 
best  of  the  late  Mr  Shilleto's  'Adversaria.' 
In  every  part  of  his  work— revising,  supple- 
menting, and  completing— he  has  done  ex- 
ceedingly well."— Examiner. 


ARISTOTLE'S  PSYCHOLOGY, 

with   a    Translation,    Critical    and   Explanatory    Notes,   by   Edwin 
Wallace,  M.A.,  Fellow  and  Tutor  of  Worcester  College,  Oxford. 

___^ [/*  the  Press. 

London :  Cambridge  Warehouse,  1 7  Paternoster  Row. 


12  PUBLICATIONS  OF 


P.  VERGILI   MARONIS   OPERA 
cum    Prolegomenis     et    Commentario    Critico    pro    Syndicis    Preli 
Academici    edidit   Benjamin    Hall    Kennedy,    S.T.  P.,    Graecae 
Linguae  Professor  Regius.     Extra  Fcap.  8vo.  cloth,    ^s. 

M.  TULLII   CICERONIS   DE  NATURA  DEORUM 

Libri  Tres,  with  Introduction  and  Commentary  by  JOSEPH  B.  Mayor, 
M.A.,  Professor  of  Moral  Philosophy  at  King's  College,  London, 
formerly  Fellow  and  Tutor  of  St  John's  College,  Cambridge,  together 
with  a  new  collation  of  several  of  the  English  MSS.  by  J.  H.Swainson, 
M. A.,  formerly  Fellow  of  TrinityColl., Cambridge.  Vol.  I.  Demy8vo. 
i or.  60?. 

"Such  editions  as  that  of  which  Prof.  commentary,  which  is,  as  it  should  be,  sup- 
Mayor  has  given  us  the  first  instalment  will  plemented  and  not  replaced  by  references 
doubtless  do  much  to  remedy  this  undeserved  to  the  usual  authorities." — Academy. 
neglect.  It  is  one  on  which  great  pains  and  "  The  critical  part  of  Professor  Mayor's 
much  learning  have  evidently  been  expended,  work  appears  to  be  exceedingly  well  done.  In 
and  is  in  every  way  admirably  suited  to  meet  forming  the  text  he  has  strictly  observed  the 

the  needs  of  the  student The  notes  of  methods  of  modern  scholarship,  which  holds 

the  editor  are   all   that  could  be  expected  itself  bound  not  only  to  supply  a  reading 

from  his   well-known  learning  and  scholar-  plausible  in  itself,  but  to  show  how  the  corrupt 

ship It  is  needless,  therefore,   to   say  reading  that  has  to  be  emended  came  to  take 

that  all   points  of  syntax   or  of  Ciceronian  its  place.    A  few  conjectures  of  the  editor's 

usage  which  present  themselves  have  been  own   are   introduced Professor    Mayor 

treated  with  full  mastery The  thanks  seems  to  intend  his  edition  to  serve  the  pur- 

of  many  students  will  doubtless  be  given  to  pose  of  a  general  introduction  to  the  history 

Prof.  Mayor  for  the  amount  of  historical  and  of  Greek  philosophy,  and  his  commentary  is 

biographical    information    afforded    in    the  very  copious  and  lucid." — Saturday  Review. 

M.  T.  CICERONIS    DE   OFFICIIS    LIBRI   TRES, 

with  Marginal  Analysis,  an  English  Commentary,  and  copious  Indices, 
by  H.  A.  Holden,  LL.D.  Head  Master  of  Ipswich  School,  late  Fellow 
of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge,  Classical  Examiner  to  the  University 
of  London.  Third  Edition.  Revised  and  considerably  enlarged. 
Crown  8vo.     9^. 

"Dr   Holden   truly    states    that    '  Text,  "Dr  Holden  has  issued  an  edition  of  what 

Analysis,  and  Commentary  in  this  third  edi-  is  perhaps  the  easiest  and  most  popular  of 

tion  have  been  again  subjected  to  a  thorough  Cicero's  philosophical  works,  the  de  Offictis% 

revision.'    It  is  now  certainly  the  best  edition  which,  especially  in  the  form  which  it  has  now 

extant.  .  .  .  The  Introduction  (after  Heine)  assumed  after  two  most  thorough  revisions, 

and  notes  leave  nothing  to  be  desired  in  point  leaves  little  or  nothing  to  be  desired  in  the 

of  fulness,  accuracy,  and  neatness  ;  the  typo-  fullness  and  accuracy  of  its  treatment  alike 

graphical  execution  will  satisfy  the  most  fas-  of  the  matter  and  the  language." — Academy. 
tidious  eye." — Notes  and  Queries. 


MATHEMATICS,  PHYSICAL  SCIENCE,  &c. 

MATHEMATICAL  AND   PHYSICAL   PAPERS. 
By  Sir  W.  Thomson,  LL.D.,  D.C.L.,  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Natural 
Philosophy,  in  the  University  of  Glasgow.     Collected  from  different 
Scientific  Periodicals  from  May  1841,  to  the  present  time.  [/*  the  Press. 

THE   ELECTRICAL   RESEARCHES    OF    THE 
HONOURABLE  HENRY  CAVENDISH,  F.R.S. 

Written  between  1771  and  1781,  Edited  from  the  original  manuscripts 
in  the  possession  of  the  Duke  of  Devonshire,  K.  G.,  by  J.  Clerk 
Maxwell,  F.R.S.    Demy  8vo.  cloth.     iZs. 

"This  work,  which  derives  a  melancholy  .  .  .  Every  department  of  editorial  duty- 
interest  from  the  lamented  death  of  theeditor  appears  to  have  been  most  conscientiously 
following  so  closely  upon  its  publication,  is  a  performed  ;  and  it  must  have  been  no  small 
valuable  addition  to  the  history  of  electrical  satisfaction  to  Prof.  Maxwell  to  see  this 
research.  ...  The  papers  themselves  are  most  goodly  volume  completed  before  his  life's 
carefully  reproduced,  with  fac-similes  of  the  work  was  done." — Atkentcum. 
author's  sketches  of  experimental  apparatus. 


London:    Cambridge   Warehouse,  17  Paternoster  Row. 


THE   CAMBRIDGE   UNIVERSITY  PRESS.  13 

A  TREATISE   ON   NATURAL   PHILOSOPHY. 

By  Sir  W.  Thomson,  LL.D.,  D.C.L.,  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Natural 
Philosophy  in  the  University  of  Glasgow,  and  P.  G.  Tait,  M.A., 
Professor  of  Natural  Philosophy  in  the  University  of  Edinburgh. 
Vol.  I.  Part  I.     Demy  8vo.     i6j. 

"In  this,  the  second  edition,  we  notice  a        could  form  within  the  time  at  our  disposal 
large  amount  of  new  matter,  the  importance        would  be  utterly  inadequate." — Nature. 
of  which  is  such  that  any  opinion  which  we 

Part  II.     In  the  Press. 

MATHEMATICAL  AND  PHYSICAL  PAPERS, 
By  George  Gabriel  Stokes,  M.A.,  D.C.L.,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.,  Fellow 
of  Pembroke  College,  and  Lucasian  Professor  of  Mathematics  in  the 
University  of  Cambridge.  Reprinted  from  the  Original  Journals  and 
Transactions,  with  Additional  Notes  by  the  Author.  Vol.  I.  Demy 
8vo.  cloth.     15*. 

Vol.  II.     In  the  Press. 

ELEMENTS   OF   NATURAL   PHILOSOPHY. 
By  Professors  Sir  W.  Thomson  and  P.  G.  Tait.    Parti.    Demy8vo. 
cloth.    Second  Edition,    gs. 

"This  work  is  designed  especially  for  the  trigonometry.     Tiros  in  Natural  Philosophy 

use  of  schools  and  junior  classes  in  the  Uni-  cannot  be  better  directed  than  by  beinfc  told 

versities,    the   mathematical    methods   being  to  give  their  diligent  attention  to  an  intel- 

limited  almost  without  exception  to  those  of  ligcnt  digestion  of  the  contents  of  this  excel- 

the  most  elementary  geometry,  algebra,  and  lent  vade  mecuw." — Iron. 

A  TREATISE  ON  THE  THEORY  OF  DETER- 
MINANTS AND  THEIR  APPLICATIONS  IN  ANALYSIS 
AND  GEOMETRY,  by  Robert  Forsyth  Scott,  M.A.,  of 
St  John's  College,  Cambridge.     Demy  8vo.     12s. 

"This   able  and  comprehensive  treatise  ture  of  the  subject  than  Mr  Scott  to  express 

will  be  welcomed  by  the  student  as  bringing  an  opinion  as  to  the  amount  of  his  own  re- 

within  his  reach  the  results  of  many  impor-  search  contained  in   this  work,  but  all  will 

tant  researches  on  this  subject  which   have  appreciate  the  skill  with  which  the  results 

hitherto  been  for  the  most  part  inaccessible  of  his  industrious  reading  have  been  arranged 

to  him It  would  be  presumptuous  on  into  this  interesting  treatise." — Athena-uin. 

the  part  of  any  one  less  learned  in  the  litera- 

HYDRODYNAMICS, 

A  Treatise  on  the  Mathematical  Theory  of  the  Motion  of  Fluids,  by 
Horace  Lamb,  M.A.,  formerly  Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge; 
Professor  of  Mathematics  in  the  University  of  Adelaide.  DemySvo.  \2s. 

THE   ANALYTICAL   THEORY   OF    HEAT, 
By  Joseph  Fourier.   Translated,  with  Notes,  by  A.  Freeman,  M.A. 
Fellow  of  St  John's  College,  Cambridge.     Demy  8vo.    16s. 

"It  is  time  that  Fourier's  masterpiece,  value  and  importance  of  the  Tht-orie  de  la 
The  Analytical  Theory  of  //eat,  trans-  Chaleur.  It  has  been  called  'an  exquisite 
lated  by  Mr  Alex.  Freeman,  should  be  in-  mathematical  poem,' not  once  but  many  times, 
troduced  to  those  English  students  of  Mathe-  independently,  by  mathematicians  of  different 
matics  who  do  not  follow  with  freedom  a  schools.  Many  of  the  very  greatest  of  mo- 
treatise  in  any  language  but  their  own.  It  dern  mathematicians  regard  it,  justly,  as  the 
is  a  model  of  mathematical  reasoning  applied  key  which  first  opened  to  them  the  treasure- 
to  physical  phenomena,  and  is  remarkable  for  house  of  mathematical  physics.  It  is  still  t/ie 
the  ingenuity  of  the  analytical  process  em-  text-book  of  Heat  Conduction,  and  there 
ployed  by  the  author."— r  Contemporary  seems  little  present  prospect  of  its  being 
Review,  October,  1878.  superseded,  though  it  is  already  more  than 

*'  There  cannot  be  two  opinions  as  to  the  half  a  century  old." — Nature. 


London :   Cambridge  Warehouse,  1 7  Paternoster  Row. 

1—7 


i4  PUBLICATIONS  OF 


An  ELEMENTARY  TREATISE  ON  QUATERNIONS, 
By  P.  G.  Tait,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Natural  Philosophy  in  the  Univer- 
sity of  Edinburgh.     Second  Edition.     Demy  8vo.  l$s. 

COUNTERPOINT. 

A  Practical  Course  of  Study,  by  Professor  G.  A.  Macfarren,  M.A., 
Mus.  Doc.     Third  Edition,  revised.     Demy  4to.  cloth,     "js.  6d. 

A  TREATISE  ON  THE  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  PLANTS, 
by  S.  H.  Vines,  M.A.,  Fellow  of  Christ's  College.  [In  the  Press. 

A   CATALOGUE   OF  AUSTRALIAN   FOSSILS 
(including  Tasmania  and  the  Island  of  Timor),  Stratigraphically  and 
Zoologically  arranged,  by  Robert  Etheridge,  Jun.,  F.G.S.,  Acting 
Palaeontologist,  H.M.  Geol.  Survey  of  Scotland,  (formerly  Assistant- 
Geologist,  Geol.  Survey  of  Victoria).     Demy  8vo.  cloth,    ioj.  6d. 

'The  work  is  arranged  with  great  clear-        papers  consulted  by  the  author,  and  an  index 
ness,  and  contains  a  full  list  of  the  books  and        to  the  genera."- — Saturday  Review. 

ILLUSTRATIONS      OF      COMPARATIVE     ANA- 
TOMY, VERTEBRATE   AND   INVERTEBRATE, 
for  the  Use  of  Students  in  the  Museum  of  Zoology  and  Comparative 
Anatomy.     Second  Edition.     Demy  8vo.  cloth,    is.  6d. 

A   SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   CLASSIFICATION   OF 
THE   BRITISH    PALAEOZOIC   ROCKS, 
by  the  Rev.  Adam    Sedgwick,    M.A.,   F.R.S.,   and   Frederick 
McCoy,  F.G.S.     One  vol.,  Royal  4to.    Plates,  £t.  I* 

A  CATALOGUE   OF  THE   COLLECTION  OF 

CAMBRIAN   AND   SILURIAN    FOSSILS 

contained  in  the  Geological  Museum  of  the  University  of  Cambridge, 

by  J.  W.  Salter,  F.G.S.    With  a  Portrait  of  Professor  Sedgwick. 

Royal  4to.  cloth.    ys.  6d. 

CATALOGUE  OF  OSTEOLOGICAL  SPECIMENS 
contained  in  the  Anatomical  Museum  of  the  University  of  Cam- 
bridge.    Demy  8vo.     2s.  6d. 

THE   MATHEMATICAL  WORKS   OF 

ISAAC   BARROW,   D.D. 
Edited  by  W.  Whewell,  D.D.     Demy  8vo.    7s.  6d. 

ASTRONOMICAL   OBSERVATIONS 
made  at  the  Observatory  of  Cambridge  by  the  Rev.  James  Challis, 
M.A.,  F.R.S.,  F.R.A.S.,  Plumian  Professor  of  Astronomy  and  Experi- 
mental Philosophy  in  the  University  of  Cambridge,  and  Fellow  of 
Trinity  College.     For  various  Years,  from  1846  to  i860. 

ASTRONOMICAL   OBSERVATIONS 
from  1861  to  1865.     Vol.  XXI.     Royal  410.  cloth.     15^. 


London:    Cambridge  Warehouse,  17  Paternoster  Row. 


THE  CAMBRIDGE   UNIVERSITY  PRESS.  15 

LAW. 

AN   ANALYSIS   OF   CRIMINAL   LIABILITY. 

By  E.  C.  Clark,  LL.D.,  Regius  Professor  of  Civil  Law  in  the 
University  of  Cambridge,  also  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Barrister  at  Law. 
Crown  8vo.  cloth,    ys.  6d. 

A   SELECTION   OF  THE   STATE   TRIALS. 

By  J.  W.  Wilus-Bund,  M.A.,  LL.B.,  Barrister-at-Law,  Professor  of 
Constitutional  Law  and  History,  University  College,  London.  Vol.  I. 
Trials  for  Treason  (1327 — 1660).     Crown  8vo.  cloth,  18s. 

"  A  great  and  good  service  has  been  done  treason,  as  it  may  be  gathered  from  trials  be- 
to  all  students  of  history,  and  especially  to  fore  the  ordinary  courts.  The  author  has 
those  of  them  who  look  to  it  in  a  legal  aspect,  very  wisely  distinguished  these  cases  from 
by  Prof.  J.  W.  Willis- Bund  in  the  publica-  those  of  impeachment  for  treason  before  Por- 
tion of  a  Selection  of  Cases  from  the  State  liament,  which  he  proposes  to  treat  in  a  future 
Trials.  .  .  .  Professor  Willis- Bund  has  been  volume  under  the  general  head  'Proceedings 
very  careful  to  give  such  selections  from  the  in  Parliament"' —  The  Academy. 
State  Trials  as  will  best  illustrate  those  "This  is  a  work  of  such  obvious  utility 
points  in  what  maybe  called  the  growth  of  that  the  only  wonder  is  that  no  one  should 
the  Law  of  Treason  which  he  wishes  to  have  undertaken  it  before. ...  In  many 
bring  clearly  under  the  notice  of  the  student,  respects  therefore,  although  the  trials  are 
and  the  result  is,  that  there  is  not  a  page  in  more  or  less  abridged,  this  is  for  the  ordinary 

the  book  which  has  not  its  own  lesson student's  purpose   not   only  a   more  handy, 

In  all  respects,  so  far  as  we  have  been  able  but  a  more  useful  work  than   Howell's."— 

to  test   it,  this  book  is  admirably  done."—  Saturday  Review. 

Scotsman.  "Within   the   boards   of  this  useful  and 

"Mr  Willis-Bund  lias  edited  'A  Selection  handy  book  the  student  will  find  everything 

of  Cases   from   the    State    Trials'   which  is  he   can  desire  in  the  way  of  lists  of  cases 

likely  to  form  a  very  valuable   addition   to  given   at   length    or    referred    to,    and    the 

the    standard    literature.     .     .     There    can  statutes  bearing  on  the  text  arranged  chro- 

be  no  doubt,  therefore,  -of  the  interest  that  nologically.      The   work    of   selecting  from 

can  be  found  in  the  State  trials.     But  they  Howell's  bulky  series  of  volumes  has  been, 

are  large  and  unwieldy,  and  it  is  impossible  done   with   much  judgment,  merely  curious 

for  the  general  reader  to  come  across  them.  cases  being  excluded,  and  all  included  so 

Mr   Willis-Bund   has    therefore   done    good  treated  as  to  illustrate  some  important  point 

service  in  making  a  selection  that  is  in  the  of  constitutional  law." — Glasgow  Herald. 
first  volume  reduced  to  a  commodious  form."  "  Mr  Bund's  object  is  not  the  romance, 

—  The  Examiner.  but  the  constitutional  and  legal  bearings  of 

"Every  one  engaged,  either  in  teaching  that  great  series  of  causes  ce'lc'bres  which  is 

or  in  historical   inquiry,  must  have  felt  the  unfortunately    not     within     easy    reach     of 

want  of  such  a  book,  taken  from  the  unwieldy  readers  not  happy  enough  to  possess  valua- 

volumes  of  the  State  Trials. "—Contemporary  ble  libraries.  .  .  .  Of  the  importance  of  this 

Revieiv.  subject,  orof  the   want  of  a   book  of  this 

"This  work  is  a  very  useful  contribution  kind,  referring  not  vaguely  but  precisely  to 

to  that  important  branch  of  the  constitutional  the  grounds  of  constitutional  doctrines,  both 

history  of  England  which  is  concerned  with  of  past  and  present  times,  no  reader  of  his- 

the  growth  and  development  of  the  law  of  tory  can  feci  any  doubt." — Daily  News. 

Vol.  II.    In  the  Press. 

THE   FRAGMENTS   OF  THE  PERPETUAL 

EDICT   OF   SALVIUS   JULIANUS, 

collected,  arranged,  and  annotated  by  Bryan  Walker,  M.A.  LL.D., 

Law  Lecturer  of  St  John's  College,  and  late  Fellow  of  Corpus  Christi 

College,  Cambridge.     Crown  8vo.,  Cloth,  Price  6s. 

"This   is   one   of  the   latest,    we   believe  mentaries  and   the  Institutes  .  .  .   Hitherto 

quite  the  latest,  of  the  contributions  made  to  the  Edict  has  been  almost  inaccessible  to 

legal   scholarship   by   that  revived  study  of  the   ordinary  English   student,   and  such  a 

the  Roman  Law  at  Cambridge  which  is  now  student  will  be  interested  as  well  as  perhaps 

so    marked  a  feature   in    the   industrial  life  surprised  to  find  how  abundantly  the  extant 

of  the  University.  ...   In  the  present  book  fragments  illustrate  and  clear  up  points  which 

we   have    the   fruits  of   the    same    kind   of  have  attracted  his  attention  in  the  Commen- 

thorough  and  well-ordered  study  which  was  taries,  or  the  Institutes,  or  the  Digest."— 

brought  to  bear  upon  the  notes  to  the  Com-  Law  Times. 


London;    Cambridge  Warehouse^  17  Paternoster  Row. 


16  PUBLICATIONS  OF 


THE  COMMENTARIES  OF  GAIUS   AND  RULES 
OF   ULPIAN.     (New  Edition,  revised  and  enlarged.) 

With  a  Translation  and  Notes,  by  J.  T.  Abdy,  LL.D.,  Judge  of  County- 
Courts,  late  Regius  Professor  of  Laws  in  the  University  of  Cambridge, 
and  Bryan  Walker,  M.A.,  LL.D.,  Law  Lecturer  of  St  John's 
College,  Cambridge,  formerly  Law  Student  of  Trinity  Hall  and 
Chancellor's  Medallist  for  Legal  Studies.     Crown  8vo.    \6s. 

"  As  scholars  and  as  editors  Messrs  Abdy  explanation.     Thus    the    Roman   jurist  is 

and    Walker  have    done   their    work   well.  allowed  to  speak  for  himself,  and  the  reader 

.....    For  one  thing  the  editors  deserve  feels  that  he  is  really  studying  Roman  law 

special  commendation.    They  have  presented  in  the  original,  and  not  a  fanciful  representa- 

Gaius  to  the  reader  with  few  notes  and  those  tion  of  it." — Athenaum. 
merely   by   way   of  reference  or  necessary 

THE   INSTITUTES    OF   JUSTINIAN, 

translated  with  Notes  by  J.  T.  Abdy,  LL.D.,  Judge  of  County  Courts, 
late  Regius  Professor  of  Laws  in  the  University  of  Cambridge,  and 
formerly  Fellow  of  Trinity  Hall ;  and  Bryan  Walker,  M.A.,  LL.D., 
Law  Lecturer  of  St  John's  College,  Cambridge ;  late  Fellow  and 
Lecturer  of  Corpus  Christi  College  ;  and  formerly  Law  Student  of 
Trinity  Hall.     Crown  8vo.    i6j. 

"We  welcome  here  a  valuable  contribution  attention  is  distracted  from  the  subject-matter 

to  the  study  of  jurisprudence.     The  text  of  by   the   difficulty  of  struggling  through  the 

the  Institutes  is  occasionally  perplexing,  even  language  in  which  it  is  contained,  it  will  be 

to  practised   scholars,   whose  knowledge  of  almost  indispensable." — Spectator. 

classical  models  does  not  always  avail  them  "The  notes  are  learned  and  carefully  com- 

in   dealing  with   the   technicalities  of  legal  piled,  and  this  edition  will  be  found  useful 

phraseology.     Nor  can  the  ordinary  diction-  to  students." — Law  Times. 

aries  be  expected  to  furnish  all  the  help  that  "Dr  Abdy  and  Dr  Walker  have  produced 

is  wanted.    This  translation  will  then  be  of  a  book  which  is  both  elegant  and  useful."—  ' 

great  use.     To  the  ordinary  student,  whose  Athenaum. 

SELECTED   TITLES   FROM   THE   DIGEST, 

annotated  by  B.  Walker,  M.A.,  LL.D.  Part  I.  Mandati  vel 
Contra.     Digest  XVII.  I.     Crown  8vo.  Cloth.    $s. 

"This  small  volume  is  published  as  an  ex-  say  that  Mr  Walker  deserves  credit  for  the 
periment.    The  author  proposes  to  publish  an  way  in  which  he  has  performed  the  task  un- 
annotated  edition  and  translation  of  several  dertaken.    The  translation,  as  might  be  ex- 
books  of  the  Digest  if  this  one  is  received  pected,  is  scholarly."    Law  Times. 
with  favour.     We  are  pleased  to  be  able  to 

Part  II.  De  Adquirendo  rerum  dominio  and  De  Adquirenda  vel  amit- 
tenda  possessione.     Digest  XLI.  1  and  n.    Crown  8 vo.  Cloth.   6s. 
Part  III.    De  Condictionibus.    Digest  XII.  I  and 4 — 7  and  Digest  xin. 
1—3.     Crown  8vo.  Cloth.     6s. 

GROTIUS    DE   JURE   BELLI   ET    PACIS, 

with  the  Notes  of  Barbeyrac  and  others ;  accompanied  by  an  abridged 
Translation  of  the  Text,  by  W.  Whewell,  D.D.  late  Master  of  Trinity 
College.     3  Vols.    Demy  8vo.     12s.     The  translation  separate,  6s. 


London :    Cambridge   Warehouse,  1 7  Paternoster  How. 


THE  CAMBRIDGE    UNIVERSITY  PRESS. 


17 


HISTORY. 

LIFE    AND    TIMES    OF    STEIN,    OR    GERMANY 
AND  PRUSSIA  IN  THE  NAPOLEONIC  AGE, 

by  J.  R.  Seelev,  M.A.,  Regius  Professor  of  Modern  History  in 
the  University  of  Cambridge,  with  Portraits  and  Maps.  3  Vols. 
Demy  8vo.    48J. 


"  If  we  could  conceive  anything  similar 
to  a  protective  system  in  the  intellectual  de- 
partment, we  might  perhaps  look  forward  to 
a  time  when  our  historians  would  raise  the 
cry  of  protection  for  native  industry.  Of 
the  unquestionably  greatest  German  men  of 
modern  history—I  speak  of  Frederick  the 
Great,  Goethe  and  Stein — the  first  two  found 
long  since  in  Carlyle  and  Lewes  biographers 
who  have  undoubtedly  driven  their  German 
competitors  out  of  the  field.  And  now  in  the 
year  just  past  Professor  Seeley  of  Cambridge 
has  presented  us  with  a  biography  of  Stein 
which,  though  it  modestly  declines  competi- 
tion with  German  works  and  disowns  the 
presumption  of  teaching  us  Germans  our  own 
history,  yet  casts  into  the  shade  by  its  bril- 
liant superiority  all  that  we  have  ourselves 
hitherto  written  about  Stein....  In  five  long 
chapters  Seeley  expounds  the  legislative  and 
administrative  reforms,  the  emancipation  of 
the  person  and  the  soil,  the  beginnings  of 
free  administration  and  free  trade,  in,  short 
the  foundation  of  modern  Prussia,  with  more 
exhaustive  thoroughness,  with  more  pene- 
trating insight,  than  any  one  had  done  be- 
fore."— Deutsche  Rundschau. 

"  Dr  Busch's  volume  has  made  people 
think  and  talk  even  more  than  usual  of  Prince 
Bismarck,  and  Professor  Seeley's  very  learned 
work  on  Stein  will  turn  attention  to  an  earlier 
and  an  almost  equally  eminent  German  states- 
man  It  is  soothing  to  the  national 

self-respect  to  find  a  few  Englishmen,  such 
as  the  late  Mr  Lewes  and  Professor  Seeley, 


doing  for  German  as  well  as  English  readers 
what  many  German  scholars  have  done  for 
us. " —  Times. 

"  In  a  notice  of  this  kind  scant  justice  can 
be  done  to  a  work  like  the  one  before  us;  no 
short  risumi  can  give  even  the  most  meagre 
notion  of  the  contents  of  these  volumes,  which 
contain  no  page  that  is  superfluous,  and 
none  that  is  uninteresting -  To  under- 
stand the  Germany  of  to-day  one  must  study 
the  Germany  of  many  yesterdays,  and  now 
that  study  has  been  made  easy  by  this  work, 
to  which  no  one  can  hesitate  to  assign  a  very 
high  place  among  those  recent  histories  which 
have  aimed  at  original  research." — Athe* 
tutum, 

"The  hook  before  us  fills  an  important 
gap  in  English — nay,  European— historical 
literature,  and  bridges  over  the  history  of 
Prussia  from  the  time  of  Frederick  the  Great 
to  the  days  of  Kaiser  Wilhelm.  It  thus  gives 
the  reader  standing  ground  whence  he  may 
regard  contemporary  events  in  Germany  in 
their  proper  historic  light We  con- 
gratulate Cambridge  and  her  Professor  of 
History  on  the  appearance  of  such  a  note- 
worthy production.  And  we  may  add  that  it 
is  something  upon  which  we  may  congratulate 
England  that  on  the  especial  field  of  the  Ger- 
mans, history,  on  the  history  of  their  own 
country,  by  the  use  of  their  own  literary 
weapons,  an  Englishman  has  produced  a  his- 
tory of  Germany  in  the  Napoleonic  age  far 
superior  to  any  that  exists  in  German."— 
Examiner. 


THE     UNIVERSITY      OF     CAMBRIDGE     FROM 
THE     EARLIEST     TIMES     TO     THE    ROYAL 
INJUNCTIONS   OF    1535, 
by  James  Bass  Mullinger,  M.A.     Demy  8vo.  cloth  (734  pp.),  12J. 

"We  trust  Mr  Mullinger  will  yet  continue 
his  history  and  bring  it  down  to  our  own 
day. " — A  cademy. 

"He  has  brought  together  a  mass  of  in- 
structive details  respecting  the  rise  and  pro- 
gress, not  only  of  his  own  University,  but  of 
all  the  principal  Universities  of  the  Middle 

Ages We  hope   some  day  that  he  may 

continue  his  labours,  and  give  us  a  history  of 


the  University  during  the  troublous  times  of 
the  Reformation  and  the  Civil  War."— Athe- 
fueum. 

"Mr  Mullinger' s  work  is  one  of  great 
learning  and  research,  which  can  hardly  fail 
to  become  a  standard  book  of  reference  on 
the  subject. . , .  We  can  most  strongly  recom- 
mend this  book  to  our  readers." — Spectator. 


Vol.  II.     In  the  Press. 


London  :    Cambridge    Warehouse,   1 7  Paternoster  Row. 


i8 


PUBLICATIONS  OF 


HISTORY   OF  THE   COLLEGE   OF   ST  JOHN 
THE   EVANGELIST, 


by  Thomas  Baker,  B.D.,  Ejected  Fellow.    Edited  by  John  E.  B. 
Mayor,  M.A.,  Fellow  of  St  John's.    Two  Vols.    Demy  8vo.  24-f. 

and  academical ,  who  have  hitherto  had  to  be 
content  with  'Dyer.'" — Academy. 

"  It  may  be  thought  that  the  history  of  a 


"To  antiquaries  the  book  will  be  a  source 
of  almost  inexhaustible  amusement,  by  his- 
torians it  will  be  found  a  work  of  considerable 
service  on  questions  respecting  our  social 
progress  in  past  times  ;  and  the  care  and 
thoroughness  with  which  Mr  Mayor  has  dis- 
charged his  editorial  functions  are  creditable 
to  his  learning  and  industry." — Athenteum. 

"The  work  displays  very  wide  reading, 
and  it  will  be  of  great  use  to  members  of  the 
college  and  of  the  university,  and,  perhaps, 
of  still  greater  use  to  students  of  English 
history,  ecclesiastical,  political,  social,  literary 


college  cannot  beparticularlyattractive.  The 
two  volumes  before  us,  however,  have  some- 
thing more  than  a  mere  special  interest  for 
those  who  have  been  in  any  way  connected 
with  St  John's  College,  Cambridge;  they 
contain  much  which  will  beread  with  pleasure 
by  a  farwider  circle...  The  index  with  which 
Mr  Mayor  has  furnished  this  useful  work 
leaves  nothing  to  be  desired." — Spectator. 


HISTORY    OF   NEPAL, 

translated  by  Munshi  Shew  Shunker  Singh  and  Pandit  Shri 
Gunanand;  edited  with  an  Introductory  Sketch  of  the  Country  and 
People  by  Dr  D.  Wright,  late  Residency  Surgeon  at  Kathmandu, 
and  with  facsimiles  of  native  drawings,  and  portraits  of  Sir  Jung 
Bahadur,  the  King  of  Nepal,  &c.    Super-royal  8vo.     Price  2U. 


"  The  Cambridge  University  Press  have 
done  well  in  publishing  this  work.  Such 
translations  are  valuable  not  only  to  the  his- 
torian  but   also    to   the   ethnologist; Dr 

Wright's  Introduction  is  based  on  personal 
inquiry  and  observation,  is  written  intelli- 
gently and  candidly,  and  adds  much  to  the 
value  of  the   volume.     The   coloured  litho- 


graphic plates  are  interesting." — Nature. 

"The  history  has  appeared  at  a  very  op- 
portune moment. ..The  volume. ..is  beautifully 
printed,  and  supplied  with  portraits  of  Sir 
Jung  Bahadoor  and  others,  and  with  excel- 
lent coloured  sketches  illustrating  Nepaulese 
architecture  and  religion." — Examiner. 


SCHOLAE    ACADEMICAE: 
Some   Account   of  the   Studies  at  the   English   Universities   in  the 
Eighteenth    Century.      By    Christopher    Wordsworth,    M.A., 
Fellow    of    Peterhouse ;    Author   of    "  Social    Life    at    the    English 
Universities  in  the  Eighteenth  Century."     Demy  8vo.  cloth.     15J. 


"The  general  object  of  Mr  Wordsworth's 
book  is  sufficiently  apparent  from  its  title. 
He  has  collected  a  great  quantity  of  minute 
and  curious  information  about  the  working 
of  Cambridge  institutions  in  the  last  century, 
with  an  occasional  comparison  of  the  corre- 
sponding state  of  things  at  Oxford.  It  is  of 
course  impossible  that  a  book  of  this  kind 
should  be  altogether  entertaining  as  litera- 
ture. To  a  great  extent  it  is  purely  a  book 
of  reference,  and  as  such  it  will  be  of  per- 
manent value  for  the  historical  knowledge  of 
English  education  and  learning." — Saturday 
Review. 

"In  the  work  before  us,  which  is  strictly  what 
it  professes  to  be,  an  account  of  university  stu- 
dies, we  obtain  authentic  information  upon  the 
course  and  changes  of  philosophical  thought 
in  this  country,  upon  the  general  estimation 
of  letters,  upon  the  relations  of  doctrine  and 
science,  upon  the  range  and  thoroughness  ot 
education,  and  we  may  add,  upon  the  cat- 
like tenacity  of  life  of  ancient  forms....  The 
particulars  Mr  Wordsworth  gives  us  in  his 
excellent  arrangement  are  most  varied,  in- 


teresting, and  instructive.  Among  the  mat- 
ters touched  upon  are  Libraries,  Lectures, 
the  Tripos,  the  Trivium,  the  Senate  House, 
the  Schools,  text-books,  subjects  of  study, 
foreign  opinions,  interior  life.  We  learn 
even  of  the  various  University  periodicals 
that  have  had  their  day.  And  last,  but  not 
least,  we  are  given  in  an  appendix  a  highly 
interesting  series  of  private  letters  from  a 
Cambridge  student  to  John  Strype,  giving 
a  vivid  idea  of  life  as  an  undergraduate  and 
afterwards,  as  the  writer  became  a  graduate 
and  a  fellow." — University  Magazine. 

"Only  those  who  have  engaged  in  like  la- 
bours will  be  able  fully  to  appreciate  the 
sustained  industry  and  conscientious  accuracy 
discernible  in  every  page.  .  .  .  Of  the  whole 
volume  it  may  be  said  that  it  is  a  genuine 
service  rendered  to  the  study  of  University 
history,  and  that  the  habits  of  thought  of  any 
writer  educated  at  either  seat  of  learning  in 
the  last  century  will,  in  many  cases,  be  far 
better  understood  after  a  consideration  of  the 
materials  here  collected." — Acaaemy. 


London :    Cambridge    Warehouse,   1 7  Paternoster  Row, 


THE   CAMBRIDGE    UNIVERSITY  PRESS. 


19 


THE   ARCHITECTURAL   HISTORY   OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY  AND  COLLEGES  OF  CAMBRIDGE, 

By  the  late  Professor  WILLIS,  M.A.     With  numerous  Maps,  Plans, 

and  Illustrations.     Continued  to  the  present  time,  and  edited 

by  John  Willis  Clark,  M.A.,  formerly  Fellow 

of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge.  [In  the  Press. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

LECTURES    ON    TEACHING, 

Delivered  in  the  University  of  Cambridge  in  the  Lent  Term,  1880. 
By  J.  G.  Fitch,  M.A.,  Her  Majesty's  Inspector  of  Schools. 
Second  Edition,  Revised.     Crown  8vo.  cloth.   6s. 


"All  who  are  interested  in  the  manage- 
ment of  schools,  and  all  who  have  made  the 
profession  of  a  teacher  the  work  of  their  lives, 
will  do  well  to  study  with  care  these  results 
of  a  large  experience  and  of  wide  observa- 
tion. It  is  not,  we  are  told,  a  manual  of 
method ;  rather,  we  should  say,  it  is  that 
and  much  more.  As  a  manual  of  method 
it  is  far  superior  to  anything  we  have  seen. 
Its  suggestions  of  practical  means  and  me- 
thods are  very  valuable;  but  it  has  an  ele- 
ment which  a  mere  text-book  of  rules  for 
imparting  knowledge  does  not  contain.  Its 
tone  is  lofty;  its  spirit  religious;  its  ideal  of 
the  teacher's  aim  and  life  pure  and  good  .  .  . 
The  volume  is  one  of  great  practical  value. 
It  should  be  in  the  hands  of  every  teacher, 
and  of  every  one  preparing  for  the  office  of  a 
teacher.  There  are  many  besides  these  who 
will  find  much  in  it  to  interest  and  instruct 
them,  more  especially  parents  who  have  chil- 
dren whom  they  can  afford  to  keep  at  school 
till  their  eighteenth  or  nineteenth  year."— 
The  Nonconformist  and  Independent. 

"In  the  sixteen  chapters  of  which  this 
handsome  volume  is  made  up,  teachers  will 
find  a  world  of  good  advice  from  one  who 
has  brought  unusual  fitness  and  unflagging 
enthusiasm  to  the  task  of  helping  and  en- 
couraging them.  The  book  contains  the 
results  of  great  experience,  and  the  work 
itself  is  an  admirable  specimen  of  the  art 
of  teaching.  To  a  thoughtful  teacher  the 
book  will  be  invaluable  .  .  .  Mr  Fitch 
has  written  a  book  which  all,  and  not  merely 
professional  teachers  interested  in  the  train- 
ing of  the  young,  would  do  well  to  read  .  .  . 
The  writer  has  a  noble  conception  of  the 
dignity  and  responsibility  of  the  teacher  and 
of  his  profession." — Sheffield  and  R  othcrham 
Independent. 

"This  book  is  the  work  of  a  man  who  is 
thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  subject  of 
which  he  treats,  and  who  brings  together  for 


its  elucidation  the  results  of  wide  reading, 
careful  study,  and  practical  experience.  We 
can  cordially  recommend  it  to  all  who  are 
engaged  in  the  work  of  teaching,  or  who 
wish  to  understand  the  principles  on  which 
it  should  be  conducted." — The  Cambridge 
Independent  Press. 

"  As  principal  of  a  training  college  and  as 
a  Government  inspectorof  schools,  Mr  Fitch 
has  got  at  his  fingers'  ends  the  working  of 
primary  education,  while  as  assistant  com- 
missioner to  the  late  Endowed  Schools  Com- 
mission he  has  seen  something  of  the  ma- 
chinery of  our  higher  schools.  .  .  .  Mr 
Fitch's  book  covers  so  wide  a  field  and 
touches  on  so  many  burning  questions  that 
we  must  be  content  to  recommend  it  as  the 
best  existing  vade  mecum  for  the  teacher. 
.  .  .  He  is  always  sensible,  always  judicious, 
never  wanting  in  tact.  .  .  .  Mr  Fitch  is  a 
scholar ;  he  pretends  to  no  knowledge  that 
he  does  not  possess;  he  brings  to  his  work 
the  ripe  experience  of  a  well-stored  mind, 
and  he  possesses  in  a  remarkable  degree  the 
art  of  exposition." — Pall  Mall  Gazette. 

"  In  his  acquaintance  with  all  descrip- 
tions of  schools,  their  successes  and  their 
shortcomings,  Mr  Fitch  has  great  advantages 
both  in  knowledge  and  experience;  and  if  his 
work  receives  the  attention  it  deserves,  it 
will  tend  materially  to  improve  and  equalize 
the  methods  of  teaching  in  our  schools,  to 
whatever  class  they  may  belong."—  St 
jfames's  Gazette. 

"  No  more  convincing  proof  of  the  advance 
in  the  mind  of  scholars  of  the  teacher's  place 
and  office  could  be  offered  than  this  noble 
volume,  filled  as  it  is  with  a  reverent  and  ap- 
preciative recognition  of  the  dignity  and  im- 
portance of  his  work  who  has  to  mould  and 
develope  the  mind  of  youth.  The  art  and 
method  of  teaching  find  here  a  treatment 
which  is  at  once  practical  and  suggestive." -■ 
The  fo?va  Churchman. 


STATUTA  ACADEMIC   CANTABRIGIENSIS. 

Demy  8vo.     2 s.  sewed. 

ORDINATIONES  ACADEMLE   CANTABRIGIENSIS. 
Demy  8vo.  cloth.    3^.  6d. 


London:    Cambridge   Warehouse,  17  Paternoster  Roiv. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF 


TRUSTS,  STATUTES  AND  DIRECTIONS  affecting 
(i)  The  Professorships  of  the  University.  (2)  The  Scholarships  and 
Prizes.     (3)   Other  Gifts  and  Endowments.     Demy  8vo.     $A 

COMPENDIUM  OF  UNIVERSITY  REGULATIONS, 

for  the  use  of  persons  in  Statu  Pupillari.     Demy  8vo..    6d. 

CATALOGUE  OF  THE  HEBREW  MANUSCRIPTS 

preserved  in  the  University  Library,  Cambridge.  By  Dr  S.  M. 
Schiller-Szinessy.  Volume  I.  containing  Section  I.  The  Holy 
Scriptures  ;  Section  II.  Commentaries  on  the  Bible.   Demy  8vo.    gs. 

A   CATALOGUE   OF   THE   MANUSCRIPTS 
preserved  in  the   Library  of  the  University  of  Cambridge.      Demy 
8vo.    s  Vols.  \os.  each. 

INDEX    TO     THE     CATALOGUE.     Demy  8vo.     ioj. 

A  CATALOGUE  OF  ADVERSARIA  and  printed 
books  containing  MS.  notes,  preserved  in  the  Library  of  the  University 
of  Cambridge.    3^.  6d. 

THE  ILLUMINATED  MANUSCRIPTS  IN  THE 
LIBRARY  OF  THE  FITZWILLIAM  MUSEUM, 
Catalogued  with  Descriptions,  and  an  Introduction,  by  William 
George  Searle,  M.A.,  late  Fellow  of  Queens'  College,  and  Vicar  of 
Hockington,  Cambridgeshire.     Demy  8vo.     7s.  6d. 

A   CHRONOLOGICAL    LIST    OF   THE   GRACES, 

Documents,  and  other  Papers  in  the  University  Registry  which  con- 
cern the  University  Library.     Demy  8vo.     2s.  6d. 

CATALOGUS    BIBLIOTHEC^E    BURCKHARD- 

TIAN^E.     Demy  4to.     5^. 


London:    Cambridge  Warehouse,  17  Paternoster  How. 


THE   CAMBRIDGE    UNIVERSITY  PRESS.       21 


Wi)t  Camuri&ge  Stole  for  £>rt)oote. 

General  Editor  :   J.  J.  S.  Perowne,  D.D.,  Dean  of 
Peterborough 


The  want  of  an  Annotated  Edition  of  the  Biule,  in  handy  portions, 
suitable  for  School  use,  has  long  been  felt. 

In  order  to  provide  Text-books  for  School  and  Examination  pur- 
poses, the  Cambridge  University  Press  has  arranged  to  publish  the 
several  books  of  the  Bible  in  separate  portions  at  a  moderate  price, 
with  introductions  and  explanatory  notes. 

The  Very  Reverend  J.  J.  S.  Perowne,  D.D.,  Dean  of  Peter- 
borough, has  undertaken  the  general  editorial  supervision  of  the  work, 
and  will  be  assisted  by  a  staff  of  eminent  coadjutors.  Some  of  the 
books  have  already  been  undertaken  by  the  following  gentlemen  : 

Rev.  A.  CARR,  M.A.,  Assistant  Master  at  Wellington  College. 

Rev.  T.  K.  Cheyne,  M.A.,  Fellow  of  Balliol  College,  Oxford. 

Rev.  S.  Cox,  Nottingham. 

Rev.  A.  B.  Davidson,  D.D.,  Professor  of  Hebrew,  Edinburgh. 

Rev.  F.  W.  Farrar,  D.D.,  Canon  of  Westminster. 

Rev.  A.  E.  Humphreys,  M.A.,  Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge. 

Rev.  A.  F.  Kirkpatrick,  M.A.,  Fellow  of  Trinity  College. 

Rev.  J.  J.  Lias,  M.A.,  late  Professor  at  St  David's  College,  Lampeter. 

Rev.  J.  R.  Lumby,  D.D.,  Norrisian  Professor  of  Divinity. 

Rev.  G.  F.  Maclear,  D.D.,  Warden  of  St  Augustine 's  Coll.,  Canterbury. 

Rev.  II.  C.  G.  Moule,  M.A.,  Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  Principal  of 
Ridley  Hall,  Cambridge. 

Rev.  W.  F.  Moulton,  D.D.,  Head  Master  of  the  Leys  School,  Cambridge. 

Rev.  E.  II.  Perowne,  D.D.,  Master  of  Corpus  Christi  College,  Cam- 
bridge, Examining  Chaplain  to  the  Bishop  of  St  Asaph. 

The  Ven.  T.  T.  Perowne,  M.A.,  Archdeacon  of  Noi-wich. 

Rev.  A.  Pi.ummer,  M.A.,  Master  of  University  College,  Durham. 

Rev.  E.  II.  Plumptre,  D.D.,  Professor  of  Biblical  Exegesis,  King's 
College,  London. 

Rev.  W.  Sanday,  M.A.,  Principal  of  Bishop  Hatfield  Hall,  Durham. 

Rev.  W.  SlMCOX,  M.A.,  Rector  of  Weyhill,  Hants. 

Rev.  Robertson  Smith,   M.  A.,  Professor  of  Hebrew,  Abei-deen. 

Rev.  A.  W.  Streane,  M.A.,  Fellcrw  of  Corpus  Christi  Coll.,Cambridge. 

The  Ven.  H.  W.  Watkins,  M.A.,  Archdeacon  of  Northumberland. 

Rev.  G.  H.  Whitaker,  M.  A.,  Fellcni)  of  St  John's  College,  Cambridge. 

Rev.  C.  Wordsworth,  M.A.,  Rector  of  Glaston,  Rutland. 


London:  Cambridge  Warehouse,  17  Paternoster  How. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF 


THE  CAMBRIDGE   BIBLE   FOR   SCHOOLS.— Continued. 

Now  Ready.    Cloth,  Extra  Fcap.  8vo. 

THE   BOOK    OF    JOSHUA.      Edited   by   Rev.    G.    F. 
Maclear,  D.D.    With  2  Maps.     is.  6d. 

THE    FIRST    BOOK    OF    SAMUEL.      By    the    Rev. 
A.  F.  Kirkpatrick,  M.A.     3*.  6d. 

THE     BOOK     OF     ECCLESIASTES.      By    the    Rev. 
Professor  Plumptre,  D.D.     $s. 

THE    BOOK    OF    JEREMIAH.      By  the   Rev.  A.  W. 

STREANE,  M.A.      4-r.  (id. 

THE  BOOK  OF  JONAH.    By  Archdn.  Perowne.    is.  6d. 

THE    GOSPEL   ACCORDING   TO    ST    MATTHEW. 
Edited  by  the  Rev.  A.  Carr,  M.A.     With  2  Maps.     if.  6d. 

THE  GOSPEL  ACCORDING  TO  ST  MARK.     Edited 
by  the  Rev.  G.  F.  Maclear,  D.D.    With  2  Maps.     2s.  6d. 

THE    GOSPEL    ACCORDING    TO    ST   LUKE.      By 
the  Rev.  F.  W.  Farrar,  D.D.    With  4  Maps.     4*.  6d. 

THE    GOSPEL    ACCORDING    TO    ST    JOHN.      By 
the  Rev.  A.  Plummer,  M.A.     With  Four  Maps.     4s.  6d. 

THE  ACTS  OF  THE  APOSTLES.     By  the  Rev. 

Professor  Lumby,  D.D.    Part  I.   Chaps.  I— XIV.    With  2  Maps. 
2s.  6d. 

Part  II.    Preparing. 

THE   EPISTLE    TO   THE   ROMANS.      By   the    Rev. 
H.  C.  G.  Moule,  M.A.    y.  6d. 

THE    FIRST    EPISTLE   TO    THE   CORINTHIANS. 

By  the  Rev.  J.  J.  Lias,  M.A.    With  a  Map  and  Plan.      2s. 

THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  TO  THE  CORINTHIANS. 
By  the  Rev.  J.  J.  Lias,  M.A.     2s. 

THE  GENERAL  EPISTLE   OF   ST  JAMES.     By  the 
Rev.  Professor  Plumptre,  D.D.     is.  6d. 

THE    EPISTLES   OF    ST    PETER   AND   ST  JUDE. 
By  the  Rev.  Professor  Plumptre,  D.D.     is.  6d. 


London :    Cambridge   Warehouse,  1 7  Paternoster  Row. 


THE  CAMBRIDGE  UNIVERSITY  PRESS.  23 

THE  CAMBRIDGE  BIBLE  FOR  SCE00LS--Co»tmUCJ. 

Preparing. 

THE  BOOK  OF  JUDGES.    By  the  Rev.  J.  J.  Lias,  M.A. 
THE  SECOND   BOOK    OF    SAMUEL.      By  the   Rev. 

A.  F.  KlRKPATRICK,  M.A. 

THE  BOOKS  OF  HAGGAI  AND  ZECHARIAH.     By 
Archdeacon  Perowne. 

THE  BOOK  OF  MICAH.     By  the  Rev.  T.  K.  Cheyne, 
M.A. 


THE   CAMBRIDGE   GREEK   TESTAMENT, 

FOR   SCHOOLS   AND   COLLEGES, 

with  a  Revised  Text,  based  on  the  most  recent  critical  authorities,  and 
English  Notes,  prepared  under  the  direction  of  the  General  Editor, 

The  Very  Reverend  J.  J.  S.  PEROWNE,  D.D., 

DEAN   OF  PETERBOROUGH. 

Now   Ready. 

THE  GOSPEL  ACCORDING  TO  ST  MATTHEW.     By  the 
Rev.  A.  Carr,  M.A.     With  Maps.     4*.  6tl. 

THE  GOSPEL  ACCORDING  TO  ST  JOHN.     By  the  Rev. 
A.  PLUMMER,  M.A.  [In  the  Press. 

The  books  will  be  published  separately,  as  in  the  "Cambridge  Bible 
for  Schools." 


London :    Cambridge   Warehouse,  1 7  Paternoster  Rmv. 


24  PUBLICATIONS  OF 

THE    PITT   PRESS    SERIES. 

I.     GREEK. 

THE  ANABASIS  OF  XENOPHON,  Book  VII.     With 

a  Map  and  English  Notes  by  Alfred  Pretor,  M.A.,  Fellow;  of 
St  Catharine's  College,  Cambridge  ;  Editor  of  Persius  and  Cicero  ad  Atticum 
Book  I.     Price  2s.  6d. 

**  In  Mr  Pretor's  edition  of  the  Anabasis  the  text  of  Kuhner  has  been  followed  in  the  main, 
while  the  exhaustive  and  admirable  notes  of  the  great  German  editor  have  been  largely  utilised. 
These  notes  deal  with  the  minutest  as  well  as  the  most  important  difficulties  in  construction,  and 
all  questions  of  history,  antiquity,  and  geography  are  briefly  but  very  effectually  elucidated." — The 
Examiner. 

"We  welcome  this  addition  to  the  other  books  of  the  Anabasis  so  ably  edited  by  Mr  Pretor. 
Although  originally  intended  for  the  use  of  candidates  at  the  university  local  examinations,  yet 
this  edition  will  be  found  adapted  not  only  to  meet  the  wants  of  the  junior  student,  but  even 
advanced  scholars  will  find  much  in  this  work  that  will  repay  its  perusal." — The  Schoolmaster. 

BOOKS  I.  III.  IV.  &  V.     By  the  same  Editor.    2s.  each. 
BOOKS  II.  and  VI.   By  the  same  Editor.    Price  2s.  6d.  each. 

"Mr  Pretor's  'Anabasis  of  Xenophon,  Book  IV.'  displays  a  union  of  accurate  Cambridge 
scholarship,  with  experience  of  what  is  required  by  learners  gained  in  examining  middle-class 
schools.  The  text  is  large  and  clearly  printed,  and  the  notes  explain  all  difficulties.  .  .  .  Mr 
Pretor's  notes  seem  to  be  all  that  could  be  wished  as  regards  grammar,  geography,  and  other 
matters." — The  Academy. 

"Another  Greek  text,  designed  it  would  seem  for  students  preparing  for  the  local  examinations, 
is  'Xcnophon's  Anabasis,'  Book  If.,  with  English  Notes,  by  Alfred  Pretor,  M.A.  The  editor  has 
exercised  his  usual  discrimination  in  utilising  the  text  and  notes  of  Kuhner,  with  the  occasional 
assistance  of  the  best  hints  of  Schneider,  Vollbrecht  and  Macmichael  on  critical  matters,  and  of 
Mr  R.  W.  Taylor  on  points  of  history  and  geography.  .  .  When  Mr  Pretor  commits  himself  to 
Commentator's  work,  he  is  eminently  helpful.  .  .  Had  we  to  introduce  a  young  Greek  scholar 
to  Xenophon,  we  should  esteem  ourselves  fortunate  in  having  Pretor's  text-book  as  our  chart  and 
guide." — Contemporary  Review. 

AGESILAUS     OF     XENOPHON.       The    Text    revised 

with  Critical  and  Explanatory  Notes,  Introduction,  Analysis,  and  Indices. 
By  II.  Hailstone,  M.A.,  late  Scholar  of  Peterhou<e,  Cambridge,  Editor  of 
Xenophon's  Hellenics,  etc.     is.  6tf. 

ARISTOPHANES— RANAE.     With   English    Notes   and 

Introduction  by  W.  C  Green,  M.A.,  Assistant  Master  at  Rugby  School. 
3-f.  dd. 

ARISTOPHANES— AVES.      By   the   same  Editor.     New 

Edition.     3 j.  6d. 
"The  notes  to  both  plays  are  excellent.    Much  has  been  done  in  these  two  volumes  to  render 
the  study  of  Aristophanes  a  real  treat  to  a  boy  instead  of  a  drudgery,  by  helping  him  to  under- 
stand the  fun  and  to  express  it  in  his  mother  tongue." — The  E.xami?ier. 

ARISTOPHANES— PLUTUS.     By  the  same  Editor. 

In  the  Press. 

EURIPIDES.  HERCULES  FURENS.  With  Intro- 
ductions, Notes  and  Analysis.  By  J.  T.  Hutchinson,  M.A.,  Christ's  College, 
and  A.  Gray,  M.A.,  Fellow  of  Jesus  College,     is. 

"Messrs  Hutchinson  and  Gray  have  produced  a  careful  and  useful  edition. "—Saturday 
Review. 


London:    Cambridge  Warehouse,  17  Paternoster  Row. 


THE  CAMBRIDGE   UNIVERSITY  PRESS.  25 

THE  HERACLEID^  OF  EURIPIDES,  with  Introduc- 

tion  and  Critical  Notes  by  E.  A.  Beck,  M.A.,  Fellow  of  Trinity  Hall.    y.  6if. 

LUCIANI   SOMNIUM   CHARON  PISCATOR  ET  DE 

LUCTU,  with    English   Notes    by  W.  E.  Heitland,    M.A.,    Fellow  of 
St  John's  College,  Cambridge.     New  Edition,  with  Appendix.     3J.  6d. 

II.     LATIN. 

M.   T.  CICERONIS    DE    AMICITIA.     Edited   by  J.  S. 

Reid,   M.L.,   Fellow  and  Assistant  Tutor  of  Gonville  and  Caius  College, 

Cambridge.     Price  y. 
" Mr  Reid  has  decidedly  attained  his  aim,  namely,   'a  thorough  examination  of  the  Latinity 

of  the  dialogue.' The  revision  of  the  text  is  most  valuable,   and  comprehends   sundry 

acute  corrections.  .  .  .  This  volume,  like  Mr  Reid's  other  editions,  is  a  solid  gain  to  the  scholar- 
ship of  the  country." — Athenceum. 

"A  more  distinct  gain  to  scholarship  is  Mr  Reid's  able  and  thorough  edition  of  the  De 
Amicitia  of  Cicero,  a  work  of  which,  whether  we  regard  the  exhaustive  introduction  or  the 
instructive  and  most  suggestive  commentary,  it  would  be  difficult  to  speak  too  highly.  .  .  .  When 
we  come  to  the  commentary,  we  are  only  amazed  by  its  fulness  in  proportion  to  its  bulk. 
Nothing  is  overlooked  which  can  tend  to  enlarge  the  learner's  general  knowledge  of  Ciceronian 
Latin  or  to  elucidate  the  text."—  Saturday  Review. 

M.  T.  CICERONIS  CATO  MAJOR  DE  SENECTUTE. 

Edited  by  J.  S.  Reid,  M.L.     Price  3J.  6d. 

"  The  notes  are  excellent  and  scholarlike,  adapted  for  the  upper  forms  of  public  schools,  and 
likely  to  be  useful  even  to  more  advanced  students." — Guardian. 

M.  T.  CICERONIS  ORATIO   PRO   ARCHIA   POETA. 

Edited  by  J.  S.  Reid,  M.L.     Price  is,  6d. 

"  It  is  an  admirable  specimen  of  careful  editing.  An  Introduction  tells  us  everything  we  could 
wish  to  know  about  Aichias,  about  Cicero's  connexion  with  him,  about  the  merits  of  the  trial,  and 
the  genuineness  of  the  speech.  The  text  is  well  and  carefully  printed.  The  notes  are  clear  and 
scholar- like.  .  .  .  No  boy  can  master  this  little  volume  without  feeling  that  he  has  advanced  a  long 
step  in  scholarship." — The  Academy. 

M.  T.  CICERONIS  PRO  L.  CORNELIO  BALBO   ORA- 

TIO.     Edited  by  J.  S.  Reid,  M.L.  Fellow  of  Caius  College,  Cambridge. 
Price  is.  6d. 

"  We  are  bound  to  recognize  the  pains  devoted  in  the  annotation  of  these  two  orations  to  the 
minute  and  thorough  study  of  their  Latinity,  both  in  the  ordinary  notes  and  in  the  textual 
appendices." — Saturday  Review. 

M.    T.    CICERONIS     PRO    P.     CORNELIO     SULLA 

ORATIO.     Edited  by  J.  S.  Reid,  M.L.  [hi  the  Press. 

M.    T.    CICERONIS    PRO    CN.    PLANCIO    ORATIO. 

Edited   by   II.    A.    Holden,    LL.D.,    Head    Master    of   Ipswich    School. 
Price  4*.  6tf. 

"As  a  book  for  students  this  edition  can  have  few  rivals.  It  is  enriched  by  an  excellent  intro- 
duction and  a  chronological  table  of  the  principal  events  of  the  life  of  Cicero;  while  in  its  ap- 
pendix, and  in  the  notes  on  the  text  which  are  added,  there  is  much  of  the  greatest  value.  The 
volume  is  neatly  got  up,  and  is  in  ev«ry  way  commendable." — The  Scotsman. 

"  Dr  Holden' s  own  edition  is  all  that  could  be  expected  from  his  elegant  and  practised 
scholarship.  ...  Dr  Holden  has  evidently  made  up  his  mind  as  to  the  character  of  the 
commentary  most  likely  to  be  generally  useful ;  and  he  has  carried  out  his  views  with  admirable 
thoroughness." — A  cadcmy. 

QUINTUS    CURTIUS.     A  Portion  of  the  History. 

(Alexander  in  India.)   By  W.  E.  Heitland,  M.  A.,  Fellow  and  Lecturer 

of  St  John's  College,  Cambridge,  and  T.  E.  Raven,  B.A.,  Assistant  Master 

in  Sherborne  School.     Price  3J.  6d. 

"Equally    commendable   as  a    genuine    addition   to    the   existing  stock   of   school-books   is 

Alexander  in  India,  a  compilation  from  the  eighth  and  ninth  books  of  Q_.  Curtius,  edited  for 

the  Pitt  Press   by  Messrs   Heitland  and    Raven.  .  .  .    The   work   of  Curtius  has  merits   of  its 

own,  which,  in  former  generations,   made  it  a  favourite  with  English  scholars,  and  which  stil 

make  it  a  popular  text-book  in  Continental  schools The  reputation  of  Mr  Heitland  is  a 

sufficient  guarantee  for  the  scholarship  of  the  notes,  which  are  ample  without  being  excessive, 
and  the  book  is  well  furnished  with  all  that  is  needful  in  the  nature  of  maps,  indexes,  and  ap- 
pendices." —Academy. 


London ;   Cambridge  Warehouse,  1 7  Paternoster  Row. 


26  PUBLICATIONS  OF 


P.  OVIDII    NASONIS    FASTORUM   Liber  VI.    With 

a  Plan  of  Rome  and  Notes  by  A.  Sidgwick,   M.A.  Tutor  of  Corpus  Christi 
College,  Oxford.     Price  is.  6d. 

"  Mr  Sidgwick's  editing  of  the  Sixth  Book  of  Ovid's  Fasti  furnishes  a  careful  and  serviceable 
volume  for  average  students.  It  eschews  'construes'  which  supersede  the  use  of  the  dictionary, 
but  gives  full  explanation  of  grammatical  r sages  and  historical  and  mythical  allusions,  besides 
illustrating  peculiarities  of  style,  true  and  false  derivations,  and  the  more  remarkable  variations  of 
the  text." — Saturday  Review. 

"  It  is  eminently  good  and  useful.  .  .  .  The  Introduction  is  singularly  clear  on  the  astronomy  of 
Ovid,  which  is  properly  shown  to  be  ignorant  and  confused;  there  is  an  excellent  little  map  of 
Rome,  giving  just  the  places  mentioned  in  the  text  and  no  more  ;  the  notes  are  evidently  written 
by  a  practical  schoolmaster." — The  Academy. 

GAI  IULI  CAESARIS  DE  BELLO  GALLICO  COM- 
MENT. I.  II.  With  English  Notes  and  Map  by  A.  G.  Peskett,  M.A., 
Fellow  of  Magdalene  College,  Cambridge,  Editor  of  Caesar  De  Bello  Oallico, 
VII.     Price  is.  6,1 

GAI  IULI  CAESARIS  DE  BELLO   GALLICO    COM- 

MENTARIUS  SEPTIMUS.    With  two  Plans  and  English  Notes  by  A.  G. 
Peskett,  M.A.    Fellow  of  Magdalene  College,  Cambridge.    Price  is. 

"  In  an  unusually  succinct  introduction  he  gives  all  the  preliminary  and  collateral  information 
that  is  likely  to  be  useful  to  a  young  student ;  and,  wherever  we  have  examined  his  notes,  we 
have  found  them  eminently  practical  and  satisfying.  .  .  The  book  may  well  be  recommended  for 
careful  study  in  school  or  college." — Saturday  Review. 

"The  notes  are  scholarly,  short,  and  a  real  help  to  the  most  elementary  beginners  in  Latin 
prose." — The  Examiner. 

BOOKS  IV.  AND  V.  by  the  same  Editor.     Price  2s. 
BOOKS  III.  AND  VI.  by  the  same  Editor.  [Prepaying. 

BEDA'S  ECCLESIASTICAL   HISTORY,   BOOKS 

.  III.,  IV.,  the  Text  from  the  very  ancient  MS.  in  the  Cambridge  University 
Library,  collated  with  six  other  MSS.  Edited,  with  a  life  from  the  German  of 
Ebert,  and  with  Notes,  &c.  by  J.  E.  B.  Mayor,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Latin, 
and  J.  R.  Lumby,  D.D.,  Norrisian  Professor  of  Divinity.  Revised  edition. 
Price  7  j.  6d, 
"To  young  students  of  English  History  the  illustrative  notes  will  be  of  great  service,  while 
the  study  of  the  texts  will  be  a  good  introduction  to  Mediaeval  Latin." — The  Nonconformist. 

"In  Bede's  works  Englishmen  can  go  back  to  origtnes  of  their  history,  unequalled  for 
form  and  matter  by  any  modern  European  nation.  Prof.  Mayor  has  done  good  service  in  ren- 
dering a  part  of  Bede's  greatest  work  accessible  to  those  who  can  read  Latin  with  ease.  He 
has  adorned  this  edition  of  the  third  and  fourth  books  of  the  "  Ecclesiastical  History"  with  that 
amazing  erudition  for  which  he  is  unrivalled  among  Englishmen  and  rarely  equalled  by  Germans. 
And  however  interesting  and  valuable  the  text  may  be,  we  can  certainly  apply  to  his  notes 
the  expression,  La  sauce  vaut  viieux  que  le  foisson.  They  are  literally  crammed  with  interest- 
ing information  about  early  English  life.  For  though  ecclesiastical  in  name,  Bede's  history  treats 
of  a'.l  parts  of  the  national  life,  since  the  Church  had  points  of  contact  with  all." — Examiner. 

P.  VERGILI  MARONIS  AENEIDOS  Liber  VIII.  Edited 

with    Notes  by  A.  Sidgwick,    M.A.   Tutor  of  Corpus   Christi    College, 
Oxford,     is.  6d. 


London:    Cambridge  Warehouse,  17  Paternoster  Row. 


THE  CAMBRIDGE  UNIVERSITY  PRESS.  27 

BOOKS  V.,  VI.,  VII.,  X.,  XL,    XII.  by  the  same  Editor. 

IS,  6d.  each. 

"  Mr  Arthur  Sidgwick's  '  Vergil,  Aeneid,  Book  XII.'  is  worthy  of  his  reputation,  and  is  dis- 
tinguished by  the  same  acuteness  and  accuracy  of  knowledge,  appreciation  of  a  boy's  difficulties 
and  ingenuity  and  resource  in  meeting  them,  which  we  have  on  other  occasions  had  reason  to 
praise  in  these  pages." — The  Academy. 

"As  masterly  in  its  clearly  divided  preface  and  appendices  as  in  the  sound  and  independent 
character  of  its  annotations.  .  .  .  There  is  a  great  deal  more  in  the  notes  than  mere  compilation 
and  suggestion.  ...  No  difficulty  is  left  unnoticed   or  unhandled." — Saturday  Review. 

"This  edition  is  admirably  adapted  for  the  use  of  junior  students,  who  will  find  in  it  the  result 
of  much  reading  in  a  condensed  form,  and  clearly  expressed." — Cambridge  Independent  Press. 

BOOKS   VII.   VIII.  in  one  volume     Price  is. 
BOOKS   X.,  XL,  XII.  in  one  volume.     Price  $s.6d. 

M.  T.  CICERONIS  ORATIO  PRO   L.  MURENA,   with 

English  Introduction  and  Notes.  By  W.  E.  Heitland.  M.A.,  Fellow 
and  Classical  Lecturer  of  St  John's  College,  Cambridge.  Second  Edition, 
carefully  revised.    Price  3s, 

"Those  students  are  to  be  deemed  fortunate  who  have  to  read  Cicero's  lively  and  brilliant 
oration  for  L.  Murena  with  Mr  Heitland's  handy  edition,  which  may  be  pronounced  'four-square' 
in  point  of  equipment,  and  which  has,  not  without  good  reason,  attained  the  honours  of  a 
second  edition." — Saturday  Review. 

M.  T.  CICERONIS  IN   O.  CAECILIUM    DIVINATIO 

ET  IN  C.  VERREM  ACTIO  PRIMA.  With  Introduction  and  Notes 
by  W.  E.  Heitxand,  M.A.,  and  Herbert  Cowie,  M.  A.,  Fellows  of 
St  John's  College,  Cambridge.    Price  y. 

M.   T.   CICERONIS    IN     GAIUM    VERREM    ACTIO 

PRIMA.  With  Introduction  and  Notes.  By  II.  Cowie,  M.A.,  Fellow 
of  St  John's  College,  Cambridge.     Price  is.  6d. 

M.   T.   CICERONIS    ORATIO    PRO   T.    A.   MILONE, 

with    a   Translation    of   Asconius'    Introduction,    Marginal    Analysis    and 
English  Notes.     Edited  by  the   Rev.  John   Smyth   Purton,  B.D.,  late 
President  and  Tutor  of  St  Catharine's  College.     Price  is.  6d. 
•'The  editorial  work  is  excellently  done." — The  Academy. 

M.   ANNAEI     LUCANI     PHARSALIAE    LIBER 

PRIMUS,  edited  with  English  Introduction  and  Notes  by  W.  E.  Heiti.AND, 
M.A.  and  C.  E.  Haskins,  M.A.,  Fellows  and  Lecturers  of  St  John's  Col- 
lege, Cambridge.     Price  is.  6d. 

"A  careful  and  scholarlike  production." — Times. 

*'  In  nice  parallels  of  Lucan  from  Latin  poets  and  from  Shakspeare,  Mr  Haskins  and  Mr 
Heitland  deserve  praise." — Saturday  Review. 


London:   Cambridge  Warehouse,   17  Paternoster  Row. 


28  PUBLIC  A  TIONS  OF 


III.     FRENCH. 

LAZARE  HOCHE— PAR  EMILE  DE  BONNECHOSE. 

With  Three  Maps,  Introduction  and  Commentary,  by  C.  Colbeck,  M.A., 
late  Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge;  Assistant  Master  at  Harrow- 
School.     Price  2S. 

HISTOIRE    DU    SIECLE     DE     LOUIS     XIV    PAR 

VOLTAIRE.  Parti.  Chaps.  I.— XIII.  Edited  with  Notes  Philological  and 
Historical,  Biographical  and  Geographical  Indices,  etc.  by  Gust  AVE  Masson, 
B.A.  Univ.  Gallic,  Officier  d'Academie,  Assistant  Master  of  Harrow  School, 
and  G.  W.  Prothero,  M.A.,  Fellow  and  Tutor  of  King's  College,  Cam- 
bridge,    is.  6d. 

"Messrs  Masson  and  Prothero  have,  to  judge  from  the  first  part  of  their  work,  performed 
with  much  discretion  and  care  the  task  of  editing  Voltaire's  Steele  de  Louis  XIV  for  the  'Pitt 
Press  Series.'  Besides  the  usual  kind  of  notes,  the  editors  have  in  this  case,  influenced  by  Vol- 
taire's 'summary  way  of  treating  much  of  the  history,'  given  a  good  deal  of  historical  informa- 
tion, in  which  they  have,  we  think,  done  well.  At  the  beginning  of  the  book  will  be  found 
excellent  and  succinct  accounts  of  the  constitution  of  the  French  army  and  Parliament  at  the 
period  treated  of." — Saturday  Keviezu. 

HISTOIRE     DU     SIECLE     DE     LOUIS     XIV     PAR 

VOLTAIRE.  Part  II.  Chaps.  XIV.— XXIV.  With  Three  Maps  of  the  Period, 
Notes  Philological  and  Historical,  Biographical  and  Geographical  Indices, 
by  G.  Masson,  B.A.  Univ.  Gallic,  Assistant  Master  of  Harrow  School,  and 
G.  W.  Prothero,  M.A.,'  Fellow  and  Tutor  of  King's  College,  Cambridge. 
Price  is.  6d. 

Part  III.     By  the  same  Editors.  [In  the  Press. 

LE   VERRE   D'EAU.    A   Comedy,    by   Scribe.     With  a 

Biographical  Memoir,  and  Grammatical,  Literary  and  Historical  Notes.     By 
C.  Colbeck,  M.A.,  late  Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge;  Assistant 
Master  at  Harrow  School.     Price  is, 
"  It  may  be  national  prejudice,  but  we  consider  this  edition  far  superior  to  any  of  the  series 
which  hitherto  have  been  edited  exclusively  by  foreigners.     Mr  Colbeck  seems  better  to  under- 
stand the  wants  and  difficulties  of  an  English  boy.     The  etymological  notes  especially  are  admi- 
rable. .  .  .  The  historical  notes  and  introduction  are  a  piece  of  thorough  honest  work." — yournai 
of  Educa  tion . 

M.  DARU,   par    M.  C.  A.   Sainte-Beuve,    (Causeries    du 

Lundi,  Vol.  IX.).  With  Biographical  Sketch  of  the  Author,  and  Notes 
Philological  and  Historical.   By  Gustave  Masson.  is. 

LA  SUITE   DU    MENTEUR.     A  Comedy  in  Five  Acts, 

by  P.  Corneille.  Edited  with  Fontenelle's  Memoir  of  the  Author,  Voltaire's 
Critical  Remarks,  and  Notes  Philological  and  Historical.  By  Gustave 
Masson.     Price  -is. 

LA    JEUNE    SIBERIENNE.     LE   LEPREUX  DE  LA 

CITE  D'AOSTE.  Tales  by  Count  Xavier  de  Maistre.  With  Bio- 
graphical Notice,  Critical  Appreciations,  and  Notes.  By  Gustave  Masson. 
Price  2s. 


London:  Cambridge  Warehouse,  17  Paternoster  Row. 


THE   CAMBRIDGE   UNIVERSITY  PRESS.  29 

LE    DIRECTOIRE.      (Considerations    sur    la    Revolution 

Francaise.  Troisieme  et  quatrieme  parties.)  Par  Madame  la  Baronne  de 
Stael-Holstein.  With  a  Critical  Notice  of  the  Author,  a  Chronological 
Table,  and  Notes  Historical  and  Philological.     By  G.  Masson.     Price  is, 

"  Prussia  under  Frederick  the  Great,  and  France  under  the  Directory,  bring  us  face  to  face 
respectively  with  periods  of  history  which  it  is  right  should  be  known  thoroughly,  and  which 
are  well  treated  in  the  Pitt  Press  volumes.  The  latter  in  particular,  an  extract  from  the 
world-known  work  of  Madame  de  Stael  on  the  French  Revolution,  is  beyond  all  praise  for 
the  excellence  botli  of  its  style  and  of  its  matter." —  Times. 

DIX  ANNEES    D'EXIL.     Livre  II.     Chapitres    i— 8. 

Par  Madame  la  Baronne  De  Stael-Holstein.  With  a  Biographical 
Sketch  of  the  Author,  a  Selection  of  Poetical  Fragments  by  Madame  de 
Stael's  Contemporaries,  and  Notes  Historical  and  Philological.  By  GUSTAVE 
Masson.    Price  is. 

"  The  choice  made  by  M.  Masson  of  the  second  book  of  the  Memoirs  of  Madame  de  Stael 
appears  specially  felicitous.  .  .  .  This  is  likely  to  be  one  of  the  most  favoured  of  M.  Masson's 
editions,  and  deservedly  so." — Academy. 

FRFDEGONDE  ET  BRUNEHAUT.    A  Tragedy  in  Five 

Acts,  by  N.  Lemercier.  Edited  with  Notes,  Genealogical  and  Chrono- 
logical Tables,  a  Critical  Introduction  and  a  Biographical  Notice.  By 
Gustave  Masson.    Price  is. 


LE    VIEUX    CELIBATAIRE.     A  Comedy,  by  Collin 

D'Harlevii.le.    With  a  Biographical  Memoir,  and  Grammatical,  Literary 
and  Historical  Notes.     By  the  same  Editor.    Price  is. 

"  M.   Masson  is  doing  good  work  in  introducing  learners  to  some  of  the  less-known  French 

play-writers.     The  arguments  are  admirably   clear,  and    the   notes  are  not  too  abundant." 

Academy. 


LA  METROMANIE,  A  Comedy,  by  PlRON,  with  a  Bio- 

graphical  Memoir,  and  Grammatical,  Literary  and  Historical  Notes.     By  the 
same  Editor.     Price  is. 


LASCARIS,    oy    LES     GRECS     DU    XVE.    SIECLE, 

Nouvelle  Historique,  par  A.  F.  Viixemain,  with  a  Biographical  Sketch  of 
the  Author,  a  Selection  of  Poems  on  Greece,  and  Notes  Historical  and 
Philological.     By  the  same  Editor.     Price  is. 


London :    Cambridge   Warehouse,  1 7  Paternoster  Row. 


3° 


PUBLICATIONS   OF 


IV.    GERMAN. 

ZOPF  UND  SCHWERT.     Lustspiel  in  fiinf  Aufziigen  von 

Karl  Gutzkow.  With  a  Biographical  and  Historical  Introduction,  English 
Notes,  and  an  Index.  By  H.  J.  Wolstenholme,  B.A.  (Lond.),  Lecturer 
in  German  at  Bedford  College,  London,  and  Newnham  College,  Cambridge. 
Price  y.  6ii. 

"We  are  glad  to  be  able  to  notice  a  careful  edition  of  K.  Gutzkow's  amusing  comedy 
'Zopfand  Schwcrt'  by  Mr  J.  H.  Wolstenholme.  .  .  .  These  notes  are  abundant  and  contain 
references  to  standard  grammatical  works." — Academy. 

©oetf}e'8  fffcatettjafire.  (1749—1759.)     GOETHE'S   BOY- 

HOOD :  being  the  First  Three  Books  of  his  Autobiography.  Arranged 
and  Annotated  by  Wilhelm  Wagner,  Ph.  D.,  late  Professor  at  the 
Johanneum,  Hamburg.     Price  is. 

HAUFF.    DAS  WIRTHSHAUS  IM  SPESSART.  Edited 

by  A.  Schlottmann,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Master  at  Uppingham  School. 
Price  $s.  6d. 

"  It  is  admirably  edited,  and  we  note  with  pleasure  that  Dr  Schlottmann  in  his  explanation 
always  brings  out  the  kinship  of  the  English  and  German  languages  by  reference  to  earlier  or 
modern  English  and  German  forms  as  the  case  may  be.  The  notes  are  valuable,  and  tell  the 
student  exactly  what  he  will  want  to  know,  a  merit  by;  no  means  common." — Examiner. 

"As  the  work  abounds  in  the  idiomatic  expressions  and  phrases  that  are  characteristic  of 
modern  German,  there  are  few  books  that  can  be  read  with  greater  advantage  by  the  English 
student  who  desires  to  acquire  a  thorough  knowledge  of  conversational  German.  The  notes, 
without  being  cumbersome,  leave  no  real  difficulty  unexplained." — School  Guardian. 

DER  OBERHOF.     A  Tale  of  Westphalian  Life,  by  Karl 

Immermann.  With  a  Life  of  Immermann  and  English  Notes,  by  Wilhelm 
Wagner,   Ph.D.,   late  Professor  at  the  Johanneum,  Hamburg.     Price  y. 

A  BOOK   OF   GERMAN    DACTYLIC    POETRY.     Ar- 
ranged and  Annotated  by  the  same  Editor.     Price  y. 

2>cr  ctftc  ffrcujutg  (THE   FIRST   CRUSADE),  by  Fried- 

RICH  VON  Raumer.    Condensed  from  the  Author's  'History  of  the  Hohen- 
staufen',   with  a  life    of  Raumer,    two   Plans    and   English    Notes.     By 
the  same  Editor.     Price  is. 
"Certainly  no  more  interesting  book  could  be  made  the  subject  of  examinations.     The  story 

of  the  First  Crusade  has  an  undying  interest.    The  notes  are,  on  the  whole,  good."— Educational 

Times. 

A   BOOK   OF   BALLADS    ON    GERMAN    HISTORY. 

Arranged  and  Annotated  by  the  same  Editor.  Price  is. 
"It  carries  the  reader  rapidly  through  some  of  the  most  important  incidents  connected  with 
the  German  race  and  name,  from  the  invasion  of  Italy  by  the  Visigoths  under  their  King  Alaric, 
down  to  the  Franco-German  War  and  the  installation  of  the  present  Emperor.  The  notes  supply 
very  well  the  connecting  links  between  the  successive  periods,  and  exhibit  in  its  various  phases  of 
growth  and  progress,  or  the  reverse,  the  vast  unwieldy  mass  which  constitutes  modern  Germany." 
—  Times. 

DER   STAAT  FRIEDRICHS   DES  GROSSEN.     By  G. 

Ereytag.    With  Notes.    By  the  same  Editor.     Price  is. 

"Prussia  under  Frederick  the  Great,  and  France  under  the  Directory,  bring  us  face  to  face 
respectively  with  periods  of  history  which  it  is  right  should  be  known  thoroughly,  and  which 
are  well  treated  in  the  Pitt  Press  volumes. "—Time!. 

"  Freytag's  historical  sketches  and  essays  are  too  well  known  in  England  to  need  any  com- 
mendation, and  the  present  essay  is  one  of  his  best.  Herr  Wagner  has  made  good  use  of  Carlyle's 
great  work  in  illustration  of  his  author."—  Journal  of  Education. 


London:  Cambridge   Warehouse,  17  Paternoster  Roiv. 


THE   CAMBRIDGE   UNIVERSITY  PRESS.  31 

GOETHE'S    HERMANN     AND    DOROTHEA.      With 

an  Introduction  and  Notes.      By  the  same  Editor.     Price  3-f. 
"The  notes  are  among  the  best  that  we  know,  with  the  reservation  that  they  are  often  too 
abun  d  an  t. " — A  cademy. 

3>a3  3a£)r  1813   (The  Year   1813),  by  F.  Kohlrausch. 

With  English  Notes.    By  the  same  Editor.     Price  is. 


V.     ENGLISH. 

LOCKE  ON  EDUCATION.  With  Introduction  and  Notes 
by  the  Rev.  R.  H.  Quick,  M.  A.    Price  3s.  6d. 

"  Mr  Quick  has  made  the  study  of  educational  matters  and  the  lives  of  educational  reformers 
a  speciality.  He  has  given  us  an  edition  of  Locke  which  leaves  little  to  be  desired.  In  addition 
to  an  introduction,  biographical  and  critical,  and  numerous  notes,  there  are  two  appendices 
containing  Locke's  scheme  of  working  schools,  and  Locke's  other  writings  on  education.  The 
passages  in  Locke  bearing  upon  the  physical  training  of  children  are  annotated  in  harmony  with 
modern  science  by  Dr  J.  F.  Payne.  The  book  forms  one  of  the  Pitt  Press  Series,  and  its  general 
get  up  is  worthy  of  the  University  Press." — The  Schoolmaster, 

-  "The  work  before  us  leaves  nothing  to  be  desired.  It  is  of  convenient  form  and  reasonable 
price,  accurately  printed,  and  accompanied  by  notes  which  are  admirable.  There  is  no  teacher 
too  young  to  find  this  book  interesting;  there  is  no  teacher  too  old  to  find  it  profitable." — The 
School  Bulletin,  New  York. 

THE  TWO  NOBLE  KINSMEN,  edited  with  Intro- 
duction and  Notes  by  the  Rev.  Professor  Skeat,  M.A.,  formerly  Fellow 
of  Christ's  College,  Cambridge.     Price  3^.  6V. 

"This  edition  of  a  play  that  is  well  worth  study,  for  more  reasons  than  one,  by  so  careful  a 
scholar  as  Mr  Skeat,  deserves  a  hearty  welcome." — Atkentsum. 

"Mr  Skeat  is  a  conscientious  editor,  and  has  left  no  difficulty  unexplained."—  Times. 

BACON'S     HISTORY    OF    THE    REIGN    OF    KING 

HENRY  VII.     With  Notes  by  the  Rev.  J.  Rawson  Lumby,  D.D.,  Nor- 
risian  Professor  of  Divinity  ;  late  Fellow  of  St  Catharine's  College.     Price  is. 

SIR  THOMAS  MORE'S  UTOPIA.  With  Notes  by  the 
Rev.  J.  Rawson  Lumby,  D.D.,  Norrisian  Professor  of  Divinity;  late  Fellow 
of  St  Catharine's  College,    Cambridge.      Price  3J.  6d. 

"  To  enthusiasts  in  history  matters,  who  are  not  content  with  mere  facts,  but  like  to  pursue 
their  investigations  behind  the  scenes,  as  it  were,  Professor  Rawson  Lumby  has  in  the  work  now 
before  us  produced  a  most  acceptable  contribution  to  the  now  constantly  increasing  store  of 
illustrative  reading." — The  Cambridge  Review. 

"To  Dr  Lumby  we  must  give  praise  unqualified  and   unstinted.     He  has  done    his   work 

admirably Every  student  of  history,    every  politician,  every  social  reformer,  every  one 

interested  in  literary  curiosities,  every  lover  of  English  should  buy  and  carefully  read  Dr 
Lumby's  edition  of  the  'Utopia.'  We  are  afraid  to  say  more  lest  we  should  be  thought  ex- 
travagant, and  our  recommendation  accordingly  lose  part  of  its  force." — The  Teacher. 

**  It  was  originally  written  in  Latin  and  does  not  find  a  place  on  ordinary  bookshelves.  A  very 
great  boon  has  therefore  been  conferred  on  the  general  English  reader  by  the  managers  of  the 
Pitt  Press  Series,  in  the  issue  of  a  convenient  little  volume  of  More's  Utopia  not  in  the  original 
Latin,  but  in  the  quaint  English  Translation  thereof  made  by  Raphe  Robyttson,  which  adds  a 
linguistic  interest  to  the  intrinsic  merit  of  the  work.  .  .  .  All  this  has  been  edited  in  a  most  com- 
plete and  scholarly  fashion  by  Dr  J.  R.  Lumby,  the  Norrisian  Professor  of  Divinity,  whose  name 
alone  is  a  sufficient  warrant  for  its  accuracy.  It  is  a  real  addition  to  the  modern  stock  of  classical 
English  literature." — Guardian. 

SIR    THOMAS    MORE'S    LIFE    OF    RICHARD    III. 

With  Notes,  &c.,  by  Professor  Lumby.  [Nearly  ready. 

A  SKETCH  OF  ANCIENT  PHILOSOPHY  FROM 
THALES  TO  CICERO,  by  Joseph  B.  Mayor,  M.A.,  Professor  of 
Moral  Philosophy  at  King's  College,  London.     Price  is.  6d. 

[Ot/ier  Volumes  are  in  preparation^ 
London :  Cambridge  Warehouse,  1 7  Paternoster  Row. 


aHnftu-ssi'tp  of  ©amurfoge. 

LOCAL    EXAMINATIONS. 

Examination  Papers,  for  various  years,  with  the  Regulations  for  the 
Examination      Demy  8vo.     2s.  each,  or  by  Post,  2s.  2d. 
The  Regulations  for  the  Examination  in  1881  are  now  ready. 

Class  Lists,  for  various  years,  6d.  each,  by  Post  yd.    After  1877,  Boys 

is.,  Girls  6d. 
Annual  Reports  of  the  Syndicate,  with  Supplementary  Tables  showing 

the  success  and  failure  of  the  Candidates.    2s.  each,  by  Post  2S.  2d. 

HIGHER  LOCAL  EXAMINATIONS. 

Examination  Papers  for  1881,  to  which  are  added  the  Regulations  for 

1882.     Demy  8vo.     2s.  each,  by  Post  2s.  2d. 
Reports  of  the  Syndicate.    Demy  8vo.    is.,  by  Post  is.  id. 

TEACHERS'   TRAINING   SYNDICATE. 

Examination  Papers  for  1880  and  1881,  to  which  are  added  the  Regu- 
lations for  the  Examination.     Demy  8vo.     6d,  by  Post  yd. 

CAMBRIDGE    UNIVERSITY    REPORTER. 

Published  by  Authority. 
Containing    all  the    Official    Notices    of    the    University,   Reports   of 
Discussions  in  the  Schools,  and  Proceedings  of  the  Cambridge  Philo- 
sophical, Antiquarian,  and  Philological  Societies.    3*/.  weekly. 


CAMBRIDGE  UNIVERSITY  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

These  Papers  are  published  in  occasional  numbers  every  Term,  and  in 

volumes  for  the  Academical  year. 

Vol.  VIII.  Parts    87  to  104.  Papers  for  the  Year  1878—9,  12s.  cloth. 

Vol.  IX.         „      105  to  119.         „  „  1879— 80,  12s.  cloth. 

Vol.  X.  „      120  to  138.        „  „ 1880—81,  15s.  cloth. 

Oxford  and  Cambridge  Schools  Examinations. 

1.  PAPERS    SET    IN    THE    EXAMINATION    FOR    CER- 
tificates,  July,  1879.     Price  is.  6d. 

2.  LIST    OF    CANDIDATES    WHO     OBTAINED    CERTI- 

ficates  at  the  Examinations  held  in  December,  1879,  and  in  June  and  July, 
1880;  and  Supplementary  Tables.     P)ice6d. 

3.  REGULATIONS  OF  THE  OXFORD  AND  CAMBRIDGE 

Schools  Examination  Board  for  the  year  1882.     Price  6d. 

4.  REPORT     OF     THE      OXFORD      AND     CAMBRIDGE 
Schools  Examination  Board  for  the  year  ending  Oct.  31,  1880.    Price  is. 


lon&on : 

CAMBRIDGE  WAREHOUSE,  17  PATERNOSTER  ROW. 

CAMBRIDGE:    PRINTED   BY   C.  J.    CLAY,    M.A.,    AT  THE    UNIVERSITY   PRESS. 


ToiUSk!       SSSK1*1!?*1  DEPARTMENT 

202  Main  Library  642-3403 


LOAN  PERIOD  1 
HOME  USE 


ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

1  -month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  callina  642-340^ 
6-month  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing  book^  to  Circulation  Desk 
Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made  4  days  prior  to  du°  Hnt" 


DUE   AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


JfeVklE 


tNTERLlBRARY  LOAf      mm  AUG  '  3  l990 


■f"l  15  1077 


~mW®& 


— — 


— r 


uiuLM'Cikt    itP  J-c 


i!AR_Q3j999 


ttC.«B.J«-i&'» 


- 
~fiAT   J  7  1969 


S3 


~7 


— a 


FORM  NO.  DD  6,  40m,  6'76 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
BERKELEY,  CA  94720 


, .  v8*v{i:  *• 


U.C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


CQ0S2?72bl 


t  .   ! 


\% 


,;:-^t-' 


X/ 


\  i-' 


HHHHHHHHHiH 


